Jltbrarjj
>«>■■■■■«' Si. ■■
GE : CIRCULATE IN LIBRARY ONLY.'
no NOT CIRCULATE
^.920
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/druggistscirculaOOnewy
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR
Formula Book
IN WHICH MAY BE FOUND RECIPES FOR
HUNDREDS OF UNOFFICIAL PREPA-
RATIONS IN DAILY DEMAND
In the drug store, the laboratory, the boudoir, the household, the worl:
shop, on the farm, and wherever there are men, women and children,
domestic animals, poultry, furred and feathered pets, trees and
plants ; together with a compilation of process outlines, notes,
hints and other valuable information and suggestions
for retail druggists and dispensing pharmacists
culled from the pages of The Drug-
gists Circular and elsewhere
SECOND EDITION
Published by
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR, Inc.
100 William Street New York
MED1CM. C€»HT«
Copyright 1915, by THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR.
Revised, entirely reset, reprinted, and recopyrighted July, 1920.
Copyright, 1920. by THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR, Inc.
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
This book is designed to bring together in easily accessible form for
quick reference some of the valuable information for druggists contained
in the annual volumes of The Druggists Circular. Of course the limi-
tations imposed by a volume of this kind exclude much which might with
propriety be included under the heading which serves as its title. Indeed,
so much has appeared in the Circular that the work of elimination in
this compilation has caused a good deal of embarra.^>ment. In view of
the fact that a new edition of the Pharmacopoeia and a new edition of
the National Formulary are due, and the further fact that the appear-
ance of these books will doubtless be followed shortly by new editions
of the dispensatories and other text-books for pharmacists, we do not,
except in a very few instances, give in the present work suggestions which
have appeared in the Circular for improving official formulas.
In an>wering queries in the Circular we draw from a library in
which are to be found a large number of books on pharmacy and the
cognate arts and sciences, as well as formularies, the leading medical and
pharmaceutical journals, reports of association proceedings. United States
and State bulletins, etc. In reprinting material found in these books, pam-
phlets and periodicals, the Circular is careful to give credit where credit
is due, but in condensing its notes for use in this book it has been guided
by a desre to eliminate all explanatory matter which seemed not material
to a proper understanding of the text. We hereby acknowledge our in-
debtedness to the various publications alluded to, at the same time claim-
ing originality in the Circular for a large portion of the matter which
appears therein. Some of the most valuable notes were contributed by
readers who requested that their names be withheld, while to others the
names of the contributors are appended.
r
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION
That the first edition of The Druggists Circular Formula Book
met with the approval of the pharmacists and others for whom it was
intended is adequately proven by the fact that, although we printed a
generous supply of the book, our stocks were exhausted soon after the
volume came fom the press.
Then the World War made paper so scarce and so high in price and
increased the cost of production so largely that we thought the time not
auspicious for the printing of a second edition. Recently, however, so
many of our readers, who have seen the first edition and are familiar
with its qualities, have advertised for second-hand copies at prices very
much in excess of the original cost, urging us in the meantime to issue a
second edition, that we have decided, at length, that we are justified in
doing so.
We have, therefore, thoroughly revised the former edition ; adding
many new formulas which have appeared since 1915 in the columns of the
Circular, deleting some that have not been altogether satisfactory, and
improving the text generally. Also, the volume is arranged in chapters,
which makes it possible for the reader to study a subject without reference
to the index which, by the way, is remarkably complete and should always
be consulted when search is being made for any particular formula.
A limited number of copies have been printed from type and the
type has since been distributed.
CHAPTER I
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
Elixirs — Emulsions — Liniments — Lozenges — Mixtures — Ointments
— Pastilles — Pills — Spirits — Suppositories — Syrups — Wines — Mis-
cellaneous Preparations
Always Consult the Index When Using This Book
Distilled water, of each
a sufficient quantity
to make 32 ounces.
Purified talc 1 ounce.
Prepare according to the directions
given for the preparation of the U. S.
P. aromatic elixr. — F. M. Apple.
II.
The following formulas are published
for the purpose of furnishing pharma-
cists and others with information con-
cerning unofficial preparations fre-
quently called for by physicians or by
the laity.
Elixir Acetanilid Compound
Acetanilid 160 grains.
Acetphenetidin 128 grains.
Phenyl salicylate 64 grains.
S ium bicarbonate.... 192 grains.
(Titrated caffeine 64 grains.
Tartaric acid 32 grains.
Alcohol
Glycerin
Sugar
Oil of orange
Oil of anise
Oil of cassia
Oil of peppermint.
"Water, to make. .
5 ounces.
4 ounces.
3 ounces.
8 minims.
4 minims.
2 minims.
2 minims.
1 pint.
Dissolve the phenyl salicylate, the
acetanilid and the acetphenetidin in
the alcohol in a stoppered container;
and add the oils and the glycerin. Dis-
solve the sodium bicarbonate in a
minimum of very cold water (about
4% ounces); pour this solution upon
the citrated caffeine and the tartaric
ac.d in a mortar and triturate until
the effervescence ceases. Dissolve the
sugar in this liquid. Pour this syrup
slowly into the alcoholic solution,
shaking continuously. Heat the mix-
ture to about 75° C. in a loosely stop-
pered vessel, agitating the while until
the precipitate is re-dissolved. Add a
little purified talc; shake well and set
aside for twenty-four hours at the or-
dinary temperature, shaking occasion-
ally; then filter rapidly from a covered
funnel, and add enough water through
the filter to make 1 pint. Keep in a
warm place.
Elixir Aromatic
I.
Anethol 12 minims.
Oil of coriander 1% minims.
Oil of myristica 2 minims.
Tincture of vanilla.... 1 dram.
Alcohol 6% ounces.
Simple syrup.
Tincture of fresh
orange peel
Tincture of fresh
lemon peel
Oil of coriander. . .
Alcohol
Wine
Sugar
Talc
15.00 mils.
3.00 mils.
0.25 mils.
230.00 mils.
125.00 mils.
320.00 grammes.
10.00 grammes.
Water to make' 1,000.00 mils.
Mix the tinctures and oil with the
alcohol, add the talc, then the wine,
and gradually add 420 mils of water;
shake well; allow the mixture to stand
overnight; then filter, dissolve the
sugar in the filtrate, and add water, if
necessary, to bring the measure up to
1,000 mils.
The flavor of this preparation re-
sembles that of the U. S. P. elixir, but
is riper and more fruity. The wine used
has a considerable influence on the
character of the product. Either sherry
or a sweet wine, like angelica, catawba
or tokay is preferable, and, of course,
the better the wine the better will be
the result. If a red elixir is desired,
port wine will give satisfaction.
III.
Tincture of fresh
orange peel 10.00 mils.
Oil of orange... 0.10 mil.
Oil of caraway... 0.10 mil.
Oil of Ceylon cin-
namon 0.10 mil.
Oil of coriander... 0.10 mil.
Oil of anise 0.05 mil.
Alcohol 225.00 mils.
Wine 125.00 mils.
Sugar 320.00 grammes.
Talc 10.00 grammes.
Water to make 1,000.00 mils.
Mix the tincture and oils with the
alcohol, add the wine, then slowly add,
with shaking, 420 mils of water; and
proceed as directed above.
The quantity of wine used is not
enough to create a distinctly wine
5
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
flavor, but only to brighten and give
body to the elixir. The general flavor
is not materially modified.
For obtaining a distinctive elixir, I
do not know of any better formulas.
The products are distinctive in flavor,
in color and in aroma, and if one did
not know, one would never suspect
the presence of wine. — F. M. Apple.
Aromatic Elixir, Red
Tincture of cudbear. ... 6 drams.
Compound tincture of
cudbear 2 drams.
Sweet elixir, to make... 16 ounces.
Mix. Allow to stand for forty-eight
hours, if possible, and filter.
Your attention is directed to the
rich, ruby-red color of this prepara-
tion, which surpasses that of any pro-
prietary product that has come to my
notice. The elixir is neutral in re-
action— a distinction from compound
digestive elixir.
Incidentally, I wish to call attention
to the fact that when tincture of cud-
bear N. F. and compound tincture of
cudbear N. F. are mixed in the above
proportions, a very beautiful red color
results upon dilution thereof — one free
from the purplish tint of the dilutions
of tincture of cudbear N. F. ; also free
from the brownish tint of the dilutions
of compound tincture of cudbear N. F.
The relatively low cost of these
elixirs is another factor in their favor.
— F. M. Apple.
Elixir of Aspirin
Aspirin 640 grains.
Sodium bicarbonate... 300 grains.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Aromatic elixir, enough
to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the sodium bicarbonate in
6 ounces of aromatic elixir, add the
glycerin, then gradually add the
aspirin, stirring well and avoidng loss
by effervescence. (The reaction may
be hastened by warming slightly, but
excessive heat should be avoided, since
it would result in loss of flavor.) When
effervescence has ceased, and the
aspirin is all in solution, add enough
aromatic elixir to make 1 pint.
Elixir Creosote and Heroin
After ascertaining from the physi-
cian the amount of creosote and her-
cian the amount of creosote and
heroin he wishes to have exhibited in
each dose of the elixir and the size
of the desired dose, proceed with this
formula: —
Heroin. .. .the determined amount.
Creosote, .the determined amount.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Fluidextract of wild
cherry 1 ounce.
Compound spirit of
orange 2 ounces.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Distilled water 1 ounce.
Mix the alcohol and the compound
spirit of orange; dissolve the heroin
and the creosote in this liquid; add
the fluid extract and the glycerin;
shake well, and add the water.
Elixir Glycerophosphates, Compound
Sodium glycerophos-
phate 80 grains.
Calcium glycerophos-
phate 40 grains.
Manganese glycerophos-
phate 40 grains.
Syrup 1 y2 ounces.
Glycerin 1% ounces.
Concentrated phos-
phoric acid (66.37c). 1 dram.
Caramel y2 dram.
Sherry wine, to make.. 10 ounces.
Dissolve the glycerophosphates In
6 ounces of the wine, add the acid,
the syrup, the glycerin and the cara-
mel, then enough wine to make up
the desired quantity. — Australian
Pharmaceutical Formulary.
Elixir of Lactated Pepsin
The Compound Digestive Elixir of
the N. F. IV is quite satisfactory as a
basis, but most manufacturers omit
the pancreatin. Extract of malt may
also be substituted for the diastase,
using from one to four drams per
pint.
The strength is stated in terms of
saccharated pepsin, which is one-
tenth pepsin. Therefore, a "40 -grain
per ounce of saccharated pepsin" will
contain 4 grains per ounce of U. S. P.
pepsin, or 64 -grains per pint; and an
"80-grain" will contain 128 grains of
pepsin per pint. It is also preferred
to make the color deeper than the
X. F. calls for.
The following formula is a modifi-
cation of the N. F. elixir, embodying
these suggestions: — -
Pepsin, U. S. P. 64 or 128 grains.
Extract of malt. % ounce.
Lactic acid 15 minims.
Hydrochloric acid 7% minims.
Glycerine 3 ounces.
Powdered cudbear 15 grains.
Water 2 ounces.
Aromatic elixir,
to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the pepsin and extract of
malt in the water, and add the acids
and glycerin, then the aromatic elixir.
Now add the powdered cudbear, and
allow to stand three days, with fre-
quent shaking, then filter.
If preferred, a more pronounced
orange flavor can be had by substitut-
ing for the aromatic elixir 30 minims
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
of tincture of fresh orange peel and
10 minims of tincture of fresh lemon
peel. This is to be dissolved in 3
ounces of alcohol. Then to the pep-
sin solution add 4 ounces of sugar
and enough water to make 13 fluid-
ounces of solution when the sugar is
dissolved, and add the cudbear to the
alcohol mixture. Allow the latter to
stand 24 hours, with frequent shak-
ing, then add to the pepsin solution,
shake occasionally during two days,
then filter.
Elixir of Orange Flowers, Compound
Oil of cinnamon 6 minims.
Alcohol 6 ounces.
Stronger orange-flower
water 6 ounces.
Simple syrup 12 ounces.
Distilled water Bounces.
Purified talc 1 ounce.
Mix.— F. M. Apple.
Elixir Pepsin, Bismuth and Strychnine
Moison and Harphorn give in the
Chemist and Druggist the following
formula for an ofttimes perplexing
preparation: —
Bismuth tartrate scales 300 grains.
Stronger glycerin of
pepsin, B. P. C 2% ounces.
Solution of strychnine
hydrochloride y2 ounce.
Alcohol (60%) 1 ounce.
Elixir, to make 20 ounces.
Stronger Glycerin of Pepsin, B. P. C.
Pepsin 15 grammes.
Diluted hydrochloric
acid 5 mils.
Glycerin 50 mils.
Simple elixir 5 mils.
Distilled water. to
make 100 mils.
Elixir Phenolphthalein
I.
The following formula represents a
preparation containing 1 grain of the
drug in each fluid dram: —
Phenolphthalein ... 28 grammes.
Compound spirit of
orans-e 60 mils.
Alcohol 60 mils.
Syrup 200 mils.
Compound tincture
of cardamom 30 mils.
Fluidextract of ta-
raxacum .. 30 mils.
Purified talc 15 grammes.
Rose water, enough
to make 1600 mils.
Mix the alcohol and the compound
spirit of orange, and in this mixture
dissolve the phenolphthalein. Add
the fluidextract and the tincture; then
add the syrup in divided portions,
shaking after each addition. Add the
talc to the mixed liquids and shake
well; add 200 mils, of rose water, and
set the mixture aside for several
hours, shaking occasionally. Filter
through double paper, returning the
first portion of the percolate until the
liquid comes through clear. Add
enough rose water through the filter
to bring the finished product up to
the required volume.
II.
Phenolphthalein 3 drams.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Compound elixir of ta-
raxacum 2 ounces.
Aromatic elixir, to make 8 ounces.
Elixir Saw Palmetto and Santal,
Compound
Saw palmetto berries... 8 ounces.
Sandalwood 2 ounces.
Corn silk 8 ounces.
Alcohol 12 ounces.
Sugar 6 ounces.
Water, to make 2 pints.
Mix 12 ounces of alcohol with 36
ounces of water: with this menstruum
moisten the previously-ground drugs
and macerate during twenty-four
hours. Then pack the mixture firmly
in a percolator, and pour on the re-
mainder of the menstruum, allowing
the percolate to drop slowly. In this
dissolve the sugar by agitation. Final-
ly, pass sufficient water through the
exhausted drugs to make the finished
product measure 2 pints.
Caramel may be added, if the color
is not deep enough.
Each fluid ounce of this elixir is
taken to represent, saw palmetto ber-
ries, 120 grains: corn silk, 120 grains;
sandalwood, 30 grains.
• The official partly-dried sabal and
fresh zea must be used, as therapeut-
ists tell us that these drugs are value-
less when dried. The flavor of the
preparation might be improved by the
addition of tincture of vanilla.
Acamulsia
Powdered acacia 5 parts.
Powdered tragacanth 5 parts.
Sugar 5 parts.
Starch 5 parts.
Boric acid 1 part.
Mix intimately.
Use 1 part of powder to every 32
parts of emulsion to be made. Eight
ounces of the oil to ne emulsified is
put into a dry 3:1 -ounce bottle, and
shaken with \'n ounce of acamulsia:
when the powder is evenly suspended,
8 ounces of water are added at once,
and the mixture is well shaken until a
perfect emulsion is formed.
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Cacao Emulsion of Castor Oil
Castor oil 2 ounces.
Powdered acacia 6 drams.
Oil of peppermint 3 minims. -
Powdered tragacanth.. . 16 grains.
Saccharin 4 grains.
Glycerin 3 drams.
Cacao 2 drams.
Water, to make 4 ounces.
A mixture of the cacao in the glyc-
erin and water is made by boiling for
five minutes. A mucilage of the acacia
and tragacanth is made with 4 drams
of the cacao mixture and the oils are
gradually incorporated by trituration
until emulsified, then the remainder of
the cacao mixture is added.
Compound Turpentine Emulsion
A preparation devised for physicians'
use by L. Whorton is a compound
emulsion of oil of turpentine, which he
prepares fresh at short intervals: —
The preparation being used for an
internal antiseptic, it carries 16 grains
of salol to each ounce, and 1 minim
of oil of cinnamon, the latter acting as
a flavor which aids the stomach in
tolerating the product. A little sugar
is used as a sweetener, and such other
flavoring as tincture of lavender. So-
dium bicarbonate renders it alkaline
and pancreatin is added as a digestant.
Twice as much gum as oil is used, and
twice as much distilled water as gum,
by weight. This emulsion should be
prepared in a perfectly dry mortar, by
rapid trituration with light pressure.
When the emulsification is complete,
water, camphor water and other flavor-
ing may be added. The salol is dis-
solved in the oils in the first place.
The result is a "beautifully smooth
emulsion, pink in color, palatable to
the taste, and in odor very agreeable."
Chocolate Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil
I.
French gelatin % ounce.
Powdered acacia 2% ounces.
Powdered tragacanth. 2 ounces.
Powdered starch ...... 2 ounces.
Powdered chocolate... 4 ounces.
Glycerin 1 pint.
Cod liver oil 4 pints.
Sugar 8 ounces.
Oil of cinnamon 2 drams.
Oil of eucalyptus 1 dram.
Oil of cloves 1 dram.
Sodium chloride % ounce.
Water, to make 1 gallon.
Melt the gelatin in 2 pints of water
with the aid of heat; dissolve the
sugar and the sodium chloride in this
solution. Mix the acacia, the traga-
canth, and the starch intimately, add
the cod liver oil to the mixed powders
in a dry mortar or emulsifier and mix
thoroughly. Add slowly to this mix-
ture the aqueous solution and make
an emulsion. Heat the glycerin to
about 100 degrees C. and mix it with
the chocolate to form a smooth paste.
Allow this paste to cool; add the emul-
sion to it in divided portions with con-
stant stirring; and Anally add the aro-
matic oils and enough water to make
the required volume.
II.
Cod liver oil 500 mils.
Glycerite of yolk of egg. 175 mils.
Syrup of chocolate 125 mils.
Cinnamon water 50 mils.
Distilled water, to make. .1,000 mils.
Add the oil in small portions to the
glycerite, triturating continuously and
incorporating each portion completely.
Add the syrup in a similar manner.
Mix the waters and incorporate them.
The palatability of the preparation,
of course, depends much upon the
syrup of chocolate — and a good syrup
of chocolate is not easily made. The
following is a satisfactory formula: —
Chocolate Syrup
Powdered chocolate.... 10 drams.
Tincture of vanilla 1% drams.
Boiling water 2 ounces.
Syrup, to make 1 pint.
Triturate the chocolate with the boil-
ing water until a smooth paste is ob-
tained. Mix this thoroughly with 12
ounces of syrup, previously heated.
Place the syrup in a suitable container
over a flame and heat gradually with
gentle stirring until it begins to boil.
Allow the liquid to boil about one min-
ute; remove from the heat; add the
required amount of syrup, and, when
cool, add the tincture of vanilla.
Emulgen or Emulsite
Emulsion of oils may be prepared by
using a mixture made according to the
following formula: —
Gum tragacanth 10 grammes.
Gum acacia 5 grammes.
Gluten 5 grammes.
Glycerin 20 mils.
Distilled water 50 mils.
Alcohol 10 mils.
Mix the gums and gluten, add the
glycerin and water, then the alcohol
and triturate until a homogeneous mix-
ture is obtained. Keep in well-corked
bottles. It is employed as an emulsi-
fying agent in the form of a 10 per
cent, solution. Mix thoroughly the ap-
propriate quantity of emulsite with the
oil and flavoring material and add the
water gradually with constant tritura-
tion.
Emulsion of Chloroform
Chloroform, 1 ounce; tincture of sen-
ega, 2 drams; water enough to make
20 ounces.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
Emulsions of Coal Tar and Other Oils
When terpineol is dissolved in coal
oil and when to the solution an excess
of tri-olein and caustic potash is added,
a rather violent reaction takes place
and a product is formed which is per-
fectly soluble in alcohol, according to
Doenhardt (Pharm. Zeit.). The alcoholic
solution is miscible with water in all
proportions. Tri-olein may be replaced
by other oils which are rich in gly-
cerin oleic acid esters. A similar but
not as violent a reaction takes place
with drying oils, such as castor oil.
poppy oil, linseed oils, etc. In this
process it is essential that the caustic
alkali be in excess.
Emulsions of Cod Liver Oil, Improved
Borner (Apoth. Zeit.) recommends
the following formula as producing a
very white and easily digestible emul-
sion of cod liver oil with hypophos-
phites:
Cod liver oil 420 grammes.
Powdered acacia ... 12 grammes.
Powdered tragacanth 12 grammes.
Decoction of Irish
moss Q to 100)... 300 grammes.
Calcium hypo-
phosphite 12 grammes.
Sodium hypophos-
phite 6 grammes.
Glycerin 100 grammes.
Lime water 150 grammes.
Aromatic spirit (see
below > 33 grammes.
Dissolve the salts in the decoction
and glycerin, and, while boiling, add
a mixture of the oil and the gums.
After the mixture has completely
cooled, add the lime water and the
aromatic spirit, and beat the whole
for a short time.
Aromatic Spirit
Oil of bitter almond.
without hydro-
cyanic acid 2.5 grammes.
Oil of gaultheria. . . 2.5 grammes.
Oil of cinnamon. ... 2.5 grammes.
Saccharin 2.0 grammes.
Vanillin 0.4 gramme.
Dried sodium car-
bonate 0.3 gramme.
Alcohol 330.0 grammes.
Mix the saccharin with the sodium
salt; dissolve in the alcohol: add the
vanillin and the oils, and make a solu-
tion.
Emulsions of Copaiba
Hommell (Merck's Report.) offers
the following formulas for palatable
and dependable emulsions of copaiba:
Emulsion of Copaiba
Copaiba 45.0 mils;.
Powdered extract
of glycyrrhiza.. . . 10.0 grammes.
Powdered acacia... 40.0 grammes.
Saccharin 0.5 gramme.
Oil of anise 0.5 mil.
Cinnamon water, to
make 250.0 mils.
Emulsion of Copaiba with Iron.
Copaiba 45.0 mils.
Tincture of iron
chloride 22.5 mils.
Glycerin 45.0 mils.
Saccharin 0.5 gramme.
Dextrin 50.0 grammes.
Camphor water, to
make 250.0 mils.
Emulsion of Cottonseed Oil
Cottonseed oil 100.0 mils.
Powdered acacia... 40.0 grammes.
Oil of gaultheria.. 15 drops.
Oil of cinnamon.. 15 drops.
Calcium hypophos-
phite 3.0 grammes.
Potassium hypo-
phosphite 1.5 grammes.
Sodium hypophos-
phite 1.5 grammes.
Syrup 30.0 mils.
Glycerin 15.0 mils.
Water, to make. . .300.0 mils.
Triturate the acacia with the oils;
add all at once 40 mils of water, and
triturate lightly and rapidly until a
thick homogeneous emulsion is pro-
duced. Dissolve the hypophosphites
in 40 mils of water; mix with the
syrup and the glycerin, and add to the
emulsion gradually with constant tri-
turation. Lastly add enough water to
make the finished product measure
300 mils, and mix thoroughly.
Emulsion of Fat for Use in Diabetes
Rochaix employs the fellowing
emulsion of fats in the treatment of
diabetes: —
Oil of peppermint 6 drops.
Oil of lemon 6 drops.
Medicinal soap (freshly
prepared) % dram.
Cherry laurel water... 5 drams.
Orange flower water. ..2% ounces.
Saccharin 3 grains.
Olive oil (or sesame
oil), to make 16 ounces.
Emulsion of Iodoform
Iodoform, 10 parts; sterile water, 20
parts; glycerin. 70 parts; alcohol,
enough.
Emulsions of Liquid Petrolatum
I.
Liquid petrolatum 30.00 mils.
Powdered acacia.. 15.00 grammes.
Powdered traga-
canth 1.36 grammes.
Oil of cinnamon. . 0.20 mil.
Elixir of sac-
charin 0.33 mils.
Water, to make.. 100.00 mils.
10
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Mix the first four ingredients in a
mortar, add 25 mils of water and
triturate until the emulsion is formed,
then add the elixir of saccharin and
the balance of the water.
The elixir of saccharin — a prepara-
tion of the British Pharmaceutical
Codex — consists of 5 grammes of sac-
charin, 3 grammes of sodium bicar-
bonate, 12.5 mils of alcohol, and water
enough to make 100 mils.
II.
Liquid petrolatum 5 ounces.
Powdered acacia.. 1% ounces.
Powdered tragacanth.. . 30 grains.
Calcium hypophosphite. 80 grains.
Sodium hypophosphite. . 2 drams.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Water to make 1 pint.
As to the first recipe the use of sac-
charin as a sweetener might be sub-
ject to criticism, although the use of
that chemical in medicines is permit-
ted provided the fact of its presence is
indicated on the label.
Emulsions of Oil of Cade
■ Oil of cade 50 to 100 grammes.
Soap 25 to 50 grammes.
Water to make 300 grammes.
II.
Oil of cade-.... 50 to 100 grammes.
Yolk of 1 or 2 eggs
Fluid extract of
quillaja 10 to 20 grammes.
Water to make 500 grammes.
Emulsion of Oil of Eucalyptus
Irish moss 10 drams.
Hot water. ."... .to make 20 ounces.
Make a mucilage,
Oil of eucalyptus 13 drams.
Olive oil 8 drams.
Make an emulsion with the mucilage
of Irish moss.
To the emulsion add:
Saccharin 5 grains.
Dissolved in alcohol. . . 1% ounces.
Then add:
Honey • . . . . 8 ounces.
Mucilage of Irish
moss to make 32 ounces.
In the case of medicines sweetened
with sacharin, the fact must be stated
on the label. — John Culley.
Emulsion of Paraldehyde
The Medical Standard suggests the
following mixture as a satisfactory
means of administering paralde-
hyde:—
Paraldehyde 1 dram.
Syrup 1 ^ drams.
Tincture of orange.... 10 minims.
Infusion of senega.... 3 drams.
Water to make 1 ounce.
The paraldehyde is placed in a dry
bottle with the infusion and shaken un-
til homogeneously mixed; the syrup
is added with more shaking; the tinc-
ture and enough water are then added;
and the whole is well shaken.
Making and Pushing Fresh Emulsions
At the 1912 meeting of the American
Pharmaceutical Association, W. H.
Glover stated that some years ago he
made up his mind to try to build up a
prescription trade in fresh made emul-
sions. He believed that if freshly pre-
pared samples were shown to physi-
cians and the patients were informed
that the emulsion was made fresh for
them, it would result profitably. At
first the returns were slow in coming
in, but by persistence his work showed
results. The next problem was to find
time to make the emulsions as ordered,
as to have made them in large quantities
ahead would have negatived his claim
that they were freshly prepared. He
made them by the use of a desk fan,
removing the propeller blades and at-
taching a short rod on a reducing gear
and on the lower end of the rod a
crossbar, with ends curved up so as to
fit an ordinary mortar.
The gum and oil were mixed in the
mortar until the "primary" was
formed, then the balance of the in-
gredients were added. By means of the
mortar the whole received a good, thor-
ough mixing, while the operator was
working at something else.
In former years Mr. Glover rarely
had a prescription for an emulsion, but
now, even in summer, rarely a day
passes that he does not put up one or
more. He stated these facts to show
what can be done if one really pushes
a certain line.
Making Emulsions
By using powdered castile soap in
the proportion of 1 gramme to each 30
mils of oil, P. H. Utech has been able
to prepare stable emulsions of castor
oil and other fixed oils containing as
much as 50 per cent, of oil. He thinks
that the aperient action of the soap
adds to the effiicacy of emulsion of cas-
tor oil.
Thompson's Emulsion of Linseed Oil
Dr. W. H. Thompson gave in the
Medical Record the following formula
for the emulsion of linseed oil which
has become popular among physicians
in association with his name:
Linseed oil 9% ounces.
Oil of cinnamon SO minims.
Oil of gaultheria SO minims.
Diluted hydrocyanic
acid SO minims.
Glycerin 190 minims.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
11
Syrup 6% ounces.
Mucilage of Irish moss,
to make 2 pints.
Dr. Thompson is quoted as having
said that this emulsion may be pre-
pared most satisfactorily in a churn.
Tragacanth Emulsion of Fixed Oil
Tragacanth, in fine
powder 6 grammes.
Alcohol 10 mils.
Water '240 mils.
The fixed oil 500 mils.
Oil of gaultheria .... 4 mils.
Syrup 100 mils.
Water, to make. ... 1,000 mils.
Mix well the alcohol and tragacanth;
add the water quickly, and stir well
then add the fixed oil in portions and
the oil of gaultheria and emulsify by
shaking. When the mixture has be-
come thoroughly emulsified, add the
syrup and enough water to make the
finished product measure 1,000 mils. — '
Bertel Skow.
Malted Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil
with Hypophosphite
Cod liver oil 120 grammes.
Malt extract 30 grammes.
Syrup of calcium
hypophosphite ... 30 grammes.
Glycerin 15 grammes.
Powdered acacia.... 15 grammes.
Cinnamon water, to
make 250 grammes.
This emulsion is said to be readily
taken by children.
ABC Liniment
Equal parts of the liniments of aco-
nite, bellandonna and chloroform.
Analgesic Balm
The formula below is from Pormulaire
de preparations pharmaceutiques de la
Societe de Pharmacie d'Anvers:
Lanolin 45 grammes.
Yellow wax 10 grammes.
Distilled water 15 grammes.
Menthol 15 grammes.
Methyl salicylate..'.. 15 grammes.
Burnett's Hemlock Liniment
According to the Medical Bulletin,
Dr. J. A. Burnett recommends the fol-
lowing as a valuable prescription for
a stimulating liniment:
Oil of hemlock 1 ounce.
Oil of red cedar 1 ounce.
Oil of sassafras l ounce.
Oil of turpentine 1 ounce.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Capsicum 1 ounce.
Alcohol 32 ouvces.
Califacient Liniment
F K. Heldmann proposes the follow-
ing formula for a wanning liniment:
Oleoresin of capsi-
cum 0.25 grammes.
Methyl salicylate.. 20.00 grammes.
Liniment of soft
soap 20.00 grammes.
Wool-fat, to make. 100. 00 grammes.
"Physicians whom I have induced to
use this," he' says, "have found it to
be a splendid remedy."
Compound Phenol Liniment
Phenol 2 parts.
Menthol 2 parts.
Eugenol 1 part.
Liquefy the phenol, add the menthol
and eugenol, and dissolve.
This produces an excellent tooth-
ache remedy, far superior to any sim-
ilar preparation.
Good Ail-Around Liniment
At the 1912 meeting of the Tennessee
Pharmaceutical Association, J. E. Jus-
tice presented the following formula
for a good all-around liniment:
Oil of sassafras 30 mils.
Oil of origanum 30 mils.
Methyl salicylate 30 mils.
Oil of hemlock 30 mils.
Chloroform 20 mils.
Tincture of capsicum. 30 mils.
Alkanet root 15 grammes.
Alcohol, to make 500 mils.
Mix the oils and in these suspend
the alkanet root, enclosed in flannel,
and macerate for twelve hours; then
add the chloroform, the tincture and
the alcohol.
Household Liniment
Mix equal measures of spirit of am-
monia, oil of sassafras, oil of turpen-
tine and chloroform; dilute one part of
the mixture with three parts of alcohol
and in it dissolve a little camphor.
Jacob's Oil
Hydrated chloral 2 grammes.
Camphor 2 grammes.
Chloroform 2 mils.
Ether 2 mils.
Oil of sassafras 1 mil.
Tincture of opium. ... 1 mil.
Soap liniment enough
to make. . • 120 mils.
Mott's Anodyne Liniment
Chloroform 15 mils.
Tincture of aconite 15 mils.
Tincture of iodine 15 mils.
Ammonia water 15 mils.
Soap liniment enough to
make 120 mils.
12
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Pain Balm
Oil of sassafras 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves i± ounce.
Oil of hemlock V2 ounce.
Chloroform Vs ounce.
Ether % ounce.
Capsicum ■ . . . . % ounce.
Camphor V2 ounce.
Ammonia water y2 ounce.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Mix them. Macerate for a week or
ten days, agitating frequently, and then
filter.
Pain Expelling Liniments
I.
Spirit of camphor 1 ounce.
Spirit of ammonia 4 drams.
Oil of sassafras. . . . • 4 drams.
Oil of cloves 2 drams.
Chloroform 4 drams.
Oil of turpentine 4 drams.
Alcohol to make 5 ounces.
II.
Soap liniment 3 ounces.
Tincture of capsicum.... 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 1 ounce.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
III.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Chloral hydrate ^ . 1 ounce.
Chloroform • 1 ounce.
Ether 1 ounce.
Tincture of opium 4 drams.
Oil of origanum 4 drams.
Oil of sassafras 4 drams.
Alcohol to make 5 pints.
A Hot Liniment
Oil of mustard 4 mils.
Chloroform • . . . . 4 mils.
Ether 16 mils.
Alcohol to make 10S mils.
Polar Bear Liniment
Oil of turpentine 16 ounces.
Vinegar • 16 ounces.
Eggs 6 only.
Camphorated oil 4 ounces.
Rub- Down for Athletes
Methyl salicylate 10 ounces.
Tincture of arnica 4 pints.
Hammamelis water 12 pints.
Alcohol 2 gallons.
Water to make 5 gallons.
Solidified Liniment
Oil of origanum 10 grammes.
Oil of sassafras 10 grammes.
Oil of turpentine 10 grammes.
Camphor 10 grammes.
Oleoresin of capsicum. 5 grammes.
Fluid extract of aconite 4 grammes.
Petrolatum 30 grammes.
White wax 21 grammes.
Alkanet root to color.
Suspend the alkanet root, bruised, in
the petrolatum, heated, until it imparts
a strong red color. Add the wax, and
when it is melted, remove the heat.
Just before the mixture is ready to
solidify, add the fluid extract and the
oils in which the camphor has been
dissolved, and mix. Then add the oleo-
resin and mix thoroughly.
The Midland Druggist, which gives
this formula, adds that the amount of
capsicum may have to be reduced when
the liniment is for use on tender skin,
or the liniment may be diluted with
petrolatum.
Dr. Thompson's Liniment
In the Practitioner, Dr. T. H. Thomp-
son gives the following formula for an
anodyne liniment: —
Menthol % ounce.
Camphor y2 ounce.
Oil of turpentine y2 ounce.
Oil of eucalyptus y2 ounce.
Chloroform . . . . • 1 ounce.
Tincture of capsicum.... 1 ounce.
Methyl salicylate 1 ounce.
Liquid petrolatum 1 ounce.
Laxative Lozenges
Powdered senna 40 grains.
Powdered jalap 40 grains.
Oil of anise 1 drop.
Oil of lemon 1 drop.
Powdered white sugar. 40 grains.
Tamarind paste 4 drams.
Make a mass and divide into eight
lozenges, which may be coated with
chocolate.
Lozenge Bases, B. P. C.
Cut lozenges constitute a class of
preparations that is much neglected
and deserves to be brought to the at-
tention of physicians.
Lozenges With Fruit Basis
Refined sugar 87.90 grammes.
Gum acacia, in
powder 3.90 grammes.
Mucilage of acacia. 7.10 mils.
Black currant paste
of commerce 11.35 grammes.
Distilled water enough.
Mix and divide into 100 lozenges.
Lozenges With Tolu Basis
Refined sugar 96.40 grammes.
Gum acacia, in
powder 3.90 grammes.
Tincture of tolu... 2.10 mils.
Mucilage of acacia. 7.10 mils.
Distilled water enough.
Mix and divide into 100 lozenges.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
: ;
London Hospital Formulas for Com-
pound Cascara Mixtures
King's
Fluidextract of cascara
sagrada 20 minims.
Ammonium carbonate. 2 grains.
Tincture of belladonna 10 minims.
Tincture of mix vom-
ica • • 5 minims.
Glycerin 10 minims.
Water, to make 1 ounce.
London
Magnesium sulphate.. 1 dram.
Glycerin 1 dram.
Fluidextract of cascara
sagrada 1 dram.
Fluidextract of licor-
ice 1 dram.
Tincture of hyoscya-
mus 20 minims.
Tincture of nux vom-
ica 5 minims.
Compound decoction of
aloes, to 1 ounce.
St. Mary's
Fluidextract of cascara
sagrada 1 dram.
Fluidextract of licorice % dram.
Sodium sulphate 1 dram.
Ammonia water 5 minims.
Water, to make 1 ounce.
St. Thomas'
Fluidextract of cascara
sagrada 20 minims.
Fluidextract of licorice 30 minims.
Tincture of belladonna 5 minims.
Tincture of nux vom-
ica 5 minims.
Aromatic spirit of am-
monia 20 minims.
Chloroform water, to
make 1 ounce.
Samaritan
Fluidextract of cas-
cara sagrada 20 minims.
Tincture of nux vom-
ica 5 minims.
Tincture of bellodonna 4 minims.
Aromatic spirit of am-
monia 10 minims.
Chloroform 1 minim.
Water, to make 1 ounce.
Women's
Fluidextract of cascara
sagrada 20 minims.
Aromatic spirit of am-
monia 10 minims.
Fluidextract of licorice 15 minims.
Peppermint water, to
make 1 ounce.
I.
Bismuth subnitrate. . . 30 grammes.
Vaseline 60 grammes.
Mix while boiling.
II.
For a paste for use in the treatment
of cases of long standing, the formula
is: —
Bismuth subnitrate. . . 30 grammes.
Wax 5 grammes.
Soft paraffin (120 deg.
melting point) 5 grammes.
Vaseline 60 grammes.
Mix while boiling.
In a note contributed to The Drug-
gists Circular Dr. E. T. Beck says: —
The vaseline (usually yellow vase-
line is used) is first sterilized by the
usual method of boiling and is then
allowed to cool off. Thereupon the
proper quantities of bismuth subni-
trate and vaseline are weighed out and
then are mixed well in a mortar until a
smooth mass is obtained. It is, of
course, understood that the bismuth
subnitrate must be free from impurities
such as arsenic or dust. Some of the
preparations of bismuth subnitrate give
off more nitric acid than others. (See
an article published by Dr. W. S. Baer,
Johns Hopkins Bulletin, October. Xo.
223.) The preparation is then placed
in enamel jars until such time as it
may be needed.
When the preparation is to be used
the enamel jar containing the same is
placed in a water bath, the water be-
ing allowed to boil, and thus the prep-
aration in the jar becomes liquefied,
and as soon as it is sufficiently so it
may be drawn up into a syringe and is
then ready for injection.
Care should be exercised to avoid
the admixture of water during the
course of preparing the paste. Mixing
the bismuth subnitrate with the vase-
line while the latter is boiled (our for-
mer method of preparation) is not sat-
isfactory for the reason that the bis-
muth frequently oxidizes and causes
the mixture to become black. We have
never noticed any effervescence taking
place when mixing the bismuth With
the boiling vaseline, although that
might possibly occur when the vase-
line is too hot.
There is a warning by Dr. Beck of
the danger which may be caused by the
formation of nitrate and by the bis-
muth itself when this paste is em-
ployed.
Beck's Bismuth Paste
The first of these formulas yields a
paste used for diagnostic purposes, and
for the first few injections, in cases of
tuberculosis: —
Diagnostic Bismuth Liquid
Bismuth subcarbonate.120 grammes.
Acacia 20 grammes.
Tragacanth 5 grammes.
Syrup • . . 150 grammes.
Orange flower water. . 25 grammes
Water 350 grammes.
14
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Bismuthated Petrolatum
Bismuthated petrolatum may be pre-
pared according to Vicario (L'union
pharm.) from bismuth subnitrate, or
bismuth subcarbonate, 20 grammes;
liquid paraffin, TO grammes; petrola-
tum, 10 grammes. This preparation,
which may be sweetened and aroma-
tized, is readily taken by the patients.
It is used in hyperacidity and in dress-
ing ulcers of any nature. It also facili-
tates* the intestinal radioscopy.
Dermatologic Formulas
From the dermatologic formulas in
the Formulae Magistrales Germanicae
are taken the following: —
Boroglycerin Ointment
Boric acid 2.50 grammes.
Glycerin 6.25 grammes.
Paraffin ointment... 6.25 grammes.
Wool-fat 8.00 grammes.
Chilblain Balsam
Camphor 0.2 gramme.
Powdered tragacanth 0.5 gramme.
Balsam of Peru 0.5 gramme.
Tincture of opium
with saffron 0.5 gramme.
Potassium iodide. ... 0.S gramme.
Glycerin 45.5 grammes.
Compound Resorcinol Ointment
Salicylic acid •. 0.4 gramme.
Resorcinol 1.0 gramme.
Ammonium sulpho-
ichthyolate 1.0 gramme.
Petrolatum 17.6 grammes.
Emulsion of Sulphur
Precipitated sulphur... 30 grammes.
Distilled water 30 grammes.
Alcohol 30 grammes.
Glycerin 15 grammes.
Hebra's* Tincture of Ruscus
Birch tar 35 grammes.
Ether 6 grammes.
Alcohol . • 6 grammes.
Oil of lavender 1 gramme.
Oil of rue 1 gramme.
Oil of rosemary 1 gramme.
Liquid Tar Soap
Tar 40 grammes.
Potash soap 60 grammes.
Alcohol 60 grammes.
Distilled water enough
to make 200 grammes.
Vulnerary Species
Peppermint leaves. ... 20 grammes.
Lemon balm leaves... 20 grammes.
Marjoram leaves 20 grammes.
Origanum 20 grammes.
Chamomile ..• 10 grammes.
Lavender flowers 10 grammes.
Elder flowers 10 grammes.
ment of rose water. The proportions of
the ingredients may be varied to suit
individual cases, but a mixture of 1
part of wool -fat to 3 parts of the cold
cream was generally satisfactory.
Itch Ointment
Ichtyhol 2 drams.
Resorcinol 1 dram.
Sulphur 1 dram.
Lanolin 4 drams.
Petrolatum 4 drams.
Oxide of Zinc Ointment
To prepare 1,000 grammes of this
ointment the Pharmacopoeia directs
somewhat as follows: —
Take of —
Zinc oxide 200 grammes.
Benzoinated lard... S00 grammes.
Rub the zinc oxide with an equal
weight of melted benzoinated lard and
with this incorporate the remainder
of the benzoinated lard, previously
melted. If necessary, strain the oint-
ment while warm and stir thoroughly
until it congeals.
From personal experience I know
that it is very hard to prepare this
simple pharmaeopoeial ointment so
that a perfectly homogeneous mass,
free from unmixed particles of zinc
oxide, will result without straining;
in fact, I admit my inability to accom-
plish the feat, and from the examina-
tion of a large number of specimens,
purchased at different stores, am led
to believe that other pharmacists have
failed also. I am also of the opinion,
from the appearance of nearly all of
the specimens, that the compounder
satisfied his professional conscience
that it was not necessary to strain.
At best, the pharmaeopoeial method
is rather mussy, and necessitatis
quite a bit of labor in the way of
cleaning up utensils afterward, and I
have never noticed a particular fond-
ness for this sort of work on the part
of licensed pharmacists.
Select a cylindrical vessel, of suit-
able capacity, and tie over the open
end two thicknesses of cheese cloth
in such a way as to leave it slightly
depressed in the middle, and upon
this place the powdered zinc oxide.
Melt the benzoinated lard, bringing
the temperature to about 135° F., and
pour it gradually upon the strainer,
stirring constantly with a spatula to
force the operation. It will be found
that all of the zinc oxide will pass
through the strainer and be thor-
oughly incorporated with the melted
lard. Stir occasionally until it con-
geals.
Ideal Ointment Base
Fordyce (X. Y. Med. Journ.) says
that he has found an ideal ointment
base in a mixture of wool -tat and oint-
Saratoga Ointment
Powdered boric acid... 30 grains.
Zinc oxide 60 grains.
Oil of eucalyptus 15 drops.
Petrolatum, to make. ..480 grains.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
15
Scarlet Red Salve
There are two kinds of scarlet red,
one being used exclusively as a dye
and the other being known as Bieb-
erich's medicinal. The latter is de-
scribed as being a dark brownish-red
bulky powder, with a melting point of
185° C, insoluble in water, slightly
soluble in cold alcohol, acetone, ether
and benzol, but soluble on boiling. It
is soluble in chloroform (1 in 15) and
in fixed oils and fats, but not readily
soluble in petrolatum or paraffin.
Some recipes for the ointment fol-
low : —
Bruhn's Formula
Scarlet red 5 to 10 grammes.
Hydrous wool -fat and
p a r a ffi n ( equal
parts), to make. . .100 grammes.
German Hospital, Philadelphia
Scarlet red 8 grammes.
Castor oil 10 grammes.
Petrolatum, to make. 100 grammes.
Krajca's Formula
Scarlet red 8 grammes.
' Chloroform oil enough.
Yellow petrolatum,
to make 100 grammes.
Triturate the scarlet red with
enough chloroform oil until it is very
finely divided and suspended and the
chloroform is evaporated, then in-
corporate it with the petrolatum.
By chloroform oil here is meant
equal parts of chloroform and peanut
oil.
Compound Tamarind Pastilles
Purified tamarind pulp 10 grammes.
Senna, in finest powder 3 grammes.
Powdered white sugar 5 grammes.
Wheat starch 1 gramme.
Mix and heat together over a water-
bath, stirring until a homogeneous
mass is formed. Divide into eight pas-
tilles and cover with chocolate.
Medicated Pastilles, B. P. C.
These are directed to be made with
a basis of glycogelatin with which
when melted in a water-bath, the
active medicinal agent is incorporated,
either in solution or suspension. The
melted mixture is then directed to be
poured into molds or into a suitable
tray, allowed to solidify, and then cut
into the required number of pastilles.
The formula for this basis for pastilles
is as follows:
Glycogelatin.
Gelatin 12.00.
Glycerin 40.00.
Distilled water 20.00.
Orange-flower water 20.00.
Sugar 5.00.
Citric acid 2.00.
Oil of lemon 0.10.
Solution of caramel enough.
As an improvement on the foregoing,
the following has been offered:
Gelatin 30.0 grammes.
Glycerin 30.0 grammes.
Distilled water 56.0 grammes.
Orange- flower water 7.0 grammes.
Citric acid 2.5 grammes.
Alcohol 1.0 gramme.
Oil of lemon 0.2 gramme.
Solution of carmine. 1.0 gramme.
Soak the gelatin in the distilled
water until quite soft, add the glycerin,
and dissolve by heating on a water-
bath. Continue the application of heat
until the product weighs 90 grammes.
Remove from the water- bath, and add
the citric acid previously dissolved in
the orange- flower water, the oil of
lemon previously dissolved in the al-
cohol, and the solution of carmine.
Mix thoroughly, strain through mus-
lin, and allow to solidify.
Mentholated Throat Pastilles
Refined gelatin 1 ounce.
Glycerin (by weight).. .2*4 ounces.
Tolu water 2% ounces.
Ammoniacal solution of
carmine enough.
Shred the gelatin, soak in the tolu
water for two hours, then transfer to
a water-bath and heat with the gly-
cerin until the. gelatin is dissolved.
Color with the carmine solution and
pour into an oiled tray to cool.
The tolu water is made by boiling
l^i ounces of balsam of tolu in 20
ounces of water (in a covered vessel)
and straining off 16 ounces. The car-
mine solution of the National Formu-
lary may be used.
The menthol pastille is made by
adding 1-6 grain of menthol to 20
grains of glycogelatin, previously
melted on a water-bath. This is the
quantity for one pastille, and while
still melted, it is poured into a mold.
Such pastille molds, which may be
obtained in the market, consist of a
series of small circular saucers se-
cured to a metallic base.
Phenolphthalein Pastilles
Phenolphthalein 10 grammes.
Powdered cocoa 10 grammes.
Sugar 8 grammes.
Sugar of milk 8 grammes.
Talc 4 grammes.
Solution of vanillin < 3
per cent.) 1 mil.
Make 100 pastilles.
"Xew and Non-Official Remedes"
states that phenolphthalein acts as a
purgative but appears to possess no
further physiological action.
Camphor Pills
Camphor 10 grammes.
Powdered soap 10 grammes.
Powdered althea 10 erammes.
16
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Simple syrup enough.
Make a mass and divide into 100 pills.
Improved Cathartic Pill
Compound extract of
colocynth Vz grain.
Jalapin 1/6 grain.
Podophyllin Vs grain.
Leptandrin % grain.
Extract of hyoscyamus % grain.
Extract of gentian. ... % grain.
Capsicum 1/12 grain.
Oil of peppermint enough.
General Excipient Powder for Pills
Powdered licorice root, 40; powdered
tragacanth, 20: powdered' almond oil
soap. 20; wheat groats starch, 12;
powdered sugar. 6; hydrated magnesia,
6; mix. Liquids or viscous substances
may be massed with the above alone.
Powders should first be well mixed
with a little of the excipient, then
massed with honey or with gum julep.
— L. Danzel, through Pharmaceutical
Journal.
Pills of Creosote and Balsam of Tolu
Just mix equal parts of distilled
water and creosote and add powdered
balsam of tolu, and see what a fine pill
mass you can obtain without the addi-
tion of beeswax or any other substance.
It is worth trying. — Jose Schwara.
Pill Excipients
What the "best paste to use for mak-
ing pills" is depends largely upon the
nature of the components of the pill
mass — there is no one excipient which
serves equally well in all cases. An-
other influence in the selection of the
"best" is the preference of the manipu-
lator— we have a strong liking for
glycerite of tragacanth, N. F. Here are
a few formulas: —
Glucanth.
Powdered tragacanth.. % ounce.
Glycerin 1% ounces.
Water V2 ounce.
Liquid glucose 3% ounces.
Remington's Excipient.
Powdered acacia 90 grains.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Liquid glucose 4 ounces.
Benzoic acid 1 grain.
Theriacanth.
Powdered tragacanth.. 1 dram.
Alcohol 2 drams.
Molasses 2 ounces.
Rub up the tragacanth with the alco-
hol; then add quickly the molasses pre-
viously warmed.
Mutton Suet.
Hard mutton suet, melting at about
45° C. (113° F.) forms an excellent ex-
cipient for those drugs which are in-
tended to be absorbed in the intestines,
and which may irritate the stomach,
such as arsenical or mercurial prepara-
tions; benzoic, carbolic or salicylic
acids; creosote, guaiacol and other
drugs. For this purpose, mutton suet
is preferable to keratin. Each pill
should contain not more than 1% grains
of the suet.
Massol.
At a meeting of the London Chemists'
Assistants' Association P. B. Phillips
offered the following formula for a pill
excipient which he said could be used
in massing practically any combina-
tion :
Gelatin 40 grains.
Glycerin 2 drams.
Sugar 3 drams.
Distilled water.. to make 1 ounce.
Place the gelatin in a tared casserole
with about % ounce of the water and
allow it to stand for half an hour. Add
the glycerin and heat the mixture until
solution is effected. Add the sugar and
continue the heating until the mass
weighs 1 ounce. Transfer the mixture
to a suitable container and beat it with
a spatula until it sets, so as to incor-
porate considerable air in the mass.
For Oils and Balsams.
To overcome the difficulty of in-
corporating liquids, ethereal oils, bal-
sams, creosote and similar substances
into pills, Danzel (Bull, comm.) recom-
mends an excipient prepared according
to the following formula:
Extract of licorice 4.0.
Powdered tragacanth 2.0.
Powdered soap 2.0.
Wheat starch 1.2.
Powdered sugar 0.6.
Magnesium hydroxide 0.6.
Solid substances should first be
mixed with mucilage of acacia, honey,
etc., before being incorporated with
this excipient.
Some Portuguese Ideas.
An article by G. Griggi, which origi-
nally appeared in a Portuguese phar-
maceutical journal, and later in the
Pharmaceutical Journal, gives the fol-
lowing list of excipients:
For antipyrine, sulphonal, trional,
terpin hydrate, betol, benzonaphthol,
exalgin. citrophen. salophen:- Rub
down with milk sugar, add a little mu-
cilage, water, and then a drop or two
of glycerin. Manna is an alternative.
For quinine salts: As above, or use
honey and manna.
For calomel, mercuric chloride and
mercury salts: Manna or gum acacia
and water; or wheat flour with a little
glycerin.
For chloral hydrate and unstable
salts: Canada balsam and beeswax in
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
17
equal" proportions with kaolin to pill
consistence.
For alkali and other iodides: Crumb
of bread or wheat flour; (or as for
chloral hydrate, above).
For iron chlorides or bromides:
Honey or manna, with a little gum
acacia.
For gold or silver salts, permanga-
nates: Recently calcined kaolin mixed
with equal parts of melted petrolatum
and hard paraffin; or white bole and
petrolatum.
For aloes, gamboge, ammoniacum: A
few drops of alcohol, 60 per cent., or
gentle warmth.
For Venice turpentine, tolu balsam,
benzoin: — Mix with hot water, knead
and roll.
For creosote, guaiacol, and similar
substances; for phenol, eucalyptol, cu-
menol, and orange flower oil: — -(a)
Warm for about two hours on the
water-bath with an equal weight of
powdered almond oil soap; mass with
soap powder, or powdered licorice, or
one-twentieth the weight of magnesia,
and one or two drops of water, (b)
Mass with powdered benzoin, and roll
in magnesia.
For terpin hydrate and terpinol: —
Mass with sodium benzoate, powdered
sugar, powdered gum acacia, and
water, or, better still, Venice turpen-
tine.
For balsam of copaiba, turpentine.
or tar: — To each 15 grammes add 1
gramme of magnesia and two drops
of water; then warm. If powdered
cubebs are to be added, mix this first
with wheat flour.
For camphor, castoreum, musk, asa-
fetida: — Mass with powdered benzoin
and alcohol; or with white beeswax
and Canada balsam melted together.
For croton oil, thiol, ichthyol: —
Wheat flour and confection of roses;
or soap and wheat flour.
For phosphorus: — Dissolve in oil of
sweet almonds and mass with pow-
dered licorice or powdered soap.
For alkaloids. glucosides. phos-
phides, and cacodylates: Mix with
milk sugar and powdered gum acacia;
mass with honey.
For iron citrate, oxalate, or tar-
trate:— Use one drop of glycerin to
every 15 grammes, and then licorice
extract.
For iodoform, di-iodoform, aristol:
— Wheat flour, glycerin, powdered
gum acacia, and manna.
For pepsin, peptone, pancreatin,
diastase: — Canada balsam and yellow
wax. with sufficient kaolin to mass.
For preparations of animal or-
gans:— Milk sugar, with one-tenth of
borax massed with mucilage of
acacia.
Preventing Hardening of Pills
Pills have a tendency to become so
hard as to remain undissolved, and
thus to pass through the system. To
prevent this hardening, Otto (Munch,
med. Woch.) recommends adding 5
grammes of manna to 100 grammes of
pill mass and moistening the mass
with tincture of gentian. Pills pre-
pared in such a manner are said to
retain their soft consistence indefi-
nitely.
Carmelite Spirit
One of the official synonyms of the
alcoolat de melisse compose of the
French Codex is eau de melisse des
Carmes; and the same preparation is
popularly known as Carmelite water
and Carmelite spirit.
The official process for the manu-
facture of this preparation is as fol-
lows:—
Balm (fresh and
in flower) 90 grammes.
Lemon peel (fresh) . . 15 grammes.
Ceylon cinnamon .... 8 grammes.
Cloves 8 grammes.
Nutmegs 8 grammes.
Coriander 4 grammes.
Angelica root 4 grammes.
Alcohol (80%) 500 grammes.
Chop up the balm and the lemon
peel; crush the other solids, and ma-
cerate all in the alcohol for four days.
Transfer to a still and distill to 425
grammes.
In the "Pharmaceutical Journal
Formulary" the appended formula for
Carmelite water is given: —
Oil of balm 30 minims.
Oil of sweet marjoram 3 minims.
Oil of cinnamon....... 10 minims.
Oil of angelica 3 minims.
Oil of citron 30 minims.
Oil of cloves 15 minims.
Oil of coriander 5 minims.
Alcohol (90%) 10 ounces.
Oil of nutmeg 5 minims.
Spiritus Ophthalmicus Mittendorf
Spirit of lavender 1 ounce.
Spirit of rosemary 1 ounce.
Brandy 1 ounce.
Spirit of camphor 1 dram.
After mixing, the preparation
should be set aside for a few days
before being dispensed.
Glycerin and Cacao Butter Supposi-
tories
Glycerin 20 grammes.
Cacao butter 20 grammes.
Anhydrous wool -f at. . 0.5 gramme.
Melt together and shake until the
mass can just be poured out; then
pour into aluminum or tin molds to
form suppositories measuring 4 centi-
meters in length and 1 centimeter in
diameter. Each such suppository should
weigh 3 grammes.
IS
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Glycerin and Gelatin Suppositories
Gelatin ■ 14 parts.
Glycerin 70 parts.
Distilled water enough.
Soak the gelatin in distilled water
until it is thoroughly softened; add the
glycerin; make a solution on a water
bath and evaporate until the mass
weighs 100 parts.
Hydrated Chloral Suppositories
I.
Hydrated chloral... 45.00 grammes.
White wax 3.15 grammes.
Melt the wax in a wide-mouthed bot-
tle; cork; add the chloral, mix thor-
oughly and run into suitable molds.
II.
Melt together as in I, equal parts of
hydrated chloral and stearic acid and
run into molds.
Ichthyol in Suppositories
In the British Pharmaceutical Codex
glycerin suppository mass B. P. is di-
rected as the base for ichthyol suppos-
itories. This mass is made as fol-
lows:—
Gelatin (cut small). 14.2 grammes.
Glycerin 71.0 grammes.
Distilled water enough.
Place the gelatin in a weighed evap-
m-ating dish with enough distilled
water to cover it; let it stand for two
minutes; pour off the excess of distilled
water; set aside until the gelatin is
quite soft; add the glycerin; dissolve
on a water-bath; evaporate until the
mixture weighs 102 grammes.
In making ichthyol suppositories, a
sufficient quantity of this mass is
melted on a water-bath; the desired
quantity of ichthyol is incorporated and
the mixture is poured into wet molds.
Making Suppositories
In making suppositories with a cacao
butter vehicle by the cold process, P.
H. Utech has found that wool -fat or
petrolatum is better than an expressed
oil to make the mass plastic. Supposi-
tories made by the hot process he con-
siders to have the advantage of melt-
ing at a lower temperature than those
made by the cold process. On the other
hand, the repeated heating -of cacao
butter tends to hasten rancidity.
Suppository Base
V. do Wielen and v. Riehl (Pharm.
Weekbl.) have found that cacao butter
containing 2.5 per cent, of yellow wax
will take up 25 per cent, of its weight
of liquids (aqueous solutions, glycerin,
ichthyol, etc.) no separation of the lat-
ter taking place even after prolonged
keeping. If 0.3 grammes of iodoform
are dissolved in 3 grammes of the mix~
ture of cacao butter and wax, on cool-
ing, the iodoform partly remains dis-
solved and partly crystallizes out in
the form of minute crystals, while when
the plain butter is used, it separates
within a short time in the form of large
crystals. The mixture of cacao butter
and wax melts at 31.4 degrees Centi-
grade.
Dunning has found that a mixture of
10 parts of castor oil and 15 parts of
wax with 90 parts of cocao butter im-
proves the latter as a suppository base,
especially in warm weather. The pro-
portions may be varied to suit the
needs of the operator.
Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla,
Clover and Burdock
Fluidextract of sarsa-
parilla 4 ounces.
Fluidextract of stillingia 2 ounces.
Fluidextract of red
clover 2 ounces.
Fluidextract of senna.. l1/^ ounces.
Fluidextract of glycyr-
rhiza 1 ounce.
Fluidextract of burdock 1 ounce.
Oil of anise V2 dram. •
Oil of sassafras V2 dram.
Oil of gaultheria % dram.
Alcohol (80 per cent.).. 4 ounces.
Simple syrup, to make.. 4 pints.
Making and Keeping Syrups
P. H. Utech believes the whole secret
of making a permanent syrup is to use
a high-grade sugar, such as "crystal
A," free from moisture, distilled — not
sterilized — water, and a sterile con-
tainer, and to observe the proper cau-
tion in keeping the product He says
that syrup of wild cherry exposed to
the ordinary light of the store loses its
characteristic odor and taste in a few
months He has found that the addi-
tion of a small quantity of diluted
hypophosphorous acid to syrup of
hypophosphites inhibited precipitation.
Phenolphthalein Laxative Syrup
The following formula is offered by
a correspondent of the Journal of the
American Medical Association;
Phenolphthalein 128 grains.
Salicylic acid 10 grains.
Bitter cake chocolate... 1 ounce.
Syrup of acacia, to make 1 pint.
Melt the chocolate and mix with the
syrup then add the acid and the phe-
nolphthalein.
This mixture requires a "shake"
label.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
19
Soluble Syrup of Indian Cannabis
Indian cannabis 256 grains.
Alcohol enough.
Dried sodium carbonate 1 dram.
Sugar IS ounces.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Hot water to make.... 2 pints.
Percolate the Indian cannabis with
enough alcohol to produce 2 ounces of
concentrated tincture. Dissolve the so-
dium salt in a few drams qf hot water,
and add this solution to the tincture.
Add the glycerin, and mix well. Dis-
solve the sugar in enough hot water
to make 20 ounces of syrup add this,
while hot, to the mixture already pre-
pared, and mix them thoroughly. Fil-
ter the syrup through felt, returning
the filtrate until it comes through
clear. Add through the filter enough
hot water to make 2 pints of finished
product.
Fig Syrup
From an article in The Druggists
Circular for October, 1913, page 628, in
which a formula for the lenitive elec-
tuary of the London Pharmacopoeia of
the middle of the eighteenth century is
shown to be practically the same as
that of the modern •fig" syrups, the
following formula for a type of the lat-
ter is given: —
Senna 14 ounces.
Coriander 6 ounces.
Figs 24 ounces.
Tamarinds 18 ounces.
Cassia pulp 18 ounces.
Prunes 12 ounces.
Extract of licorice IY2 ounces.
Spirit of peppermint. . .1% ounces.
Water 1 gallon.
Brown sugar 10 pounds.
Crush the first six ingredients small,
boil gently for half an hour in the
water, then cool and add the other in-
gredients, stirring until the sugar is
dissolved.
Syrup of Ferrous Iodide
Having had trouble in controlling the
reaction of the iodine and the iron in
making syrup of iodide of iron, I
immerse the flask in a vessel of warm
water. This hastens the reaction at the
start, and retards the reaction later on,
because the volume of warm water in
the vessel, being so much larger, keeps
the contents of the flask automatically
at its temperature. It needs but little
watching while making, and less time
is required to make it. — E. C. Schaefef.
Syrup of Figs, B. P. C.
Figs, cut small 40.00
Refined sugar 50.00
Distilled water to make 100.00
The figs are digested with boiling
water and the resulting liquor strained
and evaporated to produce the required
volume of syrup on the addition of the
sugar.
The resulting syrup is rather viscid
and promises to be an excellent vehicle
for acrid or bitter substances.
An excellent illustration of its varied
uses is: —
Compound Syrup of Figs, B. P. C.
Compound tincture of rhubarb 5.00
Fluid extract of senna 10.00
Spirit of cinnamon 1.25
Spirit of nutmeg (1 to 10) 1.25
Fluid extract of cascara sa-
grada, aromatic 5.00
Syrup of figs to make 100.00
Syrup of Figs
From the Vienna Formulary:
Senna pods 6 parts.
Figs 12 parts.
Water 58 parts.
Sugar ' enough.
Orange flower water... 10 parts.
Alcohol (90 per cent.).. 20 parts.
Macerate the figs and the senna pods
in the water for twelve hours, and
strain. In 33 parts of the strained
liquid dissolve 45 parts of sugar; boil
and clarify. When cold add the
orange flower water and the alcohol.
Syrup of Hoarhound
Hoarhound (Xo. 20
powder) 200 grammes.
Sugar 750 grammes.
Glycerin 125 mils.
Water . . . .' enough.
Mix the glycerin with 375 mils of
water and moisten the drug thoroughly
with enough of the mixture, then pack
lightly in a percolator and add enough
menstruum to saturate and leave a
layer above the drug and macerate
for twenty-four hours. Then perco-
late slowly, using the balance of the
menstruum and then warm water un-
til extracted. Reserve the first 500
mils of percolate and evaporate the
remainder to 100 mils, then add the
reserve and dissolve the sugar in the
liquid, using a slight heat if necessary.
When cold add enough water to make
"the preparation measure 1000 mils and
strain.
Syrup of hoarhound so made, says
George M. Beringer, is clear, brown in
color and possesses the characteristic
bitter and aromatic taste of the drug
and after keeping for more than six
months has shown not the least ten-
dency to change.
Wine of Cod Liver Extract
.Many therapeutics are agreed that
the various extracts of cod livers or
of cod liver oil do not represent the
20
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
remedial virtues of the oil; they axe
also agreed that such extracts are of
little use as curative agents. To call
a combination of these extracts a cod
liver oil preparation would constitute
misbranding. Two typical formulas
follow:
I.
Gaduol 256 grains.
Guaiacol 64 minims.
Creosote 128 minims.
Eucalyptol 30 minims.
Extract of malt 6 ounces.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Syrup 8 ounces.
Diluted hydrocyanic acid 1 dram.
Compound syrup of hy-
pophosphites 6 ounces.
Puller's earth 2 ounces.
Wine to make 4 pints.
Mix the gaduol with 2 ounces of al-
cohol and triturate with the fuller's
earth, add the syrup and 2 pints of
wine. Set aside for several days, shak-
ing occasionally, then filter. Add the
extract of malt and the syrup of hypo-
phosphites, let stand for twenty-four
hours and again filter. Add the guaia-
col, the creosote and the eucalyptol
dissolved in 2 ounces of alcohol; add
the diluted hydrocyanic acid and
enough wine to make 4 pints.
II.
Gaduol 2V2 pints.
Oil of orange peel 9 ounces.
Fuller's earth 10 pounds.
Port wine 17 gallons.
Compound tincture of
gentian 5 gallons.
Fluid extract of wild "
cherry 2 y2 gallons.
Glycerin 5 gallons.
Extract of malt 4 gallons.
Compound syrup of hy-
pophosphites 6% gallons.
Fluid extract of licorice.l^ gallons.
Caramel 2 y2 pints.
Alcohol 2 y2 gallons.
This recipe is for a 40-gallon batch.
Creosote or guaiacol may be added
in the desired proportions, dissolved in
an appropriate amount of alcohol.
MISCELLANEOUS FORMULAS
Acetone Collodion.
Pyroxylin 5 grammes.
Oil of cloves 2 grammes.
Amyl acetate 20 grammes.
Benzol 20 grammes.
Acetone, to make 100 grammes.
Shake the pyroxylin with the ace-
tone; add the other ingredients and
shade until dissolved.
dion has replaced the official formula
for flexible collodion at the Pennsyl-
vania Hospital:
Gun cotton 4.0 grammes.
Alcohol 18.0 mils.
Tincture of benzoin. 9.0 mils.
Ether 75.0 mils.
Corrosive mercuric
chloride 0.5 gramme.
Shake the gun cotton with the ether
until a pulpy mass results; add the
tincture and again shake; to the mix-
ture add the alcohol, in which is dis-
solved the mercury bichloride.
Antiseptic Flexible Collodion
The following modification of Hop-
kins' formula for an antiseptic eollo-
Antiseptic Solutions.
I.
Benzoic acid 1 ounce.
Powdered borax 1 ounce.
Boric acid 2 ounces.
Thymol 80 grains.
Eucalyptol 80 grains.
Glycerin 4 drams.
Alcohol 2 pints.
Hot water enough.
Water to make 1 gallon.
Essence of gaultheria. . . to color.
Dissolve the first three ingredients in
hot water, and filter. Dissolve the thv-
mol and eucalyptol in the alcohol, and
when the first solution is cool, mix
the two solutions, and add the glycerin
and the essence of gaultheria. and
enough water to make 1 gallon. Agi-
tate several times a day for two days
and filter.
II.
Boric acid 4 ounces.
Benzoic acid 3 ounces.
Powdered borax 2 ounces.
Menthol 1 dram.
Thymol 2 drams.
Oil of eucalyptus 40 drops.
Oil of thyme 40 drops.
Oil of gaultheria 2 drams.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Alcohol 8 ounces.
Water to make 1 gallon.
Proceed essentially as in formula 1.
III.
Benzoic acid 64 grains.
Boric acid 128 grains.
Thymol 30 grains.
Menthol 35 grains.
Borax 64 grains.
Oil of wintergreen 4 drops.
Oil of eucalyptus 4 drops.
Oil of horsemint 5 drops.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Water to make 1 pint.
While a preparation made according
to one of the above formulas is quite
similar to, it is not identical with, the
antiseptic solution of the Pharmaco-
poeia, and the preparation should not
be sold under the pharmacopoeia!
name.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
Jl
Boro-Thymol Solution.
One of the most satisfactory formulas
for the preparation of a solution fre-
quently sold as boro-thymol, rubi-
thymol. and under similar names, is as
follows:
Sodium bicarbonate.... 34 drams.
Sodium borate 34 drams.
Sodium benzoate 21 grains.
Sodium salicylate 21 grains.
Eucalyptol 21 minims.
Oil of cubebs 10 minims.
Thymol 42 grains.
Menthol 30 grains.
Oil of pine needles 18 minims.
Oil of peppermint 30 minims.
Alcohol 24 ounces.
Glycerin 36 ounces.
Powdered cudbear 4% drams.
Solution of carmine 3% drams.
Talc 4 ounces.
Distilled water to make 3 gallons.
Dissolve the sodium salts in about 1
gallon of water, add the glycerin, dis-
solve the oils and thymol in the alcohol,
and mix the two solutions. Add 4
ounces of talc, the coloring matter, and
sufficient water to make 3 gallons. Set
aside for several days and filter.
Calamine Lotion.
As given in the British Pharma-
ceutical Codex, the formula for this lo-
tion is:
Prepared calamine 10.
Zinc oxide 5.
Glycerin 5.
Rose water, diluted to 100.
Triturate the calamine and the zinc
oxide with the glycerin, and add the
rose water.
The same authority describes pre-
pared calamine as being a native zinc
carbonate, containing more or less zinc
silicate, calcined at a moderate tem-
perature, and freed from gritty par-
ticles by elutriation.
Calamine Lotion
Linimentum Calamina, described by
John K. Thum at the 1919 meeting of
the Pennsylvania Pharmaceutical As-
sociation, has a number of advan-
tages over the old-time calamine lo-
tion.
"It will be remembered that the or-
dinary calamine lotion has the great
disadvantage of drying when applied
to skin affections where such an effect
is not desired," explains Mr. Thum.
"In order to prevent this, more or less
experimentation was carried out with
varying formulas, and the following
was finally adopted as answering
every requirement:
Powdered traga-
canth 4. grammes.
Phenol ; 1.5 grammes.
Glycerin 1.5 grammes.
- Calamine 25. grammes.
Zinc oxide 25. grammes.
Cottonseed oil.... 150 grammes.
Distilled water,
to make 500 grammes.
"It will be noticed that this makes
an emulsion and the pharmacist will,
of course, proceed to manipulate it in
the usual way for making this class of
pharmaceuticals.
Mr. Thum claims no originality for
the formula, and says that it or a
somewhat similar formula was copied
from a medical journal some four
years ago.
Canthardin . Collodion
Canthardin 0.2 gramme.
Castor oil 5.0 grammes.
Acetone 7.0 grammes.
"Venice turpentine. . 8.0 grammes.
Collodion 80.0 grammes.
Dissolve the cantharidin in the cas-
tor oil and acetone by gentle and care-
ful warming, then add the Venice tur-
pentine and the collodion.
Celery, Iron and Kola Compound
Iron and quinine
citrate (soluble) 40 grains.
Fluidextract of
celery seed 90 minims.
Fluidextract of kola
nut 2 drams. .
Angelica wine 1 pint.
Aromatic elixir,
to make 2 pints.
Cod Liver Oil in Jelly Form
Pure gelatin % ounce.
Water 4 ounces.
Syrup 4 ounces.
Cod liver oil 8 ounces.
Oil of cinnamon (or
coriander, etc.) to flavor.
The gelatin should first be dissolved
in the water, the latter having been
previously heated to boiling. The
syrup, cod liver oil and flavor are then
to be added, the receptable placed in
cold water, and the mixture beaten
for five minutes 'and then allowed to
solidify.
Coffee Electuary of Castor Oil
Finely powdered
roasted coffee 10 grammes.
Powdered sugar 20 grammes.
Castor oil 20 grammes.
Compound Eucalyptol Spray
Eucalyptol 80.0 mils.
Camphor 20.0 grammes.
Menthol 20.0 grammes.
Thymol 1.1 grammes.
22
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Liquid petrolatum
to make 1,000 mils.
Dissolve the other ingredients in the
liquid petrolatum.
Simple Inhalant
Oil of eucalyptus 10 mils.
Oil of pine 5 mils.
Oil or cassia 5 mils.
Menthol 5 grammes.
Thymol 1 gramme.
Camphor 2 grammes.
Tincture of benzoin,
to make 100 mils.
Mix and make a solution.
Compound Elixir of Choavia
Powdered chocolate 2 ounces.
Spirit of lemon y2 ounce.
Tincture of vanilla % ounce.
Simple elixir... to make 1 pint.
Compound Syrup of Choavia
Powdered chocolate 2 ounces.
Sugar 1 % pounds.
Tincture of vanilla 1 ounce.
Aromatic fluidextract
of yerba santa 1 ounce-
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Boiling water enough.
Mix the chocolate and sugar with
enough boiling water to make two
pints. Allow the syrup to cool and
then add the other ingredients.
Solution of Acetanilide, Compound
Acetphenetidin 256 grains.
Acetanilide 160 grains.
Caffeine, citrated 64 grains.
Phenyl salicylate 64 grains.
Saccharin 2 grains.
Oil of orange 5 minims.
Alcohol 8 ounces.
Glycerin 5 ounces.
Water 1 ounce.
Diluted alcohol enough.
Mix the alcohol, the glycerin and
the water. Add to this liquid the acet-
phenetidin, the acetanilide, the citrated
caffeine, the phenyl salicylate and the
saccharin, and effect solution by heat-
ing the mixture gently in a loosely
stoppered flask. Add the oil. Pass
through an extra -porous paper filter
and add enough diluted alcohol to
make 1 pint.
Lemon Flavored Compound Solution
of Sodium Phosphate
As a starter we suggest that the
quantity of citric acid in the official
formula be increased to 180 grammes
and that the following mixture be
added in place of an equal portion of
distilled water:
Terpeneless oil of lemon 20 minims.
Alcohol to make 4 drams.
The solution should be shaken with
a little paper pulp before it is filtered.
For the color we suggest a few drops
of liquid caramel and a drop or two of
a weak solution of indigo sulphate.
Here is another working formula:
Sodium phosphate, an-
hydrous 6 Vz ounces.
Tincture of fresh lemon
peel 1 dram.
Phosphoric acid (85 per-
cent.) 960 grains.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Distilled water. .to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the salt in a mixture of the
water and the acid; add the glycerin
and the tincture and filter.
Under the federal food and drugs act
and the statutes of many of the States
neither of these preparations could
legally be sold under the official name.
Cremules
An anonymous writer in the Chemist
and Druggist says that Sir James Saw-
yer's brilliant proposal to utilize
"chocolate cream" as a vehicle for the
exhibition of medicaments suggests
an interesting series of new prepara-
tions. The cream or center portion is
made first and the chocolate coating
then applied. Very presentable cre-
mules may be turned out by any neat
dispenser without the aid of special
apparatus.
He outlines his process somewhat as
given below :
The first step is the preparation of a
quantity of "cream," which is made of:
Sugar (cane) 1 pound.
Glucose (syrupy) % pound.
Water to make a solution.
Boil this solution until the temper-
ature reaches 240 deg. F. Pour out on
a clean and damp ointment slab and
leave until nearly cold. Then work it
with a spatula as if it were an oint-
ment until the transparent syrup has
changed to a smooth white cream. It
is advisable to knead it with the hands
to insure smoothness and freedom
from lumps.
This is the basis of the cremules,
and what is not required for immediate
use may be stored In a covered pot.
If a damp cloth be placed on top of
the cream it will keep almost indefi-
nitely.
The medicaments are incorporated
either by trituration in a mortar ex-
actly as if it were pill mass, or the
cream may be melted at a low temper-
ature and the other ingredients
stirred in. When made on a commer-
cial scale the creams are formed by
being run into plaster of par is molds
in trays filled with powdered starch.
rHARJI AC EUTICAL, foraiulas
23
Unless the pharmacist means to make
a specialty of some particular cremule
it is unnecessary to have them molded.
as the soft plastic medicated cream
may be quite easily divided into pieces
of the required weight — 30 to 90 grains
— according to the amount and char-
acter of medication. These pieces
may be roughly formed by hand into
any of the usual shapes. Mathematical
uniformity of shape is not at all neces-
sary. If the creams have been molded
in starch they require a few hours to
cool and set, are brushed with a soft
brush to remove adhering starch, and
are then ready for coating.
The coating mixture has the follow-
ing composition:
Pure chocolate 5 parts.
Powdered sugar 3 parts.
The chocolate is pounded in a warm
mortar until reduced to a smooth paste
and the sugar gradually incorporated
with constant trituration until a
smooth mixture results. This mixture
requires plenty of hard rubbing, and
should be tested for smoothness in the
mouth.
The chocolate should melt away
gradually and evenly, and when this
condition is reached it is ready for
use. It may be flavored, if desired,
with a trace of vanilla. A sufficient
quantity of this sweetened chocolate
is melted over a water bath; an oint-
ment pot in pan of warm water is more
suitable than a shallow vessel. Into
this the medicated creams are dropped
three or four at a time. After a mo-
ment they are removed singly with a
fork or long handled spoon and dropped
on waxed paper; then put in a cool
place to harden. They require careful
handling and should be dispensed in
shallow capsule or cachet boxes, prefer-
ably each in a small case.
If carefully manipulated the finished
chocolates will be similar in appear-
ance to those sold in the candy shops.
Before attempting the preparation of
cremules it is advisable to examine
critically an assorted lot of the con-
fectioner's chocolates. These will sug-
gest many possible variations in the
consistence of cream, which varies with
the temperature to which it is boiled,
color and flavoring. A consideration of
these points will enable the pharmacist
to construct formulas which will be
satisfying to the physician and pleas-
ant to the patient.
Although not strictly pertaining to
the subject the following may be use-
fully mentioned here:
Laxative Fruit Cremules.
Tamarind pulp 10 parts.
Powdered senna 3 parts.
Sugar 5 parts.
Wheat starch 1 part-
Mix in a water bath and divide into
pieces of about 40 grains each and coat
with chocolate. This forms the "Hindu
dates" of the Austrian Pharmacopoeia
and is improved by the addition of a
little oil of coriander.
A similar preparation may be made
by preparing confection of senna, B.F.,
stiff enough to be divided into pieces
and chocolate coating each dose. The
author of the article in the British
paper did this once at the request of a
physician, who wished a gentle laxative
for a fastidious patient. When asked
later if they suited the doctor smiled
and said they were so nice he had
eaten the lot himself.
With these as models the practical
pharmacist may compound many other
preparations to meet the requirements
of local doctors.
To Disguise Cod Liver Oil
Use 2 or 3 drops of oil of eucalyptus
to each ounce of cod liver oil.
Tincture of Ferric Acetate, Ethereal
Solution of ferric acetate
( X. F. IV.) 75.0 mils.
Acetic ether 12.5 mils.
Alcohol 12.5 mils.
To make 1 00 mils. .
Mix the acetic ether and alcohol, and
gradually add to the solution of ferric
acetate.
Keep the product in well-stoppered
bottles in a cool place, protected from
light.
Ferruginous Cod Liver Oil.
The use of iron soaps in combination
with cod liver oil has been widely sug-
gested in Europe as a means of ex-
hibiting iron and an easily digested fat
in one preparation. Feist and Auer-
hammer have offered the following
formula for such a preparation:
Solution of ferric
chloride 100 grammes.
Alcohol 30 grammes.
Ether 250 grammes.
Linseed oil 140 grammes.
Solution of potas-
sium hydroxide (25
per cent) 107 grammes.
Cod liver oil, enough
to make 1000 grammes.
Distilled water enough.
Dried sodium sul-
phate enough.
Prepare a potash soap of the linseed
oil, using the alcohol and a sufficient
quantity of distilled water (similarly to
the U. S. P. method for making soft
soap). Dissolve this soap in 1500
grammes of distilled water; to this add
the solution of ferric chloride diluted
with 500 grammes of distilled water.
Set this mixture aside for an hour, col-
lect the precipitate, and dissolve it in
24
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
the ether. Shake this solution with
some dried sodium sulphate, decant,
distill off the ether, and dissolve the
iron soap in the cod liver oil.
As an improvement of the process of
the Dutch Pharmacopoeia for a mix-
ture of cod liver oil and iron benzoate,
the following has been suggested:
Sodium benzoate.. 12.0 grammes.
Iron perchloride
(sublimed) 12.0 grammes.
Carbon tetra-
chloride 12.5 grammes.
"Water 60.0 grammes.
Alcohol (90 pc.) . . . 50.0 grammes.
Cod liver oil 1,000.0 grammes.
Dissolve the sodium benzoate in the
water and the iron perchloride in the
alcohol; mix the two solutions in a
flask and add the carbon tetrachloride.
Close the flask with parchment paper
and warm until the mixture separates
into two clear liquids. Let the flask
cool; draw, off the supernatant liquid;
mix it with the oil and heat the mix-
ture at 100 deg. C. until a clear solu-
tion is obtained.
Glyceride of Red Bone Marrow.
Red bone marrow.... 25 grammes.
Chloroform water. ... 50 grammes.
Glycerin 50 grammes.
Mix the marrow with the glycerin by
vigorous trituration, add the chloro-
form water, and beat the whole to-
gether frequently during one hour;
then strain, and make up to 100
grammes, with equal parts of chloro-
form water and glycerin.
Glycerite of Iron Chloride.
Solution of ferric chlo-
ride 4fl. drs.
Citric acid 80 grains.
Glycerin 13 fl. ozs.
Ammonia enough.
Distilled water to make 16 fl. ozs.
Mix the solution with the glycerin,
dissolve the acid in 1 fluid ounce of
water, mix the two liquids, and then
add ammonia water, gradually, with
constant stirring, until the liquid is but
feebly acid. This latter will require
about 1 fluid ounce. Then dilute with
water to 16 fluid ounces.
If twice as much acid be employed,
the liquor will be greenish instead of
brown.
Each fluid ounce of glycerite (or
glycerole) is equivalent to 1 fluid dram
of tincture of ferric chloride.
injection, to be prepared according to
art:
Mercury 20 grammes.
Anhydrous wool-fat.. 30 grammes.
Butyl -chloral hydrate. 3 grammes
Liquid petrolatum, to
make 100 mils.
Liquid Court Plaster.
If soluble gun cotton is dissolved in
acetone in the proportion of about 1
dram by weight of the former to 35 or
40 drams by volume of the latter, and
V2 dram each of castor oil and glycerin
be added, a colorless, elastic and flex-
ible film will form on the skin when
the liquid is applied. Unlike ordinary
collodion, this preparation does not
readily peel off. If tinted very slightly
with alkanet and saffron, it can be
made to assume the color of the skin,
so that when applied it is almost in-
visible.
It is said that a mixture of warm so-
lution of sodium silicate and casein,
about 9 parts of the former to 1 part
of the latter, gelatinizes and forms a
sort of liquid court plaster.
The proportions of alcohol and ether
for a pyroxylin solvent may be varied
within wide limits, and the relative
quantity of pyroxylin used is to be de-
termined by the viscosity required.
Suitable proportions are 100 volumes of
ether to 40 volumes of alcohol (prefer-
ably absolute). Other solvents of py-
roxylin are acetone (and homologues),
various simple ethers, esters, camphor
in absolute alcohol, etc. For epidermis
application the ether-alcohol collodion
is the best liquid; it evaporates so
quickly that a few minutes suffice to
apply several successive coatings to
strengthen the film, which is most ad-
herent. Pyroxylin in various simple or
compound solvents, alone or associated
with oily, resinous or pigmental bodies,
or incorporated with a suitable modify-
ing agent, as, for example, camphor,
may be used as a thin laquer, a thick
varnish, or a plastic solid.
As a working formula the following
may be found useful:
Pyroxylin 1 ounce.
Amyl acetate 5 ounces.
Acetone 15 ounces.
Balsam of fir 2 drams.
Castor oil 2 drams.
Oil of cloves 15 minims.
Dissolve the pyroxylin in the amyl
acetate, and the acetone and add the
other ingredients, taking care to keep
the mixture away from a flame.
Gray Oil.
Adams, writing in the Journal of the
Royal Army Medical Corps, suggests
the following formula for a mercurial
Intramuscular Injection of Mercury
Finnemore (Guy's Hospital Gazette)
gives the following for a mercury
ST VIBG1] NlVi
,_RS1TV
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
25
cream suitable for intramuscular in-
jection:
Corrosive mercuric
chloride 13.6 grammes.
Hypophosphorous
acid 100.0 mils.
Distilled water enough.
Chlorbutanol 2.0 grammes.
Wool-fat 15.0 grammes.
Liquid petrolatum,
to make 100.0 mils.
The mercuric chloride is dissolved in
200 mils of distilled water at 50 deg.
C; the solution is filtered, and to it is
added slowly the hypophosphorous acid
diluted with 200 mils of distilled water.
The mixture is then heated on a water
bath at 50 deg. C. for one hour. The
precipitate is washed by decantation
with distilled water and triturated
with the wool-fat in a sterile mortar.
The chlorbutanol is dissolved in about
50 mils of liquid petrolatum; this solu-
tion is mixed intimately with the wool-
fat mixture and enough liquid petro-
latum added to make 100 mils.
Used as an antiseptic and stimulant
application for the throat.
Jacobi's Gargle
Tincture of ferric chloride. 12 mils.
Glycerin 24 mils.
Saturated solution of potas-
sium chlorate enough to
make 100 mils.
Owing to the alcoholic content of the
tincture some of the potassium chlorate
crystallizes out. For this reason the
equivalent, about 4 grammes of sodium
chlorate, can be used, which on account
of its greater solubility remains in
solution.
Lubricating Jelly
The following formula for lubricat-
ing jelly, which has been used at the
Lankenau Hospital in Philadelphia,
was published in a recent issue of the
Journal of the American Medical As-
sociation:
Tragacanth, whole.... 3 grammes.
Glycerin 25 mils.
Phenol, in proper posi-
tion 1.5 grammes.
Distilled water, a suf-
ficient quantity to
make 300 mils.
The tragacanth is broken in small
pieces and put into a wide mouthed
bottle; the other ingredients are added
and the bottle is frequently shaken.
Mandl's Solution
Iodine 1.25 grammes.
Potassium iodide.. . . 5.50 grammes.
Oil of peppermint... 0.75 mil.
Glycerin enough to
make 100 mils.
Menthol Pencils
Menthol 100 grammes.
Benzoic acid 10 grammes.
Eucalyptol 3 grammes.
Melt the ingredients together at the
lowest temperature possible, mold the
mass into cones, and allow these to
cool in a covered vessel.
Modified Compound Tincture of
Benzoin
Dr. P. E. Hommell contributes to
Merck's Report what he designates an
improved formula for compound tinc-
ture of benzoin. It is:
Benzoin (40 pow-
der) 100 grammes.
Myrrh (moderately
coarse powder) ... 20 grammes.
Storax 80 grammes.
Balsam of tolu 40 grammes.
Alcohol, to make. . .1,000 mils.
Swedish Bitters
This is a name sometimes applied to
the compound tincture of aloes of the
German Pharmacopoeia, the formula
for which is:
Aloes 6 grammes.
Rhubarb 1 gramme.
Gentian 1 gramme.
Zedoary 1 gramme.
Saffron 1 gramme.
Diluted alcohol 200 grammes.
Normal Salt Solution
Normal physiological salt solution
varies in strength according to the
ideas of those who make it — or for
whom it is made — from about 6/10 of
1 per cent, to 9/10 of 1 per cent.
In a note on this subject in The
Druggists' Circular the percentage of
salt in the solution is stated to be from
0.60 to 0.75, and in a British paper it is
set down as being from 0.6 to 0.7.
In a very informative article on
"Making and Marketing Sterile Salt
Solution for Surgical Use," by St.
Claire Ransford-Gay, published in The
Druggists Circular, "normal physiolog-
ical salt solution" is said to be an 0.8
per cent, sterile solution of sodium
chloride in water.
Dorian's Medical Dictionary says:
"Normal or physiologic salt solution is
one that contains from 0.6 to 0.75 per
cent, of salt. It resembles in action
and density most of the animal fluids
and is used for intravenous injection
after profuse hemorrhage or severe
diarrhea."
26
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
In the United States Dispensatory
under the heading "Sodium Chloride"
we read: "A 0.9 per cent, solution is
largely used under the name of physio-
logical or normal salt solution in shock
or hemorrhage."
This normal physiological salt solu-
tion should not be confused with the
normal volumetric solutions used in
chemistry.
Trojanka
Trojanka is regarded as a cure-all by
the Swedes and Poles who use it. The
composition is uncertain, as every dis-
penser offers something different, ex-
cept that all agree that the "bitters"
must contain chamomile and senna. A
working formula is:
Orange peel 1 ounce.
Cut gentian 1 ounce.
Cardamom % ounce.
Galangal % ounce.
Star anise Y2 ounce.
Caraway seed % ounce.
Centaury 1 ounce.
Red clover blossoms % ounce.
Blood root y2 ounce.
Cinchona 1 ounce.
Cinnamon 1 ounce.
Cloves % ounce.
Senna pods % ounce.
Orange flowers % ounce.
Nutmeg 1 only.
Somewhat less complex is the fol-
lowing:
Gentian 50 grammes.
Galangal 50 grammes.
Sarsaparilla 50 grammes.
Red clover blossoms. 50 grammes.
Centaury 50 grammes.
Orange peel 15 grammes.
Star anise 8 grammes.
Cinnamon 8 grammes.
Xutmeg 4 grammes.
Xux vomica 2 grammes.
Red Mercuric Iodide Hypodermically
Dr. H. A. B. Dunning states that the
physicians of his city are satisfied
with the solutions of red mercuric
iodide for subcutaneous injection made
according to the following formulas:
Mild.
Red mercuric iodide 0.2 gramme.
Oil of sesame 50.0 grammes.
Triturate the finely powdered iodide
with a small portion of oil of sesame
to a smooth paste, then add the re-
mainder of oil and mix thoroughly, in-
troduce into a suitable container, and
heat in water, shaking frequently un-
til solution has been effected, filter
while hot, and sterilize by immersing
the container in water and heating to
boiling for one hour.
Strong.
Red mercuric
Iodide 0.5 gramme.
Castor oil 18.0 mils.
Olive oil 32.0 mils.
Triturate the iodide to a fine pow-
der and rub to a smooth paste with a
portion of the mixed oils, and then
add the remainder of the oils, intro-
duce into a suitable container, and
heat in water with frequent agitation
until solution has been effected; filter
while hot, and sterilize by immersing
the container in water and heating to
boiling for one hour.
Dr. Dunning finds that castor oil is
the best solvent
Nutritive Enema
Liquid peptone 30.0 mils.
Glucose (20 P. C.) . .100.0 grammes.
Pepsin 1.0 gramme.
Sodium chloride.... 0.5 gi-amme.
Bouillon, to make. . .250.0 mils.
Eggs, well beaten.. 2 only.
Permanganate Pencils
For preparing permanganate pen-
cils, potassium permanganate and so-
dium sulphate are intimately mixed
and heated until fused. The molten
mass is then transferred to tin-lined
or enameled molds of convenient
shape.
Stypic Collodion
I.
Benzoin 44 grains.
Pyroxylin 44 grains.
Tannic acid 1 ounce.
Absolute alcohol 1 ounce.
Purified ether 4 ounces.
Dissolve the benzoin in the abso-
lute alcohol and filter. In the filtrate
dissolve the tannic acid, and add the
other ingredients. Set aside for three
days, and decant.
CHAPTER II.
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
Price Schedules — How to Calculate Alcohol Percentages — Tables of
Solubilities — Bottle Capping- Formulas — Disguising the Taste of
Drugs — Colors for Show Bottles — Varnishes for Labels and Other
Information of Interest to the Prescriptionist.
N. A. R.
Always Consult the Index When Using This Book
D. Prescription Pricing
Schedule.
fees
(All figures are compounding
only.)
How to Fix Price. — The price of the
prescription is the compounding fee, -f
the cost of the container + twice the
.cost of the material. (Exception: When
the cost of material is over $1.00. mul-
tiply cost by iy2 instead of 2; and fur-
ther, if the cost is over 50c. and under
$1.00, adopt the following sliding scale:
Cost 60c, add $1.10; cost 70c, add
$1.20; cost SOc, add $1.30; cost 90c,
add $1.40. These prices are based on
a $1.50 per hour scale.
Example.- — If the ingredients of a
four-ounce mixture cost 12c, compute
price as follows: Compounding fee.
35c, + container, 5c, + twice cost of
material. 25c. (12 X 2)=total, 65c
1. Liquid Prescriptions. — Minimum
total charge, 25c All simple or com-
pound mixtures, internal or external,
dry or liquids and veterinary prepara-
tions are included in this table. Eye
remedies should be charged for as in
the column, "Dose 1-5 m."
Gargle
& Ex-
Dose.
Dose.
Dose
Dose
. ternal
Quan.
1-5 m
10-25 M
3ss-
oi.oii-
3i only.
Vz oz..
. .25
.20
.15
.10
.10
1 oz.
. .35
.30
.20
.15
.10
2 oz..
. .45
.35
25
.20
.15
3 oz.
.40
.30
.25
.20
4 oz.
.35
.30
.25
6 oz..
.40
.35
.30
8 oz..
.45
.40
.35
12 oz..
.55
.45
.40
16 oz .
.60
.55
.50
32 oz..
.75
.70
.65
2. Proprietaries. — Original package,
regular retail price; when costing over
$2, $4 or $8 per dozen, add 65 per cent,
to cost; when transferred to new con-
tainer, add 15 per cent, to regular re-
tail price. When part of package is
dispensed, double cost of amount used,
add charge for container and one-half
of the compounding fee (see below).
3. Dry Mixtures. — Minimum total
charge, 15c These figures are com-
pounding fees only.
Pills, Powders, Capsules, Wafers, Etc.
Number —
4 6 8 10 12 15 20 24 30 40 50
Fee —
15c 20c 25c 30c 35c 40c 45c 50c 60c 75c 90c
Then every additional 25 up to one
hundred, 25c After that 20c for every
additional 25.
Where powders are prescribed by the
ounce, charge as follows for compound-
ing fee: 1 oz., 25c; 2 oz., 35c; 3 oz.,
40c; 4 oz., 45c; 6 oz., 50c; 8 oz., 55c;
12 oz., 65c; 16 oz., 75c, etc.
Proprietaries costing 20c per hun-
dred or less, 10c for labeling and pack-
age, and 15c for 1 doz., 25c for 2 doz.,
35c for 3 doz., 40c for 4 doz., then 5c
for each additional dozen. Costing over
20c and under 50c per hundred, 10c for
labeling and package, and 20c for 1
doz., 35c for 2 doz., 50c for 3 doz., 60c
for 4 doz., then 10c for each additional
dozen. When the wholesale price is
over 50c. per hundred, special rates
may be made.
4. Fatty Mixtures, Etc.
Ointments and Cerates.
y2 oz 20 4 oz.
1 oz 25
2 oz 35
3 oz 45
55
6 oz 65
8 oz 75
16 oz 1.00
Suppositories. Bougies, Etc.
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
10
.20
.30
.35
.40
.45
.50
.60
.65
12
15
18
21
24
30
36
. .10
. .90
,1.05
.1.20
,1.35
1.60
,1.80
5. Veterinary. — Allow a discount of
25 per cent, from the regular schedule
on compounding fee only, except that
for bulk powders the minimum charge
be 25c for compounding.
6. Household Remedies, Mixtures,
Etc.: Add regular retail priee of in-
gredients (none less than 5c) and
27
28
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA LOOK
charge for container. If any compound-
ing is necessary, charge at rate of $1.50
per hour.
7. Containers: Pill and Powder
Boxes, 5c. Ointment Jars, 1 oz., 5c;
2-4 oz., 10c; 8 oz., 15c Bottles, 8 oz.,
or less, 5c; 10-16 oz., 10c; 32 oz.. 15c;
% gal., 20c; 1 gal., 25c Glass Stoppered
Bottles, three times the price of plain
bottles.
8. Marking Price on Prescriptions:
[f a prescription or copy leaves your
store, mark it with N. A. R. D. price, as
follows:
PHARMOCIST
1234567890
9. Admissible Changes: If customer
is poor, add a star (*) to price mark,
showing you have gone below schedule
price. If your present prices are lower
than above, raise them gradually to
sechedule prices.
Pricing Prescriptions.
David H. Gordon contributes the
schedule of prescription prices in vogue
in the store of Coursey & Munn,
Atlanta, Ga. He says: "This system
is not without a flaw or exception, but
we have followed the policy of mark-
ing a prescription 'special price' when
not priced according to this chart. In
looking over the file of about 20,000
prescriptions we find less than 150
marked 'special.' "
The rules for pricing and the sched-
ule of prices follow:
Price no prescription at a profit of
less than 100 per cent, unless it be for
an original bottle of some specialty or
"patent" medicine. Use your best judg-
ment in applying the following rules to
the prescription and remember that the
party may want to get a copy and com-
pare your price with that of other
druggists.
1. When handed a copied prescrip-
tion from a cutter, allow no rule to in-
fluence you in making a price.
2. The moral effect is what we are
aft er.
3. Always impress the customer with
the fact that we save them money on
prescriptions, because we sell "patents"
at reasonable figures.
Liquids.
(Where dose is a teaspoonful.)
For 2 ounces or less $0.25
From % oz. to 1 oz 35
From 1 oz. to 2 ozs 40
From 2 ozs. to 3 ozs 50
From 3 ozs. to 4 ozs 65
From 6 ozs. to 8 ozs 85
From 8 ozs. to 12 ozs 1.00
Liquids.
(Where dose is two teaspoonfuls.)
For 1 ounce or less $0.25
From 1 oz. to 2 ozs 35
From 2 ozs. to 3 ozs 40
From 3 ozs. to 4 ozs 50
From 4 ozs. to 6 ozs 65
From 8 ozs. to 12 ozs 90
From 12 ozs. to 16 ozs 1.25
Liquids for External Use.
For 1 oz. or less $0.25
From 1 to 2 ozs 35
From 2 to 3 ozs 40
From 3 to 4 ozs 50
From 4 to 6 ozs 65
From 6 to 8 ozs 75
Shop Pills.
For 12 or less $0.25
From 12 to 18 35
From 18 to 24 40
From 24 to 36 50
From 36 to 48 65
Hypodermic Tablets.
(100 per cent, on net invoice price.)
For 3 or less $0.25
For 4 35
From 4 to 6 50
From 6 to 8 65
From 9 to 12 75
From 12 to 16 1.00
Powders.
For 6 or less $0.25
From 6 to 8 35
From 8 to 12 40
From 12 to 15 50
From 15 to 24 65
From 24 to 30 75
From 30 to 36 85
From 36 to 48 1.00
From 48 to 60 1.25
Konseals.
For 4 or less $0.25
From 4 to 6 35
From 6 to 8 40
From 8 to 12 50
From 12 to 24 75
From 24 to 36 1.00
Ointments.
For % oz. or less $0.25
From % to 1 oz 35
From 1 to 2 ozs 50
From 2 to 4 ozs 75
From 4 to 8 ozs 1.00
Hand-Made Pills.
For 6 or less $0.25
From 6 to 8 35
From 8 to 12 40
From 12 to 24 65
From 24 to 36 85
Bulk Powders.
For 1 oz. or less $0.25
From 1 to 2 ozs 35
From 2 to 4 ozs 40
From 4 to 6 ozs 50
From 6 to 8 ozs 65
From 8 to 1 6 oz 75
Capsules.
For 8 or less $0.25
From 8 to 1 2 35
From 12 to 15 40
From 15 to 24 65
From 24 to 36 75
From 36 to 48 90
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
29
From 48 to 60 1.00
From 60 to 7o 1.25
From 75 to 100 1.50
Suppositories, 75 cents per dozen (in
single dozen lots.)
Cachets, 10 cents each, with a
charge of 71/& cents in large lots.
A California Schedule
At the 1919 meeting of the California
Pharmaceutical Association the ac-
companying prescription price sched-
ule was submitted for consideration
with the statement that many of the
druggists in San Francisco were ad-
hering to it :
Capsules, pills, powders and tablets:
Price of
Number. Price per dose, prescription
12 5 cents .60
15-20 4 cents .80
24-30 3'i cents 1.05
35-50 3 cents 1.50
60-100 2.% cents 2.50
Liquids in teaspoonful doses up to two
ounces, nothing less than 50 cents.
Quantity. Doses. Per Dose. Total.
3 ounces 24 doses 3 cents $ .75
4 ounces 32 doses 3 cents 1.00
6 ounces 48 doses 2% cents 1.20
8 ounces 64 doses 2% cents 1.50
12 ounces 96 doses 1% cents 1.65
16 ounces 128 doses 1% cents 2.25
Dessertspoon doses:
3 ounces 12 doses 5 cents $ .60
4 ounces 16 doses 5 cents .80
6 ounces 24 doses 4 cents .96-1.00
8 ounces 32 doses 4 cents 1.42-1.50
12 ounces 48 doses 3% cents 1.65
16 ounces 64 doses 3 cents 1.90
Tablespoon doses:
3 ounces 6 doses 10 cents $ .60
4 ounces 8 doses 10 cents .80
6 ounces 12 doses 8 cents 1.00
8 ounces 16 doses 8 cents 1.25
12 ounces 24 doses 6 cents 1.50
16 ounces 32 doses 5% cents 1.75
Ointments.
1 ounce $ .50
2 ounces 75
3 ounces 1.00
4 ounces 1.25
6 ounces 1.50
8 ounces 1.75
That applies to everything except
eye ointment. Eye ointment and eye
water, even if they are just plain boric
acid, should never be put up for less
than 50 cents in the case of ordinary
drugs, and expensive drugs; which are
very frequent in eye waters, at a
greater price. It is presumed that in
an eye preparation we use excessive
care.
Liniments.
1 and 2 ounces $ .50
3 ounces 65
4 ounces 75
6 ounces 1.00
8 ounces 1.25
16 ounces 2.00
Ruddiman's Scale
Ruddiman in his work on "Incom-
patibilities in Prescriptions" (1908)
gives the following table showing the
average of prices charged in the vari-
ous sections of the United States for
prescriptions not requiring extraordi-
nary skill or calling for any very ex-
pensive ingredients:
Liquids.
1 ounce 20 to 25 cents.
2 ounces 30 to 35 cents.
3 ounces 35 to 40 cents.
4 ounces 40 to 50 cents.
6 ounces 60 to 65 cents.
8 ounces 75 cents.
Ointments.
% ounce 25 cents.
1 ounce 30 to 35 cents.
2 ounce 40 to 50 cents.
Powders, Capsules or Pills.
1 to 4 15 to 25 cents.
5 to 6 25 to 30 cents.
8 30 to 35 cents.
10 35 to 40 cents.
12 40 cents.
24 50 to 75 cents.
Suppositories.
% dozen 40 to 50 cents.
1 dozen 75 to 100 cents.
Canadian Association and Prescription
Pricing
At its 1910 meeting the Canadian
Pharmaceutical Association voted to
recommend to the druggists of the
Dominion the following scale of prices
for ordinary prescriptions:
Mixtures, 8 ounce $1.00
Mixtures, 6 ounce 75
Mixtures, 4 ounce 65
Mixtures, 3 ounce 50
Mixtures, 2 ounce 40
Mixtures, 1 ounce 25
Mixtures, 4 dram 25
Pills, ready-made, 1 dozen 25
Pills, hand-made, 1 dozen 50
Capsules, 1 dozen 50
Konseals, 1 dozen 50
Suppositories, 1 dozen 1.00
Ointments, % ounce 50
Ointments, 2 ounce 75
Dispensing Fees in Austria
According to an official pharmaceu-
tical price list adopted in Austria a
few years ago the fees which the phar-
macists are allowed to charge for dis-
pensing manipulations are as follows:
For each act of dispensing a charge
30
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
of 4 cents must be made; for each mix-
ing of liquids or ointments, double that
amount; for dividing a substance into
ten powders, at least 10 cents, and as
much for each infusion; for all other
manipulations, including the boiling of
substances and the making of any
number of pills up to 100, 16 cents.
For the weighing of amounts above 1
centigram a slight additional tax i
charged, and for smaller quantities
than that the additional tax is doubled.
Prescription Percentages
A pharmacist dispensing more than
7,000 prescriptions each month in one
of the Western States has made a
careful inventory of his files and has
learned some interesting things con-
cerning them.
For instance, he has found that more
than 68 per cent, of the prescriptions he
receives call for liquids; almost 10 per
cent, for capsules, 9 per cent, for pow-
ders, and 6 per cent, for ointments.
Only 1 out of every 7,350 prescriptions
calls for a plaster, and only 6 of them
for cachets.
His tabulation shows also the per-
centage of simple and mixed liquids,
simple and mixed powders, manufac-
tured and fresh made pills, etc. The
figures follow:
Mixed liquids 3,199 = 43.52+ p. c.
Single liquids 1,803 = 24.53+ p. c.
Mixed capsules 473= 6.43+ p. c.
Mixed powders 427 = 5.00+ p. c.
Mixed ointments... 290= 3.94+ p. c.
Simple powders. . . . 250 = 3.40+ p. c.
Simple capsules.... 224= 3.05+ p. c.
Manufactured pills. 221= 3.00+ p. c.
Simple ointments... 169= 2.29+ p. c.
Prop, suppositories. 87= 1.18+ p. c.
Fresh made pills. . . 82 = 1.11+ p. c.
Fr. made s'positories 20 = .27+ p. c.
Cachets 6= .08+ p. c.
Plasters 1 = .001+ p. c.
Not classified 98 = 1.33+ p. c.
Total 7,350
This indicates that the several prep-
arations are in demand in the follow-
ing order: Liquids, capsules, powders,
ointments, pills, suppositories, cachets
and plasters. The figures showing the
relative percentages are as follows:
Liquids 5,002 = 68.05+ p. c.
Capsules 697= 9.48+ p. c.
Powders 677= 9.21+ p. c.
Ointments 459= 6.24+ p. c.
Pills 303 = 4.12+ p. c.
Suppositories 107 = 1.45+ p. c.
Cachets 6 = .08+ p. c.
Plaster 1 = .001+ p. c.
Not classified 98= 1.33+ p. c.
Total 7,350
During 1919 The Druggists' Circular
published a summary of the answers
received from a questionnaire in regard
to the prescription department in
which it was shown that capsules are
being more generally used than ever
before, and the figures above indicate
that nearly 10 per cent, of all the pre-
scriptions written are for this class of
galenicals. Plasters, other than pro-
prietary, are rarely employed, and pills
are not so popular as they were a few
years ago.
These figures may not apply to all
stores, but a comparison of them with
the answers received in reply to the
questionnaire described above indicates
that they are about right for the aver-
age one.
Calculating Alcoholic Percentage
1. What is the percentage of ab-
solute alcohol in the following mix-
ture ?
Aromatic fluidextract of
cascara sagrada 125 mils.
Fluidextract of senna 75 mils.
Fluidextract of juglans. ... 65 mils.
Aromatic elixir 735 mils.
Syrup 25 mils.
Alcohol 125 mils.
Water 200 mils.
By reference to the official tables we
find the alcoholic percentages of the
various preparations, and proceed as
follows:
Percent-
age of No. of
alcohol. units.
Aromatic fluidextract of
cascara sagrada 3S X 125 = 4750
Fluidextract of senna.. 43 X 75= 3225
Fluidextract of juglans. 48 X 65= 3120
Aromatic elixir 25 X 735 = 18375
Syrup OX 25= 0
Alcohol 95X125 = 11875
Water 0X200= 0
1350 41345
Dividing 41345 by 1350 we get 30.6,
which is the alcoholic percentage of the
mixture.
2. What is the percentage of alcohol
in a mixture of —
Wine of opium 1 ounce.
Tincture of valerian . . . . 1 V2 ounces.
Ether 4 drams.
Oil of peppermint 1 dram.
Fluidextract of ipecac. 15 minims.
Alcohol. enough to make 4 ounces.
As the units are different, the first
step is to make them uniform, and this
may be done by expressing them all in
drams or minims. In this case it is
easier to express them in drams, so we
have —
Percent-
age of No. of
alcohol, units.
Wine of opium 25 X 8 =200
Tincture of valerian ..72X12 = 864
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
Ether 4X4 = 16
Oil of peppermint ox 1=0
Fluidextract of ipecac. 72 X 0.25= 18
Alcohol (estimated
quantity i 95X 675 = 641.25
32 1739.25
Thirty-two into 1739.25 goes 54.35 +
times — the percentage of alcohol in the
preparation.
Percentage Solutions
The following information is taken
from the Hospital Formulary of the
Department of Public Charities and the
Department of Bellevue and Allied
Hospitals of the City of New York,
which was formerly issued under the
editorship of Dr. Charles Rice, and
seems simple and sane, which two
words cannot with justice be applied to
all such information that has appeared
in print : —
Table for Preparing Percentage Solu-
tions.
One fluid ounce of water, or 480
minims, weighs 456.4 grains. One pint
of water, or 7680 minims, weighs 7302,
or practically 7300 grains. Hence a 10
per cent, solution, for instance, is one
which contains 730 grains of some sub-
stance in 1 pint.
The following table will show at a
glance the quantity of any substance,
by weight, required to prepare 1 pint
of a solution of the required percent-
age. When great accuracy is not re-
quired, the rounded-off figures, in pa-
rentheses, may be used and the frac-
tions omitted.
I. To Prepare One Pint of a Solution.
Take of the substance the
below stated amount in
grrains with enough
water to make 1 pint.
Grains
Prices Per Pound and Ounce
The Southern Pharmaceutical Jour-
nal gives the following as a convenient
table when invoicing: —
Requ
red to
contain
of a certain substance
per cent.
or
1-100
lin
10.000
1-50
lin
5.000
1-40
lin
4,000
1-30
lin
3.000
1-25
1 in
2,500
1-20
1 in
2.000
1-15
1 in
1.500
1-10
1 in
1.000
1-5
1 in
500
%
lin
400
1-3
1 in
300
%
1 in
200
1
1 in
100
1%
1 in
75
2
1 in
50
2%
lin
40
3
lin
33%
4
1 in
25
5
lin
20
10
lin
10
20
lin
5
25
1 in
4
50
1 in
2
0.73
(%)
1.46
(1%)
1.83
(1%)
2.44
(2%)
2.92
(3)
3.65
(3%)
4.87
(4%)
7.30
(7V4)
14.60
(14%)
18.25
(18%)
24.33
(24%)
36.50
(36%)
73.00
(73)
97.33
(97)
146.00
(146)
182.50
(180)
219.22
(220)
292.00
(290)
365.00
(365)
730.00
(730)
1460.00
(1460)
1825.00
(1825)
3650.00
(3650)
Price per
Cents per
Price per
Cents per
pound.
ounce.
pound.
ounce.
At $1.00
6%
At $S.25
51 9/16
1.25
7 13/16
8.50
53%
1.50
9%
8.75
54 11 16
1.75
10 15/16
9.00
56%
2.00
12%
9.25
57 13 16
2.25
14 1 16
9.50
59%
2.50
15%
9.75
60 15/16
2.75
17 3/16
10.00
62%
3.00
18%
10.25
64 1 16
3.25
20 5/16
10.50
65%
3.50
21%
10.75
67 3 16
3.75
23 7 16
11.00
68%
4.00
25
11.25
70 3 16
4.25
26 9 16
11.50
71%
4.50
28%
11.75
73 7 16
4.75
29 11 16
12.00
75
5.00
31%
12.25
76 9 16
5.25
32 13/16
12.50
78%
5.50
34%
12.75
79 11 16
5.75
35 15/16
13.00
81%
6.00
37%
13.25
82 13/16
6.25
39 116
13.50
84%
6.50
40%
13.75
85 15 16
6.75
42 3/16
14.00
87%
7.00
43%
14.25
S9 1/16
7.25
45 5/16
14.50
90%
7.50
46%
14.75
92 3 16
7.75
48 7/16
15.00
93%
8.00
50
Metric Weighing and Old-Style Pricing
If 1 pound (av.) costs.. 100.00%
1 kilogramme costs. . 220.46%
100 grammes cost 22.046%
10 grammes cost 2.205%
9 grammes cost 1.984%
8 grammes cost 1.764%
7 grammes cost 1.544$
6 grammes cost 1.323%
5 grammes cost 1.10
4 grammes cost .882
3 grammes cost .662%
2 grammes cost .441r;
1 gramme costs .221%
If 1 pint costs 100.00%
1.000 mils cost 211.3%
100 mils cost 21
10 mils cost 2.113%
9 mils cost 1.902%
8 mils cost 1.690'
7 mils cost • 1.479' {
6 mils cost 1.268
5 mils cost 1056%
4 mils cost .845
3 mils cost 634%
2 mils cost. 423%
1 mil costs .21F,
The application of these tables is ob-
vious. If we desire to estimate the
value of the opium in 1.000 mils of
laudanum, at $4.85 per pound, multiply
the constant for 100 grammes by the
cost per pound and we have 4.85X22.046
32
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
=106.92310. Pointing off two more fig-
ures for per cent., we have 1.06, the cost
in dollars of the opium.
solubility of salicylic acid in castor oil,
mixtures of that with other oils will, of
course, dissolve more than the latter.
Solubilities in Glycerin.
Ossendowski has worked out the fol-
lowing table of solubilities in glycerin;
the figures represent the quantity of
each substance soluble in 100 parts of
glycerin at 15° to 16° C:
Ammonium carbonate 20.00
Ammonium chloride 20.06
Barium chloride 9.73
Benzoic acid 10.21
Boric acid 11.00
Calcium sulphate 5.17
Copper acetate 10.00
Copper sulphate 36.30
Iodine 2.00
Mercurous chloride 8.00
Oxalic acid 15.10
Phosphorus 0.25
Potassium arsenate 50.13
Potassium chlorate 3.54
Potassium chloride '. . . 3.72
Potassium cyanide 31.84
Potassium iodide 39.72
Quinine 0.47
Sodium bicarbonate 8.06
Sodium arsenate 50.00
Sodium borate 60.00
Sodium carbonate 98.30
Sulphur 0.14
Tannic acid 48.83
Zinc chloride 49.87
Zinc iodide 39.78
Zinc sulphate 35.18
Temperature Changes When Certain
Salts Dissolve.
When hydrated salts are dissolved in
water they absorb an amount of heat
equivalent to that given off in their
crystallization. This accounts for the
lowering of the temperature when salts
generally are dissolved. Potassium
iodide is a striking example.
Anhydrous salts, on the other hand,
u nit e chemically with water when dis-
solved therein and give off heat. So-
dium iodide is an anhydrous salt. The
marked rise in temperature when sul-
phuric acid or quick lime is mixed with
water is due to the same cause.
Solubility of Salicylic Acid in Fatty
Oils.
Engfelt states the solubility of
salicylic acid in fatty oils as follows:
Seal 1.7 pc. Rapeseed. 2.17 pc.
Cod liver. 1.86 pc Sesame .. 2.61 pc.
Peanut... 1.88 pc. Linseed .. 3.04 pc.
Almond . . 2.08 pc. Cottonseed 3.23 pc.
Olive .... 2.14 pc. Castor .. .12.98 pc.
Salicylic acid is insoluble in paraffin.
On account of the relatively high
Table of Solubilities.
The solubilities of the more impor-
tant medicinal chemicals are given in
the Pharmacopoeia and other works
which druggists are supposed to pos-
sess. Knowing the solubility of the
given salt (or other drug) in the me-
dium which it is desired to saturate
with it, a simple mathematical calcu-
lation will enable the operator to de-
termine how much of the salt and how
much of the medium to use in making
a saturated solution.
J. Leon Lascoff has given the follow-
ing figures to aid those who desire to
make saturated solutions of some of
the more common medicinal salts in
water :
Grammes Grains
to make to make
100 c. c. 1 fl. oz.
Potassium iodide 99.6 456
Sodium iodide 127.5 584.3
Strontium iodide 114.9 526
Potassium bromide.... 50.40 230
Sodium bromide 72.09 329
Potassium chlorate 5.69 26
Magnesium sulphate. .. 56.32 260
To Convert Thermometer Readings.
A correspondent of the Lancet (Lon-
don) offers a new alternative method
of converting degrees Centigrade into
degrees Fahrenheit. It consists of mul-
tiplying the centigrade figures by 2, de-
ducting one-tenth of the product, and
adding 32. Example (a), 30° C.= 86°
F. Method: 30X2=60. 60—6=54. 54 +
32=86. Example (b), 37° C.=98.6° F.
Method: 37X2=74. 74—7.4=66.6 66.6 +
32=98.6. Example (c), 40° C.=104° F.
Method: 40X2=80. 80—8=72. 72+32=
104.
C. H. Stocking has found the follow-
ing rule easy to apply: F — 32 is to 180
as C. is to 100. For example, 92° F.=
how many degrees C? 92—32=60, and
60 : 180 : : 33 1-3 : 100; therefore 92°
F.=33 1-3° C.
Neither rule, it seems to us, is as
easy as those we use, which are: To
convert degrees Fahrenheit into de-
grees centigrade, subtract 32, divide by
9, multiply by 5. For example, take
212° F., subtract 32, and we have 180;
into this 9 goes 20 times; and 5 times
20 is 100. To convert degrees centi-
grade into degrees Fahrenheit, divide
by 5 multiply by 9, and add 32. It is
easy to remember these rules, because
we know that the boiling point is 212
on one scale and 100° on the other, ami
those two figures suggest the applica-
tion of the rules to themselves, and
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
■J.J
that enables us to remember the fac-
tors to apply to any other given fig-
ures.
Degrees Baume
A subscriber requests that we ex-
plain what is meant by 26 deg. B. at
15 cleg. C. found on the labels of 28
per cent, ammonia water.
B stands for Baume and C for cen-
tigrade. The temperature at which
specific gravity is taken is, with chem-
ists. 15 deg. C, the official temperature
in most countries. In this country the
official temperature for taking specific
gravity is 25 deg. C. An easy and much-
used method of taking the specific
gravity of liquids is by using Baume's
hydrometer. By dropping this instru-
ment into a liquid it sinks to a depth
which varies with the weight of the
liquid. A scale indicates the depth the
instruments sinks, and by a simple
computation the figure, or degree, on
the scale may be made to show the
specific gravity. The following is the
rule when the hydrometer for liquids
lighter than water is used: Divide 140
by 130 + the degree B. Apply this
rule to the present case we have
140
. the answer being 0.897,
130 - 26
which is the specific
stronger ammonia water.
travity of
To Find the Capacity of a Barrel
To find the capacity of a barrel,
square the largest diameter, then mul-
tiply by 2, then add the square of the
head diameter; multiply this sum by
the length of the barrel and that prod-
uct by 0.2618.
Take, for example, a barrel whose
largest diameter is 21 inches, head 18
inches and height 33 inches: 21 X
21 X 2 = 882; 18 X 18 = 324 + 882 =
1206; 1206 X 33 = 39,798; 39,79S
X 0.2618 = 10.419.11 cubic inches.
Dividing by 231. the number of cubic
inches in a gallon gives 45*10, the ca-
pacity, in gallons, of the barrel.
How to Use an Alcoholometer
A full explanation of the appliance
would take much space and should be
accompanied by an illustration. ( See
Caspari's Treatise on Pharmacy). Here
we will say that the alcohol is put into
an appropriate cylinder, the hydrome-
ter is floated upon the fluid and the
percentage of alcohol read off at the
point where the scale touches the sur-
face of the liquid. The scale usually
has two sections: The Richter scale
indicating percentage of alcohol by
weight and the Tralles scale giving
percentage by volume.
As *o temperature correction, if the
thermometer sealed within the bulb
is in Fahrenheit degrees — as is usually
the case — the factor of correct ion is
0.15 of 1 per cent, for each degree
above or below 60 degrees F. ; that is,
of course, if the hydrometer is stand-
ardized (as is customary) to that de-
gree of temperature.
Thus, if your reading is 93 per cent.
of alcohol by volume, when the ther-
mometer shows the temperature of 70
degrees F.. then the percentage by
volume at standard (60 degrees F.)
temperature would be 93 per cent, less
0.15 X 10, or 93—1.5, or 91.5 per
cent, of alcohol by volume. On the
other hand, , if the reading is 93 per
cent, and the thermometer reading is
50 degrees F., then the correction
(0.15 x 10 = 1.5) is made by adding
1.5 to 93 so the alcohol under observa-
tion would show 94.5 per cent, by
volume at 60 degrees F.
Formula Calculation Helps
Secretary Lowry (Baltimore branch
of the American Pharmaceutical Asso-
ciation) gives these figures: —
A gallon is equivalent to 58,418 gr;i
til, 440 minims. If a formula for a gallon of a
preparation calculated for 1,000 mils is wanted,
all that is necessary in the calculation is to
multiply the quantities in grammes by 58,418,
and the product will be in grains, which may
be reduced to avoirdupois pounds, ounces and
grains. Or multiply the quantities in mils
by 61.44, and the product will be in minims.
which may be reduced to pints, fluid ounces,
drams and minims.
If tablfs be kept of the number of grains or
minims in each ounce from 1 to 16 as well as
tables by 501S, from 500 to 7.0'",. showing the
equivalents in ounces and grains and in fluid
ounces, drams and minims, the conversion be-
comes easy.
For pints divide either of these factors by 8,
for quarts by 4, for a multiple number of gal-
lons multiply by the number of gallons wanted.
As an example, the U. S. P. formula for
syrup of orange peel was cited, the quantity
required being one gallon.
Tincture sweet orange peel, 50 mils X
61.44 = 3,012 minims — (5 ounces, 1U2 minims.
Citric acid. 5 grammes X 58.418 = 292 grains
= 292 grains.
Magnesium carbonate, Id grammes X 58.418
= 584 grains = 1 ounce 147 grains.
Sugar, 820 grammes X 58.4 1*> = 47903 grains
= 6 pounds 13 ounces 215 grains.
Water, a sufficient quantity to make l<i00
mils X 61.44 = 61440 minims = 1 gallon.
Hydrometers
It is not necessary to use a particu-
lar kind of hydrometer for urine, and
another kind for milk, alkali solutions,
or acid solutions, but it is more con-
venient. The lactometer, the acidome-
ter. or any other special kind of hy-
drometer, is scaled in such manner
that it is practically unnecessary to
perform any mathematical calculation
in determining the fat-content or per-
centage of total solids in the milk, or
the percentage strength of the acid
solution from the reading. Of course,
any of these characteristics may be
determined from an ordinary hydrome-
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
ter reading, but the calculation in-
volved is time-consuming- and often
difficult. With the special kind of hy-
drometer, on the other hand, it is nec-
essary Only to consult a table of equiv-
alents.
The Hot Plate
The hot plate is simply a flat sheet
of iron which is supported either by
a metal tripod, or. if purchased, the
best form is that with removable legs,
says Joseph L. Mayer in a paper read
before the New York State Pharma-
ceutical Association. He added:
To avoid rusting of glassware., it is
well to place a sheet of very thin as-
bestos paper on top of the iron. Of
course, the heat is an ordinary bun-
sen burner or any other convenient
means.
Among other advantages are the
fact that by moving the material be-
ing heated, either nearer or further
away from that portion of the plate
where the flame is, varying tempera-
tures are obtained.
The hot plate is an invaluable aid
in drying glassware. It has many ad-
vantages over wire gauze.
Sterilization of Prescription Vials
In Heinemann's Laboratory Guide in
Bacteriology is a section on methods
of sterilization, and from this we
quote a paragraph:
Sterilization by dry heat is applica-
ble to the sterilization of most glass-
ware. This method of sterilization is
carried out by means of hot-air ster-
ilizers. These hot-air sterilizers are
boxes with double walls of sheet iron.
The bottom shelf should always be
covered with a piece of asbestos, to
prevent heating the apparatus too
rapidly. The temperature is main-
tained at 160 deg. (C.) for one hour.
The flame enters a holt- provided at
the bottom of the box. Care should
be taken to avoid the possibility of
the flame becoming luminous, other-
wise the glassware will be covered
with soot.
Such sterilizers are on the market.
The "Explosion" of Solution of Hy-
drogen Dioxide
Manufacturers of solution of hydro-
gen dioxide generally make use of
some preservative to assure increased
permanency of their products. The
most popular preservative seems to be
acetanilide; phosphoric acid is quite
efficacious and so are other "mineral"
acids. As the expulsion of the cork
of the container is caused by the pres-
sure of the oxygen given off by the
solution and confined by the stopper.
and as it is at best possible only lo
reduce the rate of decomposition and
the consequent evolution of oxygen,
the only practicable and safe method
of stoppering bottles containing solu-
tion of hydrogen dioxide is to use a
sound cork and fit it loosely in the
neck of the container so as to prevent
the accumulation of oxygen under
pressure. As heat favors the decom-
position of the solution it follows that
the containers should be kept in a cool
place.
A "Carron Oil" Suggestion
Carron oil with the addition of
about 1 per cent, of compound solu-
tion of cresol is a nice, white, smooth
preparation that is far better and
quicker in action than the regular
mixture, the cresol solution having an
antiseptic action which is desirable. —
Louis J. Stiehl.
Dispensing Liquids in Capsules
A reader writes: The soft capsule
for liquids is superior in every way
to the hard. Not the least advantage
of the soft capsule is freedom from
leakage if the work is carefully done.
A supply of different sizes of soft
capsules and racks to hold them while
being filled need not cost $2. Doctors
prefer the soft variety because of the
ease with which they may be swal-
lowed.
Some time ago I filled a prescription
calling for a liquid in capsules, and,
as usual, dispensed the soft variety.
The prescription had been tilled in an-
other store, where hard capsules were
used. The customer refused to take
mine because they were not like the
first lot. I called the doctor and had,
him tell his patient that my work was
correct.
This introduced be to a physicain
whom I had never known, who lives in
a part of the city far from my store.
If he has a call anywhere near me now
I get the prescription.
Labeling Prescription Boxes
Unless the paper is of unusual char-
acter any ordinary adhesive ought to
answer. If the paper is very thin,
ordinary flour paste, made by boiling
flour with water until the mixture
thickens, might prove better than
others, as if it strikes through no
stain will result. This paste dries
slowly. A strong solution of dextrin
is a good adhesive for use on paper.
Its odor is slightly objectionable, how-
ever, but this is not perceptible when
dry.
A moderately thick solution of gum
arabic is a very good paste for join-
ing paper to paper, and is practically
odorless when fresh.
Manipulation has much to do with
the matter of wrinkling. If the label
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
35
is evenly coaled and carefully pressed
down, it will not be apt to wrinkle.
Large labels may be made to remain
wrinkleless by wetting them well with
water on both sides before affixing.
L be of the Red Cross for Commer-
cial Purposes
The act of Congress under which the
National Red Cross was reincorporated
in 1905 provides that no person not
then legally entitled to the use of the
sign of the red cross shall be per-
mitted to use it in any commercial
manner.
Severing Test Tubes
Glass is dissolved by hydrofluoric
acid, which doubtless could be used in
removing the lower end of a test tube
without breaking. To etch a line
around the outside of the tube, cover
it with melted wax or paraffin scrape
the protective covering from the tube
where you desire to sever it, and ap-
ply the acid. Repeated applications
would, of course, in course of time, cut
the tube in two.
Hydrofluoric acid should be used with
caution, and only by those who know
how to handle dangerous chemicals.
To Prevent the Walking of Bottles
?.. A. Murdaugh, Michigan, writes:
To prevent toilet-water bottles or
other glassware from 'walking' off the
glass shelves in show cases, put a
strip of crepe paper under them. This
takes up the jar and provides the
ne:essary friction."
Removing a Cork from a Bottle
A cork that has been pushed into a
bottle may be removed thus: Tie sev-
eral knots in one end of a string to
form a large cluster and drop it into
the bottle, holding on to the other end
of the string. Turn the bottle over so
that the cork will fall into the opening
in the neck; then pull on the string,
and as the latter comes out of the bot-
tle the cluster of knots will force out
the cork.
Quinine With Acetyl-Salicylic Acid
Quinine is incompatible . with sev-
eral organic acids, a poison, quino-
toxin. being formed under certain con-
ditions when they remain together.
Prof. Wilbur L. Scoville has studied
this subject and reported some of his
findings in a paper read before the
Detroit branch of the American Phar-
maceutical Association and printed in
the Journal of the association. In this
paper mention is made of the decom-
position of ;l mixture of quinine sul-
phate and aspirin.
In Detroit a death is reported as
having been caused, supposedly, by
the taking of quinine and aspirin.
In commenting on this case the Bul-
letin of Pharmacy well says: "If the
ciuinine and aspirin combination was
the cause of death in this instance.
ami it appears quite likely that it
was, druggists should be on their
guard against dispensing such mix-
tures. As both quinine and aspirin
are popular home remedies they
should also advise customers not to
take the two in conjunction."
Even when death is not caused by
the mixture, rash and other distress-
ing symptoms have frequently fol-
lowed the taking of the two common
drugs at the same time.
Keeping Track of Small Bottlees
Hague (Meyer Bros., Druggist) says
that keeping track of small bottles,
such as one-eighth ounce vials of alka-
loids and poisonous chemicals, is a
rather difficult task, as they get
shoved behind each other and often
fall from the shelf. To overcome this
he advises that the druggist procure
a small wooden box about 4 by 6
inches, and 1 inch deep. All poisons
of one class may be placed in this
box and the front of it plainly marked
to show what it contains, thus: "This
box contains silver cyanide, silver ni-
trate, fused silver nitrate, silver
oxide." The next box may contain
strychnine salts, etc. When in need
of one of these bottles the druggist
may lift the box from the shelf and
his entire assortment of one class of
chemicals is together and before him.
Bottle Capping With Paraffin or
Gelatin
If a paraffin capping is desired, the
simplest method is to stir into melted
paraffin a suitable amount of pigment,
and keep the mixture well stirred to
hold the pigment in suspension while
dipping.
If, for instance, a white capping is
desired. 10 to 20 per cejit. of zinc oxide,
oi- of had carbonate, or (less opaque)
of talc, white clay, or chalk, can be
sifted into the paraffin and well
stirred. If a red color is desired, use
jewelers' rouge, or red lead, for
brown, use iron oxide or burnt sienna,
for blue use Prussian blue or Turn-
bull's blue, and for yellow, lead iodide.
The proportions of each of these will
vary with the depth of color and
opacity desired, and some — as the red or
yellow, might be employed more eco-
nomically in mixture, as chalk or clay
with the lead color.
Another method is to dye the paraffin
36
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
itself by means of an oil-soluble color,
any shade of which may be obtained
from the dye dealers. Then if opacity
is also desired, a pigment may be
used in addition.
Many of these opaque and colored
cappings are made from gelatin. The
method is similar, but the gelatin be-
ing more viscous, the pigments re-
main in suspension better. A good
mixture for use as a base is gelatin
20 parts, glycerin 15 parts, water 65
parts. Soak the gelatin in the water
for an hour, then add the glycerin
and heat until the gelatin is dissolved.
This can be colored with water-
soluble dyes or rendered opaque with
one or a combination of the pigments
enumerated. The brittleness of the
gelatin mass can be regulated by the
glycerin, using a larger proportion
to soften the caps and less to harden
them.
Glucose can be used in place of
glycerin, and is economically to be
preferred, but an antiseptic must be
incorporated or the caps are liable to
mold. Dipping them into formalde-
hyde solution would prevent this, but
it also hardens the caps. A little
phenol or salicylic acid in the mass
would prevent molding.
heated until the substance has melted.
Melting points up to 450 degrees C.
can thus be determined easily.
Bottle Capping Mixture
I.
Take 1 pound of gelatin, melt it in
as little water as necessary, add 1%
ounces of glycerin and enough 'liquid
cochineal" to give it color.
II.
Gelatin 1 ounce.
Acacia 1 ounce.
Starch 1 ounce.
Boric acid 20 grains.
Water 16 ounces.
Mix the acacia, gelatin and acid with
14 ounces of cold water, and stir occa-
sionally until the gum is dissolved;
then heat the mixture to boiling in a
sand-bath: remove the scum and
strain. Mix the starch intimately with
the remainder of the water and stir
this mixture with the hot gelatin solu-
tion until a uniform product results.
This preparation should be softened
for use by the application of heat.
Determining Melting Points
Haras (Chem. Zeit.) gives the fol-
lowing method for determining melt-
ing points of substances melting at
high temperatures: A small porcelain
or nickel crucible is rilled with molten
soft solder (two parts of tin and one
part of lead), a thermometer placed in
the metal, and the substance under
examination put on the surface of the
metal. The crucible is then slowly
Preparing Benzoinated Lard
To make a good benzoinated lard at
least three things are necessary, good
lard, good benzoin and some skill. Lard
which is good from a pharmaceutical
standpoint is not to be obtained in the
grocery store. To be sure of his lard,
the pharmacist should make it him-
self. To do this, he should procure
from a butcher the leaf or flare ob-
tained from the abdomen of the hog,
wash the fatty tissue free from blood
and dirt, dry it with a clean towel, cut
it into small pieces and heat it in an
earthen or clean iron vessel over a
water-bath until the fat has com-
pletely separated from the tissue,
which will require a temperature of
55 degrees C. (131 degrees F.), and
strain it. Beal, in giving this process,
adds that if the proper amount of
crushed benzoin be added at once, and
the heating and stirring be continued
for about twenty minutes before
straining, "the injury due to a second
heating is avoided."
Scoville gives practically the same
process, and also says that "the addi-
tion of a small piece of elm bark while
melting aids in clarifying."
He also says that in following the
official process for benzoinating lard
it is more satisfactory first to mix the
benzoin with an equal bulk of clean
sand, which will prevent its lumping
together in the lard. He recommends
the use of Siam benzoin.
More heat than the Pharmacopoeia
directs is to be avoided, as both the
benzoic acid and a portion of the lard
are volatile.
In summer, says Caspari. about 5
per cent, of white wax should be sub-
stituted for a like quantity of the lard,
to render the preparation firmer. He
also says that a perfectly smooth
preparation can be obtained only if the
strained lard be constantly stirred un-
til a thick, creamy consistence is
reached, after which it may be set
aside until cold.
W. A. Hall says: "Save your ether
cans, and in the fall obtain from your
butcher some unrendered leaf lard
from large hogs. Render this at home
in the old-fashioned style, unless, of
course, you have facilities in the shop,
and fill and cork the cans reserved.
When the lard is wanted for use. you
can melt it on a water-bath. I have
kept lard in this way for over two
years, perfectly sweet, and with no
sign of granulation. The ointments
made from this will likewise keep
much better."
In preparing benzoinated lard. P. H.
Utech mixes the coarsely comminuted
benzoin with an equal quantity of an-
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
hydrous sodium sulphate, finding that
this prevents the agglutination of the
benzoin.
Renovating Lard
While it is possible to remove to a
certain extent the rancidity of old ben.
zoinated lard, it is not possible to do
so without removing also the benzoin.
lows, therefore, that to restore
lard it would be necessary to re-
I it with benzoin.
I: the quantity of rancid lard is not
it is more economical to throw it
away than to attempt to renovate it.
If the quantity is sufficient to make an
attempt at renovation desirable, we
suggest the following process: —
Melt the lard on a water-bath and
beat it with about one-fourth its vol-
ume of 5 per cent, solution of common
salt for ten minutes. Set aside to cool
and separate the fat from the watery
liquid. Repeat this operation. Wash
the lard twice with hot water., melting
the lard in water., stirring thoroughly
and separating the congealed fat from
the liquid when cold. Then mix the
lard thoroughly several times with an
equal volume of 10 per cent, solution
of sodium carbonate. Wash again with
hot water. Melt the lard and filter it
through paper in a warm place or with
a heated funnel.
If the filtered lard is neutral to lit-
mus and responds to the official tests
for the absence of chlorides, alkalies
and excess of fatty acids, it may be
benzoinated in the manner prescribed
in the Pharmacopoeia. If chlorides or
alkalies be present they may be re-
moved by washing with hot water. If
the fat be acid it should be washed
again with a solution of sodium car-
bonate and with hot water.
Of course, the process is also applica-
ble to lard that has not been benzoin-
ated.
Keeping of Solid Extracts.
Such solid extracts as are not used
frei uently might be filled into collapsi-
ble tubes, to prevent drying out and
to facilitate dispensing. The inside of
the tube is preferably lined with waxed
paper to prevent the extracts from
coming into contact with the metal.
Keeping of Alkaloidal Solutions.
In cases in which the presence of al-
cohol is not undesirable alkaloidal
stock solutions may be preserved by
the use of a menstruum composed of
10 parts by volume of alcohol and 90
parts of water.
the American Pharmaceutical Associa-
tion. The gist of his remarks, as re-
ported in The Druggists Circular at
tiiis time follow:
AROMATIC WATERS were so simple that
many druggists did not think them worthy of
much attention. He advised against expos-
ing them to low temperature, as cold makes
the oils in them separate, but when they are
brought into a warm room the oil goes back
into solution.
TINCTURES, too, should not be subjected to
extremes in temperature. The heat of a high
shelf caused hydro-alcoholic liquids to deteri-
orate. Light in many cases was as detri-
mental as heat and cold, but the precipitate
from such liquids was usually inert and so left
the medicinal value of the preparation undis-
turbed. This, said the speaker jocularly, was
a provision of nature to protect the careless
or incompetent pharmacist against himself.
Sometimes an open space in a partly-filled
bottle caused deterioration. Especially was
tlvs true of SYRUPS, as water evaporated and
condensed in this space 'and when it ran back
to the surface of the preparation it began to
spoil for lack of the preservative, and the
deterioration continued through the entire con-
tents of the bottle. For the same reason,
syrups should not be kept in the heat of the
store, but in the cellar. The speaker had kept
his syrups on a dumb waiter in the cellar,
raising them as needed and retiring them to
the low temperature after use. The fungus
growth in syrup bottles was best removed by
washing with lye or paper pulp. A syrup
bottle should be well dried before the syrup
was introduced, as water on the surface of
syrups, as just pointed out, was a cause of de-
composition.
OINTMENTS should be kept in a cool place.
When a fat melted the heavy medicinal in-
gredient usually sank to the bottom of the
jar and it did not become reincorporated when
the normal temperature was restored, as was
the case with aromatic waters. The ordinary
jar did not make a desirable container for oint-
ments, as the fat would penetrate the glazed
surface and remain on the porous material of
the jar. become rancid and remain to do its
work in spite of ail washing. French porce-
lain ointment jars would not absorb the fat.
The speaker had used them for twenty-five
years without a loss from that cause. Oint-
ment jars should be cleaned with hot lye and
well dried. Heat and moisture were disturb-
ing factors in the case of ointments; dryness
and coolness the things to be sought.
PILLS are little made by the retail drug-
gists these days, but when they are they
should not be put away until well seasoned.
Compound cathartic pills should be dried in
licorice and lycopodium for three or four
weeks, and then sieved to clean them before
being bottled.
POWDERS, fortunately, are not much sub-
ject to change on account of the action of
heat and light, although heat will drive off
their volatile constituents.
Preservation of Galenicals.
Prof. Charles Caspari, Jr.. spoke ex-
temporaneously on this subject before
Elm Bark to Preserve Lard.
R. M. Altmann had heard that to
preserve their winter's store of bear's
grease the red men melted the fat with
shredded elm bark. As the physical
difference between the fat of the bear
and that of the pig is not great, he
experimented with the preservative
properties of the bark as applied to
lard. He prepared some purified leaf
lard and melted it on a water-bath
with pieces of elm bark in the propor-
tion of 2 drams to the pound of fat.
When the bubbles had ceased to rise,
indicating that all the moisture had
been expelled, the lard was strained
and stirred until cool. The product
38
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
was divided into a number of portions
and exposed to the atmosphere at dif-
ferent temperatures for three weeks.
At the end of that time none of the
samples gave any indication of rancid-
ity when tested with Schiff's reagent.
An ointment of potassium iodide made
with a sample of this lard without the
addition of any potassium carbonate
remained uncolered after a week's ex-
posure to the atmosphere.
Mr. Altman believes that the pre-
servative influence of elm bark is due
to the clarifying action of the albu-
minoids it contains and the dehydrat-
ing action of the gum.
Making Aromatic Waters.
Take the proper proportions of oil
and talc or other absorbent powder
and put them into a large mortar, add
the water, triturate, and then pour the
mixture into a stock bottle without
filtering. From time to time pour off a
small quantity of the liquid, filtering
it into the shelf bottle. An aromatic
water made in this way possesses a
finer flavor than a product which is
filtered immediately after making.
Moreover, the full strength is retained
for a long time.
Receivers for Liquid Galenicals
The ordinary 5 -pint stock bottles in
which elixirs and fluidextracts are
marketed, make splendid receivers
where 1000 or 2000 mils of a liquid
galenical are to be made. To pre-
pare, scratch a straight line on the
bottle its full length: on this, scratch
marks and figures indicating pints,
quartz and mils.
For half and one-pint receivers, the
wide-mouth bottles in which quinine
capsules are marketed, are excellent.
Incidentally, when one gets these bot-
tles, he should save the fine, large
corks that usually come with them.—
William Mittelbach.
Making Tablet Triturates
J. C. Dills contributes to The Drug-
gists Circular an article in which he
says that inaccuracy is one of the
drawbacks encountered by amateur
manufacturers. He adds that no
amount of tables regarding the weight
of each substance is of use alone. Xo
table can make up for variations in
pressure used in filling the molds or
in the amount of diluent used. Every
time one gets in a new sample of milk
sugar he is apt to be confronted by a
variation in specific gravity on ac-
count of the difference in the fineness
of the different powders. Sometimes,
too, we waste more than at others.
Any diligent pharmacist can make
about $1 to $5 an hour making tab-
lets with a machine that costs about
$3.
Our machine holds an average of 60
grains of milk sugar. To make 500
tablet triturates of morphine sulphate,
we use 125 grains of morphine sul-
phate and 450 grains of milk sugar
and moisten with 75 per cent, alcohol
to make a suitable dampish paste.
We weigh this, take one-tenth of it
• for 50 tablets), and fill molds as far
as it will reach, adding milk sugar and
moistening the mass until after two or
three trials the sample just fills the
molds. We then add to the remaining
nine-tenths a proportionate amount of
milk sugar. We have found it admir-
able to measure the moistening agent
with a pipette. Using this method, I
have been able to make 1.000 tablets
with a variation of not over 1/800
grain of morphine sulphate per tablet,
which I am sure is a result that is -not
exceeded in accuracy of measurement
by any of the ready-made tablets.
Coating Compressed Tablets
In large manufacturing establish-
ments revolving pans, air blasts, hot-
air currents and other things not usu-
ally available in a retail pharmacy are
used in the process of coating tablets.
Perhaps an ingenious operator may
overcome the handicap which the leek
of proper apparatus places upon him.
Some of the success of the coating
operation depends upon the shape of
the tablet, still more depends upon its
hardness and dryness, and even more
depends upon its freedom from a hy-
groscopic constituent which would ab-
sorb moisture from the covering ma-
terial and cause it to swell. In a gen-
eral way it may be stated that when
the tablets have come from the com-
pressing machine they are placed in a
sieve and the adhering particles of
dust blown off. If the tablets are mot-
tled or variegated in color they are
treated with moist lampblack, to make
them uniform in appearance. They
should be dried at a temperature of
70 degrees F. for twenty-four hours
before receiving their coats.
When ready for the coating the tab-
lets are placed in the revolving pan
with enough syrup to moisten their
surface but slightly. Here the air cur-
rent is needed to dry the syrup
quickly, so that another coat may be
applied. In another revolving pan the
tablets are treated in a similar man-
ner with a prepared syrup which is to
give them their characteristic flavor
and color. They are next revolved in
a felt-lined pan to give them a polish.
A formula for chocolate coating is
given by L. H. Turner in a paper pub-
lished in the Pharmaceutical Era,
from which some of the foregoing
facts are taken. It is as follows: —
To flavor chocolate-coated tablets,
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
39
place 10 pounds of cacao hulls in a
cotton bag and boil for five minutes
in 4 gallons of water. Strain through
two layers of cheese cloth and add 25
pounds of lump sugar. To this mix-
ture add 2 pounds of powdered "cocoa"
and mix well.
Chocolate-coated tablets are some-
times given a more glossy appearance
by being thinly coated with an alco-
holic solution of tolu or benzoin.
Some colors allowable, when unadul-
terated, for use in foodstuffs are men-
tioned in food inspection decision 76,
issued by the Department of Agricul-
ture at Washington. Among those col-
ors are: —
Red: — 107. Amaranth: — 56. Pon-
ceau 3 R.-517. Eryth rosin.'
Orange: — 85. Orange I.
Yellow 4. Xaphthol yellow S.
Green: — 435. Light green S. F. Yel-
lowish.
P>lue:— 692. Indigo disulfo-acid.
Informative articles on tablet-mak-
ing appear in various issues of The
Druggists Circular, among them being
those for July, 1905, page 229: and April
and December. 1902, pages 73 and 257,
respectively.
One of the obections to the use of
tablets in medicine is the fact that
many of them do not dissolve readily
enough in the alimentary canal. wThile
now and then one goes all the way
through without disintegrating at all:
and coating them certainly does not
make them more soluble, but rather
the reverse.
To Clean Wedgwood Mortars
Take 3 or 4 ounces of potassium di-
chromate, powder it fine, and add
enough sulphuric acid to make a paste.
Smear this over the mortar, inside and
out. as well as on the pestle head, be-
ing careful not to get any of it on the
wooden handle, and let it remain for
fifteen minutes. After the mortar has
stood a suitable time and been rinsed
with cold water and then washed with
soap and water, it will be as clean and
white as when new. The same batch
ef paste may be used on many mor-
tars.— Mason G. Beebe.
Castor Oil Jelly.
Castor oil 90.0 grammes.
Stearic acid 4.2 grammes.
.Sodium hydroxide.. 0.6 grammes.
Saccharin 0.1 gramme.
Oil of peppermint... 0.2 mil.
Alcohol 5.0 mils.
Dissolve the sodium hydroxide in the
alcohol and add the stearic acid and
the castor oil. Heat until combined
and add the other ingredients.
The presence of saccharin in the fin-
ished preparation should be stated on
the label.
Tablet Triturates and Hypodermic
Tablets.
From an article by J. Leon Lascoff,
that appeared in The Druggists Circu-
lar, some quotations follow:
Tablet triturates are made by triturating
the active ingredients with sugar of milk or
fine sugar, massing after thorough trituration
by the addition of alcohol or diluted alcohol,
and subsequently rubbing the mass into a
rubber mold, enough excipient having been
added so that each tablet weighs about 1 or
V-2 grains. The weight of those of larger
size either should be prescribed or is deter-
mined by the amounts given in the prescrip-
tion. These may be compressed, in order to
reduce their size, by the process to be de-
scribed later. Of course. I need not add that
in cases where potassium permanganate, sil-
ver nitrate or other strongly exidizing agents
are prescribed the excipient should be finely
powdered kaolin.
Hypodermic tablets are usually made in a
smaller rubber mold of % grain size in the
same manner as the tablet triturates. Great
care must be taken to have them readily
soluble. Pure alcohol is the proper excipient
for them. One-half grain tablets of saccharin
can be made in the "hypodermic" mold; the
diluent is sodium bicarbonate and the mass Is
moistened with absolute alcohol.
It has been said that sugar from
goats' milk makes a more soluble tab-
let than does the sugar from cows'
milk.
A Maceration and Decantation Device.
In separating the fluid from the drug
after maceration I have used a device
which does the work 'more thoroughly
than is done by simple decantation. I
make a long narrow sack of straining
material, large enough at the open end
to be turned over the lip of the bottle
and tied. The sack is very easily kept
expanded and in place by two double
wires joined at the top. The wires are
inserted into the bottle, the rings rest-
ing on the hip, with the sack over the
wires, and, of course, therefore, in the
bottle. The bottle is then inverted in
a funnel over another bottle and its
contents allowed to drain. I have
thought that if I made another such
outfit I would use a spiral wire to
hold the sides of the strainer apart. —
C. W. Sackett.
Dispensing in Ampuls.
The ampul question may be sum-
marized as follows:
Ampuls represent a device for furnishing
fluid medicaments to the physician or the pa-
tient in sterile condition and usually in single
hypodermic doses. This is done by furnishing
the flu'd in a sealed glass tube.
The Ampul.— These glass tubes are made
from a special type of 'glass, which is less
alkaline than the average glass. F. W.
Nitardy shows that satisfactory ampuls may be
made from ordinary test tubes, but such am-
puls are almost certain to contain enough free
alkali to precipitate alkaloidal solutions. Am-
puls are sometimes made with the open end
flaring like a funnel, in order to facilitate
filling.
Filling Ampuls. — Many filling devices, some
very complicated and some quite simple, have
been devised, the aim being to run the fluid
down through the narrow neck as expeditiously
40
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
as possible, a trick that is really not easy, since
some provision should be made for exit of air
as the fluid flows in. Some fill from a burette
to the top of which is attached a hypodermic
needle: some use the modern type of large-
sized graduated all-glass hypodermic syringe
which can be easily sterilized; while the best
appliance is one in which by a system of
valves and air-tight containers the ampuls can
be exhausted of air before the fluid is intro-
duced into the container. Because of the par-
tial vacuum in this container and in the am-
puls found therein the fluid immediately fills
the ampuls.
Sealing the Ampul.— This is accomplished by
bringing the tip of the filled and cleaned ampul
into a small but hot flame of a blast lamp.
This operation is not as simple as first ap-
pears, but practice will bring the knack. In
large factories such sealing is done by young
girls.
Sterilization. — This is sometimes accomplished
by having the ampuls, the fluid and the filler
all in sterile condition at the moment of filling,
but the usual procedure is to sterilize the
sealed ampul by heating in an appropriate
oven. The oven must of course be provided
with a thermometer and care taken that the
temperature be not allowed to rise above that
which the content of the ampul will bear with-
out decomposition. It is manifestly very im-
portant that the oven be kept closed from the
beginning of the operation until after the
sterilization is complete and the oven again
cool, to guard against the risk of injury from
ampuls which may explode while being heated.
tops of capsules with pellets of cotton
moistened with chloroform, using care
not to have too much chloroform upon
the pellets. Since following this cus-
tom he has no trouble of the kind
mentioned.
Ordinary Capsules for Liquids.
The required amount of medicament
to be used for each dose is put into the
larger portion of the empty capsule
after the removal of the cap, then the
edge at the opening of that portion
containing the medicament is moist-
ened with water, and before it has time
to dry the cap is put on and the capsule
is pressed between the thumb and in-
dex finger in such a way that the edge
of the larger portion of the capsule at
the line of contact with the curved part
of the cap forms a scalloped edge which
indicates a welding or cementing. To
make sure that the capsule is tightly
sealed the operator should lay each fin-
ished capsule on a filter paper and
watch for any leakage. It is advisable
to fill more than the required number
of capsules, as there may be among
them some failures.
Should the operator not feel sure that
the capsules are thoroughly sealed and
fears that a future leakage may appear,
it is quite practical for him to put the
finished capsule in an empty capsule of
a larger size and seal the outer one just
as the inner one had been sealed.
Druggists should be sure that the
liquid dispensed will not dissolve the
capsule. — George H. Waltz.
Dispensing Oils in Soft Capsules.
When filling a prescription calling
for soft capsules containing oils, it is
annoying to find one of the capsules
imperfectly sealed, due generally to a
small portion of the oil coming in con-
tact with the scaling lip of the cap-
sule. F. M. Apple has adopted the
practice of wiping off carefully the
Deblooming Petroleum Oils.
Removing the fluorescence of petro-
leum oils is more a matter of process
than of formula. The simplest method
is to expose the oil, after it has been
filtered through animal charcoal, to the
action of sunlight and air. This, how-
ever, is a slow process and many
others calling for the use of a chemi-
cal oxidizer are in use; most of these
are the subject of letters patent. Some
of the debloomers in use are nitro-
naphthalene, dinitrobenzol, nitric acid,
granular magnetism dioxide, and ferric
oxide. Usually about 1 per cent, of
the deblooming agent is employed.
Bottger's deblooming process con-
sists in adding to the oil about one-
eighth its volume of sulphuric acid;
setting the mixture aside in a closed
container for about a week, with occa-
sional agitation; siphoning off the clear
oil; shaking it with several portions of
water; and dehydrating with quick-
lime.
Hellmann employs sulphuric acid di-
luted with five times its volume of
water, adding one volume of the di-
luted acid to three of oil. To the mix-
ture of oil and acid he adds 2 per cent.
of magnesium dioxide, and boils the
mixture for about half an hour. This
gives a yellowish oil which can lie
made lighter by filtering through ani-
mal charcoal. But who cares to try
to boil these highly inflammable
liquids?
Rendering Kerosene Uninflammable.
We do not know how to render kero-
sene uninflammable without so chang-
ing its nature that it might almost as
well not have been kerosene to start
with.
"Non-Explosive Gasoline."
Gasoline or benzin intended for use
as a cleanser, solvent or insecticide
may be rendered non-explosive by mix-
ing with it a large proportion of car-
bon tetrachloride — a proportion so
large, in fact, that the resulting mix-
ture is more carbon tetrachloride than
gasoline or benzin. Although some in-
vestigators have stated that a mix-
ture of four volumes of benzin and
six volumes of carbon tetrachloride i-<
non-inflammable at ordinary tempera-
tures, others have found that a mix-
ture of seven volumes of the tetra-
chloride and three volumes of benzin
was inflammable upon the approach of
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
41
a lighted match. Only when the pro-
portion reached that of nine parts of
tetrachloride to one of benzin did the
liquid require heating before becoming
inflammable, but in this case the flame
soon became extinguished by itself.
The fumes of carbon tetrachloride,
which are heavier than air, have an
anesthetic effect like those of chloro-
form.
We know of nothing which may be
added in small proportions to gasoline
to render it non-inflammable.
Various Uses for Kerosene.
William R. White (A. Ph. A.) said of
the place of kerosene in pharmacy that
its synonyms are coal oil, rock oil, solar
oil, paraffin oil, mineral oil. carbon oil,
petre, earth oil, photogene, eupione and
refined petroleum. Specific gravity,
from 0.744 to 0.829, boils above 77 de-
grees C„ flashing point from 62 degrees
to 68 degrees; mixes with such liquids
as chloroform, ether, volatile oils and
most of the fixed oils, not well with
castor oil, glycerin or alcohol; will dis-
solve 4 or 5 per cent, of iodine if
warmed and agitated, the solution re-
sembling very much a certain com-
mercial preparation; it will take up a
much larger percentage of iodine if
mixed with chloroform.
Its Taste and Odor.
Saccharin modifies its taste, oils of
massia, cajeput. cloves, peppermint,
wintergreen. camphor and bitter al-
mond disguise, its odor. Shaking it
with an acid solution of potassium per-
manganate, potassium dichromate or
potassium chlorate, decanting and fil-
tering through freshly slaked lime does
not entirely deodorize it, although each
improves it a great deal, the chlorate
giving the best results. Kerosene in
an alcoholic solution of potassium hy-
drate turns the alcoholic solution red
and the kerosene is almost completely
deodorized. By the liberation of nas-
cent hydrogen in kerosene an odor re-
sembling that of onions is evolved.
Taken Internally.
A pint taken internally gave no very
serious result. It is largely used as a
rectal injection for amebic dysentery
in quantities of half a gallon or more,
with excellent effect, as also in cases
of croup in children . In from % to 1
t-aspoonful doses. For coughs and
colds it is usually mixed with sugar.
Kerosene Linimrnt.
Camphor 1.0 gramme.
Oil of peppermine... . 0.5 mil.
Oil of wintergreen.... 0.5 mil.
Oil of cloves 0.2 mil.
Oil of cassia 4 0 mils.
Oil of cottonseed 8.0 mils.
Oil of cajeput 8.0 mils.
Oil of turpentine 4.0 mils.
Kerosene 72.0 mils.
For Toothache.
Oil of cloves, oil of cassia and phenol
dissolved in kerosene make a splendid
toothache remedy.
As an Insecticide.
An ounce sprayed over fifteen square
feet kills not only larvae and pupae,
but catches the adults, and is there-
fore, by virtue of its simplicity, cheap-
ness and efficiency, the best larvacide
for many purposes where its odor is not
offensive. Kerosene does not harm
fish or aquatic insects that breathe on
the surface, and acts well in salt
water. An emulsion of kerosene may
be made of —
Green soap 2 grammes.
Boiling water 32 mils.
Kerosene 64 mils.
Dissolve the soap in the boiling water
and add to the kerosene and agitate
vigorously. This makes a snow-white
emulsion which shows little tendency
to separate. It may be used to spray
trees, etc., when diluted with water.
As an Embrocation.
By adding oil of camphor, oil of
cajeput, etc., to the emulsion, a splen-
did liniment may be made.
For Limber-Neck.
Kerosene also enjoys some reputa-
tion as a remedy for the disease known
as limber-neck in chickens.
To Remove the Odor of Iodoform.
Minton (Bull. Pharm.) says that the
odor of iodoform may be removed from
the hands by wetting them with water
and then applying a small quantity of
potassium carbonate and two or three
drops of ammonia water. The odor,
he says, will entirely disappear.
To Prevent Recrystallization of
Liquefied Phenol
In the official description of liquefied
phenol it is stated that it "begins to
crystallize when the temperature of the
liquid is lowered to about 13.5 degrees
C. (56.3 degrees F.). The use of
glycerin to replace a portion of the
added water does not seem to have
proved satisfactory in practice, as the
crystallizing point is not thereby
sufficiently lowered. Alcohol is pre-
ferable. As little as 25 per cent, of
alcohol in the diluent will lower the
crystallizing point to 40 degrees F.
There is a legal phase to improve-
ments of this sort, which should be
borne in mind.
42
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
To Decolorize Reddened Phenol
Shake each liter of the liqufied
phenol with about 3 grammes of white
woolen threads. Zinc dust has been
recommended for the same purpose.
Another plan is to add alcohol to the
phenol and reduce the temperature
until the latter crystallizes out, color-
less.
It has been stated that the red color
which develops in phenol is caused
by phenoquinone, which, in turn, is
formed by oxidation and condensation
when quinone or catechol is present.
The addition of % of 1 per cent, of sul-
phurous anhydride to liquefied phenol
is said to prevent the coloration of the
latter.
To Liquefy Phenol
Place the required quantity of water
on top of the crystals in the bottle,
then invert the bottle. In a short time
the water permeates the mass and
solution is effected.
Sweetening and Flavoring Mineral Oil
Mineral oil may be sweetened with
saccharin. To insure good results, the
sweetener should be dissolved in abso-
lute alcohol in the proportion of about
16 grains to the ounce, and a little oleic
acid added, say from 15 to 30 grains.
This combination will mix with the
mineral oil. Only an extra high-grade
oleic acid should be used for this pur-
pose. As to flavoring, the usual aro-
matic oils — peppermint, wintergreen,
cinnamon, clove, nutmeg, anise, lemon,
etc. — mix readily with mineral oil. Of
course, some of these oils will darken
a "white" mineral oil, and if this re-
sult is objectionable, care should be
exercised in the selection of a "white"
flavor.
Disguising the Taste of Quinine
I.
Quinine sulphate 4 grammes.
Citric acid 10 grammes.
Syrup 1 mil.
Syrup of orange peel . 1 mil.
Distilled w a t e r, to
make 20 mils.
The quantity directed for a dose of
the mixture is given in water contain-
ing a little sodium bicarbonate.
II.
Quinine bisulphate. 60.0 grammes.
Saccharin (soluble) 30.0 grammes.
Glycerin 100.0 mils.
Vanillin 0.5 gramme.
Coumarin 0.1 gramme.
< 'ompound spirit of
oranse 5.0 mils.
Water, to make .... 720.0 mils.
Dissolve the quinine salt in 540 mils
of water, and dissolve the saccharin
in this solution. Dissolve the vanillin
and the coumarin in the spirit; mix
with the glycerin, and add to the
quinine solution, adding as much
water as may be required.
The dose of saccharin in this mix-
ture prohibits its undirected and pro-
miscuous use, and the attention of
physicians to whom it may be intro-
duced should be called to this matter.
Disguising the Odor and Taste of
Castor Oil
In the first place, use fresh castor
oil; in other words, oil that has not
become rancid, for rancid butter, ran-
cid lard or rancid any other kind of
grease is not palatable.
Again, some people contend that it
is the odor and not the taste of cas-
tor oil that disgusts. Whether or not
this is true we have not experimented
to prove, but offer the statement for
what it is worth.
Appended are some formulas gath-
ered from medical and pharmaceutical
literature: —
P. H. Utech's Formula
Benzosulphinide . . 0.5 gramme.
Oil of anise 2.0 mils.
Oil of sweet orange 1.0 mil.
Oil color enough.
Castor oil to make 1,000.0 mils.
Dissolve the benzosulphinide in the
castor oil by the aid of a gentle heat
(alcohol is not necessary). When cold,
add the essential oils and oil color suf-
ficient to make the desired shade.
The color referred to is made by ex-
hausting alkanet root in No. 30 pow-
der with acetone, evaporating the per-
colate to dryness on a water- bath at
a heat of not over 55 C, and dissolv-
ing the resulting anchusin in any con-
venient amount of castor oil, to be set
aside and kept as stock. The stock
color may be used as required.
A. Weinstein's Formula.
Castor oil 12 ounces.
Fluid extract of licorice % ounce.
Fluid extract of sarsa-
parilla 3 drams.
Oil of peppermint 2 drops.
Oil of anise S drops.
Oil of lemon 8 drops.
Glycerine to make 16 ounces.
"The mucilaginous character of the
licorice and the glycerin helps to keep
the castor oil in suspension. If I may
judge from the sale of this prepara-
tion, it is very much liked. I dispense
I ounce with a little carbonated water
for 10 cents. I also put it up in 2-
ounce bottles and charge 25 cents, un-
der a plain label, 'Prepared Castor
Oil.' "
J. B. Moore's Formula.
Compound tincture of
cardamom 2 drams.
Cinnamon water 6 drams.
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
4tf
Castor oil 1 ounce.
Brandy 5 drops.
Mix the first two in a glass, add the
oil carefully, and squirt the brandy on
the surface.
An oil mixture so prepared is, of
se, for immediate use.
For our own part, we believe that
we should us^ peppermint water, put-
ting it into the glass first, then pour
a layer of castor oil over it, and, in-
stead 01 the compound tincture of car-
damom, use compound tincture of lav-
■ nder, which is lighter and more odor-
iferous. We should direct this to be
taken all at one swallow.
Disguising the Taste of Epsom Salt.
It is said that 15 grains of citric acid
to each ounce of the salt in solution
renders the taste of the latter less ob-
jectionable to those who object to it,
especially if the draught be taken when
it is at a temperature of about 40 de-
grees F.
Here is a formula for a so-called
palatable draft of epsom salt:
Magnesium sulphate. ... 1 ounce.
Solution of saccharin- • ■ • 1 dram.
Oil of peppermint 2 drops.
Oil of anise 2 drops.
Water to make 2 ounces.
It seems that the amount of solution
of saccharin might be decreased with
advantage. Its presence should be
stated en the label.
Dr. W. T. Swindle (Med. World) says
he makes an elixir thus:
r: som salt !2 pound.
Saccharin 12 grains.
Extract of vanilla 1 ounce.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Water, to make 1 pint.
Use carmine to color, and filter it.
The dose is 1 tablespoonful. Each fluid
ounce contains % ounce of magnesium
sulphate. It has a fine taste and is a
splendid remedy.
Kieselguhr as a Filtering Medium.
La Wall recommends kieselguhr as a
filtering medium. The properties most
desirable in such a medium ar»., first,
insolubility and neutrality; second,
freedom from impurities; third, poros-
ity or absorbing power for liquids. As
to absorbing power he gives these fig-
ures: Talcum, 15; precipitated calcium
phosphate, 18; powdered pumice, 20;
kieselguhr. 40; magnesium carbonate,
50. Magnesium carbonate is ruled out
from most filtering operations on ac-
count of its alkalinity. Kieselguhr is
always found to be neutral in reaction
and free from soluble matter. Com-
parative experiments on the aromatic
waters have shown that it has the ad-
vantage over talc of being more ab-
sorbent and of not passing through the
filter to give the first portion of the
filtrate a cloudy appearance.
Labeling a Proprietary Remedy.
The Bureau of Chemistry, at Wash-
ington. D. C, publishes from time to
time, in its service and regulatory an-
nouncements, general information re-
garding the labeling of food and drugs,
and assists manufacturers and others
who submit labels by directing atten-
tion to applicable provisions of the
food and drugs act and of the regula-
tions and to applicable published opin-
ions. Therefore, it is advisable to sub-
mit labels to the bureau with the re-
quest that the officials there pass
judgment upon them. Also, it may be
well to submit them to the State health
board, as there may be laws within the
State that will require special labeling.
Manufacturer of Pharmaceuticals Need
Not Be a Registered Pharmacist.
A person need not be a registered
pharmacist to engage in the wholesale
manufacture and sale of pharmaceuti-
cal preparations in New York State.
To Open a Tin Ointment Box.
Place the thumbs and forefingers of
the two hands on the circumference of
the box in the same relative positions
that would be assumed by two men
and two women sitting at a whist
table. Squeeze the box between the
thumb and forefinger of each hand,
alternately pressing the lid upward the
while.
There is no need to use a spatula
on the refractory lid, or to break the
finger nails in a vain effort to pry off
the innocent top-piece.
Green Vegetable Color for Oils,
The simplest method of imparting
a green color to an oil is to dissolve in
a given amount of the liquid sufficient
oil-soluble chlorophyl to produce the
desired shade. This method is proba-
bly more expensive than others which
consume more time. If time is not an
object, a satisfactory method is to
digest in the oil, for a greater or less
number of days, in a warm place, some
crushed hempseed, pistachio nut meats.
or almost any green leaf. The bright-
ness of the color is, in a large meas-
ure, proportionate to the freshness of
the coloring agent: and care must be
taken not to use too high a tempera-
ture during the process, as heat tends
to produce a brownish shade. By
carrying on the digestion in a brass
or copper container a better shade of
green can be obtained.
La Wall, after examining a number of.'
44
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
lots of compound oil of hyoscyamus
made in copper vessels, reported that
he was unable to detect any trace of
copper in the preparation.
Coloring Petrolatum.
Colorless petrolatum may be colored
by the admixture of oil-soluble ani-
lins. A red color may also be imparted
to it by the use of alkanet root. The
addition of dye may unfit the petro-
latum for certain uses.
Discolored Spirit of Nitrous Ether.
The general opinion is that the dis-
coloration is caused by tannin taken
up by the alcohol from the barrel in
which it had been stored. Redistilla-
tion of the alcohol is recommended.
To Decolor Whisky, Bay Rum, Oils
and Other Liquids.
A process of almost universal appli-
cation is maceration of the colored
liquid with kaolin, or, better, animal
charcoal and filtration through that
substance.
To remove iron-rust color from bay
rum, W. D. Carson adds a small pro-
portion of tartaric acid and filters.
The best agent found by W. H.
Trainer for clearing up alcoholic liquids
is milk. He adds about 4 ounces to a
gallon, the casein is precipitated, and
filtration through paper completes the
job.
reserve and continue the evaporation
until the product measures 100 mils.
If evaporation has been carried too far,
make up to 100 mils with distilled
water. Set the product aside for sev-
eral days to settle; decant the clear
supernatant layer, and strain the re-
mainder through muslin.
The process for each drug and other
information on the subject may be
seen in The Druggists Circular for
November, 1908, pages 549 to 558, and
in the Proceedings of the American
Pharmaceutical Association for 1908.
Fluidglycerates.
Beringer has worked out a process
for making glycerin fluidextracts,
which he names fluidglycerates. His
type formula, from which he deviates
when the nature of the drug demands,
is: —
The drug (in course
powder) 100 grammes.
Glycerin 50 mils.
Distilled water 150 mils.
Chloroform water, to
make 100 mils.
Mix glycerin and distilled water and
moisten the drug thoroughly with a
sufficient quantity of the mixture and
then pack in very lightly in a cylindri-
cal percolator and saturate thoroughly
with menstruum; cork up and cover
the percolator, and allow the drug to
macerate for two days, then percolate
until the drug is exhausted, using first
the remainder of the menstruum and
then chloroform water. Reserve the
first 50 mils of percolate and set this
aside. Evaporate the remaining per-
colate on a water-bath, the weaker
portion first, then the stronger until
reduced to 60 mils, and then add the
Pink Coloration of Emulsion of Car-
bonated Creosote.
The Heyden Chemical "Works say
that the pinkish coloration which oc-
curs in emulsions of creosotal is due
to an oxidizing ferment (oxydase)
which is always present in gum arabic,
and which, by oxidizing certain con-
stituents of creosote whose chemical
composition is not yet established, pro-
duces a class of bodies whose presence
in the emulsion is shown by the pink-
ish coloration. If the freshly prepared
emulsion is exposed to sunlight, the
oxidizing ferment will be destroyed
and no coloration will occur. Further-
more, if an emulsion is just beginning
to color, exposure to sunlight will cause
bleaching.
The phenomenon of the redding of
phenols and phenolic bodies through
oxidation is a well-known but little
understood one. It is noteworthy as
an indication of the complexity of the
problem that light is an important fac-
tor in the oxidation of phenol.
Cudbear Coloring.
Vegetable red. made from cudbear
and sold by confectionery houses, is
useful as a color in pharmacy.
Gardiner and Raubenheimer collabo-
rated in extracting the coloring prin-
ciple from cudbear by percolation with
acetone, the yield being about 8% per
cent. When mixed with some dry
absorbent powder, as kieselguhr, it
would remain in a pulverulent condi-
tion. Cudbear, they said, contains
about 4 per cent, of sodium chloride,
which interacts with some of the sub-
stances present in certain mixtures
with which it is used, with the result
that the color is destroyed.
Gardiner gives this formula for a red
show-globe color: —
Persionin (the extract
above mentioned ) 10 grains.
Wood alcohol 8 ounces.
Ammonia water 6 drams.
"Water to make 1 gallon.
This was only one of the many uses
to which the coloring principle could
be put.
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
45
Darkening of Resorcinol Preparations.
My experiments have proven that
the coloring of resoreinal is due to the
presence of very minute impurities
that cannot economically be removed,
and when they are mixed with prepa-
rations containing alkali or salts of
an alkaline nature, the preparation
colors very rapidly, but in the pres-
ence of a small quantity of acetic
acid, or alcohol slightly oxidized, and
in that manner containing some acetic
acid, the preparation will not color.
I have put up preparations for many
years, using the above little fact, and
have found that the goods stood up
under the light and heat for a con-
siderable time without coloring.
It must be remembered., however,
that if the tonic or preparation con-
tains vanillin or any of the aldehydes
of the same group, they will darken in
the presence of alkali just the same as
resorcinol. — A. Alexander.
Colors for Show Bottles
This subject is fairly well covered
by the following formulas and sugges-
tions:
Red
I.
Cochineal color N. F. diluted with
water to the required shade.
II.
Iodine 2 parts.
Potassium iodide 2 parts.
Hydrochloric acid 36 parts.
Water 960 parts.
III.
Cobalt carbonate 30 grains.
Hydrochloric acid enough.
Water 1 gallon.
Dissolve the carbonate in just
enough of the acid to effect solution
and add to the water.
IV.
Cochineal 4 parts.
Potassium bitartrate. . . . 2 parts.
Sulphuric acid 5 parts.
Alum 4 parts.
Water 1000 parts.
V.
Cobalt nitrate _ . . 1 ounce.
Ammonium carbonate.... enough.
Water 1 gallon.
Dissolve the nitrate in 2 pints of the
water, add a strong solution of am-
monium carbonate until a precipitate
formed is redissolved. then add the re-
mainder of the water.
VI.
Cudbear 2 parts.
Nitric acid 2 parts.
Water 92 parts.
VII.
Ammonia water 27 parts.
Solution ferric chloride. 40 pans.
Acetic acid 59 parts.
Alcohol 186 parts.
Water 6946 parts.
Add the iron solution to the water,
then the alcohol, acid and ammonia
water in the order mentioned.
VIII.
A good red may be made by extract-
ing the coloring principle of cudbear
by the use of acetone, mixing 10 grains
of this principle (which has been
called persionin) with 8 ounces of
alcohol. 6 drams of ammonia water
and enough water to make 1 gallon.
Persionin is somewhat similar to
orchil — the vegetable red of the con-
fectionery supply houses.
Yellow
I.
Potassium dichromate.... 1 part.
Nitrate acid 2 parts.
Water 27 parts.
Dissolve the potassium salt in the
•water, add the nitric acid, and filter.
II.
A solution of potassium dichromate
is permanent in tint, and a reddish-
yellow may be made by diluting com-
pound solution of iodine. U. S. P.
Neither is really very expensive, since
a little of the chemicals goes a long
way. and when the solutions are once
made they will last for years.
III.
Potassium dichromate ... 3 parts.
Sodium carbonate 2 parts.
Water 95 parts.
Dissolve the potassium dichromate
in the water, add the sodium carbon-
ate, and when solution is complete
filter.
Green
I.
Verdigris 1 part.
Distilled water 9 parts.
Sulphuric acid enough.
Mix the verdigris with the acid, set
aside for a few minutes, add to the
distilled water and filter.
II.
Copper sulphate 1 part.
Ammonia water 9 parts.
Water 240 parts.
Solution of potassium
dichromate enough.
Dissolve the copper sulphate in the
distilled water, add the ammonia
water and enough of a solution of
potassium dichromate to give the de-
sired tint, and filter.
III.
Copper sulphate 7 parts.
Ammonium chloride 7 parts.
Water 186 parts.
46
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA ROOK
IV.
Nickel 85 parts.
Hydrochloric acid 132 parts.
Nitric acid 55 parts.
Water 4000 parts.
Dissolve the nickel in the hydro-
chloric acid, add the water, then the
nitric acid, and filter.
Olive Green
Copper sulphate 35 parts.
Hydrochloric acid 16 parts.
Iron subcarbonate 4 parts.
Water 450 parts.
Dissolve the copper sulphate in the
water and the iron in the acid; mix
(he two solutions, and filter.
Pea Green
Nickel 1 part.
Nitric acid 4 parts.
Water 495 parts.
Solution of potassium
dichromate enough.
Dissolve the nickel in th<' nitric acid,
add the water and enough of solution
of potassium dichromate to give the
desired color.
Any Shade of Permanent Green
Copper sulphate 9 parts.
Hydrochloric acid 8 parts.
Water _. 84 parts.
Dissolve the salt in the water and
add the acid.
Any possible shade of green (and
that permanent) may be produced by
adding to the above mixture the offi-
cial solution of ferric chloride in
quantities to suit.
Yellowish Green.
Iron sulphate 10 parts.
Sulphuric acid 10 parts.
Copper nitrate enough.
Water 280 parts.
Dissolve the iron salt and the acid
separately in 140 parts of water; mix
the solutions, and add little hy little
the copper nitrate until the desired
shade is reached.
Pretty and Permanent Green.
Put three or four 1-cent coins in the
bottom of a graduate, pour on a lit-
tle nitric acid to cover well and set
in the open air to allow the fumes to
escape. When solution is effected
dilute it with enough water to fill the
bottle.
Orange.
Potassium dichromate... 4 parts.
Nitric acid 1 part.
Water 120 parts.
Amber.
Powdered dragon's blood..! part.
Sulphuric acid 4 parts.
Water enough.
Macerate the dragon's blood in the
acid for about half an hour, or until
solution is complete, and dilute the
mixture with water until the desired
tint is obtained.
Magenta.
Chromic acid 1 dram.
Hydrochloric acid 2 ounces.
Nitric acid 2 ounces.
Water, to make 3 gallons.
Blue.
I.
Copper sulphate 14 parts.
Alum 14 parts.
Sulphuric acid 13 parts.
Water 473 parts.
Dissolve the alum and the copper
salt in the water, add the sulphuric
acid in small portions and filter.
II.
Copper sulphate 10 parts.
Ammonia water 40 parts.
Water 950 parts.
Purple.
I.
Cudbear 10 parts.
Water of ammonia 40 parts.
Water 120 parts.
Macerate and filter.
II.
Salicylic; acid 1 part.
Alcohol 93 parts.
Tinct. of chloride of iron 4 parts.
Water enough.
Dissolve the acid in the alcohol, add
the tincture and dilute until the de-
sired color is produced.
Anilin Colors.
The anilin colors are convenient for
use in liquids for show globes, and al-
though more or less fugitive are still
desirable. By a little attention in the
way of adding more color from time to
time the liquids may be kept in good
condition.
Multicolored Liquid for Show Globes
First ascertain the capacity of the
bottle and divide by seven, to find the
volume of each solution or liquid to be
employed. The fluids should, in the
order named, be carefully poured down
the side of the bottle, held in a slightly
inclined position, or through a glass
tube inserted into it.
1st. one volume of sulphuric acid C.
P., tinted blue with indigo sulphate;
2nd, one volume of C. P. chloroform;
3rd, one volume of glycerin, slight ly
tinted with caramel; 4th, one volume
of castor oil, colored with alkanet root
or alkanin; 5th, one volume of 40 per
cent, alcohol, slightly tinted with anilin
green; 6th, one volume of cod liver oil.
containing 1 per cent, of oil turpentine;
7th one volume of 94 per cent, alcohol,
slightly tinted with anilin violet.
The liquids are held in place by force
of gravity, and alternate with fluids
which are not miscible. so that the layers
are clearly defined and do not mingle
by diffusion, as is the case when misci-
ble liquids are brought in direct contact
with each other. Perhaps it is neces-
sary to add that the colors suggested
should be employed in quantities only
THE PRESCRIPTION DEPARTMENT
47
sufficient to impart a pronounced tint
to the fluids; too deep colors look dead,
and detract from the brilliancy of the
combination.
It will be noticed that the chloroform
is 10 be uncolored. This colorless layer
will produce a striking contrast be-
tween the blue sulphuric acid layer and
the yellowish glycerin layer. Of course,
if desired, the chloroform could be
tinted. A trace of iodine will give it an
attractive violet shade.
Dry Colors for Show Globes.
These directions are by T. Maltby
Clague, in the Pharmaceutical Journal:
Anilin dye 15 to 25 grains.
Gelatin (not opaque) ... 1 ounce.
Water 6 ounces.
Carbolic acid 1 dram.
Soak the gelatin in water, dissolve
the dye in warm water, and next add
the softened gelatin and warm till
melted, then add the carbolic acid.
"When the solution has cooled to about
150 degrees F., pour it into the carboy.
Place the carboy in a warm position
until it has acquired a temperature of
from 90 to 100 degrees F. and the»- re-
move; now keep turning it upside down
and round about until the gelatin
shows signs of setting, then put it on
its stand and allow the jelly not ad-
hering to the sides to settle at the bot-
tom. Leave the stopper out for a few
hours. If the first attempt is not a
success it is only necessary to put the
carboy into a warm place and try
again. The process is an easy one.
Mr. Clague said that 15 grains of
methyl violet gave a rich bluish-red
color varying according to the shade of
the dye used, which is designated by
R.. RR., or RRR. for the red shades
(the blue ones being similarly indi-
cated by B.). Flamingo in the same
proportion gave the nicest red of those
he had used. Brownish -yellow had
been obtained by the use of small pro-
portions of Bismarck brown. Methyl
orange was wanting in brightness and
transparency.
If the window is exposed to the sun,
the film must be allowed to harden
well before the bottle is placed in its
position. The carbolic acid or some
other preservative is required to pre-
vent bacteria from liquefying the
gelatin.
Malachite green and methylene blue
are good dyes with which to work for
producing the two colors respectively.
For heating the globe, a towel dipped
in hot water and carefully applied has
been recommended. Globes colored
with films lack the lens-like appear-
ance which adds to the attractiveness
of those filled with colored wrater.
This is not altogether a disadvantage,
as the water-filled globes, acting as
lenses, have been known to start a
conflagration.
Varnish for Labels.
I.
Sandarac 100.0 grammes.
Camphor 15.0 grammes.
Venice turpentine. . . 2.5 grammes.
Alcohol 240.0 mils.
II.
Celluloid 10 parts.
Camphor 4 parts.
Ether 30 parts.
Acetone 30 parts.
Amyl acetate 30 parts.
III.
A quick -drying varnish may be made
of the following ingredients: —
White shellac 1 ounce.
Lead carbonate y2 ounce.
Ether 8 ounces.
Dissolve the shellac in the ether; add
the lead carbonate; shake thoroughly
for several minutes, and decant the
clear liquid. The shellac must not have
been exposed to the atmosphere any
more than is necessary in weighing out
the required amount.
A more flexible resin varnish can be
produced in the following manner:- —
African copal 8 ounces.
Powdered glass 8 ounces.
Camphor 2 ounces.
Ether 40 ounces.
Absolute alcohol 10 ounces.
Powder the copal and mix it with
the powdered glass; dissolve the cam-
phor in the ether; add the first two
ingredients to this solution and set
aside for a month in a suitable con-
tainer, shaking it frequently during
the period of maceration. At the end
of the month add the alcohol and ma-
cerate again for two weeks. Decant
the clear liquid.
All these mixtures are highly inflam^
mable and caution should be used in
both making and using them.
If the ink used for the labels is af-
fected by the varnish, the printed sur-
face should be sized with collodion be-
fore the varnish is applied.
V.
S. M. Wojciechowski writes: —
After pasting- the label on I wait until it is
perfectly dry. After this I carefully apply a
coating consisting of a mixture of equal parts
of ether and collodion. After this is perfect-
ly dry I brush over with the purest obtainable
colorless varnish, made very thin.
Labels treated in this way remain white
and nice, even when washed once in a while
with water.
VI.
Seeing the foregoing, John J. Stephen-
son offered the following modification,
which, he said, had been in use by him
with satisfaction for a long time: —
The label after having been pasted on th*
bottle and allowed to become perfectly dry is
coated with a mixture of equal parts of col-
lodion and ether, applied with a small brush
Then a coat of gelatin is applied and imrae-
48
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
diately afterward a coat of i" per cent, for-
maldehyde solution.
The gelatin should be the same consistence
as that used for sealing soft elastic capsules
and should be heated on a water-bath and
applied hot. Bottles so labeled may be washed
in either water or alcohol without injury to
the lettering. My objection to varnish is that
it is apt to turn yellow.
L. Vink, in a paper read before an
annual meeting of the Pennsylvania
Pharmaceutical Association, described
an economical method of varnishing
labels as follows: —
Having tried a number of different
formulas for a label varnish that would
be satisfactory in every way, i. e.. mode
of preparing and of applying, inex-
pensive and lasting, the following
formula seems to be more nearly the
ideal. It is easy to apply, quick dry-
ing, gives a transparent, glassy appear-
ance and has the added advantge of
being waterproof. Labels made of dif-
ferent stock material were used and
the result, after applying varnish, was
in every instance the same; they pre-
sented an appearance as of irregular
wet blotches, emphasizing the need of
a filler or sizing material. Because of
its comparative cheapness the writer
is of the opinion that nothing answers
this purpose better than collodion.
After the label is attached, allow it to
stand long enough for the adhesive to
dry thoroughly before the collodion is
applied. One coating of collodion, ap-
plied by means of a hair pencil, should
be evenly distributed over entire sur-
face of label. Some inks are soluble
in this medium and will present a
streaked appearance. As the collodion
dries instantly the first coating of var-
nish may be applied immediately after.
Two coats of the varnish will suffice
to give the label all protection neces-
sary to make it wear well, and, in a
great many cases, to last as long as
does the bottle to which it is attached.
Labels treated in this manner show,
after ten years' service and exposure to
dust, air and light, but a slight yel-
lowish change in color over that when
first applied. Gum mastic and gum
sandarac in ethyl alcohol furnish the
medium whereby the pharmacist may,
with but little loss of valuable time,
transform the common paper label into
a semi -permanent label which en-
hances the beauty of his bottles on
their shelves.
Waterproofing Labels.
a. Gelatin 100 parts.
Acetic acid (36%) 300 parts.
Glycerin 10 parts.
b. Potassium dichromate.. 20 parts.
Abater 200 parts.
For use, equal parts of a and b are
mixed just prior to being applied. The
coated label is then exposed to the
light until dry. If the yellow color of
this coating is undesirable, solution of
formaldehyde may be used instead
of b.
CHAPTER III
TOILET PREPARATIONS
Cold Creams — Rolling, Massage. Vanishing. Theatrical and Freckle
Creams — Almond Lotions — Witchhazel Jelly — Sunburn Lotions —
Shaving Lotions — Face Powder — Rouge — Perspiration Deodor-
ants— Depilatories — Preparations for the Hands and Xails — Corn
and Wart Removers — Bath Salts.
Always Consult the Index When Using This Book
Making and Selling Toilet Creams. and limitations of the three products
° should be set forth, somewhat after the
The notes and formulas which fol- outline just given, but in more detail,
low are abstracted from a series of ancl with m0re "reason -whv" matter,
articles by H. C. Bradford, published If the subject is approached with an
in The Druggists'_ Circular during the open mind, and the copy prepared ac-
earlier part of 1915. cordingly, it can have but one result.
Relative Merits of Different Types. and that is to stimulate the sale of the
It seems to the writer that the de- standard fatty creams, and to a some-
mand for casein creams is slowly les- "hat less extent, the stearin products,
sening. and that thev are being sup- while the casein products will drop to
planted by the stearin creams. The third place, where they properly be-
latter have many advantages which long.
the public is beginning to recognize. Making and Buying Casein,
especially now that their use and obtained by precipitation
functions are beginning to be under-
stood and that thev are no longer con- llum milK- su'
fused with the fatty creams. Skimmed fresh sweet
The casein creams serve only as a milk 500 parts.
cleansing agent: rubbed into the skin Magnesium sulphate 50 parts.
they "roll" out, bringing the impuri- Alum 5 parts.
ties with them. Dissolve the magnesium sulphate in
Just here it should be remembered just the amount of warm water that
that a well-made fatty cream will per- will serve; mix the solution with the
form all the service of a casein or a milk and set the mixture aside for an
stearin cream. It will cleanse the skin hour or so. Heat it then to about 130
even better than the casein product. degrees F. (and in no case allow the
and for healing and soothing all the temperature to exceed 145 degrees F.),
troublesome little roughnesses, chaps and add the alum, dissolved also in
and similar discomforts, it is even just sufficient hot water. Continue the
superior to a stearin cream. The trace heat until it is clear that the casein is
of grease that it leaves behind, espe- entirely precipitated, then transfer to
cially when milady is preparing to go a cheesecloth strainer, and wash with
out, is its chief objection. Another water until the washings are almost
point that is worthy of consideration tasteless.
is. that very many people are not at The lack of smoothness is the chief
all informed of these various points of defect of most massage creams. The
merit of these various products. It is casein always tends to form granules,
very highly probable that three- This is almost entirely overcome by a
fourths of the people who might be small amount of cacao butter. The
called customers for these goods are only disadvantage of this added fat is
totally unable to discriminate between that the product is no longer, in the
them in the manner outlined. Many strict sense of the term, a greaseless
have learned by experience that a par- cream, but this fact seems to be ig-
ticular product will give good results nored by the manufacturers of many of
under certain conditions, and for cer- the products on the market,
tain purposes but they do not know Dry commercial casein is now an ar-
the reason for it. In such circum- tide of commerce, and its use not only
stances a quiet campaign of education obviates the "fussing" with milk, but
by the pharmacist would be productive may be relied upon to make a smoother
of a vast amount of benefit to the pub- product,
lie and to his own trade. The merits In getting the casein for massage
49
50
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA LOOK
cream, be sure that the use to which
it is to be put is specified, as the mak-
ers of dry casein make many different
grades.
Purification of Cacao Butter, Stearin
and Fats Generally.
Prepare some strong lime water by
shaking caustic lime with soft water.
Let this settle until perfectly clear, and
decant.
Slice into wafers the rancid cacao
butter, stearin or other articles to be
purified, or, what is better, by means
of a grater or chopper, reduce it to a
coarse granular powder. The smaller
the pieces, the quicker and better the
lime will act. Immerse these chips in
the lime water, and let them remain
in the fluid about twenty-four hours,
stirring occasionally, and taking care
that they are at all times submerged.
Then drain off the water, and if any
trace of the volatile acids remain, re-
peat the process. This done, wash
thoroughly in clear water to remove
all traces of lime, drain well, melt on
a water-bath, and continue the heat
until the water adhering to the fat has
been driven off. Then cast into cakes
in the usual manner.
It is quite easy by this process to
purify and make sweet and wholesome
a rancid fat, but while this insures good
material to begin with, it is no help
towards keeping it sweet. The ten-
dency of this and other fats to develop
odorous volatile acids is the greatest
obstacle to their employment. With a
local trade, with the quality of ma-
terial under control, and with care as
to preservation, and more especially
manufacturing in small lots and fre-
quently, it is quite possible to attain
the very best results with these fats,
and the users and consumers will be
correspondingly pleased. It must be
stated, however, that for a preparation
of nation-wide sale, or even for one of
very much less magnitude, these ma-
terials will not serve. It is impossible
to say with certainty, but from a very
cursory examination, coupled with what
is known of the physical characteris-
tics of the various materials, it is the
opinion of the writer that all the prod-
ucts of this class that have anything
resembling a general sale, are made
with mineral oil and wax, and similar
ingredients, exclusively. Indeed, no
other would stand the hard conditions
to which they are subjected. This point
is important and should be steadily
borne in mind.
Mutton Suet.
Mutton suet is often required by the
maker of toilet creams, and as it is
next to impossible to buy it of proper
quality, it is best to render it for one's
self as wanted. The kidney and leaf
fat of the sheep can be obtained from
any good packing house or butcher;
this should lie washed in cold water,
dried with cloths, cut into small pieces,
and rendered on a water-bath. No more
heat should be used than is required
to melt it thoroughly. It should then
be strained through cheese cloth into
fruit jars, or other receptacles that
may be made air tight. It is best to
cover the top with melted paraffin, then
stop tightly and store in a cool place.
So prepared, mutton suet keeps reason,
ably well, but it is not intended to be
a permanent product, hence should be
prepared in small quantities. A dram
of benzoic acid dissolved in a minimum
amount of alcohol and added to each
pound will help to preserve it. It is a
better plan not to try to preserve such
a product indefinitely, and the same is
true of the average toilet cream, of
which it is a constituent. These animal
and (to a slightly less extent) vege-
table fats are not permanent, nor can
they be made so except by the addition
of large amounts of preservatives, and
this is usually unadvisable.
The Ice Cream Freezer.
This utensil is the best thing ever
devised for making a reasonably large
lot of a cream and is good for many
other laboratory purposes. The outer
compartment may be filled with water
of any desired temperature, to either
hasten or retard the final setting of the
cream or other product. In addition to
this, the beating it will do is far bet-
ter than can be obtained in any other
way, even the egg beater being inferior.
This last implement is well enough for
amounts not exceeding a pound, though
even there it requires both hands to
work it.
This use of the ice cream freezer is
so important, and the freezer is appli-
cable to such a wide range of uses for
many other products, that it is queer it
has never been recommended. So far
as the writer knows, he was the first
to point out its value tor these pur-
poses. It is equally valuable in mak-
ing fatty creams for ointments, tooth
paste, cataplasm or kaolin, and any
similar product, and will not only save
half to two-thirds of the time and labor
demanded by the ordinary methods and
appliances, but it will give a product
in every way superior to that made by
the older methods.
The freezer used for this purpose
should be selected with the greatest
care. It need not he large, but it should
be of the best material and construc-
tion and care should 1>« exercised to
see that every portion of the metal that
comes into contact with the product is
thoroughly tinned. It should be used
for no other purpose, and should have
frequent examination to see that it is
in good condition. A small spot of
naked iron will quickly ruin a batch of
cream, and is likely to have an equally
disastrous effect on other products.
In the following formulas the mat-
toilet preparations;
51
ter of color and perfume is left optional
with the operator. Directions for in-
corporating them in the product are
given, but the kind and quantity are
not specified.
"EveryDay" Cold Cream.
Mineral oil • . . 6 pints.
White wax 30 ounces.
Water 2 pints.
Sodium borate 1 ounce.
Dissolve the sodium borate in the
water: melt the wax, add the oil and
bring to a temperature of about 200
deg. F.. or even a little more; heat the
sodium borate solution to the same
temperature and pour it into the hot
oil solution with vigorous stirring.
If the oil and the aqueous solution
are both heated almost to boiling, as
directed, and then mixed, a slight
amount of vigorous stirring — not beat-
ing— serves to make a beautiful snow-
white cream that has an enameled ap-
pearance, and is light and fluffy. It
need hardly be said that the vessel in
which this mixing is done should not
be more than half filled by the product,
else it is liable to overflow, and may
even do so in any case, especially if
heated too much.
This cream may be cheapened in
cost, without in any way reducing the
quality, by replacing about half the
mineral oil with an equal volume of
the culinary cottonseed oil, and by
using about six ounces of paraffin in-
stead of an equal weight of the white
wax. This cream should cost not more
than 15 cents per pound, exclusive of
the perfume.
Theatrical Cold Cream.
Oil (see previous formula). 1 gallon.
Paraffin 1 pound.
"White wax • . . 3 pounds.
Sodium borate 3 ounces.
Water 1 gallon.
Mix as directed in the preceding
recipe.
Members of the theatrical profession
make large use of a cream of a totally
different sort, though sold under the
same name, which they employ to re-
move the grease paint and other
'make-up" from their faces. (See next
formula)
Make- Up Cold Cream.
Fresh sweet lard 10 ounces.
Ca«tor oil 4 ounces.
rmaceti 2 ounces.
Sodium borate 20 grains.
Water 1% ounces.
Melt the spermaceti, add the lard,
and then the castor oil. Dissolve the
sodium borate in the water; heat both
solutions to about 150 degrees F. and
pour the aqueous solution into the
mixture of fats, beating briskly until
the product is nearly cold.
This product at times, especially in
cold weather, is a little stiff. This may
be remedied by substituting a portion
of oil of theobroma for an equal
amount of the spermaceti.
Oxygenated Cold Cream.
Paraffin 250 grammes.
White wax 250 grammes.
Sweet almond oil. . . .1000 grammes.
Sodium perborate. ... 10 grammes.
Water 380 grammes.
Mix in the usual manner, except that
here the heat should be no more than
enough to keep the mixture of wax
and oil fully liquefied, while the aque-
ous solution of the perborate should
be warmed to the same temperature.
Pour the latter into the former, slowly.
beating briskly, and continue until the
product is cold.
Beating makes the cream light and
fluffy, but does not give it the glossy
finish common to creams mixed at high
temperature with little beating. If
packed in jars, the top can be made to
take this glossy finish by holding near
a source of heat for a moment.
This is a real oxygen cream. It is
a gentle but certain whitener for
cheeks that have been tanned by the
sun. The perborate could be very
largely increased if desired, but here
the object aimed at is not to supply a
strong bleach, but merely to give a
first-class oxygen cream. If real
bleaching is wanted, the article made
especially for that purpose should be
employed.
Cocoa Butter Cold Cream.
White wax 6 ounces.
Paraffin 4 ounces.
Spermaceti 10 ounces.
Oil 80 ounces.
Oil of theobroma 16 ounces.
Sodium borate 4 ounces.
Water 60 ounces.
Mix in the usual manner and beat
with an egg beater; or, better, in an ice
cream freezer to make light and fluffy.
This cream is a most excellent one.
while reasonable in cost. If vegetable
oil will be employed it will serve as
well for "skin food'' as many of the
products on the market. Oil of theo-
broma is very largely used by many of
the "beauty specialists," largely in the
pure state, and is probably absorbed
with greater ease and celerity than any
oil outside the animal kingdom. This
formula has been subjected to the most
exacting demands, and has always
giyen satisfaction. It furnishes an ar-
ticle that can be offered to the most
fastidious trade with full assurance
that it will please.
Satin Cream.
Pure sweet unsalted lard. . .220 gm.
Potassium hydroxide 31 gm.
Alcohol. 60^7 10 gm.
Water ^0 gm.
52
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Dissolve the potassium hydroxide in
the water, and if there is any sediment
let the fluid stand until it settles, and
pour off the clear solution. Put this
with the lard into a warm pan and mix
thoroughly, working in the alcohol in
portions.
There is some skill required in this
mixing. The product is a beautiful one,
having the appearance of satin. As
the proportions are stated, they will
give a product stiff enough for a jar,
but by increasing the alcohol it can be
made into a thick liquid. This is an
unusual and valuable formula, and will
be a money maker if pushed. Applied
freely and' wiped off with a piece of
cloth removes soot, dirt, dust, travel
stains and all else similar from the
face and hands much easier, quicker
and more gently than will the most
vigorous scrubbing with soap, and the
trace of fat left behind will be an
added protection to the skin.
Cucumber Cream.
White wax 9 ounces.
Oil 24 ounces.
Benzoic acid 15 grains.
Cucumber juice 10 ounces.
Mix in the usual manner, the juice
taking the place of the water in the
ordinary formula.
The benzoic acid is superfluous and
can be omitted if the juice be made
properly, as directed below. This cream
is a real advance over the ordinary
types, in that it does contain cucumber
juice, which is a cooling, healing and
bleaching agent for the skin.
Cucumber Juice.
Take nice large green cucumbers:
do not wash, but wipe off all dust with
a damp cloth. Then cut fine in an or-
dinary meat chopper. Collect the pulp
in an enameled pan and heat almost
to boiling, then drain it in a bag until
dry. Express the bag thoroughly, but
do' not mix the expressed juice with
that which came through by dropping.
To each gallon of this latter add 1 pin:
of alcohol in which has been dissolved
2 ounces of benzoic acid. Mix thor-
oughly, let stand 24 hours and filter.
Collect the filtrate and preserve it in
well-corked bottles. The juice ex-
pressed from the pulp is subjected to
the same treatment, except that it
should first be boiled about one min-
ute, then passed through a muslin
strainer. Then it may be treated
exactly as the other.
"Skin Foods."
It has long been recognized that the
animal fats are more easily absorbed
than either vegetable or mineral oils,
hence it is the custom to make so-
called tissue building creams largely, if
not entirely, from animal fats. It
should be remembered that the food
and drug officials are inclined to look
askance at any product labelled "skin
food," it being claimed that there is
no such thing as "tissue building" by
inunction.
Theobroma Skin Food.
Oil of theobroma 8 ounces.
Hydrous wool fat 8 ounces.
Culinary cottonseed oil.. 2 ounces.
Boric acid 4 drams.
Tincture of benzoin 4 drams.
Melt the solid fats on a water-bath,
and with a small portion of the melted
mixture rub the boric acid to a smooth
paste. Put this in with the melted
fats, and add the oil slowly and with
constant stirring. Add the tincture in
the same manner, remove from the
heat and beat briskly until the product
is cold, and has been made light and
fluffy. Transfer at once to jars and
let them stand open, but protected
from dust for twenty-four hours. Then
"gloss" the top by holding near a
source of heat for a moment, put on
the cap and the cream is ready for
sale. The standing open seems to im-
prove the appearance.
This product is excellent, but in ex-
tremely hot weather is a little soft. It
is a good plan to make all such prod-
ucts as this a little stiffer in summer
than in winter, and in this case about
half the wool fat may be replaced with
an equal amount of good mutton suet.
Witchhazel Skin Food.
Hydrous wool fat 24 ounces.
Oil 6 ounces.
Distilled extract of witch
hazel 6 ounces.
Mix in the usual manner.
This cream is very easily mixed. It
is also rather more expensive than the
general run, but it is an excellent prep-
aration.
Lotus Skin Food.
Spermaceti 10 ounces.
White wax 8 ounces.
Hydrous wool fat 8 ounces.
Coconut oil 8 ounces.
Oil of theobroma 4 ounces.
Culinary cottonseed oil.. 24 ounces.
Water 14 ounces.
Sodium borate 2 drams.
Tincture of benzoin 4 drams.
Mix in the usual manner, using an
ice cream freezer, and beating vigor-
ously, to make it as light and fluffy as
possible.
This is a valuable formula. It was
originated by a woman who had some
reputation as a "beauty specialist." and
reduced to workable proportions by the
writer. The latest reports are that
the preparation is pleasing all users.
Venus Skin and Flesh Food.
Hydrous wool fat 16 ounces.
Oil 8 ounces.
White wax 2 ounces.
Mix in the usual manner.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
53
This particular formula is of Eng-
lish origin, and yields a product that
has been sold in London under the
fcbeve title.
Brick Toilet Creams.
It has often been suggested that it
would be an advantage to elminate
the water in toilet creams and increase
the proportion of wax and other hard
materials, thus producing an article
not only more concentrated, and hence
more economical to the user, but also
one that could be sent into trade with-
out the container, which is such a
large part of the total cost of these
goods. A true cold cream can not be
made in this way, but must contain
water. Also for the ordinary uses of
these products, such as the protection
of the skin, and the soothing and heal-
ing action generally, the true cold
cream is much superior. On the other
hand, in the realm of the "skin foods,"
the water is unnecessary, and the solid
or brick variety made with the more
solid fats will serve perfectly. With
this distinction kept in mind, good use
can be made of this brick product.
These are really cerates, or at least
very closely allied to them, but for
best results should be a trifle harder.
Methods of Molding.
The casting of these compounds into
blocks of the proper size is a matter
of vexation in, most instances. In but
few cases are proper molds at hand,
and these are a source of expense when
purchased. Plaster of paris molds,
boiled in oil, are not very satisfactory.
The best molds are made of brass, in
two parts, so arranged that the mass
may be pressured. This solidifies the
blocks, levels inequalities in the sur-
face, rounds the corners, and may em-
boss a name or design. Good molds
may be made of paper if desired. Par-
affined paper is best; the molds should
be carefully made over a good model,
and the joints made impervious to the
compound. The latter should not be
poured into the molds until on the
point of solidification, and if possible
the molds should be chilled to hasten
solidification. The writer believes the
best plan is to form the mixture into
a slab and cut it to the proper size.
A rectangular receptacle with perpen-
dicular sides, and perfect right angles
at the corners is best. The compound
should be poured into this carefully,
when it is perfectly level, until it is
of the proper depth. It should cool
slowly, and as quickly as it is hard
enough to stand cutting with a thin
knife it should be cut into strips of
the proper width. These are cut into
the proper sized pieces. This last
task will be much facilitated by the
use of a simple implement, much like
that used for cutting soap into cakes.
This is merely two boards fastened
together, like a carpenter's "mitre
box," and provided with a fine wire
fastened at the end, which, drawn
across the strip, severs it quickly and
easily.
Wrapping and Finishing.
Three wrappers are necessary in
finishing these blocks for the market.
The first should be of waxed paper;
the second, tin foil, and the last the
label and wrapper combined. Wrapped
in this manner, these goods will be
almost as permanent as if packed in
jars or boxes, especially if a little
care be taken to keep them in a cool
place. It is hardly necessary to say
that the combination label and wrap-
per should be a showy one, preferably
lithographed in colors.
Madame De Compierre's Beauty
Cream.
Spermaceti 1 ounct.
Mutton tallow 8 ounces.
Hydrous wool fat 9 ounces.
Coconut oil 8 ounces.
Expressed oil of almonds. 8 ounces.
Melt on a water-bath, mix well and
pour into jars.
This formula, as its name indicates,
is of French origin, and the original
formula cost a considerable sum. It
might be advisable in the warm sea-
son to replace a portion of the al-
mond oil with oil of theobroma. This
would increase the hardness and
would also be a slight addition to the
merit of the compound.
Ivorine Cerate.
White wax 4 ounces.
Spermaceti 2 ounces.
Oil of theobroma .2 ounces.
Culinary cotton seed oil,
4 to 8 ounces.
Mix, melt and mold. The amount of
the oil is varied to suit the tempera-
ture and conditions.
This recipe yields a cream that sells
well, and that has a fair reputation,
but the writer considers it inferior to
that made by the previous formula.
Camphor Ice.
Paraffin 2 ounces.
White wax 2 ounces.
White petrolatum 12 ounces.
Camphor 3 ounces. . .
Melt the first three ingredients on
a water-bath; add the camphor in
powder, and continue to heat, with
stirring, until it is dissolved. Then
pour into molds*
This is a pure camphor ice of the
very highest quality. It has become
fashionable of late to combine gly-
cerin in this product. If this is de-
sired, a weight of it equal to the cam-
phor may be ad/led, after the latter
has dissolved, but the product will
then require stirring until it can just
barely be poured, in order to incorpo-
rate the glycerin.
:>A
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Cocoa Butter Brick Massage Cream.
Oil of theobroma 16 parts.
White wax 1 part.
Coconut oil 1 part.
Mix, melt and mold.
As can be seen, this calls for little
else than oil of theobroma, which fat
stands very high in the estimation of
beauty experts, and is often relied on
almost exclusively for massaging. Its
chief disadvantage is its great tend-
ency to turn rancid. The least trace
3f rancidity debars it from use.
Phenol Camphor Ice.
Paraffin 2 ounces.
White wax 2 ounces.
White petrolatum 12 ounces
Camphor 3 ounces.
Phenol (crystals) 1 ounce.
Melt the phenol, stir in the cam-
phor until it is dissolved, and add the
solution to the oils, previously melted.
Phenol and camphor combine to
form a water-white, oily liquid, which
dissolves perfectly in such mixtures
as the above. The camphor lessens
the caustic and corrosive properties of
the phenol, reducing the combination
to a powerful antiseptic. This prod-
uct will soften, soothe and heal even
the roughened, gnarled, cracked and
bleeding hands of laborers.
Perspiration Cream.
White wax 8 ounces.
Liquid petrolatum 24 ounces.
Sodium borate 100 grains.
Benzoic acid 20 grains.
Salicylic acid 400 grains.
Hot water 16 ounces.
Melt the wax and oil and heat to
about 160° F. Dissolve the other ma-
terials in the water, heat to the same
temperature as the wax solution, and
pour it into the latter, heating briskly
until the cream is formed.
Here a comparatively high temper-
ature of the solutions, plus a small
amount of stirring, results in a glossy
cream. This cream is really more of
an odor dispeller, or deodorizer, than
a remedy for perspiration, though the
two are usually interdependent. Manv
persons are troubled with an exces-
sive perspiration on the feet, in the
armpits, and in other portions of the
body, and a slight application of this-
cream to such places will destroy the
odor. It is also valuable for mam-
humors and eruptions, especiallv those
aggravated by exergise and the re-
sulting perspiration.
La Rouche Bath Cream.
Tannic acid 4 grammes.
Expressed oil of al-
monds 160 grammos.
1 1 ydrous wool fat . . . 240 grammes.
Melt, mix and beat until smooth.
As may be judged from the title,
this is a French recipe, and the fin-
ished preparation is much used to close
the pores, constrict the skin and make
the flesh firm, after the hot or Turkish
bath. It is also used as a wrinkle
cream, though not equal to the one
given further along.
Queen Draga's Complexion and Pimple
Cream.
Artificial musk 1 gramme.
Coumarin 5 grammes.
Ichthyol 150 grammes.
White petrolatum. . .2500 grammes.
Mix well, adding the ichthyol last.
The preparation made by this recipe
is really more of an ointment than a
cream, and it is said that it was used
by the murdered Queen Draga of Ser-
bia. This cream is merely an oint-
ment of ichthyol, perfumed with musk
and coumarin, the perfumes probably
having some connection with the use-
fulness of the compound other than as
perfumes.
Pacific Wrinkle Cream.
Tincture of benzoin 1 dram.
Spirit of camphor 1 dram.
Orange flower water.... 1 dram.
Gelatin 4 drams.
Powdered alum 15 grains.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Mutton suet 8 ounces.
Dissolve the alum in the orange
flower water., add the gelatin, and soak
until the latter is thoroughly softened.
Now add the glycerin and heat on a
water-bath until the gelatin is dis-
solved. Melt the suet and add it to
the gelatin solution, very slowly and
with constant stirring; follow with the
remaining ingredients in the same
manner, then remove from heat, and
with an egg beater beat briskly until
the cream is cold, and light and fluffy.
The product obtained from the recipe
just -given is a little unusual, but it
has been the fortune of the writer to
know that it gives satisfactory results.
It is to be applied to the wrinkles- at
night and well massaged into the skin
for ten to fifteen minutes. The for-
mula was half way put together by a
woman on the Pacific slope, but it
failed to please, and the writer's as-
sistance was invoked. After some
trouble it was modified to a form
somewhat different from the above
and in that shape turned over to the
owner. She continued to make inno-
vations, and finally informed me that
in the above form it was a great suc-
cess and brought "repeat" orders.
Casein Massage Creams.
It is probable that no single article
has attracted more attention in phar-
macy during the last five years than
massage cream, and it is equally prob-
able that no article ever created so
much interest and sold in such quan-
tities, and yet had so little real merit
behind it.
At first the novelty was largely re-
TOILET PREPARATION'S
sponsible for the popularity which
these creams enjoyed. Now. that this
has very largely disappeared, the ar-
ticles are beginning to find their true
place, and to be appraised at some-
thing like their real value.
Greaseless creams, broadly consid-
ered, are of two general classes. The
first has usually a base of casein; the
second is usually a stearin soap.
That these creams fill a place has
been amply demonstrated by the fact
that they have sold steadily. A pecu-
liar thing is that the public put these
products in their proper place before
the manufacturers did. At first, they
were advertised and pushed very much
in the same manner as the fatty
creams. Now there is a very great
difference, most of the manufacturers
wisely making a distinction between
them. In one booklet it was frankly
stated that the massage cream would
not perform the service of the fatty
product.
Just who introduced the casein
creams it is impossible to say. Milk
has long ranked high as a cosmetic.
By baths of milk the women of Rome
sought to retain their youth and
beauty.
Creams are made from the casein
freshly precipitated from milk, and it
is here that many failures occur. There
is little difficulty in the process. The
list of precipitants is a long one, alum,
borax, ammonia, magnesium sulphate,
rennet, heat and many others being
employed. There seems to be a wide
divergence of methods. As an example,
some lay stress upon the thorough
washing of the freshly precipitated
product as essential; others say noth-
ing about it. and the inference is that
they pay no attention to that part of
the process. Washing is essential,
especially if chemicals have been em-
ployed as precipitants, if only to be
rid of them. It also removes the albu-
min, the whey and other liquids, and
leaves the casein cleaner and more
manageable. Only fresh, skimmed milk
should be used.
The fat of whole milk interferes with
all the processes. If fat is to be added,
it should be at the last.
Under manipulation, casein will take
up a considerable quantity of water,
but on being left standing for a time
it will contract and expel this water,
and if this should happen after the
cream has been sold dissatisfaction re-
sults. Xo one wants a jar of cream
with a layer of water on the top of it.
The grainy feel in a casein cream
may be avoided by the use of a trace
I of alkali. In the manufacture of case-
[ in creams the good judgment and skill
1 of the operator, as well as experience,
are of the utmost importance; worth
) more even than the formula, for the
reason that the raw material with
which he works is a most variable
substance. Even milk secured from
the same source and meeting all the
tests will still be variable. From the
birth of the calf, until lactation stops,
the bovine does not supply the same
product two days in succession. A proc-
ess may be worked out to the very
finest points as to one sample of milk
and give unqualified success, while with
. the next lot of milk it will go wrong.
Casein Cream — Formula No. 1.
Skimmed fresh sweet
milk 1% gallons.
Solution of formalde-
hyde 2 drams.
Borax 3% ounces.
Alum 7?4 ounces.
Boiling water 4 pints.
Cold water 2 gallons.
Mix the formaldehye solution thor-
oughly with the milk and heat the solu-
tion to 122 F. Any desired color should
be added to the milk at this time, for
it is thus carried down with the curd
and distributed in a thorough manner.
Solution of carmine. X. F.. 125 minims,
has been found to give a satisfactory
tint to the above quantity. Xow dis-
solve the borax in 2 pints of boiling
water and stir briskly into the milk;
as soon as the mixing is complete
strain the liquid through muslin or
cheese cloth. Dissolve the alum in the
remainder of the boiling water and
add the solution slowly and with con-
stant stirring to the milk mixture. It
is this that really precipitates the case-
in. Let the curd settle to the bottom
of the vessel, and if the supernatant
liquid is not perfectly clear, add more
alum solution until it is. This done,
drain off the liquid and wash the curd
until the washings are tasteless or
nearly so. This is best done by having
it in a pail with a faucet at the bottom,
so the wash water may be drawn off.
Xow get the curd into a bag of cheese
cloth and press it with the hands, and
let it drain until it weighs 3 pounds and
2. ounces. This will give about the
proper amount of water. Xext work in
the perfume, and it is ready for pack-
ing.
If the job has been done properly t!
cream will be found satisfactory. How-
ever, if the air has made it "grainy."
the damaged portion may be rejected;
or if the graininess be general the
product should be treated. The remedy
is a trace of caustic alkali, either po-
tassium or sodium hydroxide or a mix-
ture of the two. Ten grains to the
ounce of product is about the maxi-
mum, and probably less will serve.
Dissolve the alkali in a minimum of
water and rub it evenly into the curd.
It will dispel those granular spots al-
most like magic.
.-.;
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
As to Packaging.
As soon as this is done get the prod-
uct into the tubes with the least pos-
sible delay. Tubes are the best packages
in some respects, and in some others
they are almost the very worst. The
chief product of the market is packed
into a small, wide-mouthed bottle, with
a ground stopper. That is an ideal
package, but expensive. A jar, with a
small, thin "washer" or "gasket" of
paraffined board or rubber, so that its
lid would screw down practically air-
tight, would be ideal. It is easy enough
to keep the jar in perfect condition
until sold by running paraffin on top
of the cream, but after its use is be-
gun comes the trouble. If used slowly
it is almost sure to dry and spoil, and
that kills the sale of a second package.
Casein Cream — Formula No. 2.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 1 ounce.
Borax 2 drams.
Boric acid 1 dram.
Skimmed fresh sweet milk 1 gallon.
Mix the milk and the ammonia, then
put on the fire and heat until the milk
curdles. Let it stand over night or
about twelve hours, and strain through
cheese cloth. If it was heated suffi-
ciently, and not too much, this will
give a nice, smooth curd. Let it stand
another twelve hours, then mix in the
other ingredients, add the color and
perfume, and it is ready to package.
This is a good example of the use of
heat to curdle the casein, assisted here
by the ammonia. It will also be noted
that no washing is required. If prop-
erly done, all the casein will be pre-
cipitated and the whey and other
liquids will flow from the strainer al-
most clear. This has the advantage of
making a smooth, soft, even curd, in
which the other ingredients can be in-
corporated with little labor. It is fur-
ther fortified by the glycerin.
Casein Cream — Formula No. 3.
Freshly precipitated case-
in 100 parts.
Boric acid 20 parts.
Oil of theobroma 10 parts.
-Melt the oil of theobroma and rub
to a paste with the boric acid, and
triturate to a smooth, even cream with
the casein, and working in the perfume
and color at the same time.
Casein Cream — Formula No. 4.
1 )ry casein 9 ounces.
Potassium hydroxide. . .100 grains.
Sodium hydroxide 20 grains.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Phenol 140 grains.
Water 32 ounces.
Dissolve the potassium and sodium
hydroxides in the water; add the case-
in, taking care that it is as free from
lumps as possible. Heat on a water-
bath until it is dissolved to a smooth,
heavy cream mass. Work in the gly-
cerin, color, perfume and phenol, and
when the whole is thoroughly incorp'o-
rated. transfer to the packages.
As the recipe stands, it will make a
product that is just about right for jars
or tubes, but it can be made harder or
softer, as desired, by merely increas-
ing or decreasing the amount of water.
This is an advantage in another way.
which is that in the making this
can be determined and more water
may be added, or evaporation may be
carried a little further. This is a
marked contrast to watching a bag of
freshly precipitated moist casein as
it loses its surplus moisture by the
slow dropping of the fluid from it, the
operator in the meanwhile wondering
whether the proper percentage of
water has been reached.
Casein Cream — Formula No. 5.
Skimmed fresh sweet
milk 1 gallon.
Borax 3 ounces.
Boric acid 3 ounces.
Powdered alum 6 ounces.
Glycerin 1 % ounces.
Sodium benzoate 4 drams.
Put the borax and the boric acid
into the milk, stir until dissolved, then
heat to boiling. The mixture must not
boil, but should come to the boiling
point. Remove from the Are, add the
alum dissolved in the smallest pos-
sible quantity of hot water, stir thor-
oughly, and let it stand for twenty-
four hours. Strain, wash the curd a
few times by decantation, drain for an
hour or so, then mix in the glycerin,
the benzoate, the perfume, and the
color, and it is ready to package.
Making Cottage Cheese.
Briefly stated, the method of making
"cottage cheese" is as follows:
Skimmed fresh sweet milk is allowed
to stand in a warm place until it forms
a rather firm curd, or "clabber." This
is now placed over heat and stirred
constantly until the whey separates
from the curd. This heating is the deli-
cate and important part of the process.
The "clabber" must not stand long
enough to get too acid, but just long
enough to make a firm curd. The
clabber must not be boiled, but be well
heated to insure a thorough separa-
tion; anything beyond that point is to
be avoided. Let the mixture cool, and
turn it into a sieve to drain. When
well drained, the curd is beautifully
white, soft and smooth, and is a de-
licious food product. After draining,
it is at once formed into balls, and by
this manipulation more moisture is ex-
pelled. The product is then ready to
be eaten, being usually mixed with
cream and salted and seasoned to
taste. The curd is not washed at all.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
57
Cotton Cheese Massage Cream.
Curd, as above 8 ounces.
Phenol 10 minims.
Put into a mortar and rub into a
smooth paste. The phenol is added
as a preservative, but any other anti-
septic would do as well. Appropriate
color and perfume should be added.
It seemed, from the preliminary test,
that a curd made in this manner pro-
duced a cream that was smoother and
softer than the product of any other
process. It also 'rolled out" well, and
was apparently the equal if not supe-
rior of the other types.
Stearin Creams.
The combination of stearic acid with
alkali results in a sort of soap, and
it is this soap, plus the water, and the
various other materials that make the
finished stearin cream. These creams
contain a great amount of water, but
despite this they can be made reason-
ably permanent, though they will
hardly stand marketing in a wholesale
way.
Another form of these creams that
is fairly satisfactory is an emulsion in
which the stearin* is combined with
some oil and emulsified by the addition
of borax or other alkali, or both. Borax
has a remarkable action on stearin,
as it is quite possible to make a
pound of stearin, after emulsification
with half to three-quarters of a pound
of borax, hold in the form of a cream
a gallon of water.
By common consent, monohydrated
sodium carbonate has been selected as
the alkali possessing the greatest mer-
its and the smallest demerits in the
making of stearin creams. The various
formulas propose amounts that vary
roughly all the way from 3 to 15 per-
cent, of the stearin employed. It is
impossible to make a good cream with-
out an excess of alkali, but a large
excess should be avoided, since it
exerts an untoward action on the skin,
and may result in roughness, or even
slight burns.
An excess of alkali is not likely to
manifest itself until after use of the
cream, and then it is too late to pre-
vent trouble.
An important point is the quality of
the raw materials. The pharma-
copceial tests and requirements should
be rigidly adhered to, and any item
that fails to meet them should be re-
jected. Care should also be taken that
the stearin is not rancid.
Stearin-Borax Emulsion.
Borax 5 ounces.
Stearin (granulated) 8 ounces.
Distilled water 4 pints.
Dissolve the borax in the water, and
* Throughout this article the word "stearin"
is employed in its technical sense; as a syn-
onym for stearic acid.
heat the solution on a water-bath to
about 212° F. Add the stearin and stir
vigorously until it is melted, ana thor-
oughly incorporated with the solution.
Then remove from the water-bath and
continue the stirring until the product
is thoroughly set and cold. The per-
fume and color should be added when
the product has cooled down to about
140° to 150° F., and thoroughly beaten
in. As soon as the product is cold,
transfer to containers which should be
as nearly air-tight as possible. If ordi-
nary jars or boxes are to be used, run
a thin layer of melted paraffin on top
of the cream. This will preserve it
until the jar is opened.
The above formula represents the
simplest of the emulsion processes, and
the product is highly satisfactory, as
well as cheap. So far as usefulness
goes, it is just about as good as any
stearin cream. The great drawback to
this is its lack of keeping qualities.
Packaged in tubes, it does very well,
and jars handled as above will keep it
for a reasonable time, but it is not per-
manent.
Stearin-Petrolatum Emulsion.
Stearin 9 ounces.
Liquid petrolatum 4 ounces.
Powdered borax 2 drams.
Potassium hydroxide. . .137 grains.
Distilled water 43 ounces.
.Melt the stearin on a water- bath, add
the liquid petrolatum, and stir until
thoroughly combined. Dissolve the
potassium hydroxide in half the water,
heat the solution to about 212 degrees
F., and pour it slowly, in a thin stream,
into the latter, stirring vigorously all
the while. Dissolve the borax in the
remainder of the water, heat the solu-
tion and add to the other mixture
exactly as the potassium hydroxide
solution was added. Remove from heat
and continue the stirring, or beating,
until the product is cold. The perfume
and color should be added in the man-
ner previously directed.
This makes a better product than
the first one given, and the oil tends
to prevent the water from evaporating
quickly, so that it is more permanent.
The oil is also a good addition in other
respects, adding greatly to the emol-
lient properties of the product. Of
course, this is not a true greaseless
cream, but it does all the work of
these, and the additional oil makes
hardly a discoverable difference in the
after-effects of the application.
Stearin Soap Creams.
Next will be considered a class of
creams made with stearin soap as a
base. These probably are the only
products that have anything resembling
a general sale. They are the most per-
manent of the stearin creams, and it is
quite possible to market them nation-
ally if due precautions are observed.
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
They are beautiful products, and their
physi<te;l characteristics make a power-
ful appeal to the prospective purchaser.
Stearin Soap Cream — No. 1.
Stearin 16 ounces.
Powdered borax 8 ounces.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Monohyd rated sodium
carbonate 765 grains.
Distilled water 6 pounds.
All these materials are to be care-
fully weighed, including the water.
Put the water, glycerin, borax and
sodium carbonate into a kettle on a
water-bath and raise the water in the
bath to the boiling point, stirring until
solution is complete. The stearin should
be granulated, then slowly added, with
constant stirring, to the hot solution.
Continue the heat and stirring until
the whole thing becomes an oily-look-
ing, smooth semi-transparent liquid.
Remove from the heat, and keep the
beater or stirrer going until the prod-
uct is cold, adding the color and per-
fume when the product has cooled to
about 140 to 150 degrees F.
If carefully selected materials are
used and due care given to their manip-
ulation, the above formula gives a
product that is just about as good as,
if not better, than any cream that has
•been placed before the trade.
Stearin Soap Cream — No. 2.
"Peroxide"
Stearin 6 ounces.
Anhydrous wool-fat.... 1 ounce.
Glycerin 6 ounces.
Solution of hydrogen
dioxide 1 ounce.
Water 32 ounces.
Monohydrated sodium
carbonate 5 drams.
Borax 2 drams.
Mix the water and glycerin, and heat
to about 195 degrees F. on a water-
bath. Add the borax and sodium car-
bonate and stir until they are dissolved.
Melt the stearin and wool-fat together,
and raise the temperature to about 195
degrees F. Then pour the borax-soda
solution slowly, in a thin stream, into
the mixture of melted fats, keeping the
stirrer going vigorously all the while.
Continue the heat and stirring until ef-
fervescence has ceased, and the saponi-
fication is complete; then let the mix-
ture cool down to about 105 to 120 de-
grees F.; add the hydrogen dioxide so-
lution, the perfume and the coloring,
and continue to beat until cold.
This is a good example of a "perox-
ide cream." Of course, the amount of
the latter ingredient could be increased
if desired, but it is best to use caution
in doing so. Hydrogen dioxide solution
does not seem to work as well in prac-
tice for such purposes as this, as a
theoretical study of the matter would
lead one to think. The acid — which it
is apt to contain — seems prone to red-
den and roughen the skin when applied
at all freely, so that it has never been
popular when used for any of the pur-
poses of a skin bleach. In the amount
here specified, it will tend to whiten
the skin, and the amount used is too
small to produce any untoward results.
Smoothing Effect of Wool-Fat.
The small proportion of wool-fat is
a very useful addition. It greatly as-
sists the blending or emulsifying of the
materials, and also tends to impart
smoothness to the product-. It is highly
probable that this addition, in about
this proportion to every formula given
in this paper, would produce good re-
sults, and would add to the value and
appearance of the cream in question.
Stearin Soap Cream — No. 3.
Stearin S ounces.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Boric acid 8 grains.
Potassium carbonate. . . .360 grains.
Distilled water 40 ounces.
The manipulation of the above in-
gredients is as in the previous formula.
Mix all the materials except the stear-
in, the perfume and the color; heat to
the boiling point of the water-bath, add
the stearin previously granulated, or
at least cut and broken into small
pieces, continue the heat and stirring
until saponification is complete (indi-
cated by the oily appearance and semi-
transparent look of the product), then
remove from heat, and stir until cold,
beating in the perfume and color in the
manner already directed.
This formula has given good results
in several hands, and was originated
by an expert in this line. The chief
difference between it and the preceding
formula is the proportion of glycerin;
the absence of borax is also unusual,
and the writer thinks it would be better
to add some. The boric acid, in the
quantity specified, can have nothing
but an imaginary effect. The use of
potassium carbonate, rather than the
sodium salt, is also a step in the wrong
direction, in the writer's opinion. The
monohydrated sodium carbonate has
been used so much, and by so many
different operators, that its superiority
for the purpose must be conceded, to
say nothing of the fact that it costs 12
to 15 cents a pound less than the potas-
sium carbonate. Yet the formula has
given good results, and the product
made by it has been sold with satisfac-
tion and profit, and that is the "acid"
test after all.
Stearin Soap Cream — No. 4.
Stearin 30 grammes.
Oil of theobroma 5 grammes.
Sodium carbonate ... 20 grammes.
Powdered borax 5 grammes.
Glycerin 25 mils.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
59
Mucilage of acacia... .100 mils.
Water 400 mils.
Mix the water, mucilage, glycerin,
borax and sodium carbonate, and heat
on a water-bath until dissolved. Melt
the stearin and the oil of theohroma
together, and pour into it very slowly,
and with constant Stirling, the borax-
soda solution. Continue the heating
and stirring until effervescence has
d and the saponification is com-
plete, then remove from heat and stir
pntil cold, adding the perfume and
color during the cooling.
This product not only contains cacao
Butter, but also mucilage. In the opin-
ion of the writer, this last is a poor ad-
dition, and the product would be much
better without it, especially if the
amount of glycerin was slightly in-
creased. The preparation somewhat re-
sembles the stearin emulsions, because
of the large amount of water and other
diluents present, but it is inferior to
them. If well made, it is a light, fluffy
product, and is rather popular in some
sections.
Stearin Soap Cream — No. 5.
'Witchhazel Foam."
Stearin (granulated).. 100 grammes.
Sodium carbonate.... 5 grammes.
Glycerin 15 grammes.
Distilled extract of
witchhazel 500 grammes.
Distilled w a t e r to
make 1000 grammes.
Mix the sodium carbonate and glyc-
erin with 500 grammes of water, and
heat on a water-bath until the salt is
dissolved. Add the stearin and con-
tinue heating and stirring until saponi-
fication is complete. Remove from heat
and wdien the mixture has cooled to
about 160 to 175 degrees F., add the ex-
tract of witchhazel slowly, with con-
stant stirring, and continue to stir
visorously until cold.
This recipe yields, when properly
handled, an excellent, light, fluffy prod-
uct that gives general satisfaction.
General Directions for Making Stearin
Creams.
Stearin should be practically show-
white, since dark color is a sure sign
of inferior quality. It should be free
from dust, dirt and any other foreign
matters, and lastly, it should conform
to the tests of the United States Phar-
macopoeia as to saponification values
and melting point. The other mate-
rials should also answer to pharmaco-
poeial requirements, and the sodium
salt, the borax and similar ingredients
should be preserved in air-tight con-
tainers.
The best vessels are aluminum; a
second choice would be granite, agate
or enameled ware. Well-tinned vessels
may be used. The beating and stir-
ring is best done with a wooden pad-
dle, made of some odorless hardwood,
such as ash or hickory, or from white
pine. Yellow pine and other woods of
a resinous or odorous nature would
contaminate the product, and the touch
of iron would ruin it.
Be sure to make allowance for ef-
fervescence and swelling of volume.
The kettle should be not more than
half filled by the materials for batch,
and even less than that would be bet-
ter. When the granulated stearin is
added to the borax-soda solution it first
thickens up into a somewhat gelatin-
ous-looking mass. Further beating and
stirring begins to make this fluff up,
due to the air bubbles rising and
breaking at the surface. The volume
also increases greatly at this stage.
Then, as the process continues, the
mass melts and dissolves, and comes
down rather suddenly to the oily-
looking, semi-transparent liquid,
and effervescence practically ceases.
This marks the end of the reaction,
and shows that the saponification is
practically complete, but it is best to
continue heating and stirring a few
minutes longer.
No water but distilled should be used,
although good, clean, rain water that
has been boiled, cooled and filtered is
almost as gbod, and may be used if
the other is not at hand. The consist-
ency of the finished cream is very
largely controlled and governed by the
amount of water left in it. Most for-
mulas call for what seems to be exces-
sive amounts of water, but much of
this is evaporated during the heating
process. This may or may not be re-
placed, depending on the desired con-
sistency of the finished cream. The
important point is this: add only boil-
ing hot water to the cream during the
process, and keep the stirrer going all
the time. Cold. wrater at any stage of
the process will spoil the product. Have
a kettle full, hot at all times, for use.
The process should be continuous.
Have everything ready before you be-
gin, and wrhen the materials have been
placed in the bath, stop for nothing
until the job is done. Keep the heat
and the paddle going constantly until
the saponification is complete, then re-
move the kettle from the bath, and
keep the paddle going again until the
product is cold, or at least set. More
failures have been due to neglect of
these points than all other causes com-
bined. The appearance of the product
would indicate that it could safely be
packaged up as soon as it had cooled
down enough to handle, but this is a
great mistake. Separation is prone to
occur, and the beating should be con-
tinuous until it is too stiff to allow
separation.
Putting Fluffiness Into Creams.
All know what fluffiness means, but
60
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
not all know how to attain it in their
products, and yet it is one of the most
important points of the whole process.
The light, soft, fluffy product is inva-
riably preferred. This fluffiness is
caused by beating bubbles of air into
the product, and the beating, as al-
ready prescribed, will give a certain
amount of it, but hardly enough to
bring desired results. Let the cream
stand over night after it is finished in
the manner directed under the formu-
las. Next morning get an ice cream
freezer that will not be more than half
filled by the batch, or at least do not
try to handle more than half a canful
at a time. Examine this freezer care-
fully to see that the tin coating of
the can and the paddles is perfect.
If not, take it to a tinsmith and have
the bare spots covered with pure tin
if possible, or with the best solder.
This is to preserve the cream from
contact with iron, which spoils it. Even
tin is not to be recommended for a
container in which to make the cream,
but it is already made, and the reac-
tions which might possibly attack the
metal are all over, so that there is no
danger in the use of tin in the present
process. Pill the can about half full
of the cream and put it into the tub,
but do not fit in the paddles as yet.
Now fill the tub with boiling water up
well to the top of the can. Stir the
cream gently with the paddle until it
is seen to be just about melted, then
fit in the paddles and gearing and be-
gin to turn. This process is very simi-
lar to the first step of making ice
cream ; the materials are first put in,
and the paddles turned vigorously to
"beat up ' the materials to about dou-
ble their original volume, and the
same thing happens in this case. The
rapid turning of the paddles beats air
into the melted cream, and this fluffs
it up and increases its bulk. The longer
it is continued, the greater will be the
effect, so that it is comparatively easy
to start with the can half full and fin-
ish with it touching the lid, and it
must be said here that this will give
the lightest, fluffiest, softest, smooth-
est and best cream it is possible to
make. No other process can compare
with it, for the reason that no other
appliance has the power of incorpo-
rating air so well or in such quantities.
In doing this it is well to examine
the product from time to time and see
what it is doing. The tub should have
a plug at the bottom so that the water
can be run off as desired. It is also a
good plan to have a supply of cold
water at hand for use if needed. The
hot water melts the cream and the beat-
ing puts in the air and gives the other
physical characteristics sought; as soon
as these are attained it saves time and
work to run off the hot water and fill
the tub with cold. The crank must
be kept going until the cream is per-
fectly cold. The directions given undfT
the formulas will impart more or less
fluff to the product, and, of course,
the more it is fluffed in the making,
the less can be imparted to it in this
secondary process. The matter is not
quite as simple as it reads because the
temperature of the air and of the
water, the conditions of the cream, the
speed of turning, the time and dozens
of other conditions, all have their ef-
fect on the product, but a little experi-
ence and a few trials will teach any
intelligent operator how to secure good
results.
Perfumes and Toilet Creams.
The perfume is the very soul of a
cream, and nothing goes further toward
selling such a product than an at-
tractive odor.
Alkalies of all sorts are almost cer-
tain to destroy the odor of natural
oils, and the result is that if they are
employed the alkali soon decomposes
the oils, producing a marked change
in odor. A small amount of the nat-
ural oil judiciously employed in ad-
mixture with synthetic perfumes will
serve well if the selection is made with
discrimination.
Manufacturers of synthetic odors
frequently furnish blends put together
for use in toilet creams. These are
usually good, but their cost is high,
and the dealer can just as well buy the
raw materials and mix his own per-
fume bases.
It is a great advantage to have an
entire line of toilet goods bearing the
same odor. This not only has an ad-
vertising value, but also reduces the
amount necessary to invest in stock.
Perfume for Cream — No. 1.
Heliotropin 80 grains.
Oil of rose SO minims.
Oil of ylang-ylang 320 minims.
Alcohol enough.
Mix the oils, powder the heliotropin
and then add it to the oil mixture and
warm very gently on a water-bath with
constant shaking or stirring until it
is dissolved. If this does not occur
quickly, add 3 or 4 ounces of alcohol,
continuing to heat and to stir until '
solution is effected.
The above amount should perfume
about 10 pounds of cream. It is a good
idea to use enough alcohol to bring the
volume to a definite amount so that
any desired proportion can be quickly
measured. Thus, if the finished volume
be 5 ounces, then Vz fluidounce will be
sufficient for 1 pound of cream. It is
best, however, not to skimp in the
amount of perfume used, since few
persons object to an excess of a pleas-
ant odor in a product, while all com-
plain when too little is used.
The compound prepared by the re-
cipe just given, as well as all others
in similar nature, should be prepared
TOILKT PREPARATIONS
61
in reasonable quantities, and kept
ready tor use. They improve "with age.
rve them in glass -stoppered am-
ber bottles. The ripening will be quick-
ened by storing the perfume in a warm
Heliotropin, a synthetic chemical of
powerful odor, is of variable quality.
Good results can be obtained only with
good materials, and with these per-
ium.es the best is indeed the cheapest.
The oils mentioned in the recipe should
be synthetic products, obtainable from
all dealers in perfumers' supplies. They
are not only much cheaper than the
natural oils, but are more uniform, are
Stronger, and for toilet creams are
more permanent.
Perfume for Cream — No. 2.
Oil of bitter almonds. . . 24 minims.
Oil of rose 180 minims.
pineol 540 minims.
Alcohol, to make 10 ounces.
.Mix and dissolve.
This recipe yields a perfume of pow-
erful odor, and one that is more large-
ly used in stearin creams than all
others combined. Terpineol is called
synthetic oil of lilac. The above amount
has been found adequate for 40 pounds
of cream, so that 2 fluid drams of it
would serve for 1 pound.
Perfume for Cream — No. 3.
Heliotropin 5 drams.
Oil of cloves 3 drops.
Coumarin 1 dram.
Oil of jasmine 1 ounce.
Alcohol, to make 8 ounces.
Mix and dissolve.
This recipe yields a powerful concen-
trated heilotrope otto. One ounce,
mixed with 15 ounces of alcohol, makes
a good "quadruple extract," while 1
ounce will scent 20 pounds of cream.
The "quadruple extract" produced
should retail at 35 to 50 cents an ounce.
It can be made into a toilet water, by
mixing 3 ounces of the "quadruple ex-
tract" with about 10 ounces of alcohol,
and then adding enough water to make
a pint. Color to suit.
Perfume for Cream — No. 4.
Oil of rose (genuine) ... .20 minims.
Oil of patchouly 4 minims.
Oil of violet 15 minims.
Oil of rose 15 minims.
Oil of jasmine 15 minims.
Artificial musk 2 grains.
Alcohol to make 1 ounce.
Mix and dissolve.
This recipe gives a concentrated otto
of the white rose type, and the amount
given above should be ample for 20
pounds of cream. When the otto is
diluted with alcohol to 1 pint it yields
a "quadruple extract" worth at retail
at least 50 cents an ounce.
Perfume for Cream — No. 5.
Heliotropin 20 grammes.
Oil of neroli 40 grammes.
Oil of rose geranium.. 60 grammes.
Oil of violet 250 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 250 grammes.
Mix and dissolve.
This recipe furnishes a cheap, rather
strong, violet odor, and is really in-
tended for soaps, but since stearin
creams contain .more or less free al-
kali, and since the perfume blend just
given is devised to resist the action of
alkali and stand up well, it is well
adapted as a cream perfume. The
quantity given in the recipe is enough
for 200 pounds of either soap or cream,
and if low-priced synthetic violet cost-
ing $3 a pound is used, the cost will be
moderate. In the recipe ionone itself
may be used. This chemical is popu-
larly supposed to be the synthetic vio-
let odor, but this is hardly true, since
it alone does not give the true violet
odor. With stearin creams, where a
very fine effect is not expected, ionone
will do, and a grade of it costing about
$6 a pound will, along with the other
materials directed in the formula, give
a pleasing odor. The best way to get
an odor, especially if it is a new one,
or a special, or anything unusual, is to
write the makers of perfumers' goods
and ask for information. But you must
watch out for the prices, as they vary
widely with different makers for goods
of the same name.
Perfume for Cream — No. 6.
Artificial musk *. . 1 gramme.
Oil of rose 1 gramme.
Oil of jasmine 1 gramme.
Oil of rose geranium.. 1 gramme.
Oil of cloves 1 gramme.
Oil of syringa 10 grammes.
Terpineol 15 grammes.
Alcohol, to make 40 grammes.
Mix and dissolve.
This recipe produces a strong, lasting-
musk odor that will please a majority
of people. The musk and the lilac
(terpineol) dominate the mixture,
which is not at all costly. The amount
directed above is ample to perfume 2
pounds of cream.
Rose Perfume for Cream.
Oil of kanaga root. ... 5 grammes.
Oil of jasmine 5 grammes.
Oil of petit grain 25 grammes
Tincture of Siam ben-
zoin 50 grammes.
Oil of rose 55 grammes.
Tincture of ambrettol.100 grammes
Oil of rose geranium
i African) 150 gramm.es.
Mix and dissolve.
The geranium largely predominates
in this formula- — almost too much for
some tastes, but the exact odor can be
regulated to suit by decreasing the
geranium, and correspondingly increas-
ing the rose. Using the best materials
in the list of the manufacturer who de-
r:i
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
vised this formula, the cost is about 35
cents an ounce, or $7.15 for the quan-
tity given above. This price is based
on the use of artificial rose, costing
$2.50 an ounce, a price which can be
greatly reduced. While the writer has
not tried it. he believes that both the
rose and geranium in the formula can
be replaced by equivalent amounts of
one of the cheaper artrficial oils. The
manufacturer noted above quoted to
the writer a price of $1.50 per ounce for
the compound in single ounce lots.
Violet Perfume for Cream.
Bouvardione (12 per
cent, solution) 1 dram.
Oil of rose geranium 4 drams.
Benzyl acetate 1 ounce.
Oil of orris, concrete 1 ounce.
Aubepine — S 4 ounces.
Alcohol, to make 16 ounces.
Mix and dissolve, heating gently on a
water- bath if necessary.
The above formula makes a violet of
the orris type. Oil of orris is the base;
aubepine possesses the odor of haw-
thorn; bouvardione for borvordial) is
of very great value in "pointing" and
••toning" up all sorts of mixtures. It
combines the odors of honeysuckle,
rose and violet. The benzyl acetate
gives pungency to the product, and
the geranium rounds it off. This com-
pound is well adapted to the purpose
for which it was devised, but is not
suited for sale as a finished perfume,
since the violet does not stand out
quite prominently enough. It costs $5.60
to put it up as it is written above, or
35 cents per ounce, and the originator
of the formula claims that 1 ounce is
sufficient for 20 pounds of cream. The
writer prefers to use more than that,
but even when double the amount is
used, it is still the most inexpensive
perfume within his knowledge, when
quality is considered. Its cost would be
slightly reduced by using synthetic
liquid concrete oil of orris in place of
the natural product as specified.
Lilac Perfume for Cream.
Otto of rose 2 drams.
Otto of jasmine 4 drams.
Artificial musk (100 per
cent.) 2 drams.
Oil of ylang-ylang 1 dram.
Synthetic muguet-blanc. .8 ounces.
Benzol benzoate 6 ounces.
Warm the benzol benzoate on a
water bath, add the musk and stir until
dissolved. Add the other materials and
mix well.
The perfume prepared as written
above will cost about $7.50. or 47 cents
an ounce, and an ounce will serve for
20 pounds of cream. This cost could
be reduced to a figure not above that
of the violet perfume just described by
using synthetic oils instead of the nat-
ural rose, jasmine and ylang-ylang.
These only serve to "point"' and "fin
ish" the odor, as the muguet is the base
of it. It is the wvite's experience
that in all such combinations the best
results and lowest costs are obtained
by using the best quality for the base
of the odor (muguet in this case), and
then letting the cheap grades be era-
ployed for "pointing" and modifying
the blend. To substitute artificial or"
synthetic oils for the naturals here will
not appreciably affect the quality, and
will materially reduce the cost.
How to Make Toilet Creams.
This is an abstract of a paper by Dr.
Justin S. Brewer, printed in The Drug-
gists Circular: —
Druggists should point out to customers thai
before applying cream, powder, paint or oint-
ment, or anything else, the skin should be
thoroughly cleansed with soft, warm water and
neutral soap. That brings us to the subject of
what kind of soaps to recommend and how to
use them. There are on the market many
worthless soaps full of free alkali which
roughen the skin and bring about a deplorable
condition. Of course, we can go back to the
old castile soap, which is as neutral and pure
as any soap can be. but the public wants some-
thing" that is perfumed and that will lather
freely.
Any one who has a dry. harsh skin, would
require a greasy skin cream to remedy ;hat
disorder. A person who has an oily, greassj
skin, should employ some of the almond
creams, or perhaps the non-greasy creams]
although if you get right down to actual fa< -
these non-greasy creams are not good for the
skin.
These non-greasy creams and disappearing- .
creams contain stearic acid as a base.
Many brands of stearic acid are worthl ss
for this purpose, because they contain a
large percentage of oleic acid. The manu-
facturers producing the best grades of
greaseless creams are those who are using
imported triple-pressed stearic acid, abso-
lutely white and pure.
Now. if you want to make a cream of this
kind, get an imported stearic acid because
I do not know of an acid made in this
country that will give you satisfaction.
Starting with this, it is a very simple mat-
ter to make, a greaseless cream provided you
have the proper proportions. They are in x-
pensive to make, for they will take up a
large percentage of water and are harmless If
you are putting out a line of your own, make
sure that you are producing something that
is harmless, even if it is not beneficial.
There are many of these things on the market
today which are money makers for the pro-
ducer, but worthless. Potassium carbonate is
probably employed more generally as a saponi-
fying agent than anything else. The mattes
of its proportion is the great problem. You
should be very careful not to have an excess.
This matter of proportion can be regulated
somewhat by using litmus paper. The cr-am
can be made much more quickly with stronger
ammonia than with the potassium or sodium
carbonate — the reaction is almost immediate.
With very little trouble you can make sam-
ples of cream, perhaps five to six ounces, in
less than fifteen minutes, but while ammonia
makes a beautiful smooth cream, it is not the
best saponifying agent for this purpose.
Sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide
are also sometimes used. These creams will
take up as much as GO per cent, of water, but
if you put in too much water the cream s m-
ply swells up and is full of air bubbles, which
will come out after it is packed in jars an<J
the cream will dry up. If they are not her-
metically sealed they all will in time dry up.
It is a very hard matter to seal jara — stock'
TOILET PREPARATIONS
63
Jars — for they have Inns.- fitting covers. Many
manufacturers have adopted the method of
sealing their jars with paraffin wax, which is
a very good thing — others have patent clamp
covers and other means which are fairly sat-
isfactory. It is a rather difficult matter to
preserve these creams, because they will in
lime become rancid, without some kind of
preservative. Rorax is not idenl because you
have to employ it in comparatively large
quantities. Sodium benzoate works better
than anything else. If you want to make a
really good cream, put in, besides stearic
acid and the saponifying agent, at least 5
per cent, of glycerin. If no glycerin be added
the creams are practically worthless — you
would have just a hard, dry granular sub-
stance as soon as the water dries out of it,
which clogs the pores. Glycerin has a peculiar
faculty of sitting right into the pores of the
skin, so put in all you can afford and you
will have something that you can recommend.
Now. last but not least, is the perfuming
of the cream. The best materials are the
lilac bases, which are the cheapest that can
be used for this purpose, or the rose base,
and perhaps the oil of violet, although the
latter oil is expensive and very apt to go to
pieces and not retain its original ordor for
any length of time. If you want a cream
which is cheap I would recommend lilacene
as a perfume. It is used largely by soap
makers, with the addition of a little helio-
trope, or perhaps with a little artificial oil
of rose and a trace of hyacinth, which latter
is an artificial compound of great strength and
which seems to push the other odor out and
intensify it. This makes a very agreeable
combination and is reasonable in price.
Use and Price.
Women make it a practice to use a non-
greasy cream in the daytime, because they
want something that will readily disappear
and which can be put on and permit the
user to go right out doors and about her
duties without any interference. If a cus-
tomer has an oily skin do not recommend
a greasy cream. This covers the non-greasy
creams pretty well except as to the size of
the package. The best sizes range from 1
ounce to 4 ounces, which sell all the way
fi. phi 25 cents to $1. A little quality talk
often will get you a better price for a jar of
cream than anything else, especially if the
customer has confidence in you; and confi-
dence is the thing to put behind this article.
, Do not be afraid to charge a good price for it.
Greasy Cold Creams.
Greasy cold creams are the most valuable
agents that can be applied to the skin. Espe-
cially are they beneficial for the face and
hands, which are more frequently bathed than
any other parts of the body. Soap takes the
natural oils from the skin, and the skin be-
comes chapped, rough and hard. The most
beneficial type of these greasy cold creams is
the rose water ointment. Almond oil and pure
beeswax are the right combination to give the
softening effect. This combination seems to
be more readily absorbed by the skin than
anything else. Ask any one who knows and
he or she will tell you that it is the best of
any. But it doesn't keep. That has opened
up the way to a very important industry in
greasy cold cream. Good greasy creams will
keep anywhere from six months to two years,
according to the combination and skill used
in their manufacture. A good cream of this
type should be composed of best white min-
eral oil, pure beeswax (ceresin wax intensifies
the whiteness, but is not recommended), borax
and distilled water, or rose water. This will
give an ideal cream and one which will
stand anywhere from six months to a year, or
two years, depending upon the exactness of
the proportions and the method of sealing the
jar, and upon other less important elements
which enter into the question. These creams
are beneficial to the skin, although they are
not as good as rose water ointment. They are
practically neutral. They contain nothing
:njurious. You will be asked whether this
class of creams is Injurious. They are not.
These creams are not going to intensify the
growth of hair. As a perfume for this, use
synthetic oil of rose, or true or artificial rose
geranium, with a little pinch of something else
to sweeten it.
There is one very important thing to avoid
in perfuming these creams, and that is dis-
coloration. You must be very careful to test
your combination before you put it on the
market, because sometimes after exposure to
light or air a discoloration which is very
marked sets in. A cream to be attractive
should be pure white.
The matter of price is something depend-
ent upon the quality, but manufacturers have
created a standard for prices: 2-ounee jars
should not sell for more than 25 cents, and
4-ounce jars not more than 50 cents. Theatri-
cal cream is usually put up in M and 1-pound
cans. Theatrical cold cream contains a little
more water and oil, to make it soft, because it
was formerly used to remove make-up.
Rolling Massage Creams.
Rolling massage cream is the most trouble-
some and unsatisfactory cream that any one
can attempt to make. In the market to-
day are two types of this kind of casein
massage cream made from milk or dry
casein extracted from sweet skimmed milk.
The butter fat in pure sweet milk is just
sufficient to keep this cream from hardening
and drying up. A cream made from casein
from skimmed milk dries up much more
quickly. To the milk add borax, which,
of course, is a solvent for casein, and warm
to about 50 degrees, then pour in a solution
of alum. Other precipitants are used, such
as acetic acid, but alum seems to work the
best. The whole should be stirred occasion-
ally for ten to fifteen minutes, and the
casein allowed to settle and the liquid
drained from the top, then the whole mass
is thrown on fine silkoline or cheese cloth
and allowed to drain, and then for every gal-
lon of milk used, employ about 5 gallons of
pure water for washing, because you must
take out the excess of alum used to pre-
cipitate the casein. After you are sure that
all traces of alum have been removed,
thrown the casein into a press and squeeze out
all the moisture you can get out. Each gal-
lon of milk should yield 2 pounds of roll-
ing massage cream. After the excess mois-
ture is out, the residue should lie placed into
some kind of mixing machine. There is a
machine on the market used for paints that
works about as well as anything. This may
be run either by hand or electric power. Add
a certain percentage of boric acid. Some
have tried to make this cream using borax,
hut they got nothing but a rubber-like mass.
Boric acid keeps the cream in the proper
condition and will preserve it indefinitely.
Some manufacturers also add a small quan-
tity of sodium bicarbonate first and then
afterwards boric acid and a little sodium
benzoate. The combination of sodium ben-
zoate and boric acid works better than boric
acid alone. These creams are not good for
the skin. They have an excess of boric acid.
Advise your customers not to use them often.
Another type of cream is a rolling massage
cream made with starch. Of the two creams
the starch one is less -injurious. It is also
easier and cheaper to make. This cream, to
give it the proper consistency, contains a little
soft soap which is made with a pomade base.
Usually these starch creams are made by man-
ufacturers of perfumery who use the pomades
from wheih they have extracted the flower
odor. Seventy per cent, of that pomade is
mixed with the cooked starch. Of course, a
preservative like sodium benzoate is added to
enhance the keeping qualities, and then a very
strong perfume is necessary because starch
has the tendency to become sour. The method
of application involves a rubbing into the skin
until the cream rolls out and brings the dirt
with it. That is the story told on the label.
The cream is supposed to remove impurities
from the pores of the skin ami cleanse the
skin, but you can wash your hands ten times
and roll on this cream and it will become just
04
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
as black with clean hands as with dirty hands,
because the casein or starch has the tendency
to darken upon being pressed or rolled.
Almond Creams.
Old-time almond cream was made from
blanched almonds— this was not satisfactory,
it could not be made so it woultl not separate.
Manufacturers who wanted a good product got
down to a point where they employed only
beeswax, a little spermaceti and soap. If you
heat beeswax and spermaceti with soap and
water the wax will turn white, just as it does
with cold cream, and that is exactly what
happens in these liquid creams; the wax is
partially saponified and emulsified. Different
kinds of mucilage are employed to perfect this
emulsion, and to yield a cream that will not
separate. Quince seed gives best results, and
mos1 manufacturers are using this kind of a
mucilage. This cream to be perfect in appear-
ance and without separation must contain a
large percentage of soap, and if one is particu-
lar one should not leave the cream on over
night, because the soapy material on the sur-
face of the skin does not do any good. The
glycerin or mucilage has a softening effect on
the skin, and this article has certain benefits
for relieving chapped or irritated skin. It is
used after bathing and is not without value
because it has about 5 per cent, of alcohol and
has some antiseptic value.
There are other creams on the markets — all
kinds of creams; but they all get right back
to this base of wax, spermaceti and water.
Beauty specialists recommend at night a pair
of cotton gloves and the smearing of the
hands with cold cream. Rub it in and put the
cotton gloves on. If you follow these direc-
tions, when you get up in the morning your
skin will be just as soft as when in a normal
condition.
I suv a very peculiar formula for a cream.
It consisted of turpentine, camphor, castile
soap and water. I made up some and I got
a soapy gelatinous mass, with a considerable
percentage of turpentine, readily recognized by
smelling. That cream is healing and antisep-
tic, and will relieve a roughened or irritated
skin. In England and Canada it is used
largely for the removal of body lice— one or two
applications will do the work.
Two of Dr. Brewer's formulas follow:
Casein or Rolling Cream.
Sweet milk (skimmed
or normal) 15 gallons.
Solution of formalde-
hyde 1 oz. 7 drs.
Boiling water 4 gallons.
Borax 1 lb. 14 ozs.
Alum 3 lbs. 12 ozs.
Boric acid 7 pounds.
Cacao butter 1 lb. 10 ozs.
Hydrous wool-fat . . 1 lb. 10 ozs.
Solution of carmine. 2 ozs. 2 drs.
Oil of rose geranium . 135 minims.
Oil of bitter almond. 45 minims.
Water ("for washing) 15 gallons.
Add the solution of formaldehyde to
the milk; mix well; add the solution of
carmine; stir; and heat to 122° F. Dis-
solve the borax in 2 gallons of boiling
water; add this to the milk mixture;
stir quickly; heat to 122° F.; and
strain through muslin. Dissolve the
alum in the rest of the boiling water;
add slowly to the other liquid, stir-
ring constantly. Allow the curd to
settle; drain off the liquid; wash the
curd with the water; squeeze off the
moisture until the curd weighs 25
pounds. Melt the cacao butter and
mix it with the wool -tat; add to this
the boric acid and mix thoroughly. In-
corporate the fatty mass with the
curd; add the perfume; mix thor-
oughly; and fill into jars with air-
tight covers.
Vanishing Cream.
Stearic acid (white.
triple-pressed) .... 4 lbs. 12 ozs.
Glycerin S lbs. 8 ozs.
Distilled water 14 pints.
S t r o nger ammonia
water 4 ozs. 6 drs.
Cologne spirit 1 pint.
Oil of hyacinth 6 drops.
Oil of jasmine (ar-
tificial) 4 drams.
Artificial musk (crys-
tal) 20 grains.
Terpineol 2 ounces.
Melt the stearic acid on a water-bath
at 160° to 175° F. Heat 2 pounds of
glycerin with 12 pints of water to the
same temperature; add the ammonia
water; and pour slowly into the melted
stearic acid, with constant stirring.
Mix the rest of the glycerin and water
and heat to 175° F. ; pour this into the
first mixture, with constant stirring ;
maintain the temperature and the
stirring for about fifteen minutes. Re-
move from the heat and beat until cold.
Mix the perfuming materials with the
spirit and add this slowly, while beat-
ing, to the cream.
Manufacturing by the Retail Druggist
Below are a few points made by F.
W. Nitardy in a paper read before the
Nebraska Pharmaceutical Associa-
tion:—
"We usually have our own id>-as as to what
this or that preparation should be, and differ-
ent classes of products are demanded in differ-
ent localities. For that reason a little experi-
mental work is usually necessary to perfect the
preparations. Before such work is attempted,
however, all reference books at your command
should be consulted, and every formula for pre-
parations of the nature or class you are tryinu
to produce should be studied. The various
hints and formulas that you will find will be
of great help to you and offer many sugges-
tions which with your practical knowledtv- cm'
pharmacy will make the work of producing a
satisfactory preparation comparatively easy.
Whenever possible try to Vie original in your
preparations. That is. your product should not
suggest itself as an imitation of something al-
ready known. It should at least be an im-
provement over what is on the market. In-
dividuality is always an 'asset.
As in the manufacture of your pharma-
ceutical products, it is quite essential to use
the best of materials in the production of
toilet articles. It is time enough to consider
the cost when you have your formula estab-
lished; you can then adjust your package
and retaU price so as to give you the proper
margin.
With toilet preparations especially, the
package is a very important factor, and
considerable care, thought and judgment
should be used in designing it. Here, too,
it is desirable to give your package indi-
vidual ty.
Anyone doing or expecting to do a pre-
scription business and desiring to keep on
enoil terms with the medical profession
should nut attempt to market cure-alls for
TOILET PREPARATIONS
65
every imaginable ailment. No sensible
physician will objeel to household remedies
such as are called for by the public for
111 nor ailments for which physicians would
not be consulted anyway. But I believe
that it is not within the province of the
pharmacist to market dyspepsia or rheu-
matic cures or any preparation for the
treatment of diseases or conditions properly
requir.ng the attention of a physician, nor
to imitate the frequently fraudulent propri-
etaries on the market.
A certain amount of advertising will be
necessary to place your products before the
public. Of printed advertising, I believe
circulars or small pamphlets are the most
effective. If these are gotten up in original
style, are truthful and well d stributed, you
may be quite certain of results. Window
and counter displays are of great value. A
great deal, in fact, can be said on the mer-
chandising end of these lines, hut that is
not within the scope of this paper.
Almond Bleaching Cream
Glycerin 1,500 parts.
Expressed oil of almond 1,250 parts.
Wool-fat 2.500 parts.
Borax 100 parts.
Solution of hydrogen
dioxide < 30' , ) 65 parts.
Rose water 1,180 parts.
Rose extract 10 parts.
Geraniol 15 parts.
Terpineol 35 parts.
F. T. Gordon, in a note to The Drug-
gists Circular, says: —
Personally. 1 don't believe that a really ef-
fective or stable peroxide cream can be
made I have made lots of experiments and
failed. Ky its very nature, hydrogen per-
ox de is too unstable to retain much activity
when mixed with a cream, and other oxy-
gen-liberating salts are generally too stable
or possess undesirable qualities. I have test-
ed so-called peroxide creams and always
found most of the peroxide on the labels.
Other "peroxide" formulas follow: —
Hydrogen dioxide solu-
tion 4 ounces.
Glycerin ?jV2 ounces.
Powdered borax 2 drams.
Expressed oil of al-
mond 2% ounces.
Hydrous wool-fat S ounces.
Triturate the hydrous wool-fat and
the almond oil until well mixed. Incor-
porate with this the borax dissolved in
the glycerin and the hydrogen dioxide
solution. Any perfume desired may be
added, say 40 minims of oil of rose
geranium to the pound.
take out of the water-bath and when
cool add water, 2 pints, hydrogen diox-
ide solution, 4 ounces, alcohol, 1 ounce,
and perfume, stirring thoroughly until
well mixed.
Quince Seed Peroxide Cream
First make a mucilage of quince seed,
xk ounce, and boiling water, 12 ounces.
Strain this when cold. Then heat the
strained fluid on a water-bath and melt
in it stearic acid, 16 ounces. In a sep-
arate container dissolve borax. 90
grains, and sodium carbonate. 4 drams,
in water. 20 ounces. Then add this so-
lution to the mucilage and stearic acid
mixture very slowly, and with constant
stirring. When the reaction is complete
Some Toilet Cream Don'ts
Don't attempt to make a cream to
compete with known brands unless it is
made of equally high-grade material.
Don't be led into the delusion that
twenty lines of printed directions are
all that lie between rolling pills and
making massage creams.
Don't believe it possible to mill a
fine-grained cream in a cracked mortar
with a pestle that does not fit.
Or, in other words, get the full bene-
fit of the fact that the know-how is to
he formula in making toilet creams as
fortv is to one.
Glycerin Balm for the Skin
Powdered starch % ounce.
Water 1 ounce.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Bay rum 2 drams.
Oil of bergamot S drops.
Oil of rose geranium.... 2 drops.
Extract of jockey club. . . 2 drams.
The starch, water and glycerin must
be mixed over a gentle heat, with con-
stant stirring, and the other ingredients
added. A touch of color may be given
to the cosmetic by the addition of a
little carmine.
Pushing a Line of Home-made
Toilet Preparations.
Every pharmacist ought to run a se-
ries of his own toilet preparations, says
the Chemist and Druggist. It is on the
individual note that the pharmacist
scores. The frequently recurring ques-
tion, "Is this your own make. Mr. ?"
shows the value the public attaches
to the pharmacist's personality. It is
his strong point; it should mark all his
dealings; it should be suggested by
everything in his pharmacy, and by
everything that goes out of it. No-
where is there greater scope for it than
in the field of the toilet specialty. Yet
how infrequently does one find this
utilized.
A toilet series may consist of perhaps
four lines, or it may run to a dozen.
A good title is essential. Sometimes
the name of the pharmacy may be used
with advantage. When one can be
sure that one is the first in the field,
the name of the town or district often
does more for the sales than reams of
advertisement copy. The pharmacist's
own name is in many cases the most
useful title to adopt. The fancy name,
though, when carefully chosen often
very distinctive and attractive. n< i ds
66
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
warily seeking for. "Madame A 's
" and "Professor B 's" are
played out, and a truly original name
is difficult to meet with. I suggest, for
convenience, that we make "Le Beau'.'
our man, and that we choose as many
perparations as will be most suitable
to our own business from the follow-
ing: Liquid dentrifice, dental cream.
modern dental powder, skin cream,
cold cream, benzoin cream, shampoo
powder, liquid shampoo, hair wash, toi-
let paraffin and brilliantine.
To deal with the dentrifice first. A
liquid dentrifice offers a scope for
much discrimination in the flavoring
and can be easily put up in a neat and
classy style. Moreover, it shows good
profit. Here is my formula:
Liquid Dentifrice.
Salol 5as-
Spt. vini rect gxxviij.
Ol. menth. pip oiss.
Methyl, salicyl mx.
Ol. caryoph mxx.
Ol. cassia? mxxv.
Saccharin (soluble) jss.
Aqua; dest 5x1 j.
A salol prepartion needs careful ad-
justment. The proportion of saccharin
is a delicate item: this dentifrice should
not suffer from over-sweetness. A sweet
dentifrice is sickly; 15 grammes to the
pint of 60 per cent, spirit makes a
preparation sweet enough for the gen-
eral taste. It should be colored with
magenta solution. Le Beau's dentifrice
becomes its own advertiser; a delicate
red tint and a neat little label — the
plainer the neater — on a heavy paneled
bottle. At present prices this will cost
about 7 shillings ($1.75) per quart.
Using 2 14 -ounce bottles at 12 shillings
($3) a gross, and 5-ounce at 15 shillings
($3.75), and selling at 1 shilling (25
cents) and 1 shilling 9 pence. (43 cents),
the profit works. out at 92 per cent, and
95 per cent., respectively, on the outlay.
Dental Cream.
Mellis 5xxviij.
Aquae §xl.
Liq. cocci cact 5iv.
Melt the honey, mixed with the water
and the liq. cocci, at a gentle heat, then
strain through a fine sieve. Raise the
mixture nearly to the boiling point, and
add the following ingredients, previous-
ly intimately mixed: —
Pulv. benzoin ,r(j.
Pulv. rad. iridis §iv.
Calc. carb. prsecip lb. j.
This should be heated on a water
bath for one hour. When cooling, but
before it has become too stiff, add: —
Menthol gr. xx.
Ol. gaultheria? ,^ij.
Dental cream requires care in the fill-
ing of the tubes. A leaky tube is the
worst of advertisements and a danger
to all stock in its immediate vicinity.
With care it can be made a good thing.
Here again the secret of success lies in
the flavor. The above is good. The
following is my
Modern Dental Powder.
Thymol gr.x.
Spt. vini rect q.s.
Cretan prsecip lb. j.
Pulv. os. sepia? 5iss-
Pulv. sapo dur 5J-
Mag. carb. pond 5uj.
Magnes peroxid 5vj.
Ol. rosse geran ,~>ss.
To insure thorough admixture the
thymol should be rubbed down with a
few drops of spirit and a little chalk,
and then well incorporated with the
rest of the powders. If the peroxide is
rubbed up with the os sepias its com-
plete diffusion through the whole will
be facilitated. Every care must be
taken to keep the ingredients perfectly
dry: a very slight trace of moisture
will cause loss of strength in the active
principle.
The tall, American-pattern, nickeled -
metal boxes, which are indispensable
where the bulk of the powder has to
be kept perfectly dry till it is taken for
use, can be obtained at about 3 shillings
9 pence (93 cents) per dozen; they hold
about 3 ounces. I find that, using 1
pound of chalk, the cost works at 1
shilling 6 pence (37 cents) per lot, mak-
ing seven boxes. Selling these at 1
shilling (25 cents) gives a profit of 100
per cent, on the outlay.
A Good Skin Cream
and especially a rub-in-smooth cream,
is a sure seller and a handsome profit
carrier. There are several preparations
on the market at present which are of-
fered as a base for this class of cream.
Such as I have tried are very good and
make useful creams. The original
stearin formulas are excellent, but need
much care in prepartion. My formula
is: —
Dissolve 180 grains of sodii carb. in
10 ounces of water and add, melted, 2
ounces stearin. Boil the mixture for
ten minutes and add liq. hamamelidis.
10 ounces. Raise this to boiling, stir-
ring constantly, and when well frothed
pour into a large jar and whip well
with an egg-whisk till cold.
The whole success of the preparation
lies in whipping plenty of air into the
liquid at first. It is better to leave the
cream at least twelve hours before
adding perfume, as there is often a
slight settling down of the mass. Half
a dram of ess. roso? gives a distinctive
odor. If a good perfume is employed
the scent is better than can be obtained
by the use of the pure otto. It is a
good plan to prepare this cream in
several varieties; a lavender scent is
something new. which I have found ap-
peals to some ladies; an eau-de-
TOILET PREPARATIONS
67
cologne cream is also a satisfactory
article. What I have found almost
more successful than any other scent
is a delicate blend of coumarin and
heliotropin. This skin cream can be
put up either in white celluloid covered
pots, or more effectively in fancy glass
jars. A special name seems to help
the sale of this line considerably. I
suggest that for this series we dub it
Le Beau's dermic snow. That has
settled it as a sure seller! The addi-
tion of 3 drams of liquid paraffin, the
reduction of the hamamelis to 2
ounces, and the substitution of a
couple of drams of tinct. benz. simp,
give a splendid benzoin cream. With
this quantity of tinct. benz. other per-
fume is unnecessary.
Shampoo -Powder.
Formulas are much alike. The quan-
tity of alkali should not be more than
25 per cent. I have known shampoos,
with a considerable sale, which con-
sisted of at least 50 per cent, sodse
carb.. but in use they proved very
harsh. It is better to give an excess of
borax. One pound each of borax and
soap powder with about 4 ounces of
sodae carb. give the best results; 15
grammes of coumarin with half the
Quantity of heliotropin gives a per-
fume which is much admired. Put up
in plain neat envelopes and boxed in
sevens to sell at 1 shilling (25 cents),
this line scores by its distinctive scent.
Le Beau's antiseptic liquid soap is
simply a 75 per cent, solution of soft
soap in alcohol, scented with ol. lavan-
duls-. and made antiseptic. The word
"antiseptic" takes the public fancy. A
large sale cannot be expected for a
liquid soap, but a good deal can be
made out of it by pushing it for sham-
poo use, etc. It pays to sell it where
possible.
Toilet Paraffin.
It has some devotees, and may be
thought worthy of inclusion in the
series. It is simply liquid paraffin
scented either with violet or the
coumarin -and -heliotropin combination.
The same note applies to brilliantine.
Advertising.
Now as to advertising. It is un-
necessary to do much. Give a promi-
nent place on your counter or show
stand to Le Beau and his goods, and
recommend him to the hesitating cus-
tomer. Let his goods be sold more on
your recommendation than for any
other reason. Keep him well to the
front and let him wear always the air
of being Le Beau — something superior,
something classy. Let him be the
aristocrat of your stock of toilet
preparations. His goods are sure to
sell. Get out a neat little folded card,
if you like, and tell off the points of
his things therein. And remember the
law about a label bearing a false state-
ment as to the name and address of
the manufacturer.
Theatrical Cold Cream
I.
Paul Caldwell, who has much experi-
ence in manufacturing theatrical cold
cream, contributed this formula to
The Druggists Circular.
Spermaceti 1 pound.
White wax 3 pounds.
Liquid petrolatum 2 gallons.
Borax 4 ounces.
Water 1 gallon.
Perfume enough.
This, he said, is for a soft cream de-
signed especially to spread easily and
quickly, and seemed to meet the de-
mand of "the profession."
II.
White wax 1 pound.
White paraffin oil 4 pints.
Rose water 3 pints.
Borax 1 ounce..
Melt the wax, add the paraffin oil,
and continue the heat with constant
stirring until they are mixed well. Use
a water-bath to avoid over-heating'.
Dissolve the borax in the rose water
by the aid of heat, and while the so-
lution is still warm., gradually add the
melted wax and oil, stirring constantly
until cold. If preferred, distilled water
may be used in place of rose water,
and any desired perfume added.
Theatrical Cold Cream
Spermaceti 125 grammes.
White wax 120 grammes.
Liquid petrolatum. 560 grammes.
Sodium borate 5 grammes.
Distilled water 90 grammes.
To make 1,000 grammes.
Melt the spermaceti and wax, add the
liquid petrolatum and continue the heat
until the mixture is uniform. Dissolve
the sodium borate in the water and ap-
ply sufficient heat to bring this solution
to the temperature of the oily solu-
tion. Add the aqueous solution all at
once to the oily solution and stir until
congealed. .
It will be noticed that this is a modi-
fication of the formula for Unguentum
Aquae Rosae of the United States
Pharmacopoeia, which has been found
highly satisfactory by the writer (the
chairman of the committee). During
cold weather the quantity of liquid
petrolatum may be slightly increased.
This cold cream can be perfumed ac-
cording to taste by using the very ex-
pensive oil of rose or- the cheaper oil
of geranium or any other suitable per-
fume, such as terpineol, neroli, ionone,
muguet, etc.
6S
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
How to Make a Rolling Cream
Warm skim-milk 1 gallon.
Tartaric acid 5 ounces.
Zinc oxide 1 ounce.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Sodium benzoate % ounce.
Water .... enough.
Solution of carmine. . . . enough.
Perfume enough.
Dissolve the acid in a pint of water
and add to the milk. Strain and wash
the coagulum. Rub the zinc oxide with
the glycerin until a perfectly smooth
paste is obtained; mix this with the
casein; and add lastly the perfume, the
color and the benzoate.
The process of making a casein
cream resolves itself into two funda-
mentals. First, the procuring of the
casein. This is accomplished by pre-
cipitating it from skim-milk with an
acid, or alum, or magnesium sulphate.
Second, the milling of the casein until
it is perfectly smooth. This necessi-
tates the addition of a little glycerin,
cacao butter or wool -fat. or any two
or all of them, to facilitate the milling
and to prevent cracking when the
moisture of the casein evaporates. In
the hands of the expert cream maker
the best binder is a mixture of approx-
imately 1 part of anhydrous wool -fat
and 4 parts of glycerin; some add a
little tragacanth, but this generally
hastens the drying out of the cream;
and others work in a little soap.
A small ointment mill is the most
satisfactory apparatus for making
small quantities of cream. A shallow
mortar having a weighted pestle an-
swers pretty well.
Rose-Almond Cream
I.
Blanched sweet al-
monds 50 grammes.
Castile soap 3 grammes.
White wax 3 grammes.
Oil of sweet almonds. 3 grammes.
Spermaceti 3 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 3 grammes.
Oil of lavender flowers 1 gramme.
Oil of rose geranium. 1 gramme.
Alcohol (90% ) 75 grammes.
Rose water 300 grammes.
Pound the almonds to a 'smooth paste
and emulsify with the rose water. Melt
the soap, the wax and the spermaceti
in the almond oil at a gentle heat;
transfer this mixture to a warm mor-
tar and add little by little the emulsion
of almonds with constant trituration.
Dissolve the aromatic oils in the alco-
hol and add in divided portions to the
other ingredients.
II.
Spermaceti 1 ounce.
White wax 4 drams.
Castile soap 4 drams.
Blanched sweet almonds- 8 ounce?.
Alcohol 12 ounces.
Rose water 2 pints.
Oil of rose 12 drops.
Beat the almonds with the rose water.
Melt the spermaceti, wax and soap on
a water-bath and stir into the almond
mixture. Dissolve the oil of rose in the
alcohol and pour gradually into the
mixture, stirring constantly. Strain
through cheese-cloth.
Alcohol in an emulsion is usually a
disturbing element.
Honey and Almond Vanishing Cream
We have done a little experimenting,
which we report herewith: — Starting
with a recipe for honey and almond lo-
tion (a formula for which is given else-
where in this book), we prepared a
base by triturating in a cold mortar 25
grammes of ointment of rose water. U.
S. P., with 25 mils of expressed oil of
almonds and 60 mils of solution of
sodium hydroxide, U. S. P., until a
smooth emulsion was obtained.
This base we then triturated to the
desired consistency with a greaseless
cream base. Our experiments showed
that a mixture of 1 part of the almond
base with 2 parts of the greaseless
cream base was somewhat thin, but
that 1 part of the almond base with 4
parts of the greaseless cream base was
quite satisfactory.
This is merely a suggestion.
Incidentally, if the preparation is
true to its label, honey must be added
to the mixture.
Pearly Cold Cream
Almond oil 1,000 grammes.
White wax 60 grammes.
Spermaceti 100 grammes.
Castor oil • . . 10 grammes.
Rose water 300 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 10 grammes.
Oil of rose 2 grammes.
Oil of geranium 2 gramme*.
Melt the wax and the spermaceti over
a water-bath; add the almond oil at
once; when the mixture is clear, re-
move the container from the heat. Add
the castor oil, then the rose water,
beating thoroughly the while. When
cool incorporate the perfume. If de-
sired, a trace of methyl violet may be
added to improve the tint of the fin-
ished product.
Stearin and Glycerin Cream
Stearic Acid (triple-
pressed white) 3 ounces.
Monohydrated sodium
carbonate 48 grains.
Boric acid 1 ounce.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Distilled water 1 pint.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
Mix the borax, the carbonate, the
i in and 10 ounces of water and
htu'. to boiling. Melt the stearic acid
at a gentle heat and add it to the
aqeous solution with constant and rapid
stirring. Then add, continuing the stir-
ring, the boric acid dissolved in 6
ounces of distilled water with tlie aid
of heat. If the resulting cream is too
soft, less water should be used.
To perfume the cream, beat in when
the mass has set a sufficient quantity
of the following mixture: —
Artificial musk (crystal). 2 grains.
Oil of neroli 10 minims.
Oil of jasmine (artificial) 2 minims.
( til of patchouly. 2 minims.
Cologne spirit 1 ounce.
A Good-Selling Toilet Cream
Bailey relates in the Chemist and
Druggist his experience in building up
a thriving trade in a toilet cream made
after the following formula: —
Lard 2*£ ounces.
White wax .... 2 ounces.
Powdered white soap. 2 ounces.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
Distilled water 16 ounces
Oil of rose 10 minims.
Essential oil of al-
mond 5 minims.
Oil of clove 5 minims.
Oil of rose geranium. 5 minims.
Melt the lard, wax and soap together
on a water-bath. Heat the water to
boiling and add it gradually, with con-
stant stirring, to the melted mixture.
Beat the mass until cool; then incor-
porate the essential oils, dissolved in
the alcohol.
Filling Tubes With Cream
The cream was put .up in collapsible
tubes, which were filled in an ingenious
manner described as follows by the
author: —
I took a 2-pint enameled-iron round douche
can, attached 3 inches of douche tubing to
th*- nozzle and closed the tubing with a
burette clip. I next cut a round piece of
wood to fit nicely into the top of the can.
and to this I attached a handle, so that the
thing worked up and down like the
i of a syringe. To fill the tubes, the
can was slightly warmed and the cream
put into it. Then, when the tubes were
brought into position under the spout,
pressure on the piston and the burette clip
enabled me to fill them with the requisite
amount of cream without mess or much
trouble. After filling, the tubes were closed
with a special pair of pincers having very
bruad. flat jaws, and after getting a coat
of compound tincture of benzoin they were
for labeling.
Stearin Cream
Stearic acid 50.0 grammes.
Monohydrated sodium
carbonate 7.5 grammes.
Oil of theobroma 5.0 grammes.
Glycerin .... 7.5 grammes.
i'^rfume enough.
Water to make. 300 grammes.
Dissolve the sodium carbonate in 100
mils of water and add to this the
glycerin. Melt the stearic acid and the
grated oil of theobroma, add the sodium
carbonate solution, previously warmed,
and finally enough water to make the
required weight. Stir constantly until
congealed.
Much of the success in making toilet
preparations of this character depends
on the skill of the manipulator, and
slight variations from set formulae are
often found to make better products.
Of course, the variations are deter-
mined by the experiments which are
usually necessary before each individ-
ual manipulator hits the right combi-
nation.
Glycerin Cream
Almond oil 500 grammes.
Glycerin • 75 grammes.
White wax. 30 grammes.
Marseilles soap 15 grammes.
Oil of thyme (per-
fumer's) 5 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 5 grammes.
Oil of neroli 2 grammes.
Dissolve the soap in the glycerin;
melt the wax in the almond oil; add
the glycerin-soap solution and beat the
mixture until a homogeneous cream is
produced; then incorporate the per-
fuming oils.
Lanolin Cream
Lanolin 500 grammes.
Almond oil 500 grammes.
White wax 100 grammes.
Rose water 500 grammes.
Vanillin 15 grammes.
• Terpineol • 10 grammes.
Combine these in a manner similar to
that directed for either of the preced-
ing formulas.
Pushing an Own-Make Cold Cream
A well-made cream, pure white, deli-
cately scented, put into a 4-ounce flint-
glass or opaque ointment pot with
nickel -plated screw cap. will keep fresh
until the last bit is used. Adorned with
a simple strip label, such a package
costs about 10 cents. The druggist can
sell it from 25 to 50 cents. My advice
to him is to push it. Here is the for-
mula for a perfect cream: —
White wax 140 grammes.
Spermaceti 160 grammes.
White petrolatum 300 grammes.
Stearic acid 40 grammes.
Dried sodium carbon-
ate 10 grammes.
Water, warm 250 mils.
Perfume enough.
Melt the first four ingredients at low
heat, then add the warm water, in
70
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
which the sodium carbonate has been
dissolved, and stir until the mass is
cold and creamy, adding the perfume
(say oil of rose) last. — F. W. Scott. Jr.
Eucerin As a Cream Base
The following is abstracted from a
paper by Eugene Unna, printed in The
Druggists Circular for July. 1912: —
Adeps lanae does not take up water readily.
Its cooling effect is thereby minimized. In
eucerin the result is just the reverse, owing
to its great affinity for water and its lack of
tenacity. Here we have the full benefit of
evaporation of the water contained in the oint-
ment, and the long- ventilated question as to
a suitable basis for cold cream has found its
happy solution in the discovery of this
substance.
But in this combination of wax alcohols
with mineral fats we will find another very
important property. That is, the facility with
which the ointments prepared with it can be
rubbed into the skin.
Now we have to ask, "What have modern
therapeutics and cosmetics to demand of a
perfect cold cream?"
First— it must have a great absorbing power
for water; secondly, its fat basis must be
unchangeable; and, finally, its consistence has
to be soft, but not greasy or even sticky. ■ All
these properties we find separated in the
ointment bases known hitherto, but nowhere
combined. Adeps lanse has a rather great
absorbing power for water, is of great tenacity
and stickiness, and its fat basis cannot be
kept long. Petrolatum and paraffin, although
they may be kept long, are lacking in an
absorbing power for water, and therefore can-
not be used for the preparation of cold creams.
Lard has the advantage of great softness and
blandness, but it does not have the important
keeping qualities and the capacity for water.
A mixture of white wax, spermaceti and
oil of almonds makes an ointment base of
great softness and blandness, but lacks the
ability to take up water. The addition of
oil of almonds overcomes this, but diminishes
its keeping qualities.
This has been the situation. It is clear
that the problem was solved at once when
we became able to incorporate with any
stable and harmless ointment base a body
which gave to it the properties of softness
and absorbing power for water. This body is
tucerin wax, discovered by Lifschuetz. Only
•"> grammes of this wax melted together with
95 grammes of petrolatum or paraffin oint-
ment form an ointment base of extraordinary
softness, which can be kept indefinitely and
which may be combined with water up to 500
per cent.
* Odor for a Toilet Cream
We have been informed by a man
with an expert nose that the odor of
one of the popular proprietary creams
is imparted to it by muguet, an arti-
ficial ljlac; another says that it is
lily of the valley — also known as mu-
guet— and may be simulated by com-
bining linalol, heliotrope and oil of
ylang-ylang. Another formula for
this odor is as follows: —
Muguet.
Oil of jasmine (syn-
thetic) 1 dram.
Oil of ylang-ylang (syn-
thetic) 3 drams.
Solution of heliotropin
(1 per cent, in 60 per
cent, alcohol) 8 ounces.
Solution of terpineol (1
per cent, in 60 per
cent, alcohol 20 ounces.
Another odor suitable for a toilet
cream is composed of: —
Extract of rose 45 mils.
Terpineol 1 mil.
Linalol 3 mils.
Spirit of bitter almond. .. .51 mils.
Cold Cream
The following cold cream formula
differs a little from the average run
of such formulas and has been found
entirely satisfactory in the experience
of a retail pharmacist who has sold
"carloads" of the finished prepara-
tion:—
AVhite mineral oil 96 ounces.
Rose water 53 ounces.
Spermaceti 12 ounces.
White wax 32 ounces.
Boi-ax 1 ounce.
Melt the spermaceti and wax to-
gether and add the mineral oil. Heat
the rose water in a separate vessel
and dissolve the borax in it. Raise
the temperature of the rose water-
borax solution to approximately the
same temperature as that of the
melted waxes and oil and mix them.
Whip with an egg beater or other
similar implement while cooling and
when nearly cool add the required
perfume.
A mixture of oil of neroli, 25 drops;
and oil of rose, 5 drops, is quite sat-
isfactory as a perfume.
Permanent Cold Cream
White wax 17.0 grammes.
Liquid petrolatum. .62:0 grammes.
Borax 0.5 gramme.
Glycerin 1.0 gramme.
Alcohol 2.0 grammes.
Rose water 1S.0 grammes.
Perfume as desired.
Dissolve the borax, glycerin, and al-
cohol in the rose water; warm the
solution and add to it the melted wax
and liquid petrolatum, stirring con-
stantly. Add the perfume when the
cream begins to set.
Wool-Fat Cold Cream
Hydrous wool-fat 12 ounces.
White wax 4 ounces.
Spermaceti 4 ounces.
Expressed oil of almonds 28 ounces.
Borax 144 grains.
Distilled water 19 ounces.
Oil of pimento 5.minims.
Oil of rose 20 minims.
Melt together the wax, spermaceti,
and almond oil on a water-bath: in-
corporate this mixture with the wool-
fat in a warm mortar and stir until
almost cool. Gradually beat in the
TOILET PREPARATIONS
71
water in which the borax has been
dissolved; beat well with an egg-
whip, adding the perfume.
Summer Toilet Creams
For sunburn, prickly heat and other
ills, the Medical Sentinel recommends
creams, ointments or salves made ac-
cording to the formulas appended: —
I.
Precipitated sulphur 1 ounce.
Zinc oxide- jounce.
Expressed oil of almond. 1 ounce.
Hydrous woo,l-fat 1 ounce.
Extract of violet to perfume.
II.
Ichthyol 2 drams.
Expressed oil of almond. . 2 drams.
Ointment of rose water.. 6 drams.
Hydrous wool-fat 6 drams.
Oil of rose to perfume.
III.
Olive oil 4 drams.
Menthol 15 grains.
Ointment of rose wrater. . 6 drams.
Hydrous wool-fat 6 drams.
Honey and Glycerin Jelly
Soft soap 1 ounce.
Honey 3 ounces.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Olive oil ; .... 20 ounces.
Almond oil 20 ounces.
Oil of rose 40 minims.
Distilled water 4 drams.
Mix the water, the glycerin and the
honey, and dissolve the soap in this
mixture. Mix the oils and add them
gradually in an uninterrupted stream
to the first mixture, triturating vigor-
ously the while.
Molded Face Cream for a Warm
Climate
Agar-agar jelly
i stiff ) 150.0 grammes.
Glycerin 300.0 grammes.
White wax • . . . . 55.0 grammes.
Spermaceti 55.0 grammes.
White mineral oil. . .300.0 grammes.
„ Borax 3.0 grammes.
Sodium carbonate,
monohydrated .... 7.5 grammes.
Stearic acid 30.0 grammes.
Distilled water 200.0 mils.
Perfume enough.
Dissolve the borax in 120 mils, of dis-
tilled water with the aid of gentle heat;
melt together the wax, the spermaceti
and the oil; allow this mixture to cool
to about 65 degrees C, and, having the
borax solution at about the same tem-
perature, pour it all at once into the
mixed fats and stir briskly until
creamy. Beat into this cream the agar-
agar jelly, and continue the beating un-
til the mixture is cool. Dissolve the
%odium carbonate in the rest of the
water and mix with the glycerin. Place
on a water- bath, and, having added the
stearic acid, heat gently and stir care-
fully until carbon dioxide is no longer
evolved. Remove from the heat, whip
to a foam with an egg-beater and beat
in the previously prepared cream, beat-
ing the whole until it cools. Finally,
incorporate the desired perfume.
Separation of Water From Ointment
of Rose Water
I have often been annoyed to find
drops of water had separated from my
U. S. P. cold cream and it had lost that
nice, homogeneous appearance it had
when first made. This was particularly
noticeable in warm weather. By using
an equal weight of powdered castile
soap in place of the sodium borate I
have overcome this annoyance.
Of course, any preparation "sold un-
der or by a name recognized in the
United States Pharmacopoeia or Na-
tional Formulary" should not differ
from the "standard of strength, quality
or purity as determined by the test
laid down in those books." — F. W.
Scott, Jr.
Witchhazel Cream Jelly
Glycerin 6 ounces.
Quince seed • . . 60 grains.
Hot wrater 10 ounces.
Hamamelis water 10 ounces.
Deodorized alcohol 4 ounces.
Perfume enough.
Place the quince seed in a bottle,
pour the hot water on them and agi-
tate occasionally until a mucilage is
formed; then add the hamamelis water,
slightly warmed, and after mixing
thoroughly strain through muslin. To
the strained fluid add the glycerin and
shake thoroughly. Dissolve the desired
perfume in the alcohol and add the so-
lution to the mucilage, agitating briskly
until of a uniform consistence.
If a thicker jelly is desired, the
amount of quince seed may be in-
creased.
Coloring Massage Creams
Most of the pink massage creams
are colored with that old standby, so-
lution of carmine of the National
Formulary.
Fluffy, Pearly Appearance of Grease-
less Cream
We have heard it stated that egg-
white beaten into greaseless cream
(after it has become cold, of course)
wrill give it that pearly, fluffy appear-
ance which is so much admired. Per-
haps the addition of about 1 per cent,
of fresh castor oil would help to pro-
duce the desired effect.
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Face Cream in Brick Form
Oil of theobroma 8 ounces.
Coconut oil % ounce.
White wax % ounce.
Alkanet enough.
Oil of bitter almonds... 5 minims.
Melt the oil of theobroma on a water-
bath, and in it digest the alkanet root,
enclosed in cloth bag, until the proper
shade is obtained. Add the other in-
gredients and when all are melted pour
into molds to cool, adding the oil of
bitter almonds just before so doing.
By varying the amounts of the oil
and wax the exact consistence desired
can be obtained.
Malt Extract as a Healing Cream
Zernik examined a "universal frost-
bite cream" and reports (Apoth. Zeit.)
that it consisted entirely of malt ex-
tract. It was marketed in collapsible
tubes.
Queen Victoria's Hand Cerate
Scrape into an earthen vessel 1 y2
ounces of spermaceti and y2 ounce of
white wax; add 6 drams of pounded
camphor and 4 tablespoonfuls of olive
pil. The oil must be pure. Let the
mixture stand near the fire until it
liquifies, then stir well.
Before washing the hands rub them
well with a little of this cerate — then
wash them as usual. This compound
should be kept in a covered vessel.
Sunburn Lotions
In severe cases the services of a
physician should be called into re-
quisition. Mild washes containing
zinc oxide or tincture of benzoin
might be sold over the counter.
I.
Zinc oxide 1 ounce.
Sodium borate 4 drams.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Extract of jasmine 1 ounce.
Bay rum 3 ounces.
Water, to make 20 ounces.
II.
Salicylic acid 3 drams.
Sodium borate 1 ounce.
Rose water 13 ounces.
Orange flower water. .. .13 ounces.
Cologne water 2 ounces.
Tincture of benzoin 1 ounce.
Dissolve the first two in a mixture
of the second two, filter, and add the
last two.
III.
Citric acid 2 drams.
Glycerin 6 ounces.
Oil of orris y2 dram.
Oil Hi bergamot 15 minims.
Vanillin 5 grains.
Alcohol 1 dram.
Orange flower water, to
make 1 pint*
Magnesium carbonate... 1 dram.
Chlorophyl to color.
Dissolve the vanillin in the alcohol,
mix with the oils and triturate with
the magnesium carbonate, gradually
adding the orange flower water; filter,
dissolve the acid in the filtrate and
add the glycerin.
Glycerinated Camphor Ice
I.
Powdered camphor. ..20 grammes.
Liquid petrolatum.. . .20 grammes.
Paraffin 50 grammes.
Petrolatum 80 grammes.
Glycerin 20 grammes.
Alkanet 5 grammes.
Mix the two petrolatums and the
paraffin with the aid of a gentle heat;
digest the alkanet in the mixture on a
sand-bath for several hours. Dissolve
the camphor in the heated mixture;
add the glycerin; strain; and stir un-
til cold.
II.
Camphor, coarse powder.. 2 ounces.
Hard paraffin 2 ounces.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
White wax 5 ounces.
White petrolatum 8 ounces.
Melt the wax, hard paraffin, and pe-
trolatum together over a water-bath,
dissolve the camphor in the melted
mixture, incorporate the glycerin, and
finally pour into moulds.
No-Chap
Mutton suet 3 ounces.
Spermaceti 2 ounces.
Yellow wax 2 ounces.
Alpine Jelly
Glycerin 12 drams.
White petrolatum 9 drams.
Hydrous wool-fat 5 drams.
Oil of rose to perfume.
Freckle Remover and Skin
Whitener
Mercuric chloride, "peroxide creams,"
horseradish, buttermilk, bismuth and
zinc salts, various acids, and other
things have found their way into
household and pharmaceutical formu-
laries, but in the efficacy of any of
them we have little faith, and the
"stronger" of them, as those which
contain mercury salts, for instance,
are positively dangerous.
I.
Lemons, chopped . . . 135.0 grammes.
Oil of lavender 22.5 grammes.
Oil of rose 0.5 gramme.
Oil of cedar
(perfumers') 6.0 grammes.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
73
Wine vinegar 650.0 grammes.
Alcohol (85 P. C.) . . 85.0 grammes.
Water 85.0 grammes.
Macerate in a warm place for three
davs and filter.
II.
Copper oleate 1 gramme.
Ointment of zinc oxide 22 grammes.
III.
Buttermilk 2 ounces.
Grated horseradish 2 drams.
Corn meal 2 drams.
Spread this mixture between sheets
of thin muslin and allow it to remain
on the affected parts as long as pos-
sible, preferably at night.
Anti-Freckle Preparations
Macon (Zeit. f. Riech, u. Geschmack-
stoffe) gives formulas for applications
for freckles which, with slight modifi-
cation, are as follows:
Freckle Cream.
This is prepared like cold cream
from the following ingredients:
White wax 110 parts.
Oil of sweet almond 580 parts.
Wool-fat 1.500 parts.
Borax 150 parts.
Solution of hydrogen
dioxide (30 P. C.) 150 parts.
Rose water 700 parts.
Ionone (10 P. C.) 5 parts.
Violet extract 4 parts.
Oil of bergamot 40 parts.
Oil of orris 10 parts.
Freckle Water.
Solution of hydrogen
dioxide (30 P. C.) 100 parts.
Rose water 800 parts.
Glycerin 100 parts.
Freckle Cream
We know of no cream or other prep-
aration which we care to recommend
for use in an attempt to remove
freckles. Pharmaceutical literature,
including the files of The Druggists'
Circular, abounds with formulas
printed under such heads as "Freckle
Remover" and the like, but we have no
knowledge of good results having fol-
lowed the use of such creams, lotions,
or bleaches. On the contrary, we have
recorded the death of one young
woman who used a mixture recom-
mended in a newspaper for the purpose
now under discussion; and this after
one druggist had refused to make the
mixture for her.
Even the so-called authorities differ
as to the best eradicator for freckles,
some favoring diluted solutions (3 per
cent.) of lactic or other organic acid,
while others, including Joseprf, say
that alkalies are particularly useful in
this connection, and suggest dilute
solutions of potassium carbonate.
Creams containing cucumber juice or
30 per cent, solution of hydrogen diox-
ide are extolled by some dermatolo-
gists; and mixtures of sulphur and
liniment of soft soap are in favor.
Druggists might well leave to the
"beauty doctor" the questionable prac-
tice of changing faces in an attempt
to improve upon nature. As an al-
truist they might advise the use of
grandmother's remedy, buttermilk and
horseradish, or lemon juice.
Sunburn Cream
Sublimated sulphur % dram.
Zinc carbonate 1 dram.
Ointment of zinc oxide... 1 ounce.
Dangerous Freckle Ointment
AVhile we are always ready to serve
the best interests of our readers, we
must decline to give a recipe for an
ammoniated mercury ointment for
freckles. This class of preparations
is distinctly dangerous. "Notice of
judgment No. 3540" of the United
States Department of Agriculture con-
cerns a freckle cream containing am-
moniated mercury, which was declared
misbranded, since it was labeled: "As
harmless as it is sure"; whereas it con-
tained the mercury compound, which
the government officials declared was
a "harmful, poisonous and deleterious
substance." The manufacturer of the
product pleaded guilty and was fined.
Sunb
urn
"B
aume
Tincture of tolu 3 drams.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Distilled water... to make 1 pint.
Mix the glycerin with 4 ounces of
water and add it gradually to the
tincture, shaking after each addition.
Then add the remainder of the water
in 4-ounce portions.
Freckle Lotions
I.
Powdered alum 1 ounce.
Lemon juice 1 ounce.
Elderflower water 20 ounces.
Make a solution.
This is to be applied to the skin
twice daily.
II.
Sodium borate 1 dram.
Potassium chlorate 4 drams.
Alcohol 1 dram.
Glycerin 2 drams.
Rose water 3 ounces.
Mix and filter.
This one is to be applied with a
soft sponge several times daily.
74
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
After-Shave Menthol Lotion.
I.
Menthol 1 dram.
Boric acid 4 drams.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Alcohol 1 pint.
Water or witchhazel wa-
ter*. . .• to make 1 gallon.
Mix. Let it stand for a while, and
filter.
We have perfumed it at times with
a little oil of bay leaves. We have had
occasion to manufacture this for a bar-
bers' supply house, and it seems to be
a very popular combination. — A. Alex-
ander.
II.
Menthol 10 grains.
Alcohol - ounces.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Mucilage of Irish moss 2 ounces.
Boric acid 2 ounces.
Oil of rose 5 drops.
Camphor water to make 1 pint.
• Dissolve the boric acid in the cam-
phor water mixed with the glycerin,
using a gentle heat; add the mucilage
and the alcohol in which have been
dissolved the menthol and the oil.
III.
Tragacanth 10 drams.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Menthol 6 drams.
Alcohol 8 ounces.
Water to make 1 gallon.
Solution of carmine.... to color.
Mix the tragacanth and glycerin,
using a little water; dissolve the men-
thol in the alcohol; mix the two; finally
add the balance of the water, and
color.
British Acid Cosmetic Lotion.
Acetic acid (30%) 4 ounces.
Tincture of benzoin 4 ounces.
Spirit of camphor 4 ounces.
Tincture of red sandal-
wood 6 ounces.
Alcohol 1 gallon.
Softening Tanned Skin.
According to Roller, nothing is bet-
ter for softening tanned skin than a
mixture of equal parts of glycerin and
orange flower water. Of course, rose
water could be substituted for the
orange flower water, and. if desired,
the finished product could be appropri-
ately colored.
Quinto Cream.
Quince seed 90 grains.
Boric acid 30 grains.
Salicylic acid 20 grains.
Glycerin li2 ounces.
Cologne water 4 ounces.
Boiling water 4 ounces.
Spirit o'f lemon. . .enough to flavor.
Triturate the quince seed with the
boiling water, add the acids, and
strain through muslin.
Lotion for Barbers.
A very good lotion for the face after
it has been shaved is the hamamelis
water of the Pharmacopoeia. Another
popular after-shave lotion, formerly
pharmacopoeial, is spirit of myrcia,
better known in tonsorial circles as bay
rum.
A Stearate Lotion.
First make a base so —
Stearic acid 3 ounces.
Dried sodium carbonate 80 grains.
Sodium borate 64 grains.
Glycerin 3 ounces.
Expressed oil of almonds 6 drams.
Water 13 ounces.
Dissolve the sodium salts in a mix-
ture of the glycerin and the water,
heaiting gently. Melt together the
stearic acid and the oil on a water-
bath. Having the two liquids at the
same temperature, about 90 deg. C,
pour the solution of the sodium salts
into the mixture of oil and acid, gradu-
ally, stirring the while. Heat the mix-
ture on a water-bath, stirring at fre-
quent intervals, until effervescence
ceases — about half an hour. Remove
from the bath and beat until cool.
The Lotion.
Stearate base 10 ounces.
Glycerin 10 ounces.
Mucilage and quince
seed (1 to 50) 25 ounces.
Bitter almond water. ... 20 ounces.
Rose water 6 ounces.
Water to make 100 ounces.
Triturate the base in a cold mortar
with the mucilage, gradually added;
continuing the trituration, add the
glycerin and the aromatic waters;
transfer the mixture to a bottle, and
add in divided portions, agitating after
each addition, enough water to make
100 ounces.
A Quince Seed Toilet Lotion.
This formula, it will be noted, does
not call for borax or boric acid, which
are sometimes regarded as irritants.
Glycerin 6 ounces.
Quince seed % dram.
Hot water 21 ounces.
Deodorized alcohol 5 ounces.
Oil of rose 16 drops.
Upon the quince seed in a bottle,
pour 8 ounces of the hot water, agitate
well occasionally, until a mucilage js
formed, then strain through muslin.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
To the remainder of the hot water, in a
bottle, add the oil of rose and shake
well. Then add the mucilage of quince
seed and the glycerin, and again shake
well. Lastly, add the deodorized
alcohol.
When using quince seed in making
toilet preparations care should be
taken to have them scrupulously clean,
as specks of dust or husks are difficult
to separate from the mucilage.
Benzoin Lotions
Tincture of benzoin.... 1 ounce.
Extract of rose 1% ounces.
Jockey club extract 1% ounces.
Glycerin 24 ounces.
Distilled water 24 ounces.
Warm the glycerin and water to-
gether, and add the other things.
Hazel Bay Cream
Quince seed 100 grains.
Boric acid 1 dram.
Glycerin 3 ounces.
Bay rum 0 ounces.
Tincture of benzoin. .. ,1% drams.
Glycerite of starch 5 ounces.
Hamamelis water
to make 34 ounces.
Witchhazel Toilet Lotion
White soap (animal)... 2 ounces.
Glycerite of borax 2 ounces.
Rose water 6 ounces.
Hamamelis water 10 ounces.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
Mix the glycerite of borax, the rose
water and the hamamelis water and
in this mixture dissolve the soap,
previously reduced to thin shavings.
Strain through muslin, add the alcohol
and set aside, stirring daily for two
weeks; then bottle.
Cologne Vinegar
Oil of Ceylon cinnamon % dram.
Oil of cloves 80 minims.
Oil of lavender (old) ... 1 dram.
Oil of citron 1 dram.
Acetic acid 2 ounces.
Alcohol 3 pints.
Violet Alcohol
In our drug store days we sold di-
luted alcohol as bathing alcohol, and
possibly the addition of violet water
and color to this will produce the ar-
ticle called for by this name.
Magoffin's Cream Balm
Quince seed, bruised. ... 2 ounces.
Bay rum 12 ounces.
Hamamelis water 12 ounces.
Boric acid 2 drams.
Boiling water 1 pint.
Perfume enough.
Water, to make 5 pints.
Place the quince seed in the hot
water, agitate frequently; after twen-
ty-four hours, strain and add the other
ingredients.
Eau de Beaute
Oil of bitter almond 1 mil.
Oil of raspberries... 60 mils.
Vanillin 4 grammes.
Artificial jasmine... 4 mils.
Glycerin 100 grammes.
Borax 100 grammes.
Rose water 1,000 mils.
Distilled water 1,000 mils.
Solution of carmine enough.
Witchhazel Lotion
Quince seed 45 grains.
Boric acid 5 grains'.
Benzoic acid 5 grains-
Glycerin 2 ounces*, J
Alcohol 3 ounces.
Oil of rose geranium.. 1 dram.
Oil of bitter almond... 30 minims.
Glycerite of starch 2 ounces.
Hamamelis water,
to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the two acids in 8 ounces
of hamamelis water; macerate the
quince seed in this solution for three
hours and strain. Beat up the glyce-
rite with the glycerin and gradually
incorporate with constant beating the
quince seed solution. Finally beat in
the oils dissolved in the alcohol, add-
ing the solution slowly, and add
enough hamamelis water to make the
required volume.
Witchhazel Snow
Stearic acid 60 grammes.
Sodium carbonate. . . 9 grammes.
Glycerin 7 grammes.
Hamamelis water .... 300 grammes.
Water enough.
Melt the stearic acid in a tared ves-
sel of about 2,000 mils' capacity over a
water-bath, and add the sodium car-
bonate dissolved in a minimum amount
of hot water; then add the glycerin.
Keep the mixture on the water-bath
for one hour, stirring constantly but
not vigorously. Add sufficient water
to bring the preparation up to 300
grammes and then the hamamelis wa-
ter. • Return the container to the water-
bath for a minute or two, stirring the
mixture until perfectly smooth. Pour
into a warm mortar and beat to a
foam. Let it stand twelve hours, stir
with spatula, and fill into wide-
mouthed bottles.
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Stearin and Petrolatum Witchhazel
Cream
Stearic acid 100 grammes.
Sodium carbonate.. 15 grammes.
Liquid petrolatum.. 15 grammes.
Hamamelis water... 500 mils.
Distilled water,
to make 1000 grammes.
Perfume as desired.
Melt the stearic acid with the liquid
petrolatum at a gentle heat on a water-
bath, and mix thoroughly. Dissolve
the sodium carbonate (the mono-
hydrated sort is best) in 350 mils of dis-
tilled water; warm the solution and
add it gradually, with constant stir-
ring, to the fatty liquid. Warm 50
mils of distilled water, and beat it into
the mixture first made; continue the
I. <ating until effervescence ceases.
Warm the hamamelis water and incor-
porate it in the mass with vigorous
beating. Add the desired perfume — a
very little is best — after the cream has
cooled, and distilled water enough to
make 1000 grammes.
Milk of Almonds.
Powdered castile
soap 3.0 grammes.
Spermaceti 3.0 grammes.
White wax 3.0 grammes.
Almond oil 56.0 grammes.
Alcohol 100.0 mils.
Distilled water 100.0 mils.
Glycerin 100.0 mils.
Oil of bitter almond 1.2 mils.
Ammonium fluoride. 1.2 mils.
Melt together the first four ingredi-
ents, and into this liquid, while warm,
pour all at once the mixture of the
other ingredients. Beat until cool.
Hand and Toilet Lotion.
This, says John T. Harbold, is non-
sticky, non-greasy and non- irritating.
It is bland and smooth, and of perfect
consistency, requiring no shaking be-
fore use, and has antiseptic properties
as well.
Tragacanth 2 drams.
Quince seed 15 drams.
Borax 6 drams.
Boric acid 8 drams.
Glycerin 10 ounces.
Alcohol 10 ounces.
Perfume enough.
Color enough.
Sodium benzoate 3 drams.
Boiling water 5 pints.
Water, to make 8 pints.
Soften the tragacanth in 2 pints of
water, stirring until a homogeneous
mixture is formed. Steep the quince
seed in the boiling water for four
hours, stirring frequently; then strain
carefully. Dissolve the borax, sodium
benzoate and boric acid in the re-
mainder of the hot water. Add the
perfume and glycerin dissolved in the
alcohol, and finally the tragacanth and
quince-seed mucilage, which have pre-
viously been mixed, portion by portion,
shaking after each addition, in order
to get a thoroughly homogeneous mix.
ture. The consistency may be varied
by changing the proportion of water.
Rose Water, Glycerin and Tincture of
Benzoin.
We used the following proportions:
Tincture of benzoin.... % ounce.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Rose water TV2 ounces.
Then we, having mixed the glycerin
and the rose water thoroughly, added
the tincture a little at a time, invert-
ing the container gently after each ad-
dition. Even so, a small amount of a
curdy precipitate would usually be
formed, but the lotion was freed from
this when dispensed.
II.
At the 1907 meeting of the American
Pharmaceutical Association. F. M.
Apple described a method of combin-
ing the three ingredients under con-
sideration into a smooth, creamy mix-
ture. His method, which is given in
the Proceedings of that year, page L32,
consists essentially in mixing the tinc-
ture with one-half of the glycerin — the
proportions are practically the same as
those given in the above formula —
diluting this with about half the rose
water, and adding the mixture of the
remaining glycerin and rose water.
The mixture is immediately strained
through a fine-meshed straining cloth
three or four times, the curd being
rubbed through with a glass rod, trans-
ferred to a suitable container and thor-
oughly shaken.
Referring to the foregoing, M. I. Wil-
bert writes:
To secure a satisfactory and permanent mix-
ture of tincture of benzoin with rose water
and glycerin, it is necessary to have the ben-
zoin precipitated evenly and in a fine state of
subdivision. This can readily be accomplished
by mixing the glycerin and rose water in a
suitable bottle, then removing approximately
one-third of it and carefully floating the tinc-
ture of benzoin on the remaining portion of
glycerin and rose water in the bottle. Then
by very carefully turning the bottle on its
side and slowly, very slowly, rotating the
bottle so as to bring a fresh portion of the
tincture of benzoin in contact with the mixed
glycerin and rose water, the benzoin can be
precipitated very gradually and in a fine state
of subdivision. This gradual precipitation of
the benzoin obviates the lumpy or curdy pre-
cipitate that ordinarily occurs and produce* ,i
permanent milky mixture that can subsequent-
ly be further diluted with either water, glycerin
or the mixture of water and glycerin referred
to above.
With Peroxide.
From a practical point of view, a much more
efficient lotion for chapped hands may be
made by using equal parts of glycerin, rose
TOILET PREPARATIONS
water and solution of hydrogen peroxide, with
a small amount of tincture of benzoin to give
a milky appearand or as an additional odor.
This mixture, while efficient as a lotion, will
not keep and should be dispensed only in small
quantities, made extemporaneously.
Another reader sent the following
method of mixing these substances,
the principle of which is about the
same as that explained by Mr. Wilbert :
T place the tincture of benzoin in the bottle
or graduate first, taking care not to let it
touch the sides any more than possible. I
then add the rose water and the glycerin ipre-
\ lously mixed I in a slow, steady stream. Xo
shaking is required or at the most a slow in-
verting of the bottle. The amount of tincture
or benzoin used can be regulated according to
the degree of color required. Of course, if an
excess is used some is bound to be thrown out.
In the snme way the amount of glycerin de-
pends on how thick you want the m x ur
Anti-Chap Lotion
The following formula has proved
satisfactory in practice:
Tragacanth 3 to 5 drams.
Benzoic acid 1 dram.
Sodium borate 1 dram.
Water 4 ounces.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Rosewater 4 ounces.
Oil of bitter almond. . 5 drops.
Extract of jasmine. . 4 drams.
Put the tragacanth (the amount de-
pends upon the desired consistency of
the finished product) into a wide-
mouthed bottle, add the water in
which the benzoic acid and the sodium
borate have been dissolved, and set
aside for several days. Mix the gly-
cerin and the rosewater, add these to
the tragacanth mixture, shake fre-
quently during three or four days and
squeeze through flannel. Finally incor-
porate the oil of bitter almond dis-
solved in the perfume extract. If a
pearly appearance is desired, add
about 4 drams of tincture of Siam ben-
zoin to the finished jelly.
Pomade for Chaps
As an application for chapped lips the
"pommades" of Gallic extraction are
deservedly popular. These are simply
perfumed fatty liases of the proper
consistency, of which the following is
typical:
White wax 100.0 grammes.
Spermaceti 100.0 grammes.
Expressed oil of al-
' mond 150.0 grammes.
Oil of geranium.... 1.0 gramme.
Oil of wintergreen 0.5 gramme.
Oil of bergamot. . 0.5 gramme.
Heliotropin 0.2 gramme.
The first three ingredients are melted
together at a gentle heat; the mixture
is removed from the heat and stirred
gently until it begins to congeal at
the edges; the perfumes are added and
thoroughly incorporated, and the mass
is poured into tubular molds.
Glycerin and Tragacanth Skin Cream
Powdered tragacanth 28 grammes.
Glycerin 192 mils.
Almond oil 48 mils.
Alcohol i:>u mils.
Tincture of benzoin 24 mils.
Oil of neroli i mil.
Oil of bergamot 1 mil.
Oil of geranium 2 mils.
Water 1,152 mils.
Put the tragacanth in a large mor-
tar; wet it thoroughly with a portion
of the alcohol; add all at once 500 mils
of water, and triturate until a uniform
mucilage is formed. Incorporate the
almond oil. the tincture and the essen-
tial oils; add gradually with constant
trituration the rest of the water, the
rest of the alcohol and the glycerin.
Amandine Lotion
Amandine 3 our
Glycerin . . • 4 ounces.
Tincture of bezoin 4 drams.
Bitter almond water. . . .
to make 1 pint.
Warm the glycerin and add the tinc-
ture, then stir in the bitter almond
water previously warmed. Keep this
mixture at about 100 deg. F. and add it
in small portions to the amandine,
beating thoroughly after each addition.
Amandine.
Almond cream 3 ounci -.
Mucilage of acacia 4 ounci -
Syrup 6 ounces.
Yolks of 5 eggs.
Expressed oil of almond. 2% pounds.
Milk of almond 4 ounces..
Oil of bitter almond. ... 2 drams.
Oil of neroli % dram.
Triturate the almond cream with the
syrup and the mucilage until the mix-
ture is perfectly homogeneous. Beat the
yolks of the eggs and strain through
a gauze. Add to the mixture and mix
thoroughly. Transfer the resulting mix-
ture to a deep wide evaporating dish,
and add very gradually the expressed
oil of almonds mixed with the essen-
tional oils, beating the mass constantly.
The amandine gets stiffer with the in-
corporation of the oil, and the incor-
poration is less easily effected, so that
considerable exertion and great care
are necessary to secure a perfect emul-
sion. If the oil is added faster than
it is beaten into the mass the aman-
dine will be spoiled and useless. After
all the oil has been incorporated, add
the milk of almond and triturate well.
This is but one of many formulas for
amandine, and is given as the one af-
fording a product best adapted to the
preparation of a lotion.
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Another Amandine
Honey 16.0 mils.
Soft soap 8.0 grammes.
Balsam of peru 1.0 mils.
Oil of bergamot 1.5 mils.
Oil of bitter almond 1.5 mils.
Oil of cloves 1.0 mils.
Oil of sweet almond 56.0 mils.
Chap Cerate
Salol 1 ounce.
Peach kernel oil 8 ounces.
White wax 4 ounces.
Suet to make 1 pound.
Solution of heliotropin. . enough.
Melt the wax and suet in the oil;
add the salol, and stir gently until
cool; then add the perfume.
Rose Benzoin Chap Lotion
Compound tincture of
benzoin 10 minims.
Alcohol 2 drams.
Rosewater 30 minims.
Glycerin to make 1 ounce.
Almond Cream.
An almond cream that is really
worthy of the name seems to be a
problem to the average pharmacist
who makes his own preparations. The
writer has tried innumerable suggest-
ed formulas for an almond cream, but
none of them gave a permanent fin-
ished product of the desired appear-
ance or produced effective results when
applied to the skin.
After a great deal of experimenting
the writer evolved the following for-
mula:
White wax 60.0 grammes.
Potassium hydrox-
ide 10.0 grammes.
Powdered borax... 1.5 grammes.
Starch 30.0 grammes.
Glycerin 60.0 mils.
Alcohol 70.0 mils.
Oil of bitter
almonds 4.0 mils.
Distilled water,
enough to make 1000.0 mils.
All of the above must naturally be
of U. S. P. quality.
Place the starch, which must be
finely powdered, in a suitable vessel
and add 150 mils of boiling water, and
continue boiling until a jelly is ob-
tained.
Place the potassium hydroxide in a
porcelain vessel and dissolve in 300
mils of boiling water. An enamelware
vessel will answer as well as a porce-
lain one if the metal is not exposed.
This latter must be avoided, as it will
discolor the product. Add the white
wax. previously grated, or in very small
pieces, and continue the heat until the
wax is completely melted and saponi-
fication has taken place. This can
readily be determined by the appear-
ance of the mixture. Then add the
powdered borax and heat a moment
longer.
Xow beat with an egg beater or sim-
ilar apparatus until the temperature
has lowered somewhat and add the
mixture to the starch jelly, which must
be as near the same temperature as
possible, as in the manufacture of cold
cream, and continue beating, for some
time until a uniform white mixture re.
suits. Then strain through a double
thickness of gauze and add the gly-
cerin, shaking well until it is thor-
oughly incorporated. Then add the
alcohol, to which the oil of bitter al-
monds has previously been added.
Lastly, add sufficient distilled water to
bring the finished product up to 1000
mils. Shake well and bottle.
The finished product will be found to
be a smooth, cooling cream of pleas-
ing odor and appearance, and one that
can be rubbed into the skin without
leaving any feeling of stickiness or
dryness. Samples of this preparation
kept two months have not separated.
The writer fully believes this prepara-
tion to be the equal of any one on the
market, the heavily advertised brand
included, but makes no claim that the
formula is identical or even similar.
One other precaution. In bottling
this preparation it is advisable to
paraffin the corks used, as ordinary
corks will in time produce a brown dis-
coloration. This, while in no way im-
pairing the value of the cream, ren-
ders it unsightly.— James A. Arkin.
Almond Cream.
Purified lard 1 pound.
Alcohol % ounce.
Solution of potassium
hydroxide (25%) % pound.
Oil of bitter almond... 45 minims.
Melt the lard in a porcelain-lined
vessel and when heated above the
melting point, continue the heat and
add gradually the potash lye, stirring
thoroughly with a broad wooden pad-
dle. When saponification is complete
stir in the alcohol in which 'the essen-
tial oil has been dissolved.
This preparation is variously known
as Naples soap, almond shaving cream,
creme d'amandes, etc.
Face Massage Liquid.
The following formula is said to be
a favorite application among profes-
sional German masseurs:
White potasl? soap, shaved 20 parts.
Glvcerin 30 parts.
Water 30 parts.
Alcohol (909? ^ 10 parts.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
79
Oleo-balsam mixture (Ph.
G.) enough.
Dissolve the soap by heating it with
the glycerin and water, mixed. Add
the alcohol, and for every 3 ounces of
the solution add 5 or 6 drops of the
mistura oleoso-balsamica of the Ger-
man Pharmacopoeia, the recipe for
which can be found in the dispensa-
tories. Filter while hot.
Almond Lotion.
I.
Blanched almonds... 15 grammes.
White wax 1 gramme.
Spermaceti 1 gramme.
Powdered soap 1 gramme.
Powdered borax 1 gramme.
Alcohol 15 mils.
Bitter almond water
to make 60 mils.
Rub the almonds to a smooth paste
with 20 mils of bitter almond water.
Melt the wax and spermaceti and mix
with the soap and borax in a warm
mortar and gradually stir in 20 mils of
warm bitter almond water. Mix the
two liquids and finally add the alcohol
and enough bitter almond water to
bring the finished product up to 60
mils.
II.
The following formula was contrib-
uted to The Druggists Circular by Paul
Caldwell:
White wax 8 ounces.
Spermaceti 8 ounces.
Expressed oil of almond 8 ounces.
Borax 2 ounces.
Soap 16 ounces.
Flake tragacanth 2 ounces.
Oil of bitter almond. ... 6 drams.
Oil of bergamot 1 dram.
Water, to make 2 gallons.
Melt the wax and spermaceti and add
the expressed oil of almond. Dissolve
the borax in 4 pints of water and after
warming to the same temperature as
the melted wax and spermaceti, mix
the two fluids, stirring just enough to
insure thorough admixture, and no
more. Dissolve the soap in 1 gallon of
water, made hot, and add to the mix-
ture, being careful not to stir enough
to make an undesirable foam. The
tragacanth and 4 pints of water must
previously have been made into a
smooth mucilage. Add this, brought to
the same temperature as the saponified
mixture, to that mixture, stirring
briskly. Finally add the aromatic oils,
and strain.
Expressed oil of almond 4 drams.
Alcohol 4 drams.
Tincture of benzoin. .. . 2 drams.
Oil of rose 5 minims.
Oil of rose geranium.. 5 minims.
Glycerin 2% ounces.
Rose water, to make.. 20 ounces.
Melt the spermaceti and oil together,
add the curd soap, and continue the
heat until a uniform mixture results.
Then transfer to a warm mortar and
add gradually about an ounce of rose
water, which has been brought to the
boiling point. Beat up the almonds well
'in another mortar and add the sper-
maceti mixture to this paste. Mix thor-
oughly and stir in the remainder of the
hot rose water to form an emulsion.
To this add the oils dissolved in the
alcohol, the tincture, and the glycerin,
then strain through fine calico, and
make up to 20 ounces with rose water
passed through the strainer. An alter-
native process is to pound the soap
and almonds in a warm mortar, add
the spermaceti and almond oil heated
together, rub thoroughly, emulsify with
the hot rose water and finish as above.
II.
Curd soap % ounce.
Cold cream 1 ounce.
Distilled water 32ounc.es.
Oil of rose y2 dram.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Shave the soap into shreds and dis-
solve in 2 ounces of the water by the
heat of a water-bath. Incorporate it
with the cold cream in a warm mortar,
and gradually add the rest of the water,
which has been heated until tepid, to
form an emulsion. Transfer to a bot-
tle and add the oil of rose dissolved in
the alcohol. Shake well. Benzoic acid
dissolved in the spirit improves the
preparation.
Milk of Roses.
I.
Blanched almonds 2 drams.
Curd soap 4 drams.
Spermaceti 2 drams.
Honey and Almond Lotion.
Ointment of rose
water (U. S. P. 1900) 25 grammes.
Glycerin 25 mils.
Expressed oil of al-
monds 25 mils.
Solution of sodium
hydroxide (U. S. P.) 60 mils.
Mucilage of quince
seed (1 to 64) 125 mils.
Oil of bitter almonds,
essential, and oil of
rose, enough to. . . . perfume.
Water, to make 1000 mils.
Triturate in a cold mortar the oint-
ment of rose water, the expressed oil of
almonds and the solution of sodium
hydroxide until a smooth emulsion is
obtained. Add the mucilage in divided
portions, with constant trituration:
likewise add the glycerin, and, contin-
uing the trituration, 500 mils of water.
Transfer the mixture to a bottle, add
the perfume and enough water to
80
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
make 1000 mils, and shake thoroughly.
In order to make the preparation
true to label, honey may be used in
place of some of or all the glycerin.
Perhaps by replacing a small part of
the almond oil with castor oil a some-
what pearly appearance may be ob-
tained.
Cucumber Toilet Preparations
Cucumber Essence.
I.
Press the juice from cucumbers, mix
with an equal volume of alcohol and
distill. If the distillate is not suffi-
ciently perfumed, more juice may be
added and the mixture distilled. It is
said that the essence thus prepared
will not spoil, even when mixed with
fats in the preparation of cosmetics.
II.
Peel the cucumbers before expressing
their juice; take as much alcohol as
there is cucumber juice, add half of it
to the juice and in the other half
macerate the peelings for three days.
Mix the two liquids and filter.
Cucumber Cream.
I.
"White wax, 3 ounces; spermaceti, 3
ounces; benzoinated lard, 8 ounces; cu-
cumbers, 3 ounces. Melt together the
wax, spermaceti and lard, and infuse
in the liquid the cucumbers previ-
ously grated. Allow the mixture to
cool, stirring well; let it stand a day,
remelt, strain and again stir the
"cream" until cold. Whether the ben-
zoin will prevent the cucumber juice
from spoiling or not we are unable
to say. Perhaps the substitution of
the "essence" would be advisable.
Some prefer the addition of about 150
grains of borax.
II.
Small cucumbers, 2 only; olive oil,
4 ounces; hydrous wool-fat, 2 ounces;
white wax, 1 dram; spermaceti, 1
dram. Slice the entire cucumbers and
steel them in the oil, which should
first be boiled. Set the mixture aside
for twenty- four hours, and then strain
it. Incorporate the wool-fat and wax
by the aid of heat, and beat the whole
into a light cream.
III.
Cucumber juice, 10 ounces; white
wax, 9 ounces; liquid petrolatum
(white), 24 ounces; benzoic acid, 15
grains; distilled water, 8 ounces;
borax, 90 grains; oil of rose, 15 drops.
Grate fresh cucumbers and express
from them 10 ounces of juice. Allow
this to stand for a while and then
strain it through fine muslin. Add
the water and borax. Dissolve the wax
in the oil by the aid of heat and add
the benzoic acid. When partially cool,
.I'M the warmed juice solution and the
oil of rose, and pour into jars.
IV.
Expressed oil of almond, 4 drams;
powdered acacia, 100 grains; water, 4
drams; rose water, S ounces; cologne
water. 1 dram; spirit of camphor, 1
dram; cucumber juice. 4 drams; tinc-
ture of benzoin, 30 drops. Emulsify
the oil with the water and acacia, and
add the other ingredients.
Milk of Cucumbers.
I.
This formula is said to have been
used by the late A. E. Ebert: Cucum-
ber juice, 8 ounces; expressed oil of
almond, 2 ounces; spirit of soap (N.
F.), 2 ounces; tincture of benzoin. 1
dram; oil of bitter almond, 1 drop; oil
of lavender 15 drops; oil of bergamot,
10 drops. To make the cucumber juice
pour boiling water over sliced, but not
peeled, green cucumbers. When the
slices have become soft and pulpy, re-
move them from the water and extract
the juice by squeezing them in a mus-
lin bag. To each 7 ounces of juice add
1 ounce of alcohol.
II.
Sweet almonds. 80 parts; fresh cu-
cumber juice, previously boiled, 200
parts; castile soap, 5 parts; cucumber
essence, 60 parts; tincture of benzoin,
1 part.
Lait Virginal
Rose water 900 mils.
Tincture of myrrh 10 mils.
Essence of opoponax.. 10 mils.
Tincture of benzoin.... 10 mils.
Tincture of quillaja. . . .to emulsify.
Lait d'lris
Spermaceti 3.0 grammes.
White wax 3.0 grammes.
Marseilles soap 3.0 grammes.
Sweet almonds 40.0 grammes.
Distilled water 100.0 mils.
Alcohol (90 P. C.).. 50.0 mils.
Salicylic, acid 0.1 gramme.
Oil of vervaine 0.5 gramme.
Rose water 100.0 mils.
Glycerin of Cucumbers.
Yolk of 1 egg; glycerin, 2 ounces;
tincture of quillaja, 2 drams; ex-
pressed oil of almond, 1 ounce: essence
of cucumber, 1 ounce; rose water,
enough to make eight ounces. Mix the
yolk of the egg with the glycerin, and
add the tincture of quillaja. Gradually
beat in the essence of cucumber di-
luted with 2 ounces of the rose water.
When all has been added make up the
volume to 8 ounces with rose water.
Cucumber Toilet Vinegar.
Cucumbers 45 grammes.
Strong wine
vinegar 1 000 grammes.
Slice the cucumbers and macerate in
TOILET PREPARATIONS
81
the vinegar for three weeks; then
filter.
Cucumber Lotion.
Greases are contraindicated in the
treatment of certain summer com-
plexion ailments, which call for a cool-
ing lotion. In such cases a lotion
made according to the following for-
mula may be found just the thing:
Cucumber juice, fresh . . 1 pint.
Benzoic acid (from
benzoin) 30 grains.
Boric acid 60 grains.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Perfume enough.
Mix the acids and triturate them
with the glycerin; finally stir in the
juice. The lotion is better without any
added perfume.
Toilet Lanolin
Castile soap 100 grammes.
1 Rose water 800 mils.
Hydrous wool-fat. . . .800 grammes.
Glycerin 800 grammes.
Oil of neroli enough.
Solution of helio.
tropin (10c,) enough.
Oil of lavender enough.
Shred the soap and dissolve it in
the rose water. Triturate this solu-
tion with the lanolin in a warmed
mortar; beat in the glycerin and per-
fume as desired. A mixture of 1 part
of oil of lavender. 5 parts of oil of
neroli, and 15 parts of solution of
heljotropin gives a good scent; it may
be added in any proportion desired.
Petroleum Oil Creams
I.
Liquid petrolatum.
white 1 gallon.
Soft petrolatum 7 ounces.
Hard paraffin 7 ounces.
White wax 2 pounds.
Borax 2 ounces.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Water 5 pints.
Perfume enough.
II.
White wax 1 pound.
Water 2 pints.
Liquid petrolatum,
white 5 pints.
Borax 240 grains.
Oil of rose 30 drops.
III.
Spermaceti 1 pound.
White wax 3 pounds.
Liquid petrolatum.
white 2 gallons.
Borax 4 ounces.
Water 1 gallon.
Perfume enough.
IV.
White soft paraffin ... 26 grammes.
Paraffin ointment 14 grammes.
Hydrous wool -fat 10 grammes.
Distilled water 20 mils.
Glycerin 30 grammes.
Oil of geranium 2 drops.
Mix the first three ingredients,
gradually incorporate the water, and
finally add the glycerin and perfume.
The paraffin ointment consists of 1
part of hard paraffin. Instead of the
geranium oil, a mixture of 8 drops
each of the oils of neroli and berga-
mot, and 4 drops of oil of lemon may
be used, or any of the popular syn-
thetic floral odors.
V.
White petrolatum . . 500.0 grammes.
White wax 500.0 grammes.
Spermaceti 50.0 grammes.
Borax 7.5 grammes.
Water 150.0 mils.
Oil of bergamot. . . . 10.0 mils.
Oil of orris 1.0 mil.
Liquid Petrolatum Toilet Cream
Paraffin 1 ounce.
White wax 1 ounce.
Liquid petrolatum 4 ounces.
Borax 20 grains.
Distilled water, warm.. 13 drams.
Oil of rose enough.
Melt the paraffin and the wax at a
low temperature and add the liquid
petrolatum. Dissolve the borax in the
warm distilled water and add it to the
oils in a continuous stream with con-
stant stirring. Beat with an egg
beater until the product congeals, add-
ing the oil of rose in the meantime.
Cream of Camphor
I.
Castile soap 120 grains.
Ammonium carbonate
in clear pieces 120 grains.
Powdered camphor 120 grains.
Oil of thyme 1 fl. dr.
Oil of turpentine 2 fl. ozs.
Water, to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the soap and the ammo-
nium carbonate in 10 fluid ounces of
water, and introduce the solution into
a pint bottle. Dissolve the camphor
in the mixed oil, and add to the soap
solution, shaking the bottle vigorously
until an emulsion is formed. Finally
add enough water to make 1 pint and
mix well by shaking.
II.
Curd soap 1 ^ ounces.
Camphor 6 drams.
Ammonium chloride. . . .1% ounces.
Ammonia water 1% ounces.
Oil of turpentine 6 drams.
Water 12 ounces.
Dissolve the soap in half the water
mixed with the ammonia water, and
dissolve the ammonium chloride in the
other half. Mix the two fluids, all the
82
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA ROOK
camphor dissolved in the oil of tur-
pentine, and emulsify by shaking.
The curd soap mentioned in the rec-
ipe is official in the Rritish Pharma-
copoeia. It is made by the action of
sodium hydroxide on purified animal
fat and contains 30 per cent, of water.
III.
Soft soap 75 grammes.
Camphor 50 grammes.
Oil of turpentine.... 650 mils.
Distilled water,
to make 1000 mils.
Triturate the soap with 100 m41s of
the water until the mixture is homo-
geneous; add gradually with constant
trituration the camphor dissolved in
the oil. When the mixture becomes
creamy triturate in enough distilled
water to make the required volume.
This is the British Pharmaceutical Co-
dex formula for liniment of turpentine.
IV.
White wax 2% ounces.
Spermaceti 2% ounces.
Expressed oil of al-
monds 2 pounds.
Camphor ■i1/2 ounces.
Oil of rosemary 90 minims.
Oil of peppermint 45 minims.
JRosewater 2 pints.
Melt the waxes in the oil of almonds
on a water-bath; remove from the
heat; add the camphor, previously
broken up, and stir until it is dis-
solved; add the rosewater all at once,
and beat the cream with an egg-
beater while it cools. Add the aro-
matic oils a little while before the
cream has cooled.
Oil of geranium 2.4 grammes.
Tincture of musk. .. . 0.6 gramme.
The quantities given are sufficient
for 1 kilogramme of powder.
Rice Toilet Powder
The basis of the finer grades of
poudre de riz is a mixture of rice flour,
2 parts; potato starch, 2 parts; mag-
nesium carbonate, 1 part. Each of
these ingredients must of course be in
the finest possible state of division.
The perfume to be added to the base
is a matter of individual taste. The
powder known as poudre de riz fleur
des Indes is perfumed with frangipanni
fortified with musk. This is typical of
the so-called Oriental odors.
Dunvelle in Noveau Guide du Parfu-
meur gives the following formulas
for suitable odors:
Rose.
Oil of rose 0.8 gramme.
Oil of rose geranium 0.8 gramme.
Oil of clove 0.4 gramme.
Oil of sandalwood... 0.4 gramme.
Oil of cedrat 0.6 gramme.
Bouquet.
Oil of thyme (white) 0.6 gramme.
Oil of hergamot 0.6 gramme.
< >il of clove 0.6 gramme.
Oil of petit-grain 0.4 gramme.
Invisible Face Powder
The so-called invisible powders do-
not seem to differ materially from those
which are not so designated, that is, if
we are to judge by the published in-
formation on the subject. Here are two.
formulas for "invisible" powders:
I.
Zinc oxide 2 ounces.
Precipitated chalk 9 ounces.
Talc 2 ounces.
Starch 3 ounces.
Extract of white rose.. 1 dram.
Extract of jasmine.... 1 dram.
Extract of orange blos-
soms 1 dram
Extract of cassie 1 dram.
Essence of musk *£ dram.
II.
Magnesium carbonate. . 4 ounces.
Talc 8 ounces.
Oil of rose 4 drops.
Oil of neroli 10 drops.
Extract of jasmine.... 2 drams.
Extract of musk 5 drops.
Lotion for Laborers' Hands
Glycerin 20 grammes.
Ammonia water 5 grammes.
Bay rum 20 grammes.
Rosewater 55 grammes.
This is to be applied to the hands
after washing and dried by friction.
Witchhazel Toilet Salve
White petrolatum... 100 grammes.
White wax 15 grammes.
Spermaceti 15 grammes,
Hamamelis water. . . 30 mils.
Perfume enough.
Green color enough.
Melt the first three ingredients to-
gether over a gentle heat; before the
mixture cools stir in the other three.
Coloring for Toilet Lotion
Make two solutions: (1) 10 grains of
methylene blue in 1 ounce of water; (2)
10 grains of ruby S anilin color in 1
ounce of water (this is the grade that
may be used in soda water and foods;
alkalies destroy the color). For use a
few drops of each solution are added to
the liquid to be colored in the propor-
tions that will produce the desired
shade. These may be determined by
TOILET PREPARATIONS
adding the coloring solutions to water.
Methylene blue and a yellow dye will
produce beautiful shades of green.
In using anilin colors it must be
borne in mind that their solutions are
as a rule permanent dyes for fabrics.
Face Bleach for Colored People
We understand that in most sections
where there is a demand for a face
bleach for colored people a 1% per cent,
solution of hydrogen dioxide is dis-
pensed.
All-the-Year Face Powder
Saalfield gives the following formula
for a simple white cosmetic powder,
and this will give equal satisfaction in
winter and summer:
Zinc oxide 215 parts.
Finest talc 345 parts.
Heavy magnesium car-
bonate 35 parts.
Zinc stearate, or oleo-stearate, is said
to be superior to zinc oxide as a derma-
tological application. Many dermatol-
ogists advise against the use of the
zinc salts. In the foregoing formula
the zinc oxide may well be replaced
with a high grade of white kaolin.
Liquid Face Powder
Cosmetic "whitewashes" are. gener-
ally speaking of two kinds: (1) Pois-
onous; and (2) mechanically injurious.
The former contain metallic salts which
through absorption give rise to sys-
temic poisoning. The second class, if
applied for any length of time, clog the
pores and cause comedones and other
dermal blemishes.
For occasional application as a pro-
tection against meteorologic conditions
or to conceal an anomaly of pigmenta-
tion or other blemish the following may
be found useful:
I.
Zinc oxide 100 grammes.
Venetian talc 20 grammes.
Eau de cologne 150 mils.
Rose water 150 mils.
II.
Zinc carbonate 100 grammes.
Glycerin 100 mils.
Rosewater 50 mils.
Orangeflower water. 50 mils.
III.
Venetian talc 90 grammes.
Zinc oxide 10 grammes.
Spermaceti 100 grammes.
Expressed oil of
almond 200 grammes.
If a "flat" white for brunettes is de-
sired a little finely powdered indigo
may be added; a "cream" white for
blondes is produced by the addition of
a little carmine.
IV.
Zinc oxide • 1 ounce.
Rose water 4 ounces.
Glycerin 1 dram.
Perfume enough.
V.
Zinc oxide 1 ounce.
Glycerin • 1 ounce.
Water • . . 4 ounces.
Carmine % grain.
Oil of bergamot...- 2 drops.
Oil of lemon 2 drops.
A New Mobile Powder
Pinkus and Unna say (Monat. fur
Prak. Dermat.) that the mobile prop-
erties of lycopodium may be imitated
to some extent by adding to potato
starch 1 to 1% per cent, of magne-
sium carbonate. The particles of the
carbonate, becoming attached to the
starch granules, isolate them and pre-
vent agglutination. Such a powder
furnishes a uniform and firmly adher-
ing coa'ting to the skin, and is said to
be less noticeable than ordinary cos-
metic powders.
The authors give the following for-
mula for a powder for beautifying the
skin and concealing defects: —
Cosmetic Powder.
Red bole 5 parts.
White bole 25 parts.
Magnesium carbonate.... 40 parts.
, Zinc oxide 50 parts.
Rice starch 80 parts.
Mix thoroughly.
Invisible Powders
The following formulas are for a
so-called "invisible" face powder:
I.
Zinc oxide 2 ounces.
Precipitated chalk 9 ounces.
Talc 2 ounces.
Starch 3 ounces.
Extract of white rose.. 1 dram.
Extract of jasmine 1 dram.
Extract of orange
blossoms 1 dram.
Extract of cassie 1 dram.
Essence of musk % dram.
II.
Magnesium carbonate.. 4 ounces.
Talc 8 ounces.
Oil of rose 4 drops.
Oil of neroli 10 drops.
Extract of jasmine 2 drams.
Extract of musk 5 drops.
Grecian Princess Face Powder
English precipitated
chalk 6 pounds.
Powdered talcum 3 pounds.
Extract of cassie 1 ounce.
Extract of rose 1 ounce.
Extract of musk \i ounce.
-4
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Toilet Powders
Violet Powders: Non-Clinging Types,
—(a) Starch powder, 890; orris root
powder, 100; oil or neroli, 5; oil of ber-
oamot 3; otto of rose, 2. (b) Starch
powder, 500; kaolin, 480; synthetic
musk, 5; oil of bergamot, 12; oil of
clove, 3. This is a cheaper form.
Clinging Types.— (a) Kaolin, talc,
zinc oxide, wheat starch, of each,
equal parts. (b) Prepared white
diatomite, 50; zinc oxide. 25; talc, 25.
(3) Talc, 2; 'kaolin, 1; bismuth oxy-
chloride. 1. (d) Zinc oxide, magnesium
carbonate (light), kaolin, wheat starch,
of each, equal parts, (e) Bismuth oxy-
chloride, 1; zinc oxide, 6; prepared
white diatomite, 5; talc, 8; (f) Zinc
stearate, prepared white diatomite, bis-
muth exy chloride, talc, of each 5. (g)
Soft white paraffin, 1; elutriated diato-
mite, 10; talc, 9. Dissolve the paraffin
in a little hot chloroform or petroleum
ether, and spray it upon the mixed
powders stirring rapidly meanwhile.
When the whole of the paraffin has
been added, spread the powder in a
thin layer for the solvent to evaporate.
Some recommend lanolin in place of
the paraffin, but the odor is unpleas-
ant and is quite difficult to cover.
Prepared White Diatomite. — For this
good white kieselguhr or diatomite is
dried, thoroughly ground, and sifted
through bolting cloth. If the material
is ground in a disintegrator, the
lighter particles that collect in the
"balloon" make an excellent basis.
Colors for Face Powder. — These
must be added in the wet state. When
carmine is used it must be of the best
quality, and it should be ground in
with a little dilute ammonia solution.
It any case sufficient water must be
used to make the mixture quite wet.
For flesh tints plenty of yellow must
be used. Some makers use cadmium
sulphide, but it is rather too bright,
and yellow ochre is generally prefer-
able. For flesh tint — (a) Yellow
ochre, 90; bole. 6; carmine, 4. (b) Yel-
low ocher, 90; bole, 3; hydrated ferric
oxide, 2; carmine, 5. For pink tint —
Yellow ochre, 75; carmine, 25. For
cream or rachel — -Yellow ochre, 94;
bole. 4; burnt sienna. 2. Of the fore-
going concentrated tinting powders
from 60 to 120 grains are required for
each pound of white face powder.
Perfuming the Powder. — If the con-
centrated iloral extracts are employed,
from 10 to 15 drops per pound are
sufficient. The perfume must be well
stirred in, and the powder kept for a
little time to allow it to become thor-
oughly permeated. Should it not be
desirable to employ floral perfumes, the
following volatile oils may be blended,
■ are being taken that none pre-
dominates: otto of rose, bergamot, ger-
anium, ylang ylang, neroli, patchouly
(the merest trace). Of these not more
than 12 drops in all per pound will
be required. Synthetic perfumes are
sometimes used where cost is an im-
portant consideration; for example,
artificial musk or musk ambrette.
ionone, vanillin, coumarin, aubepine,
heliotropin, etc. These are very per-
manent, and only a grain or two of
each per pound of basis will be re-
quired.
Cake Powders. — These consist of
toilet powders made damp with
tragacanth mucilage 2 per cent, and
afterwards pressed into molds. The
cakes must be allowed to dry very
gradually. Some makers add a trace
of plaster of paris, about 2 per cent.,
before moistening. This makes a
firmer cake, but is riot so pleasant to
use.
Nursery Powders. — The best types
contain boric acid, zinc oxide and
starch. The ideal nursery powder
should not contain any natural earthy
matter as fuller's earth, talc or kaolin,
unless previously sterilized. A te-
tanizing bacillus is frequently present
in the soil, and not a few cases of
tetanus have been traced to the use of
unpurified fuller's earth on excoriated
surfaces. If talc, kaolin and fuller's
earth are vised, the powders should be
boiled for 20 minutes with water,
allowed to deposit, the deposit collected
and dried. No admixture of germicides
that could be borne on the skin has
the slightest effect on bacilli or their
spores contained in natural earths.
In the following formulas each
article must be in very fine powder
and quite dry, and the finished mix-
ture sifted by shaking through bolting
cloth: (a) Zinc oxide, boric acid,
starch, of each, equal parts, (b) Boric
acid, 1; zinc oxide, 1; sterilized talc.
2. (c) Pure carbolic acid, 5; soft
white paraffin, 50; boric acid, 290; zinc
oxide, 200; starch. 455. Dissolve the
carbolic acid and paraffin in a little
hot petroleum ether and distribute it
on the starch. Mix in the other pow-
ders, and expose to the air for the
solvent to evaporate. Perfuming
nursery powders should be carried out
with discretion. The odor produced
should be faint and delicate. One or
two drops of rose oil or of concen-
trated floral extract per pound is quite
sufficient.
Antiseptic Foot Powder. — Boric acid,
75; zinc oxide, 5; sterilized talc, 20.
Oil of eucalyptus or thyme oil may be
added as perfumes.
Great caution should be observed in
heating the petroleum ether; of course,
it should not be brought near fire. —
Adapted from a paper by E. W. Lucas
in the Perfumery and Essential Oil
Record.
Face Powder in Cake Form.
French chalk 6 ounces.
Prepared chalk 4 ounces.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
• :.
Essence of lily of the
valley 3 drams.
Starch mucilage enough.
Make into a stiff paste, mold into
tablets and dry carefully.
Any face powder may be made into
cakes or blocks by adding to the pow-
der from 6 to 8 per cent, of acacia,
triturating the whole thoroughly and
making it into a stiff doughy mass by
incorporating water in small portions.
This mass is cut or molded into the de-
sired form and dried at ordinary tem-
perature.
Coloring for Face Powders.
Brunette or Rachel shade is obtained
by the use of burnt umber, burnt
sienna, bole, or carmine and yellow
ocher. Experiments with one or more
of these pigments should result in giv.
ing you the tint you desire for your
powder.
The cream shade can be obtained by
using a trace of the pigments sug-
gested above.
Carmine is used to produce the pink
or flesh tint.
Baby Powders.
On account of the use to which baby
powders are put, being often applied
to abraded surfaces, they should con-
tain nothing that might cause injury
through being absorbed. As high-grade
materials are usually high-priced, it
obviously becomes necessary to pro-
portion the size and style of the pack-
age to the retail price, and to educate
one's customers to the vast difference
between a low-priced preparation and
a safe, efficacious one — less expensive
in the end.
A sine qua non in the making of a
high-grade powder or a high-grade
anything else, is the use of high-grade
materials.
Sweet-Scented Face Powder.
Precipitate chalk 9 ounces.
Talc 2 ounces.
Starch 3 ounces.
Extract of white rose... 1 dram.
Extract of jasmine 1 dram.
Extract of orange blos-
soms 1 dram.
Extract of cassie 1 dram.
Essence of musk % dram.
Talcum Powder.
Below are given a few formulas for
talcum powders found in The Drug-
gists Circular:
Magoffin's Violet Talcum.
Powdered talc 5 pounds.
Corn starch 5 pounds.
Boric acid 10 ounces.
Powdered orris root.... 8 ounces.
Mix. and pass the mixture through a
number 60 sieve at least five times.
Those who do not wish to mix their
boric acid and "violet" powders may
find the next two formulas preferable
to the one above:
Borated Talcum.
Powdered talc 2 pounds.
Magnesium carbonate.. 4 ounc
Boric acid 1 ^ ounces.
Violet Talcum.
Powdered talc 14 oum
Powdered orris root. . . 2 ounces.
Extract of cassie y2 ounce.
Extract of jasmine *4 ounce.
Tea Rose Talcum.
Powdered talc 5 pounds.
Oil of rose 50 drops.
Oil of wintergreen 4 drops.
Extract of jasmine.... 2 ounces.
Purified talc, in a very fine state of
division, and delicately perfumed, is
preferred by many to the mixtures. .
Antiseptic Talcum.
I.
Powdered talc 1 pound.
Boric acid 2 ounces
Salicylic acid 2% drams.
Oil of eucalyptus y> dram.
Oil of thyme (white;... 20 drops.
II.
Boric acid 10 grammes.
Talc 20 grammes.
Rice starch 70 grammes.
All the ingredients should be reduced
to the finest powder separately and
mixed on a paper with a spatula.
III.
Salicylic acid 1 gramme.
Orris root, in finest
powder 5 grammes.
Zinc oxide 10 grammes.
Wheat starch 14 grammes.
Talc 20 grammes.
Orange- Flower Talcum.
Powdered talc 1 pound.
Powdered china clay.. . 3 pounds.
Powdered boric acid ... 4 ounces.
Oil of orange flower... 45 minims.
Oil of sandalwood 20 minims.
Oil of geranium 30 minims.
Oil of clove 15 minims.
British Borated Talc.
Boric acid 100 grammes.
Starch 100 grammes.
Powdered talc 800 grammes.
Oil of geranium 2 mils.
Phenolated Talcum.
Boric acid 2 oun<
Phenol crystals 1 dram.
Powdered talc 14 ounces.
Perfume for Talc Powder.
Oil of neroli 2 mils.
Oil of cloves 1 mil.
Oil of bergamot - mils.
Oil of sandalwood 1 mil.
Oil of rose geranium 2 mils.
Oil of lavender (old) 1 mil.
^/
86
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Red Color for Cosmetics
Carmine, carthamin or carthamic
acid, alkanet and rhatany are recom-
mended as red coloring agents for use
in cosmetics.
Carmine is especially recommended,
but its cost prohibits its use in some
instances. Carthamin or carthamic
acid is obtained from safflower (cartha-
mus tinctorius), and is especially use-
ful for coloring rouges. The red col-
ori'ng matter found in alkanet root is
soluble in fats and oils and is em-
ployed largely in coloring pomades,
hair oils, cold creams, emulsions, etc.,
as it stains them readily and is per-
manent and inexpensive.
Rhatany root furnishes a reddish-
brown coloring matter which is soluble
in alcohol and is used extensively in
the manufacture of tooth washes. Red
santal wood and Pernambuco wood
also supply red coloring matter which
may be found useful.
Rouge in Cake Form
One of our readers, A. Alexander,
chemist, of this city, has kindly volun-
teered the following information rela-
tive to the manufacture of this prod-
uct:—
In practice * * * the rouge is col-
ored with lake colors and bound to-
gether with an aqueous solution, of
gum arabic or tragacanth. The powder
must be" made up of talcum, chalk,
kaolin, oxide of zinc, or stearate of
zinc in combinations to suit the trade
catered to. Some combinations will
contain only talcum and chalk, while
the finer qualities may contain some
other combination or all of them, with
the addition of magnesium carbonate.
The method of procedure is to mix
the powders and color together, sift
through fine bolting cloth, and then
mix with the binder (gum solution),
and mold into forms. Machine-made
rouge is made slightly different. Small
machines for making this cost from
$75 to $125, and are suitable for co
mercial production. The tablets, 1%
inch in diameter, cost about 65 cents
per gross to produce that way.
Solid Rouges
Carmine 1 ounce.
Talc 21 ounces.
Acacia l% ounces.
The ingredients, in the finest pow-
der, are triturated thoroughly, then
water is incorporated in small portions
to form a doughy mass. This is filled
into suitable containers or molded into
cakes and dried.
If tragacanth is used, the mass
should be made with diluted alcohol.
A somewhat more complicated proc-
ess for making rouge follows:
Base.
Corn starch 4 drams.
Powdered white talc 6.drams.
I.
Carminolin 10 grains.
Base (above) 6 drams.
Water 4 drams.
Dissolve the carminolin in the water,
mix with the base, and dry.
II.
Geranium red 10 grains.
Base (above) 6 drams.
Water 4 drams. .
Mix as above, and dry.
No. 18 Rouge de Theatre
Carminolir) rouge (above). 1 ounce.
Geranium rouge (above) . . 3 ounces.
Water enough.
Mix in a mortar to a paste, and mold
or stamp out. Set aside to dry.
Carminolin is known also in the trade
as phloxin.
Other coloring materials which might
be used — especially in combination
with carmine — are fuchsin and tincture
of cudbear. The exact proportions
which will prove most satisfactory in
any given case may best be determined
by experiments conducted by the man
who has before him the ingredients he
is to use and knows what he wants to
produce.
Liquid Rouges
I.
Ammonia water 2 ounces.
Carmine 1 V± ounces.
Triple essence of rose. .2^2 ounces.
Rose water 4 pints.
"No. 4'0" carmine is the kind to use.
This is to be powdered and added to
the ammonia water in a large bottle
and left for several days, when the
other ingredients are to be added.
This mixture is to be kept for a week,
with oft-repeated agitation. Then the
bottle is left undisturbed until the
liquid becomes quite clear, when the
latter is to be decanted and put into
small bottles.
II.
Carmine y2 ounce.
Solution of patassium
hydroxide 6 drams.
Essence of white rose... 3 ounces.
Water, to make 20 ounces.
Mix in the order named, set. aside for
a few days, agitate occasionally, and
filter.
III.
Eosin 16 grains.
Water 1 % drams.
Glycerin % dram.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
87
Alcohol 3 ounces.
Cologne water 2 % ounces.
Mix and dissolve.
Eosin is deceptive in that in solu-
tion it appears to be less pink than it
will turn out to be when applied to the
skin. The manufacturer should test
each lot of this liquid, and use judg-
ment in adjusting the amount of color-
ing matter employed.
IV.
Carmine 3 grammes.
Ammonia water 3 mils.
Alcohol 50 mils.
Oil of geranium 1 mil.
Rose water 300 mils.
Triturate the carmine with the am-
monia water; add the rose water and
then the oil dissolved in the alcohol.
V.
Saturated aqueous so-
lution of eosin 3 mils.
Acacia, powdered 3 grammes.
Rose water 50 mils.
Orange flower water. . 50 mils.
Glycerin 100 mils.
Eye- Brow Pencils
A good basis for eye -brow pencils, as
well as for stick cosmetics, may be
made according to the following for-
mula:
White wax 12 parts.
Ceresin 3 parts.
Petrolatum 4 parts.
Wool-fat 4 parts.
Olive oil 6 parts.
Pigment enough.
Talc enough.
Melt the white wax and ceresin to-
gether, add the petrolatum and wool-
fat and when all are melted, incorpor-
ate the oil. The coloring substance
should be triturated uniformly to the
desired color with powdered talc, after
which it is to be incorporated with the
fatty mixture. The whole should then
be cast into suitable molds.
The pigment to be used depends on
the color desired. Zinc oxide, sienna,
umber, carmine, animal charcoal, lamp-
black and many of the anilins, as eosin,
rhodamin, etc., are employed for color-
ing this class of preparations — that is,
if the blacks may be spoken of as
colors.
Theatrical Face Paints
Grease paints have as their base,
mutton tallow, or a moderately soft
paraffin, which should be properly
scented. The coloring material is tri-
turated with zinc oxide and precipi-
tated chalk, in the proportion of 2 parts
of color to 1 part of each of the other
two. If a paler tint is required, more
of the mixture of equal parts of zinc
oxide and chalk may be added. Fur
yellows, ocher may be used; for
browns, burnt umber; for blues, ultra-
marine. Reds and pinks are made with
carmine and eosin, and as these pig-
ments are very "strong" they should
be treated somewhat differently. Two
formulas for reds follow:
Bright Reds.
Zinc oxide 4 ounces.
Bismuth subnitrate 4 ounces.
Aluminum oxychloride. . 4 ounces.
Eosin 7 grains.
Oil of peppermint 36 minims.
Camphor 36 grains.
Extract of rose 3 drams.
Almond oil enough.
Rub the first three ingredients to-
gether. Dissolve the eosin in the ex-
tract of rose (or any suitable extract).
Make a paste of the whole, using
enough almond oil to serve for that
purpose.
Deep Red.
Zinc oxide 4 ounces.
Bismuth subnitrate 4 ounces.
Aluminum hydroxide.... 4 ounces.
Carmine 1 dram.
Ammonia water 3 drams.
Camphor 24 grains.
Oil of peppermint 20 minims.
Extract of rose 3 drams.
Almond oil. . . enough.
Make into a paste, first dissolving
the carmine in the ammonia water,
only the white salts. Black may be
made by employing lampblack and
omitting the white materials. Differ-
ent shades of the various colors, and
new tints as a result of blending, will
suggest themselves to opei-ators.
Perfuming Starch
Although the same perfumes will an-
swer, the form of the starch, whether
in lumps or powder, makes different
methods of applying the odorous sub-
stance necessary. Any handkerchief
extract may be used to scent either
form of starch. It is best applied by
spraying with an atomizer. The powder
should be spread out on a flat surface
and stirred with a large spatula or
paddle as the perfume is sprayed over
it. For large quantities, some sort of
a mechanical agitator is desirable. To
perfume lump starch, simply spread
out a single layer of the lumps and
spray the perfume over them.
Better results will follow the use of
a concentrated perfume, which may be
any desired essential oil or combina-
tion of several oils, or some blend of
the following sort:
Wood Violet.
Solution of ionone (1 in
30, in 60% alcohol) ... 2 ounces.
:>-
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Solution of concrete oil
of orris (1 in 60, in
60% alcohol) 2 ounces.
Solution of artificial
musk (1%, in 60% alco-
hol) 1 dram.
Oil of bergamot 5 minims.
Carnation.
Oil of rose % dram.
Oil of neroli % dram.
Oil of clove 2 drops.
Essence of cassie 4 ounces.
Tincture of vanillin 2 ounces.
Muguet.
Oil of jasmine (synthetic) 1 dram.
Oil of ylang-ylang (syn-
thetic) 3 drams.
Solution of heliotropin
(1%) in 60% alcohol).. Bounces.
Solution of terpineol (1%,
in 60% alcohol) 20 ounces.
Heliotrope.
Tincture of vanilla 5 ounces.
Extract of rose 5 ounces.
Essential oil of almond. . 5 minims.
Modern Bouquet.
Liquid aubepine 4 ounces.
Concrete oil of orris 1 ounce.
Bouvardia, 10% 1 dram.
Oil of rose geranium. ... 4 drams.
Benzyl acetate 1 ounce.
Perspiration Powders and Pastes
Generally speaking, preparations for
preventing the disagreeable odor of
perspiration act by doing one of three
things, or a combination of two or
more of them — they (1) clog the pores
of the skin., and so retard the flow or
perspiration, or (2) act as an antiseptic
and so prevent the souring of the per-
spiration, or (3) saponify the grease of
the perspiration — the souring of which
causes the bad odor. To the first class
belong many of the greases and salves;
to the second, boric acid; and to the
third, sodium bicarbonate. Of course,
it injures one to stop one's perspiration
and so salves and pastes for this pur-
pose should be used sparingly if at all.
A formula for a preparation which,
while a grease, also acts as an anti-
septic, is here given:
Thymol 2 grammes.
Zinc oleate 200 grammes.
Boric acid 150 grammes.
('•■trolatum cold
cream 650 grammes.
A few recipes for antiseptic per-
spiration powders follow:
I.
Dried alum 12 parts.
Salicylic acid 3 parts.
Starch 18 parts.
Violet talcum powder. .120 parts.
II.
I lismuth subnitrate 1 ounce.
Potassium
permanganate 1 % ounces.
Rice flour 2 ounces.
III.
Zinc perborate 20 parts.
Talc powder 80 parts.
A perspiration paste may be made
according to the next formula:
Boric acid 1 ounce.
Salicylic acid 20 grains.
Powdered soap % ounce.
Elderflower water 1 ounce.
Powdered arrowroot.... 1 ounce.
Glycerin, to make a soft paste.
Beat the soap into a paste with the
elderflower water; add the powders,
previously mixed, and incorporate
enough glycerin to give the proper
consistency.
It is said that one of the popular
perspiration pastes is quite similar in
composition to the ointment of zinc
stearate of the Pharmacopoeia; maybe
an ointment of zinc oleo-stearate. per-
fumed.
Here is another suggestion:
Powdered starch 1 pound.
Salicylic acid 150 grains.
Mucilage of
tragacanth enough.
This, of course, will harden on ex-
posure to the air, and for that reason
it should be dispensed in a tightly
stopped container; or a little glycerin
might be added to it.
Foregger suggests the use of a de-
odorizing salve consisting of zinc
peroxide and petrolatum. We under-
stand, however, that the firm having
patent rights on zinc peroxide also
controls the right to prepare toilet
preparations made from it.
Preventing Perspiration
While there are a number of drugs
which when taken internally have a
tendency to diminish perspiration, we
think it best for pharmacists to leave
the prescribing of them to physicians.
Local applications of tanning sub-
stances, as tannic acid, formaldehyde,
etc., also retard perspiration, but we
feel that when it comes to a matter
of interrupting a natural function of a
human organ, those who are not
familiar with the importance of that
function and the seriousness of the
consequences of its partial cessation,
should keep hands off.
It may be considered within the
provinces of a pharmacist to supply
something to overcome the disagree-
able odor of perspiration, and for this
purpose he may sell a powder consist-
ing principally of sodium bicarbonate,
with a little starch or talc, boric acid
and perfume added.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
Rft
Liquid Perspiration Deodorants
I.
Boric acid 4 drams.
Salicylic acid 1 dram.
Glycerin 2 drams.
Rose water 3 ounces.
-Cologne water 8 ounces.
II.
Burnt alum 1 part.
Boracic acid 1 part.
Elderflower water 30 parts.
For Malodorous Perspiration
I.
Bismuth subnitrate 1 ounce.
P o t a s sium permanga-
nate iy2 ounces.
Rice flour 2 ounces.
II.
Zinc oleate 4 drams.
Boracic acid 3 drams.
Keep the surface constantly covered
with the powder.
For Excessive Perspiration
I.
Zinc oleate % ounce.
Powdered starch 1 ounce.
Salicylic acid 20 grains.
II.
Hydrastine hydrochloride. 5 grains.
Cologne water 4 ounces.
Apply frequently to the surface.
Deodorant Powder for Warm
Weather.
I.
Starch 2 ounces.
Talc 1 ounce.
Burnt alum 1 dram.
Oil of lemon 20 drops.
Phenol 10 drops.
Salicylic acid 10 grains.
II.
Alum 10 grammes.
Boric acid 20 grammes.
Talc 40 grammes.
Starch 60 grammes.
Oil of eucalyptus 6 drops.
Oil of wintergreen.. . . 3 drops.
Suggestion for a Stearate Paste Per-
spiration Deodorant.
Stearic acid 2 ounces.
Dried sodium carbo-
nate 6 drams.
Sodium borate 60 grains.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Water 4 ounces.
Oil of cassia 30 drops.
Thymol 60 grains.
Alcohol enough.
Dissolve the sodium salts in the wa-
ter, add the glycerin; place the mix-
ture in a water-bath and add the
stearic acid, heating with constanl
stirring until effervescence ceases. Re-
move from the heat and beat vigor-
ously until cold. Dissolve the thy-
mol in a mixture of the oil of cassin.
and sufficient alcohol and incorporate
the solution in the cold paste.
Magoffin's Perspirine.
Powdered talc 5 pounds.
Corn starch 5 pounds.
Boric acid 10 ounces.
Oil of rose 1 dram.
Mix the first three ingredients. Tri-
turate the oil with 2 ounces of the
mixture and then mix all together.
Run through a No. 60 sieve at least
five times.
French Anti-Perspiration Prescription
For the excessive perspiration of the
feet and axillae, the Journal de Sante
recommends a mixture of: —
Thymol 0.20 gramme.
Tannin 3.00 grammes.
Talc 50.00 grammes.
Starch 50.00 grammes.
Depilatories.
"We reprint below information con-
cerning depilatories that was furnished
us by a dermatologist:
There has been so much inquiry
about good depilatories that I hope a
word from me will not be without
fruit. The druggist would fare much
better were he to leave the removal of
hair to a physician who fully under-
stands that practice. All depilatory
pastes and powders depend for their ac-
tion on either barium or calcium sul-
phide; both are caustic in action on the
skin, and the persistent use of them,
which is essential to good results, will.
in most cases, produce a severe der-
matitis that is difficult to get rid of.
In my fourteen years of practice, in
which I have had my share of derma-
tology, I have yet to find a reliable way
of hair removing. Electricity, while
fairly successful, is so painful and re-
moves so few hairs at a sitting, that
patients submit but few times to it.
Could I but cite the many cases of
ruined skins with scar and eczematous
tissue due to the indiscriminate use of
the "patent" depilatories with which
the market is flooded, there would be
less of these used.
We cannot blame the women for
wishing to appear beautiful, and no one
is more desirous of helping them than I
am. Depilatory pastes, when used dis-
creetly and not too often do little harm.
but they never should be put into the
hands of women for use every time one
sees a darkening of the shadows.
Preparations made according to this
90
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
formula, used as directed, act nicely.
The sulphides directed must be made
fresh for each application. The good
results last as long as six or even more
weeks. '
I.
Barium sulphide 20 parts.
Powdered soap 5 parts.
Powdered talc . 32 parts.
Wheat flour 32 parts.
Benzaldehyde enough.
To apply take about a teaspoonful
of this powder and three teaspoonfuls
of water, make a smooth paste, and
apply evenly with a spatula or brush
for five minutes; then apply a little
more water over the paste for five
more minutes; moisten thoroughly
with a sponge, gently rub off, and ap-
ply some cold cream. These directions
should be followed in cases of a fairly
heavy growth, but should be moder-
ated in cases of lanugo growths.
II.
Barium sulphide 1 part.
Flour or starch 1 part.
Apply this as the other.
The first is my favorite and is very
efficient if freshly made.
"Jerseyite" sends the following for-
mula for a depilatory which he says
he has found very successful:
Barium sulphide 17 parts.
Zinc oxide 45 parts.
Starch 27 parts.
Talc 10 parts.
Oil of eucalyptus 1 part.
In a mixture made according to this
formula, the barium salt is the active
ingredient, the others being merely
fillers and diluents, the oil, of course,
being added as a perfume. Similar
formulas have appeared from time to
time in The Druggists Circular, and
reports of dissatisfaction arising from
their use are not lacking.
Liquid Depilatory.
Our Jersey friend wants to know if
we can supply a formula for a good
liquid depilatory. We fear we must
disappoint him. Sulphides do not keep
well in solution. A solution of sodium
sulphide crystals in lime water. 300
grains to the ounce, has been suggested
as a depilatory, but this has to be of
recent make to be of service. It is
said to keep better in amber-colored
bottles.
A German formula for a liquid depil-
atory is:
Tincture of iodine.. 0.5 gramme.
Oil of turpentine... 1.0 gramme.
Castor oil 1.5 grammes.
Alcohol 10.0 grammes.
Collodion 40.0 grammes.
It was stated in the German journal
from which this formula was taken,
that two applications of the prepara-
tion would bring away the hair as it
peeled off. Oil of turpentine and iodine
when mixed may cause trouble by the
violence of the reaction; they may even
cause an explosion.
The use of any kind of depilatory is
attended by such dangers that it should
be carried on only under the advice
and direction of a physician.
Thallium Acetate as a Depilatory.
Sabourand (Trib. med.) says that
thallium acetate, administered intern-
ally, causes the hair to fall out, and,
applied locally, acts as a depilatory
and is useful in removing superfluous
hair from any part of the body. The
hair grows again, of course, but is said
to remain short and colorless. The
author recommends a depilating paste
containing thallium acetate, 3
grammes; zinc oxide, 25 grammes; pe-
trolatum, 200 grammes; hydrated wool-
fat, 50 grammes, and rose water, 50
grammes.
The action of the preparation is not,
strictly speaking, a depilating action,
but is similar to that of solution of
hydrogen dioxide when used for the
same purpose — that is, through con-
tinued application the heavy, colored
hair is gradually changed into the
relatively colorless lanugo variety. The
correct manner of using the thallium
acetate creams is to rub a small quan-
tity upon the offending hirsute growth
each evening until the desired result
is obtained.
Thallium acetate is not an innocuous
substance, and its application is best
left to the physician. Not more than
a few grains of the cream should be
applied to the body at one time. Large
patches of superfluous hair should be
treated in sections on alternate days,
and not more than one patch should be
treated at a time.
Liquid Nail Enamel.
I.
Oil of mastic 15.0 grammes.
Sea salt 2.0 grammes.
Rosin 1.5 grammes.
Alum 1.5 grammes.
Yellow wax 1.5 grammes.
II.
Stannic acid 20.0 grammes.
Sandarac resin 1.0 gramme.
Kaolin 4.0 grammes.
Carmine 0.2 gramme.
Extract of violet.... 5 drops.
Extract of ylang-
ylang 10 drops.
III.
White wax 1 ounce.
Cottonseed oil 2 ounces.
Carmine 5 grains.
Oil of rose 5 drops.
Melt the wax, add the oil, triturate
the carmine to fine powder, mix inti-
TOILET PREPARATIONS
9'
mately with the melted fats and then
incorporate the oil of rose.
IV.
Eosin 10 grains.
White wax % dram.
Spermaceti % dram.
Soft paraffin 1 oum.-.
Alcohol enough.
Dissolve the eosin in as little alcohol
a* will suffice, melt the other ingredi-
ents together, add the solution and stir
until cool.
Nail-Polishing Stick.
Putty powder 4 ounces.
Carmine 10 grains.
Ptrfume to suit.
Mucilage of tragacanth. enough.
The powders and perfume are well
mixed, then massed with the mucilage
and rolled into sticks.
Ointments for Treating Brittle Nails.
I.
Extract of nux vomica.. 8 grains.
Pilocarpine nitrate 2 grains.
Calcium glycerophos-
phate 15 grains.
Tincture of cochineal.... sufficient.
Hydrous wool fat % ounce.
II.
Powdered mastic 240 grains.
Bay salt 30 grains.
Resin 30 grains.
Alum 30 grains.
White wax 30 grains.
One of these ointments is spread
over the nails at bed-time.
Nail-Polishing Paste.
Tin oxide 500 grammes.
Powdered tragacanth 2 grammes.
Glycerin 0.5 gramme.
Rose water 200 grammes.
Alcohol enough.
Place the powdered tragacanth in a
mortar or other suitable mixing appa-
ratus, moisten with alcohol, then add
the rose water and glycerin and tritur-
ate until the jelly is formed. Then add
the tin oxide and work it in thoroughly.
If the paste is too stiff for satisfactory
mixing, a little water may be added
and the amount of glycerin increased.
Nail Varnish.
I.
Chloroform 150 grammes.
Paraffin 15 grammes.
Dissolve the paraffin in the chloro-
form. The solution may be perfumed
with oil of rose or oil of rose geranium.
n.
Paraffin 2 grammes.
Amyl acetate 2 mils.
Chloroform 30 mils.
Nail-Polishing Powder.
I.
Precipitated silica 1 ounce.
Heavy magnesia % ounce.
Oil of ylang-ylang 1 drop.
Tint with carmine solution.
II.
Precipitated silica 1 ounce.
Prepared chalk % ounce.
Putty powder % ounce.
Oil of rose 1 drop.
Tint with carmine solution.
Finger Nail Bleach and Polish.
For bleaching and polishing the
nails, solution of hydrogen dioxide with
fine powdered pumice stone is said to
be used by professional manicurists.
Diluted lactic, acetic, citric, tartaric or
phosphoric acid, together with talcum,
calcium phosphate or even cuttlefish
bone are also used.
As we have pointed out a number of
times, the continual use of such prep-
arations as these will injure the nails,
and druggists offering them to the pub-
lis should affix a label bearing a warn-
ing to that effect.
Here is a formula from across the
water for a bleach:
Diluted sulphuric acid.... 2 drams.
Tincture of myrrh 1 dram.
Rosewater, to make 4 ounces.
Dip the nails in this solution, wipe
and polish with chamois skin.
A second formula is as follows:
Tartaric acid 1 dram.
Tincture of myrrh 1 dram.
Cologne water 2 drams.
Water 3 ounces.
Dissolve the acid in the water; mix
the tincture of myrrh and cologne and
add the mixture to the acid solution.
For Moisture of the Hands.
Zinc oleate 1 dram.
Bismuth subnitrate 2 drams.
Betanaphthol 10 grains.
Dust frequently over the surface.
Cuticle Ice
Menthol is the cooling constituent
of the preparations of this class. The
appended formulas represent typical
although quite different preparations:
I.
Menthol 3 parts.
Paraffin 40 parts.
White petrolatum 57 parts.
Melt the paraffin with the petrola-
tum at a gentle heat; add the menthol
previously powdered and stir until it
is dissolved.
II.
Irish moss 1 ounce.
Menthol 1 dram.
92
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
Hot water enough.
Place the moss in 2 pints of hot
water and heat on a water-bath for
twenty minutes; add 2 more pints of
hot water and squeeze the mucilage
through muslin. Dilute this with 4
pints of boiling water; filter through
felt, and evaporate the filtrate to 2
pints. Dissolve the menthol in the
alcohol, add the glycerin and then the
mucilage in divided portions with con-
stant trituration.
Almond Meal
I.
Bitter almond meal 270 grammes.
Powdered orris root 180 grammes.
Rice flour 180 grammes.
Powdered castile
soap (dry) 45 grammes.
Powdered borax.... 45 grammes.
Oil of bergamot. . . . 12 mils.
Extract of musk. ... 6 mils.
Oil of bitter almonds 1 mil.
Run through a sieve several times,
and keep in well closed containers.
II.
Almond meal 1,000 grammes.
Oatmeal 300 grammes.
Powdered castile
soap 100 grammes.
Oil of bergamot.... 7 grammes.
Oil of neroli 1 gramme.
Oil of cedar
(perfumer's) .... 2 grammes.
Oil of cloves 2 grammes.
Toilet Hand Oatmeal
Oatmeal 6 ounces.
Orris root, powdered ... 4 drams.
Ionone 5 minims.
The oatmeal should be of medium
fineness and free from adhering flour.
The orris and perfume should be
rubbed together thoroughly for several
minutes before all are mixed together.
Almond Paste for the Hands
Bitter almond meal. .125 grammes.
Sweet almond meal. .125 grammes.
Lemon juice 60 grammes.
Milk 30 grammes.
Expressed almond oil . 90 grammes.
Alcohol (20%) 180 grammes.
The Treatment of Warts
A wart, Ave find described in Web-
ster's dictionary, as "a small, usually
hard, tumor of the skin, formed by en-
largement of its vascular papillae,
and thickening of the epidermis that
covers them." Much has been written
concerning warts, and a great many
remedies for them have been recom-
mended by physicians and others. An
interesting item concerning warts and
their treatment appeared in a recent
issue of the Journal of the American
Medical Association, as follows:
Warts need little description. For
the most part they are simple affairs, !
occurring most frequently on the
hands. Although they may develop in
certain diseased conditions and at
times seem to develop in conjunction
with disturbances of the internal se-
cretions, it is coming to be believed
that they are caused by micro-organ-
isms and are probably auto-inoculable.
A crop of warts may seem to resist
every treatment, and suddenly without
any known causative influence entirely
disappear within a few days. For this
reason, all sorts of absurd treatments
have been suggested, and some of them
have numerous adherents among the
laity. At the same time numerous
treatments have been described in
medical literature, and many of these
have achieved a following. Lately the
long administration of lime in some
form to increase the lime content of
the blood and tissues is being revived
as a method of treatment.
Local treatments directed to the
warts are usually successful in re-
moving these unsightly protuberances.
Among the escharotics that have been
suggested are. painting with glacial
acetic acid. Stronger caustics, such as
nitric acid, potash, formaldehyde solu-
tions of the strength of the official
preparation, etc., should be used with
great caution. The surrounding skin
should always be protected.
A time-worn prescription is salicylic
acid in collodion:
Salicylic acid 2 grammes.
Collodion 30 grammes.
The wart should be touched with
this solution two or three times a day,
each time the film of collodion being
removed.
A more sedative and as efficient a
preparation is:
Chloral hydrate 10 grammes.
Salicylic acid 2 grammes.
Collodion 30 grammes.
A more active solution is:
Chrysarobin 2 grammes.
Collodion 30 grammes.
Sweating Feet
Brocq gives a number of methods
for the treatment of excessive per-
spiration of the feet, which follow:
Boot socks may be used, made of fil-
ter paper, linen or cork soaked in one
of the following liquids and then dried:
A mixture of potassium perman-
ganate, 15 grains; thymol, 8 grains, and
water, 3% ounces.
A lotion of naphthol, 5 parts; glycer-
in, 10 parts; alcohol, 100 parts. This
TOILET PREPARATIONS
93
to be followed with a powder of naph-
thol, 1 part; starch, 9 parts.
Iron perchloride (.solution), 30 parts;
glycerin, 10 parts.
A lotion of quinine sulphate, 5 parts;
tannic acid, 2 parts; alcohol, 100 parts,
and water 250 parts. This to be fol-
lowed with a powder of salicylic acid,
3 parts; alum. 45 parts; starch, 10
parts; talc, 87 parts.
Tincture of belladonna, 25 parts; eau
de cologne. 120 parts.
The socks may be powdered with a
mixture of talc. 40 parts; bismuth sub-
nitrate, 45 parts; potassium perman-
granate, 3 parts; sodium salicylate, 2
parts; rice flour, 60 parts.
Foot Powder
The ordinary old-time foot powder is
composed principally of some such
base as talc and starch, together with
a little boric or salicylic acid. A modi-
fication of this old formula is as fol-
lows : —
Salicylic acid 6 drams.
Boric acid 3 ounces.
Powdered elm bark 1 ounce.
Powdered orris 1 ounce.
Talc 36 ounces.
Oxygen-liberating liquids and pow-
ders seem to be in favor for cleansing
wounds and feet. A typical formula
for such a powder is: —
Sodium perborate 3 ounces.
Zinc peroxide 2 ounces.
Talc . . • 15 ounces.
Foot Cream
The following formula has proved
satisfactory for a stiff tragacanth jelly:
Tragacanth 5 drams.
Benzoic acid 1 dram.
Sodium borate 1 dram.
Water 4 ounces.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Rose water 4 ounces.
Oil of bitter almond 5 drops.
Extract of jasmine 4 drams.
Put the tragacanth into a wide-
mouthed bottle, add the water in
which the benzoic acid and the so-
dium borate have been dissolved; and
set aside for several days. Mix the
glycerin and the rose water, add these
to the tragacanth mixture, shake fre-
quently during two or three dars, and
squeeze through flannel. Fina^v in-
corporate the oil of bitter almonW dis-
solved in the perfume extract. If a
pearly appearance is desired, add
about 4 drams of tincture of Siam
benzoin to the finished jelly.
Tannin 15 grammes.
Powdered talc 430 grammes.
II.
Potassium perman-
ganate 13 grammes.
Alum 1 gramme.
Talc 50 grammes.
Zinc oxide 18 grammes.
Calcium hydrate is grammes.
III.
Salicylic acid 2 parts.
Zinc stearate 1 part.
Talc 40 parts.
Examination of samples of foot
powder on the market showed that
they were made up, respectively, as
indicated below: —
Talc, 75 per cent.; boric acid. 25 per
cent.
. Talc, 12.5 per cent.; starch. 50 per
cent.; borax, 37.5 per cent.
Talc, 25 per cent.; boric acid, 75
per cent.
Talc, 65 per cent.; alum, 20 per
cent.; magnesia, 15 per cent.
Talc, 90 per cent.; borax, 10 per
cent.
Talc, 95 per cent.; alum. 4 per cent.;
boric acid, 1 per cent.
Starch, 65 per cent.; zinc oxide, 35
per cent.
Talc, GO per cent.; boric acid, 40 per
cent.
Talc, 75 per cent.; starch, 15 per
cent.; salicylic acid, 7.5 per cent.;
alum. 2.5 per cent.
Zinc oxide, 25 per cent.; borax, 75
per cent.
Starch. 75 per cent.; salicylic acid,
25 per cent.
All the most prominent brands
showed talc in the proportion of 75
to 90 per cent. The starch was most-
ly in the form of corn, wheat or po-
tato starch. Only one sample con-
tained orris root. Salicylic acid was
used in the proportion of 3 to 7.5 per
cent., as a rule, and boric acid varied
fpom 1 to 75 per cent.
Another authority directs: — (1) Zinc
perborate, 20; with talcum, 80. (2)
Sodium perborate. 20; with talcum,
80. (3) Both together and singly,
with zinc peroxide and talcum. Feet
and stockings were dusted several
times a day.
Coumarin, tincture of orris and
compound tincture of vanilla are rec-
ommended as perfumes for foot pow-
ders.
Application for Perspiring Feet
I.
Dried alum 50 grammes.
Salicylic acid 5 grammes.
Glycerin as a Foot Application
Dr. Benians has recently recom-
mended (Lancet* glycerin in cases of
perspiring feet (bromidrosis). He
points out that the substances which
give rise to the clinical symptoms of
bromidrosis, such as indol and. per-
haps, skatol. are the products of
bacterial action, as also is ammonia,
94
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
which, on account o£ its solvent ac-
tion on keratin, is possibly the most
harmful body. The addition of gly-
cerin to the medium in which the in-
dol -producing bacteria are growing
prevents the formation of this sub-
stance and in place of an alkaline
medium, the fermentation of the gly-
cerin leads to the production of a
marked acidity, and so substitutes an
acid for an alkaline medium in con-
tact with the skin of the foot. Dr.
Be.nians cites two severe cases which
were completely cured in three days
by the application of glycerin well
spread over the soles and toes before
the socks were put on, this being re-
peated each morning as long as nec-
essary. He suggests that the use of
glycerin, by preventing the formation
of noxious products, and thus keep-
ing the skin of the feet in a healthy
condition, would be of considerable
value to an army on long marches.
Any pharmacist ought to be able to
make up a glycerine preparation suit-
able for a foot cream; to label it at-
tractively, and to push it successfully.
Astringent and Antiseptic Foot
Powder.
Alum, powdered 60 grammes.
Tannic acid 5 grammes.
Salicylic acid 2 grammes.
Orris root, powdered. 33 grammes.
Mix them and divide into packages
of about 2 grammes each; or make
into suitable-sized tablets.
Ammonia Chloride Corn Salve
Salicylic acid 2 ounces.
Ammonium chloride 2 ounces.
Acetic acid 4 drams.
Wool-fat 2 ounces.
White wax 2 ounces.
Lard 8 ounces.
What Corns Are and How to Treat
Them
Corns form a never-ending subject
for discussion and probably will so
long as people insist upon wearing
tight shoes. Cures and near-cures —
mostly the latter — have been offered in
great number and for a long time, but
the annual crop of corns seems not to
diminish.
Writing to Clinical Medicine, on this
subject. Dr. John C. Warbrick says: —
Corns are an abnormal localized thickening
of the epidermis, occurring more often on the
feet; but they may also be found on the
hands, especially of individuals who do con-
siderable manual labor implying much-re-
peated pressure. These corns on the feet are
produced by anything causing continual pres-
sure or friction, as tight or ill-fitting shoes.
A predisposing cause is softness and tender-
ness of the skin, due to lack of exercise and
circulation of the blood, so that the toes are
easily compressed.
Two varieties of corns (clavus) are recog-
nized:—(1) Hard corns, which occur on the
exposed surfaces, particularly the upper parts
of the toes or on the inner and outer sides
of them; (2) soft corns, which occur between
the toes.
Hard corns are more or less conical in
shape, and it is the pressure of the apex of
this cone upon the papillary layer of the
corium that causes the pain, which so often
is intense. They may be quite small, or they
may broaden out considerably, and- then may
occur singly or in groups. When neglected
suppuration may occur, and the pus be pre-
vented from escaping by the hardened cuticle,
this often causing a good deal of pain and
inflammation of the skin and tissues around,
which may lead to ulceration.
In order to prevent corns from forming,
tight shoes must be shunned. The feet should
be bathed in cold water now and again and
rubbed well with a dry bath towel. Walking
should be freely practiced. Some of the sub-
stances employed for destroying corns are
glacial acetic acid, monochloracetic acid, tri-
chloracetic acid, salicylic acid, sodium hydrate
and sodium ethylate.
In my opinoin, however, there is nothing bet-
ter for removing warts or corns than salicylic
acid and collodion; for salicylic acid has the
property of attacking abnormal or diseased
tissue while leaving all healthy tissue un-
touched. Hence its value in removing corns,
warts and the like, and painlessly at that.
The other substances mentioned above may be
of some use, but none of them are half so
good as salicylic acid. To remove a corn (or
a wart) with glacial acetic acid requires pa-
tience and time. Following are two approved
formulas for salicylated collodion: —
I.
Salicylic acid 15 grains.
Extract of cannabis indica.. 8 grains
Alcohol 15 minims.
Ether 40 minims.
Flexible collodion 75 minims.
Paint on three times a day for a week, then
soak the foot in hot water and pick the corn
off with the finger nail.
II.
Salicylic acid 1 dram.
Extract of cannabis indica 10 grains.
Ether - dram-.
Flexible collodion 6 drams.
Over the corn apply a plaster with a hole
in the center to relieve pressure.
Rohe, in his "Diseases of the Skin,"
says that "a corn is a circumscribed
hyperplasia of epithelial tissue, which
projects downward, by a conical pro-
longation, into the deeper epidermal
layers of the skin," which will no
doubt be a relief to many people who
have always thought that a corn was
just a corn, and a rather commonplace
attachment at that.
According to the Medical World,
corns and warts may be removed by
the daily application of Fowler's solu-
tion. If the growth is very hard, it
may be first softened by the applica-
tion of liquor potassa before using the
arsenical solution. We wish to add
that much "corn comfort" may easily
be obtained (in case of hard corns
and callosites) by rubbing with sand-
paper (not too fine) every few days,
or sufficiently often to keep them
down. The sand-paper works better
when the part is perfectly dry and
hard. This is simple, but many can
thereby get much foot comfort who
suffer needlessly.
A collection of formulas for corn
remedies from other sources follow: —
TOILET PREPARATIONS
Salicylic acid 2 ounces.
Ammonium chloride 2 ounces.
Acetic acid 4 drams.
Wool-fat 2 ounces.
"White wax 2 ounces.
Lard 8 ounces.
II.
Salicylic acid 10 grammes.
Lactic acid 10 grammes.
Chloral hydrate 10 grammes.
Castor oil 1 gramme.
Venice turpentine 1 gramme.
Extract of cannabis
indica 2 grammes.
Collodion 100 grammes.
III.
Salicylic acid 1 ' j ounces.
Pyroxylin 1 ounce.
Amyl acetate 5 ounces.
Acetone 15 ounces.
Balsam of fir 2 drams.
Castor oil 2 drams.
Oil of cloves 15 minims.
Make a solution.
This should not be made or used
near an open flame.
IV.
Salicylic acid 2 drams.
Extract of belladonna... 1 dram.
Powdered French rosin. .y2 dram.
Castor oil 1 dram.
Flexible collodion, to
make 2 ounces.
V.
Iodine 3 grammes.
Salicylic acid 12 grammes.
Pyroxylin 3 grammes.
Acetone, to make. . .100 mils.
In a stoppered bottle dissolve in the
acetone first the iodine, then the acid,
and finally the pyroxylin.
VI.
Resorcinol 1 gramme.
Salicylic acid 1 gramme.
Lactic acid 1 gramme.
Flexible collodion 10 mils.
Apply every day, putting one layer
on another for five or six days, then
bathe the feet in hot water and the
corn may be removed.
VII.
For soft corns: —
Salicylic acid 1 dram.
Menthol 1 dram.
Cacao butter 4 ounces.
VIII.
Salicylic acid 12 grammes.
Extract of Indian
hemp 2 grammes.
Acetone 30 grammes.
Collodion, to make. .. .100 grammes.
Dissolve the acid and the extracts
in the liquids by agitation.
Wart and Corn Removers
I.
Resorcin 1 gramme.
Salicylic acid 1 gramme.
"Wool fat 20 grammes.
II.
Glacial acetic acid. . .10 grammes.
Precipitated sulphur. .20 gramme.
Glycerin 32 grammes.
III.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Salicylic acid to saturate.
Castor oil 50 drops.
Apply by dampening (warts or
corns) twice a day.
Wart Remover
I.
Salicylic acid 2 grammes.
Chrysarobin 4 grammes.
Ichthyol 4 grammes.
Wool-fat 35 grammes.
Petrolatum 55 grammes.
II.
Phenol 1 gramme.
Glacial acetic acid .... .3 grammes.
IIT.
Chloral 90 grains.
Acetic acid 90 grains.
Salicylic acid 60 grains.
Ether 60 grains.
Collodion 225 grains.
Violet Ammonia.
The following formula is contributed
by a pharmacist who says the product
is sold extensively:
Ammonia water 12 pints.
Distilled water 28 pints.
Perfume (see below)... 1 ounce.
Color enough.
Perfume for the Foregoing.
Anisic aldehyde V2 dram.
Benzyl acetate % dram.
Ionone 1 dram.
Coumarin 1 grain.
Oil of bergamot 15 minims.
Oil of neroli 10 minims.
Ticture of musk 4 ounces.
Other formulas follow: —
I.
Ammonia water 8 ounc s.
Rose water 8 ounces.
Powdered orris 1 ounce.
Color enough.
Macerate the orris in a mixture of
the two waters for a week and then
so filter the solution as to prevent
evaporation of the ammonia. Finally
add the color.
II.
Ammonia water S oun<
Green soap 4 ounces.
Oleic acid 3 drams.
Oil of bay 15 minims.
Oil of rosemary 15 minims.
Oil of verbena 15 minims.
Water, to make 2 pints.
Dissolve the soap in 1 pint of water
by the aid of heat. When the- solu-
tion has cooled add the other things,
96
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULAS
the oleic acid next to last, the balance
of the water heing last, of course.
III.
Stronger ammonia water 6 pints.
Alcohol 1 pint.
Oil of orris (soapmaker's) 2 drams.
Oil of bergamot 2 drams.
Color enough.
Distilled water, to make. 5 gallons.
Mix the ammonia water with an
equal amount of the water; dissolve
the oils in the alcohol; mix the two so-
lutions and add the required amount of
water.
IV.
Violet water 2 ounces.
Stronger ammonia wa-
ter 5 pints.
Lavender water 4 drams.
Violet toilet water 4 ounces.
Distilled water, to make. 4 gallons.
Heat 2 pints of the water and in it
dissolve the soap; add the ammonia
and the perfume, and make up to the
desired quantity with water.
Coloring Material.
Violet ammonia may be colored a
light purple by digesting in it for sev-
eral days a small quantity of litmus.
"Water-soluble chlorophyl paste may
be used to impart a green tint. Both
these colors will fade on exposure to
light, and the coloring material will
separate in time. A stable green color,
which, however, should be used with
caution, if at all. because of its poi-
sonous character, may be made of —
Copper sulphate 1 ounce.
Potassium dichromate. .. 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 8 ounces.
Water 16 ounces.
Dissolve the salts separately in por-
tions of the water; mix. and add the
ammonia.
Cloudy Toilet Ammonia.
Ammonia water 6 ounces.
Yellow soap 10 grains.
Borax 60 grains.
Lavender water 20 minims.
Water, to make 20 ounces.
Dissolve the soap and borax in 5
ounces of boiling water; when cold,
add the lavender water, the ammonia
water and the rest of the water.
The following formula for a cloudy
ammonia water suitable for bath or
shampoo was contributed to the
Canadian Pharmaceutical Journal by
Henry Watters: —
Powdered borax 2 drams.
Water 6 ounces.
Ammonia water < 30' , > . . .5 ounces.
Oleic acid •> drams.
< 'ologne water 4 drams.
Dissolve the borax in the water;
add the ammonia water, and then the
'oleic acid previously mixed with the
cologne water.
Instead of the oleic acid. 4 drams of
soft soap may be used.
The cologne water used by Mr.
Watters has the following formula: —
Cologne Water.
Oil of bergamot 10 mils.
Oil of orange, sweet.... 10 mils.
Oil of neroli 2 mils.
Oil of lemon 2 mils.
Cologne spirit 1000 mils.
Stronger orange flower
water enough.
The oils are dissolved in the spirit
and enough orange flower water is
added to cause a slight opalescence.
The liquid is allowed to age as much
as possible before filtration.
Sea Salt de Luxe.
Luxury-loving people may prefer
their sea salt perfumed. Druggists
may profit by encouraging this kind
of taste. Coumarin, many of the es-
sential oils and other perfumers* ma-
terials may be used to convert ordi-
nary sea salt into the de luxe variety.
They are best applied by dissolving
first in a minimum of alcohol. One
way of preparing artificial sea salt is
by combining 1 pound of sodium
chloride. 4 ounces of magnesium
chloride and 1 ounce each of potas-
sium chloride and calcium sulphate.
Borated Ammonia, Clear
Stronger ammonia
water 4 ounces.
Borax 1 ounce.
Lavender water 1 dram.
Distilled water, to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the borax in the water
with the aid of heat. When the solu-
tion has cooled, mix with the am-
monia water and add the perfume.
Borated Ammonia, Cloudy
Stronger ammonia
water 4 ounces.
White animal-oil soap. 10 grains.
Borax 320 grains
Lavender water 1 dram.
Distilled water, to
make 1 pint.
Mix as directed in the foregoing.
To adapt these formulas to general
household use, increase the propor-
tion of the ammonia, use plain water
and omit the perfume.
Liquid Ammonia for the Bath and
Household
I.
Oleic acid 1 ounce.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 7 ounces.
Water, to make 1 pint.
TOILET PREPARATIONS
II.
Soap (in shavings) 2 ounces.
Potash lye 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 2 pints.
A little alcohol is sometimes added
to make the mixture clear.
III.
Sodium carbonate 20 ounces.
Ammonia water 4S ounces.
Water 32 ounces.
IV.
Yellow soap 10 grains.
Borax 1 dram.
Stronger ammonia water 6 ounces.
Water, to make 20 ounces.
V.
Soft soap 2 ounces.
Borax 4 drams.
Stronger ammonia water 7 ounces.
Water, to make 24 ounces.
Bath Powder
I.
Borax 4 ounces.
Potassium carbonate 2 ounces.
Almond meal 8 ounces.
Benzoic acid 4 drams.
Oil of cinnamon 1 dram.
Oil of eucalyptus 1 dram.
II.
Boric acid 16 ounces.
Benzoic acid 4 ounces.
Oil of pinus pumilio... enough.
III.
Powdered castile
soap (dry) 200.0 grammes.
Sodium carbonate
(dry) 16.0 grammes.
Powdered orris root 65.0 grammes.
Almond meal 100.0 grammes.
Oil of bergamot. ... 1.5 mils.
Oil of lemon 0.5 mil.
Oil of cloves 0.2 mil.
Violet Witch-hazel
Oil of orris (liquid) 1 dram.
Essence of jasmine 4 ounces.
Hamamelis water 4 pints.
Mix and filter through talcum until
clear.
The preparation may be colored
green with tincture of chlorophyl.
Effervescent Bath Powder
Tartaric acid 10 ounces.
Sodium bicarbonate 9 ounces.
Rice flour 6 ounces.
Effervescing Bath Tablets
Sodium bicarbonate... 3 ounces.
Tartaric acid 2xi ounces.
Starch 4 ounces.
Oil of lemon % dram.
Oil of orris 5 minims.
Oil of ylang-ylang. . . . 5 minims.
Tincture of benzoin... enough.
Mix the oils with the starch, add the
other ingredients and enough of the
tinctures to make a mass. Divide
into pastilles or compress.
Aromatic Solution of Ammonia
Ammonium carbonate 4 ounces.
Stronger solution of am-
monia 8 fl. ozs.
Terpeneless oil of
lemon 13 minims.
Terpeneless oil of
nutmeg 54 minims.
Alcohol (90'"r) 6 fl. ozs.
Distilled water 149 fl. ozs.
The oils to be dissolved in the spirit
before adding.
Verbena Water
I.
Oil of lemon grass 4 drams.
Oil of bergamot V2 dram.
Oil of orange Y> dram.
Water 8 ounces.
Alcohol to make 2 pints.
Mix the oils in the alcohol, add water
gradually, agitate and filter with talc
after permitting the mixture to stand
for several days.
II.
Oil of lemon (best) ^ ounce.
Oil of rose 5 drops.
Oil of lavender 10 drops.
Tincture of musk 1 dram.
"Water. 1 pint.
Spirits of cologne 3 pints.
Mix oils and aqueous ingredients with
aid of precipitated calcium phosphate,
age and filter.
Florida Water
I.
Oil of bergamot 2 ounces.
Oil of lavender 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves Vi ounce.
Extract of civet 1 ounce.
Oil of pimento Vi ounce.
Alcohol 2 gallons.
Water 4 pints.
II.
Oil of bergamot 3 ounces.
Oil of lavender 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves 1 ' , drams.
Oil of cinnamon 2% drams.
Oil of neroli Vz dram.
Oil of lemon 1 ounce.
Extract of jasmine. ... 6 ounces.
Extract of musk 2 ounces.
Rose water 1 pint.
Deodorized alcohol .... 8 pints.
Mix and. if cloudy, filter through
magnesium carbonate.
9S
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Toilet Ammonia
Stronger ammonia water 6 ounces.
Lavender water 1 dram.
Powd. castile soap V2 dram.
Distilled water to make 16 ounces.
Pine Woods Bath Powder
The refreshing odor of pine oil may
be imparted to a bath powder by
spraying crystals of sodium carbonate,
in two pound lots, with the following
mixture:
Pine oil 2 drams.
Terebene 10 minims.
Metanil 5 minims.
Lavender water 1 ounce.
Perfumed Water Softener
The following preparation may be
found useful for softening the water:
Soduim borate 1 ounce.
Sodium bicarbonate.... % ounce.
Oil of lavender 1 ounce.
Oil of bergamot 1 ounce.
Oil of lemon 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves 1 dram.
Oil of cinnamon 1 dram.
Alcohol 2 quarts.
Water to make 6 quarts.
Dissolve the oils in the alcohol and
the salts in the water, and mix the
two solutions. Let stand 24 hours and
filter.
Lavender Water
Lavender flowers, fresh 10 pounds.
Alcohol 1 gallon.
"Water % gallon.
Digest a week, throw it into a clean
still, add IVi pounds of common salt,
dissolved in % gallon of water, and,
after stirring the whole together, draw
over, rapidly, 1 gallon, by the heat of
steam or of a salt water bath. To the
distillate add oil of bergamot, 5 drams;
essence of ambergris, 2 drams, and
mix well.
Aromatic English Vinegar
Oil of cinnamon 15 drops.
Oil of cloves 40 drops.
Oil of lavender 30 drops.
Oil of lemon 30 drops.
Acetic acid, glacial 1 ounce.
Alcohol 34 drops.
Add a tablespoonful of this vinegar
to a bowl of wrater and rinse the face
with it.
Acid Bath Salt
Tartaric acid 1 ounce.
Potassium bitartrate. . . 2 ounces.
Potassium bicarbonate. 1 ounce.
Sodium chloride 12 ounces.
Have all the salts in a coarse, gran-
ular condition and mix.
Alkaline Bath Salt
Sodium bicarbonate 6 ounces.
Sodium sulphate 2 ounces.
Sodium chloride S ounces.
Have all the salts in a coarse, gran-
ular condition and mix.
Sea Bath Salt
Potassium iodide 10 grains.
Potassium bromide 20 grains.
Magnesium sulphate. . . 2 ounces.
Sodium bicarbonate.... 1 ounce.
Sodium chloride to
make 16 ounces.
Have all the salts in a coarse, gran-
ular condition and mix.
Bath Tablet
Sodium carbonate 4 ounces.
Tartaric acid 1% ounces.
Orris root % ounce.
Oil of lemon % dram.
Oil of orris 5 minims.
Oil of ylang ylang 5 minims.
Mix the oils with the orris root, add
the other ingredients, and make into a
stiff paste with alcohol. Divide into
tablets and dry.
CHAPTER IV.
DENTAL PREPARATIONS
Tooth powders and pastes — Liquid dentifrices — Mouth washes-
Breath tablets — Toothache remedies — Dental cement, etc.
Always consult the index when using this hoofy.
Peroxide Tooth Powder.
The right to the use of calcium per-
oxide and the perborates and percar-
bonates of all the alkaline earth metals
in the manufacture of tooth powders is
claimed by one manufacturer, under a
patent issued by the United States gov-
ernment.
I.
An oxygen-yielding tooth powder
which does not contain calcium perox-
ide or any perborate or percarbonate
may be made of:
Magnesium peroxide.... 1 dram.
Precipitated chalk 6 drams.
Powdered soap 20 grains.
Oil of wintergreen 12 minims.
Other formulas for this class of prep-
arations are appended:
II.
Precipitated chalk 6 drams.
Sodium perborate 1 dram.
Powdered soap 20 grains.
Oil of wintergreen 15 minims.
III.
Magnesium peroxide 60 parts.
Sodium perborate 30 parts.
Powdered soap 10 parts.
Flavoring enough.
This dentifrice, says the United States
Naval Medical Bulletin, theoretically
contains enough free oxygen to make
in an acid mouth 120 to 130 minims of
fresh hydrogen peroxide, and while this
amount of antiseptic may not be de-
veloped, there is certainly enough pro-
duced to give excellent results.
The word "peroxide" as here used is
said :o have been trade-marked.
French Tooth Powder
Ground boric acid 10 grammes.
Potassium chlorate.... 5 grammes.
Powdered guaiac 5 grammes.
Precipitated chalk 20 grammes.
Masnesium carbonate. 20 grammes.
Essence of mint to flavor.
An Alkaline Peroxide Powder and
Solution.
A subscriber asks for a recipe for a
soluble powder from which can be made
an aqueous solution of alkaline reac-
tion containing sodium perborate and
flavoring antiseptics like menthol and
thymol. Preliminary experiments show
the feasibility of a powder something
like this:
Alkaline Antiseptic Powder.
Sodium perborate 20 grammes.
Sodium benzoate 32 grammes.
Thymol 0.1 gramme.
Oil of peppermint 0.1 mil.
Oil of gaultheria 0.2 mil.
Triturate the powdered thymol with
the benzoate, then add the oils, and
after further trituration mix gently
with the perborate. This amount of
powder is to be dissolved in a liter of
water for use.
This is but a suggestion requiring
further experimentation to insure suc-
cess. The product thus made gives a
turbid solution in water, of pleasant
taste suitable for a mouth wash. The
possibility that the perborate will re-
act with the aromatics (thus preventing
formation of hydrogen dioxide, when
dissolved in water), is not remote.
If the mixture is not sufficiently al-
kaline, 20 grammes of potassium bicar-
bonate might be added to the quantity
made according to the recipe given
above.
ounces,
ounces,
drams,
dram.
Old-Fashioned Tooth Powder.
I.
Precipitated chalk 8
Powdered orris root 4
Carmine No. 40 2
Oil of red cedar wood. . . 1
Oil of peppermint 30 minims.
Oil of spearmint 15 minims.
Oil of cloves 5 minims.
Rub the carmine with a small portion
of the chalk, then gradually add the
balance of the chalk, the orris root and
II.
To make an old-style tooth powder,
experiments might be made by using
the following formula as a basis:
Precipitated chalk 1 ounce.
Powdered soap 1 dram.
Thymol 5 grains.
Oil of gaultheria 2 drops.
99
100
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
In the course of the experimentation
a little orris, starch or other basic in-
gredient, or oil of peppermint, cinna-
mon, or other flavoring material,
might be introduced.
CarbolaterJ Tooth Powder.
I.
Precipitated chalk 1 pound.
Castile soap 1 ounce.
Orris 2 ounces.
Sugar 1 ounce.
(Or, saccharin 2 grains).
Phenol 1 dram.
Phenol has a tendency to darken, and
this probably is not arrested by com-
bining it with the chalk and such
things. It is said that this coloration
may be prevented by the addition of
% of 1 per cent, of sulphurous anhy-
dride, but this process does not seem to
be practicable in the manufacture of a
tooth powder on a small scale. It does
not seem to us that phenol is especially
desirable as a therapeutic ingredient of
tooth powder, and since it proves phys-
ically objectionable, why not omit it?
II.
A formula which calls for no chalk
to be converted into a phenol salt fol-
lows:
Terra alba 8 ounces.
Orris 1 % ounces.
Castile soap % ounce.
Phenol (crystals) 30 grains.
Camphor 30 grains.
Oil of rose 10 minims^
Triturate the phenol with the cam-
phor until liquefaction is complete, and
gradually add, with thorough tritura-
tion. 2 ounces of the terra alba. Tritu-
rate the oil of rose with the rest of the
terra alba and mix all the powder
well and pass through a bolting cloth.
Color with carmine, if desired.
Typical Formula for Tooth Powder,
Paste and Perfume
Calcium carbonate 5 ounces.
Magnesium carbonate... 1 ounce.
Orris root flour l ounce.
Powdered soap l ounce.
Milk sugar % ounce.
A pleasing flavor is produced by the
following mixture:
Oil of peppermint 2 drams.
Oil of spearmint 20 minims.
Oil of wintergreen 30 minims.
Oil of cinnamon 40 minims.
The foregoing formula for a powder
may be used for a paste, first dissolv-
ing the powdered soap in a minimum
of hot water, adding to this a few
drops of ammonia water and mixing
the w/hole thoroughly with the pow-
ders; then incorporating slowly and at
a constant gentle heat enough of the
following excipient to make a moder-
ately stiff mass:
Gelatin 10 parts.
Glycerin 150 parts.
Water 100 parts.
Let this mass stand for a few days
in a warm place, kneading it occa-
sionally. Cool for an hour and soften
to the proper consistence with a mix-
ture of equal parts of glycerin and
water. The sugar of milk may be
omitted in making a paste.
Foam for Tooth Powder
Powdered soap in tooth powder will
cause it to foam, and has the advan-
tage over soap bark of being non-
poisonous. Animal-oil soaps are more
frothy than vegetable-oil soaps, and if
made a little alkaline they foam still
more. One might make a soap from
lard, to be sure of getting a pure and
unscented one for powder.
Alkaline Tooth Powder
Lithium carbonate... 20 grammes.
Calcium carbonate. . .200 grammes.
Magnesium carbonate. 200 grammes.
Oil of wintergreen enough.
Potassium Chlorate Tooth Paste
I.
Magnesium carbonate. 100 grammes.
Calcium carbonate. . .100 grammes.
Potassium chlorate. . .500 grammes.
Sugar 45 grammes.
Water 155 grammes.
Glycerin 65 grammes.
Powdered soap 18 grammes.
Flavor 17 grammes.
The flavor spoken of consists of
thymol, vanillin and oil of peppermint,
in alcohol.
II.
Precipitated chalk... 350 grammes.
Powdered orris 100 grammes.
Potassium chlorate. .250 grammes.
Mucilage of acacia (1
to 2) 150 grammes.
Glycerin 150 grammes.
Oil of peppermint. ... 10 grammes.
Oil of cloves 1 gramme.
Oil of sandalwood .... 1 gramme.
Oil of wintergreen ... 1 gramme.
Oil of geranium 1 gramme.
Unna's Potassium Chlorate Tooth
Paste.
Potassium chlorate. . . 5 grammes.
Calcium carbonate. ... 25 grammes.
Orris root 25 grammes.
Medicinal soap 25 grammes.
Glycerin 25 grammes.
Oil of peppermint 20 drops.
This formula has the advantage of
being an officially recognized formula
by a pharmaceutical association < the
Luxemburg Apotheker Verein).
DENTAL PREPARATIONS
The medicinal soap of the German
Pharmacopoeia is made as follows:
:. by means of a steam bath.
Of soda 120
Add gradually a previously melted
mixture of
Lard 50
and
Olive oil 50
Stir and heat the mixture for half
an hour; then add
Alcohol 12
and as soon as the mass has assumed a
uniform consistence, add gradually
Water 200
Then continue the heat, adding, if
necessary, small portions of solution of
soda, until a transparent, viscid soap
is formed, which dissolves in hot water
without ithe separation of oil.
Finally add a filtered solution of
Sodium chloride 25
Crude sodium carbonate :j
Water 80
and continue the heat, stirring con-
stantly, until the soap has wholly sep-
arated from the liquid.
.After some time separate the soap
from the mother- lye, wash it several
times with a little water; then express
it in a cloth slowly, but forcibly, and
having cut it into cakes, dry them in a
warm place.
German Pharmacopoeia is the most sat-
isfactory for use in dentifrices; and
also that cuttlefish bone is too gritty
lor use on the t<
Cherry Tooth Paste
Precipitated chalk 13 ounces.
Powdered orris 4 ounces.
Powdered tragacanth. . . .30 grains.
Oil of clove 2 drams.
Cherry juice 5 ounces.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Glucose 1 ounce.
Solution of cochineal 1 ounce.
Mix the first three ingredients inti-
mately and incorporate the oil of clove.
Mix the other ingredients and use this
second mixture as an excipient to make
a pasty mass.
Katapyrine
The following formula is given in
Pharmazeutische Praxis for katapyrine.
a dentifrice:
Sodium bicarbonate. .11.0 grammes.
Borax „ 4.0 grammes.
Powdered soap 14.0 grammes.
Precipitated chalk... 4.0 grammes.
Magnesium carbonate. 10.0 grammes.
Powdered cuttlefish
bone 10.0 grammes.
Glycerin 50.0 grammes.
Menthol 0.4 gramme.
Oil of anise 2.0 grammes.
Oil of peppermint.... 3.0 grammes.
Oil of cinnamon 2.0 grammes.
Carmine 0.4 gramme.
In this connection, it might be men-
tioned that some practical experiment-
ers say that the medicinal soap 6f the
Kolynos
Dr. N. S. Jenkins, of Paris, gives the
following formula for his dental cream
which he calls kolynos:
Soap 33.00
Precipitated chalk 25.00
Absolute alcohol 20.00
Glycerin 1 5
Benzoic acid 3.00
Oil of eucalyptus 2.00
Oil of peppermint. 2.00
Saccharin 0.50
Thymol
The name, kolynos. is a Greek word
meaning disease preventer.
Peroxide Tooth Paste.
Just to what extent and how long
solution of hydrogen dioxide will re-
main active when combined with other
ingredients necessary to form a tooth
paste, w-e are unable to say, but here-
with is a formula for a dental cream
which calls for that rather unstable
ingredient:
Precipitated chalk 5 parts.
Powdered castile soap...l part.
Solution of hydrogen diox-
ide enough.
Glycerin enough.
Form a paste and flavor to suit.
Non-Hardening Tooth Paste..
Perhaps one of the greatest faults of
tooth pastes made by inexperienced
manufacturers is their proneness to
become too hard in the tubes. To
overcome this, the mass should be
made very soft at first — semifluid in
fact — because it will stiffen on stand-
ing. This is a matter for experiment
in all cases, for the proportion of soap
and the bulkiness of the chalk used
will make a difference, and one never
knows what proportions are best until
the paste has stood three months or
so. The use of solution of sodium
hydroxide, about 1 ounce to each 8 or
10 ounces of other materials, will ma-
terially retard the hardening of soap-
and-chalk tooth pastes. A formula in
which this ingredient is specified fol-
lows:
Precipitated chalk 14 *£ ounces.
Powdered soap 2 y2 ounces.
Glycerin 18 drams.
"Water 20 drams.
Powdered sugar 4 drams.
Solution of sodium hy-
droxide 3 drams.
Saccharin 3 grains.
Thymol 7 grains.
Oil of peppermint 15 minims.
Oil of cinnamon 15 minims.
10:
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Referring to the foregoing formula,
a druggist wrote.
If the ordinary precipitated chalk and pow-
dered soap are used the amounts of glycerin
and water may be all right, but if the very
light and fluffy precipitated English chalk and
best grade of powdered castile soap are used
the amount is wholly inadequate. Instead of
taking only 18 drams of glycerin and 20 drams
of water the writer uses !• ounces of glycerin
and 10 ounces of water. Even then after the
paste is forced into the tubes through our
machine it is regarded as too stiff by our
customers. We have our own tube filling and
closing machines and we believe the formula
with the above changes is the best ever.
W. C. Kirchgessner gives his formu-
las for tooth preparations for tubes, as
follows:
Mass Solution.
Gelatin, in small
pieces 30 grammes.
Castile soap (moist) 60 grammes.
Saccharin 8 grammes.
Menthol 8 grammes.
Oil of eucalyptus.... 8 mils.
Oil of wintergreen.. 22 mils.
Glycerin 1,000 mils.
Water 500 mils.
Hot water 500 mils.
Soak the gelatin in the water over
night; dissolve the soap and saccharin
in the hot water; mix the menthol,
oils and glycerin. Pour all together in
the order named, and let the mixture
stand a day or two before using.
Tooth Paste for Tubes.
Mass solution 200 mils.
Precipitated chalk. . . .500 grammes.
Mix, and put into collapsible tubes
at once.
The tubes should stand a day or two
before use.
Mr. Kirchgessner says:
This is very soft and will come off the
spatula very easily. Take a little at a time
and give the tube a jar on the counter, which
forces it to the other end. It is not necessary
to have a machine to fill tubes with, although
a machine will do it quicker. After filling the
tube, pinch the end tightly, overlapping at
least twice. Let stand in tube a few days
before selling so as to give the gelatin and
chalk time to harden, a change that takes
place between the two and makes a nice paste.
The cost will not be more than 5 cents.
Tooth Paste, for Boxes.
Mass solution 360 mils.
Precipitated chalk. 500 mils.
Tooth Powder.
Precipitated chalk . . 500.0 grammes.
Powdered castile soap 4.0 grammes.
Saccharin 1.0 gramme.
Menthol 0.5 gramme.
Oil of wintergreen.. 4.0 mils.
Oil of eucalyptus. .. . 0.5 mil.
Mix the oils and menthol before add-
ing the other ingredients.
If a pink color is desired, mix 2
grammes of carmine with the chalk.
Put up in ordinary tooth-powder
bottles, this costs from 5 to 10 cents a
bottle.
Tooth Lotion.
Menthol 0.5 gramme.
Borax S.O grammes.
Oil of eucalyptus... 0.5 mil.
Oil of wintergreen.. 1.0 mil.
Saccharin 1.0 mil.
Solution of potassa.. 16.0 mils.
Alcohol 120.0 mils.
Water, enough to
make ...» 500.0 mils.
Dissolve the menthol and oils in the
alcohol and the borax in the water,
adding the solution of potassa and sac-
charin. Mix; color with compound
tincture of cudbear, if desirable, and
filter.
An ordinary 25-cent size bottle of
this costs about 5 cents.
In each formula where oil of winter-
green is directed, oil of cassia *s men-
tioned as an alternate.
A Real Tooth Paste and Some
Dental Hints.
In an article under this heading, con-
tributed to The Druggists Circular
(September, 1913, issue, page 506),
Floyd M. Stage says:
The tooth pastes of today, in most cases,
are calcium carbonate, alkaline in reaction,
but the tooth paste of the future, when the
people become more educated and take better
care of their teeth, will undoubtedly be acid
in reaction, and so will require the use of an
alkaline mouth wash to neutralize the acidity
immediately after the application of the paste.
This tooth paste will necessarily be made with
some base which is not affected by the addi-
tion of a small quantity of some such acid as
acetic, tartaric or citric. It will more easily
remove the tartar and it will keep the teeth
cleaner.
A tooth paste made according to the formula
I herewith give is not only theoretically cor-
rect, but practically also, the quantities being
those absolutely required in actual manufac-
ture. This tooth paste will postively please
the customer, who therefore will return for
further purchases.
A Real Tooth Paste.
Precipitated chalk 7 pour. Is.
Myrrh 3% ounces.
Cuttlefish bone 3^ ounces.
Soap 14 ounces.
Saccharin 105 grain-.
Sodium bicarbonate 70 grains.
Carmine 11 gr a
Ammonia water enough.
Tragacanth 1 ounc-.
Glycerin 40 ounces.
Boiling water 72 ounc-s.
Water enough.
Benzoic acid 140 grains.
Alcohol 1 ounc
Oil of wintergreen 560 minims.
Oil of sassafras 490 minims.
Oil of orange 490 minims.
Oil of anise 140 minims.
Oil of peppermint 90 minims.
Menthol 210 grains.
First mix the chalk, myrrh, cuttlefish bone
and soap, all of which should be in fine pow-
der; the cuttlefish bone, especially, should be
bolted. [Many authorities condemn its use at
all. — Editor.] Then mix the saccharin and so-
dium bicarbonate and combine the two mix-
tures. Use just enough ammonia water on
the carmine to bring out its color, and then
add it to the mixture. Wash the tragacanth
briskly in cold water to clean it, then pour
the boiling water over it and allow it to
stand twenty-four hours, occasionally stirring
DENTAL, PREPARATIONS
103
it weil to secure a uniform paste, and add the
glycerin. Transfer both the paste and the
mass previously made to a mixer, and thor-
oughly grind them together, adding the boric
acid previously dissolved in the alcohol, and
finally, just before the mixing is complete, the
oils and menthol, previously mixed.
As soon as the mass is ready it should be
put into tubes or boxes, as by standing it loses
its volatile oil and hardens.
After the druggist has made and sold this
preparation to his customer, he should impress
upon him the necessity of using an alkaline
mouth wash several times during the day. Such
a wash is a modern necessity, the greatest pre-
venter of disease, the best life insurance.
Herewith is given the formula for a very sat-
isfactory alkaline mouth wash which should be
in use in every household of this broad land:
Alkaline Mouth Wash.
Sodium bicarbonate 360 grains.
Sodium borate 360 grains.
Sodium benzoate 15 grains.
Sodium salicylate 15 grains.
Eucalyptol 7% grains.
Thymol T!2 grains.
Menthol 4 grains.
Oil of gaultheria 4 minims.
Phenol (95% solution) 320 minims.
Alcohol 24 ounces.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
"Water 96 ounces.
Mix. allow to stand for at least a week, and
filter.
The two great reasons that mouth washes
i ; more universally used are (1) the cost
and (2) lack of education as^ to their necessity.
If customers cannot afford to use ready-made
mouth washes and pay the fancy prices, al-
kaline and antiseptic tablets should be sold
to them at a low price. Twelve of these
dissolved in a pint of water to which 40 drops
of solution of phenol has been added is a sim-
ple and inexpensive enough preparation, but of
marvelous efficiency. Druggists should offer
such a preparation not for the monetary con-
sideration, but for the sake of humanity I"
brings the use of mouth washes within the
reach of all. the cost .of a pint being less than
5 cents.
Flavor for a Tooth Paste
It is rather a difficult problem to se-
lect a "good perfume" for a tooth paste
— for somebody else. A little oil of
wintergreen, or peppermint, or spear-
mint, or rose, or a combination of any
two or more of these, with perhaps a
little powdered orris in the paste, ought
to please almost any taste; but tastes
differ. We have known considerable
popularity to be attained by a tooth
powder flavored with a mixture of 2
parts of oil of wintergreen and 1 part
of oil of peppermint. The same flavor
will answer for a paste.
For variety's sake here are a half-
dozen others to select from:
I.
Oil of spearmint 50 grammes.
Oil of star anise 30 grammes.
Oil of Ceylon cinnamon 2 grammes.
Oil of clove 5 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 2 grammes.
II.
Oil of clove 55 grammes.
Oil of star anise 47 grammes.
Oil of spearmint 40 grammes.
Oil of citronella 8 grammes.
III.
Oil of spearmint 4 grammes.
Oil of clove l gramme.
Oil of Russian anise. . . 1 gramme.
Oil of Ceylon cinnamon 1 gramme.
Oil of rose 20 grammes.
Oil of orange 2 grammes.
IV.
Oil of rose 1 gramme.
Oil of angelica 1 gramme.
Oil of orris 3 grammes.
Tincture of vanilla. . . .10 grammes.
V.
Oil of rose 6 grammes.
Oil of neroli 4 grammes.
Oil of citron 2 grammes.
Oil of cinnamon 2 grammes.
Oil of clove 2 grammes.
Oil of lavender 1 gramme.
Oil of pimento 1 gramme.
VI.
Oil of rose 1 gramme.
Oil of cinnamon 2 grammes.
Oil of clove 9 grammes.
Oil of lemon 8 grammes.
Tincture of vanilla 24 grammes.
Antiseptic Mouth Washes.
Notwithstanding the fact that some
observers have deprecated the general
and indiscriminate use of antiseptic
mouth washes on the ground that they
destroy the benign and malign bacteria
alike such preparations are still called
for.
Benzoic.
I.
Benzoic acid 5 grains.
Thymol 1 grain.
Oil of peppermint 5 minims.
Tincture of eucalyptus. . .1 dram.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
A teaspoonful to a tumbler of warm
water.
II.
Benzoic acid 45 grains.
Thymol 3 grains.
Tincture of eucalyptus.. 4 drams.
Oil of wintergreen 25 minims.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
III.
Thymol 1 part.
Benzoic acid 12 parts.
Tincture of eucalyptus
(French Codex) 48 parts.
Water 3,200 parts.
Salicylic.
I.
Salicylic acid 10 grains.
Oil of peppermint 5 minims.
Compound tincture of
lavender 20 minims.
Alcohol 4 drams.
Water, to make 1 ounce.
A teaspoonful to a tumbler of warm
water.
II.
Salicylic acid 30 grains.
Saccharin 15 grains.
104
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Sodium bicarbonate.... 15 grains.
Alcohol 3 Ms ounces.
A few drops in a glass of water, to
be used as a gargle for the relief of a
fetid mouth.
Saponaceous.
Powdered white castile
soap 1 dram.
Alcohol (95 per cent.)... 6 ounces.
Water 6 ounces. |
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Oil of wintergreen < nat-
ural) 30 minims.
Oil of cloves 10 minims.
Oil of cinnamon 20 minims.
Oil of peppermina 20 minims.
Tincture of vanilla % ounce.
Carmine (No. 40) enough.
Dissolve the soap in the water by
the aid of heat (if necessary), add the
glycerin and tincture of vanilla; dis-
solve the oils in the alcohol and add
this solution to the one first formed,
color with the carmine and filter.
Dentifrices for Pyorrhea.
We suggest to the druggist the blend-
ing of fluidextract of ipecac with the
tooth paste or mouth wash that he
prepares already. He should bear in
mind, however, that alkaloids are pre-
cipitated by alkalies, and that the
paste or wash should therefore be
either neutral or faintly acid.
Mild Acid Mouth Wash.
Thymol 2 grains.
Menthol 2 grains.
Solution of formaldehyde 8 minims.
Glycerite of borogylcerin 1 ounce.
Oil of pinus sylvestris. .15 minims.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Purified talc enough.
Distilled water, to make S ounces.
Use one part to three or four parts of
water. (This formula is by a dentist,
but we do not approve of the use of
formaldehyde in tooth preparations,
even in small proportions; it seems that
it might be omitted from the above
without detriment.)
Alkaline Mouth Wash.
Sodium boro-benzoate
(N. F.) 12 drams.
Resorcinol 80 grains.
Glycerin 4 drams.
Oil of peppermint 2 minims.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
Oil of cinnamon S minims.
Eucalyptol $ minims
Purified talc enough.
Distilled water, to make 1 pint.
Use one part to three or lour parts
Of water.
Eau de Botot.
French Formula.
Anise 10 ounces.
Cochineal % ounce.
Mace 150 grains.
Cloves 150 grains.
Cinnamon 2 % ounces.
Alcohol 6 pints.
Oil of peppermint % ounce.
English Formula.
Tincture of red cedar
wood 8 pints.
Tincture of myrrh 2 pints.
Tincture of rhatany.... 2 pints.
Oil of lavender % ounce.
Oil of peppermint 1 ounce.
Oil of rose 150 grains.
Astringent Mouth Wash.
Tincture of myrrh 5 ounces.
Compound tincture of
cardamom 2 ounces.
Compound tincture of
cinchona 5 ounces.
Spirit of cloves 1 ounce.
Cologne water 1 ounce.
One teaspoonful is mixed with a
tumbler of water and the mixture used
as a mouth wash.
Astringent Alkaline Mouth Wash.
Sodium borate 2 drams.
Sodium salicylate....... 1 dram.
Glycerin 3 drams.
Fluidextract of eucalyp-
tus rostrata. 3 drams.
Solution of formaldehyde 6 minims.
Oil of sassafras 1 minim.
Oil of wintergreen 12 minims.
Purified talc enough.
Distilled water, to make 4 ounces.
Use one part to three or four parts
of water. (See note appended to the
formula for Mild Acid Mouth Wash in
adjoining column.)
Phenol Mouth Wash.
Phenol 3.125 grammes.
Sodium hydroxide. 0.340 gramme.
Triple orange flow-
er water 25.000 grammes.
Triple rose water. 12.500 grammes.
Solution of cudbear 12.500 grammes.
Water, to make. . .100.000 grammes.
This solution is used as an antiseptic
mouth wash after tooth extraction, and
in dental caries, a teaspoonful being
added to a wineglass full of water for
that purpose.
Iodoglycerole.
Talbot (Journ. Am. Med. Asso.) rec-
ommends iodine as the best oral anti-
septic. To overcome the objection to
the tincture, due to the fact that in
frequent applications it injures the mu-
cous membrane of the mouth, he sug-
DENTAL PREPARATIONS
105
gests the use of a mixture which has
the following formula:
Water 2 parts.
Zinc iodide 3 parts.
Iodine (crystals) 5 parts.
Glycerin 10 parts.
Eau Dentifrice
I.
Star anise 7.5 grammes.
Oil of peppermint.. 1.0 mil.
Anethol 1.0 mil.
Red saunders 1.0 gramme.
Alcohol 100.0 mils.
Macerate for two weeks, then filter
and add enough alcohol to make 100
mils.
For use as a mouth wash, take
about 10 drops to a tumbler of water.
II.
Oil of spearmint. 10.0 grammes.
Oil of anise 2.0 grammes.
Oil of star anise... 2.0 grammes.
Oil of cloves 2.0 grammes.
Oil of cinnamon.. 1.0 gramme.
Oil of rose 0.1 gramme.
Tincture of ben-
zoin 10.0 grammes.
Tincture of cochi-
neal 8.0 grammes.
Alcohol (90%), to
make 1,000.0 mils.
Green Soap Tooth Wash
Green soap 50 grammes.
Glycerin 100 mils.
Alcohol 500 mils.
Distilled water, to
make 1.000 mils.
Flour enough.
Solution of car-
mine to color.
Caldwell's Tooth Wash
Tincture of green soap. 2 ounces.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Water 6 ounces.
Alcohol 6 ounces.
Oil of peppermint 15 minims.
Oil of wintergreen
(synthetic) 15 minims.
Oil of cloves 3 minims.
Oil of cassia 3 minims.
Compound tincture of
cochineal to color.
Mix the alcohol and the water; add
the glycrin and the tincture of green
soap; then add the oils, previously
mixed: and lastly color with the com-
pound tincture of cochineal. Let the
mixture stand twenty -four hours, and
then filter.
Caldwell emphasizes two points CI)
that the green soap used must be soft.
almost neutral, made from cottonseed
oil. and entirely free from odor, such
- ip being on the market; and (2)
that the compound tincture of cochi-
neal must be made according to the
following formula, and added last: —
Compound Tincture of Cochineal.
Cochineal, bruised. . .125 grammes.
Potassium carbonate. 20 grammes.
Diluted alcohol, to
make 500 mils.
Macerate until exhausted, and filter.
Liquid Dentifrice Containing Salol
Salol % ounce.
Alcohol 28 oun<
Oil of peppermint 1% drams.
Oil of wintergreen.... 10 minims. ,
Oil of cloves 20 minims.
Oil of cinnamon 25 minims.
Saccharin < soluble > ... . V6 dram.
Distilled water 12 ounces.
A salol preparation needs careful
adjustment. The proportion of sac-
charin is a delicate item; this denti-
frice should not suffer from over-
sweetness. A sweet dentifrice is
sickly: 15 grammes to the pint of 60
per cent, spirit makes a preparation
sweet enough for the general taste.
It should be colored with magenta so- g,
lution.
Hydrogen Dioxide Mouth Wash
Solution of hydrogen dioxide is so
unstable a preparation that we doubt
the feasibility — or the advisability, a:
any rate — of combining it with the
organic materials usually found in
tooth washes, for bottling as a stock
preparation. Liberation of gas would
eventually be apt to end in an explo-
sion. Two formulas for such prepar-
ations follow: —
I.
Alcohol 75 mils.
Menthol 1 gramme.
Thymol 1 gramme.
Solution of hydrogen
dioxide 180 mils.
Tincture of krameria. 5 mils.
II.
Prinz (Interstate Med. Journ.) says
that it is impossible completely to
sterilize the buccal cavity, and also in.
advisable. To produce a mild anti-
septic effect safely and pleasantly he
suggests the use of the following: —
Resorcinol 1 dram.
Zinc chloride 10 grains.
Menthol 20 grains.
Thymol 15 grains.
Oil of wintergreen 15 minims.
Alcohol 2 ounci -
Solution of hydrogen
dioxide 3 ounces.
"Water, to make 8 ounces.
One teaspoonful of this liquid is di-
luted with half a tumblerful of water
and used in the customary manner.
106
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Eucalymol Mouth Wash
Thymol 1 gramme.
Benzoic acid 12 grammes.
Oil of peppermint... 2 mils.
Oil of gaultheria 1 mil.
Tincture of eucalyp-
tus 60 mils.
Alcohol 400 mils.
Distilled water, to
make 500 mils.
Ox-Para
An appeal for information concern-
ing the above named dental prepara-
tion brought a response from Harry
B. Palmer, of New* York, who states
that he furnishes the dentists of his
neighborhood with the preparation
made by the following recipe: —
Beechwood creosote. ... % oun*e.
Solution of formaldehyde % ounce.
Alcohol enough.
Mix the creosote and solution of for-
maldehyde, shake and add just enough
alcohol — one drop at a time until a
clear solution results. Usually five
drops are sufficient.
B. D. Cooley gives us the following
information on the subject:
You ask for help on oxpara. The
following is supposed to be a prepara-
tion of similar character:
Oxpara Powder
Tannic acid 5 grains.
Thymol 3 grains.
Alum 5 grains.
Zinc oxide 2 drams.
Mix well by trituration.
Oxpara Liquid
Cresol.
Formaldehyde solution (40 per cent.)
of each, equal parts.
Mix and add five drops of glycerin to
the ounce.
Various Mouth Washes
Linckersdorff gives in the Pharma-
ceutische Zeitung a number of for-
mulas for mouth washes which he has
found in various publications, among
them being the following.
Amykos.
According to the Parfumeur this
well-known Swedish mouth wash con-
sists of:
Boric acid 50 parts.
Tincture of cloves 25 parts.
Borax 5 parts.
Water 4,000 part*.
Quinosol Mouth Wash.
Quinosol ;?(1 parts.
Glycerin 100 parts.
Rose water 900 parts.
Carmine enough.
Thymol Mouth Wash.
Thymol 0.3 gramnv:-.
Alcohol 160.0 grammes.
Rose geranium oil.. 15 drops.
Calamus oil 10 drops.
Glycerin 120.0 grammes.
Venetian soap 16.0 grammes.
Sassafras oil 15 drops.
Eucalyptus oil 6 drops.
Pine needle oil 40 drops.
Distilled water 700 grammes.
Pleasantly Flavored Mouth Wash.
Powdered angelica root. 25 parts.
Powdered anise seed. ... 30 parts.
Powdered cinnamon 6 parts.
Powdered nutmeg 3 parts.
Powdered cloves 10 parts.
Alcohol (90 Vc) 1,000 parts.
Vanillin 1 part.
Peppermint oil 8 parts.
Tincture of cochineal. . . enough.
Salol Mouth Wash.
Salol 4 to 10 parts.
Spearmint oil 2 parts.
Oil of cloves 1 part.
Oil of cinnamon lpart.
Oil of star anise lpart.
Alcohol, to make 400 parts.
Lactic Acid Mouth Wash.
Lactic acid 40 parts.
Cochineal 1 part.
Oil of peppermint 30 parts.
Oil of cloves 3 parts.
Oil of cinnamon 6 parts.
Distilled water 400 parts.
Alcohol 1,600 parts.
Peroxide Mouth Wash.
Solution of hydrogen
dioxide 2.50 grammes.
Peppermint oil 1 drop.
Ponceau R. R 0.01 gramme.
Odol
In the supplement to the Dutch
Pharmacopoeia the following is given as
the formula of an ecpuivalent of odol:
Salol 5,000 grammes.
Oil of peppermint. 1.000 gramm?.
Oil of clove 0.040 gramme.
Oil of fennel 0.040 gramme.
Saccharin 0.004 gramme.
Alcohol 190.000 grammes.
It is said that odol contains no salol
introduced as such, but that the aro-
matic constituents are partly in the
form of salicylic esters. A little ex-.
perimentation with salicylates of the
aromatic hydrocarbons might well re-
pay any prospective manufacturer of
a dentifrice who could appreciate the
value of an individualized preparation.
Zinc Chloride Mouth Washes
We do not know the composition of
vernas lotion. We are informed, how-
ever, by a pharmacist who is also a
dentist that it contains 1 per cent, of
DENTAL PREPARATIONS
M7
zinc chloride and 10 per cent, of al-
cohol. He adds that lavoris is a mouth
wash each liter of which contains ap-
proximately—
Zinc chloride 2.08 grammes.
Resorcinol 1.04 grammes.
Menthol 0.80 gramme.
Saccharin 0.40 gramme.
Solution of formalde-
hyde 0.40 gramme.
Oil of cinnamon (Cey-
lon) 1.60 grammes.
Oil of cloves .' . 0.40 gramme.
For our own part we seriously ob-
ject to the formaldehyde item, and
should omit it if we were making this
preparation.
Our pharmaceutico-dental friend fur-
ther states that if he were going to use
zinc chloride as a mouth wash he
would prescribe some such mixture as
the following:
Zinc chloride 1.000 gramme.
Alcohol 10.000 grammes.
Eucalyptol 1.125 gramme.
Oil of cinnamon.. 0.120 gramme.
Oil of peppermint. 0.150 gramme.
Distilled water, to
make 100.000 grammes.
One part to be used with three or
four parts of water.
Mint-Leaf Mouth Wash
Fresh spearmint
twigs 20 grammes.
Fresh vervain leaves 25 grammes.
Linden flowering
twigs 20 grammes.
Star anise 15 grammes.
Glycyrrhizin 10 grammes.
Soluble saccharin... 1 gramme.
Glycerin 20 grammes.
Citric acid 3 grammes.
Distilled spearmint
water, to make. .. .1000 mils.
Water-soluble chlo-
rophyl enough.
Mix all the ingredients but the color-
ing in a suitable covered vessel; heat
gently and slowly bring to a boil; con-
tinue the boiling for half an hour; cool;
filter; and add the coloring.
Peppermint Mouth Wash
Thymol 0.5 gramme.
Phenol 2.0 grammes.
Sodium borate 5.0 grammes.
Spirit of peppermint 15.0 mils.
Rose water 200.0 mils.
Distilled water 300.0 mils.
Rubifoam Type of Dentrifrice
Castile soap 270 grains.
Glycerin 4V2 drams.
Simple syrup 2 ounces.
Water 14 ounces.
Alcohol 13 ounces.
Tincture of cardamom.. 2 drams.
Tincture of Canada
snake root (1 in 16).. 2 drams.
Oil of peppermint 25 minims.
Oil of wintergreen 25 minims.
Oil of cloves 6 drop-.
Oil of cassia 6 drops.
Solution of carmine. . . to color.
Mix the soap, glycerin, syrup and
water, stir well, add the alcohol, then
the remainder of the ingredients, let
the mixture stand a few days, and filter
at a low temperature uo avoid a sub-
sequent separation of the soap).
Myrrh Mouth Washes
Mouth washes containing myrrh are
very popular in England.
Those that contain enough myrrh to
be effective precipitate when mixed
with water. Some suggestive formulas
are given :
I.
Sodium bicarbonate 1% drams-
Ammonium carbonate.. 6 grains-
Tincture of myrrh 1 dram,
Cologne Avater 3 drams.
Lavender water 1 dram.
Distilled water, to make 6 ounces.
We doubt whether the food and drug
officials would permit such a prepara-
tion to be labeled "myrrh" mouth wash.
II.
A contributor who has had experi-
ence in English pharmacies in Paris,
Rome and Cairo, furnishes the follow-
ing recipe as the most satisfactory that
he has tried:
Powdered myrrh 6 ounces.
Borax 2 ounces.
Alcohol 120 ounces.
Syrup 24 ounces.
Rose water 24 ounces.
Tincture of krameria... 4 drams.
Macerate for 10 days and filter. Then
add to the filtrate
Oil of neroli 30 minims.
Oil of lemon 30 minims.
Oil of rosemary 30 minims.
Sozodont Type of Tooth Wash
I.
White castile soap \4 ounce.
Oil of peppermint 5 drops.
Oil of wintergreen 12 drops.
Glycerin % ounce.
Water 1 ounce.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
Cochineal color N. F . . . to color.
II.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Soap 2 drams.
Oil of wintergreen 2 minims.
Red saunders. to color.
Water, to make 3 ounces.
IDS
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
III.
White soap 5 drams.
Glycerin 5 drams.
Water 2% ounces.
Oil of peppermint 12 minims.
Oil of cinnamon 5 minims.
Oil of cloves 5 minims.
Oil of anise 10 minims.
Alcohol 5 ounces.
For Inflammation of the Gums
Boric acid 8 grammes.
Glycerin 10 mils.
Tincture of krameria. 15 mils.
Peppermint water.... 60 mils.
Distilled water 200 mils.
Use as a mouth wash three or four
times a day.
Dental Soap
I.
Mix 500 grammes of glycerin, and
500 grammes of neutral olive-oil soap;
beat in 10 mils of oil of spearmint, 2
mils of oil of star anise, 8 mils of
methyl salicylate, and enough solution
of carmine to produce a desirable tint.
II.
Cochin cocoanut oil 1.000 parts.
Soda lye, 28 B 500 parts.
Calcium carbonate 1,000 parts.
Light red, soluble 3 parts.
Peppermint oil 35 parts.
Anisol 3 parts.
Clove oil 4 parts.
Bergamot oil 5 parts.
Tincture of myrrh 15 parts.
Mix and make a soap.
III.
Precipitated chalk... .160 grammes.
Carmine (dissolved in
ammonia water).... 4 grammes.
Powdered soap 100 grammes.
Peppermint oil 10 grammes.
Syrup enough.
Glycerin enough.
Alcohol enough.
It is said that a soap made of oil of
theobroma (100 parts and 50 per cent,
solution of sodium hydroxide, 40 parts)
has a bland taste and lathers profusely.
Proper Proportion of Soap in a
Tooth Wash
Relative to the cause and prevention
of precipitation in saponaceous tooth
washes Paul Caldwell, writing in The
Druggists Circular, said:
Personal experience has taught me
that by placing the saponaceous tooth
wash on ice and afterward filtering.
any excess of soap is removed and no
further precipitate occurs. It might be
well to add that the formula upon
which this statement is based directs
65 per cent, of alcohol, and in a 48-
gallon lot it was found that 4 pounds
of soap was all that was retained in
solution.
The solubility of soap in diluted al-
cohol is diminished by the presence of
an animal fat, pure olive oil soap being
much more soluble than the so-called
"white" soaps.
Breath Cachous.
I.
Powdered sugar 1 ounce.
Powdered vanilla choco-
late 1 ounce.
Powdered willow char-
coal 2 drams.
Tincture of cinnamon . . 24 minims.
Mucilage of acacia enough.
II.
Oil of peppermint 4 drams.
Oil of cloves 75 minims.
Mastic 6 drams.
Cascarilla 6 drams.
Orris root 6 drams.
Acacia 1 % ounces.
Catechu 2% ounces.
Extract of licorice 20 ounces.
Water enough.
Boil the solid drugs, which should be
in powdered form, with the water, un-
til a pasty mass is obtained, then add
the liquids, and, when cooled to a
proper consistency, cut or roll into the
desired size or shape.
III.
Licorice extract 3 ounces.
Catechu 1 ounce.
Sugar 1 ounce.
Tragacanth .••••% ounce.
Oil of cloves 1 dram.
Oil of cassia 30 minims.
Oil of nutmeg 10 drops.
Water enough.
Sen-Sen Flavor.
I.
Calamus 2 or 3 ounces.
Saigon cinnamon.. 2 ounces.
Cardamom % or % ounce.
Cloves % ounce.
Extract of licorice. 2 ounces.
Tincture of musk.. 15 minims.
Sugar 2 ounces.
II.
Extract of licorice 2 ounces.
Oil of cloves 1 dram.
Oil of cinnamon 10 drops.
Odontalgic Balsams.
These preparations are generally
concentrated alcoholic or ethereal so-
lutions of one or more resins. The
following are typical formulas:
I.
Sandarac 12 parts.
Mastic 5 parts.
Amber 1 part.
Ether 15 parts.
DENTAL PREPARATIONS
II.
Mastic 23 parts.
Absolute alcohol 33 parts.
Tolu balsam 9 parts.
Dissolve the mastic in the alcohol:
add the tolu and promote solution with
the aid of a gentle heat, shaking occa-
sionally.
Triturate the phenol with the cam-
phor; add the chloroform, and then the
oil of cajeput.
For Breath Fetor.
I.
Potassium perman-
ganate 1.5 grammes.
Distilled water 250.0 mils.
To be used as a rinse for the mouth
two or three times a day.
II.
Potassium chlorate.. 2 grammes.
Sodium borate 1 gramme.
Glycerin 8 mils.
Bitter almond water. 25 mils.
Wintergreen water, to
make 100 mils.
Use as directed above.
Wadsworth's Oral Antiseptic.
Sodium chloride.... 2.0 grammes.
Sodium bicarbonate 0.5 gramme.
Glycerin 15 0 mils.
Oil of gaultheria. . . 0.1 mil.
Alcohol 100.0 mils.
Distilled water, to
make 200.0 mils.
For use. dilute with an equal part of
warm water.
Toothache Drops and Anti-Pain
Liniment.
Spirit of camphor 4 drams.
Spirit of ammonia 2 drams.
Oil of sassafras 2 drams.
Oil of cloves 1 dram.
Chloroform 2 drams.
Oil of turpentine 2 drams.
Alcohol, to make 2% ounces.
This may be applied either in the
hollow of the tooth or. if the tooth has
no hollow, then on the gums. Indeed,
it is a good all-round liniment and
counter-irritant and may be rubbed on
the outside of the jaw with good effect.
Neverfail Toothache Oil.
Creosote 5 drams.
Chloroform 5 drams.
Oil of cloves 5 drams.
Oil of peppermint 5 drams.
Oil of camphor 6 drams.
Phenol 6 drams.
Odontalgine.
Phenol 4 drams.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Chloroform 2 ounces.
Oil of cajeput, to make. . 4 ounces.
Camphor and Phenol Toothache
Drops.
Camphor 8 grammes.
Chloroform 15 mils.
Oil of cloves 15 mils.
Liquefied phenol 4 mils.
Compound tincture of
benzoin 30 mils.
Toothache Gum
I.
.Menthol 2 grammes.
Pyrethrum root, in fi-
nest powder 2 grammes.
Guaiac 2 grammes.
Yellow wax (melted).. 4 grammes.
Oil of cloves 10 drops.
Oil of cajeput 10 drops.
Mix into pellets and dust with pow-
dered clo\ ,
II.
Hard paraffin i dram.
Burgundy pitch l dram.
Oil of cloves 20 minims.
Creosote 20 minims.
Melt the first two ingredients to-
gether, and when they are nearlv cold
add the other two.
III.
Phenol 4 ounces.
Menthol 30 grains.
Thymol 30 grains.
Collodion enough.
Use a 1-dram vial; fill it about half
full with the phenol, in which the men-
thol and the thymol have be^n dis-
solved; then add about % dram of col-
lodion and shake. A nice jelly is the
result.
Directions: Put a small quantity of
the jelly in the cavity of the tooth and
cover it with cotton; repeat in five
minutes if not relieved. Be careful not
to get it on the lips.
Toothache Wax
I.
Wax 200.0 grammes.
Venice turpentine... 85.0 grammes.
Powdered mastic... 32.5 grammes.
Powdered opium. ... 1.2 grammes.
Hydrated chloral.... 1.0 gramme.
Melt the three together, then add the
other ingredients and stir frequently
while cooling.
II.
Oil of clove 2 drams.
Phenol 6 ounces.
Wax 1 ounce.
Mix and liquefy by the aid of g<
heat and then introduce thin layers ol3
110
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
absorbent cotton. When sufficiently
cool roll the cotton into the shape of
rods and cut into appropriate sizes for
introduction into the hollow of an ach-
ing- tooth.
British Toothache Essence
Oil of cloves 2 drams.
Chloroform 3 drams.
Camphor 4 drams.
Phenol 4 drams.
Oil of turpentine 8 drams.
Alcohol 8 drams.
London Toothache Drops
Oil of cloves % ounce.
Phenol 3 ounces.
Cochineal color % ounce.
Glycerin G ounces.
Toothache Tincture
Phenol 1 Vz drams.
Capsicum 2 drams.
Pulverized opium 2 drams.
Oil of cloves 4 drams.
Choloroform 5 ounces.
Tooth Application
A remedy which it was said would
"relieve any toothache which will suc-
cumb to medicines," given by a county
physician is composed of: Creosote,
chloroform, oil of cloves of each 10
parts; camphor, 7 parts; phenol, 3
parts.
Chloroform Toothache Drops
Chloroform 3 ounces.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves 3 drams.
Tincture of myrrh 4 drams.
Three Ols Toothache Drops
Phenol 2 grammes.
Menthol 2 grammes.
Eugenol 1 mil.
Three C's Toothache Drops
Chloral hydrate 5 grammes.
Camphor 5 grammes.
Oil of cloves 10 mils.
Toothache Paste
Mix phenol and sodium bicarbonate
in the proper proportion to make a
paste of the desired consistency.
Dental Mummifying Paste
I.
Zinc oxide 140 grains.
Thymol 30 grains.
Alum io grains.
Mix thoroughly.
II.
Creosote.
Glycerin.
Formadlehyde equal parts.
Mix thoroughly.
For use make a paste by kneading
together the required amount of the
two mixtures.
H. H. Brinkman says that he has
used this paste and knows it to be
good; that only the best materials
should be employed in making it, and
that some skill is required to place the
paste properly in the root canals. Pre-
sumably by "formaldehyde" he means
the official solution.
Dental Enamel
Zinc oxide, 120 grains; nitric acid
enough. Moisten the oxide with the
acid; evaporate to dryness; calcine
cool and powder. When required for
use make into a stiff paste with phos-
phoric acid.
A transparent tooth-filling which has
been patented in Germany is made as
follows: An aluminum silicate having
the composition AkOaSiO* is prepared
by adding a solution of water-glass and
sodium hydroxide to a solution of an
aluminum salt. On drying over sul-
phuric acid or on gently igniting the
silicate is obtained nearly free from
water. Mix 4 to 6 parts of the alum-
inum silicate thus obtained with 8
parts of a melted mixture of calcium
oxide, 1: silica (SiO:;), 2; aluminum
oxide, 1. When required for use the
product is mixed with phosphoric acid
(sp. gr. 1.50), containing about 150
Krammes of aluminum oxide to the
liter.
CHAPTER V.
FOR THE HAIR AND SCALP
Hair Tonics — Pomades — Brilliantines — Shampoos — Dyes.
Always consult the index n>hen using this book.
As to Baldness and Concerning Hair
Preparations
Those who have made a scientific
study of the hair are very backward
about recommending "tonics" or "in-
vigorators" for the same, although
fakers and quacks will guarantee their
hair nostrums to work almost any
wonder short of making a porcelain
doorknob resemble the head of the Cir-
cassian beauty in the side show.
Lassar's Method.
Lassar. who is one of the men who
had studied the subject of falling hair.
has recommended a treatment for the
scalp which is described in The Drug-
gists Circular as follows:
Treatment and Prevention of Baldness.
At first the scalp is shampooed once daily:
later, as the falling of the hair decreases,
less frequently with soap and hot water,
then irrigated with tepid and finally with cold
water. Any good aoap may be employed, but
the author has found tar soap and liquid tar
soap particularly serviceable. For blond
women's hair he uses the following:
Potassium carbonate 15 grammes.
Sodium carbonate 15 grammes.
Powdered soap 70 grammes.
Rose water 100 grammes.
After drying the part with warm cloths or
by fanning or electrical means, the roots of
the hair are moistened with a 3 to 5 in 3.000
solution of corrosive sublimate colored red
with cosin. The corrosive sublimate tablets
on the market are convenient for preparing
this solution, and a little glycerin and rose
water may be added. To relieve any itching
present, the addition of 0.2 per cent, of
phenol is recommended. After the sublimate
solution has evaporated, the hair is rubbed
until again dry with the following:
Thymol 0.5 gramme.
Alcohol 200.0 grammes.
Or
Beta-naphthol 0.5 gramme.
Absolute alcohol 200.0 grammes.
Finally, the hair is slightly annointed with
the following:
Salicylic acid 1 gramme.
Tincture of benzoin 2 grammes.
Olive oil (or petrolatum) .. .50 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 15 drops.
In obstinate cases tar liniment may be ap-
plied with benefit as the first step of the pro-
cedure, and removed in ten minutes by the
shampoo with soap. For the treatment of
alopecia areata this is even recommended.
Finally, inunction at bedtime with a 10 per
cent, ointment of turpentine oil in wool fat
(having regard for any possible irritation of
the scalp) or with a phenol and sulphur oint-
ment of the following composition is al?o rec-
ommended. "
Phenol 1 gramme.
Sublimed sulphur 10 grammes.
Balsam of Peru 2 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 15 drops.
Wool fat, to make 50 grammes.
In some cases there may be efficacy
in this mode of procedure. As one of
the fakers said to us some time ago
when in conversation with him we ex-
pressed an opinion of the hair nos-
trums: "Well, anyhow, probably the
rubbing and the cleaning and the gen-
eral attention given to the hair, made
necessary by the following of direc-
tions on the 'restorer' bottle, does
good."
In a little book on the care of the
skin and hair by Dr. Pusey, recently
published, we read:
Of course, the hairs are as much a part of
the skin as the nails or the horny layer it-
self. In their arrangement in the skin and in
their form there is a resemblance to plants
growing out of the ground, but the resem-
blance goes «no further. The hairs are not
independent living structures growing out of
the skin like grass or wheat stalks out of the
ground. They are rather like the leaves of a
tree — a part of its structure, with no inde-
pendent existence and dependent upon the
trunk for sustenance. As a matter of fact.
hairs are hardly living structures at all; above
the papilla for a very short distance up the
hair follicle the hair is a succulent, living
structure — like the deeper layer of the surface
epidermis — but for the rest of its length It Is
a dense bristle of insensitive horn. For all of
ita length above the surface of the skin and
for seven-eighths of it in the follicle the hair
is without life. There is no circulation of
vital fluid through it, like sap in a plant; it
does not "breathe" like a plant. It is, in
short, a finished structure made by th» un-
derlying tissues for a mechanical purpose and
not further participating in vital activity.
This would seem to be self-evident upon a
moment's consideration, and yet most of the
popular conception of the hair and all of the
nostrum vendor's hair remedies are based
upon the theory that the hairs are living
structures growing out of the scalp like plants
out of a bed, to be sprinkled and fertilized and
fed like plants. The hairs are not nourished
that way. They get their sustenance, like
every structure of the body, from the blood.
They are very sensitive to alterations in this
supply, so that we see the condition of the
hair influenced by many disorders of the gen-
eral health. Of course the hair Is also in-
fluenced greatly by local disorders, just as the
skin in general is. * * •
Shampooing often enough to keep the scalp
clean is the best measure the individual him-
self can carry out to prevent or overcome
dandruff. If there is a tendency to dandruff,
shampooing once a week, or even at shorter
intervals, is not too often, provided care is
taken to dry the hair thoroughly. This sham-
poo is best taken with tar or sulphur soap.
Ill
112
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Corrosive sublimate swap is also useful in
these cases, and it is not dangerous to use on
the unbroken scalp. As a further measure of
cleanliness and as an antiseptic, the frequent
application of alcohol to the scalp isi very use-
ful in combating dandruff. It dissolves some
of the oil from the hair and scalp, and if it
causes the hair to become too dry, this can
be overcome by adding from one to five or
six teaspoonfuls of castor oil, according to the
indications of the case, to each pint of alcohol.
For men, simply wetting the scalp with al-
cohol is sufficient; in the case of the long
hair of women, it is better applied by parting
the hair in various places and rubbing on the
alhocol with a small sponge. Another useful
application is sixty grains of sulphur to an
ounce of petrolatum, to be rubbed into the
scalp at intervals of a few days;
Aside from avoiding sources of infection,
these are the most efficient measures that
the individual can use for himself. For aid
beyond such measures as these, the attention
of a physician is needed, for the cases require
individual attention, and even with this the
successful treatment is difficult. * * *
Mistreatment of the hair is also an impor-
tant factor in the production of baldness.
Daily wetting of the hair, especially if no
attention is given to drying it, keeping it
poor in oil by excessive use of soap and
water without supplying any fat in place of
that removed, failure to keep it clean, ex-
cessive exposure to sunlight, the indiscrimi-
nate use of drugs, particularly "hair tonics,"
and overzealous treatment by barbers and
hair dressers — all of these causes are influen-
tial in the production of baldness and are to
be guarded against, particularly in the care
of the hair of those who have already a pre-
disposition to the condition. . . .
The promiscous application of "hair tonics"
and other nostrums is regarded by some
authorities as an important cause of bald-
ness. In my experience I have not been par-
ticularly impressed by that fact, although I
believe "that these haphazard applications, with-
out any regard to the indications of the indi-
vidual case, are at least valueless. The same
is true of the numerous activities of the
barbers and hairdressers, when their efforts
go beyond the use of measures directed merely
to cleansing the hair and scalp. Their singeing
the hairs, their various methods of massage,
"hair tonics" and "hair restorers" and "scalp
treatments" applied indiscriminately without
intelligent appreciation of the indications to
be met, may be harmful; they are at best
useless forms of diversion. There is no ob-
jection, however, to a good shampoo by a
careful and clean barber or hairdresser. Hav-
ing it done for one is a form of luxury.
Treatment of Baldness
Dr. Leon-James, Methven, New Zea-
land, after trying almost every remedy
for baldness in print, says the Lancet-
Clinic, was successful in three cases by
using an ointment rubbed well into the
patches night and morning. The oint-
ment had the formula which follows:
Chrysarobin 1 part.
Hazeline cream 4 parts.
Mix and heat to 300 degrees until dis-
solved, and stir until cold.
Weaker ointments were not success-
ful.
Hazeline cream is a rather indefinite
name. We imagine any suitable oint-
ment base would be equally efficacious
in this connection.
It is suggested in the New York Med-
ical Journal that crayons of chrysa-
robin may be applied advantageously
in pencil form. The directions are to
rub the bald spots with pencils made
of —
Chrysarobin 16 parts.
Rosin 3 parts.
Beeswax 16 parts.
Olive oil 16 parts.
Lactic Acid for Baldness.
Lactic acid is said by the Prescriber
to have a specific action in alopecia
areata. The following mixture has been
used, according to the authority cited,
in a number of cases with complete
success:
Lactic acid 2 drams.
Castor oil 2 drams.
Alcohol, to make 4 ounces.
To be painted on the patches night
and morning.'
Value of a Hair Tonic
The only satisfactory way to ascer-
tain the efficacy of any therapeutic
agent is by repeated experiments.
These are usually conducted first on
the lower animals and then on man.
In the case of a "hair tonic" we think
experiments on the lower animals
would be of little use. Sometimes,
when the effects of the several ingre-
dients of a preparation for the hair are
known, the results of the application
of the preparation as a whole may be
deduced. Maybe the writer is preju-
diced against hair tonics. He has an
idea that most of them are fakes,
which pharmacists would do well to
leave to street venders and barbers.
Those which may seem to be the most
efficacious at first may in the long run
prove to be worse than useless, for
there is always danger that over-stim-
ulation of the hair follicles may result
in the ultimate defeat of the very pur-
pose for which the stimulating treat-
ment was instituted.
We have a rather well defined idea
that the most powerful ingredient in
all so-called hair growers is printers'
ink publicity. Our reason for so think-
ing is the fact that when this ingre-
dient is withdrawn, the sales fall off at
once and in time cease altogether,
whereas, if the preparations actually
did what is claimed for them, they
would sell on the recommendations of
those who use them if never advertised
at all. Think it over.
Crude Oil Hair Tonic
Crude oil is generally applied as a
hair tonic in its natural form, al-
though the characteristic odor of the
oil is sometimes more or less effectual-
ly masked with aromatics. A bonafide
crude oil hair "tonic'' would be a
"shake" mixture and a far from "ele-
gant" one. To offset the untoward
psychological effect of the appearance
of the mixture it should be marketed
FOR THE HAIR A.ND SCALP
113
in opal-glass containers or in bottles
completely covered with a paper wrap-
per. A working formula follows:
Crude petroleum 150 mils.
Alcohol 450 mils.
Oil of bay leaves 5 mils.
Oil of pimento 5 mils.
Oil of lavender 5 mils.
Oil of cloves 2 mils.
Water, to make 1,000 mils.
Shake the crude oil with the aro-
matic oils and 300 mils of alcohol.
Add the rest of the alcohol mixed with
300 mils of water; shake well for ten
minutes and add enough water to
make 1,000 mils.
For making hair oils, crude oil from
the Texas fields is preferable because
of its greater sulphur content.
Quinine Hair Tonics
I.
Quinine hydrochloride 1 dram.
Tannic acid 2 Mi drams,.
Tincture of cantharides.l Ms ounces.
Glycerin 1 % ounces.
Eau de cologne 10 drams.
Vanillin 1% grains.
Ground red saunders. ..7 Ms grains.
Alcohol, to make 2 pints.
Mix the several ingredients, and fil-
ter after they have stood for five days.
II.
Quinine hydro-
chloride 0.100 gramme.
Diluted sul-
phuric acid.... 0.625 mil.
Chloroform 0.500 mil.
Alcohol 20.000 mils.
Glycerin 1.500 mils.
Cologne water.... 1.500 mils.
Spirit of pi-
menta 25.000 mils.
Tincture of
cudbear 3-.000 mils.
Rose water. to
make 100.000 mils.
Dissolve the alkaloidal salt in 40 mils
of rose water; add the acid and then
the other ingredients.
III.
Quinine 40 grains.
Diluted hydrochloric
acid 40 drops.
Antiseptic solution 2 ounces.
Water, to make 3 ounces.
The term "hair tonic" is viewed with
suspicion by those in charge of en-
forcement of the food and drug laws.
It will be much better to label the so-
called tonics as "hair dressings."
IV.
Quinine sulphate 2 parts.
Tincture of krameria . . . . 4 parts.
Tincture of cantharides . . 2 parts.
Spirit of lavender 10 parts.
Glycerin 15 parts.
Alcohol 100 parts.
Sulphur and Sage Hair Wash
Both sulphur and sage enjoy a wide
popularity as hair tonics; just to what
extent this popularity is due to actual
achievement is problematical. Sulphur
is not applied directly to the hair— ex-
cept in some cases in the shape of a
pomade — but is shaken up with water
and allowed to stand and settle, when
the water is used as a hair wash.
Sage is applied in the form of a hydro -
alcoholic tincture. There seems to be
no reason why the two remedies should
not be combined into one. Possiblv
they tend to keep the hair dark when
it is dark, or to restore its natural
color when it has turned white, hut we
have doubts as to this.
Sage Hair Tonic
Fluidextract of sage... 8 ounces.
Tincture of green soap. 7 ounces.
Tincture of cantha-
rides 1 Ms ounces.
Glycerin 4 ounces.
Menthol 2 ounces.
Bay rum 16 ounces.
Oil of bergamot 4 drams.
Oil of sweet orange .... 4 drams.
Alcohol 2 pints.
Water, to make 1 gallon.
Hair Dressing, Herpicide Style
Boric acid 4 ounce*.
Resorcinol 320 grains.
Salicylic acid 2 ounces.
Glycerin 2 fl. ozs.
Alcohol 4 pints.
Tincture of saffron
(20 per cent.) 192 minims.
Oil of bergamot 192 minims.
Oil of lemon 4 drams.
Water, to make 1 gallon.
Hair Restorer
It is claimed that a preparation
made according to the formula below
will "do the work":
Purified beef mar-
row 44.00 grammes.
Expressed oil of *
almonds 12.00 grammes.
Expressed oil of
nutmegs 5.00 grammes.
Extract of can-
tharides 0.25 gramme.
Powdered c a m -
phor 0.1 5 gramme.
Balsam of tolu 0.30 gramme.
Balsam of peru .... 12.00 grammes.
Oil of rosemary.... 0.30 gramme
Oil of cloves 0.15 gramme.
Alcohol 2.00 grammes.
Melt together on a water-bath the
first three ingredients and strain the
mixture into a mortar; triturate con-
stantly, adding the extract of canthar-
ides, the camphor and the balsam of
114
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FOKMULA BOOK
tolu all previously mixed with the al-
cohol; add then the balsam of peru
and the volatile oils, and mix tho-
roughly by trituration.
Foaming Hair Tonic
It is easy to make the foam; the
hard part is to find the hair tonic. We
do not know of one which we can con-
fident ly and conscientiously recom-
mend as harmless and effective, al-
though water which has stood in con-
tact with washed sulphur, we believe
to be the former, and we have heard
on what we regard as credible author-
ity, that it is the latter — at least in
some cases. "Whether such a water
would be rendered less effective by the
addition of some saponaceous material
to make a foam we are unable to say.
Tincture of green soap, diluted with
(say an equal volume of) water makes
a good foaming hair wash, and the
same may be said of some of many
shampoos.
A Low-Priced Hair Tonic
Raby (Barb. Sup. Trade Journ.) says
that by the following formula a cleans-
ing, stimulating, germicidal, prepara-
tion at a moderate cost may be made:
Salicylic acid 2 ounces.
Tincture of cantharides. . 2 ounces.
Potassium carbonate 4 ounces.
Boric acid 2 ounces.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Alcohol 4 pints.
Perfume enough.
Water, to make 1 gallon.
Dissolve the salicylic acid in the al-
cohol; add the perfume and the tinc-
ture. Dissolve the boric acid and the
carbonate in 2 pints of water; add the
glycerin; mix with the alcoholic liquid;
and add enough water to make the
specified quantity. The preparation
may be colored if desired.
Resorcinol and Chloral in a Hair
Dressing
A druggist has a customer whose
white hair became streaked with yel-
low after using the following mixture
prescribed as a hair tonic:
Corrosive mercuric
chloride 3 grains.
Resorcinol 4 drams.
Quinine sulphate 15 grains.
Chloral 2 drams.
Tincture of capsicum... 2 drams.
Tincture of cantharides. 4 drams.
Alcohol, to make 8 ounces.
"We take it that the trouble is caused
by the resorcinol. This substance is
prone to oxidation with the formation
of phenolic compounds having tinc-
torial properties; in fact, resorcinol Is
sometimes used as a hair dye We
\v*rc once told by the user of a quite
similar preparation that when any
other than a particular recrystallized
resorcinol of the highest purity was
used in compounding the "tonic" the
hair and scalp of the user were stained
a red-brown color by its application.
Coloring of Resorcinol Hair
Dressing
A subscriber, having read in The
Druggists Circular that another drug-
gist wanted to know how to color a
certain preparation containing resor-
cinol which he makes up and offers as
a hair tonic, is kind enough to write:
I think that if he makes his hair
tonic after formula given and does not
add coloring matter, that, after stand-
ing a short time, it will turn to a dark-
amber color on account of the resor-
cinol. We have noticed the above
change and the color may be satisfac-
tory.
Resorcinol Scalp Lotion Problem
A reader submits to us the following
prescription for a hair dressing:
Resorcinol l % drams.
Salicylic acid 2 drams.
Alcohol (60%), to make 6 ounces.
He states that when the product
made by the recipe is rubbed into the
scalp, it leaves the hair stiff and
"singy," and wishes to know how this
undesirable effect can be avoided.
We know of several dermatologists
who in writing similar prescriptions
direct the use of 95 per cent, alcohol as
the solvent and then order the addition
of a small amount of castor oil, say
from 2 drams to % ounce in a pint of
finished preparation.
Bear Grease Pomade.
If the bear fat has been carefully
rendered and is entirely free from ex-
traneous animal matter, the making it
into a pomade becomes a mere matter
of so perfuming it as to mask the nat-
ural odor of the grease, and adding
some substance to preserve it. The se-
lection, of a suitable perfume depends
greatly upon the tastes of the future
purchasers of the pomade. The oils of
bergamot and lavender, which are very
extensively used in perfuming hair oils
and pomades, are good masks for the
bear odor. Coumarin is another effi-
cient contra -odorizer. as is also musk,
which is quite popular with a certain
class of pomade users. Here is a for-
mula:
Bear's fat 1 pound.
Benzoic acid 20 grains.
Tincture of benzoin 2 ounces.
Oil of bergamot enough.
Oil of rosemary enough.
Dissolve the acid in the tincture and
incorporate the solution and the per-
FOR THE HAIR AND SCALP
115
fumes with the fat by trituration.
A more delicate perfume might be
imparted to the pomade by the use of
a mixture of handkerchief extracts and
50 per cent, more benzoic acid. The
following will give an odor resembling
that of the pomade a graisse d'ours
of the Paris shops:
Extract of jasmine V2 ounce.
Extract of rose Y2 ounce.
Extract of tuberose % ounce.
Oil of orange flowers". . . .15 minims.
Oil of cassia 15 minims.
Oil of bergamot 60 minims.
Oil of nutmeg 15 minims.
Oil of cloves 30 minims.
Mix keep for ten days at a tempera-
ture of about 32 deg. F. and Alter while
still Aery cool.
Resorcinol Hair Dressings
In "How to Care for the Hair at All
Times," the author, Juliet M. Lee. gives
the following formula as one that "may
be safely used by persons having light
or dark hair, any condition of scalp,"
and "may be freely used without in-
jurious effect":
Resorcinol 1 dram.
Chlorate hydrate 3 drams.
Chloroform 6 drams.
Eau de cologne 6 ounces.
Rectified spirit 5 ounces.
The following, which has appeared
frequently in a number of medical
journals, is credited to a "prominent
dermatologist" of this city:
Resorcinol 4 grammes.
Betanaphthol 2 grammes.
Chloral 8 grammes.
Tincture of can-
tharides 6 mils.
Tincture of capsicum 4 mils.
Castor oil 2 to 8 mils.
Cologne water 120 mils.
Bay rum, to make. . .500 mils.
Coloring Hair Oil Red
Alkannin, the coloring matter of al-
kanet root, is soluble in oils, and it is
customary in preparing a red tinted
hair oil to macerate in the perfumed oil,
enough of the ground root to give the
tint desired — say about 1 ounce to the
gallon. The root may also be made
into an alcoholic tincture and then
added.
Some manufacturers qualify the red
of the alkanet with a small amount of
yellow, adding either tincture of cur-
cuma or a trace of the certified color
"85 orange I."
Oil of bitter almond. 1.5 mils.
Oil of clove 3.0 mils.
Oil of bergamot 6.0 mils.
II.
Olive oil 100.0 mils.
Spermaceti 30.0 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 2.5 mils.
Oil of cloves 3.0 mil?.
Oil of rose geranium 1.0 mil.
III.
Castor oil, best 1000 grammes.
Alcohol 1000 mils.
Oil of ylang-ylang.. . 5 grammes.
Linalol 10 grammes.
Terpineol 5 grammes.
Tincture of benzoin.. 35 grammes.
IV.
Castor oil 20 grammes.
Medicinal soap 2 grammes.
Sumatra benzoin 10 grammes.
Alcohol 180 grammes.
Oil of rose 1 drop.
Oil of bergamot 5 drops.
Mix, let stand and filter.
Perfumed Hair Oil
Castor oil 12 ounces.
Alcohol 52 ounces.
Oil of lemon % ounce.
Oil of lavender 1 dram.
Oil of bergamot 2 drams.
Oil of cinnamon 10 drops.
Oil of cloves 10 drops.
Oil of citronella 10 drops.
Tincture of turmeric... 1 dram.
Brilliantine.
I.
Suet 100.0 grammes.
Spermaceti 50.0 grammes.
Castor oil 50.0 mils.
Bandoline
The following formula is said to rep-
resent the mustache fixative used by
one of the most famous Parisian hair
dressers:
Extract of malt 25 grammes.
Alcohol 45 mils.
Rose water 400 mils.
Crystal Brilliantine
Palmitin 500 grammes.
Russian paraffin oil.. 3000 grammes.
Saturated alcoholic
solution of sodium
hydroxide enough.
Vanillin 7 grammes.
Coumarin 7 grammes.
Artificial musk 3 grammes.
Oil of sweet orange. 25 mils.
Oil of neroli 1 mil.
Benzyl acetate 3 mils.
Benzylic alcohol 3 mils.
Fat-soluble chloro-
phyl enough.
Dissolve 400 grammes of the pal-
mitin in 1,000 grammes of the oil with
the aid of heat; saponify with the so-
lution of sodium hydroxide until the
batch is alkaline to phenolphthalein.
Dissolve this soap in a solution of the
11 (J
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
rest of the palmitin in the remaining
2,000 grammes of oil, using a tempera-
ture of 110 deg. C. As the mass begins
to cool stir in the color and the per-
fumes previously mixed, and pour into
suitable containers.
Ordinary Pomade
Castor oil 16 ounces.
Petrolatum 4 ounces.
Yellow wax 4 ounces.
Rosin 1 ounce.
Benzoic acid 20 grains.
Oil of lemon 2 drams.
Oil of bergamot 1 dram.
Melt the rosin and yellow wax, add
the petrolatum and strain into a vessel
containing the castor oil, benzoic acid
and perfume. Stir until it is cold.
Anti-Kink Hair Pomade
Castor oil 16 ounces.
Petrolatum 4 ounces.
Yellow wax 4 ounces.
Rosin 1 ounce.
Benzoic acid 20 grains.
Oil of lemon 2 drams.
Oil of bergamot 1 dram.
Melt the rosin and yellow wax to-
gether, add the petrolatum and strain
into a vessel containing the castor oil,
benzoic acid and perfume. Stir until
it is cold.
We offer this formula for what it is
worth without any endorsement of it.
We believe that before the mislabeling
law went into effect such preparations
as this were called some kind of fancy
ox marrow.
In the issue of The Druggists' Circu-
lar succeeding the one in which the
foregoing note was given, appears the
following letter from a reader:
It took me back to the days of my child-
hood, when ox marrow hair dressing was
dutifully applied every Saturday, and I
imagine even now I scent the lingering
"stink" of bergamot. I can't bear bergamot.
I ran over to mother and asked her how it
was made, and here you are:
Take any quantity of marrow (fresh) and
wash it thoroughly in cold water. Then place
it in clean water and boil, thus rendering the
marrow. Then let it stand to cool, and when
cool, skim off the supernatant marrow and
mix it with an equal quantity of pure, fresh
iard. Scent to suit.
•Thusi you see "ox marrow hair dressing"
would not be a misnomer, even under our
pure food and drugs law, or mislabeling
laws.
Pomades for Stiffening Hair.
I.
White wax 1 y2 ounces.
Beef tallow 3 ounces.
Oil of bergamot 1 dram.
Oil of cassia 10 minims.
Oil of thyme 5 minims.
II.
Powdered tragacanth.. 1 ounce.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
Oil of neroli 10 minims.
Oil of rose 10 minims.
Warm water 24 ounces.
Put the tragacanth into a bottle of
suitable size and mix with the alcohol
in which the oils have been dissolved.
Then add the warm water and agitate
until a homogeneous mucilage is
formed.
III.
Lard 1.000 parts.
White wax 500 parts.
Oil of bergamot 65 parts.
Oil of cassia 3 parts.
IV.
Castor oil 15 ounces.
Spermaceti 5 ounces.
Oil of bergamot 2 drams.
Oil of palmarosa 1 dram.
Oil of rose geranium... % dram.
V.
Powdered acacia.... 250 grammes.
White beeswax 250 grammes.
Yellow beeswax 250 grammes.
White castile soap.. 250 grammes.
Glycerin 125 mils.
Oil of bergamot 50 mils.
Oil of lavender 10 mils.
Oil of rose geranium 20 mils.
Water 1000 mils.
Petrolatum Pomade.
Petrolatum 700 grammes.
Paraffin 300 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 6 grammes.
Oil of linaloe 1 gramme.
Oil of neroli 4 grammes.
Transparent Shampoo Jelly.
To produce a transparent soft soap
that will be suitable for use as a
shampoo is more a matter of experi-
ment and experience than one of for-
mula. The best basis is a mixture of
lard, mutton tallow, and cocoanut oil;
potassium hydroxide is the proper
saponifying agent. The fats may be
mixed in almost any proportion, or
any one or two of them may be used.
Perhaps the most satisfactory results
will follow the use of a mixture of
lard, 3 parts; cocoanut oil, 3 parts; and
tallow, 1 part. The proportion of po-
tassium hydroxide necessary to sapon-
ify this mixture will vary with differ-
ent lots of fats because of variations
in the acidity of the latter. The
amount of potassium hydroxide will,
therefore, have to be determined ex-
perimentally for each batch of soap.
It will average about 260 grammes of
85 per cent. KOH for 1,000 grammes of
the mixed fats.
Here is a basal formula:
Lard 1500 grammes.
Cocoanut oil 1500 grammes.
Mutton tallow 500 grammes.
FOR THE HAIR AND SCALP
117
Potassium hydroxide,
85 per cent 900 grammes.
Alcohol 300 mils.
Oil of lavender 30 mils.
Oil of clove 20 mils.
Oil of orris (soap
makers') 5 mils.
Water enough.
Melt the fats in a suitable vessel on
a sand-bath, or in a steam-jacketed
kettle. Dissolve the hydroxide in
5,000 mils of water, and pour the solu-
tion into the melted fats. Let the mix-
ture boil gently, scraping down the
sides of the vessel occasionally, until
it begins to "splutter"; keeping the
vessel warm, stir the mixture with a
paddle for fifteen minutes. Then stir
in about 1,500 mils of water and let
the mixture boil as before, scraping
down the sides of the vessel and stir-
ring the mixture occasionally. When
it has again reached the "splutter-
ing" point, stir it for about ten min-
utes. Drop a small piece of the mass
in warm water. If it dissolves clear,
saponification is complete; if not, test
the mass with phenolphthalein, and
continue the cooking, adding more
water and alkali if necessary. Re-
move the vessel from the Are, or cut
off the steam if a jacketed vessel is
used; add the alcohol, in which the
perfuming oils had been dissolved, and
stir rapidly until a homogeneous mix-
ture is secured.
Shampoo Jelly.
Soft soap 1 pound.
Potassium carbonate. ... % pound.
Glycerin % pound.
Water enough.
Dissolve the soap in a minimal quan-
tity of water with the aid of a gentle
heat. Add the potassium carbonate,
and, when the mass is almost cold, in-
corporate the glycerin and such per-
fume as may be desired. More water
may be added if the jelly is too stiff.
Shampoo Powder.
Salt of tartar 1 ounce.
Powdered borax 1 ounce.
Powdered castile soap. . . % ounce.
Oil of rose geranium. ... 10 drops.
Put up in wide -mouth bottle, cap.
and label with directions: Dissolve the
contents of the bottle in 1 quart of soft
water, and use as a shampoo.
Tar Shampoo
An efficient liquid tar shampoo may
be made by dissolving a desired pro-
portion of tar in tincture of green soap.
Two somewhat more complicated
formulas follow:
I.
Tar 4 grammes.
Linseed oil 40 grammes.
Potassium hydroxide. 10 grammes.
Alcohol 5 grammes.
Oil of rosemary 2 grammes.
Water enough.
Mix the tar with the linseed oil, and
heat on a water bath to 140 degrees F.
Dissolve the potassium hydroxide in
the alcohol and 45 grammes of water;
add the solution to the heated oil with
constant stirring. Continue the heat
until saponification is complete, and
make up to 128 grammes with water.
Stir gently until cool and add the oil
of rosemary.
II.
Cocoanut oil 20 grammes.
Tar 3 grammes.
Potash lye (40 deg. B.) 25 grammes.
Melt together the oil and the tar
and saponify at a gentle heat with the
potash lye.
Egg Shampoos
The egg in so-called egg shampoos
is usually present in the name only,
although there are formulas for sham-
poos in which the use of real eggs is
directed. Two follow;
Ammonia water 4 drams.
Cologne water 5 drams.
Alcohol 8 ounces.
Water 8 ounces.
Whites of 2 eggs.
Beat the egg whites well and add
them to the water and ammonia water
previously mixed; then add the other
ingredients.
II.
Egg yolk 2 ounces.
Strong infusion of quillaja 1 ounce.
Salicylic acid 5 grains.
Camphor 10 grains.
Borax 30 grains.
Cologne water 3 ounces.
Water, to make 20 ounces.
Make a smooth mixture of the egg
yolk and 2 ounces of chloroform water;
add the infusion of quillija and then
the cologne water in which the salicylic
acid and the camphor have been dis-
solved. Add the borax and the re-
quired amount of water; mix well; and
strain through muslin.
Dry Shampoos
As there are different types of so-
called dry shampoos, we give below
several formulas for shampoos which
may be spoken of as "dry:
I.
Orris root 6 ounces.
Fuller's earth 7 ounces.
Arrowroot starch Ms ounce.
Oil of lavender 1 dram.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
118
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Reduce the solids to a fine powder;
mix this well and spread It out to a
thickness of about two inches. On
this, spray the oil dissolved in the al-
cohol, and, after several hours, pass
the powder through a moderately fine
sieve.
II.
Mix equal parts of ammonium car-
bonate, borax, and soap, in fine dry
powder, and perfume with oil of orris.
III.
One pound each of borax and pow-
dered soap with about 4 ounces of so-
dium carbonate, perfumed with a mix-
ture of 2 parts of coumarin and 1 part
of heliotropin, makes a dry shampoo
which is highly recommended.
IV.
Eau de cologne S00 mils.
Spirit of soap 2,500 mils.
Acetic ether 25 mils.
Terpineol 5 mils.
Oil of bergamot 10 mils.
Glycerin 500 mns.
Ammonia water 10 mils.
Alcohol 1,000 mils.
Distilled water, to make 10 liters.
V.
Borax 20 grammes.
Potassium car-
bonate 10 grammes.
Ammonia water 10 mils.
Water 500 mils.
Oil of bergamot 2 mils.
Oil of geranium .... 1 mil.
Alcohol, to make. . .1,000 mils.
Oil of bay 5 minima.
Alcohol, to make 1 pint.
Elsewhere in this book are several
formulas for liquid soaps, which may
be used as liquid shampoos.
Liquid Shampoos.
I.
Ammonium sul-
phoricinate 200.0 grammes.
Oil of orange, ter-
peneless 0.5 gramme.
Orange flower
water, to make. .1000.0 mils.
II.
Cottonseed oil 1000 mils.
Sodium hydroxide. . . 80 grammes.
Potassium hy-
droxide 80 grammes.
Alcohol 500 mils.
Potass ium car-
bonate 30 grammes.
Terpineol 20 mils.
Water 2500 mils.
Dissolve the hydroxides in a mixture
of the alcohol and 500 mils of water.
Add the cottonseed oil little by little
with vigorous shaking, and set the
mixture aside until saponification is
complete. Add the rest of the water
containing the carbonate, and finally
the terpineol.
ni.
Powdered castile soap.. 1 ounce.
i 'otassium carbonate % ounce.
Water 8 ounces.
Perfume for a Dry Shampoo.
One can best judge of a suitable per-
fume for a dry shampoo by observing
the tastes of his customers as indi-
cated in their selection of handkerchief
extracts, soaps, talcum powders, etc.
Similarly he may arrive at the degree
of odorousness that will appeal to
prospective purchasers.
Despite the influx of the thousand
and one "bouquets" and "blends," rose
and violet continue as favorites among
the scents, and their use for perfum-
ing any toilet preparation is never ill-
advised. For a rose odor, the oil alone
is necessary. Some prefer the odor of
a blend of oil of rose 25 parts and oil
of wintergreen 1 part.
A pleasing violet may be made as
follows:
Extract of cassie 1 ounce.
Extract of jasmine % ounce.
Solution of ionone (10
per cent.) % ounce.
Oil of orris 1 dram.
Among a certain portion of the hu-
man family a perfume something like
the following will find favor:
Oil of lavender (aged)... 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves 6 drams.
Tincture of musk..: 2 drams.
Lotion Vegetale au Seringa.
Tincture of vanilla.. 200 grammes.
Tincture of eantha-
rides 20 grammes.
Terpineol 10 grammes.
Oil of rose geranium. 1 gramme.
Oil of ylang-ylang.. . 1 gramme.
Heliotropin 2 grammes.
Alcohol 2000 mils.
Water SO mils.
Bay Rum.
Here is my formula for bay rum. It
is particularly refreshing and ap-
proaches nearer to the imported va-
rieties than do most of the domestic
products:
Oil of bay 10.0 mils.
Oil of cloves 2.0 mils.
Oil of lemon 1.0 mil.
Menthol 1.5 grammes.
Tincture of capsi-
cum 8.0 mils.
Acetic acid 20.0 mils.
Alcohol 800.0 mils.
Water 1200.0 mils.
Purified talc 50.0 grammes.
Tincture of cur-
cuma enough.
Caramel color enough.
FOR THE HAIR AND SCALP
119
Dissolve the oils and menthol in the
alcohol, add the tincture of capsicum
and acetic acid and incorporate the
purified talc; then add the water in
five or six portions, shaking after each
addition. Filter. Add enough tinc-
ture of curcuma to make the filtrate a
pale yellow, and then add a few drops
of caramel color to give a brownish-
yellow.— F. W. Scott, Jr.
Coloring Bay Rum.
In The Druggists Circular, F. O. Col-
lins said that filtering bay rum through
magnesium carbonate gave it a satis-
factory color. In a later issues, John J.
Davies took issue with Mr. Collins,
averring that bay rum so filtered would
throw down a flocculent precipitate.
and if again filtered would repeat this
behavior, and so on ad infinitum. Said
he: "Of all things, magnesium carbon-
ate is the least desirable for this pur-
pose. I find talcum the most satisfac-
tory filtering medium there is."
Next came George S. R. Wright who
added this note to the discussion:
If Mr. John J. Davies will add powdered
magnesium carbonate to his bay rum in the
proportion of 1 ounce to 1 gallon, and allow it
to stand ten days or two weeks before filter-
ing, he will obtain a beautiful clear and
slightly green bay rum, which will never need
refilter^ng. I have made it so for over thirty
years, and write, therefore, from ample experi-
ence.
And in his final reply Mr. Collins
said:
I have much pleasure in sending you a sam-
ple of bay rum which has been once filtered
through magnesium carbonate and has stood
some weeks. You will thus see that I have not
experienced the inconveniences referred to by
Mr. John J. Davies, as connected with the use
of that salt as a filtering medium.
The sample sent by Mr. Collins was
as pretty and clear a specimen of bay
rum as anyone would wish to see.
Lathering Bay Rum
Myrcia acris oil, 16; lemcn oil, con-
crete oil of nutmeg; clove oil, sweet
orange oil, of each, 1 ; essence of rum,
75; alcohol, 90 per cent., 2,650. Dis-
solve. Meanwhile, dissolve ammonium
carbonate, 45 or 90, in cold water,
4,500. Mix the solutions, set aside for
a week, then filter through asbestos.
Perfume for a Hair Dressing
Oil of bergamot 4 mils.
Oil of lemon 3 mils.
Oil of cedrat 7 drops.
Oil of clove 2 drops.
Oil of lavender 1 mil.
Oil of petit grain 2 drops.
Oil of rosemary 1 mil.
Oil of red thyme 1 mil.
Saturated solution of
artificial musk 5mils.
Saturated solution of
rhodinol 10 drops.
Cologne spirit 400 mils.
Orange flower water. ... 30 mils.
Rose water 120 mils.
Distilled water, to make. .1000 mils.
Hair-Curling Cream
White castile soap... 70 grammes.
Acacia 70 grammes.
Japan wax 50 grammes.
Glycerin 30 grammes.
Tallow 150 grammes.
Oil of geranium 5 grammes.
Oil of bitter orange.. 7 grammes.
Oil of cloves 1 gramme.
Distilled water 300 grammes.
Heat one-half the water and in it
dissolve the soap; dissolve the gum in
the other half of the water; mix the
two solutions, and place on a water-
bath. Add the fats and the glycerin.
When the fats have melted, remove
the mixture from the heat and beat it
until it acquires a homogeneous,
creamy consistency. Then beat in the
oils, and add a little salicylic acid if a
preservative is desired.
One-Solution Black Hair Dye
Iron sulphate 2 drams.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Cologne water 1 ounce.
Rose water 14 ounces.
A solution composed of these ingre-
dients, will, according to the Standard
Formulary, if applied to the hair twice
daily, gradually darken it.
Dangerous Hair Dyes
There are formulas for hair dyes
containing synthetic colors, including
paraphenylenediamine: any of them
may prove injurious to the scalp; the
dye named is notably dangerous as it
frequently produces serious eruption.
Silver Nitrate Hair Dye
Most recipes for silver nitrate hair
dyes call for the admixture with the
silver salts of some alkali, usually am-
monia water alone or in combination
with sodium hydroxide. The same may
be said of many of the formulas for
indelible ink. As has often been point-
ed out in The Druggists Circular, such
mixture sometimes forms the highly-
explosive silver nitride, with results
which have been disastrous.
After all, the silver nitrate solution
is the thing that dyes the hair, and
this may be made by dissolving the
salt in distilled water in the proportion
of 1 dram to the ounce. The hair, of
course, should be washed free of grease
before the application of the dye.
120
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Walnut Hair Dye
For a real hair dye, one containing
neither lead nor silver salts, here is a
formula:
Walnut hulls 8 parts.
Alum 1 part.
Olive oil 40 parts.
Digest these in a water-bath until
all moisture has been expelled, then
express and perfume.
Walnut Hair Dyes
Hair dyes which are said to be harm-
less may be prepared from walnut
hulls, and the following processes de-
scribed by Askinson in Perfumes and
Cosmetics should furnish you with a
means of extracting and using the dye.
Walnut Hair Dye
One of the oldest forms of hair dye
or stain is the juice of green walnut
shells, which, as everyone knows who
has gathered walnuts, produces a rich
dark -brown stain upon the skin. This
stain is very difficult to remove from
the skin, but is not so easily applied
to the hair, as it is necessary to re-
move the oil from the hair by sham-
pooing, and also to use alum or some
similar ingredient with the walnut
juice in order to fix the color. When
these precautions are observed the
stain is said to produce very satisfac-
tory results.
Hair Dye from Walnut Shells
Green walnut shells. .450 grammes.
Powdered alum 30 grammes.
Rose water 120 grammes.
The ingredients are triturated to-
gether in a mortar, pressed, and
treated with 90 per cent, alcohol in the
proportion of 30 parts of alcohol to
100 of liquid. The mixture is then left
for four days in a close vessel and
finally filtered, and the liquid perfumed
to suit.
Walnut Extract
If it is desired to make an extract
from walnut shells for subsequent use.
they are pounded with a pestle and
then covered with water containing 1
per cent, of salt. After three days the
whole is poured into a large pan, on
which a mark is then made to show
the height of the liquid, it being neces-
sary to replace the water lost by
evaporation. Heat to near boiling-
point for four to six hours, allow
it to cool, and press out the
liquid. In the absence of a press this
may be done with aid of a linen cloth.
or preferably a sack of canvas, about
40 inches long and 20 inches wide,
which is half filled with the mass from
the pan held over an open vessel, tied
up at the mouth, and twisted by means
of a couple of sticks, two persons be-
ing required for the operation. The
liquid thus obtained is returned to the
pan, and is concentrated to one-fourth
its initial volume, which is measured
for that purpose, the best plan being
to place a quantity of water equal to
one-quarter of the liquid in the pan,
marking the level, pouring out the
water again, and then allowing the nut
liquor to evaporate until the level of
the mark is reached. The finished ex-
tract then receives an addition of 16
per cent, of 95 per cent, alcohol, and is
either stored in tightly closed vessels
for stock, or finished off. ready for use,
by the addition of perfume as desired.
CHAPTER VI.
PERFUMES AND TOILET WATERS
Perfumes — Handkerchief Extracts — Fixatives — Cologne — Cologne
Water — Florida Water — Sachets — Smelling Salts
Always Consult the Index When Using This Book
The Manufacture of Perfumery
Much more than a mere formula
should be in the possession of one who
essays to work at the manufacture of
perfumery. A man who undertakes to
go into the business of putting a line
of perfumes on the market should
study well one of the many books on
the subject, preferably under an expe-
rienced teacher actually engaged in
the work.
Perfume-Compounding
An anonymous article under the
above heading in the Chemist and
Druggist was reprinted in The Drug-
gists Circular. The principal parts of
it follow:
The sine qua non in manufacturing
perfumes is to use a good spirit (U. S.
P. alcohol). It should be borne in mind
that the British pint is 20 British fluid
ounces and that the British fluid ounce
is about 96 per cent, of the American.
To hasten the maturing of perfumes
add 5 minims of solution of ammonia
to 2 pints. The extracts required in
the formulas are as follows:
Musk. — Pour on 2 drams of grain
musk 18 drams of boiling water, and
when cold add 34 ounces of spirit.
Civet. — Civet 1 dram, orris-root 1
dram and spirit 20 ounces.
Orris. — One dram of root to 1 ounce
of spirit.
Storax. — Strained storax 9 drams
spirit 20 ounces.
Tonquin. — Crushed tonquin beans 4
ounces, hot water 5 ounces; when cold
add spirit 10 ounces.
Patchouli. — Oil of patchouli 1 dram,
spirit 5 ounces.
Rose (Triple). — Otto of rose 3 drams,
spirit 20 ounces.
Benzoin. — Powdered benzoin 1 ounce,
spirit 10 ounces.
Vanilla. — Vanilla (cut small) 2
ounces, spirit 2 pints.
The following are my formulas for
Compounded perfumes:
Violette de Parme.
Essence of cassie 15 ounces.
Essence of rose 10 ounces.
Essence of tuberose 10 ounces.
Essence of violet 19 ounces.
Tincture of orris 10 ounces.
Oil of bitter almonds.... 3 minims.
Wood Violet.
Oil of almonds 20 minims.
Oil of English lavender. . 1 dram.
Oil of verbena 30 minims.
Oil of coriander 40 minims.
Oil of bergamot 3 drams.
Essence of musk 4 ounces.
Essence of jasmine 4 ounces.
Tincture of orange 20 ounces.
Benzoic acid 2 drams.
Spirit, to make 4 pints.
Carnation.
Essence of rose 10 ounces.
Essense of orange-flower 5 ounces.
Essence of cassie 5 ounces.
Essence of vanilla 5 ounces.
Oil of cloves 10 minims.
Jockey Club Bouquet.
Essence of jasmine 2% ounces.
Essence of musk 4 ounces.
Otto of rose 20 minims.
Oil of sandalwood 1 dram.
Essence of bergamot. . . % ounce.
Oil of neroli 20 minims.
Benzoic acid 1 dram.
Tincture of orris 10 ounces.
Spirit, to make 2 pints.
White Rose.
Essence of tuberose 2 ounces.
Oil of orange Vz dram.
Essence of jasmine 1 ounce.
Otto of rose 1 dram.
Oil of patchouli 3 minims.
Tincture of orris 2 ounces.
Benzoic acid % dram.
Rectified spirit, to make. 2 pints.
White Heliotrope.
Essence of vanilla 5 ounces.
Essence of rose 5 ounces.
Oil of bitter almonds 5 minims.
Ylang-Ylang.
Oil of orange 1 dram.
Oil of neroli Vz dram.
Essence of tonquin bean. 3 ounces.
Tincture of orris 8 ounces.
Essence of musk 2 ounces.
Essence of tuberose 2 ounces.
Essence of cassie 2 ounces.
Spirit, to make 2 pints.
121
122
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
White Lilac.
Essence of tuberose 11 ounces.
Essence of orange-flower 6 ounces.
Essence of civet 4 drams.
Oil of bitter almonds.... 3 minims.
Essence Bouquet.
Otto of rose 1 dram.
Oil of neroli % dram.
Oil of pimento 20 minims.
Oil of red cedar wood. .30 minims.
Oil of lavender 1 dram.
Oil of patchouli 5 minims.
Oil of bergamot % ounce.
Essence of musk .». . 4 ounces.
Spirit, to make 4 pints.
In the above formulas the essence
of cassie, jasmine, violet, etc., means
those obtained from pomades.
The next set of formulas provides for
artificial and synthetic substances, and
are not of so permanent a character as
those just given, but they come at pop-
ular prices. Where better prices can
be obtained I would recommend blend-
ing those made from floral bases with
those from synthetic sources. I have
thus made some delightful perfumes,
and I consider the addition of natural
scent essential.
A useful base for synthetic perfumes
is the first.
Perfume Base.
Spirit 20 ounces.
Rose water 5 ounces.
Solution of ammonia
(0.880) 5 minims.
Simple tincture of ben-
zoin 4 drams.
Tincture of orris (1 in 1) 2 ounces.
Lilac.
Synthetic lilac 5 drams.
Base 22 ounces.
Essence of civet 4 drams.
Essence of vanilla % dram.
Oil of bitter almonds... 2 minims.
Tint of pale mauve.
Carnation.
Synthetic dianthin 1 dram.
Base 30 ounces.
Tint pale pink.
Syringa.
Synthetic syringa 4 drams.
Base 25 ounces.
Jasmine.
Synthetic jasmine 1 dram.
Base 30 ounces.
Tint pale green.
Heliotrope.
Heliotropin 1 ounce.
Base 30 ounces.
Essence of vanilla 2 drams.
Oil of bitter almonds... 8 minims.
Essence of musk 1 dram.
Tint a pale mauve.
White Rose.
For a cheaper perfume than that al-
ready given use equal parts of this and
jasmine.
Violet de Parme.
I.
Violetton 1 dram.
Synthetic jasmine 20 minims.
Coumarin % dram.
Base 1 pint.
Ylang-ylang (as above) 5 ounces.
Color pale green.
II.
Violetton 2 drams.
Oil of .neroli 10 minims.
Oil of bitter almonds ... 10 minims.
Synthetic jasmine 20 minims.
Base ?■ 1 pint.
III.
Violetton 3 drams.
Essence of musk 2 drams.
Rose triple 3 drams.
Base 30 ounces.
Handkerchief Extracts from Various
Synthetic Oils.
Wood Violert.
Solution of ionone (1 in
30, in 60% alcohol) 2 pints.
Solution of oil of orris
(concrete) (1 in 60, in
60% alcohol) 2 pints.
Oil of bergamot 1 dram.
Solution of artificial musk
(1%, in 60% alcohol).. 2 ounces.
Lily of the Valley.
I.
Oil of linaloe (syn-
thetic) 6 grammes.
Oil of neroli 2 grammes.
Oil of jasmine (syn-
thetic) 1 gramme.
Amyl butyrate 20 drops.
Tincture of musk.... 30 drops.
Alcohol (90%), to make 1 liter.
II.
Oil of jasmine 80 mils.
Oil of linaloe 150 mils.
Oil of orris 10 mils.
Oil of ylang-ylang 15 mils.
Extract of cassie 500 mils.
Extract of violet 700 mils.
Extract of rose 3,600 mils.
Alcohol, to make 10 liters.
Heliotrope.
Oil of ylang-ylang. . . 20 drops.
Geraniol 10 drops.
Benzaldehyde 2 drops.
Heliotropin 2.30 grammes.
Vanillin 0.40 gramme.
Coumarin 0.25 gramme.
Tincture of musk. . .2.50 grammes.
Alcohol (90%), to
make 1 liter.
Lilac.
Geraniol 10 drops.
Oil of palma-rosa.. 10 drops.
Oil of bergamot.... 20 drops.
Oil of jasmine (syn-
thetic) 20 drops.
Terpineol 25.70 grammes.
Vanillin 0.75 gramme.
Alcohol (90%), to make 1 liter.
PERFUMES AND TOILET WATERS
123
Mignonette.
Geraniol 2 grammes.
Oil of neroli 2 grammes.
Oil of jasmine (syn-
thetic) 2 grammes.
Balsam of tolu 2 grammes.
Oil of bitter orange. . .15 drops.
Alcohol (90c; ■). to make 1 liter.
Muguet.
Oil of jasmine (synthetic) 1 dram.
Oil of ylang-ylang (.syn-
thetic) 3 drams.
Solution of heliotropin
(1% in 60% alcohol).. 8 ounces.
Solution of terpineol (.1%
in 60% alcohol) ..20 ounces.
Ylang-Ylang.
Oil of ylang-ylang.. 10 grammes.
Oil of rose 2 drops.
Oil of neroli 8 drops.
Triple extract of jas-
mine 600 grammes.
Tincture of tolu 150 grammes.
Tticture of musk... 30 grammes.
Alcohol (90%) 350 grammes.
Eastern Bouquet.
Oil of cedar-wood 1 dram.
Oil of patchouli 1 dram.
Oil of sandalwood 1 dram.
Oil of verbena V6 dram.
Oil of vetivert .' 1 dram.
Oil of rose % dram.
Musk % dram.
Civet y2 dram.
Alcohol (60^r) 3 pints.
Parisienne.
Oil of rose 6 mils.
Vanillin 12 mils.
Oil of bergamot 24 mils.
Oil of lavender 24 mils.
Oil of cinnamon 4 mils.
Eugenol 4 mils.
Solution of artificial
musk (5%) 6.000 mils.
Alcohol, to make 12, 000 mils.
Wallflower.
Oil of rose geranium.. 8 minims.
Oil of linaloe 8 minims.
Oil of ylang-ylang.... 8 minims.
Oil" of cloves 8 minims.
Oil of bitter almond... 8 minims.
Oil of neroli 8 minims.
Coumarin 8 grains.
Tincture of musk 10 drams.
Tincture of orris 10 drams.
Jasmine extract 5% ounces.
Tuberose extract 4 ounces.
Tincture of vanilla. .. .1% ounces.
Alcohol (80%). to make 2 pints.
Cologne Water.
Linalol 60 grammes.
Phenylacetic aldehyde 6 grammes.
Xonylic aldehyde... 3 grammes.
Tndol 1 gramme.
Phenylethyl alcohol 20 grammes.
Methylionone 10 grammes.
Alcohol 3.000 grammes.
Trefle Incarnat.
Oil of bergamot.. 200.0 mils.
Oil of rose. Turk-
ish 25,0 mils.
Oil of hyacinth... 10.0 mils.
Oil of neroli 2.5 mils.
Oil of ylang-ylang. . 5.0 mils.
Oil of white thyme. 2.5 mils.
Oil of vetivert.... 5.0 mils.
Amyl salicylate... SO. 0 mils.
Artificial musk... 40.0 grammes.
Vanillin 30.0 grammes.
Tincture of civet. 500.0 mils.
Rose water 2,000.0 mils.
Alcohol 17.0 liters.
New Mown Hay.
Coumarin 3.0 grammes.
Vanillin 2.0 grammes.
Heliotropin 1.0 gramme.
Solution of ionone 1.0 mil.
Oil of rose 0.5 mil.
Oil of neroli 0.5 mil.
Oil of patchouli... 0.1 mil.
Terpineol 0.5 mil.
Tincture of ben-
zoin 24.0 mils.
Essence of tube-
rose 96.0 mils.
Essence of jas-
mine 200.0 mils.
Alcohol (80%). to
make .1.000.0 mils.
Verbena
Oil of neroli 20 mils.
Oil of lemongrass 120 mils.
Oil of citron 150 mils.
Oil of rose 20 mils.
Oil of geranium 40 mils.
Alcohol, to make 6,500 mils.
Magnolia.
Extract of tuberose 400.0 mils.
Extract of jonquil 60.0 mils.
Extract of orange flowers 50.0 mils.
Oil of rose (synthetic) ... 1.0 mil.
Oil of neroli (synthetic) . 0.5 mil.
Oil of jasmine (synthetic) 0.5 mil.
Methyl anthranilate 0.2 mil.
Corylopsis.
Oil of rose (synthetic) . . 30 mils.
Oil of ylang-ylang 45 mils.
Oil of patchouli 5 mils.
Tincture of benzoin 75 mils.
Gerfaniol 5 mils.
Oil of muguet (synthetic) 5 mils.
Cinnamic alcohol 5 mils.
Extract of jasmine 1,000 mils.
Alcohol 4,000 mils.
Sweet Hawthorn.
Anisic aldehyde 1 dram.
Oil of linaloe (synthetic) 3 drams.
Oil of jasmine (synthe-
tic) 1 dram.
Oil of neroli 1 dram.
Solution of artificial
musk (1 per cent. In 60
per cent, alcohol) 20 ounces.
Alcohol (60 per cent.).
to make 160 ounces.
Of course, the ingredients and quan-
tities named are only suggestions, and
as for the diluent, greater or less quan-
tities may be used, according as a
strong and expensive or weak and low-
priced article is wanted. Then, too, the
ingredients themselves may vary In
124
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
quality when bought at different times
or from different dealers. The operator
is supposed to have some experience
with and judgment concerning such
matters, and not to depend entirely
upon the recipe.
Some Synthetic Scents
The appended formulas are taken
from "La Parfumerie Moderene." The
odorous compounds are adapted to the
perfuming of soaps or creams, or by
dilution with cologne spirit or benzyl
benzoate may be used as handkerchief
extracts or toilet waters: —
Bouvardia.
Oil of orange flowers. 6.00 grammes.'
Synthetic jasmine. . . .1.25 grammes.
Muguet 2.50 grammes.
Heliotrope.
Vanillin 3.75 grammes.
Terpeneless oil of ber-
gamot 1.00 gramme.
Oil of bitter almond. .0.10 gramme.
Rhodinol 0.15 gramme.
Fraise.
Tolu-ethyl acetate. . . .3.0 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 1.0 gramme.
Synthetic ylang-ylang.0.2 gramme.
Artificial musk 0.2 gramme.
Iris.
Artificial violet 3.75 grammes.
Synthetic aujpepine. .1.00 gramme.
Rhodinol 0.25 gramme.
Reseda.
Linalol 60.0 grammes.
Benzyl acetate 10.0 grammes.
Phenyl-ethylic alco-
hol 20.0 grammes.
Duodecylic alcohol... 0.5 gramme.
Artificial tuberose... 1.0 gramme.
Artificial cassie 8.0 grammes.
Natural jasmine 0.5 gramme.
Tolu-ethyl alcohol. . .65.0 grammes.
Lily of the Valley Perfume
Extract of jasmine. ... 7 ounces.
Extract of neroli 7 ounces.
Extract of cassie 14 ounces.
Extract of tuberose.... 28 ounces.
Alcohol 28 ounces.
Oil of bitter almond. . .150 minims.
Trailing Arbutus Perfume
In its origin the extract of trailing
arbutus is French, its long-existing
Gallic name being fleurs de Mai.
I.
Also of French origin is the follow-
ing formula for it:
Extract of rose 1 ounce.
Extract of jasmine 1 ounce.
Extract of cassie 1 ounce.
Extract of orffhge flower 1 ounce.
Tincture of vanilla 2 ounces.
Spirit of almond, 1 per
cent 2 drams.
II.
Christiani some thirty -five or forty
years ago gave the following formula:
Extract of cassie 1 pint.
Extract of rose 2 ounces.
Extract of jasmine 8 ounces.
Extract of orange flower 8 ounces.
Tincture of vanilla 4 ounces.
Tincture of ambrette.... 4 ounces.
Oil of geranium 2 drams.
Oil of neroli 1 dram.
Oil of bitter almond % dram.
Stronger rose water 8 ounces.
III.
Of recent formulas, not strictly of
the synthetic variety, the following
from the Standard Formulary is typ-
ical:
Extract of tuberose. ...2% ounces.
Extract of orange
flower 2V2 ounces.
Extract of cassie 1% ounces.
Extract of rose 2 ounces.
Extract of ylang-ylang 1 ounce.
Spirit of almond 1% drams.
Tincture of vanilla. .. .2% ounces.
Tincture of musk 4 drams.
Tincture of benzoin.... 2 drams.
Solution of ionone, 10
per cent 30 minims.
Heliotropin 10 grains.
Vanillin 6 grains.
Alcohol 3 ounces.
The nearest approach to the odor of
arbutus that is possible with a '"mix-
ture of vegetable oils" is a blend of the
oils of clove, lavender, rose, bitter
almond and neroli. This is improved
by the addition of a little heliotropin.
The proper proportions are best ar-
rived at by experimentation.
Sweet Pea Perfume
Extract of tuberose 1 pint.
Extract of orange flower 1 pint.
Rose spirit 1 pint.
Tincture of civet 6 pints.
Tincture of musk 8 ounces.
Tincture of vanilla 2 ounces.
Oil of orange flower.... 80 minims.
Jockey Club Perfume
Rose spirit 3 pints.
Extract of orange flower 2 pints.
Extract of jasmine 1 pint.
Tincture of musk 2 ounces.
Tincture of vanilla 2 ounce-.
Oil of clove 30 minims.
Rose Spirit
The rose spirit called for in some
of these formulas is a solution of 80
minims each of oil of rose and oil of
rose geranium in 1 pint of alcohol.
New Mown Hay Perfume
Coumarin 3.0 grammes.
Vanillin 2.0 grammes.
PERFUMES AND TOILET WATERS
125
Heliotropin 1.0 gramme.
Solution of ionone. 1.0 mil.
Oil of rose 0.5 mil.
Oil of neroli 0.5 mil.
Oil of patchouli. ... 0.1 mil.
3*erpineol 0.5 mil.
Tincture of benzoin 24.0 mils.
Essence of tuberose 96.0 mils.
Essence of jasmine 200.0 mils.
Alcohol, SO p. ct.,
to make 1,000.0 mils.
Acqui di Lubin
Alcohol (90 p. ct.).. 2,000
Tincture of orange
peel 350
Tincture of abel-
moschus 300
Tincture of tonka
bean 100
Tincture of tuberose 50
Tincture of styrax. . 50
Tincture of benzoin. 50
Tincture of vanilla.. 30
Oil of lemon 40
Oil of bergamot 4
Oil of neroli 1
Tincture of musk... 4
Tincture of civet. ... 3
Orange flower water. 250
mils.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
gramme.
grammes.
grammes.
grammes.
Wood Violet Perfume
Oil of bitter almonds. . .20 minims.
Oil of lavender (old) 1 dram.
Oil of verbena % dram.
Oil of coriander 40 minims.
Oil of bergamot 3 drams.
Tincture of musk 4 ounces.
Extract of jasmine 4 ounces.
Spirit of orange 20 ounces.
Benzoic acid 2 drams.
Alcohol, to make 5 pints.
Sandalwood Extract.
Oil of santal 90 minims.
Oil of rose 10 minims.
Cologne spirit 4 ounces.
"Frozen Perfumes"
Melt paraffin over a gentle heat: and
just before it solidifies again, stir into
it any suitable strong perfume, in the
proportion of about 1 part of the per-
fume to 9 parts of the paraffin. Color
to suit, with anilin dye. Preparations
so made are sometimes spoken of as
"frozen perfumes."
Irish Flowers
Extract of white rose 10 parts.
Tincture of vanilla 1 part.
Lilac Perfume and Toilet Water
Terpineol, C. P 10 parts.
Jacinth (phenyl-acetic-
aldehyde) 5 parts.
Oil of bitter almond, true % part.
CEillet flroessence T parts.
Jasmine floressence 75 parts.
Tincture of civet (1:40).. 125 parts.
Oil of bergamot 3 parts.
Tincture of musk, Ton-
quin (1:32) 10 parts.
Oil of ylang-ylang 15 parts.
Rose floressence 25 parts.
Tuberose floressence 25 parts.
Artificial musk (crystals) 10 parts.
Cassie floressence 3 parts.
Lily of the valley, De-
Laire 15 parts.
Oil of orris, liquid (ten-
fold) 2 parts.
Phixia 20 parts.
Heliotropin 2 parts.
Oil of rose. 15 parts.
Coumarin % part.
Vanillin % part.
Mix in the order stated, and then use
about 4 ounces of the mixture to each
gallon of alcohol. In making a toilet
water reduce with alcohol. It should
be remembered that the addition of a
little water aids the sweetening and
blending process.
Dr. Abraham Alexander states that
this recipe yields a thoroughly prac-
tical high-grade commercial product
and that the synthetic perfumes enum-
erated may be purchased from Xew
York jobbers.
Bouquet Extract and Toilet Water
Oil of rose 75 parts.
Oil of patchouli 30 parts.
Oil of rose geranium. .. .150 parts.
Oil of sandalwood. B. I. . 40 parts.
Oil of lavender 30 parts.
Oil of cloves 30 parts.
Oil of neroli 100 parts.
Oil of bergamot.. 150 parts.
Vanillin 50 parts.
Coumarin 100 parts.
Musk ambrette crystals. 3 parts.
Mix by dissolving the solids in the
oils. For use as a handkerchief ex-
tract use 4 ounces of the mixture to
1 gallon of alcohol. In making a toilet
water use 2 ounces to 7% pints of alco-
hol and then add V2 pint of warm dis-
tilled water. Let the mixture stand
until it has aged, and then filter.
Fixatives in Perfumes
Fixatives are added to perfumes for
the purpose of making the odor less
volatile. In plants, the perfume is
being continuously produced and the
odor is given off into the surrounding
atmosphere as long as the flower
exists, but when we isolate the odor-
ous principles of these plants and ex-
pose them to the air they evaporate
quicklv and leave no trace behind
them. This evaporation frequently
takes place so rapidly that the odor is
objectionable, and in order to over-
126
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
come this it has been found advisable
to mix with the product some sub-
stance that will prevent rapid vola-
tilization. The odor is delicate and
"flowery" only so long as it is present
in the air in minute proportions, and
the effort to duplicate the conditions
existing in the plant has resulted in
the utilization of a number of so-
called fixatives.
Formerly, ambergris, musk and va-
rious resins were used exclusively for
this purpose, but because of the cost,
the powerful odor, the color or the
sticky qualities of these materials,
they could not be used in large enough
proportions to be entirely satisfactory,
and so other substances have largely
replaced them. Organic chemistry
has produced a number of chemicals
which, possessing almost no odor
themselves, serve as fixative and tend
to impart added sweetness to the per-
fume with which they are mixed.
Among these materials the ones most
used are methyl anisate, benzyl ben-
zoate, benzyl cinnamate and benzyl-
iso-eugenol. Synthetic ambergris and
civet have also been produced, cost
little, and are used as fixatives.
Oil of Cologne
Oil of bergamot 15 mils.
Oil of lemon 8 mils.
Oil of rosemary 7 mils.
Oil of lavender 4 mils.
Oil of orange flower 4 mils.
Acetic ether 2 mils.
Absolute alcohol 60 mils.
German Cologne
I.
Oil of patchouli 1 dram.
Oil of neroli 1 dram.
Oil of rose geranium.... 2 drams.
Oil of lavender 4 drams.
Oil of bergamot 1 ounce.
Tincture of orris 8 ounces.
Tincture of musk 2 ounces.
Tincture of civet 4 ounces.
Tincture of tonka 1 pint.
Alcohol S pints.
II.
Oil of Canada snakeroot. 9 parts.
Oil of rose geranium 3 parts.
Oil of lavender 3 parts.
Oil of sandal 2 parts.
Oil of patchouly 2 parts.
Oil of neroli l part.
Extract of tuberose 20 parts
Tincture of musk 40 parts.
"Water 120 parts.
Alcohol 900 parts.
Mix according to art.
III.
Tincture of benzoin 25 mils.
Tincture of musk 5 mils.
Oil of sweet orange 5 mils.
Oil of lavender 10 mils.
Oil of rosemary 5 mils.
Oil of citron 25 mils-.
Oil of petit-grain 10 mils.
Oil of bergamot 25 mils.
Alcohol 3500 mils.
Distilled water 500 mils.
Mix the oils and the tinctures with
the alcohol and add the water gradu-
ally.
Floral Cologne
Extract of mignonette.. 40 mils.
Extract of jasmine 40 mils.
Oil of orange flower.... 20 drops.
Oil of rosemary 20 drops
Oil of rose 10 drops.
Acetic ether 3 mils.
Alcohol, to make '.1000 mils.
Headache Cologne
We believe this is only a good
cologne water in which a little men-
thol has been dissolved. A formula
follows:
Menthol 1 ounce.
Oil of bergamot 10 drops.
Oil of lavender 20 drops.
Oil of lemon 8 drops.
Oil of cassia 2 drops.
Spirit of camphor, to
make 4 ounces.
Cologne Water.
The perfumer's art has undergone as
many changes in the past decade or
two, perhaps, as that of any other class
of artists or artisans, maybe more. An
old-time perfumer, grown pessimistic,
might easily believe that synthetic
chemistry has rendered the growing of
flowers and the refining of essential
oils for perfumers' use almost a for-
gotten industry, but he would be wrong,
as there are still noses which revolt at
laboratory "smells." whose owners re-
fuse to be appeased by anything short
of a bottle in which the concentrated
odors of the flower garden or citrus
groves have been imprisoned.
An "up-to-date" formula for a
cologne water calls for various syn-
thetics, but we believe better results —
at least if they are to be judged by
customers who prefer delicacy to
"strength" — are obtained when one of
the old-time formulas is used. As a
type of these the following may serve:
Oil of orange flower 6 drams.
Oil of rosemary 3 drams.
Oil of bergamot 3 drams.
Oil of citron 7 drams.
Oil of orange peel 7 drams.
Alcohol, to make 1 gallon.
Mix and allow the mixture to stand
at least a week before offering any por-
tion of it for sale.
A somewhat cheaper mixture con-
tains—
Oil of lavender 4 drams.
Oil of rosemary 4 drams.
Oil of bergamot 1 ounce.
PERFUMES AND TOILET WATERS
127
Oil of lemon 2 ounces.
Oil of clove % dram.
Alcohol, to make 1 gallon.
By the use of only the highest grade
of materials a superfine perfume re-
sults from a mixture of the following:
Oil of neroli 6 drams.
Oil of rosemary 3 drams.
Oil of bergamot 3 drams.
Oil of cedrat 7 drams.
Oil of orange peel 7 drams.
Cologne spirit, to make.. 1 gallon.
Mix and allow to stand for a week.
A Special Eau de Cologne.
Oil of lemon 54 ounces.
Oil of bergamot 27 ounces.
Oil of lavender flowers.. 14 ounces.
Oil of cinnamon (true)..l% ounces.
Oil of cloves 2 ounces.
Oil of neroli 5 ounces.
Tincture of vanilla 36 ounces.
Vanillin 2 ounces.
Deodorized alcohol 30 gallons.
Distilled water 7 gallons.
Mix.
Verbena Water.
Oil of lemon grass 6 drams.
Oil of bergamot V2 dram.
Oil of orange % dram.
Water 8 ounces.
Deodorized alcohol, to
make 1 quart.
Florida Water.
I.
Oil of cassia 0.50 mil.
Oil of bergamot.. 2.50 mils.
Oil of lavender. . . 2.50 mils.
Oil of lemon 2.00 mils.
Menthol 1.25 grammes.
Talc enough.
Alcohol 550.00 mils.
Water, to make. .1000.00 mils.
Dissolve the oils and menthol in the
alcohol; add the water in several por-
tions, stirring well after each addition.
Stir in a small quantity of talc, and
filter. The water improves with age,
and the best results follow the use of
an oil of lavender that is at least a
year old.
II.
Oil of lavender 2 drams.
Oil of bergamot 2 drams.
Oil of lemon 2 drams.
Tincture of curcuma.... 1 dram.
Oil of neroli 1 dram.
Oil of melissa 30 drops.
Oil of rose 10 drops.
Deodorized alcohol 2 pints.
Some Toilet Water Odors..
As a basis for floral-odor toilet water
(X. Erf. und Erf.), the following is
given:
Oil of bergamot.. 30.0 grammes.
Oil of lemon 75.0 grammes.
Oil of rosemary.. 5.0 gramn
Oil of lavender... 12.5 grammes.
Alcohol 5.000.0 grammes.
Water 1 0.000.0 grammes,
Kaolin ". . . . enough .
Mix the liquids, lei 1 1 1 * ■ mixture stand
for eight days, then add the kaolin,
shake well, and filter.
To make a floral-odor water one of
the following mixtures is added to the
base in the proportions given:
Lilac.
Terpineol 125 grammes.
Jasmine (artificial). 40 grammes.
Base 5.000 grammes.
Lily of the Valley.
Oil of linaloe 20 grammes.
Jasmine (artificial). 8 grammes.
Oil of ylang-ylang. . 1 gramme.
Base 1.000 grammes.
Reseda.
Oil of reseda 4 grammes.
Base 1,000 grammes.
Oriental Toilet Water.
Spirit of pimento 36 mils.
Tincture of benzoin 36 mils.
Tincture of tolu 36 mils.
Tincture of ambrette 54 mils.
Tincture of orris 48 mils.
Tincture of tonka 16 mils.
Oil of cloves 2 mils.
Oil of geranium 2 mils.
Lavender water 200 mils.
Cologne water 200 mils.
Acetic ether 15 mils.
Rose water 25 mils.
Alcohol 300 mils.
Violet Water.
I.
Alcohol 000.0 mils.
Violet extract 200.0 mils.
Cassie extract 350.0 mils.
Jasmine extract 200.0 mils.
Tincture of benzoin
1 1 part of selected
white benzoin in 7
parts of alcohol.
aged for several
months) 100.0 mils.
Tincture of orris
(chopped orris 3
parts, alcohol 4
parts. macerated
for 3 months) 700.0 mils.
Oil of rose 0.3 gramme.
Oil of rose geranium 1.1 grammes.
Oil of bergamot 2.8 grammes.
Oil of orris 0.6 gramme.
Oil of vervain 0.1 gramme.
Extract of musk 2.8 grammes.
Rose water enough.
The extracts used in this water
should be of the first quality prepared
from pomades. Enough rose water
should be added to reduce the alcoholic
strength of the water to 80 per cent,
(specific gi-avity about 0.850). A violet
128'
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
color can be produced with a small
quantity of a spirit-soluble anilin violet.
II.
Violet extract .-.250 mils.
Jasmine extract 75 mils.
Cassie extract 75 mils.
Tincture of orris 100 mils.
Extract of musk 3 grammes.
Ionone 2 grammes.
Alcohol 300 mils.
Rose water 200 mils.
III.
Powdered orris 1 y2 ounces.
Extract of violet 3 ounces.
Tincture of benzoin.... y2 ounce.
Orange flower water... 4 ounces.
Rose geranium leaves. . 2 ounces.
Cologne spirit, to make. 4 pints.
Mix, macerate for several weeks in a
warm place and filter. This is a green-
colored preparation; to produce a vio-
let-colored one the geranium leaves
should be replaced with a suitable ani-
lin color.
Lavender Water.
Oil of lavender 1 ounce.
Oil of bergamot 1 dram.
Essence of ambergris. .. .12 drops.
Camphor 1 grain.
Musk 1 grain.
Alcohol 1 pint.
Bouquet Toilet Water
Oil of bergamot 7 grammes.
Oil of citron peel 4 grammes.
Oil of sweet orange.. 3 grammes.
Oil of lavender flowers 5 grammes.
Oil of saigon flowers. 15 drops.
Oil of neroli 15 drops.
Alcohol (90%) 900 grammes.
Distilled water 225 grammes.
Lilac Water
I.
Oil of bitter almond 15 minims.
Extract of orange flower 4 pints-
Extract of tuberose 6 pints.
Tincture of civet 3 ounces.
II.
Terpineol 10 mils.
Extract of white rose 25 mils.
Extract of orange flowers. 15 mils-.
Water 100 mils.
Cologne spirit 500 mils.
Lilac color enough.
Sachet Powders
Carnation Sachet Powder
Oil of clove 2 tt. drs.
Granulated orris root.... 1 lb. a v.
Oil of sandalwood 10 minims.
Solution of carmine, or
tincture of cudbear. . . . enough.
Alcohol • y2 fl. oz.
Put half the orris root in a mortar
and pour on enough of the solution of
carmine or tincture of cudbear to give
a dark-pink or light-red color, then
mix the remaining orris root with it.
Dissolve the oils in the alcohol and
add to the colored orris root, a little
at a time, mixing well after each ad-
dition. Set aside in well-stoppered bot-
tles for two or three days. Then spread
out on glass to dry spontaneously.
Heliotrope Sachet Powder.
I.
Granulated orris root. ... 1 lb. av.
Coumarin 1 dram.
Oil of sandalwood 15 minims.
Solution of carmine, or
tincture of cudbear. . . . enough.
Solution of anilin blue. . . enough.
Alcohol y2 fl. oz-
Color half the orris root a light-pink
with the solution of carmine or tinc-
ture of cudbear. Color the other half
a light-blue. Scent with the coumarin
and oil of sandalwood dissolved in the
alcohol, and finish ag directed above.
Other formulas will suggest them-
selves to those who study these. For
instance, to make a violet powder color
one-half the orris root dark-red and
the other half dark -blue and use a good
violet odor; to make a rose powder
color as for heliotrope and add ohe-
third to one-half of carnation.
IT.
Orris root 250 grammes.
Powdered rose leaves.. 250 grammes.
Powdered East Indian
sandalwood 30 grammes
Powdered orange peel. 470 grammes.
Heliotropin 50 grammes.
Spicy Sachet Powders.
If a spicy powder is wanted, it would
be an easy matter to add a few spicy
ingredients to powders made accord-
ing to these formulas; perhaps a lit-
tle crushed star anise, grains of para-
dise, cinnamon, olibanum, melilotis, or
other such aromatics would have the
desired effect.
Sachet for Linen Chests.
Orris root 750 grammes.
Rosewood KiO grammes.
Calamus 250 grammes.
Sandalwood 160 grammes.
Benzoin 125 grammes.
Tolu 4 grammes.
Cloves 15 grammes.
Ceylon cinnamon 50 grammes.
Use ingredients ground to the desired
fineness and mix them intimately.
Rose Sachet Tablets
Starch 5 ounces.
Magnesium carbonate. .'2% ounces.
Powdered orris root. ... % ounce.
Dextrin % ounce.
Artificial oil of rose.... 15 drops.
Oil of rosewood 20 drops.
Oil of rose geranium... 1 dram.
Tincture of ' artificial
musk 40 minims.
Tincture of benzoin.... 14 ounce.
Boric acid 15 grains.
PERFUMES AND TOILET WATERS
129
Water enough.
Syrup enough.
Rose color enough.
Mix all well together, using enough
water and syrup to form a mass, and
cut with a lozenge cutter.
pearls are then to be wrapped in parch-
ment paper and gilt foil.
Pot-Pourri
I.
Rose leaves 16 ounces.
Lavender flowers 16 ounces.
Orris root (in coarse pow-
der) 8 ounces.
Cloves (in coarse powder) 2 ounces.
Cinnamon (in coarse pow-
der) 2 ounces.
Allspice (in coarse pow-
der) 2 ounces.
Table salt 16 ounces.
Mix thoroughly.
The salt not only increases the bulk,
but serves to keep the powder moist.
II.
Sandal wood 16 ounces.
Gum benzoin 2 ounces.
Orris root 12 ounces.
Cloves 2 ounces.
Mace 1 ounce.
Tonka beans 2 grains.
Musk 40 grains.
Oil of rose 40 drops.
Oil of lavender 1 dram.
Oil of bergamot 2 drams.
Oil of lemon 2 drams.
III.
Powdered cloves 2 ounces.
Powdered pimento 2 ounces.
Powdered benzoin 2 ounces.
Essence of musk 1 ounce.
Essence of bergamot. . . 4 drams.
Oil of lavender 4 drams.
Oil of cloves 2 % drams.
Oil of cassia 2y2 drams.
Oil of rose 80 drops.
Rose leaves 4 ounces.
Powdered Jamaica pep-
per, to make 48 ounces.
Aromatic Perles
These pearls or pastilles are to be
used in linen closets, chiffoniers, etc.,
in lieu of sachet powders.
Amber 2 grammes.
Benzoin 10 grammes.
Orris 6 grammes.
Vanilla 1 gramme.
Cloves 1 gramme.
Cinnamon 1 gramme.
Oil of neroli 6 grammes.
Oil of citron 1 gramme.
Oil of rose 1 gramme.
Mucilage of tragacanth enough.
Glycerin enough.
The solids are to be reduced to a
moderately fine powder, mixed inti-
mately, and made into boluses with the
mucilage and a little glycerin. The
Smelling Salts
Some salt of ammonia being the base
of most smelling salts the perfumes for
such preparations should be such as
harmonize with the ammoniacal odor;
these, according to Askinson, are oils
of the rose, nutmeg or cinnamon class.
The formula here given is an adapta-
tion of one by that authority:
Ammonium carbonate... -pounds.
Strong ammonia water. . 1 pound.
Oil of bergamot 15 grains.
Oil of lavender 15 grains.
Oil of nutmeg 8 grains.
Oil of clove S grains.
Oil of rose 8 grains.
Oil of cinnamon 75 grains.
In a large porcelain jar mix the two
ammonia derivatives: cover, and set
aside. After some days the mixture
will have changed into a firm mass of
ammonium monocarbonate, which
should be reduced to a coarse powder;
after which the oils, mixed, are to be
rubbed in a mortar with about a tenth
of the salt. The perfumed portion is
then triturated with the other nine-
tenths until the odor is equally distrib-
uted.
Colors for Smelling Salts
Red — Solution of carmine.
Yellow — Solution of methyl-orange.
Green —
Copper sulphate 1 dram.
Potassium dichromate. . . 1 dram.
Water 2 ounces.
Ammonia water 1 ounce.
Dissolve the salts separately, each in
1 ounce of water, mix the solutions,
and add the ammonia water.
Red. yellow and green anilin dy< s
that are "fast" to alkalies can be ob-
tained from the regular dealers in such
substances.
Preston Salt
Mix finely powdered ammonium
chloride witli freshly slaked lime
perfume as desired. The mixture con-
tinually develops small amounts of am-
monia for a period extending over s< -
era! years.
Snivelv. in his -'Manufacture of Per-
fumes," gives the following recipe:
Ammonium chloride.. .3% troyozs.
Potassium carbonate . .4 % troyozs.
Oil of lavender Vz n. <>■/..
Oil of lemon 3 fl. drams.
Oil of bergamot Id- dram.
Oil of clove 15 minims.
Ammonia water enough.
Triturate the salts together, add
oils, and moisten slightly with am-
monia water.
CHAPTER VII.
SOAPS AND LAUNDRY REQUISITES
Soap Making — Varieties of Toilet Soaps — Soft and Liquid Soaps —
Castile Soap — Shaving Soaps — Technical Soaps— Household and
Laundry Soaps — Laundry Requisites.
Always consult the index rehen using this book.
Making Soap.
Soap-making is theoretically quite a
simple affair, but in endeavoring to
carry out the theory difficulties are
likely to be met which can be only
overcome by one experienced in the
art. These difficulties consist largely
of producing a fine quality and econo-
mizing in cost; for soap being so staple
an article, competition in its sale is
Aery strong.
When potash is used as the saponi-
fication agent, the soap will be soft;
soaps made with soda are harder.
A simple lye process is as follows:
Dissolve soda in water in the propor-
tion of about 2 pounds to the gallon.
Any convenient quantity of the grease
is incited at a low heat and about one-
fourth its weight of lye added in small
portions with constant stirring. When
incorporation has been thoroughly ef-
fected a similar portion of lye is added
in the same way. and the process is
continued until the saponifying process
appears to be complete. By the addi-
tion of still more lye, alter the fat has
all been taken up, the soap is sep-
arated, the latter being insoluble in a
strong alkaline solution.
If the soap is made too alkaline from
admixture of lye in the process of
making it may be improved by melt-
ing with water and separating by a
strong solution of common salt. The
soap is finally re-melted in a water-
bath, kept heated until as much water
is expelled as possible, and then poured
into molds to set.
Amateurs should not expect to take
a formula from a book or paper and
turn out a high-grade soap.
We suggest that druggists who de-
sire to market their own make of
soaps consult an experienced and well-
equipped manufacturer, who not only
can turn out a better appearing soap
than it is possible for an amateur to
make, but can do it at a saving of
expense.
Varieties of Toilet Soaps.
Circular of the Bureau of Standards
No. 62, Specifications for the Methods
130
of Testing Soaps, contains the follow-
ing paragraphs relating to varieties of
toilet soaps:
Toilet soaps should be entirely neutral, since
excess alkali is injurious to the skin. Fillers
such as sodium carbonate and sodium silicate.
having a similar effect, should also be absent.
Free lathering soap is generally desirable; and
since a tallow soap lathers slowly and cocoa-
nut-oil soap lathers very freely, some cocoanut
oil is frequently added. This oil has a tendency
to injure the skin, and its odor is also objec-
tionable; hence it is not generally used in
large amounts. Some potash is frequently us.-.l
in toilet soaps to produce freer lathering.
(a) Milled toilet soaps are prepared by grind-
ing any good soap and compressing into cakes.
More delicate perfumes can be used with this
class of soaps, since the perfume is mixed in
the process of milling, than with ordinary
soaps, in which the perfume is added before
the soap is dried.
(b) Floating soaps contain entangled air in
very fine bubbles, incorporated while the soap
is still hot. These air bubbles are so small as
to be almost invisible, and so numerous that
they not only make the soap lighter than
water, but also largely increase the surface of
the soap exposed to water when used, and
therefore render it more quickly soluble than
the same soap would be without the bubbles.
(c) Castile soap, otherwise known as Mar-
seilles or Venetian soap, rs prepared from low-
grade olive oils.
(of) Transparent soaps were originally made by
dissolving soap in alcohol, filtering and evapo-
rating the alcohol. The transparency formerly
was considered an indication of freedom from
impurities, but the same effect can be pro-
duced in other ways, and the transparency is
actually no indication whatever of purity or
quality.
(e) Liquid soaps are water solutions generally
of a neutral cocoanut-oil potash soap, con-
taining glycerol, sugar, or alcohol added t i
prevent cloudiness and foaming in the con-
tainer. The glycerole is probably an unobjec-
tionable addition, since it has emollient prop-
erties, but sugar can have no beneficial action
on the soap itself and may be objected to on
account of its tendency to leave the hands
sticky. Alcohol is seldom used.
(f) Shaving soaps must possess not only the
properties of first-class toilet snaps, but must
furnish a very rich lather, which will remain
on the face for some time without drying.
This lather should soften the beard without in-
juring the skin. These snaps should have no
unpleasant odor and little or no perfume. The
fat used in shaving soaps generally contains
some cocoanut oil, and the alkali is generally
a mixture of soda and potash. Glycerol is sElso
generally present.
Soft Soap
Beringer has proposed the following
formula:
Binseed oil 40 grammes.
Malaga olive oil 40 grammes.
SOAPS AND LAUNDRY REQUISITES
131
Potassium hydroxide. .19 grammes.
Alcohol 10 mils.
Water .60 mils.
"Warm the mixed oils on a water -
bath to 70 deg. C, dissolve the potas-
sium hydroxide in the water and bring
this to the same temperature, then add
to the oilg and stir thoroughly. Add
th£ alcohol, with stirring but as soon
as it is thoroughly incorporated cease
the stirring. Continue the heat at the
same degree for a short time until
saponification is complete, . which is
evidenced by the mass becoming clear
and a portion dissolving in boiling
water or alcohol without the separation
of oil globules.
Beringer says that the finished mass
will weigh about 140 grammes, and
that the soap is an almost transparent,
smooth, greenish-yellow mass. If stir-
ring is continued too long after the ad-
dition of the alcohol, the soap will be
opaque on account of included air.
The German Pharmacapoeia formula
is as follows:
Sapo Kaiinus-
Linseed oil 20 grammes,
Solution of potassium
' hydroxide (15%) ... .27 grammes.
Alcohol 2 grammes.
Place the oil in a suitable vessel upon
a water bath, and when it is warm stir
in the potassium hydroxide solution
and alcohol, previously mixed.
Pharmaceutical Formulas gives the
following as:
Lothian's Process.
Olive oil 100 parts.
Potassium hydroxide 21 parts.
Water 100 parts.
Alcohol (90%) 20 parts.
Heat on a steam bath until the oil is
saponified, adding a little more alcohol,
if necessary, to assist in the saponifi-
cation.
Neutral Soft Soap
As the saponification value of olive
oil varies in different samples it is im-
possible to fix definitely the propor-
tions of the oil and potassium hydrox-
ide that will form a neutral soap. The
simplest practicable working formula
for a neutral soap is as follows:
Potassium hydroxide.. 21 grammes.
Olive oil 100 grammes.
Water enough.
Dissolve the hydroxide in 100 mils of
water; mix with the oil. and heat to-
gether moderately without stirring for
several hours or until no alkalinity is
detectable, replacing from time to time
the water lost through evaporation.
Add 300 mils of water and continue the
heating until the soap is dissolved. Re-
move the oily layer and drive off the
water by evaporation.
A more scientific method would be to
determine the saponification value of
the particular sample of oil according
to test in the appendix of the Phar-
macopoeia; multiply the saponification
number so obtained by the percentage
of absolute KOH in the potassium hy-
droxide to be used. The quotient rep-
resents the number of grammes of the
hydroxide required to saponify 1000
grammes .of the oil.
Soft Soap for Toilet Uses
In a paper read before the Alabama
Pharmaceutical Association, C. Whar-
ton- offered the following formula for
a soft soap that could be used as a
basis for liquid toilet soap or shampoo:
Coconut oil 100 grammes.
Solution of potassium
hydroxide (15%) . . 40 grammes.
Glycerin 30 grammes.
Mix the hydroxide solution with the
oil and allow the mixture to stand for
forty-eight hours with frequent stir-
ring. Incorporate the glycerin and heat
the mixture carefully on a water-bath
until a homogeneous mass is obtained.
He also offered the following for-
mula for a liquid soap:
Coconut oil soap 22.5 grammes.
Alcohol 9.5 mils.
Water, to make 64.0 mils.
Perfume and color as desired.
Tincture of cudbear and tincture of
chlorophyl were suggested as colors.
The author favored synthetic perfum-
ing materials.
White Soft Soap
Coconut oil 43 grammes.
Potassium hydroxide.. 7 grammes.
Alcohol 100 mils.
Distilled water 50 mils.
Dissolve the hydroxide in the alcohol.
Add the oil. little by little, with con-
stant stirring. Recover the alcohol by
distillation at a minimum temperature.
Add the water to the residue.
Liquid Soap
By John K. Thum
It is rather curious that neither the
Pharmacopoeial Revision Committee
nor the National Formulary Revision
Committee permitted a formula to be
inserted in either of these two noted
books for the manufacture of this pop-
ular preparation. The use of liquid
soaps is very near universal, both
among the laity and hospitals and
other institutions. And the technic for
making them is so simple that the
veriest tyro should experience no
trouble in their preparation.
While it is perfectly feasible to make
a liquid soap solely with the aid of
1M:
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
sodium hydroxide, yet considerable al-
cohol is required to keep the soap in
solution; and as this solvent has al-
ways been an exceedingly expensive
one on account of the high tax on it,
its indiscriminate use has always been
a mighty factor in adding to cost of
production. At the present time when
the taxation is double, its use is almost
prohibitive. It was discovered, how-
ever, that if the amount of sodium hy-
droxide was cut in half and the same
amount of potassium was used in its
place, a rather better liquid was the
result and the quantity of alcohol
could be reduced to as low as six per
cent. As it requires at least twenty -
five per cent, of alcohol in the prepara-
tion of liquid soap made solely with
sodium hydroxide, one can readily
realize the great economy of using
both hydroxides.
For many years we were in the habit
of using equal parts of each of the
hydroxides, but since the beginning of
the war the cost of potassium has ad-
vanced so much that we began to ex-
periment with lesser quantities. We
have now got to that point where we
can safely say that an elegant soap is
possible by using only two parts of the
potassium hydroxide and seven parts
of the sodium.
It is of the utmost importance that
the hydroxides used in making liquid
soap be free from chlorides, the merest
traces of these being sufficient to
throw the soap out of solution. It will
be remembered that the manufacturers
of solid soaps all use sodium chloride
to precipitate the soap after the fats
and alkalies have been sufficiently
boiled for saponification to have taken
place. Now the Pharmacopoeia fails
to mention anything about the pres-
ence of chlorides in these two hydrox-
ides, and when a chemical manufac-
turer sells these with the statement
on the label that they answer all the
pharmaeopoeial requirements, he is
stating the truth, and yet they cannot
truthfully be called pure. Let us hope
that the next revision will take cog-
nizance of this matter and demand
freedom from chlorides.
It has been our experience that a
very good liquid soap can be made in
a very short time, without the use of
artificial heat, by utilizing the heat
generated by dissolving the hydroxides
in a minimum amount of distilled
water. It should be here emphasized
that the use of distilled water is abso-
lutely necessary to make liquid soap,
the very slight traces of chlorides in
tap water easily rendering it cloudy,
which is due to precipitated soap.
The following formula is suggested.
It has served every use to which such
a preparation could be put. Last year
we manufactured over 6,000 gallons
of it:
Potassium hydroxid.... 200 grams.
Sodium hydroxid 700 grams.
Cottonseed oil S,000 grams.
Alcohol 3,000 mitf*.
Distilled water, to
make 50.000 mils.
Dissolve the hydroxide in 1,200 mils
of distilled water, add all of the oil
and 2,000 mils of alcohol; stir con-
stantly until saponification has taken
place, then add the remainder of the
alcohol and sufficient of distilled
water to make up to the required
volume.
The crucial point in this manipula-
tion is to add the oil and part of the
alcohol immediately after the hydrox-
ids have gone into solution, for it is
at this point that the heat generated
is at its greatest intensity. It is sim-
ply a question of conservation of
energy. Having safely passed this
stage, the remainder of the procedure
is very easy indeed. As a matter of
fact, the whole operation presents no
difficulties whatever. The operator has
merely to be watchful and conduct
things so as to utilize every bit of
heat evolved.
Liquid Toilet Soap.
Official liniment of soft soap (the old
tincture of green soap) is a good toilet
preparation. Of course, it may be per-
fumed to suit the fancy of the maker
or of his trade.
Koller gives a number of formulas
for liquid soaps, one of which is quoted
below:
White castile soap 20 parts.
Alcohol (80%) 100 parts.
Potassium carbonate,
1 to 2 parts.
Color enough.
Perfume enough.
The soap is cut into small strips and
placed in a suitable vessel on a water-
bath; the potassium carbonate and al-
cohol are then added, and the water-
bath is slowly heated, the soap being
stirred to facilitate solution. When
this is accomplished — forty to sixty
minutes being required — the vessel is
removed from the water-bath, the
scent and coloring matter — saffron or
rosanilin — are added, and the soap is
left for some hours to clarify, after
which it is poured off, or, better, fil-
tered.
In consequence of its large alcohol
content, the product remains liquid at
the ordinary temperature, and suffers
little alteration, even by cold. The
scent may be of different kinds: orange
oil, lemon oil or compound scents, like
(a) oil of bitter almond, 8, and oil of
bergamot, 2; or (b) oil of bitter almond,
5, and oil of cinnamon, 1.
SOAPS AND LAUNDRY REQUISITES
133
Liquid Soap with Cottonseed Oil Base.
The following note from Clinical
Medicine gives information that may
be valuable:
Many surgeons prefer "antiseptic" soap to
the ordinary toilet variety, though it must be
said that the antiseptic virtues reside wholly
within the degree of assiduity in the use of
brush, hot water and any kind of soap rather
than "antiseptics" in the saponic mixture.
Potassium hydroxide 40 grammes.
Sodium hydroxide 40 grammes.
Cflttonseed oil 500 mils.
Alconol 250 mils.
Distilled water, to make... 2,500 mils.
Dissolve the alkalies in 250 mils of water,
add the alcohol, then the oil in three or four
portions, shaking vigorously after each addi-
tion. Shake occasionally until saponified, then
add the remaining portion of water.
Phenol may be added, if desired, dissolved
in the water, or thymol, if preferred, dissolved
in the alcohol. Perfume may be put in for the
ultra-aesthetic.
Official Liquid Antiseptic Soap.
In the National Formulary we find
directions for making compound solu-
tion of cresol, which is really a liquid
antiseptic soap. Saponated tincture of
cresol, N. F., also comes under this
head. Here is a formula for a —
Cresol Soap Solution.
Cresol 50.00 grammes.
Linseed oil 18.00 grammes.
Potassium hydrox-
ide 4.25 grammes.
Alcohol 2.00 grammes.
Glycerin 6.00 grammes.
Distilled water, to
make 100.00 grammes.
Dissolve the potassium hydroxide in
20 grammes of distilled water, and
raise the temperature of the solution
to 70 degrees C. Bring the tempera-
ture of the oil to the same degree,
over a water-bath, and add to it the
solution, stirring vigorously. Take
care that the temperature does not
rise above 70 degrees C, and thor-
oughly incorporate the alcohol with
the previously made mixture. Remove
the stirrer and continue the gentle ap-
plication of heat until the oil is com-
pletely saponified. This may be deter-
mined by dropping portions of the mix-
ture into water by means of a glass
rod, when the absence of oil globules
on the water will indicate complete sa-
ponification. Stir in the glycerin, add
the cresol, and warm gently until all
the soap is dissolved. Bring the weight
of the product to 100 grammes by
either the addition or expulsion of
water.
Other Liquid Antiseptic Soaps.
I.
Castile soap
shavings 10.0 grammes.
Alcohol 12.5 grammes.
Ether 30.0 grammes.
"Water 47.5 grammes.
Dissolve the soap in the water by the
aid ot a gentle heat. Cool, and add the
alcohol. After twenty-four hours filter
and add the ether.
II.
Cottonseed oil 300 grammes.
Alcohol 300 mils.
Water 325 mils.
Sodium hydroxide.... 45 grammes.
Potassium carbonate. 10 grammes.
Liquefied phenol 25 mils.
Ether 15 mils.
^\Iix as directed in Utech's formula
given below.
III.
White soap 1,000 parts.
Soft soap 1,000 parts.
Poppyseed oil 500 parts.
Glycerin 50 parts.
Betanaphthol 50 parts.
Alcohol 500 parts.
Oil of lemon 50 parts.
"Water, to make 15,000 parts.
The two soaps and the poppy seed
oil are mixed with 3.000 parts of water
and gently heated until of a pasty con-
sistency, when the other ingredients
are added.
Richaud, in Repertoire de Pharmacie.
says that this soap is very frothy and
penetrating.
Surgeon's Liquid Soap
"White soap 20
Alcohol 20
Glycerin 20
Solution of sodium car-
bonate (2%) 50
Mikulicz's Formula
Olive oil 6
Solution of potassium hy-
droxide 7
Alcohol 10
Water 17
Demlin's Formula
White soap 38
Glycerin 50
Water 500
parts,
parts.'
parts.
parts,
parts.
parts,
parts,
parts.
parts,
parts,
parts.
Liquid Aromatic Shampoo Soap
Utech's modification of Wilbert's
formula is:
Sodium hydroxide.. 80 grammes.
Potassium hydroxide 80 grammes.
Cottonseed oil 1,000 mils.
Alcohol 500 mils.
Water, to make 2,500 mils.
Dissolve the hydroxides in 500 miis
of water. After solution has been ef-
fected, add the alcohol, and, finally, the
cottonseed oil, in several portions, and
shake thoroughly. Allow to stand for
several hours, shaking the mixture oc-
casionally, until thoroughly saponified.
Finally add water to make 2,500 mils.
To the soap liquid thus prepared
add:
Potassium carbonate. 30 grammes.
Terpineol 12 mils.
134
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Liquid Antiseptic Soap
A new and very extensive field for the
use of liquid soaps in germicidal combina-
tion has been developed recently, and no
doubt your attention has already been called
to their use in some of our larger public
institutions, such as hospitals, hotels, etc.
This idea was inspired, as you well know, by
the widespread interest people have taken in
matters of public hygiene and sanitation of
late years. Soaps for such purposes could
be easily made from the formula herewith,
simply by incorporating a small quantity of
phenol, mercury bichloride, formaldehyde, or
any of the other ordinary germicides.
Artificial oil of jasmine. 0.5 mil.
Oil of rose geranium. . .0.5 mil.
Oil of clove 0.5 mil.
Terpineol 7.5 mils.
Artificial musk 0.5 gramme.
Alcohol, to make 20 mils.
Liquid Glycerin Soap
White animal oil soap... 2 pounds.
Glycerin 1 pound.
Cocoanut oil 8 ounces.
Solution of potassium
hydroxide 8 ounces.
Alcohol 4 pints.
Distilled water S pints.
Dissolve the soap in the alcohol,
warming gently. Melt the oil on a
water- hath, and stir in the solution of
potash and the glycerin. When the
reaction ceases remove from the heat
and mix with the soap solution pre-
viously diluted with the water.
Liquid Soap
At the 1913 meeting of the American
Pharmaceutical Association E. E.
Jones presented a paper on liquid soap
which had the novelty of suggesting
varying proportions of ingredients to
suit different types of water. The
recipes are given below:
Home-Made Castile Soap.
Charles H. Bowersox read a paper
at a meeting of the National Associa-
tion of Pharmacologists in whi^h he
said that in making soap liniment the
castile soap of the market (except in
certain instances) did not give good
results, so he made his own castile
soap. His formula follows:
Sodium hydroxide 75 gramrr.--.
Olive oil 425 grammes.
Sodium chloride 125 grammes.
Distilled water 2500 gramrr - -
Dissolve the sodium hydroxide in 400
grammes of distilled water (using a vessel of
silver, iron or hard glass) and set the solution
aside until it has become perfectly cold. Now
introduce the oil into a cylindrical vessel made
of hard glass (a candy jar will do) and pour
the solution of sodium hydroxide gradually
into it, and at the same time stir gently with
an iron or glass rod. Continue stirring slowly
and without intermission until the lye and oil
are thoroughly combined, which will require
about ten minutes; then construct a cover of
several thicknesses of paper and fasten it se-
curely over the top of the jar to prevent at-
mospheric action, and to hasten the reaction
between the alkali and the oil. Set the jar
and its contents aside in a warm place until
saponification is complete (which will require
about eighty hours). Now transfer the con-
tents to a silver or bright iron kettle of the
capacity of about 3800 mils and add 1000
grammes of distilled water. Heat until the
magma is dissolved or becomes transparent
Liquid Soaps and Shampoos.
For For
soft water. ordinary water.
Coconut oil 100 grammes. 200 grammes.
Cottonseed oil 400 grammes. 300 grammes.
Stearic acid 100 grammes. 100 grammes.
Potassium hydroxide .. .120 grammes. 126 grammes.
Sodium hydroxide 12 grammes. 12 grammes.
Alcohol 125 mils. 125 mils.
Potassium carbonate 20 grammes. 30 grammes.
TaJc 15 grammes. 15 grammes.
Water, a sufficient quantity to make 2,500 mils.
Melt the acid with the oils at a gentle
heat; dissolve the hydroxides in 1,000
mils, of water; add to the fatty mix-
ture. Boil the mixture, adding water
as may be necessary until no alkalin-
ity is appreciable to the taste. Dissolve
the potassium carbonate in 250 mils of
water; add to the saponified mixture,
and boil the whole for two hours. Al-
low the mixture to cool: add the alco-
hol; perfume as desired, and add
enough water to make 2,500 mils. Add
the talc; set aside; filter.
Perfume for Liquid Soap.
As a perfume. Mr. Jones suggested
any desired aromatic oil, or the follow-
ing mixture (the quantity is sufficient
for 2,500 mils).
Syringeol 5.0 mils.
Artificial oil of rose. . . .0.5 mil.
For
hard water.
300 grammes.
200 grammes
100 grammes.
132 grammes.
12 grammes
125 mils.
40 grammes.
15 grammes.
and rather tenacious, then remove from the
fire. Next introduce 500 grammes of distilled
water into a suitable vessel and place ^ver
fire; quickly raise the temperature, and at the
moment of ebullition, remove from the fire.
Dissolve the sodium chloride in the hot water
at once, and immediately incorporate the hot
saline solution with the hot soap solution, stir-
ring until the glycerin is liberated and the ex-
cess of water has separated from the curd,
which would require but a few seconds. If
soap formation is not manifest almost imme-
diately after the solution of sodium chloride
has been added (which may be known by the
milk-like appearance of the mixture), place
the vessel over a fire and heat moderately until
the formation does begin to take place, then
set it aside for about twenty hours to permit
all the soap to rise to the surface and form a
solid mass.
The soap having formed, make a small in-
cision through it near the edge and drain off
the liquid in the bottom of the vessel. The-
solid can then easily be removed by gently
tapping on the side and bottom of container.
Cut the soap (which now contains from 33 per
SOAPS AND LAUNDRY REQUISITES
135
■ i 70 per cent, of water, depending upon
the shape and size of the vessel in which it
was made) into desired size, wash off with
clear water and allow it to dry spontaneously
until it has lost all but a trace of water.
The author, in some notes on his
soap, went on to say:
Only the best quality of materials should be
used and the directions carefully followed.
The sodium chloride should be pure and per-
iry, and the water should be either re-
cently distilled, or rain water recently collected
and free from foreign matter.
It is highly important that the lye should be
allowed to become perfectly cold before pro-
ceeding further, and it should be poured into
the oil and not the oil into the lye. In con-
sequence of the chemical action of sodium
::de on "soft" glass, earthen or porce-
lain ware, utensils of such composition should
be avoided in soap making.
All vessels, measures, stirring rods, etc.,
should be clean and free from oxidation.
If permitted to dry in the open air at ordi-
nary temperature, the soap will be found to
contain about 20 per cent, of water after
thirty days, and at the expiration of three
months it ceases to lose weight perceptibly
and retains only sufficient moisture to hold it
in form.
The soap is white in appearance, and pos-
sesses a faint peculiar fat-like odor, free from
rancidity; it has a disagreeable, slightly alka-
line taste, is mildly alkaline in reaction, and
exhibits no saline efflorescence. It is very
hard and brittle and it may readily be re-
duced to powder, in which form it is so solu-
ble that the use of "boiling water" and the
"water-bath" directed in the Pharmacopoeia
will be found unnecessary. It may be used
for making liniment while still containing a
considerable amount of moisture, providing al-
lowance be made for the moisture present,
which can readily be calculated.
The formula here presented produces a soap
that not only is all that could be desired for
the manufacture of soap liniment, but it fur-
nishes an excellent article for all other phar-
maceutical purposes where castile soap is in-
dicated.
By abbreviating the formula and observing
only :hat portion preceding "now transfer to
a silver or bright iron kettle," etc.. a soap
containing a large proportion of mui.siurt- and
-uited for cleaning purposes will be the
-
Tincture of White Soap
A physician's formula for a cheap
substitute for liniment of soft soap for
hospital and general use-
White castile soap. .1.200 grammes.
Stronger ammonia
water 100 mils.
ohol 1.400 mils.
Distilled water . 1,300 mils.
The liquids are mixed in a jar of
suitable size; the soap, cut into shreds,
added, and the mixture set aside for
twelve hours. The ,mixture is stirred
several times during the next few hours
and then allowed to stand for twelve
hours, after which time the clear solu-
tion is drawn off.
Some Precautions To Be Observed in
Making Shaving Creams
As raw materials in the production
of this class of toilet articles are used
lard, olive or sesame oil, and Cochin
cocoanut oil. Before proceeding with
the manufacture one must be sure that
the fats and oils are perfectly fresh
and clean. If this is not the case they
must undergo a process of refining.
This consists in carefully boiling the
substance in clean kettles, together
with water, to which some cooking salt
has been added. The fats thus purified
are strained and are ready for imme-
diate use. A good formula is as fol-
lows:
Stir together at a temperature of 35
degrees C. (.95 degrees F.), 20 parts of
lard, 16 parts of olive (.or sesame) oil,
and 14 parts of Cochin cocoanut oil.
Add, in a thin stream, 25 parts or"
caustic potash lye of 40 degrees B. and
3 parts of a potash solution of 150 de-
grees B., with constant stirring. Main-
tain the agitation until the mixture
saponifies and becomes thick and
tenacious.
Lanolinated Shaving Cream
Lanolin % ounce.
Almond cream 10 ounces.
Rose water 4 ounces.
Coumarin 2 grains.
Oil of ylang-ylang 10 minims.
Put the lanolin in a warm mortar
and mix the almond cream with it. oc-
casionally adding some rose water.
When thoroughly mixed, add the per-
fumes, and triturate off and on for
several hours, so as to get a nice ap-
pearance.
By almond cream is meant a prepa-
ration to be found on the market,
sometimes spoken of as Naples soap.
Stearin Shaving Cream
Stearin 30 grammes.
Ammonia water (sp.
sr. 0.96 i 15 grammes.
( Mycerin 20 grammes.
Oil of geranium 5 mils.
Oil of bergamot 3 mils.
Water 235 mils.
A Collection of Shaving Soap Recipes
I.
Curd soap 5 ounces.
Expressed oil of almond. 2 ounces.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Spermaceti 12 ounce.
Potassium carbonate % ounce.
Water 1 pint.
Cut the soap into shreds, and dis-
solve it by the aid of a water-bath in 14
ounces of water. Dissolve the sperma-
ceti in the almond oil. and while warm
mix it with the glycerin, potassium
carbonate, and r< mainder of the water.
Transfer to a warm mortar, gradually
incorporate the warm soap solution,
and continue the stirring until a
smooth paste is obtained. With this
incorporate any suitable perfume.
II.
Lard 14 ounces.
Potassium hydroxide 2 ounces.
136
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Water 6 ounces.
Perfume to suit.
Melt the lard in a porcelain vessel
over a salt-water-bath; dissolve the
potassium hydroxide in the water, and
run the lye, thus formed, very slowly
into the melted grease, stirring thor-
oughly all the time until saponification
is complete.
A pearly appearance can be given to
the "cream," which is simply a soft
soap, by long trituration in a mortar
with a little alcohol, say 2 drams to
each pound of the soap.
Bitter almond oil may be used as a
perfume for the "cream." Only a very
minute proportion is required. A few
drops dissolved in the alcohol used as
above will suffice.
III.
Castile soap 1 ounce.
Water 4 ounces.
Oil of almonds Vz ounce.
Cacao butter % ounce.
Tincture of benzoin 1 dram.
Oil of bitter almond 5 drops.
Oil of rose geranium... 5 drops.
Glycerin, to form a paste.
Digest the soap and water in a
water-bath, add to them the oil of
almonds and the cacao butter, pre-
viously melted, and while the mixture
is still warm, incorporate with it the
other ingredients.
Shaving Stick
Mutton suet 10 av. ozs.
Cocoanut oil 5 av. ozs.
Sodium hydroxide 2 av. ozs.
Potassium hydroxide. . . .170 grains.
Water 7 % fl. ozs.
Oil of caraway 25 drops.
Oil of bergamot 30 drops.
Oil of lavender 20 drops.
Oil of thyme (white)... 12 drops.
Oil of mirbane 1 drop.
Melt together the tallow and cocoanut
oil; allow the mixture to cool at 50 de-
grees C then add the two caustics dis-
solved in the water, and warm the
whole gently for about a half hour,
stirring occasionally until a uniform
soapy mass is produced. Finally add
the volatile oils.
Sodium hydroxide is the lye used for
making hard soap, while potassium
hydroxide is used in making soft soap.
The proportion of the two present in
a mixed lye determines the consistency
of the finished article.
It is not to be expected that an ama-
teur will get as good results in making
soap as one who has had long training
in the art.
Shaving Cream Recipes
Our own experience in compounding
preparations of this character for com-
mercial purposes is that each person
has a different idea as to the exact
character of the article he wishes to
market, and the "personal element" is
introduced into the commodity by
starting with a typical recipe and ex-
perimenting with it, making slight
modifications until it is what one de-
sires.
Some suggestive formulas are here-
with given.
Lathering Shaving Creams.
I.
Purified lard 10 ounces.
Coconut oil 1 ounce.
Potassium hydroxide... 13 drams.
Water 4^ ounces.
Alcohol 4 drams.
Hydrous wool-fat 1 ounce.
Oil of petit grain 10 minims.
Oil of bitter almond. ... 10 minims.
Melt the lard with the coconut oil;
dissolve the caustic potash in the
water and add to the fats. Heat to a
temperature of not more than 95 deg.
C. for half an hour, then raise the tem-
perature to 110 deg. C. and continue
until saponification is complete. Let
the soap cool, and then incorporate the
oils dissolved in the alcohol, and the
wool-fat.
II.
Lard 2 pounds.
Coconut oil 4 ounces.
Solution of potassium
hydroxide (sp. gr. 1.33). 18 ounces.
Oil of peppermint 10 minims.
Oil of bergamot 40 minims.
Oil of lavender 15 minims.
Oil of neroli 5 minims.
Heat the fats with the lye for sev-
eral hours at 100 deg. C. Beat the mix-
ture as it cools, adding the oils before
it sets.
Non-Lathering Shaving Creams.
I.
Almond oil V2 ounce.
Cacao butter % ounce.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Primrose soap V£ ounce.
Otto of rose 4 minims.
Oil of neroli 4 minims.
Oil of bitter almonds. ... 5 minims.
Water enough.
Melt the cacao butter and almond oil
and pour into a warm mortar contain-
ing the soap previously rubbed down
with 3 ounces of boiling water; stir
briskly to make ' a uniform cream,
slowly adding 4 ouncesi of warm water
previously mixed with the glycerin;
finally add the perfumes.
With 4 ounces of rose-water and no
glycerin this gjves a cream suitable
for potting.
II.
Powdered tragacanth.. . . % ounce.
Naples soap 1 ounce.
Oil of almond 2 ounces.
Glycerin 5 ounces.
Water 4 5 ounces.
Oil of rose geranium. ... 1 dram.
SOAPS AXD LAUNDRY REQUISITES
137
Oil of bergamot 2 drams.
Oil of neroli ^2 dram.
Oil of citronella 20 minims.
Alcohol 5 ounces.
Put the tragacanth and 4 ounces of
alcohol in a dry half -gallon bottle and
shake thoroughly. Add the soap, the
almond oil, the glycerin and the water
in the order named. When the mix-
ture is homogeneous add the essential
oils dissolved in 1 ounce of alcohol.
Perfume for Shaving Soap
As a perfume use for every 25 kilo-
grams of fats the following:
Lavender oil 100 grammes.
Lemon oil 50 grammes.
Spike oil 50 grammes.
Thyme oil o0 grammes.
These oils are stirred in at the last.
For containers use little porcelain jars.
Keep the preparation in a cool place.
Shaving Soap Powder
Powdered soap 600.0 grammes.
Oil of lavender 6.4 grammes.
Oil of caraway 3.2 grammes.
Oil of thyme 1.0 gramme.
Oil of mandarin
orange 0.8 gramme.
Oil of bergamot 0.8 gramme.
The pharmacist who desires to put
up a soap powder will fare better if he
purchases the basal powdered soap
from a soapmaker. He might, of
course, purchase the soap in bars and
powder it himself, but this cannot be
done satisfactorily without proper me-
chanical equipment. It is well to tell
the soapmaker that soap suitable for
shaving is wanted.
Technical Soap Recipes.
While soap-making has passed be-
yond the activities of the average
druggist, the following recipes trans-
lated by the Oil and Color Trade Jour-
nal from a German source are inter-
esting, if for no other reason than the
fact they show what a variety of fats
and perfumes are used by the modern
soap manufacturer.
The quantities are all parts by
weight, and the abbreviation "°"
means, of course, that the alkali solu-
tion is to have the specific gravity in
"degrees Baume"; that is, its strength
is to be tested with a hydrometer grad-
uated according to the Baume scale.
Poley oil means European oil of penny-
royal.
American floating soap. — Lard 90;
tallow 90; Ceylon cocoanut oil 60; caus-
tic soda lye (38°) 123; water 200; brine
(16°) 15. The fats and lye are boiled
to a clear paste, water and brine being
added and the whole beaten up to a
froth.
Scents for floating soap. — (1) Thy-
mene 1.2 parts; citronella oil 1.25; light
camphor oil 2; poley oil 0.5; coumarin
0.05. (2) Carvene 1; citronella oil 2;
thymene 1; fennel oil 0.45; poley oil 0.5;
coumarin tincture (1:9) 0.06; (3) Japan
peppermint oil 1; citronella oil 2; light
camphor oil 1; thymene 1. (4) Thymene
1.1; citronella oil 2.2; light camphor oil
0.2; nerolin 0.1; poley oil 0.6. (5) Thy-
mene 2; citronella oil 1; light camphor
oil 2. (6) Poley oil 1 part; citronella
oil 2; light camphor oil 1; thymene 1
part.
Viennese floating soap. — Ceylon co-
coanut oil 1,900; castor oil 200; glycerin
300; caustic soda lye (38°) 1,000; brine
(17°) 1,500; water 1.000; citronella oil
12; poley oil 5 parts. The soap is pre-
pared by the warm process, the warm
clear paste being beaten to froth,
framed in that condition, and beaten
up for a short time after framing.
Economical curd soap. — Ceylon co-
coanut oil 290; rosin 5; crude palm oil
2.5; caustic soda (35°) 185; filling so-
lution (see below) 150; safrol 1.
Venus soap. — (1) Palm kernel oil 300;
caustic soda lye (35°) 185; filling solu-
tion 155; citronella oil 1. (2) Palm
kernel oil 300; caustic soda lye (35°)
190; talc 50; filling solution 200; safrol
0.7.
Filling solution for above soaps. —
Sugar 34; potassa 32; salt 30; water
225 parts.
Cream soap for lace curtains, etc. —
Ceylon cocoanut oil 3.600; caustic soda
lye (34°) 2,300; oil of white thyme 7;
lavender oil 13; crystalized chrysoi-
din 12.
Palm soap. — Ceylon cocoanut oil 620;
caustic soda lye (39°) 325; potassa 90;
soda crystals 90; salt 125; water 1,250;
mirbane oil 1.
Borax soap. — Cochin cocoanut oil 750;
caustic soda lye (39°) 375; powdered
borax 45; water 45; lavender oil 1;
spike oil 1.
Floating Household Soap.
Unless one has the necessary me-
chanical equipment, the manufacture
of a floating soap had best be left to
the soapmakers. The floating proper-
ties of a soap depend upon the forma-
tion of minute empty spaces through-
out the mass, which reduce its specific
gravity. This is accomplished by the
addition of an alkaline carbonate to the
batch of materials just before pouring
out, carbon dioxide being set free and
permeating the mass; or by rapid agi-
tation of the mass with paddles of a
suitable sort.
We append a formula for a white
floating soap made by the stirring
process, as with the other process free
alkali may be present in the finished
product:
Cocoanut oil 440 pounds.
Soda lye, 38° B 231 pounds.
Potash lye, 25° B 11 pounds.
138
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Solution of calcium
chloride. 20° B 110 pounds.
Hot water 440 pounds.
Perfume enough.
The cocoanut oil and the lyes are
mixed and saponification completed in
the usual manner. Then the batch Is
stirred until it has the appearance of
tine wooly grains. The solution of cal-
cium chloride is warmed, and together
with the hot water is added gradually
with constant stirring.
The batch is then allowed to cool to
77 degrees F. and transferred to a stir-
ring kettle, where it is beaten vigor-
ously until it becomes a stiff foam. It
is then placed in the drying frames and
dried slowly in a light, airy place.
The color of this soap depends upon
the quality of the materials used.
Surgeons' Grit Soap.
For use by surgeons in washing their
hands preparatory to sterilizing them
for an operation, J. K. Thum (Am.
Jour. Pharm.) recommends a soap
made according to the formula below.
He says it is free of that excess of
alkali which renders the commercial
grit soap unstiitable for the purpose:
Cottonseed oil 500 mils.
Stearic acid 500 grammes.
Sodium hydroxide. ... 150 grammes.
Alcohol 150 mils.
Aqueous solution of
sodium chloride
(20%) enough.
Distilled water enough-
Powdered pumice 300 grammes.
Heat together the cottonseed oil and
stearic acid until the latter is com-
pletely dissolved. Then add the so-
dium hydroxide, dissolved in a liter
of distilled water, and heat for fifteen
minutes with constant stirring. Next
add the alcohol and stir until saponi-
fication is effected. This is shown by
the mixture becoming homogeneous in
a few minutes. Then add one liter of
a 20 per cent, aqueous solution of sodi-
um chloride, and stir vigorously. Al-
low this to stand until the soap is
hardened. The alkaline liquid, which
remains at the bottom of the container
is then drained out through a hole
punched in the soap mass on one side.
The mass is then washed two or three
times with distilled water, melted, and
while still on the fire the powdered
pumice is thoroughly incorporated.
While still hot it is poured into suit-
able molds. In twenty-four hours the
soap is hard enough for use.
Mechanics' Hand Soap
Hand-cleaning pastes should contain
an excess ol alkali. The abrasives gen-
erally used are powdered pumice and
fine sand. For seme purposes a mod-
erately hard soap containing about 2
per cent, of incorporated kerosene in
addition to the abrasive is particularly
well adapted. Aside from its expen-
siveness, the soft soap of the Pharma-
copoeia is an excellent base for the
popular hand-cleaning abrasive pastes.
Linseed oil soap is somewhat more de-
tergent than the products of other
vegetable oils, but linseed oil is far
from cheap. A mixture of 10 parts of
cottonseed oil and 2 parts of lard,
saponified with a sufficient quantity of
a mixture of equal parts of sodium
hydroxide and potassium hydroxide,
makes a soap having good cleansing
and lathering properties.
A collection of working formulas is
appended:
I.
Powdered castile soap... 7 ounces-
Borax 2 ounces.
Pumice, in very fine
powder 1 ounce.
China clay, light 10 ounces.
Instead of the borax, about 5 ounces
of sodium perborate may be used.
Another formula, very highly recom-
mended, calls for 2 ounces of a solu-
tion of sodium silicate instead of the
borax.
II.
Soft soap 1 pound.
Ammonia water 1 ounce.
Pumice stone, levigated. 6 ounces.
Oil of turpentine, to make a paste.
III.
W. R. "White's formula:
Powdered pumice stone. 4% pounds.
Green soap 1 xi pounds.
Potassium carbonate . . 280 grains.
Glycerin 2 fluid ozs.
Water 26 fluid ozs.
Dissolve the soap and potassium car-
bonate in the water by the aid of heat:
add the glycerin, and rub this solution
up well in a mortar with the pumice
stone until it is of a paste-like con-
sistence.
IV.
F. A. Bengartz's formula:
Make a soap with oleic acid and
alkali, with a good addition of coarse
salt.
V.
Otto Raubenheimer says: "Make a
mixture of ordinary soap. sand, coarse-
ly powdered ptimice stone and solution
of sodium silicate."
VI.
Soft soap SO gramme.-.
Water of ammonia 5 grammes-
Oil of turpentine enough.
Finely levigated pumice
stone 30 grammes.
This may be made by first mixing
the soap and water of ammonia, in-
corporating the solvent, and then add-
ing the pumice stone.
Such a soap would <lo for putting up
in collaosible tubes.
SOAPS AND LAUNDRY REQUISITES
130
VII.
Curd soap 1 ounce.
Hot water 1 dram.
Borax 30 grains.
Anhydrous wool-fat .... - drams.
Powdered camphor 30 grains.
Oil of rose geranium 4 minims.
Alcohol 30 minims.
The water is to soften the soap; af-
ter that is done, add the other ingred-
ients and mold into cakes.
VIII.
White soap 2 % pounds.
Fine sand 1 pound.
Water S1^ pints.
This makes a paste which is firm,
yet easily applied.
If an extra detergent quality is de-
sired. 4 ounces of sodium carbonate
may be added, and the quantity of soap
may be reduced to 2 pounds. Paste
containing this addition will attack
grease, etc.. more readily, but it is
harder on the skin.
IX.
Fluidextract of quillaja. 2 ounces.
Borax 1 ounce.
Fuller's earth 1 ounce.
Soft soap 12 ounces.
Water enough.
Rub the borax with the fluidextract
and add the fuller's earth. When these
have been thoroughly mixed, incor-
porate with the soft soap, adding a
little water, if necessary, and perfume,
if desired.
Laundry Blue
Liquid Bluing.
The "soluble blue" of commerce is
much used for laundry work. This
blue, when properly made, dissolves
freely in water, and solutions so made
are put up as liquid laundry blue. The
water employed in making the solution
should be free from mineral substances,
especially lime. If rain water or dis-
tilled water and a good article of blue
be used, a stable preparation ought to
result. As it is essential that the solu-
tion be a perfect one, it is best to filter
it through several thicknesses of fine
cotton cloth before bottling; or if made
in large quantities this method may be
modified by allowing it to stand some
days to settle, when the top portion
may be siphoned off for use, the bot-
tom only requiring filtration.
The soluble blue is said to be potas-
sium ferri-ferrocyanide. If the phar-
macist wishes to prepare it himself, in-
stead of buying it ready made, he may
do so by gradually adding to a boiling
solution of potassium ferricyanide
<"red prussiate of potash") an equiva-
lent quantity of hot solution of ferrous
sulphate, boiling for two hours and
washing the precipitate on a filter un-
til the washings assume a dark-blue
color; the moist precipitate can then at
once be dissolved by the further addi-
tion of a sutheient quantity of water.
Aboul 6 ; parts of the iron" salt to 100
parts of the potassium salt is the prop-
er proportion.
Anilin blues are also used in laundry
work. We suggest experimentation
with a water-soluble anilin blue (say
6B). These blues are usually marketed
in the form of 1 to l1^ per cent, solu-
tions. Doubtless some dealer in anilin
dyes would be willing to supply a little
valuable information on the side.
Solid Bluing
Ultramarine 30 parts.
Sodium bicarbonate 20 parts.
Glucose 6 parts.
Mix the color and the sodium salt,
and knead in the glucose.
This mass is to be pressed into balls
and tied up in small squares of linen.
Bag Blue
The following notes from the Lon-
don Laundry Record were reprinted in
The Druggist Circular:
Ultramarine is now very generally
used as a laundry blue where the in-
soluble or "bag blue" is desired. It is
mixed with glucose and dextrin, and
pressed into balls or cakes. When glu-
cose alone is used the product may be-
come soft. Bicarbonate of sodium is
added as a "filler."
The coal-tar or anilin blues are not
offered to the general public as laundry
blues, but laundry proprietors have
them frequently brought under their
notice, chiefly in the form of solutions,
usually 1 to 1% per cent, strong. These
dyes are strong bluing materials, and
being in the form of solution, are not
liable to speck the clothes. Some are
- fast to acids and alkalies, others are
fast to one but not to another: some
will not stand ironing, while others
again are not affected by the opera-
tion; generally they are not fast to
light, but this is only of minor im-
portance. The soluble, or cotton, blues
are the ones most favored. Blackley
blue is very largely used for this pur-
pose. It may be mentioned that a 1
per cent, solution of this dye is usually
strong enough. L'nless care is taken in
dissolving these dyes they are apt to
produce specks.
Powdered Bluing
Soluble blue, non-soluble prussian
blue, synthetic indigo, or ultramarine
blue may be bought in the market and
put up in packages to suit, either plain
or diluted with some such substance as
starch, sodium bicarbonate or talc.
Laundry Blue Paper
We believe this article is prepared by
saturating porous paper with a concen-
trated aqueous solution of water-sol-
uble anilin blue. Perhaps a moiet
sum arabic may !)•• dissolved
140
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
solution. Some of the wholesale dye
houses or importers may help with in-
formation as to the best dye to use.
Bubbling Blue
Chinese blue 50 grammes.
Sodium bicarbonate... 105 grammes.
Tartaric acid 30 grammes.
Powdered talc 15 grammes.
Stearin 1 gramme.
Alcohol 80 mils.
Reduce all the solids to a fine state
of division; triturate them together
and work in the spirit. Pass the mass
through a granulating sieve; spray the
granules with a thin liquid petrolatum
and let them dry.
Paraffin Washing Compound
Several years ago a firm in this city
put on the market a washing compound
composed of paraffin, colored blue by
the addition of ultramarine blue, and
cut into one-inch blocks, which sold for
ten cents. — W. F. Kaemmerer.
A pink color may be imparted to the
paraffin by the use of alkanet.
Washing Fluid
I.
Shredded yellow soap.. 1 pound.
Oil of turpentine 1 pint.
Stronger ammonia
water 2 % pints
Water 2 gallons.
Dissolve the soap in 1 gallon of
water with the aid of heat. Make an
emulsion of 2 pints of this solution
and the oil of turpentine. Add the
rest of the soap solution, with thor-
ough shaking, and then the ammonia
water and water.
II.
If desired, the oil of turpentine of the
foregoing may be omitted, and its place
filled by a strong aqueous solution of
borax.
III.
Potassium carbonate .... 1 dram.
Soft soap 2 drams.
Stronger ammonia water 5 ounces.
Distilled water 15 ounces.
IV.
Caustic soda or potash . 8 grammes.
Alcohol 20 grammes.
Olein 24 grammes.
Glycerin 2 grammes.
Oil of turpentine 4 grammes.
Ultramarine blue 2 grammes.
This is for 100 liters of water.
V.
Ammonia solution 64 grammes.
Olein or glycerin 5 grammes.
Oil of turpentine 25 grammes.
For years there has been sold in this
community a combination consisting
of 1 ounce of ammonium chloride, 1
ounce of potassium carbonate, and 1
can of lye. This is dissolved by the
housewife in 2 gallons of water, and
1 or 2 cupfuls is used in each boiler of
water. — Louis A. Ribar.
The following combination we have
put up for years:
Ammonium carbonate.... 2 ounces.
Potassium carbonate 2 ounces.
Sodium borate 2 ounces.
This combination is xnown as
"washing compound."
Another combination which we sell
quite a lot of is composed of the fol-
lowing ingredients:
Ammonia water 2 ounces.
Ether 1 ounce.
Sodium borate 2 ounces.
Mix with 1 gallon of water. — George
D. Campbell.
Lastly, we might add that a paste
made by mixing melted paraffin with a
hot thick "solution" of common laun-
dry soap enjoys great vogue in cer-
tain sections of this country.
Washing Powders
We have no knowledge of the com-
position of the various washing pow-
ders sold under fancy names, but are
under the impression that they consist
largely of powdered soap fortified l>y
strong alkalies. A few recipes are
here given:
Borax Soap Powder
Soap 5 pounds.
Sodium hydroxide 3 pounds.
Sodium silicate 2 pounds.
Sodium borate 1 pound.
London Soap Powder
Soap C pounds.
Sodium hydroxide 2 pounds.
Pearlash 1 pound.
Sodium sulphate 1 pound.
Chemical Soap Powder
Equal parts of soap, sodium hydrox-
ide and sodium borate, perfumed with
oil of eucalyptus.
Dry Soap Powder
Dessicated hard soap 28 parts.
Sodium carbonate (crys-
tals) 68 parts.
Anhydrous boric acid.... 1 part.
Boron nitride 1 part.
Ammonium chloride 1 part.
Perfumed Washing Powder
Mix equal parts of soap, sodium hy-
droxide and sodium borate, and per-
fume, if desired, with oil of eucalyptus.
Cheap Soap Powder
Hard soap 5 parts.
Soda ash 3 parts.
Sodium silicate 2 parts.
Borax 1 part.
Gold Dust Type
Water 8 parts.
Anhydrous sodium carbon-
ate 50 parts.
Soap 42 parts.
CHAPTER VIII.
CLEANING AND RENOVATING PROCESSES
Removing Grease Spots from Clothing and Other Fabrics — Other
Stains — Carpet Cleaner — Ink Removers — Renovating Straw
Hats— Various Cleansing and Renovating Agents.
Always consult the index rvhen using this hook-
AS TO THE USE OF BENZIN
Benzin is useful as a cleaner and an
insecticide, but it is very dangerous on
account not only of its inflammability
but of the explosiveness of its fumes
when they are mixed with air.
In compounding any benzin mixture
the operator should be sure that no fire
of any kind is in the room. When the
directions call for heat, the heat should
be supplied by coils of pipe containing
steam or hot water.
What is said of benzin applies with
equal force to preparations of which it
forms a part, for these are generally
for use in the household by inexperi-
enced people, which fact, of course, in-
creases their danger. Such prepara-
tions should bear distinct and emphatic
warning as to the probable results
should they be used near fire.
This caution applies also to naphtha,
gasoline, ether, carbon disulphide and
some other liquids.
Wood Alcohol a Dangerous Fluid.
Many cases of blindness have been
caused by the fumes of wood alcohol,
so that this fluid is dangerous even
when used in the arts. It should never
enter into medicine, not even into lini-
ments and other applications for ex-
ternal use only.
Removing Grease Spots from Clothing.
The advise of the pharmacist is fre-
quently sought by persons in search of
some means of removing grease spots
from clothing, and the following para-
graphs quoted from Farmers' Bulletin
S61, issued by the United States De-
partment of Agriculture, contains some
worth while suggestions.
Fresh grease spots may consist of
the pure fat or oil. Old grease spots or
siains from automobile wheels, or ma-
chine greases, etc.. usually contain
more or less dust, dirt, or fine particles
of metal. Sometimes it is possible to
s< rape or wipe much of the adhering
grease from a stained material. After
this has been done there is a choice
of three general methods of treating
the stain itself: First, wash ii with
soap and warm water, which removes
the grease, it is thought, by emulsify-
ing it; second, absorb the grease by
means of dry substances; and, third,
dissolve the grease in an organic
liquid.
Use one of the following agents in
removing grease spots:
1. Warm water and soap. — As in or-
dinary laundering. Grease spots usually
can be removed from washable ma-
terials in this way. provided care is
taken to rub the particular spot thor-
oughly.
2. Absorbent substances. — Blotting
paper, fuller's earth, brown paper,
French chalk, powdered magnesia, or
white talcum powder, for fine ma-
terials; corn meal or salt, for carpets,
rugs, and other coarse materials. The
use of absorbents generally is effective
only on spots of grease or oil unmixed
with particles of dirt or metal. The
advantages of using them are that the
fabric is not wet and there is no dan-
ger of leaving a ring, as in the case of
grease solvents. In using an absorb-
ent, such as a. clean blotter or a piece
of unglazed brown paper, lay it on each
side of the stain and apply a warm
iron. The grease is melted and is ab-
sorbed by the paper. To use the ab-
sorbent powders, lay the stained fabric
upon a flat surface and spread a layer
of the absorbent over the stain and
work it around gently so as not to pull
the fibers. As soon as it becomes
gummy, shake or brush it off and re-
peat the process until the bulk of the
stain is removed. Then apply another
layer of the absorbent and allow it to
remain overnight, or longer if neces-
sary- This removes all traces of the
stain, and in the case of slight stains
the preliminary treatment is unneces-
sary. Then dust or brush off the ab-
sorbent thoroughly. If it is not con-
venient to let the stain stand over-
night, place a layer of cloth or brown
paper over the absorbent and apply a
warm (not hot) iron for several min-
utes. In the case of stains made by
solid fats, which must be melted be-
fore they can be absorbed, the use of
the warm iron is necessary.
141
142
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
3. Organic solvents. — Chloroform,
carbon tetrachloride, ether, gasoline, or
naphtha, and benzol. The first two are
the safest to use, since they are not in-
flammable. * * * Take the greatest
care in using inflammable solvents. It
is best to use them in a shady place out
of doors, and if in the house, by an
open window and away from all flames.
Place a pad of clean cloth or a
white blotter beneath the stain and
change it as soon as it becomes soiled.
Sponge the stain with a clean cloth,
preferably a piece like the stained
material, moistened with the solvent.
To prevent the spreading of the
grease and solvent it is best to use
small amounts of the solvent at a
time and to work from the outside of
the spot toward the center. It is well
also to surround the stain with a ring
of French chalk or any of the absorb-
ents mentioned in No. 2, above, and
to rub the stain with a clean cloth
until it is thoroughly dry.
In removing grease spots which
contain dirt or fine particles of metal,
more rubbing and a freer use of the
solvent are necessary. It is best to
apply the solvent from the wrong side
of the material, so that the particles
will be washed mechanically from the
fibers onto the pad of cloth placed un-
derneath. If the spot does not yield
to this treatment immerse it in a
small bowl of the solvent and brush it
gently with a small, soft brush. The
brushing serves to loosen the insolu-
ble particles, which then fall to the
bottom of the bowl.
In general, where the stained place
must be dipped in the solvent it is
more satisfactory to immerse the
whole article finally in clean solvent,
which prevents the formation of rings.
If sufficient solvent is not at hand for
this, the ring usually can be removed
by . careful and patient sponging with
small quantities of fresh solvent, tak-
ing clean cloths, pads, or blotters, as
suggested above, and working from
thf wrong side of the material.
4. An absorbent — (see Xo. 2, above)
mixed with a solvent (see Xo. 3,
above) in the form of a thick paste.
The white absorbents (French chalk
or magnesia) are most satisfactory.
Spread the paste over the spot, leave
it until thoroughly dry, and brush it
off. Repeat this treatment if neces-
sary. The spreading of the solvent
inl the formation of a ring will be
avoided to a considerable extent in
his way. The method is especially
useful for cleaning light -colored un-
washable materials, laces, etc.
The Removal of Stains From Gar-
ments
This article, with as many errors
corrected as we were able to correct
and several others left in because we
did not care to venture a guess as to
what was intended, was reprinted in
The Druggists Circular from Dye,
and Cleaning: —
Before a garment or other textile fabric can
be cleaned or dyed it is desirable, in fact, nec-
essary, to examine it for and remove any stains
which may be present.
Very often the nature of the stains is quite
obvious, and then their removal may be pro-
ceeded with and is readily effected, sometimes
completely, but occasionally it may happen
that they cannot be completely removed. The
following hints will be found of service by
garment dyers and cleaners: —
Stains of Unknown Origin.
White Goods and Colored Cotton Goods. — A
small quantity of soap is dissolved in luke-
warm water, and to each pint there is added
a teaspoonful of ammonia water. The stain
is wiped with a sponge steeped in this fluid.
and the material is finally washed out in
water.
Colored Woolen Stuffs. — Dissolve % ounce of
gall, 1% ounces of borax, 18 ounces of alcohol,
t) ounces of ammonia water, 1 ounce of glyc-
erin, and 'the yellow of two eggs. The stuff
is washed in this solution at the boil. It is
subsequently rinsed in clean water and dried
in the air but not in the sun.
Silk, Satin and Similar Materials. — Dissolve
1% ounces of borax and Vz ounce of soap in !_
pint of spirit and % pint of water, adding \-2
ounce of magnesium carbonate and the yellow
of two eggs. This mixture is applied to the
stain and the stuff is washed in lukewarm
water, rinsed in cold water and dried at a
moderate warmth, being subsequently ironed
with a moderately hot iron.
Dust Stains.
White Goods and Colored Cotton Goods.— To
be beaten and well brushed.
Colored Wool, Silk, Satin and Similar Mate-
rials.—For old stains which have become more
or less dried in, it is best to apply some spirit
mixed with the yolk of an egg. Let this dry,
and then scrape it away. The "remains of the
egg yolk is wiped out by means of a linen rag
dipped in warm water.
Wine, Beer, Rum, Spirit and Similar
Stains.
Wash out with soap and clean warm water.
Perspiration Stains.
White Goods. — The stain is thoroughly re-
moved by a solution of sodium hyposulphit ,
followed by washing with water.
Colored Cotton and Woolen Materials.— Wash
thoroughly in a solution of sodium hyposulphite
and then wash with clean water.
Silk, Satin and Similar Materials. — Wash in
a much diluted solution of sodium hyposulphite
followed with clean water.
Milk, Soup and Similar Grease Stains.
White Goods. — Wash thoroughly in soap or
in water containing a little soda.
Colored Cotton and Woolen Materials.— The
stain is thoroughly removed with soap or in
water containing a little soda.
Colored Cotton and Woolen Materials— The
stain is wiped with a sponge dipped in pure
oil of turpentine or benzin. The excess is re-
moved with blotting paper, and the stuff is
washed out in warm soap and water,
Silk, Satin and Similar Materials.— As above,
with ether or the purest benzin.
Stearin or Wax Stains.
Remove as much as possible carefully with
a knife. Place a piece of wet linen under the
material, cover the stain with several lay.-^j
of blotting paper and pass a hot iron over it.
If this does not reach the stain the same is
undertaken with a piece of heated metal, for
instance, a knife. If a small grease Spot still
remains it can be removed in the same way
as butter.
CLEANING AND RENOVATING PROCESSES
143
Butter, Lard, Oil, Oil Colors and Var-
nish Stains.
White Goods, Colored Cotton and Woolen
a Is. —The cloth is wetted and a sponge
in oil of turpentine or benzin passed
times over the stain; a piece of blotting
is then placed over the stain and a not
is passed over the stained place. The
material is then washed out in warm
.:nd water.
Satin and Similar Materials.— A thin
.s formed of magnesium carbonate and
which is spread over the stain. When
.er has been volatilized the magnesium
is brushed away or removed with a
of soft bread. Old stains of the nature
ed above are first dampened with chloro-
: rm, and then the processes as above de-
1 are carried out. In any case, to en-
remove the stain will necessitate Several
lions of the process.
Urine Stains.
Wash out in alcohol or in a very dilute solu-
tion of citric acid.
Rosin Tar, Carriage Grease, Etc.,
Stains.
White Goods. — The goods are made damp and
the stain is wiped with a sponge dipped in oil
of turpentine, and is covered with blotting
paper, a hot smoothing iron being passed sev-
eral times over it. Finally the whole material
is washed out in warm soap water.
"ed Cotton and Woolen Materials. — The
is dampened, and a little olive oil applied
to the stain on which soap is afterwards well
The soap is allowed to act for a few
minutes and is washed out alternately with oil
: turpentine and hot water. If this has not
j eeded, the yellow of egg mixed with some
" turpentine is applied, and when this has
it is scraped away and a thorough wash-
ut in hot water ensu-=. The last opera-
• ion is the washing of the stuff in water mixed
with a little hydrochloric acid and thorough
rinsing out in pure water.
Silk, Satin and Similar Materials. — The stuff
ted. and a sponge dipped in a mixture
of ether and chloroform is rubbed over the
If the stain is no longer noticeable,
white clay is strewn over it, over which filter-
ing paper is placed and the stain is extracted
by passing a hot smoothing iron over the place.
It this process has not been successful the
of egg mixed with chloroform is used in
the same manner.
Lime, Lye, Alkali and Similar Stains.
White Goods. — Wash out in clean water.
otton and Woolen Stuffs, Silk,
and Similar Materials— The stuff is
i and a diluted solution of citric acid
-ad drop by drop over the stain. After
-•.tin has disappeared a thorough wash-
ing in water follows.
Vinegar. Acid Wine. Acid Fruit and
Similar Stains.
White Goods. — Wash out in clean water, to
ammonia water has been added.
red Cotton and Woolen Materials. Silk,
and Similar Materials. — Diluted ammo-
nia water is spread over the stain, and when
- disappeared a thorough washing in
water ensues.
Acid Stains.
Fresh acid stains can be easily neutralized
with ammonia water; old acid stains cannot
be removed.
Plant, Fruit, Dyestuff, Red Wine,
Cherry. Strawberry and Similar
Stains.
White Goods. — The stain is removed either
rinsing in dilute water [sic] or being held
-r burning sulphur. When it has finalh
disappeared the stuff must be thoroughly
-d out in water.
Grease Eradicators
I.
Tincture of soap bark. . . 3 ounces.
Benzin, to make l pint.
Mix and shake vigorously.
II.
The following is said to be the com-
position of a preparation that will
solidify benzin:
Coconut oil soap 2 ounces.
Solution of potassium
hydroxide 1% ounces.
Ammonia water 3 ounces.
Water to make 12 ounces.
Dissolve the soap in about 4 ounces
of hot water; add the alkalies and the
remainder of the water.
If the benzin be added in small por-
tions with thorough agitation, i'1-.
ounces of this mixture will solidify 32
ounces of benzin.
IIL
Here is a formula for a mixture that
does not contain benzin:
Castile soap 4 pounds.
Potassium carbonate.... 1 pound.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Ammonia water l ounce.
Hot water enough.
Dissolve the potassium carbonate in
about 1 pint of hot water, add the soap,
previously reduced to thin shavings;
keep warm over a water-bath, stirring
occasionally until dissolved, adding
more water if necessary, and finally,
when of a consistency to become semi-
solid on cooling, remove from the fire
and, when nearly ready to set, stir in
the camphor, previously dissolved in
the alcohol, and the ammonia.
IV.
If a paste is desired, a potash soap
should be used instead of the castile in
the foregoing formula, and a portion of
or all the water be omitted. Soaps
made from potash remain soft, while
soda soaps harden on the evaporation
of the water which they contain when
first made.
V.
Oxgall is highly reputed as a non-
inflammable solvent of all fatty stains,
and does not injure colors or fabrics if
properly purified. It should be as fresh
as possible when used. Diffused in
water it is quite efficacious, or it may
be used in combination with a weak
alkali or the yolks of eggs. Numbers
VI and VII are two typical formulas:
VI.
Powdered borax 15 gramme's.
Extract of soap bark. 15 grammes.
Oxgall (fresh) 60 grammes.
Castile soap 225 grammes.
First make the extract of soap bark
1 \ boiling about 80 grammes of the
144
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
crushed bark in water until it has as-
sumed a dark color; then strain the
liquid into an evaporating dish and by
the aid of heat evaporate it to a solid
extract; then powder and mix it with
the borax and the oxgall. Melt the cas-
tile soap by adding a small quantity of
water and warming, then add the other
ingredients and mix well.
VII.
Fuller's earth Vz pound.
Sodium hydroxide % pound.
Common soap % pound.
Yolks of 8 eggs.
Purified oxgall Vfe pound.
Triturate the soap with the sodium
hydroxide until a smooth paste is ob-
tained; stir in gradually the yolks of
the eggs and the oxgall, previously
beaten together; slowly incorporate the
fuller's earth; shape the mass into balls
or cakes and set aside to dry.
For use, a little of the compound is
scraped off, made into a paste with
water and rubbed on the stain.
VIII.
A soft oxgall soap may be prepared
as follows:
Oxgall (fresh) 10 grammes.
Alcohol 100 grammes.
Hard soap 10 grammes.
Soft soap 10 grammes.
Boil the oxgall in the alcohol and
strain the mixture. Dissolve the soaps
in this spirit and evaporate to the
proper consistency on a water bath.
IX.
A grease eradicator which we have
found to be good is made of:
Castile soap 4 drams.
Chloroform 4 drams.
Ammonia water 1 ounce.
Alcohol 4 drams.
Water, to make 8 ounces.
This mixture blows the stopper out
of the bottle.
The value of carbon tetrachloride as
a grease eradicator should not be over-
looked. It is said to be equal to ben-
zin for this purpose and is non-in-
flammable. Perhaps it could be made
into a "jelly" as easily as benzin, but
we have not experimented along this
line. Its vapors, which are heavier than
air, act as an anaesthetic, however, and,
consequently, it must be handled with
care.
Removing Paint from Silk
To remove paint from any kind of
fabric, oil of turpentine is about as
good as anything. Here are two proc-
esses, from different sources, for re-
moving paints, grease, etc., from silk:
I.
Rub the stain with a white cloth
moistened with a mixture of equal
parts of oil of turpentine and ether un-
til no impure matter adheres to it.
Cover the stain about the thickness of
a knife blade with pulverized white
bole, upon which place a blotting paper
and press a hot iron. Repeat until the
stain has disappeared.
II.
Make a thin dough with talc and
the following solution:
Spirit of ammonia 6 drams.
Ether 14 drams.
Benzin 5 drams.
Oil of lavender 1 dram.
Tincture of quillaja 7 ounces.
Alcohol 15 ounces.
Spread this paste over the spot.
When it has thoroughly dried, brush off
and wipe with dry bread crumbs. If
the spots are old, first moisten them
with chloroform, and then proceed as
above directed.
We suggest that in experimenting
either a scrap of the silk be taken or,
if that is not to be obtained, then that
a portion of the garment that does not
show be used. Silk is very easily
spoiled, especially when dyed with
more or less fugitive colors, so the
safer way is to ascertain in advance
what will remove the stain and not
damage the goods.
Carbon Tetrachloride Soap for Clean-
ing Clothes
Rosin soap 1 pound.
Common white soap 1 pound
Potassium hydroxide 3 ounces.
Alcohol 8 ounces.
Carbon tetrachloride 5 pints.
Water enough.
Melt the soaps together on a water -
bath, adding to them a little water from
time to time, as required. Dissolve the
potassium hydroxide in the alcohol ;
add to this solution l1/? pints of car-
bon tetrachloride and incorporate the
liquid in the soap mass, beating the
whole with an egg beater. Transfer the
pasty mass to a suitable bottle, add the
rest of the carbon tetrachloride and
mix the whole by agitation. The com-
pound should at once be transferred to
wide-mouthed bottles of the size de-
sired for the market, and these imme-
diately corked tightly.
Sometimes a portion of the cai'bon
tetrachloride separates from the
"cream" on standing, but it can be
incorporated quite easily by shaking
before using.
Removing Stains from Silk
Castile soap 4 drams.
Chloroform 4 drams.
Ammonia water 1 ounce.
Alcohol 4 drams.
Water, to make 3 ounces.
CLEANING AND RENOVATING PROCESSES
145
Spot Eradicator
Alcohol 50 parts.
Ammonia water 15 parts.
Benzin 5 parts.
Glycerin \ 5 parts.
Ether 3 parts.
Spirit of lavender 1 part.
This mixture should be kept in a
Lightly closed glass container and a lit-
tle water may be added. It is applied to
the spots with a small sponge. It will
not remove alkali spots, and should be
used with great caution in cleaning col-
ored goods, since it may dissolve or
decompose their dyes.
Methylene Blue Stain on Fabric
Alcohol is efficient as a methylene
blue destainer, but may have a strong
affinity for the dye of the fabric, if
colored. One might try it first on an
inside seam margin. Solution of hydro-
gen dioxide is also a fairly good re-
mover of methylene blue stain, but
perhaps not so good as solution of
chlorinated soda.
Dry Cleaning Soap
Stronger ammonia water. 21 parts.
Alcohol 9 parts.
Water 23 parts.
Oleic acid 47 parts.
Mix the alcohol and the acid, add the
water, and finally add the ammonia
water, with constant agitation.
Clothes Cleaner's Soap
For renovating clothes, removing
grease spots, etc., where ordinary-
washing is not permissible, use a soap
made of—
Castile soap, shredded. ... 64 parts.
Potassium carbonate 8 parts.
Water 20 parta.
( Alcohol 1 part.
Camphor 1 part.
Ammonia 1 part.
Bone black 1 part.
Dissolve the potassium carbonate in
the water and in the lye so made dis-
solve the soap. Heat. Dissolve the
camphor in the alcohol, add the am-
monia and make into a paste with the
bone black. Work altogether into a
mass and press into molds.
Ammonia Water for Cleaning
We have been told by the manu-
facturers of ammonia that a solution
containing about 16 to 18 per cent, of
NH3 is most satisfactory for cleaning
fabrics.
To Remove Paint and Grease From
Fabrics
An interesting story is told in The
Druggists Circular for October, 1910, by
Billie Barrie or how he made, put up,
advertised and sold barrels of a grease
and paint remover, the formula for
which is: —
a. Green soap 1 pound.
Alcohol i, pint.
Water I pint.
b. Carbon tetrachloride.
Equal parts of a and I) are put into
a 4 -ounce bottle and sold for 25 cents.
Paste for Removing Grease Spots
Alkaline soap 12 parts.
Boiling water 20 parts.
Stronger ammonia water 3 parts.
Benzin, to make 100 parts.
Oil of wintergreen to. . .perfume.
Dissolve the soap in the water, and
when it has cooled somewhat add the
stronger ammonia water. Then add.
with constant stirring, enough benzin
(preferably deodorized) to make 100
parts. A little oil of wintergreen, or
sassafras, or bergamot, or mirbane is
a suitable perfume for this paste.
Benzin Cream Clothes Cleaner
Cocoanut oil soap 2 drams
Potassium hydroxide. . . 1 \'2 drams.
Ammonia water 3 drams.
Water i ounce.
Benzin l pint.
Dissolve the soap in a portion of the
water by the aid of a gentle heat,
then add the balance of the water
and alkalies. To this add the benzin
and agitate until the liquid solidities
Electric Benzin
White castile soap 1 dram.
Alcohol % fl. oz.
Glycerin 1 fl. oz.
Ammonia water 1 fl. oz.
Ether 1 fl. oz.
Water, to make 16 fl. ozs.
Benzin enough
Dissolve the soap in the water, then
add the remaining ingredients, except
the benzin. Into a 4-ounce wide-
^nouthed bottle put 3 drams of the so-
lution, and then add benzin, little by
little, shaking well alter each addition,
until the bottle is full.
Cleansing and Polishing Soap
We doubt the possibility of making
a soap that will be "a polish for every
kind of metal and remove all stains
from all articles." However, here is a
formula that on the face of it appears
to promise a soap having polishing
and cleaning properties.
Tallow 4 pounds. .
Coconut oil G pounds.
Soda lye (38° B.) 5 pounds.
Infusorial earth, finely
powdered 4 pounds.
Oil of turpentine 5 ounces.
146
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Benzin Jelly
A reader heard that a mixture of
the substances named below, if added
to benzin or gasoline in the proportion
of 12 drams to the quart, would pro-
duce a jelly about the consistency of
butter or petrolatum. The formula,
however, did not "work" in his hands
and he has asked for assistance.
Glycerin 2 % ounces.
Acacia, granular 3 drams.
Ammonia water 1 V2 ounces.
Ether 2 ounces.
Castile soap 2 % ounces.
Distilled water 16 ounces.
Mix the first 4 ingredients and add
the mixture to the water in which the
soap has been dissolved.
Our success with the "jellifier" has
not been marked. By leaving out the
glycerin and the acacia we got an
emulsifier that formed a thick cream
with benzin in the proportion given,
but not a jelly.
A gelatinous mass results from the
admixture of 1 part of a soap made
by neutralizing oleic acid with potas-
sium hydroxide; 2 parts of stronger
ammonia water; and 8 parts of ben-
zin.
It is said that by shaking together
for half an hour, 1 part of tincture of
quillaja with 4 parts of benzin and
setting the mixture aside over night,
the benzin will be gelatinized.
Various methods are extant for in-
corporating benzin in a soap. Here
are a few of them: —
To make a soft benzin soap or
"cream" take —
Liniment of soft soap. .. .2 drams.
Stronger ammonia water. 2 drams.
Benzin 1 ounce.
Shake all together vigorously until
the mixture gelatinizes.
To make a hard benzin soap take —
Laundry soap 265 parts.
Ammonia water 45 parts.
Benzin 200 parts.
Water enough.
Cut the soap into shreds and melt
it with a minimum amount of water
with the aid of a gentle heat. Re-
move the source of heat — and from
the building if possible — and beat in
the ammonia water and then the ben-
zin in divided portions. The heavier
the benzin, the better.
Removing Blood Stains from Cloth:ng
The color of blood stains is due to
the hemoglobin, a red coloring matter
of a protein nature which contains
iron, and since a*l proteids are coag-
ulated by heat it is obvious that hot
water should not be employed in re-
moving blood stains until all the
proteid has been removed. Farmers
Bulletin 861. issued by the United
States Department of Agriculture, sug-
gests the use of the following agents:
1. Cold or lukewarm water. Either
soak the blood stains or rub them in
the water until they turn light brown
in color; that is, until most of the
coloring matter is dissolved. Then
wash the material in hot water, as in
the ordinary process of laundering.
For stains on silk or wool, sponge in
cold or lukewarm water.
2. Soap (for washable materials).
Rub the stained portions with soap
and place in cold water, either allow-
ing them to stand in it until the stains
are loosened or bringing the water
very slowly to the boiling point.
3. Ammonia (for washable mate-
rials). Use about 1 ounce (2 table-
spoonfuls) of household ammonia to
1 gallon of water. Soak the stains in
this until they are loosened and then
wash in the usual manner. For old
stains ammonia is somewhat more
satisfactory than soap.
4. Hydrogen dioxide. Sponging with
a little hydrogen dioxide often will re-
move the last traces of blood stains
after the main part has been removed,
as described in No. 1 above. This
agent can be used on wool and silk,
provided it does not injure the color
of the material.
5. Javelle water. Use this only as a
last resort.
6*. Raw starch mixed with cold water
to a paste is efficient for stains on
thick materials, such as flannel and
blankets, which can not conveniently
be soaked in water. Apply the paste
thickly to the stain and brush it away
when it becomes dry. Repeat the ap-
plication until the stain is removed.
Palami Jelly
A correspondent says that this ar-
ticle, used for removing grease spots.
consists of a white jelly made from
borax chips, olive chips and water,
and is perfumed with oil of citronella.
We presume he means borax soap
chips and olive oil soap chips.
Removing Mildew Spots
Mildew spots on white goods may in
most cases be removed by a bleaching
process, the method depending, to some
extent, upon the nature and texture of
the fabric. The latter should be thor-
oughly washed, and, while still damp,
may be immersed, or touched over,
with dilute Javelle water or solution
of chlorinated soda or with hydrogen
peroxide solution. Dilute bromine
water may also be used. Sometimes a
treatment similar to that used for re-
moving ink stains is successful, treat-
ing the stains with a very concentrated
solution of oxalic or citric acids, or
both. In most cases it is of advantage
CLEANING AND RENOVATING PROCESSES
147
to expose the fabric, in a damp state,
to the rays of the sun.
Perspiration Stain Remover
Ammonium oleate 2 ounces.
Ammonia water 2 ounces.
Ether 1 ounce.
Benzin 5 ounces.
Chloroform 1 ounce.
Mix the first two ingredients and
shake them well together. Add the
benzin. with more shaking, and then
the chloroform, continuing the agita-
tion. Let the mixture stand for a
while and then shake it at intervals
until a smooth, creamy liquid results.
Cheap Cleansing Powder
A reader sends a sample of cleansing
powder which is on the market in the
West at from 2 to 3 cents a pound, ac-
cording to quantity taken. It is said
to contain no grease, lime or caustic.
This powder is a sodium sesquicar-
bonate, known also as "snow flake
crystals." It may be regarded as a mix-
ture of sodium carbonate and sodium
bicarbonate and has the composition
Na:COsHCOs-l-2H20. It contains 41.95
per cent, of actual alkali (calculated as
Na^O), whereas sal soda contains 21.68
per cent, and sodium bicarbonate 36.90
per cent, of actual alkali. The sesqui-
carbonate is, therefore, an economical
form of non-caustic alkali, 1 pound
dissolved in 2 gallons of water giving
a solution of about the same cleansing
power as 1 pound of sal soda dissolved
in 1 gallon of water. It is worth, there-
fore, about twice as much as sal soda
for cleansing purposes.
Bijou Cleaning Fluid
Ether 1 dram.
Chloroform 1 dram.
Alcohol 2 drams.
Oil of wintergreen 1 dram.
Benzin 2 pints.
To Remove Spots from White Goods
Carbon tetrachloride is a good clothes
cleaner, possessing the advantage over
benzin of being non-inflammable.
Javelle water is a popular bleaching
agent.
Here is a formula which some have
found useful:
Borax 1 ounce.
Castile soap 1 ounce.
Sodium carbonate 3 drams.
Ammonia water 5 ounces.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Acetone 4 ounces.
Rose water 2 ounces.
Hot water to make 4 pints.
Dissolve the borax, sodium carbon-
ate and soap in hot water, mix the al-
cohol and acetone, unite the two
liquids and add the ammonia water
and rose water.
Alcoholic tincture of soap bark is a
well-known cleaner for delicate fabrics.
Household Ammonia.
This preparation was formerly made
under a patent which has since ex-
pired. The patent was on a solution
of ammonium oleate in ammonia wa-
ter, made by adding oleic acid to am-
monia water in a quantity not exceed-
ing 6 per cent. Here is a formula for
a similar preparation:
Oleic acid i ounce.
Alcohol i ounce.
Ammonia water 7 ounces.
"Water to make 1 pint.
Instead of oleic acid, soft soap (in
a proportion to be determined by ex-
periment) is sometimes used to pro-
duce the cloudy effect in ammonia
water.
To this we might add that some
cheap types of household ammonia
consist of a solution of washing soda
containing more or less ammonia
water.
Glove Cleaner
I.
Five grammes of stearic acid are dis-
solved in 75 mils of carbon tetra-
chloride and the solution, after being
made slightly alkaline with spirit of
ammonia, is diluted with alcohol to 100
mils. This product is a milky liquid
which possesses the cleansing proper-
ties of carbon tetrachloride, but does
not extract the fat from the leather
as plain cleansers do.
II.
Shredded curd soap 1 ounce
Water 4 ounces.
Oil of lemon % dram.
Saponin 1 dram.
Talc enough.
Dissolve the shredded soap in the
water, add the saponin and perfume,
and then enough talc to make a stiff
paste. Powdered orris is a useful ad-
dition.
The directions for use are: Put the
glove upon the hand, and apply the
paste with a piece of flannel, rubbing
the kid from the wrist to the tips of the
fingers.
Carpet Cleaner
Solution of soap.. 120 mils.
Ammonia water
i In', i 60 mils.
Gasoline 120 mils.
Chloroform 20 mils.
Potassium nitrate. 10 grammes.
Oil of wintergreen. 10 mils.
Soft, distilled or •
rain water to.... 1000 mils.
148
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Dissolve the potassium salt in the
water, add the ammonia to the soap
solution, then the chloroform, oil, and
gasoline; shake well and add the
water.
This makes a white, milky compound,
which separates slightly on standing
but readily unites on shaking. The
oil of wintergreen is added only for its
odor. The fumes arising from the
gasoline are very inflammable, so that
the cleaner should not be used in a
room with fire.
The solution of soap is made up as
follows: —
Olive oil 60 mils.
Caustic potash .... 12 grammes.
Alcohol 500 mils.
Water to make.... 1000 mils.
Place the oil in a suitable dish, add
30 mils of alcohol, mix well, then add
the potash dissolved in 30 mils of wa-
ter. Apply heat by means of a water-
bath until the oil is completely saponi-
fied, which is shown by a portion be-
ing removed and dropped into boiling
water, when it should dissolve com-
pletely without the separation of oily
drops. Allow it to cool, add 500 mils
of alcohol,- and water enough to make
1000 mils. Filter the solution through
paper.
Removing Indelible and Other Ink
Spots from Clothing.
Farmers' Bulletin 861, issued by the
United States Department of Agricul-
ture, entitled "Removal of Stains from
Clothing and Other Textiles," contains
a great mass of information and should
be in the hands of every pharmacist.
It is distributed free of charge by the
Division of Publications of the Agricul-
tural Department at Washington, D. C.
Indelible (Copying) Pencil Marks.
These marks contain graphite, as do ordi-
nary pencil marks and an organic dye which
usually is not apparent until the marks are
moistened. The dye and the reagents used
to remove such stains may vary with different
makes of pencils, but for those used in these
experiments the following reagents are satis-
factory.—
1 Alcohol.— Soak the stains for a few min-
utes or until they are dissolved. The graphite
marks then remain, but can be removed by
washing with soap and water. The alcohol is
effective also after these stains have been
washed and ironed.
2. Javelle Water.— This destroys the dye.
Remove the graphite either before or after ap-
; lying this agent by washing with soap and
water.
3. Potassium Permanganate.— Remove the
graphite as in No. 2, above.
Ink (India).
This is an ink in which finely divided carbon
is held In suspension in water, probably by
means ot gum. The treatment for removing it
from textiles is the same as for "Ink (print-
ing)'- (see below).
Ink (Marking).
S"-called "Indelible" or "marking" inks are
of two common types, namely, that containing
silver nitrate or other silver compound and
that with an organic dye, usually "anilin
black," as its basis.
Silver nitrate inks. Ink of this type may be
known generally from the directions for its
use, which state that articles marked with
it must be laid in the sun or pressed with a
warm iron before they are washed. This is
to bring about the precipitation of metallic
silver, which gives the black or brown color
to the marks.
Use one of the following agents in removing
stains from silver nitrate inks: —
1. Sodium Thiosulphate ("hyposulphite of
soda" or "hypo".). — Several crystals, dissolved
in one-half cup of water. Soak the stains for
several days if necessary.
2. Javelle Water. — Apply this repeatedly
until the color of the spot disappears. Then
soak the stained place in ammonia to remove
the silver chloride formed.
Anilin black ink. Ink of this type may be
known also from the directions for its use,
which generally state that the articles marked
with it must not be ironed until after they
have beer, washed. Anilin black inks are
remarkably fast, and it is practically impos-
sible to remove them after they have once
become dry.
None of the methods given above for the re-
moval of silver nitrate ink stains is effective
in removing anilin black ink stains; neither
are satisfactory results obtained by trying
most of the methods used printing-ink stains:—
Ink, Black (Printing).
The coloring matter of black printing ink
consists of finely divided carbon, usually in
the form of lampblack. This is suspended in
linseed oil with resin, turpentine, etc. Stains
from ink of this type are very similar to paint
stains.
Use one of the following agents for removing
printing-ink stains: —
1. Soap and Water (ordinary laundering). —
Remove fresh stains by applying an abun-
dance oz soap and rubbing thoroughly.
2. Lard. — Followed by soap and water, as in
No. 1. above. Rub the stained place with lard
ami work it well into the fibers to loosen the
stain.
Ink (Writing).
The coloring matters commonly used in writ-
ing inks include the following: Combinations
of logwood or nutgalls with ferrous or ferric
salts or with salts of other metals, such as
chromium and aluminum; anilin dyes, which
are used either alone or with coloring matters
of the type mentioned above; finely divided
carbon in the form of lampblack. Colored inks
usually consist of an anilin dye. Gums, sugar
or glycerin often are added to thicken an ink
and hold the coloring matter in suspension, and
phenol often is added to keep it from mold-
ing.
Owing to the differences in the composition of
writing inks it is impossible to find agents
which are equally effective in removing all ink
spots. Each of the agents mentioned below is
satisfactory with some type or types of ink.
For an ink spot of unknown composition it is
necessary to try various agents, beginning al-
ways with the simplest and that least likely
to injure the fabric. Use one of the following
agents: —
1. Absorbents. — Corn meal. salt, French
chalk, fuller's earth, magnesia, talcum powder,
etc. The application of such substances serves
to remove any ink not absorbed by the fibers
and keeps the ink from spreading. For a large
ink spot, apply one of these substances before
trying other agents. Work the absorbent
around with some blunt instrument and renew
it when it becomes soiled. When dry absor-
bent fails to take up more ink, make it into a
paste with water and continue the application.
2. Soap and Water as in Ordinary Launder-
ing.—This is satisfactory for some types of
school inks, which can be washed from fabrics:
for carbon inks, which are unaffected by chem-
icals and can be removed only mechanically;
and sometimes for the fresh stains of other
inks.
CLEANING AND RENOVATING PROCESSES
149
3. Milk. — Soak the stains for a day or two.
if necessary, in milk, changing the milk as
often as it becomes discolored. This is effec-
tive for some stains.
The foregoing methods may be used safely on
all washable fabrics. If they fail to remove
the spot, apply one of the chemicals mentioned
below: —
4. Oxalic Acid, Saturated Solution.— Soak the
stain for a few seconds, then rinse in clear
water, and finally in water to which a few
drops of ammonia have been added.
5. Potassium Acid Oxalate ("'salts of lemon"
or "salts of sorrel").— Soak the stains in a
solution of 2vi teaspoonfuls dissolved in '-fa. pint
of water for several hours, if necessary.
6. Potassium Permanganate. — This is satis-
factory for stains upon many delicate fabrics
as well as on ordinary materials.
7. Javelle water.
S. Commercial Ink Removers. — Generally are
satisfactory if the directions furnished with
them are followed and the excess of the sub-
stance is removed by thorough rinsing in clean
water.
9. Hydrogen Dioxide. — This occasionally is
satisfactory.
10. Acids — Citric or Tartaric, Lemon Juice
and Dilute Hydrochloric Acid. — These occa-
sionally are of some assistance. Apply the
first two as in No. 4 above. In the case of
lemon juice, keep the stain moistened and ex-
posed to the sun. In the case of hydrochloric
acid moisten the stain with it and then rinse
thoroughly.
11. Titanium Trichloride. — About 10 drops of
the 15 per cent, solution of titanium trichloride
and L'O drops of strong hydrochloric acid in
U cup of ^ater. Boil the stain in this solu-
tion for three or four minutes. This is effec-
tive in removing stains of some red inks.
12. Sodium Perborate. — Use cold in saturated
solution. Soak the stain in it for one or two
days, ;f necessary. This is effective in re-
moving seme red ink stains.
Ink on carpets. First apply absorbents, as
in No. 1, above; follow by repeated applica-
tions of oxalic acid, as in No. 2, above, or
potassium permanganate, as in Xo. 6, above,
or by rubbing with the cut surface of a lemon,
squeezing on the juice and rinsing between
applications with a clean, wet cloth until no
more ink can be removed. Rub the spot then
with a clean dry cloth. After the carpet is
dry brush up the nap with a stiff brush or a
• cloth.
Removing Ink Stains
In preparing to eradicate ink marks
it is necessary that the eradicator be
adapted to the particular ink with
which one has to deal, and also that
the nature of the marked object be
taken into consideration. What is a
satisfactory solvent for an anilin ink
may have no effect upon an iron tan-
nate ink; the best eradicator for stains
on textile fabrics may be useless to re-
move ink marks from paper; and the
satisfactory eraser of marks on % hite
paper or fabric may be entirely contra-
indicated if the marking be on tinted
stuff.
Solution of chlorinated lime or chlor-
ine fumes will eradicate most coal-tar-
color ink stains. /
A 20 per cent, solution of tin chloride
is effective with regard to most ink
stains, but it is injurious to textiles and
their color.
Sodium pyrophosphate in solution has
a vog'ie in France.
Solution of hydrogen dioxide made
alkaline with ammonia water is recom-
mended. It will, nowever, cause the
stains of some anilin dves to turn
black.
Oxalic acid in solution is an excellent
bleach for iron-salt inks.
Equal parts of cream of tartar and
oxalic acid mixed and powdered and
rubbed on the spot which has been
moistened with warm water will some-
times remove the stains of an iron -salt
ink.
The stains of most red aniline inks
on fabrics or paper succumb to treat-
ment with alcohol acidulated with
nitric acid.
An excellent formula, and one that
few inks can resist, is as follows: — a.
Mix in equal parts, potassium chloride,
pottassium hypochlorite and oil of pep-
permint, b. Sodium chloride, hydro-
chloric acid and water in equal parts.
To use: — Wet the spot with a, let it
dry, then pencil it over lightly with b,
and rinse in clear water.
A good single mixture, which will an-
swer for most inks, is made by mixing
citric acid and alum in equal parts. (If
desired in liquid form add an equal
quantity of water.) In use the powder
is spread well over the spot and (if on
cloth or woven fabrics) well rubbed in.
A few drops of water are then added,
and also rubbed in. A final rinsing in
water completes the process
In the usual two -solution eraser for
ink marks on paper the first solution
contains: —
Saturated aqueous solu-
tion of borax 4 ounces.
Citric acid 2 ounces.
Water 1 pint.
While the second solution is com-
posed of: —
Chlorinated lime 6 ounces.
Water 1 pint.
Saturated aqueous solu-
tion of borax 4 ounces.
The lime is mixed with the water,
placed in a well-stoppered bottle, and
the be ttle shaken thoroughly and set
aside for a week. At the end of that
time the clear solution is decanted and
mixed with the solution of borax.
Printer's Ink.
Stains made by printer's ink should
be so.iKed in benzin, washed with hard
soap before dry and treated with one
of the foregoing eradicators if the color
persists after the body of the ink has
been removed.
Softening with oil of turpentine and
washing in weak lye will remove slight
stains of printer's ink.
Koontz's Ink Eradicator.
I was called upon to remove from
a counterpane a black ink spot about
12 inches in diameter that had been in
the cloth for two daj s.
I first tried a mixture consisting of
y2 ounce of acetic acid and 6 ounces of
150
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
alcohol. After immersing and rinsing
in this mixture I tried to bleach with
solution of chlorinated soda. This
turned the spot a dull brown. So I de-
cided to do some experimenting. I
made a mixture of: —
Chlorinated lime iy2 ounces.
Water 8 ounces.
By immersion I saturated the cloth
in this solution. In the meantime I pre-
pared a solution consisting of—
Citric acid 1 ounce.
Water 8 ounces.
and changed the cloth from the first
solution to the second. The spot dis-
appeared instantly and the cloth
changed to a beautiful white. I then
rinsed it in clear cold water to prevent
the acid or the lime from injuring the
fabric. — John P. Koontz.
Removing Marking Ink Stains
In ordinary cases, that is where the
composition of the ink is unknown, the
following steps should be taken, in or-
der:— (1) First soak in a solution of
common salt, and then wash with am-
monia. (2) Treat with a solution of
potassium cyanide, 10 grains; iodine,
5 grains; in water, 1 fluid ounce. (3)
Moisten with a solution of iodine in
potassium iodide, and then wash it with
water. (4) Treat with strong solution
of zinc sulphate, and then touch with a
piece of metallic zinc, or sprinkle with
powdered zinc, afterwards washing.
(5) Treat with solution of chlorinated
lime, freshly prepared and then with a
solution of acetic or citric acid in wa-
ter. (6) If the stain should happen to
be one made by alizarin ink, it may be
removed by treating with a solution
of tartaric acid; the older the stain
the more concentrated should be the
solution.
Generally the stain is made by silver
nitrate. Theoretically this may be re-
moved by the application first above
mentioned.
Or, the stain may be treated with a
solution of iodine and then washed in
a solution of potassium iodide.
Or, it may be treated with a strong
solution of potassium cyanide, which,
of course, is very poisonous.
Or, with a solution of iodine and
afterward with sodium thiosulphate.
Or, with a solution of corrosive mer-
curic chloride and afterward with am-
monium chloride.
We doubt very much whether any
of these methods of treatment will re-
sult in removing the indelible ink from
old paper without destroying the paper.
Removing Acidproof Ink from Paper
If the acidproof ink is of the ferric
ferrocyanide type, the job of remov-
ing the spot will be a difficult one,
since that chemical is chosen because
of the scarcity of agents which will
destroy it without destroying the fab-
ric. We suggest a trial of bleaching
agents, either of the oxidizing type,
like chlorine water, or Labarraque's
solution, or hydrogen dioxide, or of re-
ducing character, such as sulphurous
acid; although, in truth, we doubt
whether these will do the work, for
reasons mentioned above.
Renovating Straw Hats
Of many notes on this subject which
have appeared in The Druggists Cir-
cular a summary is here presented: —
Straw Hat Bleaches.
I.
Straw hats that are not very yellow may be
cleaned by rubbing with flowers of sulphur or.
a cloth moistened with diluted alcohol. This
is allowed to dry, and the hat is then brushed.
A coating of gum water may be applied if
desired.
Very yellow hats are first washed with a
lather of castile soap and then treated as
above.
II.
Wash the hat with a weak solution of caustic
soda, then suspend it in the fumes of burning
sulphur.
III.
The official solution of hydrogen dioxide
makes an excellent straw hat bleach. The hat
is sponged with the solution, dried and pressed.
IV.
- Sodium dioxide is partially decomposed by
warm water, yielding oxygen and sodium hy-
droxide. On adding an acid, such as oxalic
acid, it is entirely decomposed, yielding hydro-
gen dioxide and an oxalate of sodium. Hydro-
gen dioxide is very unstable in the presence of
alkalies, but is fairly stable in the presence of
acids. Therefore, in bleaching with sodium
dioxide, if the bleaching agent first be treated
with warm water, the dioxide is partially de-
composed, and we have both the cleansing ac-
tion of the alkali and the bleaching action of
the oxygen. If now a little acid (oxalic prefer-
ably, for straw hats) be added, the alkali will
be neutralized, more dioxide will be decom-
posed, and both alkali and hydrogen dioxide
will be liberated. The alkali will decompose
the hydrogen dioxide, liberating more oxygen.
and a further cleansing and bleaching action
is obtained. Hence, for bleaching hats the best
method will be to treat the hat first with a
solution of sodium dioxide in warm water,
then to add a very little oxalic acid, again to
apply to the straw, and continue until finally
a decidedly acid solution is obtained. The
alkali of the first solutions will turn the straw
yellow, but a final washing in oxalic acid wilt
remove this color. Lastly, a thorough rinsing
is of course necessary.
V.
Sodium bisulphite 10 parts.
Tartaric acid 2 parts.
Sodium borate 1 part.
The ingredients are reduced to a state of fine
division and mixed. For use. as a bleach, the
powder is mixed with water and applied to the
straw.
Many of the cheap hat cleaners on the mar-
ket are nothing but oxalic acid or its potassium
compound, "salt of sorrel."
Straw Hat Paint and Varnish.
For dark varnishes prepare a basis consisting
of orange shellac, 900 parts; sandrac, 225
parts; Manila copal, 225 parts: castor oil, 55
parts, and alcohol, 9,000 parts. To color, add
alcohol soluble coal-tar dyes as follows:— Black,
55 parts of soluble ivory-black (modified by
blue or green). Olive-brown. 15 parts of bril-
liant green, 55 parts of Bismarck brown R, 8
CLEANING AND RENOVATING PROCESSES
151
raits of spirit blue. Olive-green, 2S parts of
brilliant green, 28 parts of Bismarck brown R.
Walnut, 55 parts of Bismarck brown R. 15
parts of nigrosin. Mahogany, 28 parts of Bis-
marck brown R, which may be deepened by a
little nigrosin.
For light colors prepare a varnish as fol-
lows:— Sandrac. 1,350 parts; elemi, 450 parts;
rosin. 4.50 parts; castor oil, 110 parts; alcohol,
9,000 parts. For this varnish use dyes as
follows:— Gold, 55 parts of chrysoldin, 55 parts
■ if anilin yellow. Light green, 55 parts of
hr'lliant green, 7 parts of anilin yellow.
Blue, 55 parts of spirit blue. Deep blue, 55
parts of spirit blue. 55 parts of indulin. Violet,
2S parts of methyl violet 3B. Crimson, 55
parts of safranin. Chestnut, 55 parts of saf-
ranin, 15 parts of indulin.
A British formula is —
Shellac 4 ounces.
Sandrac 1 ounce.
Gum thus 1 ounce.
Alcohol 1 pint.
In this dissolve spirit soluble anilin dyes of
the requisite color, and apply. For white
straw, white shellac must be used.
Another straw hat varnish is made of —
White shellac 11.00 grammes.
Sodium borate 6.00 grammes.
Glycerin 5.00 grammes.
Coumarin 0.05 gramme.
Water 80. 00 grammes.
Dissolve the sodium borate in the water; add
the shellac in small pieces; heat to about 75
degrees C, and stir until dissolved. Then add
the other ingredients.
Her- is a varnish that is said not to have
the tell-tale gloss: —
Sandrac 1 ounce.
Mastic 100 grains.
Ether 10 ounces.
Benzole 4 to 6 ounces.
Dissolve the resins in the ether and add the
benzole, little by little, until the varnish dries
with the desired matt finish.
Cleaning Panama Hats.
To clean a Fanama hat, scrub with castile
soap and water, a nail brush being used as an
aid to get the dirt away. The hat is then
placed in the hot sun to dry and in the course
of two or three hours it is ready to use. It
will not only be as clean as when new, but it
will retain its shape admirably. The cleaned
hat will be a trifle stiff at first, but will soon
grow supple under wear. A little glycerin
added to the rinsing water entirely prevents
the stiffness and brittleness acquired by some
hats in drying, while a little ammonia in the
washing water materially assists in the scrub-
bing process
Bleaching Ostrich Featneio
Soak the feathers from three to four
hours in a tepid dilute .solution of po-
tassium dichromate to which a small
quantity of nitric acid has been added.
(Use caution in mixing to avoid possi-
ble damage from a violent reaction).
The feathers removed from the solu-
tion will have a greenish tint, but when
they are placed in a dilute solution of
sulphuric acid in water (use care in
mixing), and then washed, the feathers
will be bleached.
We advise experimentation with
some feather fragments before trying
the process on a feather of commercial
value.
The use of a solution of aluminum
hypochlorite made by macerating
bleaching powder (chlorinated lime) in
water and treating the clear fluid ob-
tained by filtration with a saturated
solution of alum until no more precipi-
tation occurs, is also recommended.
Cleaner Cloth on Billiard Tables
The cloth should be brushed thor-
oughly to remove all particles of dust,
after which grease and other spots
may be removed in the following man-
ner:
Beat well together in a mortar equal
parts of soft soap and fuller's earth;
form the mass in handy cakes and dry.
To use on the cloth, first moisten the
spot with water, rub with the cake,
then go over it and rub well with a
sponge saturated with warm water,
then rinse the spot with clear luke-
warm water, using a soft sponge.
Cleaner for Window Shades
Slice 1 pound of good brown soap
and put in hot but not bailing, water,
along with 1 ounce of pulverized borax.
Put on a water-bath in a tin or agate-
ware kettle, and let it simmer, with
frequent stirring, until the mixture has
formed a uniform fluid.
In using, apply the solution with a
piece of soft flannel, but do not rub
hard, nor let it remain on the shade
long, but rinse as soon as clean with
clear water, using a large sponge.
Turpentine Stains on Ground Glass
Much of the difficulty of removing oil
of turpentine from a rough glass sur-
face depends upon the length of time
the oil and the glass have been in con-
tact. If the stain is a fresh one it will
succumb quite readily to an applica-
tion of a creamy mixture of precipi-
tated chalk and ammonia water, or
even of hot water and soap. If, how-
ever, the oil has become oxidized,
forming a resinous film upon the glass.
it is necessary to use a thin paste made
of kaolin and a strong solution of caus-
tic soda. This is to be smeared ov.-r
the spot and allowed to remain for
some time, whereupon the film can lie
loosened and peeled off. The glass
should then be washed with hot water
and soap. If the film has been ex-
posed to the action of the atmosphere
for some time, it may be necessary to
soften it first with oil of spike lavender
or a mixture of oil of turpentine and
ammonia water.
Cleaning and Polishing Marble
Marble that has become dirty by or-
dinary use, or exposure, max
cleaned by a simple bath of soap and
water.
If this does not remove the stains
which may have been made, a weak
solution of oxalic acid should next be
applied with a sponge or rag, and the
152
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
marble washed quickly and thoroughly
with water to minimize injury to the
surface.
Rubbing well after this with chalk
moistened with water will in a meas-
ure restore the luster. Another method
of finishing is to apply a solution of
white wax in oil of turpentine (about
1 to 10), rubbing thoroughly with a
piece of flannel or soft leather.
If the marble has been more than
commonly exposed, so that its luster
has been seriously impaired, it may be
necessary to re-polish it in a more
thorough manner. This may be accom-
plished by rubbing it first with sand,
beginning with a moderately coarse-
grained article and changing this
twice for finer kinds, after which tri-
poli or pumice is used. The final polish
is given by the so-called putty powder.
A plate of iron is generally used in ap-
plying the coarse sand; with the fine
sand a leaden plate is taken; and the
pumice is employed in the form of a
smooth -surfaced piece of convenient
size. For the final polishing, coarse
linen or bagging is used, wedged
tightly into an iron planing tool. Dur-
ing all these applications, water is al-
lowed to trickle over the face of the
stone.
The putty powder referred to is bin-
oxide of tin, obtained by treating me-
tallic tin with nitric acid, when the
metal is converted into hydrated me-
tastannic acid, which when it is heated
becomes anhydrous. It is in this condi-
tion that it is known as putty
powder. In practice putty powder
is mixed with alum, sulphur and
other substances, the mixture used
being dependent upon the nature of
the stone to be polished.
Another authority writing on this
subject says: —
To polish marble one needs some powdered
pumice, some fine emery flour, some precipi-
tated chalk, some water, a few hardwood
blocks, and abundant patience. First the sur-
face to be polished is rubbed with the pumice
and plenty of water, using one of the hard-
wood blocks as the rubber; then it is rubbed
some more, the pumice being replaced with
the emery flour. The next rubbing is done with
the precipitated chalk, first with water and
then dry, another block being used— the first
one will probably be worn out by this time
anyway. Then all traces of the polishing pow-
der are rubbed away with a soft woolen cloth,
and the surface of the marble is rubbed dry
with a fresh block of wood until the desired
polish is secured or one's stock of patience is
exhausted.
Acid Spots on Marble.
The white spots on colored marble
resulting from the contact of "acid
phosphate" are not stains. They are
changes in the nature of the stone due
to the action of the acid upon the cal-
cium carbonate — the marble. These
marks cannot be eradicated. A person
skilled in the work can stain the spot
to match the original color, but the
best that can be done ordinarily is to
polish the phosphated place. This will
i t least do away with the break in the
reflecting surface.
A few formulas for marble cleaning
follow: —
I.
Cream of tartar 10 grammes.
Oxalic acid 10 grammes.
Kieselguhr 20 grammes.
Water to make a paste.
Smear over the stain, and after a
few hours wash off with warm water.
II.
As olive oil is recommended by some
writers, and ammonia by others, modi-
fied ammonia liniment might do the
work. Colored marbles, however,
should not be treated with alkalies.
III.
Ox gall 1 part.
Saturated solution of sodium
carbonate 4 parts.
Oil of turpentine 1 part.
If desired, this can be made into a
paste by the addition of pipe clay.
IV.
A solution of white wax. 1 part, in
oil of turpentine, 10 parts.
V.
Whiting 4 ounces.
Powdered soap 4 ounces.
Oil of turpentine enough.
Mix the whiting and the soap and
make into a paste with oil of turpen-
tine gradually added.
VI
Soft soap 4 ounces.
Whiting 4 ounces.
Sodium carbonate 1 ounce.
Water enough.
Make a thin paste, apply it on the
soiled surface, and wash it off after
twenty-four hours.
VII.
White wax 10 parts.
Japan gold size 2 parts.
Oil of turpentine 88 parts.
Apply with a piece of flannel.
To Bleach, Clean and Repolish Ivory.
I.
Wash the ivory well with ammonia
water, then with water, and Anally ap-
ply solution of hydrogen dioxide.
II.
Expose the ivory for three or four
days to the action of sunlight, in a
bath of turpentine oil.
III.
Treat the ivory alternately with a
solution of potassium permanganate
(1 in 250) and oxalic acid (1 in 100) let-
ting the ivory remain in each solution
for a half hour; then rinse well with
CLEANING AND RENOVATING PROCESSES
water, and repeat the process a num-
ber of times.
To Repolish Bleached Ivory.
Tt seems not unlikely that the ivory
after treatment by any bleaching process
will require repolishing. If so, and it is
not deeply scratched, rub with a woolen
cloth charged with a paste made from
armenian bole and oleic acid. Wash
with castile soap, and, after drying,
rub with chamois. A few wipes "with
an old silk handkerchief completes the
gloss. If scratched, but not very deep-
ly, smooth with rouge cloth and pro-
ceed as above. If very deeply scratched,
it will be necessary to scrape with a
very fine steel scraper (a sharp knife
blade will answer, or broken glass),
rub with rouge cloth until all scraper
marks vanish, and finish as above di-
rected. Curved or molded parts should
be first scrubbed with an old stiff tooth
brush charged with the paste above
mentioned, then with a soft brush
charged with whiting and a little am-
monia, and finally scrubbed with soap
and water, and finished with chamois.
Renovating Paper Charts and the Like.
Paper that has become yellow
through age may be bleached with
javelle water without injury if, after
being bleached, it is washed in a weak
solution of sodium thiosulphate. The
following formula for javelle water is
satisfactory:
Sodium bicarbonate .... 4 pounds.
Chlorinated lime 1 pound.
Boiling water 1 gallon.
Boil the bicarbonate in the water for
ten or fifteen minutes; stir in the lime,
avoiding lumps; when solution is com-
plete let the liquid cool.
Engravings, prints and the like,
wrhich have been stained with wrater,
may be renovated by immersing the
sheet in clean water, allowing it to be-
come thoroughly saturated, and pin-
ning to a flat surface to dry.
Stains that are due to mold may be
removed by applying a 25 per cent,
alcoholic solution of salicylic acid with
a soft sponge or pledget of cotton.
Age stains, smudges, soot and smoke
stains, if not of too long standing, may
be removed by rubbing the soiled
places with the inside or crumb of stale
bread, preferably rye bread.
Grease spots or oil stains may be re-
moved by spreading over the soiled
surface magnesium carbonate, chalk,
kaolin or talc made into a thin paste
with water. The powder is gently
brushed off after the paste has dried.
Before experimenting on a valuable
picture or document, we suggest that
the proposed processes be tried on
some worthless paper as nearly simi-
larly affected as possible.
To Clean Wall Paper
For cleaning wall paper the follow-
ing methods have been proposed: —
I.
To clean wall paper, the dust should
first be removed by lightly brushing,
preferably with a feather duster, and
the surface then gently rubbed with
sliced of moderately stale bread, the
discolored surface of the bread being
removed from time to time so as to
expose a fresh portion for use. Care
should, of course, be taken to avoid
scratching the paper with the crust of
the bread, and the rubbing should be
in one direction, the surface being sys-
tematically gone over as in painting,
to avoid the production of streaks.
II.
Mix 4 ounces of powdered pumice
with 1 quart of flour, and with the aid
of water make a stiff dough. Form
the dough into rolls 2 inches in diam-
eter and 6 inches long, sew each roll
separately into a cotton cloth, then
boil for forty or fifty minutes, so as
to render the mass firm. Allow to
stand for several hours, remove the
crust, and they are ready for use.
III.
Mix together 1 pound each of rye
flour and wheat flour and make into
a dough. This is partly baked and the
crust removed. To this add by knead-
ing 1 ounce of common salt and J2
ounce of powdered naphthalin and then
1 ounce of corn meal and 1 dram of
finest burnt umber. This composition
is formed into a mass of proper size
to be held in the hand, and in use
should always be drawn only in one
direction over the paper to be cleaned.
IV.
A simpler method is to tie up 2
quarts of wheat bran in a coarse flan-
nel cloth or a bag made of flannel,
and rub it over the paper briskly, all
in one direction, taking care to miss
none of the space. Before rubbing,
however, the walls or ceiling must be
carefully dusted.
A'.
Take a shallow 2-quart vessel, put
in 1 pint of water with % ounce of
powdered borax. Bring the two to
boiling very quickly, so that as little
of the water shall evaporate as pos-
sible; then, while boiling, pour into the
vessel 1 pound of best flour and stir all
the while, keeping the vessel on the
stove. Keep stirring until the flour
and water are thoroughly mixed, then
dump the mass onto a clean board and
knead it for several minutes the same
as a baker kneads dough when making
bread, when it is ready for use. In
cleaning walls or ceilings take a piece
about the size of your two fists and
rub on the surface with sufficient pres-
sure to make the cleaner crumble off
154
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
slightly. Try it in some out of the
way corner first; if it crumbles too
much there is too much borax in it, or
you did not get enough water in it.
If it is sticky you have too much
water or not enough flour. There is
quite a difference in flour; with the
kind employed by the writer the above
proportions used exactly as given do
the best work. "When in use, work the
cleaner in your hands the same as you
would putty, so as to keep a fresh sur-
face to clean with all the time, and
with practice you will succeed.
Removal of Picric Acid Stains
A correspondent of the Medical
World says that picric acid stains on
the hands may be removed by wash-
ing with fresh milk or with warm
water sweetened with sugar.
Removing Pyrogallol Stains
The Photographic News gives the
following formula for a preparation to
remove stains of pyrogallol from nega-
tives or from fingers:
Alum 1 ounce.
Ferrous sulphate 3 ounces.
Citrid acid 1 ounce.
Water 20 ounces.
To Remove Silver Nitrate Stains
According to the Medical Times the
following mixture will immediataely
remove the stains of silver nitrate
from the skin:
Corrosive mercuric chlo-
ride 1 ounce.
Ammonium chloride 1 ounce.
Potassium bromide 4 drams.
The mixed salts are to be rubbed on
the stain.
On account of the poisonousness of
the mercury salt, this mixture should
be employed with great caution, and
not used at all on broken skin.
Another authority omits the potas-
sium salt.
Removing Methylene Blue Stains from
the Hands
Although the powder is more soluble
in water than in alcohol, in practice
alcohol has been found to remove its
stains from the hands more readily
than water. Indeed, so far as we
know, the effect on the skin being con-
sidered, alcohol is the best agent for
cleaning hands that have been stained
with the blue.
To prevent the hands from becom-
ing stained, grease them slightly with
petrolatum before handling the blue.
To Remove Photographic Stains from
the Hands
First wash the hands in a solution
of potassium permanganate, then rinse
in a solution of oxalic acid, and lastly
wash with a solution of hydrogen di-
oxide. The first two solutions should
not be too strong: they are poisonous.
— George F. Greeley.
To Remove Gold Print from Leather
To take gold print from leather, as
the gilding is put on by means of a
size containing rosin, application of al-
cohol or oil of turpentine may do the
work, although the impervious charac-
ter of the gilding layer makes the suc-
cess of even this expedient somewhat
problematic.
CHAPTER IX.
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
Methods of Destroying Flies, Roaches, Moth?, Ants, Mice and Rats.
Sprays for Fruit and Other Trees.
Alwavs consult the index when using this boofy.
A Study of the Fly Problem room will kill or stupefy all the flies in
According to a Government bulletin. *• wh,en the>' may be swept up and
L. O. Howard made a somewhat ex- burned. The objection to this appli-
haustive study of the fly problem. A cation is its dustiness,
portion of The Druggists Circular ab- Sticky Fly Paper.
stract of Mr. Howard's findings is here As already noted, one of the most
given: effective means of destroying flies is
He says that the house fly cannot bite, but by means of sticky paper. This means
that :he stable flv (stomoxvs calcitrans), which u«„ +u «^» + „~~ „* *„,.,.,a * „_
losely resembles the other breed, and is has the advantage of freedom from
s second to it in abundance, does bite. "muss" — provided the paper is kept out
Then there are other kinds and varieties of of the reach of cats, dogs, children and
£2" TSh«^?Bi«.c~s'et«m?£ «™?wt0«nTCifnPn,i0?S otner careless and over-inquisitive ver-
sort there is sure to be another on hand to , . _,, , . J
plague him. Some of these are quite small. tebrates. Those who prefer to prepare
which has given rise to the erroneous idea this paper for themselves mav find the
that they are the young of the larger flies. appended suggestions of value. Of
One breeds in the dust under carpets and is „ ., OD ,..,, «_ _. ._
known as the window flv. Another is found course, there are little refinements in
on over-ripe fruit; and there are various and the manufacture of this article, as in
sun iry others. other fields of endeavor, which come
Prom the time that the egg of a fly is laid frnrn pYnpripnrP TTnr instanpp thp na -
until the adult flv flies forth readv for busi- nom experience, t or instance, tne pa-
nes?, some ten days or two weeks (according per should be of a convenient size and
to season, climate, etc.). generally elapse. The of appropriate thickness, and should be
female fly lays about 120 eggs, which hatch sized— that is, rendered non-absorbent.
in right hours. The larva period lasts five
days and the pupa stage five days. This fills I.
the ten-day period mentioned. A single stable Rnilprl lirwpprl nil 6 ounces
in which a horse is kept will supply an ex- soiled linseed Oil bounces.
tended neighborhood with flies. Olibanum 1 Ounce.
Remedies and Preventives Castor oil 2 ounces.
. - . Mix with the aid of heat and spread
as '.:. - ination for us- against flies. on paper.
Experiments at treating the breeding p - _T
* ime and with kerosene were not very •"■•
eni. uraging, but keeping these breeding places Rosin 6 ounces.
about shut off from the flies was found to Lard oil ..2 ounces.
have the desired effect. The sweepings from i'A ' i r>nn<-.o
the stable each morning were placed in a Balsam Ot nr i ounce.
closet and sprinkled with "chloride of jjj
time when breeding stopped and the occu- , ■? nnnnrls
pants of near-by offices noticed the diminution InUS . «> puuuu. .
Mr. Howard recommends that boards Amber resin o pounas.
of health in cities require this kind of disposi- Castor Oil 2% pounds.
tion of the sweepings from horse stables. Viscum i pounds.
„ . ~ ,-,, ,-, ,, Melt together, and apply hot to
Druggists and the My rroblem parchment paper.
Druggists may render a service to Poisonous Fly Papers,
their neighborhoods and to humanity are prepared by saturating ab-
— and incidentally make a little profit bent paper with poisonous solutions,
for themselves — by educating their cus- *
tomers on the flv subject and supply- *■ _
insr :hem with the wherewithal to com- Quassia chips o ounces.
bat the common enemy. A few sug- Cobalt chloride 2^ drams.
gestions for means to be employed in Tartar emetic... 2 ara .
waging warfare upon our old acquaint- Tincture of capsicum. ..2% ounces..
ance follow: Water, to make 1 pint.
Insect Powder "■
A nure fresh, high-grade insect pow- A. E. Magoffin contributed the tot-
der (ground pvrethrum flowers) plen- mula which follows, at the same time
tifully blown about in a close, warm writing that the preparation had been
155
156
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
on the market since 1868, and had
never failed.
Arsenic, powdered 4 ounces.
Potassium bicarbonate. . .4 ounces.
Molasses 8 ounces.
Water, to make 2 gallons.
Boil the first two ingredients with 1
gallon of water until they are dis-
solved, remove from the fire and add
the molasses and enough water to
make 2 gallons.
"This." he said, "will soak about 500
sheets of rag paper, 9 by 12 inches."
He directed each sheet to be soaked
two hours, and, after draining, to be
hung on a line until dry.
With the directions to go with
papers of this class should be a warn-
ing as to their poisonous nature, and
suggestions for emergency treatment
of any one who might be so unfortu-
nate as to ingest any of the poison.
It would be a good idea to have the
word "poison" printed on each sheet
of the paper in large letters.
Non-Poisonous Preparations.
I.
Quassia 100 parts.
Molasses 15 parts.
Alcohol 5 parts.
Water 575 parts.
Macerate the quassia in three-fourths
of the water for one day, boil for half
an hour and set aside for a day, then
press out the liquid. Mix this with the
molasses and evaporate to 20 parts,
adding the alcohol and the remainder
of the water.
II.
Quassia 40 parts.
Rosin 5 parts.
Pepper 8 parts.
Syrup 10 parts.
Water, to make 120 parts.
Mix these and boil, adding water as
may be necessary. Saturate soft paper
with the liquid and dry rapidly.
III.
Mix powdered black pepper and sim-
ple syrup to form a thick paste. Spread
this upon blotting paper and allow to
dry. For use moisten with water.
TV.
Black pepper 1 ounce.
Brown sugar 2 ounces.
Cream 4 ounces.
V.
It is saiil that growing mignonette
plants in a room will keep flies out.
ounces of water. Add a little sugar
to the solution and place it about the
house in shallow dishes. Of course,
such solutions should be kept out of
reach of the children.
To Kill Flies
In the Monthly Bulletin of the De-
partment of Health of the City of
New York the following directions for
killing flies appear: Dissolve potas-
sium dichromate in water in the pro-
portion of 1 dram of the salt to 2
Injun Jo's Fly Dope
An application that will protect man
from the attacks of sand flies, midges
and black flies:
Oil of sassafras 4 drams.
Oil of tar 1 ounce.
Castor oil 1 J2 ounces.
Blue Color Avoided by Flies
Marre and Fe observed that stables
the walls of which were painted blue
were evidently avoided by the common
housefly. They, therefore, recommend
that, to keep flies away from the
stables, the walls be painted once or
twice yearly with a mixture of chlori-
nated lime, 10 pounds; water, 25 gal-
lons, and enough ultramarine blue to
color.
Getting Rid of Flies
The following notes are taken from
an article in the World's Work, reprint-
ed in The Druggists Circular:
Kerosene Fly Trap.
A form of fly trap that is especially effec-
ive in stores and restaurant kitchens con-
sists of a trough of tin three-quarters " an
inch wide and of the same depth, and as
long as the width of the window. If this is
placed close against the window on the
inside and kept half filled with kerosene
every fly approaching the window will fall
into it, for the fumes of the kerosene have
an overpowering effect on the insect.
To Keep Flies From Screens.
Screen doors are a favorite gathering place
for flies, which hang about them waiting for
someone to let them in. Mix a teaspoonful
of phenol with a quart of kerosene and rub
the solution on the screen 'loor. It will at
once cease to attract the flies.
Fly Traps in Garbage Cans.
The same carbolic acid and kerosene solu-
tion may be used in an ordinary plant
sprayer to spray the garbage can. which is
the principal attraction for flies indoors. A
better plan, however, is to keep the garbage
can outdoors and put a fly trap in the
cover of it. Any local tinsmith can attach
a trap to the cover readily and at a very
small expense. Fly traps can also easily be
attached to the window screens so that flies
which do get in will be caught as they are
going out.
When Flies Breed.
There would be no flies to kill if there
were no filth for them to breed in. Ninety
per cent, of all flies are bred in horse
manure, so keep the stable tightly screened,
with fly traps sot in the window screens.
Sprny the floors around the horse stalls
with pyroligneous acid. K( rosene is good but
increases the fire risk. Keep the stable
refuse in a bin tightly covered with a wire-
netting cover.
Clean up every place where decaying ani-
mal or vegetable refuse accumulates . Spray
every receptacle for refuse with one of the
kerosene or pyroligneous acid preparations
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
is;
or wiili good commercial disinfectant. Re-
member all the time that flies and filth be-
gin with the same letter and mean the
same thing.
Don't let waste paper or old rags accu-
mulate where they can decay. Flies will
breed in them If exposed to moisture.
After,, the refuse pile has been removed
sprinkle the ground thoroughly, as the fly
maggots crawl down into the earth to de-
velop.
If the house drains empty on the surface
of the ground, pour kerosene into them. If
your sewerage system leaks, pour kerosene
into it.
If possible, burn all garbage. There are
garbage incinerators that may be attached
to the stove pipe that reduce the garbage
to a combustible mass without odor.
If you cannot trace the flies about your
premises to any other source, look in the
cuspidor.
Diseases Carried by Flies
It has been said that a single fly can
carry enough disease germs to kill an
army. According to the Dietetic and
Hygienic Gazette, some of the diseases
carried by flies are: —
Anthrax, from cattle to man and man to
cattle: cholera, from animal to man, man to
animal or man to man; consumption, from
man to man, animal to man, or man to ani-
mal; filariasis, from man to man, animal to
man or man to animal; gastrointestinal dis-
eases of various kinds, from man to man;
eye affections of many kinds, from man to
man; plague, from man to man, animal to
man and man to animal; typhoid fever,
from man to man and from decayed matter
(animal or vegetable) to man; wound in-
fection, such as suppuration to be followed
by gangrene, and probably tetanus, or lock-
jaw; yellow fever, from man to man, to-
gether with various other serious com-
plaints; skin diseases of various kinds, with
possibly smallpox, gonorrhoea and syphilis.
Circumventing Bed Bugs
In a circular (No. 47) issued by the
United States Department of Agricul-
ture, C. L. Marlott of the Bureau of
Entomology discusses the history, life,
habits and means of circumventing the
bed bug. From an abstract of this pa-
per, published in the Druggists Circu-
lar, some quotations are given be-
low : —
The bed bug, on account of its habits of
concealment, is usually beyond the reach of
powders, and the ordinary insect powders,
such as pryethrum, are of practically no
avail against it. If iron or brass bedsteads
are used, the eradication of the insect is
comparatively easy. With large wooden bed-
steads, furnishing many cracks and crevices
into which the bugs can force their flat,
thin bodies, extermination becomes a matter
of considerable difficulty. The most prac-
ticable way to effect this end is by very
liberal applications of benzin or kerosene or
any other of the petroleum oils. These must
be introduced into all crevices with small
brushes or feathers or by injecting with
small syringes. Oil of turpentine may be
used in the same way. The liberal use of
hot water, wherever it may be employed
without danger to furniture, etc., is also an
effectual method of destroying both eggs
and active bugs. Various bed bug rem-
edies and mixtures are for sale, most of
them containing one or another of the in-
gredients mentioned, and these are fre-
quently of value. The great desideratum.
however, in a case of this kind is a daily
inspection of beds and bedding and of all
crevices and locations about the premises
where these vermin may have gone for con-
cealment. A vigorous campaign should, in
the course of a week or so at the outside,
result in the extermination of this very ob-
noxious and embarrassing pest.
In the case of rooms containing books or
where liquid applications are inadvisable, a
thorough fumigation with brimstone is, on
the authority of the late Dr. J. A. Lintner,
then New York State entomologist, an effei
ive means of destruction. He says: — ■
"Place in the center of the room a dish
containing about four ounces of brimston. .
within a larger vessel, so that the possible
overflowing of the burning mass may not
injure the carpet or set fire to the floor.
After removing from the room all such me-
tallic surfaces as might be affected by the
fumes, close every aperture, even, the key-
holes, and set fire to the brimstone. When
four or five hours have elapsed the room
may be entered and the windows opened
for a thorough airing."
The sulphur or brimstone remedy has been
used very successfully by Dr. C. W. Stiles
of the Bureau of Public Health and Marine
Hospital Service, for the disinfection of
frame cottages such as at seaside resorts,
where, from neglect, infestation with bed
bugs often occurs. The treatment is inexpen-
sive compared with use of hydrocyanic acid
gas and offers much less risk of danger to
human beings. Two pounds of sulphur are
recommended for each thousand cubic feet of
space, and the building should be closed for
treatment at least twenty-four hours. Sulphur
candles may be used where available. The
precautions indicated in the quotation from
Dr. Lintner should be observed.
The fact that the bed-bug had a very ac-
tive enemy in the common house cockroach
has already been alluded to, and the proof
seems to be fairly conclusive. Another com-
mon insect visitor in houses, and a very an-
noying one also to the careful housekeeper —
the little red ant (monomorium pharaonis) — is
also known to be a very active and effective
enemy of the bed-bug.
Some Bed-Bug Killers
It is said that liquid bed-bug killers
act by dissolving the grease on the bug
and then reaching the pores of the
skin, through which he breathes, and
smothering him. Any good liquid
grease solvent applied to bed-bugs will
kill them. Benzin, being cheap, is
much used, but it is so dangerous, on
account of its great inflammability and
the explosiveness of its vapor, that its
use should be discouraged. Alcohol,
ammonia water, oil of turpentine,
strong soapy solutions and other such
solvents may be used. Kerosene is less
dangerous than benzin, but is objec-
tionable on account of its odor. Car-
bon tetrachloride is better than either,
but is rather expensive in comparison,
and its fumes have an anesthetic effect
similar to those of chloroform but more
powerful; as these fumes are heavier
than air and so fall to the floor of a
room in which they are free, they have
not proved especially objectionable in
cases in which the operator under-
stood their nature and was careful to
secure good ventilation.
Solutions of corrosive mercuric chlo-
ride, which have often been used to
kill bed-bugs, are believed to be no
158
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR. FORMULA BOOK
more efficacious than the solvent would
be without the mercuric salt, and the
latter, left on the bed to be dusted
about, is decidedly dangerous to
human beings.
A good grade of insect powder is
said to be an efficient bug killer. The
trouble with the powder lies in the dif-
ficulty with which the bugs may be
reached with it.
It is, of course, highly desirable that
in endeavoring to kill insects one
should avoid danger of injuring human
beings. Many preparations which have
been and are used as insecticides carry
risks in this direction. A non-poison-
ous, non-inflammable preparation, pro-
posed as a bed-bug killer, is made of —
Soft soap 100 parts.
Caustic soda 15 parts.
Waiter 1,400 parts.
The soap solution is intended to re-
move the waxy coating of the bug, and
by penetrating the body, poison or suf-
focate, and so destroy the insect.
If one is successful in exterminating
the insects by any procedure, he has
still trouble to expect from their eggs.
These may remain unaffected by the
agent which proves fatal to the bug;
they probably usually do.
To meet this difficulty, it has been
suggested to use —
Soft soap 100 parts.
Gum turpentine 50 parts.
Hot water 650 parts.
The turpentine being deposited on
the eggs on evaporation of the solu-
tion forms a coating which is supposed
to prevent them from hatching.
There is no better bed-bug extermi-
nator than kerosene. For general sale,
it may be made safer, as far as in-
flammability is concerned, by addition
of carbon tetrachloride. It may be
colored with alkanet and distinctively
perfumed. Such essential oils as sas-
safras, eucalyptus, cedar and savine
may be used, or blends of such as suit
the manipulator. Striking the proper
blend, the druggist will have a product
which is not an imitation and which,
in turn, cannot be easily imitated.
Some of the bed-bug killing prepara-
tions on the market, that are sold as
non-explosive and non-staining, are
solutions of cresol in water. These
contain usually 5 per cent, of cresol.
In some there is a little soft soap. The
liquid may be perfumed with any es-
sential oil.
This is as efficient an antiseptic as
one need look for in a preparation of
this kind, and also has a pleasant
odor. The oils, being less volatile than
the benzin, will linger after the latter
has disappeared.
Combined Bed-Bug Killer and Deodo-
rizer
Oil of thyme 30 minims.
Oil of lavender 30 minims.
Oil of eucalyptus 1 dram.
Oil of rosemary 1 dram.
Benzin 2 pints.
Destruction of Mosquito Larva;
On the Isthmus of Panama the breed-
ing of mosquitoes is combatted by
flowing over the water in which it is
suspected that larva exist, a solution
made as follows:
One hundred and fifty gallons of
crude carbolic acid, of a specific grav-
ity not greater than 0.96 and contain-
ing no less than 15 per cent, of phe-
nols and cresols, is heated to 100 c C,
when 200 pounds of rosin are added
and the mixture constantly stirred un-
til the rosin is dissolved. Then 30
pounds of caustic soda are added. The
mixture is kept at 100° and stirred un-
til solution is effected and tests of
a small portion in a test-tube are made
with water until perfect emulsification
is attained.
Protection from Mosquito Bites
L. O. Howard, Entomologist and
Chief, Bureau of Entomology of the
United States Department of Agricul-
ture, in Farmers' Bulletin No. 444,
Remedies and Preventives Against
Mosquitos, suggests the following pro-
tective liquids against the bites of
these troublesome insects:
Spirit of camphor rubbed upon the
face and hands or a few drops on the
pillow at night will keep mosquitoes
away for a time, and this is also a well-
known property of pennyroyal. Neither
of these substances is durable; that is
to say, a single application will not last
through the night. Oil of peppermint,
lemon juice, and vinegar have all been
recommended, while oil of tar has been
used in regions where mosquitoes are
especially abundant. Oil of citronella
is one of the best substances to be
used in this way. The odor is ob-
jectionable to some people, but not to
many, and it is efficient in keeping
away mosquitoes for several hours.
The best mixture tried by the writer
was sent to him by Mr. C. A. Nash, of
New York, and is as follows:
Oil of citronella 1 ounce.
Spirit of camphor 1 ounce.
Oil of cedar % ounce.
Ordinarily, a few 'drops on a bath
towel hung over the head of the bed
will keep the common house mosquitoes
away. Where they are very abundant
and persistent a few drops rubbed on
the face and hands will suffice. Even
this mixture, however, loses its efficacy
toward the close of a long night. It
is the habit of the yellow-fever mos-
quito to begin to bite at daylight. By
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
159
that time the average person is sleep-
ing very soundly, and the effects of
the mixture will usually have passed
largely away. It follows that in the
Southern States, where this mosquito
occurs, these protective mixtures are
not supposed to be as effective as they
are in the North. As a matter of fact,
however, this last mixture, could it be
Applied shortly before dawn, would be
as effective as under other circum-
stances.
A mixture recommended by Mr. E.
H. Gane, of New York, is as follows:
Castor oil 1 ounce.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Oil of lavender 1 ounce.
This mixture was prepared for the
purpose of avoiding the odor of the
oil of citronella.
Oscar Samostz, of Austin, Tex., rec-
ommends the following formula:
Oil of citronella 1 ounce.
Liquid petrolatum 4 ounces.
This mixture greatly rectards the
evaporation of the oil of citronella.
Mr. B. A. Reynolds has used suc-
cessfully in New Orleans 20 minims of
oil of citronella to the ounce of petrola-
tum or lanolin.
A 5 per cent, solution of sulphate of
potassium has been recommended, as
also the oil of cassia. Pure kerosene
has also been used extensively in the
Philippines.
Mosquito Chaser
As a lotion, perhaps oil of citronella
diluted with its own bulk of alcohol
is as good as any, or maybe some
would prefer one of the following:
I.
Oil of eucalyptus . 2 drams.
Oil of sassafras 6 drams.
• Alcohol 1 ounce.
II.
Equal parts of oil of pennyroyal, oil
of camphor, ox gall, extract of quassia
and alcohol.
Either might lie put up in two-ounce
perfumery bottles with a neat label
bearing directions that the liquid be
sprinkled on the face, hands and an-
kles, and sprayed about the room.
A Mosquito Pastille.
Powdered charcoal 16 ounces.
Powdered saltpeter 2 ounces.
Insect powder 8 ounces.
Phenol 1 Ms ounces.
Water enough.
Mucilage of acacia or
tragacanth enough.
Mix the powders well. Dissolve the
saltpeter in a small quantity of water,
mix with the phenol, and sprinkle the
whole evenly over the mixed powders,
then form the whole into a smooth
paste by means of the mucilage. Form
this into small cones, each weighing
about a dram, and dry thoroughly.
When used, they are to be placed on
a dish and the apex of the cone lig
with a match. They burn slowly, and
give off a dense pungent smoke ti;
sure death, not only to mosquitoes, but
all other insects. The room should be
tightly closed while the cone is burn-
ing, and afterward should be well
aired.
Lotions for Mosquito Bites
Mosquito lotions are of two kinds.
repellant and ante- sting, and relieving
or anti- sting, or they serve the dual-
purpose of chaser and anodyne. Aro-
matic spirit of ammonia is said to act
well in both capacities. The addition
of enough eucalpytol to give the spirit
the characteristic eucalyptus odor en-
hances its repellant effieency.
Oils that contian a large proportion
of a phenol (oil of cloves and oil of
bay) and those containing cineol (oil
of eucalyptus and oil of cajuput) when
applied undiluted or mixed with an
equal quantity of alcohol or acetone
will afford relief in many instances.
Tincture of pyrethrum, perfumed if
desired, is reputed to be an efficacious
anodyne for painful stings.
Solutions of the caustic alkalies in
alcohol or acetone — admixed sometimes
with dimethylbenzol — containing a lit-
tle Canada turpentine are recom-
mended.
Several working formulas follow:
I.
Menthol 1 gramme.
Naphthalene 1 gramme.
Alcohol 5 mils.
Castor oil 5 mils.
Collodion -50 mils.
II.
Camphor 16 grammes.
Menthol 16 grammes.
Oil of citronella 65 mils.
Strong ammonia water 90 mils.
Water 65 mils.
Alcohol, to make... 1,000 mils.
.Mix. and apply after the mosquito
bites; or apply before he does, and
maybe he will not.
For Insect Bites
In France the following is used ;is an
application for bites of fleas and bed-
buss, as well as mosquitos:
Menthol 1" drams.
Ether 100 mils.
Mosquito Powder
Oil of eucalyptus 30 parts.
Talc 6() paits-
Starch 420 Parts.
1G0
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Apply to hands, face and other ex-
posed portions of the body with a
powder puff.
Iodine Application for Mosquito
Bites
Gallois prescribes (Bull, gen. de.
therap.) 40 per cent, solution of iodine
in acetone to abort boils and to relieve
the irritation following bites of insects,
especially mosquitoes. Generally one
application is sufficient, but if re-
quired it may be repeated at the end
of five or six hours. The discoloration
lasts about twenty- four hours, and is
easily removed with soap and water.
Mosquito Talcum
A powder made after the following
formula is said to ease the bites of
mosquitoes and keep away the biters:
Oil of vetivert 40 minims.
Eucalyptol 140 minims.
Powdered china clay... 1 pound.
Powdered talc 5 pounds.
Circumventing the Festive Mosquito
I.
Oil of eucalyptus 1% ounces.
Aeei ic ether ..." 6 drams.
Cologne water 6 ounces.
Tincture of insect
powder (1 in 5) . . . .7% ounces.
Dilute with from three to six times
its volume of water and use as a bath
for the hands and face and for spray-
ing the room.
II.
Menthol 30 grains.
Eucalyptol 1 dram.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
III.
A powder made of equal parts of
sabadilla, coculus indicus, parsley
seed, anise seed and tobacco snuff.
IV.
Phenol 6 drams.
Potassium nitrate 1 % ounces.
Insect powder 5 ounces.
Charcoal 10 ounces.
Mucilage of tragacanth enough.
Make into a paste from which pas-
tilles for burning are to be moulded.
V.
Benzoin 2 drams.
Balsam of tolu 2 drams.
Charcoal 10 drams.
Insect powder 3 drams.
Potassium nitrate 1 dram.
Mucilage of tragacanth enough.
To be used as the foregoing.
VI.
Camphor evaporated in a tin vessel
over a flame will fill the room with an
odor which is objectionable to mos-
quitoes. A sponge dipped in spirit of
camphor will have a similar effect.
The odor of oil of sassafras, penny-
royal, and citronella seems to be quite
distasteful to most insects as well as
many people.
VII.
A solution of quinine sulphate in
glycerin has been recommended
abroad as the best preventive of in-
sect bites. It has not been established
whether this action is due to the bit-
ter taste of the quinine or its toxic
action on the insects.
VIII.
Oil of citronella 1 dram.
Alcohol 1 dram.
Apply freely to face, neck, hands
and ankles to prevent mosquitoes
from biting.
For Bites and Stings of Insects
I.
For the sting of wasp, hornet, bee,
or for the bite of ant, spider or other
insect, says the Medical World, the
local application of ammonia is the
best treatment. Soap or other alka-
line substance will also give relief.
II.
Menthol 1 gramme.
Alcohol 50 mils.
Stronger ammonia
water 20 mils.
Place a drop on the irritated spot
occasionally.
III.
According to Royet (Lyon Medical)
a 1 per cent, solution of calcium hy-
pochlorite is an excellent topical ap-
plication for the bites of mosquitoes
and other insects.
To Keep Off Gnats and Other Insects
The following is said to be an effi-
cient repellant for gnats, midges.
mosquitoes and the like: —
Oil of cajuput 2 mils.
Tincture of pyrethrum. . . . 4 mils.
Ammoniac mixture, to
make 40 mils.
To be applied to the exposed parts
of the body.
Anti-Midge Pastilles
Benzoin 125.0 grammes.
Cascarilla 125.0 grammes.
Myrrh 41.5 grammes.
Charcoal 750.0 grammes.
Oil of nutmeg 25.0 grammes.
Oil of clove 25.0 grammes.
Potassium nitrate.. 66.5 grammes.
Mucilage of traga-
canth enough.
The first four ingredients, in mod-
erately line powder, are carefully
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
L61
mixed wiili the potassium nitrate; the
oils are then added, and enough muci-
of tragacantn gradually incor-
porated to form a plastic mass. This
is rolled into the desired shape, di-
vided and dried.
Lotions for Pediculus Capitis
Desmons (Jour. med.. Paris), points
out that the external shell of the ova
of the pediculus capitis, because of its
chitinous nature, is resistant to liquid
applications unless they contain acetic
acid. For the destruction of the in-
sects and their ova he suggests that
the infested parts be carefully wetted
with the following: —
Tincture of benzoin. 5 mils.
Corrosive mercuric
chloride 1 gramme.
Glacial acetic acid... 12 mils.
Cologne water, to
make .' 1000 mils.
Make a solution.
Because of the desquamative effect
of too frequent applications of solu-
tions of acetic acid to the skin, lotions
containing it should not be dispensed
except for use under the direction of
a physician; and the well-known dan-
ger of using solutions of corrosive
mercuric chloride should prevent
druggists from indiscriminatingly put-
ting this nit killer into the hands of
the laity.
To Destroy Head Lice
In the Lancet Dr. Arthur "White-
head gives the following rapid method
of freeing girls' heads from lice and
nits:
The patient is laid on her back on the bed
with the head over the edge, and beneath the
head is placed a basin on a chair so that
the hair lies in the basin. A solution of 1
in 40 carbolic acid is then poured over the
hair into the basin anil sluiced backward and
forward until the whole of the hair is thor-
oughly soaked with it. It is especially neces-
sary that care should be taken to secure thor-
ough saturation of the hair over the ears and
at the nape of the neck, since these parts are
not only the sites of predilection of the para-
sites, but they are apt to escape the solution.
The rule I give is that this sluicing shall be
carried out for ten minute^ by the clock.
Lister showed that if the hair is soaked with
carbolic acid solution for an appreciable time
it takes up the phenol and the solution 1 •
progressively weaker. At the end of the ten
minutes the hair is lifted from the basin and
allowed to drain, but is not dried or even very
thoroughly wrung out. The whole head is then
swathed with a thick towel, or better, a large
piece of common house flannel, which is fast-
ened up to form a sort of turban, and the
head is allowed to remain like this for an
hour. It can then be either washed or simply
allowed to dry, as the carbolic, being volatile,
quickly disperses. At the end of this period
every pediculus and, what is more important,
every ovum is dead, and although the ova are
left on the hair they will not hatch, and no
relapse will take place unless exposure to fresh
contagion occurs. Incidentally, any impetigin-
ous scabs are softened so that they come away
easily and allow any ointment which is used
for th> cure of this complication to be ap-
plied easily. In cases where then
petigo no further treatment is nec<
The next two formulas an
from a British source, tin
and Drugg.'st:
Non-Poisonous Nit-Lotion
Contused quillaja 240 -
Quassia chips 180 grains.
' 'hi rata 1L*I) grains.
Salicylic acid 120 gr:
Compound tincture of lavender.. HO minims.
Boiling water 2 pil
[nfuse the crude drugs for one hour in the
water, then strain and add the acid and the
tincture.
Directions. — Afici combing the hair thorough-
ly, a.PPly the lotion to the ro.its with a -
sprinkle some upon the hnir brush, and well
brush the hair in ordi bu 1'tion
equally.
Quillaja is poisonous, and so a lotion con-
taining it is dangerous, especially in ca
which there are abraded places on the scalp,
as there are apt to be after much sera
Of course, almost any dru.K that WOU d kill
lice is apt to be poisonous if applied to broken
places in the skin, or if absorbed through the
skin, and preparations of such drugs ii
for general use should be s
warning labeled to this effect. Possib
quassia directed in the foregoing formula is
sufficiently insecticidal without the ;
the quillaja. and as it is ;,.-ss harmfui to hu-
mans, perhaps the place of the quillaja
with advantage (so far as safety is cone
at least), be taken by a lathery soap.
Here is a third formula from Lon-
don:
Nit- Destroying Lotion
Sta vesacre seed 2
Acetic acid 9 drams.
Alcohol - in:
Glycerin 1 ounce
i iii of geranium - minims.
£ lavender - mil
Oil of lemon 4 mil
Water, to make 19 ou
''rush the stavesacre seed and boil iT with
the acetic acid and 1"< ounces of water f >r ten
minutes in a covered vessel, set aside until
cooi and add the oils dissolved in the alcohol.
Kilter and add enough water to
ounces.
Fish Oil Soap to Free Animals of
Lice
A formula for a fish-oil soap for use
in freeing animals of lice is: — Six
pounds of caustic soda are dissolved
in l ]2 gallons of water, and 22 pounds
of the oil gradually added, with con-
stant stirring.
Compound Tincture of Larkspur
Larkspur is a popular poison for
pediculi, and a number of formulas for
compound tinctures of this drug have
appeared in The Druggists Circular
during the pasl few years. Some of
these follow:
I.
Larkspur set d, ground..
Gn en soap - oui
Potassium carbonate 1 ounce.
Oil of lavender flowers.. 1 dram.
Alcohol 24oun<
Water 8 ounci
16:
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Macerate for ten days with occa-
sional agitation and filter, adding
enough of a mixture of alcohol 3 parts
and water 1 part, to make 32 fluid
ounces; or the tincture may be pre-
pared by percolation, after maceration
for a few days.
II.
The following formula is for a prepa-
ration which is said to give better re-
sults, to be cheaper, and to be more
easily made than the ordinary tincture:
Larkspur seed 100 grammes.
Potassium carbonate 10 grammes.
Alcohol 500 mils.
Water to make 1.000 mils.
Mix the seed and the carbonate with
500 mils of water; boil the mixture for
five minutes; when it has become cold,
add the alcohol; strain, and add
enough water to make the finished
product measure 1,000 mils. Filter, if
not clear.
III.
A tincture which seems to give satis-
faction to the trade in a town which
is the seat of one of our largest uni-
versities, is as follows:
Larkspur seed 4 ounces.
Boiling water 6 ounces.
Alcohol 10 ounces.
Diluted alcohol, to make 1 pint.
Crush the seed in an iron mortar,
transfer them to a suitable vessel, pour
the boiling water upon them, cover the
vessel and let the whole stand until
cool; add the alcohol, stir well, and
after twenty-four hours, filter through
cotton.
This class of preparations is poison-
ous, and may even exen their toxic
effect through abrasions in the skin.
Sabadilla for Body Lice
Sabadilla or cevadilia or, as the Ger-
mans write it. lituseki'.rner. is used in
the shape of powder, ointment or de-
coction to destroy vermin. The United
States Dispensary refers to a pulvis
capucinorum, of which sabadilla is the
principal ingredient, in use in Europe
for the destruction of lice in the hair.
It is composed of equal parts of saba-
dilla seed, stavesaere seed, parsley seed
and tobacco, in powder form.
Sabadilla is very poisonous and is
said to have caused death when ap-
plied on a scalp that was ulcerated. It
may be absorbed in toxic quantities
through the lacerations of the skin
caused by scratching.
H
ouse
Fl
eas
Writing on the subject of a little
insect i>est which never fails to receive
notice wherever he goes, L. O. Howard,
chief of the Bureau of Entomology,
United States Department of Agricul-
ture, in one of those official circulars
(No. 1081) which we frequently recom-
mend that druggists procure and read,
says: —
To sum up: — Every house where a pet dog or
cat is kept may become seriously infested with
fleas if the proper conditions of moisture and
freedom from disturbance exist. Infestation,
however, is not likely to occur if the ■
floors ca-< *ie frequently and thoroughly swept.
When an >utbreak of fleas comes, however,
the easies' .emedy to apply is a free spr.r.k-
ling oS pyrethrum powder in the infested
rooms. This failing, benzin may be tri •
thorough spraying of carpets and floors being
undertaken, with the exercise of due pi
tion in seeing that no lights or fires are in
the house at the time of the application, or
for some hours afterwards. Finally, if the
plague is not thus abated, all floor co\
must be removed and the floors washed with
hot soap-suds. This is a useful precaution in
any house which it is proposed to close for
the summer, since even a thorough sv,
may leave behind some few flea eggs from
which an all-pervading swarm may >
before the house is reopened.
Ridding a House of Fleas
A correspondent says in regard to
this:
"The only satisfactory exterminator
was found to be a quart of kerosen •-.
in which were dissolved several ounces
of moth balls and four ounces of oil
of cedar. With this inflammable liquid
we painted the floor of each room with
particular reference to crevices and
door sills, keeping the room closed for
twenty-four hours, and only after air-
ing for twenty-four hours was it
deemed safe for use. Thus we pro-
ceeded from room to room, avoiding
danger of fire by tightly shutting the.,
room so treated, not using it until
after it had been aired. In a week the
house was once more habitable."
"Flea Driver"
The following formula is said to pro-
duce a preparation which is effective
in driving fleas and mosquitoes away
from the person, beds, rooms, etc.:
Oil of lavender 2 drams.
Oil of pennyroyal 1 dram.
Oil of cajuput 1 dram.
Oil of cassia 1 dram.
Oil of sassafras 1 dram.
Alcohol 16 ounces.
Water 16 ounces.'
Dissolve the oils in the alcohol; add
the water and filter through talcum
powder.
Application for Chigger Bites
It is said that a saturated solution
of sodium hyposulphite applied to a
chigger bite will instantly relieve the
itching. Put up in 6-dram vials and
sold for 10 or 15 cents a vial, there is
good money in this solution.
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROY K US
163
Exterminating Roaches or Water Bugs
The United States Department of
Agriculture, in a bulletin issued sev-
eral years ago. stated that, "A thor-
oughly effective and simple means of
ridding one's premises of roaches
is in fumigating with hydro-
cyanic-acid gas. The experience of the
past few years has demonstrated thai
this gas ... is particularly applic-
able and satisfactory against all species
of house roaches. The gas is extremely
poisonous to human beings, but, with
the proper precautions, may be em-
ployed with complete safety." Know-
ing the deadly character of this gas,
we would urge that its use be not
recommended to the laity, but, with
the proper precautions, it might be
feasible for a pharmacist to use it in
his own premises. The Department of
Agriculture has issued a special bul-
letin on the use of this gas.
Carbon bisulphide has also been
used successfully as a fumigant, but,
is hardly applicable for general use,
as the odor is so objectionable.
Many formulas have been suggested
for the destruction of the pests and no
single substance has been more widely
advertised than sodium borate. En-
thusiasts claim that roaches immedi-
ately leave any premises which have
been thoroughly sprinkled with it.
I.
A mixture of plaster of paris and
flour, placed near a bowl of water, is
said to be effective. Arsenic mixed
with flour may be used where there is
no danger of children getting hold of it.
II.
Chamomile 2 ounces.
Sodium borate 12 ounces.
Pyrethrum powder 2 ounces.
Plaster of paris 1 ounce.
Sulphur 3 ounces.
Powdered arsenic 2 drams.
Dealing With the Roach Problem
If age is entitled to respect, we
should take off our hats to the cock-
roach; if industry and pertinacity are
commendable, the croton bug sets an
example for us to follow. There are
perhaps more than 5,000 species of the
beetle in the world today.
It is said by those who have studied
the cockroach — notably C. L. Marlott,
whose report on the subject has been
published as a circular by the United
States Department of Agriculture —
that this pest has two redeeming
qualities, one that he is a scavenger,
and the other that he eats bed-bugs
and worms. Some other points taken
from Mr. Marlott's paper are given be-
low:
It has been said that if tree frogs are en-
closed in a roach- infested room overnight they
will clean it of the pest.
Houses may b,> freed of roaches by fumigal
ing with hydrocyanic vapor, but so poisonm.-
is hydrocyanic acid that even in the h
of those who understand its danger -
results have followed its use as a verim.
[There is a Government bulletin on the sub-
ject.]
Pastes of various kinds, containing- ar
were used by the Department of Agriculture
to poison the croton bugs which were eating
the department's books, but the bugs were t"
wary to partake.
Good, fresh insect powder, liberally applied,
paralyzes roaches, when they may be swept
up and destroyed, but leaves a "muss." The
powder may be burned in a closed room, when
its vapor will have a similar effect upon the
roaches. The room should be kept closed from
six to twelve hours after the fumigation.
Flowers of sulphur dusted about where
roaches abound has proved a very effective re-
pellant in Washington, but proprietary "foods
have been found of little value. An exception
to this rule is a phosphorus preparation, con-
sisting of sweetened flour paste containing
1 or 2 per cent, of the poison. Spread on
paper and left in the runways of the bugs
this paste not only proved a repellant but an
actual poison to them.
Carbon disulphide, left in open vessels in a
tightly closed room in the proportion of about
1 pound to each 1,000 cubic feet of space, will
destroy roaches and other vermin. Like hydro-
cyanic acid, this substance, as well as its
vapor, is poisonous to man. The liquid is
dangerously inflammable, and its vapor is ex-
plosive when brought into contact with fire.
It should not be used by any except experts,
and even then it is doubtful whether the end
justifies the risk necessarily incurred.
A mixture of 1 part of plaster of paris with
3 or 4 parts of flour may be placed in a saucer
and left in a room infested by roaches. Near
it may be placed a plate containing water,
with bridges joining them, as well as small
bits of wood on the surface of the water.
Roaches eating of the flour mixture and then
drinking of the water will be killed by the
hardening of the plaster.
Sodium Fluoride as a Roach Poison
Surgeon Means, of the United States
Navy, in an article in the Naval Medi-
cal Bulletin states that at one time the
store rooms and pantries of the ship
on which he was stationed became in-
fested with roaches, and the ordinary
insect powders seemed to have no
effect on them. Sodium fluoride was
then used with marked results. Not
only were the roaches killed, but also
ordinary black beetles.
Roach Food
Borax 77 parts.
Flour 33 parts.
Cucumber as a Roach Poison
It is said that slices of ripe cucum-
ber spread about the places frequented
by roaches will- have a good effect.
Emmett Powers says that he has
found that a mixture of equal parts
of insect powder and borax will de-
stroy more roaches than any powder
in the market and will do its work
in less time than the others take.
Another contributor said that he ha'd
found the following combination the
best:
164
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Borax 10 parts.
Insect powder 1 part.
Starch 1 part.
The starch, he said, made the powder
stick to the body of the insect; the in-
sect powder was the active ingredient;
and the borax was a diluent. Other
authorities state, however, that borax
alone has been known to be effective
in ridding a room of roaches.
A different kind of formula in which
a fluorine salt is exhibited follows:
Silex 22 parts.
Sodium fluoride 40 parts.
Sodium chloride 10 parts.
Sodium carbonate, dried .... 5 parts.
Sodium sulphate 10 parts.
Hooper's and Peterman's Foods
As a result of analyses of Hooper's
and Peterman's roach foods made by
him and published in The Druggists
Circular, Dr. R. G. Eccles stated that a
typical formula for this class of prepar-
ation was:
Borax 37 parts.
Starch 9 parts.
Cocoa 4 parts.
In Bulletin No. 68 of the United
States Bureau of Chemistry, dated
1902, the composition of Peterman's
roach food is stated to be 20.6 per cent,
of borax with potato or pea meal and
a little red coloring matter; Hooper's
fatal food is said to contain 92.44 per
cent, of borax with corn meal and red
coloring matter.
Swat the Cockroach, Too
A writer in the British Medical Jour-
nal notes that the number of cock-
roaches is increasing as well as the
extent of the territory which they in-
fest, and says that unless preventive
measures are adopted the insect is
likely, in the course of time, to become
very troublesome and possible very
dangerous.
It eats not only the common food of
man, but also sputum, pus and decay-
ing refuse. It has been shown that
contamination with its feces will bring
about the souring of milk, and the in-
sect is in all probability an active agent
in the souring of milk kept in kitchens
and larders; and, in addition, is un-
doubtedly a very important factor in
the distribution of molds to food and
numerous other articles, especially
when they are kept in dark cupboards
and cellars where cockroaches abound.
The cockroach may also play a small
part in the dissemination of tubercu-
losis and in the transmission of pyo-
genic organisms.
Combatting Clothes Moths
Method more than deterrent sub-
stances is needed to exterminate moths
in houses or to exclude them from*
houses. Among other anti-moths men-
•tioned from time to time in The Drug-
gists Circular are camphor, naphthalin,
red pepper, oil of cedar, tobacco dust,
oil of turpentine, and powdered insect
flowers. Most of it, if not all these —
the liquids are probably exceptions — act
only to exclude the moths and are use-
less if these or the larvae be present in
the fabric when it is put away.
The Government entomologists have
given much study to the moth ques-
tion, and have prepared a pamphlet
entitled "The True Clothes Moths. ' is-
sued as circular No. 36, second series,
revised, of the Bureau of Entomology,
United States Department of Agricul-
ture.
Moth Powder
Camphor is one of the best -known
moth repellants, and but for its high
price would doubtless be the most
popular one as well. Xaphthalin is
much cheaper, and so, notwithstand-
ing its disagreeable odor and the fact
that scientific men have said that its
"presence does not prevent the breed-
ing of moths or the ravages of their
larva?, is largely used by the public to
keep moths away, and seemingly with
results that take it out of the class of
hoodoo remedies. Frequently camphor
and naphthalin are mixed, and volatile
oils with strong and pleasant odors, or
cedar wood chips, added, to make a
moth powder. Tobacco dust is used
for the same purpose, either alone or
in connection with some of the other
things mentioned.
A few formulas from The Druggists
Circular follow:
I.
Lupulin 1 ounce.
Powdered camphor 8 ounces.
Powdered black pepper... 8 ounces.
Tobacco dust (snuff) .... 1 pound.
Cedar-wood sawdust.... 2 pounds.
II.
Powdered capsicum 4 ounces.
Powdered naphthalin.... 1 pound.
Insect powder 1 pound.
III.
Powdered camphor 5 ounces.
Powdered naphthalin.... 1 pound.
Coumarin 5 grains.
Oil of neroli 16 drops.
Oil of mirbane 16 drops.
The surest protection against moths
is to pack the articles that may suffer
from them in bags and so securely
close them that the insect can find
no entrance. Paper answers well as
a packing material, but all joints
should be pasted. Of course, the pack-
ing should be done before the moth
has had a chance to lay its eggs in
the material.
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
1 15
Tenacious Insecticide Sprays
When destroying insects it is of im-
portance to insure a close adherence
of the toxic wash or sprayed liquor.
The addition of a small quantity of an
alkaline soap has been suggested to
facilitate this, but it is now shown
that the saponins are still more ef-
fective, are more widely applicable,
and have no action on the vegetation.
The fruit of sapindus utilis. a tree
which has been cultivated for a consid-
erable time in Algeria, is very rich in
saponin, and Gastine (Compt. rend.)
reports that two grammes of the pow-
dered sapindus fruit in 10 liters of
water will produce a very fine emulsion
with 700 grammes of tar oil. Prefer -
ably a heavy tar oil (specific gravity
1.045) and a lighter oil (specific gravity
0.950) are mixed in such proportions
that the density of the mixture is
about that of water. The surface ten-
sion of the saponin solution is low-
ered by the addition of the mixture of
oils and the final mixture has a marked
wetting power. Copper salts may lie
added without increasing the surface
tension. A veiw efficient mixture is
water, 10 liters, sapindus powder 20
grammes, normal copper acetate 100
grammes, mixture of oils (specific
gravity 1) 200 mils.
Water 12 gallons.
Alcohol 1 gal Ion.
Boil the tobacco with the water.
strain, and add the other ingredients.
The liquid is diluted with an equal
quantity of water when required for
use; the solution being applied to the
plants in the form of a spray.
Destruction of Insects on Plants
For the extermination of scale in-
sects, resinous preparations are em-
plo> ed, which kill by covering with an
imi "rvious coating. Such a wash may
be made as follows:
Rosin 3 % pounds.
Caustic soda 1 pound.
Fish oil 8 ounces.
Water 20 gallons.
Boil the rosin, soda and oil with a
small portion of the water, adding the
remainder as solution is effected.
For the San Jose scale a stronger
preparation is required, the proportion
of water being decreased by half, but
such a solution is applied only when
the tree is dormant.
For use on house plants one of the
following might be tried:
I.
Soft soap 4 drams.
Quassia 72 grains.
Salicylic acid 30 grains.
Alcohol 5 ounces.
Water, to make 24 ounces.
Mix the first four ingredients and
macerate several days, then filter and
add the water. Apply with a brush or
plant sprinkler, the latter being so
shaped as to throw the spray on the
under side of the leaf.
II.
Tobacco waste 1 pound.
Soft soap 1 pound.
Ants on Plants
Both the ant and the plant must 1>>-
taken into consideration in determin-
ing upon an insecticide that will ex-
terminate the former with no injury to
the latter. Of plants there are many:
of ants there are likewise quite a good
number of species varying in habit and
habitat, size and tenacity of life. Per-
haps there are ants that might survive
the application of many bug destroyers
that would work havoc with some deli-
cate plant.
Dalmation insect powder and white
hellebore have been used with success
in exterminating ants on rose bushes
and the like. The insect powder is
mixed with an equal quantity of wheat
flour and blown over the plants in the
evening. It is sometimes used in the
form of a spray, 1 ounce to 2 gallons
of water. This should be mixed at
least 24 hours before it is to be ap-
plied. The hellebore is used in the
same manner, but diluted with from 5
to 10 parts of flour and applied in the
morning before the dew has evapor-
ated.
A decoction of quassia, 1 to 50, has
been recommended as an efficient spray
against ants.
Here is a powder that has given sat-
isfaction when poured in small heaps
at the roots of ant-infested plants:
Antimony and potassium
tartrate 1 ounce.
Sugar 4 ounces.
Borax 4 ounces.
Mix intimately and place where de-
sired in the early morning.
Carbon disulphide has come into
prominence as a destroyer of ants and
other plant-infested insects. Its use
is not unattended with danger, how-
ever, owing to its extreme inflamma-
bility, and should not be attempted by
inexperienced persons. From Bulletin
No. 127 of the Department of Agricul-
ture we quote the following methods of
using this substance:
The treatment as successfully practiced by
Professors Garman and Smith consists in cov-
ering the young vines with small tight boxes
of either wood or paper, r.nd introducing under
each box a saucer containing one or two tea-
spoonfuls of the very volatile liquld-bisul-
phide of carbon. The vines of older plant*
may be wrapped about the hill and gathered
in "under the larger boxes or tubs, and a
greater, but proportional, amount of bisul-
phide used. The covering should be left over
the plants for three-quarters of an hour to
an hour.
166
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
For ants' nests an ounce of the substance is
poured into each of several holes made in the
space occupied by the ants, the openings being
then closed; or the action is made more rapid
by covering with a wet blanket for ten min-
utes and then exploding the vapor at the
mouth of the holes with a torch the explosion
driving the fumes more thoroughly through
the soil.
Below is presented a further collec-
tion from various sources of notes on
this subject:
To kill these industrious heterogynous hy-
menopterous insects by wholesale, drop some
quick-lime on the mouth of their nests and
wash it in with boiling water; or pour into
their retreats water in which camphor or to-
bacco has been steeped.
Grease a plate with lard and set it where the
ants can readily get at it. They will gather
by the plateful. The plate may be held over
an open Are, when lard and ants will quickly
disappear not to return again. But more ants
will come, and these may be treated in the
same way.
Saturate a piece of cotton with chloroform
and stuff into the entrance of their burrows
and seal entrance so as to keep the fumes in-
side.
Saturate a sponge with sweetened water and
when the ants have gathered in it, plunge the
sponge into boiling water.
A spray of benzin from an atomizer is sud-
den death to most insects. Benzin is so dan-
gerous, on account of fire, that its use is not
recommended except in the hands of careful
and experienced people.
Here is a way that has been suggested:
Take 2 parts of sulphur and 1 part of potash;
put them in an earthen vessel and keep over
a Are until they have united to form a mass.
Reduce this mass to powder, infuse a little
of it in water, and sprinkle in places infested
by the ants.
Boil aloes in water, add camphor, and sprin-
kle around the place frequented by the ants.
Chalk on the shelves along which ants travel
to and fro about the house will cause them to
seek new routes. Chalk marked around a pail
or barrel will keep ants out of it.
Cracked walnuts or hickory nuts will attract
ants, and fire may be made to do the rest.
Bread crumbs soaked in tincture of quassia
will poison such ants as eat it.
Smear a "dead-line" about the places ants
frequent with carbolated petroleum.
Sprinkle the haunts of the insects with a
mixture of 1 pint of camphor and 20 parts of
quick-lime.
Squirt oil of turpentine into the cracks and
holes in which the pests hide, by means of an
ordinary sewing machine oil can.
To poison ants, feed them on borax and
sugar, or yeast cake and sugar.
To drive ants out of a room and keep them
out use good insect powder, ground mustard,
sulphur, camphor, tobacco, cloves, oil of cedar,
kerosene, persistence.
Peru balsam, smeared on table legs or the
feet of a cupbard keeps ants off such furni-
ture. If 1 ounce of the balsam be boiled in 1
gallon of water the liquid used as a wash has
a similar effect.
If at all possible of application the best rem-
edy is boiling water, which should be poured
into the nest. Sodium cyanide is also an
effectual remedy. The various preparations of
which naphthalene is the basis will simply
drive the ants from one part of the house to
another. A solution of phenol containing 1.25
per cent, is often used, and if it does not re-
sult in the death of the insects it certainly re-
pels them. One of the most crude and dan-
gerous remedies is a proprietary ant destroyer
composed of arsenic and honey. Such an ant
destroyer could be made as follows:
Arsenical Ant Destroyer (Liquid)
Arsenious oxide 5
Sugar 40
Liquid glucose 20
Water enough to make. .100
Mix the arsenious oxide in very fine powder
with the other ingredients.
If the nests cannot be located, one of the
two following pastes could be employed. They
should be smeared on sticks and placed about.
Nicotine Ant Destroyer (Paste)
Nicotine 10
Suet 5
Lard 85
To these add a trace of oil of anise and
color with chlorophyl.
Arsenical Ant Destroyer (Paste)
Arsenious oxide 5
Sugar 25
Liquid glucose 20
Flour enough to form a paste.
Flavor with a little oil of anise and color
with paris green. This should not remain in
contact with air or moisture, otherwise it be-
comes uncomfortably sticky. The merest trace
of oil of anise must be used. A little
appears to attract the insects, but more than
a trace repels them. If for any reason the
use of liquid or paste be impossible the follow-
ing powder is very destructive, and is much
more effective than ready-made naphthalene
powders without lime:
Ant Powder
Camphor li>
Naphthalene 40
Lime 50
This may be sprinkled about the haunts of
the insects or, better still, be introduced into
the nests.
The sale of arsenical preparations should be
attended with the greatest caution.
Destruction of House and Lawn Ants
Farmers' Bulletin 740, published by
the United States Department of Agri-
culture, describes the origin of house
ants; the kinds of ants found in North
America; something of their life his-
tory and habits; and certain means of
controlling the house and lawn varie-
ties.
One method of destroying the pests
is described in which sponges are
soaked in sweetened water and placed
where they can be reached by the ants.
These sponges are collected several
times a day, and the ants swarming
in them are destroyed by immersing
them in hot water. This method is
not satisfactory except where the ant
colonies are small, and the placing of
the bait frequently tends to increase
the number of ants in the locality, in-
stead of decreasing it. A more ef-
fective method is described as follows:
A more efficient remedy, where it can
be safely used, is a syrup poisoned
with arsenate of soda, the idea being
that the ants will collect this poison
syrup and convey it to their nests, so-
that not only the ants which collect the
syrup are ultimately killed, but the in-
mates of nests feeding on it also suc-
cumb. The formula for the prepara-
tion of this syrup is as follows: One
pound of sugar dissolved in a quart of
water, in which should he added 125
grains of arsenate of soda. The mix-
ture should be boiled and strained,
and on cooling used with sponges, as
alreadv described. The addition of a
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
167
small amount of honey is said to add
to the attractiveness to ants of this
mixture. Naturally, the greatest pre-
caution should be taken in preparing
this syrup and in safeguarding it after-
wards to prevent its being the cause
of poisoning to human beings or do-
mestic animals. This method of con-
trol has been tested for three years by
an expert of the Bureau of Entomology
of this department, and has given very
satisfactory results. Similar success
with it has been reported by others,
including persons engaged profession-
ally in insect extermination. A related
formula experimentally worked out for
the Argentine ant is given in a special
bulletin on this insect. This formula
is as follows:
Granulated sugar 15 pounds.
Water 7 % pints.
Tartaric acid (crystal-
lized) % ounce.
Boil these ingredients together slow-
ly for 30 minutes and allow them to
cool. Then slowly dissolve three-
fourths ounce sodium arsenite (Na-
AsOi) in one-half pint of hot water.
Allow this to cool, then add it to the
syrup, stirring thoroughly. Add 1*£
pounds of pure honey to the syrup and
the mixture is ready for use.
cloth, to better retain the fumes of the
chemical. The disulphide should be
kept away from the fire, as its fumes
are inflammable and may explode if
ignited, much like gasoline vapor.
Destruction of Lawn Ants
In the case of lawn ants where only
a small area with few nests are con-
cerned, drenching the nests with boil-
ing water or injecting a small quantity
of kerosene or coal oil will be effective,
and similar treatment will apply to
nests between or beneath paving
stones.
An effective control method for larger
ant colonies is to inject into the nest a
quantity of disulphide of carbon. This
substance can be placed in the nest,
with an oil can or small syringe, the
quantity varying from half an ounce
for a very tiny nest to 2 or 3 ounces
or more, depending on the size of the
nest. An oil can or syringe with a
long spout is convenient for this pur-
pose, as this can be inserted into nests
and the liquid injected without its be-
ing too near the operator's nose. To
facilitate entrance of the chemical, the
ant hole can be enlarged with a sharp
stick or iron rod. The depth of the in-
jections will depend on the size of the
nest, from an inch or two to greater
depths. After injection of the carbon
disulphide the entrance opening should
be closed by pressure of the foot to
retain the disulphide. which will then
penetrate slowly throughout the under-
ground channels of the nest and kill
the inmates. The efficiency of this
remedy is increased by covering the
nest immediately after the injection
with a wet blanket or other heavy
Poisons for Rats and Mice
Farmers' Bulletin No. 896, issued by
the United States Department of Agri-
culture, states that the common rat is
the worst animal pest in the world:
that it carries bubonic plague and
many other diseases fatal to man. and
has been responsible for more untimely
deaths among human beings than all
the wars in history. It is estimated
that the damage done by rats and mice
amounts to more than $200,000,000 per
year in the United States alone.
After describing the various methods
for constructing ratproof buildings and
guarding against the inroads of the
rodent the several methods of trapping
are mentioned, and the usual poisons
employed are treated of as follows:
While the use of poison is the best
and quickest way to get rid of rats and
mice the odor from the dead animals
makes the method impractical in occu-
pied houses. Poisons may be effectively
used in barns, stables, sheds, cribs and
other outbuildings.
Caution.
In the United States there are few
laws which prohibit the "laying of
poisons on lands owned or controlled
by the poisoner. Hence it is all the
more necessary to exercise extreme
caution to prevent accidents. In sev-
eral States notice of intention to lay
poison must be given to persons living
in the neighborhood. Poison for rats
should never be placed in open or un-
sheltered places. This applies particu-
larly to strychnine or arsenic on meat.
Packages containing poisons should al-
ways bear a warning label and should
not be kept where children might reach
them.
Among the principal poisons that
have been recommended for killing rats
and mice are barium carbonate, strych-
nine, arsenic, phosphorus and squills.
Barium Carbonate.
One of the cheapest and most effec-
tive poisons for rats and mice is barium
carbonate. This mineral has the ad-
vantage of being without taste or smell.
It has a corrosive action on the mucous
lining of the stomach and is dangerous
to larger animals if taken in sufficient
quantity. In the small doses fed to
rats and mice it would be harmless to
domestic animals. Its action upon rats
is slov. and if exit is possible the ani-
mals usually leave the premises in
search of water. For this reason the
poison may frequently, though not al-
ways, be used in houses without dis-
agreeable consequences.
1(38
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Barium carbonate may be fed in the
form of. dough composed of four parts
of meal or flour and one part of the
mineral. A more convenient bait is or-
dinary oatmeal with about one -eighth
of its bulk of the mineral, mixed with
water into a stiff dough. A third plan
is to spread the barium carbonate upon
fish, toasted bread (moistened) or or-
dinary bread and butter. The prepared
bait should be placed in rat runs, about
a teaspoonful at a place. If a* single
application of the poison fails to kill or
drive away all rats from the premises
it should be repeated with a change of
bait.
Strychnine.
Strychnine is too rapid in action to
make its use for rats des'rable in
houses, but elsewhere it may be em-
ployed effectively. Strychnine sulphate
is the best form to use. The dry crys-
tals may be inserted in small pieces of
raw meat, Vienna sausage or toasted
cheese, a*nd these placed in rat runs or
burrows; or oatmeal may be moistened
with a strychnine syrup and small
quantities laid in the same way.
Strychnine syrup is prepared as fol-
lows-. Dissolve a half ounce of strych-
nine sulphate in a pint of boiling
watev, add a pint of thick sugar syrup
and stir thoroughly. A smaller quan-
tity may be prepared with a propor-
tional quantity of water and syrup. In
preparing the bait it is necessary to
moisten all the oatmeal with the syrup.
AVheat and corn are excellent alter-
native baits. The grain should be
soaked overnight in the strychnine
syrup.
Arsenic.
Arsenic is probably the most popular
of the rat poisons owing to its cheap-
ness, yet our experiments prove that,
measured by the results obtained, ar-
senic Is dearer than strychnine. Be-
sides arsenic is extremely variable in
its effect upon rats, and if the animals
survive a first dose it is very difficult
to induce them to take another.
Powdered white arsenic (arsenious
acid) may be fed to rats in almost any
of the baits mentioned under barium
carbonate and strychnine. It has been
used successfully when rubbed into
fresh fish or spread on buttered toast.
Another method is to mix twelve parts
by weight of corn meal and one part of
arsenic with whites of eggs into a stiff
dough.
An old formula for poisoning rats
and mice with arsenic is the follow-
ing, adapted from an English source:
Take a pound of oatmeal, a pound of
coarse brown sugar and a spoonful of
arsenic. Mix well together and put the
composition into an earthen jar. Put
a tablespoonful at a place in runs fre-
quented by rats.
Phosphorus.
For poisoning rats and mice phos-
phorus is used almost as commonly as
arsenic, and undoubtedly it is effective
when given in an attractive bait. The
phosphorus paste of the drug stores is
usually dissolved yellow phosphorus,
mixed with glucose or other substances.
The proportion of phosphorus varies
from one-fourth of 1 per cent, to 4 per
cent. The first amount is too small to
be always effective and the Tast is dan-
gerously inflammable. When home
made preparations of phosphorus are
used there is much danger of burning
the person or of setting fire to crops or
buildings. In the Western States many
fires have resulted from putting out
home made phosphorus poisons for
ground squirrels, and entire fields of"
ripe grain have been destroyed in this
way. Even with commercial pastes the
action of sun and rain . . . leaches
out the glucose until a highly inflam-
mable residue is left.
It is often claimed that phosphorus
eaten by rats or mice dries up or mum-
mifies the body so that no odor results.
The statement has no foundation in
fact. No known poison will prevent
decomposition of the body of an animal
that dies from its effects. Equally mis-
leading is the statement that rats pois-
oned with phosphorus do not die on the
premises. Owing to its slower opera-
tion no doubt a larger portion escape
into the open before dying than whin
strychnine is used.
The Biological Survey does not rec-
ommend the use of phosphorus as a
poison for rodents.
Squills.
The squill, or sea leek, is a favorite
rat poison in many parts of Europe and
is well worthy of trial in America. It
is rapid and very deadly in its action,
and lats seem to eat it readily. The
poison is used in several ways. Two
ounces of dry squills, powdered, may
be thoroughly mixed with eight ounces
of toasted cheese or of butter and meal
and put out in runs' of rats or mice.
Another formula recommends two
parts cf squills to three parts of finely
chopped bacon mixed with meal enough
to make it cohere. This is baked in
small cakes.
Poison in Poultry Houses.
For poisoning rats in buildings and
yards occupied by poultry the follow-
ing method is recommended: Two
wooden boxes should be used, one con-
siderably larger than the other, and
each having one or more holes in the
sides large enough to admit rats. The
poisoned bait should be placed on the
bottom and near the middle of the
smaller box, and the larger box should
then be inverted over it. Rats thus
have free access to the bait, but fowls
are excluded.
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
169
Getting Rid of Rats
Using Broken Glass.
A. E. Magoffin, harking back to 1872,
gives an account of a trick he per-
petrated on the rodents that was as
effectual as it was ingenious. When
the foundation of a new house was be-
ing laid, he scattered four or five bar-
relsful of broken glass all around the
wall to the depth of about four inches,
and covered this over with dirt. The
result was that no rat was ever able to
penetrate.
Molasses and Lye Rat Poison.
A farmer says he rid his premises of
rats as follows: "On a very large num-
ber of old shingles I put about a tea-
spoonful of molasses, and on that, with
my pocketknife, scraped a small amount
of concentrated lye, then placed the
shingles around under the doors and
under the cribs. The next morning I
found forty dead rats and the rest
vamoosed. Have cleared my farm of
the pests in the same way, and have
never known it to fail."
Rhodium Rat Bait.
Another one of the good old "stand-
bys" in this line is the following for-
mula for rat bait:
Oil of rhodium 20 drops.
Oil of caraway 60 drops.
Oil of lavender 5 drops.
Oil of anise 5 drops.
Tincture of musk 5 drops.
A Bas the Cat.
And then there is probably a lot of
good common sense in the advice given
by the Idaho Board of Health that in
a food-products store almost any other
form of rat exterminator is to be pre-
ferred to letting a cat run around pro-
miscuously.
Starving the Rats.
Those about to erect a new brick
building or repair an old one, whether
of frame, brick or other construction,
mav learn from a recent bulletin issued
by the United States Public Health
Service what sanitary and economic
benefits are to be derived from perma-
nent rat-proofing. The rat is far too
prolific to be exterminated by such
agencies as traps, poisons, gases and
the like; these may reduce the num-
bers of th<- rodents, but if there is
food within reach, the surviving rats
will have more to eat proportionally,
and procreation will be stimulated the
more. Rat extermination can be ef-
fective only by cutting off the rats'
food supply. The bulletin contains all
necessary information to this end, so
far as relates to buildings. Those al-
ready erected may be rat -proofed by
the closure of all natural or accidental
openings; but being remodeled with
material impervious to rats; by the re-
moval of structures which will give
lefuge to rats,' and by the protection
or removal of foods which rats will
eat.
Phosphorus Rat Pastes
Not only is phosphorus a danger-
ous drug to handle, but pastes made
from it are extremely poisonous and
should not be left where children or
pets may reach them. Working with
phosphorus is dangerous to the health,
producing, among other things, decay
of the bones. On the whole, we should
not advise those who are not prepared
to handle this drug more carefully than
it would probably be handled in the
average drug store, to try to make a
phosphorus paste. Some formulas fol-
low :
I.
Phosphorus 1 dram.
Beef dripping 5 ounces.
Wheat flour 2 ounces.
Sugar 1 ounce.
Powdered biscuit 1 ounce.
Water enough.
Melt the dripping and put it into a
wide -mouthed bottle placed in a pan
of hot water. Drop in the phosphorus
(cut small), cork, and shake the bottle
until the phosphorus is dissolved (dip-
ping into the hot water occasionally).
Place the powders in a warm mortar
and pour the phosphorized dripping
upon them, mix. and add warm water
to make a soft paste.
II.
Take of wheat flour, 16 troy ounces;
beat to a smooth paste with 3 pints of
water; put on the fire and add 2 ounces
of stick phosphorus, 3 ounces of gly-
cerin, 2 ounces of salt, and 2 drams
of pulverized corrosive mercuric chlo-
ride. Stir with a wooden paddle con-
stantly during the breaking of the
starch cells and thickening of the
paste. When the paste is sufficiently
solid, color with a small quantity of
Venetian red, and, when cold, bottle.
III.
Phosphorus 1 dram.
Pure carbon bisulphide % ounce.
Beef dripping 5 ounces.
Biscuit powder 3 ounces.
Compound tragacanth
powder Vi ouncp.
Oil of anise 10 drops.
Oil of peppermint 5 drops.
Boiling water 3 ounces.
Heat the dripping until it is quite
clear, and transfer to a hot mortar;
pour into this the carbon bisulphide in
which the phosphorus has been dis-
solved; stir, then add the two powders
and the oils, and finally the boiling
water all at once, kneading the mass
thoroughly until a perfect mixture is
obtained.
The carbon bisulphide must be the
redistilled or odorless variety. Most of
170
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
the bisulphide is dissipated by the hot
water, and, as the solvent evaporates,
access of air, therefore exidation of
phosphorus, is prevented.
IV.
Melt 1 pound of lard in a wide-
mouthed bottle in a water-bath; intro-
duce J/2 ounce of phosphorus; then add
1 pint of proof spirit ; cork the bottle
firmly, keeping the contents heated to
150 degrees F., and agitate smartly
until the phosphorus becomes uniform-
ly diffused, forming a silky-looking
liquid. This liquid on cooling affords
a white compound of phosphorus and
lard, from which the spirit spon-
taneously separates, and may be poured
off to be used again, as it only serves
to diffuse the phosphorus in very fine
particles through the lard. This phos-
phorized lard, on being warmed very
gently, may be poured into a mixture
of its own weight of barley or wheaten
meal and sugar incorporated therewith,
and after flavoring with oil of rhodium.
etc., the dough may be made into pel-
lets. Or, mix the lard with powdered
cheese (3 to 1), to be spread on bread.
V.
The following formula is given in the
Pharmaceutisk Revy for making phos-
phorus paste: Boil 100 grammes of rye
flour with 400 grammes of water until
400 grammes of paste are obtained and
add 75 grammes of olive oil or other
vegetable fixed oil. To this mixture
add an emulsion consisting of 15
grammes of mucilage of acacia, 5
grammes of water, 5 grammes of ane-
thol and 10 to 15 grammes of phos-
phorus. The emulsion should not be
too fine in order to prevent too quick
an oxidation of the phosphorus.
An Attractive Rat Poison
First on the rodent delicatessen list
is cheese, then comes animal fat —
preferably dripping — fish oil and sweet-*
ened meal or crumbs. The choice of
poisons may be made from red phos-
phorus, arsenic trioxide, tartar emetic,
barium carbonate, sodium fluoride and
powdered squill. Here is a suggestion
to a prepared "food":
Sodium carbonate... 10.0 grammes.
Sodium benzonate. . . 0.5 gramme.
Grated American
cheese 10.0 grammes.
Wheaten meal 30.0 grammes.
Fatty drippings, to
make a paste.
Mummifying Rat Killer
It is stated that the only rat poisons
that inhibit the putrefaction of the car-
cass i this decomposition cannot be en-
tirely prevented) are tartar emetic and
barium carbonate. The latter is the
more efficacious, and at the same time \
is less toxic to human beings or do-
mestic animals. Barium carbonate ex-
erts a corrosive action upon the in-
testinal membrane and excites an in-
tense thirst, which induces the rodent j
• to search for water. If no water is
available in the infested buildings, the
rats which have eaten the poison will
make their exit before their demise oc-
curs. If the animal gets no water be-
fore death ensues, the carcass dries
up, and decomposition progresses very
slowly, with little, if any, emanation
of odor.
In Farmer's Bulletin 369 of the
United States Department of Agricul-
ture, entitled, "How to Destroy Rats,"
the following directions for using bari-
um carbonate are given:
Barium carbonate may he fed in the form of
dough composed of four parts of meal or flour
and one part of the mineral. A more con-
venient bait is ordinary oatmeal with about
one-eighth of its bulk of the mineral, mixed
with water into a stiff dough. A third plan is
to spread the barium carbonate upon fish,
toasted bread (moistened) or ordinary bread
and butter. The prepared bait should be
placed in rat runs, about a teaspoonful at a
place. If a single application of the poison
fails to kill or driye away all rats from the
premises, it should be repeated with a change
of bait.
Poison for Moles
Lard 1 pound.
Salicylic acid 1 dram.
Squill 1 bulb.
Beef suet 4 ounces.
Barium carbonate 1 pound.
Verdigris to color.
Cut up the squill and fry in the lard
and suet; add the other ingredients.
Bordeaux Mixture
Copper sulphate 5 pounds.
Quicklime 5 pounds.
Water 50 gallons.
• Dissolve the copper sulphate in 10
gallons of water: slake the lime in half
a barrel of water. Dilute the copper
solution to 20 gallons, strain in the
lime mixture, and dilute to 50 gallons.
Woburn Bordeaux Mixture
Copper sulphate \\i pounds.
Lime water 17 gallons.
Water, to make 100 gallons.
Self-Boiled Lime and Sulphur Spray-
Quicklime 10 pounds.
Sulphur 10 pounds.
Water 50 gallons.
Put the lime with 1 gallon of water
in a barrel; add the sulphur; stir, and
add enough water to make a thin
paste. Stir vigorously until the ebul-
lition subsides to slight proportions
and dilute to 50 gallons.
INSECT, VERMIN AND RODENT DESTROYERS
171
Lime Arsenite Spray
a. Arsenic trioxide 1 pound.
Sodium carbonate 4 pounds.
Water 1 gallon.
Boil together for twenty minutes, re-
placing the water evaporated. Stock
solution.
b. Quicklime 24 pounds.
Water 4 gallons.
To be freshly prepared.
For use, the lime mixture (b) is
mixed with water in a proportion of 1
in 40; and to each 40 gallons of this
dilution 1 pint of stock solution (a) is
added.
Red Oil Emulsion
Red oil ■. . . 2 gallons,
Hard laundry soap lpound.
Sodium carbonate 1 ounce.
Water, to make 30 gallons.
Boil the soap and the sal soda in 1
gallon of water until dissolved ; remove
from the lire ; add the oil ; re-apply
heat until boiling ensues, agitate until
emulsified. For use, dilute to 30 gal-
lons.
Lead Arsenate Spray
Farmers' Bulletin No. 127 of the
United States Department of Agricul-
ture states that the lead arsenate spray
may be used at any strength from 3
to 15 pounds of the chemical to 100 gal-
lons of water without injury to the
foliage. A recipe for making lead ar-
senate is given in the bulletin, which
should be procured by any one inter-
ested in insecticides.
Rosin Wash
Rosin 4 pounds.
Soda lye (78%) 4 pounds.
Fish oil 8 ounces.
Water, to make 20 gallons.
Boil the rosin with the lye, the oil
and a couple of quarts of water until
a dark coffee -colored liquid is obtained.
Dilute to 5 gallons with hot water to
make the stock solution, which is di-
luted 1 to 3 for use.
Quassia Plant Spray
A French horticulturist recommends
the following spray for killing para-
sites on vegetables and ornamental
plants:
Extract of quassia 30 parts.
Camphorated oil [French
Codex] (10%) 20 parts.
Soft soap 100 parts.
Alcohol • 50 parts.
Water, to make 1000 parts.
To Protect Trees from Climbing
Insects
Any combination of cheap greases
with tar. pitch, resin or ozoki rit<
which will remain sticky when cold
and not melt too easily, may lie
smeared around the trunks of
to prevent insects from crawling up
them.
The following combinations are sug-
gestive, and may be modified to suit.
-Any combination which is soft or
sticky when cold and will not run at
summer heat may be used:
1. Pitch, 12; rosin, 10; rosin oil. 2.
2. Tallow. 7; palm oil, 5.
3. Ozokerite, 15; petroleum. 3 to 6.
4. Rosin, 4; linseed oil, 1; molasses 1
Boil together.
5. Rosin, 12; rosin oil.. 12; soda lye, 1.
Boil together.
6. Tar, 10; rosin. 5; palm oil, 8.
7. Thus, 20; rosin, 100; turpentine,
14; liquid tar, 8; lard, 50; rape seed oil,
24; tallow, 20.
8. Rosin, 5; lard, 4; stearin oil. 4,
9. Rosin. 3; rape seed oil, 4; lard, 2;
soft soap, 1; wood tar, 10.
These mixtures may also be applied
by means of In-own or waterproof
paper:
Nikoteen Aphis Punk
This seems to be porous paper
soaked in a fluid extract of tobacco and
potassium nitrate, and dried.
Fumigant for Greenhouse or Con-
servatory
Empyreumatic oil of
tobacco 300 grammes.
Camphor 50 grammes.
Safrol 250 grammes.
Oil of citronella 200 grammes.
Alcohol 150 grammes.
An ounce of this liquid suffices for
2,000 cubic feet of space. It is used by
evaporation over a flame. The fumes
are harmful to man and animals, anil
the fumigated enclosure should no1 be
entered for several hours after the
fumigant is evaporated.
A variant of the above is —
Nicotine, crude 30 grammes.
Camphor 5 grammes.
Naphthaline 5 grammes.
Oil of camphor (or
safrol) 25 grammes.
Oil of citronella 25 grammes.
Alcohol 1 00 grammes.
Compound Plant Insect Powders
I.
Powdered pyrethrum. . . .14 ounces.
Powdered quassia 6 ounces.
Powdered white hellebore 2 ounces.
172
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
II.
Powdered pyrethrum .... 8 ounces.
Powdered colocynth 4 ounces.
Powdered white hellebore. 16 ounces.
These powders are of especial value
in combatting plant lice.
Lawn Sand for Bugs and Slugs
Powdered quassia, 9; powdered coc-
culus indicus, 1.75; powdered green vit-
riol, 1.75; powdered sodium sulphate,
6.25; green peat moss, 25; soil, enough
to make 100. The mixture is used by
sprinkling thinly on the lawn and
watering freely by means of a fine
hose.
To Kill Weeds
Ferrous sulphate, 75; ammonium sul-
phate, 15; fine sand, 10. The ingredi-
ents should be finely powdered to-
gether, and then carefully sifted. The
mixture should be kept in a cool, dry
place, and if it should become hard
must be finely powdered before use.
In dry weather, 3 or 4 ounces may be
sprinkled over each square yard of
lawn. In wet weather the quantity
may be increased to double this
amount. A little should be placed on
the crowns of decapitated dandelions
and plaintains. Other formulas fol-
low:
I.
Potassium dichromate. . . 5 pounds.
"Water 15 gallons.
II.
Sodium chloride 3 pounds.
Chrome alum 2 pounds.
Water 15 gallons.
III.
Ferrous sulphate 5 pounds.
Water 15 gallons.
Destroying Weeds in Sidewalks
It is said that weeds ordinarily grow-
ing in sidewalks may be destroyed by
the application of common salt. To
apply it, proceed thus: Boil the salt
in water, 1 pound to 1 gallon, and ap-
ply the mixture boiling hot with a
watering pot that has a spreading
rose. It is claimed that this will keep
weeds ami worms away for two or
three years. Put 1 pound to the square
yard the first year; afterward a
weaker solution may be applied when
required. Refuse fish salt or brine
will, of course, answer.
Here is another way: The plants
should be cut off close to the ground
and a few drops of kerosene poured
on the crowns. They immediately com-
mence to decay and are entirely de-
stroyed. Troublesome weeds on the
lawn can thus be speedily disposed of.
but others will likely take their places.
Fertilizer for Flowers and Herbs
Ammonium nitrate.... 20 pounds.
Ammonium chloride. . . 2% pounds.
Ammonium phosphate. 10 pounds.
Potassium nitrate 12^2 pounds.
Calcium sulphate 3 pounds.
Iron sulphate 2 pounds.
This mixture is employed by dissolv-
ing a teaspoonful in a gallon of water,
and sprinkling the latter on the plants.
For Potted Plants.
I.
A mixture of potassium nitrate 30,
potassium phosphate 25. ammonium
sulphate 10, and ammonium nitrate 35
quickens the growth of the whole
plant. If the formation of the blos-
soms is to be hastened, the ammonium
nitrate should be omitted.
II.
Ammonium sulphate 100, sodium
chloride 10, sodium nitrate 5. mag-
nesium sulphate 5 and sodium phos-
phate 2 may be used. Dissolve 1 tea-
spoonful of this mixture in one liter
of water and sprinkle the plants every
other day.
For Vegetable Gardens or Orchards
Ammonium phosphate 30. potassium
nitrate 25, sodium nitrate 25 and am-
monium sulphate 20. This mixture
contains in 100 parts 13 parts of phos-
phoric acid, 13 parts of nitrogen and
11 parts of potash. An aqueous solu-
tion of 1 to 1000 should be used every
third, fourth or fifth day. The sprin-
kling should be omitted from October to
April. This mixture may also be used
for house plants, but in this ease suf-
ficient access of light, air and heat
should be available.
CHAPTER X
CULINARY RECIPES
Flavoring Extracts in Liquid, Paste and Powder Forms — Baking
Powder, Relishes, Spices and Sauces — Manufacture of \Teast,
Table Mustard, Curry Powder, Etc.
Always consult the index when using this hook-
size is sawed out of the top, through
which the beans are to be introduced.
The hole is then to be stopped by means
of the square of wood that was removed
with the saw. The sawing should be
done at an angle, so that the outer part
of the sawed-out part shall be larger
than the inner, and its edges she-
covered with a thin sheet of rubber.
Care should be taken to make it as
large as the diameter of the barrel will
permit.
Thus prepared, the barrel should be
put into a warm place (so that the
effect of digestion or gentle heat may
be added to that of maceration;, the
menstruum poured in and the beans,
reduced to powder, suspended in it near
the surface in a cheese cloth bag. When
the maceration is completed, the bag
containing the beans is to be removed,
drained well, and the beans transferred
to a percolator; this, when weak alco-
hol is used, should not be plugged with
cotton but with either coarse sponge,
or well-washed excelsior. The I
being placed, the liquid in which they
have macerated is slowly p
through, and then enough fresh men-
struum is passed to make the total
volume measure the desired quantity.
It is then a good point to pass through
an amount of fresh menstruum equal
to the quantity necessary for the next
maceration, and employ it as the
of the next lot.
Xow a word as to the menstruum to
be employed. A mixture of one part of
alcohol and two of water, both by
volume, will exhaust vanilla very well;
of course, it leaves behind the resin and
oil previously mentioned, but that is a
small matter compared with the fact
that it also dissolves the mucilaginous
matters present, and renders the extract
cloudy and almost non-filterable. If a
mixture of two volumes of alcohol to
one of water be used, this mucilage
will be loft behind: the extract will be
clear so as to require no altering if
all has been carefully done. This
greatly increases the cost, but if the
long maceration, the careful and slow
percolation, and the final washing of
the marc with the menstrum to be
Making and Selling Flavoring Extracts
Herewith are the formulas and a few
words of explanation taken from a
series of articles contributed by H. C.
Bradford to The Druggists Circular
and published in the early months of
1914:
Notwithstanding the druggists' repu-
tation for handling a superior line of
goods, the grocer has taken from him
the larger part of his business in fla-
voring extracts. The reason is that
the grocer makes it more convenient
for the housewife to order goods of
him. The druggist might offest this by
making a list of all his household goods,
with prices, and sending his errand
boy out daily to solicit orders. The
druggist himself might call on hotel
men. bakers, and others who use large
quantities of flavors, spices, baking
powders, etc.
Extract of Vanilla.
The general public does not want a
pure vanilla extract, preferring one
fortified with tonka beans, vanillin or
cHimarin. Especially is this true when
the flavoring is used in cooked articles.
In the making of a vanilla extract
there are two main points to be borne
in mind: first, that it is very difficult
: i i xhaust the beans, and second, that
the product requires to be aged. This
ageing may very properly be made a
part of the time expended in the mace-
ration. It is difficult to say what is
the best method of procedure, and one
will likely modify any process to suit
his own demands, but the time required
for ageing and extraction at once point
to the advantage of operating on quan-
tities'as large as convenient. A year's
supply would seem to be small enough,
and while the first year's product is
being sold another should be in process
of preparation. The other point is, that
by the use of wooden vessels in making:
the extract a finer and better product
can be obtained than if those of glass
or other material are employed. An
empty cask or barrel that has contained
either whisky or alcohol is ideal for the
purpose. A square hole of convenient
174
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
used for macerating- the next lot, all
be carefully done, it will be quite pos-
sible to dilute the resulting extract with
water. To make the matter plainer, a
formula covering these points is here
given :
Strong Vanilla Extracts to Be Diluted.
Vanilla beans 8 pounds.
Alcohol 32 pints.
Water 10 pints.
Extract in the manner already de-
scribed. If this is carefully done, the
sponge or excelsior will not be re-
quired, but a piece of cotton will serve,
and will be clear and bright. Then
add to it 5 gallons of water and mix
well. If glycerin or syrup is used in
making the extract they should be
mixed with the water before it is
added.
Of course, the same plan may be
followed with any formula, the point
being to use only a portion of the
water in the maceration and extrac-
tion, half that of the alcohol being the
usual quantity, and add the remainder
after the extraction is complete.
Vanilla Extract With Added Syn-
thetics
Best Bourbon vanilla
beans 4 pounds.
Alcohol 16 pints.
Water 5 pints.
Mix the alcohol and water, and
place in a keg of 5 gallons capacity,
prepared in the manner already indi-
cated. Grind the beans fine in a meat
chopper (this instrument is the best
possible for this purpose, and is val-
uable for many other purposes as
well), running them through twice
if necessary; then tie in a cheese cloth
bag and macerate in the manner
described. When the maceration is
complete remove to a percolator, pass
the liquid slowly through, and then
enough more of a mixture of alcohol 16
parts, and water 5 parts, both by vol-
ume, to obtain 3 gallons of extract.
Now take 6 pounds of cut loaf sugar,
add enough warm water to make tin-
whole measure 2 gallons, stir until
completely dissolved, ami add slowly to
the extract; mix well. This gives 5
gallons of the pure bean extract, to
which is to be added the following:
VaniJhn 10 drams.
Coumarin 5 drams.
Alcohol 4 pints.
Syrup 2 pints.
Water to make 20 pints.
This makes 1xh gallons of extract
ready for use. The extract will be fur-
ther improved if placed in the keg or
barrel in which it was made and al-
lowed to age; the longer the better.
The above synthetic mixture should be
prepared at the same time the beans
are* placed to macerate, so they will age
together, and when mixed, the result-
ing product will be ready for use at
once.
This extract has a much stronger
and fuller odor and aroma than that
from the bean, as might be expected.
It is light in color, and caramel may
be added if a darker color is wanted.
If the addition is made, to comply with
the federal food and drug law, the fact
must be stated on the label.
"White" Vanilla.
Under this name a solution of vanil-
lin and coumarin is sold. It may be
made by the last portion of the for-
mula above.
It will be noted that in that formula
the proportion of coumarin is large,
being one-half that of the vanillin. In
the opinion of the writer this is ex-
cessive; a trained sense of smell easily
catches an odor of bitter almonds from
this compound; however, if it pleases
the public, as it seems to do, there
is no more to be said. Still, if the cou-
marin were reduced one-third to one-
half the product would be better.
Prune Juice.
Latterly, it has been the custom to
add some prune juice to all dark van-
illa extracts, say, one to two pints to
the gallon, and there is little doubt- but
that it sweetens, smoothes and im-
proves the blend. It would seem that
it might be possible to prepare this
juice direct from prunes and thus re-
duce the cost.
The National Formulary Extract.
Prof. W. L. Scoville is authority for
the statement that the compound tinc-
ture of vanillin of the National For-
mulary approaches very closely in all
its sensible properties a first class ex-
tract made from beans. If used in an
uncooked product the bean extract
would be superior, but if in a product
which undergoes heat it is likely that
the synthetic extract would prove bet-
ter.
Compound Tincture of Vanilla.
Vanillin 6.5 grammes.
Coumarin 0.4 gramme.
Alcohol -.. 200.00 mils.
Glycerin 125.00 mils.
Compound tinc-
ture of cudbear. 16.00 mils.
Water, to make.. .1.000.00 mils.
Mix, dissolve and filter.
Artificial Vanilla Extracts.
The base of all artificial vanilla ex-
tracts, when these were in use, was
usually benzoic acid and peru balsam,
with various other ingredients to mod-
ify the flavor. Formulas for such ex-
tracts are rather scarce, but one is
given here which is probably as good as
any. It is only offered as a curiosity of
a past age, and is not recommended
for use except possibly as an experi-
ment.
CULINARY RECIPES
17.-
Tonka beans 2 ounces.
Prunes 16 ounces.
Raisins 4 ounces.
Currants 3 ounces.
Peru balsam 3 ounces.
Powdered orris root.... 4 ounces.
Molasses 2 pints.
Diluted alcohol 18 pints.
Water 4 pints.
The prunes, raisins and- currants are
to be boiled with the water until all
the soluble matter is extracted. The
orris, tonka and balsam are extracted
with the alcohol, the fruit solution
added and finally the molasses.
This could be made stronger by re-
ducing the amount of solvents; also,
about 20 grains of coumarin could be
used instead of the tonka.
Extract of Lemon.
Extract of lemon comes next to that
of vanilla in popularity. Much less la-
bor and trouble are required to make a
lemon extract than one of vanilla.
Lemon extract should be freshly made.
Oil of lemon is the base of this extract,
but the use of fresh lemon peel notably
adds to its quality. This peel may be
had at practically no cost. It is only
necessary to collect it and carefully
pare or grate the outer yellow portion
into a bottle of alcohol. This yellow,
oil-bearing portion is the only valuable
part. About an ounce of the peel in a
pint of spirit is correct for the extract,
and the amount of oil may be varied to
suit.
Oil of lemon is prone to oxidize, and
when once it has acquired the odor of
oil of turpentine it is worthless as a
flavoring. When the supply is received,
it should at once be mixed with an
equal bulk of alcohol and stored away
in amber bottles, well corked and in a
cool, dark place. Handled in this man-
ner, it will keep indefinitely.
Citral.
Citral is distilled from oil of lemon
grass, and practically represents the
oil of lemon. It is very much more
concentrated, an ounce being fully
equal in strength to a pound of good
oil, but it is less delicate. For a
strong extract, where the delicacy and
fine aroma are not likely to be missed,
it is invaluable, and its use will re-
sult in a considerable saving. For
best results it should always be used
in combination with the oil, and by
varying the proportions, an extract of
almost any desired strength and cost
may be made. It is also more soluble
than the oil, and results in a saving
of alcohol.
Terpeneless Oil.
By fractional distillation the better
grades are also freed from the sesqui-
terpenes, being thus rendered much
stronger and more soluble. They pos-
sess all the flavor and delicacy also
of the natural oil, so that quality is
not lost in attaining concentration.
They are costly, but when the saving
of alcohol and the greater permanence
of the product are taken into consid-
eration, they are really cheaper: that
is, 2 ounces of the terpeneless oil
fully equal in strength, flavor, aroma
and all other qualities to 3 pounds of
the best natural oil. This terpeneless
oil is soluble in dilute alcohol, while
the natural product will dissolve per-
manently in the necessary quantity in
nothing less than the 95 per cent.
The first formula will be the one
employed by the writer for severa
years with perfect satisfaction in every
respect except cost.
Extract of Lemon, No. 1.
Oil of lemon, best 12 ounces.
Alcohol, to make 1 gallon.
Extract of Lemon, No. 2.
Citral 4 drams.
Oil of lemon 4 ounces.
Alcohol 4 pints.
Distilled water, to make 1 gallon.
Dissolve the citral and the oil in the
alcohol; add the water, which should be
warmed, slowly, in small portions, with
constant stirring. It is possible, espe-
cially when the temperature is low.
that this may not make a clear solu-
tion; generally, a very gentle warming
will suffice to clear up any cloudiness,
but if not, the alcohol may be slightly
increased and the water correspond-
ingly decreased. Extreme cold throws
some of the oil out of solution, which
is brought back by warming. The
practice often recommended of filtering
such extracts through magnesium car-
bonate, purified talc, etc., is a bad one.
Such filtration renders the product
bright and clear, but at the expense of
the oil which remains behind. Very
much better is it to rely on a proper
temperature, or the addition of a little
more alcohol. It is also well to have a
small slip label printed explaining this.
This extract is slightly less delicate
than No. 1, but it would require an
expert to detect any real difference.
Extract of Lemon, No. 3.
Terpeneless oil of lemon. . 4 drams.
Alcohol 4 pints.
Water 4 pints.
Dissolve the oil in the alcohol, and
add the water slowly with frequent
shaking.
It will probably be found more gener-
ally satisfactory than No. 2 by reason
of its greater delicacy of flavor and the
fineness of its aroma.
Of course, a proportion of citral could
be added to this, or to any other, and
mixtures of all kinds may be made,
but it is only desired here to gi\
basic rules and principles governing
the process.
Soluble Lemon Extracts.
It is possible that the formulas
above, just as they stand, will not give
176
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
"soluble extracts," the preparations
made by them being very concentrated,
but the soluble extract may easily be
prepared from these. If either of the
extracts Xos. 2 or 3 be diluted with 2
pints of a mixture of alcohol 1 part and
water 3 parts, and then filtered clear
through a little magnesium carbonate,
it will mix clear and bright with all
aqueous liquids, syrups, etc. Or, per-
haps, a better method would be to re-
duce the proportion of flavoring ma-
terials one-fourth to one-third, and
use alcohol, 3 parts, water, 5 parts, for
a menstruum, filtering through mag-
nesium carbonate as before. In doing
this, take just as little of the carbonate
(in impalpable powder) as will serve,
probably a half ounce to the gallon;
shake it repeatedly and thoroughly
with the extract, during five or six
hours, then filter, returning the first
portions until it comes through bright
and clear.
When experimenting with such a
solution it is best to expose it for a
time to a temperature as low as that
which it will be likely to encounter
under any ordinary condition of stor-
age. It is does not then remain per-
fectly clear, more alcohol should be
used. A little care in this matter at
the outset is well worth the time and
labor required.
Peel and Color.
In these formulas nothing has been
said of the matter of the lemon peel
or of color. These are the same in
either case, hence what is now said
will apply to all. The peel will give
the necessary color, and will also add
to the fullness and delicacy of the
flavor, hence its use in all cases is rec-
ommended. It should be macerated
with the alcohol for two or three days
before the other ingredients are added,
and then strained or filtered out. Four
to six ounces to the gallon will give
the beautiful golden color so much ad-
mired, and which is so hard to dupli-
cate with any other agent. The weigh-
ing should not be overlooked, since it
will render the product uniform in
color.
If the peel is not employed, the next
best coloring agent is turmeric, about
2 drams to each gallon. Owing tp the
great variation in the quality of this
drug, a good fluidextract would be more
uniform, and would save filtration.
This latter should be avoided whenever
possible, since under best conditions it
is expensive and wasteful, and the
product exposed to the air.
Storing
When completed the extracts should
be stored in a cool dark place, either
in amber glass or in jugs, kegs or bar-
rels, and when bottled into retail pack-
ages, these should also be kept in the
cool and dark.
Extract of Orange
The oil of orange is a counterpart of
that of lemon, except that it has no
principle corresponding to citral: but
there is a terpeneless oil of orange
which is more expensive and much
stronger than that of lemon. While
the latter is as 1 to 24, the orange oil
is as 1 to 36. While only one-half
stronger, it is more than twice as
costly; hence, orange extracts cost more
than those of lemon. One ounce of
terpeneless orange oil costs $4.25 per
ounce, and that ounce may be consid-
ered as equal to 2^4 pounds of the
natural oil, and the latter costs $2.85
per pound, or $6.40 for as much as will
equal 1 ounce of the terpeneless oil.
Orange extract may be made by for-
mulas similar to those used for the
extracts of lemon, including the use of
the peel.
There is now to be had an artificial
terpeneless oil which is said to replace
the natural to great advantage. It is
as soluble as the natural, and the cost
is less than half. The writer has no
experience with this product, but judg-
ing from like products, it is highly
probable that its use in any extract to
replace one-fourth to one -half the prod-
uct of nature would give practically
identical results as to quality. This
synthetic oil seems well worth looking
into. To determine the best combina-
tions will require careful experimenta-
tion on the part of the maker, but
this need be neither costly nor trouble-
some. With a small pipette, combina-
tions of various strengths and kinds
may be made, the total product not
measuring more than 1 or 2 drams;
these tested carefully by the dilution
method will soon give results that are
sufficiently practical for our purpose;
once this is done, the experimental
lots may be mixed cautiously with the
commercial quantities, so that no loss
whatever is sustained, and the quality
is not altered sufficiently to be discern-
ible. It is not pretended that this
method of examination and standard-
ization can be accurate in the usual
sense of the term, but it will serve our
purpose here very well indeed, since
it is the only one employed commer-
cially, and that, too, very often, by
those unskilled and untrained in the
art.
Extract of Spicy Condiments.
It has long been the idea of the writer
that spices could be almost if not en-
tirely replaced with an extract made
from the corresponding oil. He once
had a very fair business in nutmeg ex-
tract, and no doubt the others could
very largely replace the spices them-
selves with the greatest satisfaction
and profit, both to maker and user.
The great variety and fluctuations in
quality of the latter are both practi-
callv eliminated by the use of an ex-
CULINARY RECIPES
177
tract made from the oil, since the oil
is both much more uniform and of good
quality. This idea, properly elaborated
and placed before the consumer in the
proper light, should prove to be very
profitable.
In marketing these or other flavor-
ings, the Federal and State laws re-
garding permissibility of sale or re-
quirements of labeling must always be
looked into.
Nutmeg Extracts.
Oil of nutmeg 1% ounces.
Alcohol, to make.... 1 pint.
Any other strength could be em-
ployed, and that of an ounce to the
pint is a very common one.
Wintergreen Extract.
Methyl salicylate 2 ounces.
Alcohol is ounces.
Water, to make 2 pints.
Dissolve the salicylate in the alcohol,
and add the water.
Almond Extract.
Benzaldehyde % ounce.
Alcohol 1 pint.
Water 1 pint.
Dissolve the benzaldehyde in the al-
cohol and add the water. It may be
necessary to filter this product to ren-
der it perfectly clear; if so, the precipi-
tated calcium phosphate is the clarify-
ing agent to use.
Cinnamon Extract.
There are three oils from which this
product may be made; the oil of Ceylon
cinnamon, the artificial substitute for
it. and the oil of cassia. The first is
much the best so long as it is not sub-
jected to heat, which spoils it. The
synthetic oil seems to be thin and lacks
fullness and body, and is far from satis-
factory, though it is quite possible, and
even probable, that in line with other
products of that class, a reasonable pro-
portion added to the natural oil would
make a product superior to either when
used alone. With our present state
of knowledge, it seems that the cassia
will be the most satisfactory from all
points of view. It may be made by the
formula following:
Oil of cassia 12 ounces.
Alcohol, to make 1 gallon.
Rose Extract.
So far as the writer's personal knowl-
edge goes, this has always been made
from the natural oil; but the economy
of the artificial oil is a strong argu-
ment in its favor. The color is usual-
ly imparted by red rose petals, and they
are much the best agent to use if they
can be had reasonably fresh and of
good quality. It may even be advis-
able to collect and dry them for this
purpose. Such a leaf not only imparts
its own delicate color, but also adds
appreciably to the odor and flavor of
the product.
Oil of rose l dram.
Oil of clove 6 minims.
Rose petals 2 ounces.
Alcohol 24ounces.
Water, to make 2 pints.
Mix. macerate two or three days to
extract the color from the petals, and
then filter.
The clove is added to bring out the
rose effect. It also imparts to the ex-
tract a slight spiciness or piquancv
which is agreeable to many. It will
scarcely be required, however, if any-
thing less than the best quality of oil
of rose be employed, since the lower
grades contain quite a sufficiency of
geranium to do all that the trace of
clove is capable of performing, and
even more.
Onion Extract
Courage fails me when I undertake
to describe the compounds sailing un-
der this name. From a cursory exam-
ination of them it is quite certain that
asafetida is the odorous agent, with
never a trace of onion or allied prod-
uct. Oil of onion is usually to be ob-
tained in the primary markets, and if
not. then oil of garlic is an acceptable
substitute. This latter agent is both
strong and costly, but is required in
very small proportion. A working
formula is not within the reach of the
writer, but it is highly probable that
a solution in alcohol of one-fourth to
one-half of one per cent, would an-
swer all purposes.
Pistachio Extracts.
The name "pistachio" has been given
to widely varying compounds. Formu-
las are here offered for mixtures which
I include under that heading.
I.
Vanillin 2 drams.
Oil of pimento Va ounce.
Benzaldehyde 1 ounce.
Oil of cassia 1 ounce.
Oil of lemon 1 y» oun<
Oil of raspberry, arti-
ficial yz ounce.
Alcohol, to make 4 pints.
This compound, while apparently in-
congruous and revolutionary, is in real-
ity a most excellent article, and the
combination of flavors is usually very
attractive and pleasing. The raspberry
oil is the usual compound of ethers,
esters, etc., sold under that name.
Of quitp a different nature and flavor,
hut still pleasing, are the following
compounds. These combinations have
been used with success. It should be
possible to build up a very nice busi-
ness on one or more of these by ex-
ploiting' them under a coined or local
nam's.
II.
Oil of lemon 1 >2 dram-
Oil of cassia 1 dram.
Benzaldehyde 1 dram.
ITS
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Oil of nutmeg y2 dram.
Alcohol, to make 8 ounces.
III.
The next formula originated in Eng-
land. The product is most delightful
to the great majority of persons, im-
parting a nutty, fragant tang to food.
Such a product is eminently adapted to
introduction by sample, as nothing but
a personal trial can convey any ade-
quate idea of the flavor, and it is these
compounds or mixtures, sold under
coined or local names, that are most
profitable, since the product is not like-
ly to be successfully imitated.
Oil of rose 10 drops.
Coumarin 5 ounces.
Alcohol 60 ounces.
Syrup, to make 360 ounces.
This may be colored with caramel.
Artificial Maple Extract.
We next come to consider a product
for which numerous very crude, unsat-
isfactory and even worthless formulas
have been published. Corn cobs, hick-
ory bark, green maple wood, and vari-
ous other things have been recom-
mended as materials to be used in imi-
tating maple flavor, and, with all these
things against it, it is strange that
the product has retained its place in
the markets. Competent authorities
state that by far the largest portion of
both maple syrup and maple sugar that
enter the markets of the country is
fictitious, and many of these fictitious
articles must -be made from some of the
crude materials mentioned above, if
quality be any indication. The formula
which I here offer is a good one, and
while of course the product can not
be sold as genuine, there is no need
for it to be, for a syrup prepared from
this extract is not only delicious in
flavor but there is every possibility that
it is far more cleanly and wholesome
than even the average genuine product.
Vanillin 20 grains.
Coumarin 10 grains.
Oil of rose 2 drops.
Oil of anise 1 drop.
Oil of celery 10 drops.
Tincture of fenugreek... % ounce.
Fluidextract of coffee... 1 dram.
Maple sugar, pure 1 ounce.
New Orleans molasses.. 2 ounces.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Alcohol 3 ounces.
Water, to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the first five items in the
alcohol: dissolve the molasses, sugar
and glycerin in the water: mix the two
solutions, add the other materials, mix
well, and then keep for at least a month
in a warm place. Keep protected from
light.
Artificial Maple Syrup.
Dark brown sugar. . . 6 pounds.
Water 4 pints.
Maple extract, as
above 1 to 2 ounces.
Heat the water to boiling, add the
sugar, stir till dissolved, and continue
the heat for about five minutes, mean-
time carefully skimming off any im-
purities that may rise from the brown
sugar. When cool add the extract, 1 to
2 ounces being the correct proportions.
The first quantity gives a rather mild
flavored syrup, which is liked by many,
while the second quantity gives a very
strong flavor, and, of course, there are
all the gradations between these two.
Artificial Peach Extracts.
I.
Methyl salicylate 1 ounce.
Amyl butyrate Bounces.
Butyric ether 5 ounces.
Acetic ether 5 ounces.
Peach juice 30 ounces.
Alcohol . . 150 ounces.
Mix, adding the juice last. It may be
colored, of course, as may all the others
if desired.
Dilute with alcohol as required.
II.
Glycerin 1 part.
Amyl alcohol 2 parts.
Aldehyde 2 parts.
Benzaldehyde 5 parts.
Valerianic ether 5 parts.
Butyric ether 5 parts.
Formic ether 5 parts.
Acetic ether 5 parts.
Peach juice 20 parts.
Alcohol 250 .parts.
Mix, adding the juice last.
Dilute with alcohol as required.
Artificial Tomato Extract.
Glycerin 1 ounce.
Valerianic ether 5 ounces.
Aldehyde 5 ounces.
Alcohol 100 ounces.
Dilute with alcohol as required.
Artificial Banana Extract.
This is probably the most used ex-
tract of this class, unless it be straw-
berry. It is more than probable the
sales of these two will more than equal
all the others of the list combined.
Artificial Banana Oil.
Amyl acetate 15 ounces.
Butyric ether SO ounces.
Mix.
For ordinary use the above com-
pound should be diluted with —
Glycerin 50 ounces.
Alcohol 650 ounces.
This formula, which is of English or-
igin, illustrates sharply the almost uni-
versal tendency, to employ too much
alcohol: at least half the above can he
replaced with water, and the greater
portion', if not all, the glycerin with a
syrup made of glucose. This will in no
degree reduce the quality or appearance
of the product, and will materially cut
down tlie cost.
CULINARY RECIPES
IT'.'
Strawberry Oil.
Nitrous ether 1 part.
Acetic ether 5 parts.
Formic ether 1 part.
Butyric ether 5 parts.
Methyl salicylate 1 part.
Amy] acetate 3 parts.
Amyl butyrate ." 2 parts.
Glycerin 2 parts.
For making extract, use 1 part of oil
to 30 of alcohol.
Pineapple Oil.
Amyl acetate 1 part.
Ethyl butyrate 5 parts.
Amyl butyrate 10 parts.
Glycerin 3 parts.
For making the extract, use 1 part of
oil to 30 of alcohol.
This is sufficient of these artificial
extracts. They are the poorest and
most unsatisfactory portion of the en-
tire line, large as it is.
Extracts in Powder Form.
These have long been known. Their
keeping qualities are very poor, and
they have never gained much popu-
larity. Artificial vanilla made of vanil-
lin and coumarin is an exception; it
keeps perfectly, and is in quite exten-
sive use. It is largely sold under the
name of vanilla sugar.
When essential oils, such as those
of lemon or orange, are mixed with
sugar, and the whole rubbed down to
powder, there is offered the best pos-
sible condition for the oxidation of the
terpenes of which these oils are so
largely composed. If the terpeneless
oils or citral, or a mixture of the two
be employed, and the product thus made
be preserved in a package nearly air-
tight, these products should prove rea-
sonably permanent and satisfactory-
Extracts in Paste Form.
Flavoring may also be prepared in
the form of paste put up in collapsible
tubes. This form offers many advan-
tages over both liquid and powder, to
both the manufacturer and user. In
this form, alcohol is practically dis-
pensed with, while the form of package
is not only a preservative against the
action of the atmosphere but also
against any contamination.
In this line the flavoring ingredients
are not different from those usually
employed; the difference is in the base
or vehicle, and there are a number of
these from which to choose, all con-
taining more or less glycerin. One of
the best is the heavy-bodied glucose.
This is usually too stiff to run out of a
bottle or jar, so should be mixed with
some glycerin. It is best to have the
glucose as heavy as can be handled
conveniently through the tubes, since
the finished product is not a solution.
but a mixture, and this density is nec-
essary to hold the mixture together and
prevent its separating. The oils or
other flavoring material should first
be mixed with the glycerin, and this
then added to the glucose. The heat
of a water- bath will materially a
the blending Sometimes glycerin alone
is used, but it is rather too light to
give best satisfaction. Again, traga-
canth is sometimes used, and this also
forms a good basis. A half pound of
good, clean gum, though it need not
be of the highest grade, especially as
regards color, is soaked in a gallon of
water for three or four days or until
it becomes perfectly soft and lias ab-
sorbed its maximum content of the
liquid; the mass is now stirred and
strained through a piece of gauze or
cheese cloth. Four ounces of this soft-
ened gum, 12 ounces of glycerin, and
the desired flavoring material are now
to be thoroughly mixed, the oil to bs
added slowly, and triturated thoroughly
in a mortar.
As these pastes sell for less cost
than the liquid extracts, it is usual to
make thsm strong. To the quantity of
softened gum and glycerin just stated
add 2 ounces of the oil of lemon, orange,
cinnamon, clove, peppermint, winter-
green, or allspice. For nutmeg, 1 ounce,
and for almond, % ounce of benzalde-
hyde free from both prussic acid and
chlorine, will suffice, and the same is
true of celery. For vanilla, the usual
plan is to employ vanillin and cou-
marin. in the proportions usually em-
ployed for any other extract, say 60
grains of the first and 20 of the second,
and it will be found an excellent plan
to dissolve these in just sufficient warm
alcohol, and then mix the solution with
the glycerin. This will insure the
smoothness of the product. *
Flavoring Extracts in Powder Form
Vanilla Flavor.
Vanillin 60 grains.
Cumarin 8 grains.
Powdered sugar 1 pound.
Lemon Flavor.
Soluble oil of lemon. . . . 30 minims.
Citric acid 1 ounce.
Powdered sugar 1 pound.
Tincture of turmeric'. ... to color.
Orange Flavor.
Soluble oil of orange. . . 30 minimis.
Oil of mandarin orange. 3 minims.
Citric acid 4 drams.
Powdered sugar 1 pound.
Orange color enough.
Almond Flavor.
Benzaldehyde 2 drams.
Powdered sugar 1 pound.
Ginger Flavor.
Oleoresin of ginger 2 drams.
Caramel 15 minims.
Powdered sugar 1 pound.
Cinnamon Flavor.
Oil of Ceylon cinnamon. 3 drams.
Caramel 5 minims.
Powdered sugar 1 pound.
ISO THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Clove Flavor. daily shaking from four to eight weeks
Oil of clove buds 3 drams. —the longer the better. Transfer
Powdered sugar 1 pound. quickly to a glass percolator, the neck
Nutmeg Flavor. of which has been previously well
Oil of nutmeg ' 3 drams. fitted (not tight) with a pellet of
Powdered sugar 1 pound. mixed tasteless whitewood shavings
. ., „. '""' ' -,, . . and absorbent cotton, well moistened.
A contribution from the Chemist Return the first portion of the perco-
and Druggist in which the use of tar- late and late percolation to suit,
taric acid is directed is appended, a - WheR n the u -d hag disappeared
though we think citric acid preferable add en h of a mixtUre of alcohol, 65
from both gustatory and hygienic mi] and wat 35 mU tQ obtain the
standpoints: desired quantity.
There is a steady and growing demand for
fruit-crystals during hot weather, and I have
found the following formulae "go" very well. _. . . . ... „. T ,Y/ i_
Tartaric acid in small crystals is used. The 1 incture OI Vanilla 1 hat Is Worth
flavoring and coloring are mixed with the \Y/U'l
granulated sugar, the acid then added and the W tllle
mixture dried: _ . „.. .,
Lemon. Louis A. Ribar writes:
Tartaric acid 3 pounds. Tincture of vanilla made according to the
Granulated sugar 6 pounds. U. S. P. process is tincture of vanilla. Tb^ose
Oil of lemon 2 ounces. who make it by this process will wonder
Rectified spirit 2 ounces. why they don't sell more of it. They have
Quinoiine yellow to color. tincture of vanilla U. S. P. all right, but
q they have not enough tincture of vanilla with
_ . ., = . , the flavor that age gives it.
Tartaric acid 1 pound. Take vour vanilla Deans (choice Mexican
Granulated sugar 3 pounds. g. or 10.inchi not smaller), cut up into small
Oil of bitter orange i2 ounce. bits beat int0 smithereens with the sugar.
Rectified spirit 1 ounce. put int0 a sweet, clean jug or keg. pour on
Croceme orange to color. your menstruumj ]et 'em soak (allow to
Raspberry. macerate, as we degree men should say).
Tartaric acid 1 pound. shake 'em up good every once in a while
Granulated sugar 3 pounds. <or agitate thoroughly at frequent intervals).
Cone, essence of raspberry 2 ounces. don't attempt to filter for six months at least
Raspberry coloring enough. —and you will get tincture of vanilla that is.
If vou will let it stand one or two years before
Strawberry. using you will have tincture of vanilla that will
Same as raspberry, but with 2 ounces of make 'em come to you. Under no rircumstances
concentrated essence of strawberry in place of allow yourself to be deluded into the belief
raspberry essence. that tonka beans in any proportion improve
Cherrv tne favor of vanilla. "It ain't so!" Each
Same as raspberry, but with 2 ounces of liule bean has a flavor of its own'
concentrated essence of cherry in place of
raspberry essence.
Making Extracts of Vanilla
Malcino- a Clear Vanilla Fxtrart Macle according to official directions.
Maying a L.lear vanilla extract tincture of vanilla should be clear
Cut the vanilla beans into small enough without filtering. Paul Cald-
pieces, about one-fourth inch long with well advises cutting the beans in a
a bright cutter; place the cut beans "galvanized" meat cutter. He says
in a glass bottle or jar. and cover them that contact with iron injures the bean
with deodorized alcohol to about two or the tincture. He adds that the
inches above the beans. Allow this longer the beans are macerated the
to macerate with frequent shaking better, advising six weeks as a mini-
from forty -eight to seventy-two hours mum length of time for continuing
at a temperature of about 80 deg. F. the maceration. He says that the tine-
Drain or pour off the alcoholic liquid ture can be made to pass through or-
and reserve it. Repeat the maceration dinary filtering mediums by using 1
two more times in exactly the same dram of potassium carbonate for every
manner, reserving the several alcoholic 8 ounces of crushed bean employed and
liquids, and mix all three portions for macerating them in enough water to
further use. Transfer the cut beans to cover the mixture. According to his
a convenient porcelain vessel and al- statement this amount of the alkali
low them to dry in a warm current of has no appreciable effect upon the taste
air or overnight. Reduce the beans of the tincture, but this is a point
with the sugar in a brass mortar or a which each manufacturer must decide
tinned meat cutter to a uniform 20 to for himself.
30 powder. Transfer the powdered Commenting on the trouble experi-
beans to a glass container of the neces- enced in filtering tincture of vanilla.
sary size; then add the reserved liquid C. B. Braden writes: "Put a small
with enough alcohol to make 50 mils piece of sponge in a funnel, push in
for every 100 grammes of vanilla used. tight, and then add about 4 ounces of
Allow this to macerate for twenty-four bird gravel. Filter the tincture
hours with occasional shaking, then through this."
add 200 mils of distilled water, shake A formula in which the potassium
thoroughly, and allow to macerate with carbonate is embodied follows:
CULINARY RECIPES
181
Vanilla beans, chopped
fine 30 parts.
Potassium carbonate. ... 1 part.
Boiling water 1,450 parts.
Alcohol 450 parts.
Essence of musk 1 part.
Dissolve the potassium carbonate in
the boiling water, add the vanilla,
cover the vessel, and let it stand in
a moderately warm place until its
contents are of the room temperature.
Transfer the contents to a wide-
mouthed jar, add the alcohol, cork and
let them stand for 15 days. Then
decant the clear extract, and filter
the remainder. Mix the two liquids
and add the essence of musk.
Another formula contributed to The
Druggists Circular some years ago as
being the best the contributor had ever
used, follows:
Mexican vanilla beans 3% pounds.
Granulated sugar 7 pounds.
Deodorized alcohol 4 gallons.
"Water 3 gallons.
After having carefully selected a lot of prime
vanilla beans the first step is to divide them
into small pieces from % to 1 inch long by
means of a herb-cutter. The bean should not
be allowed to come into contact with iron, as
such contact destroys the flavor very quickly,
and may be the cause of a poor tincture. Place
the cut beans in a porcelain jar and pour upon
them 7 pints of boiling water. Cover the jar
and let it stand for twenty-four hours. The
object of this maceration or infusion is to bring
the beans as nearly as possible to their natural
green state. The beans as found in the mar-
ket are much wrinkled. The maceration swells
the fiber and brings that portion of the surface
which was formerly hidden where it is exposed
to the action of the menstruum, which later
is poured upon it. This maceration also pre-
pares the vanilla for the next step, facilitating
its passage through the chopper, and causes it
to go through without becoming heated and
without sticking to the blades of the machine
as it would if not previously treated as stated.
iMter maceration tor twenty-four hours, pour
off the supernatant liquid and transfer the
beans to a machine, which will cut or grind
them up as fine as possible, the finer the bet-
ter. Place the now finely ground vanilla in a
porcelain jar, add to it 7 pounds of granu-
lated sugar, then the liquid with which it had
previously been macerating and 8 pints addi-
tional of water. Stir frequently during twenty-
four hours, and then add 1 gallon of deodorized
alcohol. No longer than twenty-four hours
should elapse before the addition of alcohol is
made, otherwise there will be danger of fer-
mentation taking place. Macerate for seven
days and add another gallon of alcohol, mace-
rate another week, and add 4 pints of alcohol.
It is this last portion of alcohol which con-
tributes to the appearance of the finished
product. Up to this time the liquid has a
turbid appearance, but upon the addition of
these last four pints it becomes clear, the
albumin present is coagulated, and the fin-
ished product requires no filtration. If a
menstruum less alcoholic is used, the tincture
of vanilla will not have this bright appear-
ance, and will require filtration, which is
not to be advised in the making of vanilla
extract. Allow the mixture to macerate thirty
days more and at the expiration of that time
transfer the whole to a percolator and cover
with a muslin diaphragm. After the liquid
with which it has been standing has run
through, add a menstruum made of 9 pints of
water and 12 pints of alcohol. Th
Will yield an excellent tincture or extract of
vanilla, perfectly bright and clear and ready
for use. It is advisable to keep this in wood
for six months, but of course it may be used
at any time. There is no method to be fol-
lowed which will yield a satisfactorv product
in a few days.
Another operator quoted in The
Druggists Circular, adds alcohol first
in the proportion of two-thirds of the
intended quantity of menstruum, fol-
lowing immediately with boiling
water. He shakes the container many
times a clay for lour weeks, then
drains off and passes through a coarse
strainer into a stock keg. in which is
a faucet. To the dregs in the macer-
ating keg is added about one-third of
the quantity of fresh menstruum in
the same proportions of water and al-
cohol. Maceration is continued for
four weeks more with agitation, and
the liquid expressed without much
pressure, and strained (not filtered) as
before. This is reserved to be used
as one-third of the next menstruum,
and so on in all future manufactures.
This operator found that too long-
continued maceration imparts a woody
flavor to the product. He lays much
stress on the matter of keeping the
extract at least one year before offer-
ing it for sale, and says it is better
if kept from two to five years, espe-
cially if kept in wood. He finds that
in making in 7 Y2 -gallon lots there is
a loss by maceration and by evapora-
tion in a year's keeping of at least a
gallon. He uses not less than 1%
ounces of good bean to the pint, and
recommends French cologne spirit of
the best quality as the alcoholic part
of the menstruum.
The Federal requirements for vari-
ous flavoring extracts say that extract
of vanilla must be a 10 per cent, ex-
tract of vanilla bean in alcohol of
proper strength. It may contain su-
gar and glycerin, but* nothing is said
about musk or potassium carbonate.
Possibly the addition of the latter
would make the "extract'' a "com-
pound extract."
W. G. Xapp. appreciating the diffi-
culties that confront the maker of
extract of vanilla, offers as a supple-
ment to the foregoing suggestions a
description of a process which he has
used with entire satisfaction for ;i
number of years. He wi
The process or manipulation which I ••ffer is
one I have not yet seen suggested. I have
used it in the years past, producing an extract
rich in aroma," perfectly bright and clear and
of a rich dark color. In this process the object
is to abstract first all of the oil and moisture
from the beans, which is very readily done by
the deodorized alcohol. Then by drying by
exposure the beans may be quickly reduced to
a powder of any desired fineness, either in a
mortar or a meat cutter. This powdering is
• Bsential so as to extract all flavor. I
have completely exhausted the bean (2 ounces
in a pint; of all its flavor with a menstruum
of U. S. P. alcoholic strength as an experi-
ment. At first glance it may seem that the
powdering would be difficult, but the treat-
ment with alcohol brings the beans Into a con-
dition which permits their being powdered
without much labor. Another feature:— There
is no clogging or gumming of th-r marc in
percolating. If transferred ifter :gorous
shake into the percolator, packing takes place
182
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
of itself, and after the first single portion the
percolate comes through with steady dropping,
bright and clear.
This is the process:— Cut the vanilla beans
into' small pieces, about one-fourth inch long
with a bright cutter; place the cut beans in a
glass bottle or jar, and cover them with de-
odorized alcohol to about two inches above the
beans. Allow this to macerate with frequent
shaking from forty-eight to seventy-two hours
at a temperature of about 80 deg. F. Drain
or pour off the alcoholic liquid and reserve it.
Repeat the maceration two more times in ex-
actly the same manner, reserving the several
alcoholic liquids, and mix all three portions for
further use. Transfer the cut beans to a con-
venient porcelain vessel and allow them to
drv in a warm current of air or overnight.
Reduce the beans with the sugar in a brass
mortar or a tinned meat cutter to a uniform
20 or 30 powder. Transfer the powdered beans
to a glass container of the necessary size, then
add the reserved liquid with enough alcohol
to make 500 mils for every 100 grammes of
vanilla used. Allow this to macerate for
twenty-four hours with occasional shaking,
then add 200 mils of distilled water; shake
thoroughly and allow to macerate with daily
shaking from four to eight weeks— the longer
the better. Transfer quickly to a glass per-
colator, the neck of which has been previ-
ously well fitted (not tight) with a pellet of
mixed tasteless whitewood shavings and ab-
sorbent cotton, well moistened. Return the
first portion of the percolate and regulate per-
colation to suit. When all the liquid has dis-
appeared add enough of a mixture of alcohol,
65 mils and water 35 mils to obtain the de-
sired quantity.
It will be noticed that in this process nearly
three-fourths of the menstruum is used to ex-
tract the beans and the other one-fourth to
exhaust the marc. Glass percolators must be
used for small or large batches; this is essen-
tial to the preservation of tl^fi aroma.
Imitation Vanilla Extract
I.
Vanillin 1 Y2 ounces.
Cumarin 1 ounce.
Benzoic acid 3 ounces.
Alcohol 1 gallon.
Glycerin * 4 pints.
Sugar 4 pounds.
Caramel enough.
Water, to make 6 gallons.
For cold processes this product is
said to be a good one; for cooking, the
figures for vanillin and cumarin should
be interchanged.
II.
Vanillin 1 ounce.
Sugar 1 pound.
Powdered tonka 4 ounces.
Alcohol 24 ounces.
Glycerin 1 pint.
Water, to make 1 gallon.
Coloring, as desired.
Macerate the tonka in a mixture of
alcohol and an equal quantity of water
for a week, agitating daily. Add the
vanillin dissolved in the glycerin, and
the sugar dissolved in a pint of water.
Let this mixture stand for a week; add
enough water to make 1 gallon of
product and filter after two days.
Here is a formula that produces an
extract said to have been sold to the
extent of 100 gallons a week; it cer-
tainly is cheap:
III.
Cumarin . 2 ounces.
Sugar 10 pounds.
Alcohol 10 pints.
Liquid caramel 2 pints.
Water, to make 10 gallons.
Of course, none of these products
should be sold as extract of vanilla or
labeled so as to lead the purchaser to
believe that a vanilla flavor is being
supplied.
Essence of Tonka
A so-called artificial essence of va-
nilla containing no vanilla has been
made as follows:
Tonka beans 2Y2 ounces.
Prunes, bruised 4 ounces.
Raisins, bruised 2 ounces.
Black currants 1 ounce.
Orris root 1 ounce.
Peru balsam 6 drams.
Treacle, dark ». . 10 ounces.
Bruise the tonka beans and infuse for
three hours in 10 ounces of hot water.
Separately macerate the prunes, rais-
ins, black currants and orris root (in
powder) in a mixture of spirit, 25
ounces, water, 40 ounces; add to this
the infusion of tonka, macerate four-
teen days, and add the other ingredi-
ents and filter.
Cheap Lemon Extract (Soluble)
Oil of lemon. 5 ounces.
Alcohol 2 pints.
Water 6 pints.
Magnesium carbonate... 2 ounces.
Tincture of turmeric to color.
Rub the oil and the carbonate in a
mortar, slowly adding the alcohol. Set
aside for two days, then add the water,
a little at a time, and shake well. Af-
ter a week or ten days filter and add
the coloring matter.
Root Beer Extract (from Oils)
Oil of lemon 2 drams.
Oil of sassafras 2 drams.
Oil of spruce 2 drams.
Oil of wintergreen 1 dram.
Oil of nutmeg, essential 1 dram.
Alcohol, deodorized. . . .12 fl. ounces.
Water 4 fl. ounces.
Talcum, purified 2 ounces.
Dissolve the oils in about 2 fluid
ounces of alcohol, triturate the solution
with the talcum, add the remainder of
the alcohol mixed with the water and
filter. Add through the filter enough
of a mixture of 3 parts of alcohol to
1 of water to make 16 fluidounces.
Root Beer Extract
Sassafras,
Yellow dock,
Pimento,
Wintergreen, of each 1 ounce.
CULINARY RECIPES
183
Wild cherry bark,
Coriander,
Hops, of each % ounce.
Proof spirit 6 ounces.
Bruise the drug plants and macerate
for six hours in the proof spirit. Then
pack in a percolator and add another
2 ounces of the menstruum. When
dropping ceases, pour on a few ounces
of water. Collect the first 6 ounces of
percolate and reserve; continue perco-
lation with a pint of water, evaporate
the percolate to 4 ounces and add to
the tirst 6 ounces.
The term "root beer" is rather elas-
tic; we are inclined to believe, in the
first place, that the "extract" com-
monly represents barks, seeds, etc., to
the exclusion of roots, and then the
combination of ingredients varies con-
siderably. One of the appended formu-
las may be found satisfactory:
I.
Pimento 1 ounce.
Sassafras bark 1 ounce.
Wintergreen 1 ounce.
Hops % ounce.
Coriander seed % ounce.
Diluted alcohol enough.
Percolate until 10 ounces of tincture
are obtained. This tincture is used
to flavor syrup according to taste,
which syrup is then mixed with car-
bonated water in the customary soda
fountain way.
II.
Methyl salicylate 12 drams.
Oil of sassafras, true.... 9 drams.
Oil of cloves 3 drams.
Tincture of ginger, U.S. P. 12 drams.
Alcohol, enough to make.. 1 pint.
In making a syrup from this, citric
acid is added, about twice as much of,
say, a 30 per cent, solution, as of the
extract.
Flavor for Gallic Sausage
Black pepper 1 pound.
Clove 5 ounces.
Nutmeg 4% ounces.
Ginger 9 ounces.
Anise 2 ^ ounces.
Coriander 2 % ounces.
Grind all together.
Another Sausage Flavor
It will be noticed that this formula,
from a British source, omits that old
American stand-by, sage:
Capsicum 1 part.
Cumin 1 part.
Cassia 1 part.
Nutmeg 2 parts.
Pimento 6 parts.
Black pepper 8 parts.
Salt 8 parts.
Celery Salt
Sodium chloride 1 pound.
Celery seed, bruised 2 drains.
Alcohol, 6 drams.
Macerate the seed in the spirit for a
week, then filter and thoroughly u
porate the filtrate with the salt.
Pickling Vinegar
I.
For each gallon of vinegar, take 1
ounce each of capsicum, ginger and
pimento. 3 ounces each of black, white
and long pepper, and S ounces of mua-
tard seed. Bruise the spices, boil with
part of the vinegar, then add the re-
mainder of the vinegar, and strain,
after allowing the liquid to stand for
a week or more.
II.
Ginger J2 oun
Allspice % ounci
Curry powder 1 ounce.
Black pepper 2 ounces.
Capsicum % ounce.
Mustard seed 4 ounci
Vinegar 4% pints.
Bruise the spice and macerate for
two days in a warm place with the
vinegar previously heated to boiling.
Pasteurization of Milk
A United States Government bulletin
on this subject says:
Milk is conveniently pasteurized in the bot-
tles in which it is delivered. To do this use
a small pail with a perforated false bottom.
An inverted pie tin with a few holes punched
in it will answer this purpose. This will raise
the bottles fmrn the bottom of the pail, thus
allowing a free circulation of water and pre-
venting bumping of the bottles. Punch a hole
through the cap of one of the bottles and in-
sert a thermometer. The ordinary floating type
of thermometer is likely to be inaccurate, and
if poss thermometer with th<
etched on the glass should be used. Set the
bottles of milk in the pail and fill the pail
with water nearly to the level of the milk.
Put the pail on the stove or over a gas flame
and heat it until the thermometer in the milk
shows not less than 150 degrees nor more than
155 degrees F. The bottles should then be re-
moved from the water and allowed to stand
from twenty to thirty minutes. The tempera-
ture will fall slowly, but may be held more
uniformly by covering the bottles with a towel.
The punctured cap should be replaced with a
new one, or the bottle should be covered with
an inverted cup.
After the milk has been held as directed It
should be cooled as quickly and as much as
possible by setting in water. To avoid danger
of breaking the bottle by too sudden change
of temperature, this water should be warm at
first. Replace the warm water slowly with
cold water. After cooling, milk should in all
cases be held at the lowest available t-
aturr-.
This method may be employed to retard the
souring of milk or cream for ordinary
It should be remembered, however, that pas-
teurization does not destroy all bacteria in
milk, and after pasteurization it should be
kept cold and used as soon as possible. Cream
does not rise as rapidly or separate as com-
pletely in pasteurized milk as in raw milk.
184
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Curry Powder
I.
Coriander 5 pounds.
Turmeric 1 y2 pounds.
Fenugreek 12 ounces.
Black pepper 8 ounces.
Cumin A 8 ounces.
Mustard 8 ounces.
Dill 4 ounces.
Pimento 4 ounces.
African ginger 4 ounces.
Table salt 1 y2 ounces.
Capsicum 1% ounces.
Grind the ingredients together to a
fine" powder.
II.
Turmeric 2 ounces.
Coriander 1 ounce.
Ginger 2 ounces.
Cardamom y2 ounce.
Capsicum % ounce.
Cumin % ounce.
White pepper 1 ounce.
Lemon peel 1 ounce.
III.
Coriander 13 ounces.
Black pepper 5 ounces.
Capsicum 1 ounce.
Cumin 6 ounces.
Fenugreek 6 ounces.
Turmeric 6 ounces.
Grind all together and sift.
It is said that a better flavor is ob-
tained by using whole, fresh ingredi-
ents and grinding them all together at
once.
Kitchen Spice
Ginger 1 pound.
Cinnamon 8 ounces.
Black pepper 8 ounces.
Nutmeg 8 ounces.
Allspice 8 ounces.
Clove 2 drams.
Sodium chloride 6 pounds.
Reduce all the spices to about a No.
30 powder and mix thoroughlv.
Preparing Table Mustard
There are dozens of methods of pre-
paring mustard for table use, ranging
all the way from making a paste of
ground mustard with vinegar to con-
cocting a condimental olla podrida out
of a dozen or more seeds, barks, roots,
leaves and fruits, with saline, acetic,
and saccharine additions. We give a
few of them below:
Plain Table Mustard.
Mix 8 pounds of ground mustard seed
with 1% pints of good vinegar; heat
the mixture over a moderate fire for
one hour, and add 1 dram of ground
Jamaica pepper. When cold transfer
to jars, which should be kept w'ell
closed.
Very Fine Table Mustard.
Digest over a water bath 1% ounces
of fresh tarragon leaves, 2 bay leaves,
1 lemon (juice and rind), % dram each
of cloves and cinnamon, % dram of
black pepper, % ounce of dill and 1
onion in % gallon of good vinegar.
Then strain the fluid into a porcelain
vessel, and while it is yet warm mix
with it 1 pound of ground black mus-
tard, 1 pound of ground white mustard.
1 pound of sugar and 3% ounces of
common salt. Let the whole digest.
.stirring frequently, until the mustard
has lost some of its sharpness by the
evaporation of the ethereal oil, and
then dilute, according to taste, with
more or less vinegar.
French Mustard.
Mix with good wine vinegar (or, bet-
ter yet, a vinegar in which- has been
macerated some celery root, garlic,
onion and chives), ground mustard, 900
parts; sugar, 100 parts; salt. 100 parts;
pepper, 50 parts; cinnamon, 25 parts;
cardamom, 10 parts, and ginger, 15
parts.
Savory Essence for Soups
Black pepper 4 ounces.
Allspice 2 ounces.
Nutmeg 1 ounce.
Clove 2 drams.
Cinnamon 2 drams.
Coriander 2 drams.
Caraway 2 drams.
Alcohol 2 pints.
Crush the spices and macerate in the
alcohol for ten days. Filter.
Albumin Milk
Sweet, whole milk 2 pints.
Essence of pepsin 4 drams.
Fat-free buttermilk 1 pint.
Maltose dextrin enough.
Boiled water enough.
Bring the milk to a boiling temper-
ature; cool to 100 deg. F. ; add the es-
sence of pepsin, and allow to curdle.
Pour off the whey and drain the curd
in a muslin bag for two hours. Place
the bag containing the curd in 8 ounces
of the water previously cooled. Re-
move as soon as saturated, letting the
surplus water drip back into the un-
absolved portion. Place the curd in a
sieve; ad-d the buttermilk, and pass
the curd through the sieve three or
four times. Wash the adhering curd
from the bag in the water used pre-
viously to soak the mass. Pour this
water into the sieve; add enough
water to bring the total volume to 2
pints and add the desired quantity of
maltose dextrin.
CULINARY RECIPES
185
Easter- Bun Spices
Three formulas for these spices are
given in Pharmaceutical Formulas, as
follows:
London
Nutmeg . . ." 6 ounces.
Mace 1 ounce.
Red pepper 2 ounces.
Cinnamon 4 ounces.
dinger 8 ounces.
Provincial
Mace 2 ounces.
Ginger 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves 6 minims.
Scotch
Ginger 5 ounces.
Coriander 5 ounces.
Caraway 3 y2 ounces.
Cloves 1 ounce.
Pimento 6 drams.
Cassia 6 drams.
Nutmeg 4 drams.
The spices are to be powdered, mixed
and sifted, and 1 ounce of the mixture
is. to be used with 7 pounds of flour in
making the buns.
Worcester Sauce
Garlic 12 ounces.
Shallots 28 ounces.
Tamarinds 28 ounces.
Cloves 4 ounces.
Capsicum 4 ounces.
Anchovies 3 pounds.
Oil of lemon 1 ounce.
Sugar 4% pounds.
Soy 7 pounds.
Vinegar 5 gallons.
Macerate two months with frequent
stirrings and then strain.
Matzoon and Kumyss
Matzoon is the trade-mark name of*
a form of fermented milk. A recipe for
making fermented milk is given in the
National Formulary. Kumyss is made
by fermenting milk with a special or-
ganism known as kefir.
In a paper read before the Kings
County Pharmaceutical Society, Thos.
J. Keenan gave the following working
directions for making kefir:
1. Take of kefir fungus 2V2 drams, soak in a
mixture of milk and water, equal parts (suf-
ficient to cover the kefir), for four hours, pour-
ing off and renewing at intervals of one hour,
keep the mixture at a temperature of 80
degees.
2. The washed and moist fungus, now In a
softened condition, is enclosed loosely in a
piece of sterilized gauze and added to one
quart of pasteurized milk heated to a tempera-
ture of from 80 degrees to 85 degrees. The
milk with the kefir is allowed to stand, the
same temperature being maintained for from
twelve to fifteen hours, or until curdled. The
cream is then removed and the curd separated
and allowed to drip until fairly dry, when an
equal weight of sugar of milk is added and
the whole spread thinly upon gauze or upon
a fiberless filter paper and allowed to dry in
a current of warm air at a temperature of not
over 80 degrees F. The mixed substance is
then powdered gently and put up in dry, ster-
ilized 1-ounce wide-mouthed vials, bearing
some such label as the following:
Directions for Use
To 1 quart of milk diluted with ':. pint of
water add a pinch of salt and a level tea-
spoonful of the ferment powder. Keep at a
temperature of 85 degrees P. for twelve to
fifteen hours, shaking or stirring as often as
convenient; then bottle and keep on ice.
Keenan suggests that before bottling
and sending out the powder the phar-
macist make a control experiment in
order to satisfy himself of the activity
of the product and the quality of the
milk. This could be done, he said, by
taking three bottles of milk and put-
ting into one a pinch of the ferment,
into another a pinch of sugar, and
leaving the third bottle without any
added substance, when, if the powder
was of the desired activity, the milk
containing the ferment would be com-
pletely curdled at the end of twelve or
fifteen hours.
I. V. S. Stanislaus read a paper on
the history, chemistry and manufac-
ture of kefir at the meeting of the
American Pharmaceutical Association
(see the Proceedings for 1907, page
465), in which he stated that the fol-
lowing points should be observed in
the preparation of kefir.
The milk should be fresh, previously
skimmed and boiled; the latter condition is
imperative to prevent butyric fermentation.
It is also advantageous to sometimes add a
teaspoonful of lactose to the milk, as in this
wise more alcohol and COo is formed and the
albuminous bodies undergo peptonization much
more readily. Good kefir should be a homo-
geneous, viscous fluid not readily separating
into two layers. Ferrated kefir for anemics
is prepared by adding to each bottle 0.1
gramme of ferric lactate. Pepsinated kefir
is made by adding 0.75 gramme of powdered
pepsin to each bottle.
Preserving Milk for Analytical Pur-
poses
For preserving milk for future analy-
sis Deniges (Rev. de pharm.) recom-
mends adding to 100 mils of the milk
L mil of a mixture of 50 grammes of
phenol and 10 mils of alcohol, heating
the mixture at 40 degrees C. and allow-
ing it to cool with constant shaking.
Such an addition, he says, in no way
interferes with the estimation of the
acidity, of the milk sugar with Feh-
ling's solution, of the butter-fat, or of
the casein.
Baking Powder
Some years ago a United States
Government expert, after examining
the baking powders on the market and
conducting an elaborate series of ex-
periments of a practical as well as
of a theoretical nature, published the
conclusion that a baking powder com-
posed of potassium bitartrate, 2
parts, and sodium bicarbonate, 1 part,
gave the best results chemically, hy-
186
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
gienically and in actual practice. For
"body" he recommended the use of
corn starch, 1 part. In making the
powder each ingredient should be
dried separately, and the whole should
then be thoroughly mixed and kept in
well- closed containers.
Manufacture of Yeast
Compressed yeast of the semi-solid
sort is prepared from beer-yeast, a
by-product of breweries, and can not
be manufactured with profit by one
not having a plentiful supply of the
raw material. The processes of pre-
paring it are many, but as they are
quite similar, the following may an-
swer:
Strain the beer-yeast through a very
fine filter, then stir it with three times
its bulk of cold water in a suitable vat
fitted with a stop-cock. Allow the
mixture to stand for ten minutes, and
draw off the supernatant liquid. Re-
peat the washing twice; to the first
wash- water add 1% ounces of sodium
bicarbonate to each 15 gallons of
yeast; to the second water add %
ounce of tartaric acid to the same
quantity of yeast; to the third water
add 1 ounce of ammonium carbonate.
After the last water has been drawn
off the yeast is pressed into cakes.
Dry Yeast.
Hops 3% ounces.
Rye flour 3 % pounds.
Corn meal 7% pounds.
Beer-yeast V2 pint.
Hot water 30 pints.
Mix the hops and the rye flour with
the hot water; when the mixture has
cooled to lukewarmness, add the beer-
yeast and allow to ferment. The fol-
lowing day, add the corn meal, knead
the mass into a stiff dough,, roll into
a cake and divide with a glass knife.
Dry in a warm room.
If further details concerning the
manufacture of brewers' yeast is de-
sired, four pages devoted to the sub-
ject in Sadtler's Industrial Organic
Chemistry may be studied.
Preserving Eggs in Water Glass
According to official experiments
made in North Dakota the preserva-
tion of eggs by covering them with
water-glass ("solution of sodium sili-
cate) gives fairly satisfactory results.
The eggs should be packed in kegs,
which should be clean and well
scalded before use. Then a solution
consisting of 1 volume of the com-
mercial syrup- thick water-glass and
10 volumes of pure water should be
poured over them until they are cov-
ered. It is better to boil the water
and allow it to cool before use. The
keg of eggs should be kept in a cool
place. It is stated that 1 gallon of
the solution is sufficient for fifty dozen
eggs if they are properly packed.
To prevent eggs so preserved from
cracking when boiled, a pin prick
should be made in the blunt end of
each egg before it is put into the
water for boiling.
A Connecticut reader, seeing the
above note, wrote:
A sterile (infertile) egg will keep
much longer than a fertile egg. Eggs
placed in water-glass in May or June
and kept in a cool place will be found
in good condition the following Decem-
ber. I think earthen crocks are much
better for packing the eggs than kegs.
It is advisable to look occasionally at
the container to see if the solution has
evaporated enough to leave any of the
eggs uncovered. In case it has, more
should be added.
Commissioner James W. Helm of the
dairy and food department of Michi-
gan advises egg raisers to kill the old
roosters at the close of the breeding
season and so raise only infertile eggs
for a period.
Raspberry Vinegar
Fresh raspberries.. .1.500 grammes.
Strongest wine vine-
gar 1,000 grammes.
Wash the berries, let them drain,
macerate with the vinegar for fifteen
days and strain.
Food Preserving Powder
A "canning compound" on the mar-
ket is said to consist of about 95 parts
of boric acid and enough common salt
and benzoic acid to make 100 parts.
In the Yearbook of the Department of
Agriculture for 1900 is the report of
analyses of a hundred or so food pre-
servatives. These were found to con-
lain borax, salt, saltpeter, boric acid,
ammonium fluoride, salicylic acid, so-
dium benzoate, formaldehyde, sodium
sulphate and sodium benzoate.
Just which of these preservatives
may be used without danger to the
consumer is largely a matter of opin-
ion, except that it is generally agreed
that formaldehyde should not be em-
ployed. Which may be used, and to
what extent, without danger of pun-
ishment under the various food and
drugs acts depends upon the particu-
lar law applicable to the case. As a
rule, the use of chemical preservatives
in foods does not receive the sanction
of the law, this rule, of course, not ap-
plying to sugar, salt, vinegar and cer-
tain other universally employed and
innocent preservatives.
Liquid Butter Color
Griffith has collected and published
in his Non-Secret Formulas three
CULINARY RECIPES
u:
recipes for butter coloring, these being
herewith gi
I.
Sodium carbonate 2 pounds.
Potassium carbonate.... 2 pounds.
Cold water 5 gallons.
Dissolve the sodium and potassium
carbonates in the water and set aside.
Annatto 2 pounds.
Cold water 4 gallons.
Let stand one day. stirring occasion-
ally. Use clear water and stone crocks
for mixing purposes.
Directions: Use one teaspoonful of
the coloring in 5 quarts of cream; add
just before churning.
II.
Orange anilin (-soluble in
oil ) 1 dram.
Olive oil. sweet oil or
cottonseed oil 20 ounces.
Dissolve the orange anilin in the oil
by the aid of gentle heat from a water-
bath.
One teaspoonful will be sufficient for
about 10 gallons of cream.
This will no: color the buttermilk.
III.
Annatto 10 ounces.
Caustic potash 1% ounces.
Borax 1 ounce. .
Water 100 ounces.
Tincture of turmeric... 20 ounces.
Mix. let stand forty-eight hours and
filter.
The orange anilin color whose use in
food products is permitted under Food
Inspection decision 76, is "85. orange
I": the yellow is "4. naphthol yel-
low S."
the brown sugar, and a few onions from
the garden in place of the garlic.
Chop Relish
Black pepper 1 ounce.
Allspice 4 drams.
Salt 1 ounce.
Horseradish 4 drams.
Shallots 4 drams.
Walnut ketchup 20 ounces.
Steep for fourteen days, strain and
put into small bottles.
Chutney Sauce
Seeded raisins 4 ounces.
Crab apples 8 ounces.
Brown sugar 4 ounces.
Powdered ginger 2 ounces.
Salt 2 ounces.
Capsicum 2 ounces.
Garlic 1 ounce.
Vinegar enough.
Pound the solid ingredients together
in a mortar until reduced to a pulpy
mass, add enough vinegar to bring the
whole to the consistence of cream, and
bottle for use.
Possibly a somewhat larger quantity
of molasses might be used in place of
Cucumber Sauce
Peel and slice 3 large cucumbers and
1 onion, put them into a basin and
sprinkle a handful of salt over them.
After they have stood all night, bring
the liquid to the boiling point and then
allow it to simmer for half an hour,
and strain. Then add —
Bruised mace % dram.
Bruised nutmeg 1 dram.
Bruised black pepper. . . 4 drams.
White wine 10 ounces.
Vinegar 1 pint.
Bring to the boiling point and strain.
Walnut Ketchup
Crush 10 dozen green walnuts, and
to the mass add ground black pepper,
1% ounces; ground nutmeg. iy2 ounces;
ground cloves, % ounce; ground gin-
ger, % ounce; ground mace. *4 ounce.
Boil the whole in % gallon of vinegar
for half an hour, then set aside for a
week, and strain.
Caramel.
The following information appears
in Cyclopedia of Formulas: Dissolve
7 pounds of crushed sugar in 1 pint
of water; boil it in a 5 -gallon copper
kettle, stirring it occasionally until it
gets brown; then reduce the fire and
let the sugar burn "until the smoke
makes the eyes water." When a few
drops, let fall into a tumbler of cold
water, sink to the bottom and harden
sufficiently to crack, it is done. Then
pour on it, by degrees, about 2 quarts
of wann water, stirring all the time.
When well mixed, filter it, hot, through
a coarse flannel filter. Some use lime
water to dissolve the burnt sugar.
Care must be taken not to over-burn
it. as a great quantity is thereby
rendered insoluble. The heat should
not exceed 221 degrees C. nor be under
204 degrees C.
Preserving Eggs.
According to official experiments
made in North Dakota the preserva-
tion of eggs by covering them with
water-glass (solution of sodium sili-
cate) gives satisfactory results. The
eggs should be packed in kegs, which
should be clean and well scalded before
use. Then a solution consisting of 1
volume of the commercial syrup-thiclc
water-glass and 10 volumes of pure
water should be poured over them
until they are covered. It is better to
boil the water and allow it to cool
1SS
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
before use. The keg of eggs should be
kept in a cool place. It is stated that
1 gallon of the solution is sufficient
for fifty dozen eggs if they are proper-
ly packed.
To prevent eggs so preserved from
cracking when boiled, a pin prick
should be made in the blunt end of
each egg before it is put into the
water for boiling.
A Connecticut reader, seeing the
above note, wrote:
"A sterile (infertile) egg will keep
much longer than a fertile egg. Eggs
placed in water-glass in May or June
and kept in a cool place will be found
in good condition the following Decem-
ber. I think earthern crocks are much
better for packing the eggs than kegs.
It is advisable to look occasionally at
the container to see if the solution has
evaporated enough to leave any of the
eggs uncovered. In case it has, more
should be added."
Commissioner James W. Helm, of
the dairy and food department of
Michigan, advises egg raisers to kill
the old roosters at the close of the
breeding season and so raise only in-
fertile eggs for a period.
The note concerning fertile and in-
fertile eggs is of particular impor-
tance, it having been proven that only
infertile eggs should be used if best
results are to be hoped for.
Mixed Spices.
I.
Powdered allspice y^ ounce.
Powdered nutmeg 1 ounce.
Powdered clove 1 ounce.
Powdered cinnamon 1 ounce.
II.
Allspice 140 parts.
Clove 140 parts.
Ginger 115 parts.
Long pepper 100 parts.
Black pepper 75 parts.
Coriander seed 75 parts.
White pepper 60 parts.
Cassia bark 55 parts.
Nutmeg 55 parts.
Capsicum 45 parts.
White mustard seed .... 45 parts.
Cassia buds 35 parts.
Mace 25 parts.
Caraway seed 10 parts.
Anise seed 3 parts.
Cardamom seed 3 parts.
CHAPTER XI.
VARNISHES AND POLISHES
Automobile and piano polish — Violin varnish — Wood stains — Floor
paint — Furniture cleaners and polishes — Desk stains — Metal
polishes — Rust removers — Metal cleaners — Plating mixtures
Always consult the index when using this book
Automob
ue an
d P
lano
Polish
Perhaps the best method for polish-
ing pianos, carriage or automobile
bodies, and other high-class varnished
surfaces is to go over the varnish first
with a pledget of absorbent cotton sat-
urated with kerosene. Then go over it
with a piece of chamois leather dipped
first in olive oil and then in finely pow-
dered and bolted rotten stone, using
a circular movement. Wipe off the rot-
ten stone with the palm of the hand,
moving in a rotary direction and wip-
ing off the hand after each rotation;
and then go over the surface with a
piece of chamois saturated with olive
oil. Finally wipe dry with a piece of
soft silk.
A Good Varnish
Alcohol 75 parts.
White shellac 15 parts.
Venice turpentine 2 parts.
Sandarac 8 parts.
Dissolve the shellac and sandarac in
the alcohol and then add the Venice
turpentine. — R. D. Brown.
Violin Varnish
Sandarac 160 parts.
Mastic 80 parts.
Alcohol 21 parts.
Turpentine varnish 750 parts.
Mix and set aside in a warm place,
agitating occasionally until solution is
complete; then strain.
Another note on the subject, from
One Thousand More Paint Questions
Answered ia herewith reproduced:
Staining and Finishing a Violin
The true Cremona varnish is of unknown for-
mula, and its preparation one of the lost arts
To stain, varnish and polish a violin is a
special art anil requires expert knowledge, but
we will give you an idea of how the work is
accomplished.
The German violin makers stain the violins
with a mixture of campeachy wood, 3 parts by
weight, and yellow dyewood 1 part, boiled for
two hours in five times its weight of water in
an earthenware vessel, as iron would make th*-
stain black. *tiis is strained, after cooling.
through a fine cloth and a little alcohol is
added to it. It is applied to the violin with
a cloth and 'wiped out. If not the right ef-
fect, apply the stain as often as required to
give the proper tone. The varnish is made by
dissolving in 32 ounces of 95 per cent, rectified
alcohol, 6 ounces gum sandarac. 2 ounces gum
shellac, 1 ounce mastic, 2 ounces gum benzoin,
2 ounces Venice turpentine. The last named
ingredient is added, when all the gums are
dissolved and all is strained through the fine
muslin. Apply with a clean varnish brush and
polish with sweet oil and rotten stone.
Waterproof Varnish
An old English patent was issued for
a varnish made of aluminum palmitate
or aluminum oleate dissolved in ether,
benzole or benzin. It was claimed for
such a varnish that after the solvent
evaporated an impermeable varnish
was left. The danger from fire at-
tending the use of such varnish should
be borne in mind.
Reviver for a Varnished Surface
Hydrochloric acid 1 ounce.
Alcohol 3 ounces.
Linseed oil 1 pint.
Butter of antimony 3 ounces.
Acetic acid 6 ounces.
Water 10 ounces.
Mix the acetic acid with 6 ounces of
water and add the linseed oil; shake
vigorously. Mix the butter of anti-
mony with the alcohol and add the oily
mixture and shake again. Add finally
the hydrochloric acid diluted with 4
ounces of water.
This polish must be well shaken be-
fore use, and applied with a soft cloth.
The surface is to be rubbed dry with
a piece of silk.
Colored Floor Paint, Lac Type
I.
Rosin 3 pounds.
Venice turpentine 2 pounds.
Pale drying oil 1 gallon.
Oil of turpentine 2 pints.
Melt the rosin, add the Venice tur-
pentine and the oil, cool a little and
add the oil of turpentine.
189
190
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
II.
Canada balsam 20 ounces.
Pale rosin 3 V2 pounds.
Oil of turpentine 1 gallon.
III.
Gum copal 30 parts.
Camphor 2 parts.
Oil of turpentine 150 parts.
Gum anime 8 pounds.
Clarified linseed oil.... 3 gallons.
Litharge % pound.
Lead acetate % pound.
Iron sulphate % pound.
Oil of turpentine 5V6 gallons.
Boil all together until it strings, then
mix well and strain.
The anilin colors used to give these
varnishes the desired shades are those
known as "fat colors" or "Soudan
dyes." The proportions and blending
would have to be learned from prac-
tice.
Oak Stain for Wood
First apply to the wood as a mordant,
a 15 per cent, solution of soda. Then
apply a catechu solution, preferably
hot, made by boiling 300 grammes of
catechu in 900 grammes of water for
about an hour, straining, adding 35
grammes of iron-free alum, and once
more raising to the boiling point.
Finally, when dry, apply to the mor-
danted wood a 5 per cent, solution of
potassium dichromate.
Floor Wax
I.
Yellow wax 25 parts.
Yellow laundry soap.... 25 parts.
Glue 12 parts.
Sodium hydroxide 25 parts.
Water enough.
Dissolve the sodium hydroxide in 400
parts of water, add the wax, and boil
down to 250 parts; then add the soap.
Dissolve the glue in 100 parts of hot
water. Mix the two solutions.
II.
Yellow wax 25 parts.
Potassium carbonate 3 parts.
Oil of turpentine 3 parts.
Water 100 parts.
Heat the wax and water together to
the boiling point; add the potassium
salt; boil another minute, remove the
vessel from the Are; add the oil; and
stir until cold.
Much depends upon the skill of the
operator who applies the wax to the
floor.
To Preserve and Polish Wood
Five parts of beeswax and one of
potash are boiled in sufficient water
to thoroughly dissolve the potash. The
mixture should be boiled until the
water combines completely with the
wax. The mixture is then taken from
the fire,, and a quantity of boiling
water is added, with constant stirring.
It will be found, if the process has
been conducted properly, that 225
parts of water can be added to the
original quantity, and the substance
will still retain its homogenous char-
acter, no clear water appearing. The
mixture is then heated for five or six
minutes, but is not allowed to boil.
It is then taken from the fire and
stirred vigorously until cool. This
forms a sort of cream, which gives a
brilliant polish to wood in a very lit-
tle time. It should be applied with a
piece of linen, and the wood then
rubbed with another piece of the same
material.
Wax for Dark-Colored Woods
Stearin 100 parts.
Yellow wax 25 parts.
Potassium hydroxide.... 60 parts.
Yellow soap 10 parts.
Water 60 parts.
Dissolve the potassium in one-half
the water; heat the stearin with this
lye until saponification is complete
and add the wax. Dissolve the soap
in the rest of the water; mix the two
solutions.
Wax for Light-Colored Woods
White wax 75 parts.
Bleached shellac 75 parts.
Pale rosin 6 parts.
Oil of turpentine 100 parts.
Alcohol 400 parts.
Melt the wax, shellac and rosin
together; remove from the source of
heat and add the oil and the spirit
previously warmed.
Great care should be taken in warm-
ing these fluids, as they are quite in-
flammable.
Boat Varnish
A good copal varnish is the best to
use for boats, says the Chemist and
Druggist, which adds that a suitable
formula is as follows:
Oil of turpentine 1 to 2 parts.
Zanzibar copal 1 part.
Linseed oil 3 parts.
The varnish, comments the British
journal, can not be made economically
on a small scale.
Furniture Cleaner and Polisher
Probably one of the following for-
mulas, or a modification of it, may be
found serviceable:
VARNISHES AND POLISHES
191
Mahogany Polish.
1.
Hydrochloric acid 2 drams.
Putter of antimony 12 drams.
Alcohol 12 drams.
Linseed oil 4 ounces.
White wine vinegar. ... 8 ounces.
.Mixed in order given.
II.
Raw linseed oil 4 pints.
Butter of antimony 4 ounces.
Shellac varnish 1 pint.
Oil of turpentine, enough
to make 1 gallon.
Cleanser for Natural or Stained Wood-
work.
If the woodwork of the store is of
natural or stained finish it may he
kept clean with the following:
Chloroform 4 drams.
Ether 4 drams.
Benzin 6 ounces.
Linseed oil, to make.... 1 pint.
Apply and rub dry with a soft cloth,
bearing in mind the highly inflam-
mable nature of certain of the in-
gredients, and that electric sparks
are often generated by rubbing and
may inflame inflammable material.
Cleaning Painted Woodwork.
For painted woodwork an oil polish
is unsatisfactory and the continued
use of soap and water is not bene-
ficial to the paint. Such surfaces may
be cleaned without harm with a soft
flannel cloth dipped in warm water,
wrung almost dry and dipped in pow-
dered French chalk. The surface so
cleaned should be polished with a dry-
cloth.
Polish for Oak Furniture.
Linseed oil 40 ounces.
Vinegar 6 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 3 ounces.
Hydrochloric acid 1 ounce.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
Mix in the order named.
Creamy Furniture Polish.
Animal oil soap 1 ounce.
Solution of potassium
hydroxide 5 ounces.
Beeswax 1 pound.
Oil of turpentine 3 pints.
Water, to make 5 pints.
Dissolve the soap in the lye with
the aid of heat; add this solution all
at once to the warm solution of the
wax in the oil. Beat the mixture until
a smooth cream is formed, and grad-
ually beat in water until the whole is
completely emulsified.
Cleaner- Polish for Furniture.
Quillaja 2 ounces.
Linseed oil 2 pints.
Oil of turpentine 4 ounces.
Butter of antimony 2 ounces.
Alcohol 8 ounces.
Hot water S ounces.
Diluted acetic acid 8 ounces.
Digest the quillaja with the hot
water; when cool, add the alcohol and
.squeeze through a straining cloth. Mix
the liquid with the diluted acetic acid;
add the linseed oil previously mixed
with the oil of turpentine, and shake
thoroughly. Finally add the butter of
antimony slowly with thorough agita-
tion.
White Polish for Wood
Crushed white lac iy2 pounds.
Powdered borax 1 ounce.
Alcohol 3 pints.
The lac should be thoroughly dried,
especially if it has been kept under
water, and, in any case, after being
crushed, it should be left in a warm
place for a few hours, in order that all
the moisture may escape. The crushed
lac and borax are then added to the
spirit, and the mixture is stirred fre-
quently until solution is effected, after
which the polish should be strained
through muslin.
Miscellaneous Furniture Polishes
Alcohol S ounces.
Shellac 2 drams.
Benzoin 2 drams.
Poppy oil 2 drams.
Dissolve the gums in the alcohol in
a warm place, with frequent agitation,
and, when cold, add the poppy oil.
This may be applied on the end of a
cylindrical rubber made by tightly roll-
ing a piece of flannel which has been
torn, not cut, into strips 4 to 6 inches
wide.
II.
Beeswax 125 parts.
Hard soap 30 parts.
Glue 60 parts.
Soda ash 125 parts.
Water . . . enough.
Ochre enough.
Dissolve the soda in 2,000 parts of
water, add the wax, boil down to 1,250
parts, and add the soap. Dissolve the
glue in 500 parts of water by the aid
of heat, stir in the ocher, add the mass
to the soap and wax mixture.
Applv hot. .
III.
Shellac 180 parts.
Sandarac 15 parts.
Mastic 16 parts.
Copal 16 parts.
Rosin 15 parts.
Alcohol 1,300 parts.
Mix, set aside in a warm place, shak-
ing occasionally until dissolved, and
filter.
Many of the anilin dyes are readily
soluble in the liquid, and may be add-
ed thereto when it is desirable.
The woodwork is first carefully
cleaned, and the polish is, after dilu-
tion with acetone, applied with a soft
brush.
192
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
IV.
Beeswax 1 pound.
Linseed oil 1 pint.
Oil of turpentine 1 pint.
Melt the wax; -mix with the oils; stir
while cooling.
Linseed oil is likely to darken the
color of wood.
V.
Peaiiash 12 ounces.
White wax S ounces.
Hot water enough.
Dissolve the peaiiash in 4 parts of
hot water; add the wax; boil gently
for half an hour and allow to cool. Re-
move the mass and work into it enough
hot water to soften it.
VI.
Oil of turpentine 1 pint.
Linseed oil 2 pints.
Carnauba wax 1 pound.
Add the mixed oils to the melted wax
and stir until cold.
VII.
White wax 12 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 20 ounces.
VIII.
Sandarac 1 ounce.
Alcohol 10 ounces.
Beeswax * 1 ounce.
Oil of turpentine 5 ounces.
Dissolve the sandarac in the alcohol
and the wax in the oil. Add the alco-
holic liquid to the other, in divided
portions, shaking after each addition.
III.
Raw linseed oil.
Directions: Apply in order given, 24
hours apart.
Hard Finish for a Counter Top
One may put a nice finish on a com-
mon board counter or table in the fol-
lowing manner, giving it the appear-
ance of veneer: Smooth off the top,
after having filled all cracks and crev-
ices with putty or wood filler. Take a
piece of heavy wrapping paper of
proper size, wet one side of it with
water, and then apply a coat of liquid
glue, making sure that every spot is
covered; put this on the counter and
rub until every part adheres and there
are no air bubbles. Allow thirty-six
to forty -eight hours for diwing, and
then apply one or two coats of var-
nish. If the work is carefully done the
result will be a happy surprise. — F. W.
Scott, Jr.
Laboratory Desk Stain
The following formula has been pro-
posed for the A. Ph. A Formula Book:
I.
Copper sulphate .... 125 grammes.
Potassium chlorate.. 125 grammes.
Hot water 1000 mils.
II.
Anilin oil 120 grammes.
Hydrochloric acid .. 1 80 grammes.
Water looo mils.
Cheap Stains for Wood Fixtures
Oak.
Potassium permanganate 1 ounce.
Water 40 ounces.
Walnut.
Potassium dichromate. . 40 grains.
Vandyke brown 1 ounce.
Sodium carbonate 200 grains.
Water 10 ounces.
Boil together and apply hot.
Black.
I.
Ferrous sulphate 3 ounces.
Water 40 ounces.
II.
Crushed nutgalls 6 ounces.
Water 40 ounces.
Boil the galls in the water for half
an hour, and when cold strain the
liquid into a bottle. Apply I and II
alternately to the wood, giving it sev-
eral coats of each.
Red.
Brazil wood chips 4 ounces.
Glacial acetic acid 2 ounces.
Alum Y2 ounce.
Water \ . 20 ounces.
Boil the chips and the alum in the
water for half an hour, add the acid,
and when cold strain.
Green.
Copper acetate 2 ounces.
Potassium bitartrate... . % ounce.
Glacial acetic acid ^ ounce.
Water 20 ounces.
Shake together in a bottle until solu-
tion is almost complete, and add
Indigo 30 grains.
Glacial acetic acid 1 dram.
Boiling water 5 ounces.
L
uminous
Paint
For ordinary opaque paint for sign
work or house numbers, etc., the fol-
lowing formulas are said to produce
good results:
I.
Mix 20 pounds of pure white lead in
oil, 1 quart of pale rubbing varnish. 1
pint of pale gold size japan to a
creamy consistency, than add 1 pound
of freshly calcined calcium sulphide to
the mixture and enough spirit of tur-
pentine to make 1 gallon.
II.
Mix 12 pounds of pure white lead
in oil. 4 pounds of pure French zinc-
white in oil, 1 pint of bleached linseed
VARNISHES AND POLISHES
193
oil. 1 pint of pale gold size. 1 pint of
white japan and 1 pint of spirit of
turpentine to a creamy consistency,
and then add 1 pound of freshly cal-
cined calcium sulphide, which will
make 1 gallon of luminous paint.
III.
Luminous or phosphorescent paint
for clock dials, etc., may be made by
heating strontium thiosulphate for fif-
teen minutes over a bunsen burner or
■ gas lamp, and then for five minutes
over a gas blast. When cooled mix
the powder with melted paraffin for
application with a brush and expose
the painted surface to sunlight for a
time, when it will give a green phos-
phorescent light in the dark.
All luminous paints require exposure
to strong sunlight for a time to be-
come active in the dark.
Luminous Mixtures
I.
Potassium dichromate 4 grammes.
Gelatin 4 grammes.
Calcium sulphide 50 grammes.
Boiling water enough.
The solid ingredients are thoroughly
dried and ground together in a suit-
able mill. For use a portion of the
dry mixture is mixed with twice its
weight of boiling water, and applied
with a brush.
II.
Strontium carbonate. 100.0 grammes.
Sulphur 30.0 grammes.
Sodium carbonate... 2.0 grammes.
Sodium chloride. . .-. 0.5 gramme.
Manganese sulphate. 0.2 gramme.
Heat these together at 1300 deg. C.
for an hour. For use the resulting
mass is powdered and ground with a
good dammar varnish, or better with a
vehicle made as follows:
Zanzibar copal 15 grammes.
Oil of turpentine 60 grammes.
Linseed oil 25 grammes.
Melt the gum on a sand bath, dis-
solve in the oil of turpentine, and filter.
Heat the linseed oil and allow it to
cool: then mix it with the turpentine
and the gum.
In grinding luminous paints iron
rolls should be avoided, as their use
injures the luminous properties of the
finished product.
Liquid Paint Remover
The man desiring to go into the man-
ufacture of paint remover at the out-
set meets the obstacle that the use of
practically all the efficient paint re-
moving fluids, such as alcohol, benzol
and acetone, are covered by basic pat-
ents. This leaves (unless the investi-
gator hits an unprotected solvent
among organic liquids which are con-
stantly entering the market) only alka-
line fluids, as. for example:
Sodium hydroxide 3 pounds.
Whiting 4 pounds.
Flour 1 pound.
■ Water % gallon.
Dissolve the sodium hydroxide in
part of the water and mix the whiting
with more water to form a cream. Add
the sodium hydroxide solution to the
whiting cream, then mix in the flour
made into a paste with the rest of the
water.
For use 1 pint of this solution is
mixed with about 2 gallons of water.
After such an alkaline remover is
applied the bared surface should be
washed with acidulated water, and
even then the results are far from sat-
isfactory, since the alkali raises the
grain of the wood -{requiring laborious
sandpapering to get it smooth again),
and usually staining the wood, requir-
ing bleaching with oxalic acid before
revarnishing.
While carbon disulphide and crude
carbolic acid have been used as var-
nish removers, these are so danger-
ously poisonous (and the first so highly
inflammable, also) that their employ-
ment is not to be advised.
A few other formulas follow:
I.
Flour (or wood pulp) ... .385 parts.
Hydrochloric acid 450 parts.
Chlorinated lime 160 parts.
Oil of turpentine 5 parts.
This mixture is applied to the sur-
face and left for some time. It is then
brushed off and brings the paint away
with it. It keeps moist quite long
enough to be easily removed after it
has acted.
II.
Sodium hydroxide 5 parts.
Solution of sodium silicate 3 parts.
Flour paste 6 parts.
Water 4 parts.
III.
Soap 10 parts.
Potassium hydroxide 7 parts.
Potassium silicate 2 parts.
Blackboard Paint
I.
Lampblack 30 grammes.
Pumice, in very fine
powder 125 grammes. ,03
Boiled linseed oil... 250 mils. Ay
Oil of turpentine. I'
to make 1.000 mils.
II.
Shellac 4 ounces.
Lampblack 2 ounces.
Emery powder 1 ounce.
Ultramarine 1 ounce.
Alcohol 2V2 pints.
194
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Dissolve the shellac in the spirit;
place the lampblack, emery and ultra-
marine on a cheesecloth strainer, pour
on part of the shellac solution, stir-
ring constantly and gradually adding
the rest of the solution until all the
powders have passed through the
strainer.
Metal Polishes
Liquids.
I.
Levigated silex 10 pounds.
Kerosene 5 gallons.
Oleic acid 2 gallons.
Stearic acid 2 pounds.
II.
Kieselguhr 56 pounds.
Kerosene 30 pounds.
Alcohol 20 pounds.
Oil of turpentine 5 pounds.
Ammonia water (sp. gr.
0.910) 3% pounds.
III.
Putty-powder 6 ounces.
Kieselguhr 10 ounces.
Powdered pumice 2 ounces.
Indian red 10 ounces.
Emery flour 1 ounce.
Rottenstone 1% ounces.
Alcohol 30 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 20 ounces.
Kerosene 100 ounces.
Ammonia water 20 ounces.
Oil of citronella % ounce.
Mix the powders thoroughly and add
gradually the liquids in the order
given.
IV.
Kerosene 5 pints.
Oleic acid 2 pints.
Stearic acid 4 ounces.
Levigated kieselguhr. . . 20 ounces.
V.
Kieselguhr 4 ounces.
Precipitated chalk 3 ounces.
Talc 2 ounces.
Magnesium carbonate.. 2 ounces.
Powdered soap 2 ounces.
Potassium carbonate. . .1% ounces.
Oleic acid % ounce.
VI.
Prepared chalk 2 ounces.
Ammonia water 2 ounces.
Water, to make 8 ounces.
Powders.
I.
Kieselguhr 8 parts.
Tin oxide 30 parts.
Pipeclay 30 parts.
Tartaric acid 3 parts.
II.
Kieselguhr 28 parts.
Pipeclay 10 parts.
Sodium hyposulphite 3 parts.
Ferric oxide 2 parts.
Creams or Pomades.
I.
Solution of sodium
silicate 5 pounds
Oleic acid 5% pounds.
Kerosene enough.
Kieselguhr enough.
Oil of citronella enough.
Methyl salicylate enough.
Heat the oleic acid almost to boil-
ing; heat separately the solution of
sodium silicate; pour the latter grad-
ually into the former with constant
stirring. Remove to a place remote
from the open flame., preferably out of
doors, and when cooled to below 100
degrees F. stir in sufficient kieselguhr
previously made into thin cream with
kerosene. Finally add the odorous sub-
stances and mix well.
II.
Prepared chalk 8 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 2 ounces.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 2 drams.
III.
Petrolatum 3 ounces.
Refined paraffin 1 bunce.
Prepared chalk 1 ounce.
Oleic acid % dram.
IV.
It is said that putz pomade ("putz"
in German meaning "polishing") may
be made by making a paste of Ar-
menian bole and oleic acid, and scent-
ing with oil of bitter almonds.
V.
Rotten stone 1 part.
Iron subcarbonate 3 parts.
Lard oil enough.
VI.
Iron oxide 10 parts.
Pumice stone..., 32 parts.
Oleic acid enough.
Lacquer for Brass
Celluloid varnish, made by dissolving
yellow or colorless celluloid in acetone
or a mixture of acetone and amyl ace-
tate is widely used as a protective
coating to retard the tarnishing of
metals. Acetone collodion is similarly
employed. Lacquers of earlier origin
generally have a composition some-
what as follows:
Pale orange shellac 1 ounce.
Gamboge 1 dram.
Cape aloes 3 drams.
Alcohol 1 pint.
Dissolve the shellac in the alcohol
and add the other ingredients.
Removing Rust from Steel Instruments
Various authors recommend immers-
ing- the rusty instruments in a satura-
ted solution of tin chloride as a means
VARNISHES AND POLISHES
!:•:.
of removing rust spots — by reduction.
Place the instruments in a saturated
solution of tin chloride and allow them
to remain there over night. The fol-
lowing morning rinse them in running
water and polish with dry chamois.
R
emovino
Rust
Rust Remover
A fine preparation for removing rust
can be made by the following formula:
Amyl acetate . . . .• 1 ounce.
Acetone Y2 ounce.
Cylinder oil % ounce.
Removal of Rust from Metals
The following information is pub-
lished in Hopkins' Cyclopedia of For-
mulas:
A simple and effective way of clean-
ing rusted iron articles, no matter how
badly they are rusted, consists in at-
taching a piece of ordinary zinc to the
articles, and letting them lie in water
to which a little sulphuric acid has
been added. They should be left im-
mersed for several days, or until the
rust has entirely disappeared, the time
rusted. If there is much rust, a little
sulphuric acid should be added occa-
sionally. The essential part of the
process is that the zinc must be in
good electrical contact with the iron,
depending on how deeply they are
A good way is to twist an iron wire
tightly around the object, and connect
this with the zinc. Besides the sim-
plicity of this process, it has the great
advantage that the iron itself is not
attacked in the least so long as the
zinc is in good electrical contact with
it. Domestic Engineering says that
when there is only a little rust, a gal-
vanized-iron wire wrapped around the
object will take the place of the zinc,
provided the acid is not too strong.
The articles will come out a dark gray
or black color, and should then be
washed thoroughly and oiled. The
method is specially applicable to ob-
jects with sharp corners or edges, or
to* files and other articles on which
buffing wheels ought not to be used.
The rusted iron and the zinc make a
short-circuited battery, the action of
which reduces the rust back to iron,
this action continuing so long as any
rust is left.
Iron articles thickly coated with rust
may be cleaned by allowing them to
remain in a nearly saturated solution
of chloride of tin from 12 to 14 hours.
Rust Remover: Ground pumice, 30
grammes; oleic acid, 20 grammes; tal-
low. 2 grammes; paraffin, 4 grammes.
The last three ingredients are melted
together and the powdered pumice is
slowly stirred in.
To remove rust from iron or steel,
plunge the rusty article into a vessel
of boiling water; this will loosen the
rust, which may then be brushed off
easily. Then dry the article before a
fire if necessary, when the rust, which
has not dropped off may be removed.
A good body of boiling water should
be used, and the longer the boiling the
better. All oil and dirt goes with the
rust.
Metal Cleaning Paste for Collapsible
Tubes
A paste for cleaning dental instru-
ments, that may be put up in collapsi-
ble tubes:
Jewelers' rouge 1 ounce.
Rotten stone 16 ounces.
Powdered quartz 2 ounces.
Green soap 4 ounces.
Stronger ammonia water 9 drams.
Hot water enough.
If the ammonia water attacks the
metal of the tube, possibly the fol-
lowing recipe would yield a more sat-
isfactory product :
Oil of turpentine 5 parts.
Paraffin 25 parts.
Emery Cfinely powdered) 25 parts.
Animal charcoal < finely
powdered) 45 parts.
Thin with alcohol or oil of turpen-
tine if necessarv.
Polishes for German Silver, Brass and
Copper
I.
Sodium chloride 2 parts.
Oxalic acid 3 parts.
Water 40 parts.
Bolted pumice 100 parts.
Oil of turpentine 2 parts.
Soft soap 12 parts.
Lard oil 12 parts.
Dissolve the salt in the water and
the acid in this solution. Mix the solu-
tion with the powdered pumice; incor-
porate the soap; then beat in the oils.
II.
Liquid petrolatum 8 ounces.
Butter of antimony hi ounce.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Diluted acetic acid 8 ounces.
Jewelers' rouge Vz ounce.
Mix the butter of antimony with the
oil and shake well for several minutes;
let stand for several hours, and add the
alcohol, shaking thoroughly. Shake the
rouge #with the acid, and mix the two
liquids.
III.
Mix 4 parts of charcoal. 2 parts of oil
of turpentine, and 3 parts of alcohol
196
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
with enough solution of oxalic acid (1
in 3) to make a semi- liquid mixture.
This is poisonous.
Creamy Gasoline Metal Polish
Whiting, to be suspended in the
lighter hydrocarbon oils, must be in a
very fine state of division; or a mix-
ture of very fine whiting, levigated si-
lex, and white kieselguhr may be used.
One of the most satisfactory suspen-
sion agents is a soft soap made by
saponifying a mixture of 3 parts of
oleic acid and 1 part of castor oil with
a strong potash lye. Some of this soap,
which should be slightly alkaline, is
dissolved in the benzin or gasoline, and
the abrasive is gradually added by
sifting on the surface of the liquid.
Nothing but practice will enable the
operator to produce a satisfactory mix-
ture. It is not possible to state the
proper proportions of oil. soap, and
powder, as many an experimenter will
fail with the combination that is sat-
isfactory in the hands of a dozen oth-
ers. Too much saop will give a sticky
mixture. If the amount of abrasive be
too large, the greater part will settle.
Silver Polishes and Creams
I.
White kaolin 4 pounds.
Prepared chalk 8 pounds.
Infusorial earth S pounds.
Carbon tetrachloride. . . 6*<2 pounds.
Ammonia water 3 pounds.
Alcohol 4 gallons.
Water 5 % gallons.
II.
Cream of tartar 2 ounces.
Prepared chalk 2 ounces.
Alum 1 ounce.
Water to form a paste.
III.
Soap in thin shavings. .. .80 parts.
Tartaric acid 4 parts.
Tripoli 4 parts.
Alum (ammonia) 4 parts.
Lead carbonate 4 parts.
AVater to form a paste.
IV.
To a saturated solution of sodium
hyphosulphite add a little fine whiting.
Apply with a brush or sponge and rub
well. Rinse in hot water and rub dry
with a polishing cloth or chamois.
As a simple, harmless, inexpensive
and efficacious silver cleaner the ordi-
nary whiting, ammonia wate^ and
water mixture is not likely to be dis-
placed by any of the fancy combina-
tions. For very fine work jeweler's
rouge is preferable.
Gold-Plating Mixture
I.
Gold chloride 20 parts.
Potassium cyanide 60 parts.
Potassium bitartrate 5 parts.
Prepared chalk 100 parts.
Distilled water 100 parts.
Dissolve the gold chloride in a por-
tion of the water and the potassium
salts in the remainder. Mix the solu-,
tions and then add the prepared chalk.
Too mflch emphasis can not be laid
upon the poisonous character of this
and most plating solutions.
II.
Metallic articles may be gilded by
supporting them upon a clean piece of
zinc immersed in a solution made of —
Fine gold 6 grains.
Xitro-hydrochloric acid.. enough.
Potassium cyanide 36 grains.
Hot water 1 pint.
Heat the gold on a sand-bath with
sufficient acid to dissolve it, and when
it is dissolved, add the solution to the
water in which the cyanide has been
dissolved. Stir with a glass rod; filter
through paper if necessary.
Before it is applied, this gilding solu.
tion should be heated to about 180 de-
grees F.
Nickel Plating Fluid
Nickel and ammonium
sulphate 10 parts.
Boric acid 5 parts.
Water 200 parts.
Dissolve each of the two solids in
100 parts of hot water and then mix
the two solutions.
It is hardly necessary to say that
such a fluid does not give a permanent
coating and that electroplating is the
only truly satisfactory way of getting
a nickelized surface.
Nickel-Plating Powder
This is a patented article and is
stated to be composed of nickel-am-
monium sulphate (NiSO<[NH»])2S04 +
6H20, 60 parts; magnesium (pow-
dered), 3 parts; precipitated chalk. 30
parts; and talc, 7 parts. When this is
moistened an electrical action is start-
ed and the nickel is deposited as in
electroplating. The powder is applied
by rubbing with a wet cloth. Of
course, the brass or copper should be
clean, or the nickel will not stick.
Magoffin's Silver Polish
Dissolve a teaspoonful of table salt
in 4 ounces of boiling water, then add
whiting to make the whole of a
creamy consistence. Apply with a
flannel cloth, then wash the silver in
hot soft (rain) water, dry with a soft
towel and polish with chamois.
CHAPTER XII.
INKS, GLUES, PASTES AND CEMENTS
Inks. Black and Colored, Drawing, Stencil, Mimeograph, Sympa-
thetic, Etc, — Glues, Lutes, Pastes and Cements.
Always consult the Index when using this boofy
Making Black Ink
In an exceptionally interesting paper
on the making of black ink, appearing
in The Druggists Circular for January,
1909. page 13, Prof. W. L. Scoville gives
the following formula:
Scoville's Formula
Tannic acid 3 ozs. av.
Gallic acid 1 oz. av.
Ferrous sulphate 2 ozs. av.
Solution of ferric chlo-
ride, U. S. P 11 fl. ozs.
Indigotin 1 % ozs. av.
Acacia 60 grains.
Phenol 60 grains.
Water 1 gallon.
Dissolve the tannic and gallic acids
and indigotin in 6 pints of warm water.
Dissolve the iron salts, acacia and
phenol in the remaining 2 pints of
water, and mix with the first solution.
Shake frequently during several days.
Allow the ink to stand at least two
weeks, and then filter.
Prof. Scoville says that he has made
ink according to this formula; that it
was a good article; that he had made
tests by exposing writing done with
this ink to sun and water, and that the
ink stood them well. As to the solubil-
ity of indigotin, Prof. Scoville says that
he round a soluble kind on the market.
Magoffin's Formula
Extract of logwood .... 8 ounces.
Potassium dichromate.. y2 ounce.
Potassium ferrocyanide.. M ounce.
A! ohol 8 ounces.
Oil of cloves 1 ounce.
Bailing rain water .... 5 gallons.
Cold rain water 1 gallon.
Dissolve the extract of logwood in
the boiling water, and add the two
potassium salts. Then add the cold
rain water, and the alcohol in which
the oil has been dissolved. When cold,
strain through flannel and keep in
tightly corked bottles.
Mr. Magoffin explains that the old-
time black sticky extract that used to
come in 12% and 25-pound boxes is the
kind to use.
Fountain Pen Ink
Gallic acid 80 grains.
Ferrous sulphate 120 grains.
Diluted sulphuric acid.. 4 drams.
Gum arabic 160 grains.
Liquefied phenol 30 minims.
Glycerin 140 minims.
Phenol blue 20 grains.
Distilled water to make 20 ounces.
Dissolve the ferrous sulphate, gum
arabic, liquefied phenol, glycerin, and
diluted sulphuric acid in 8 ounces of
the distilled water, without heat. Then
dissolve the gallic acid in 5 ounces of
the distilled water, with the aid of a
gentle heat; continue the heating until
the liquid just begins to boil, and add
to it gradually the solution containing
the ferrous sulphate, etc., shaking after
each addition. Make up to the required
volume (20 fluid ounces) with distilled
water, filter, and add the phenol blue,
shaking until it is dissolved.
Writing Fluid
We have seen it stated that a non-
corrosive and permanent writing fluid
may be made by neutralizing a solu-
tion of indigo sulphate with diluted
ammonia water (or with diluted solu-
tion of potassium hydroxide), allowing
the precipitate to settle, and decanting
the clear liquid.
A few other formulas are appended:
I.
Finely powdered
indigo 5.0 grammes.
Sulphuric acid . . . 30.0 grammes.
Iron wire 15.0 grammes.
Powdered Turkish
nut galls 60.0 grammes.
Acacia 15.0 grammes.
Sugar 8.0 grammes.
Oil of cloves 0.1 gramme.
Water 1,050.0 grammes.
Into a suitable vessel containing 50
grammes of water, put the indigo and
the sulphuric acid. When the solution
has cooled, add the iron wire, which
should be in the finest possible state of
subdivision. Let the interaction cease.
Make an infusion of the nut galls in
the balance of the water. Strain this,
and. when cool, mix it with the iron
solution. Lastly add the gum, the
sugar and the oil.
II.
Powdered nut galls 120.0 grammes.
Oxalic acid 2.0 grammes.
197
198
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Indigo carmine,
about 2.5 grammes.
Iron sulphate 50.0 grammes.
Acacia 15.0 grammes.
Water 1.000.0 grammes.
Digest the powdered nut galls with
the greater part of the water for two
days; strain the liquid and mix with it
the iron sulphate previously dissolved
in a little water. Add the oxalic acid
and shake until dissolved, then add the
indigo carmine (as much as is neces-
sary to give the liquid a nice green
color) and finally add the acacia.
III.
Powdered nut galls. .100 grammes.
Acacia 40 grammes.
Iron sulphate 43 grammes.
Alcohol (90 c/f ) 25 grammes.
Ammonia water 5 grammes.
Phenol 2 grammes.
Water S00 grammes.
Macerate for eight days and strain
or filter.
Mimeograph Ink
Balsam copaiba 9 ounces.
Lampblack 3 ounces.
Indigo * 5 drams.
Prussian blue 5 drams.
Indian red 6 drams.
Yellow soap, dried and
powdered 2 to 3 ounces.
Rub well together until a smooth,
creamy paste results.
Fast Green Ink
Crystallized copper
acetate 4 parts.
Potassium bitartrate 2 parts.
Water 16 parts.
Mucilage of acacia 1 part.
Boil the chemicals with the water in
a porcelain (or clean copper) vessel
until the liquid acquires an intensely
green color. Then filter and add the
mucilage.
Anilin Green Ink
The following formula is for a typi-
cal anilin ink, but it may be said in
passing that writing done with anilin
inks usually fades upon exposure:
Soluble anilin green 2 parts.
Glycerin 16 parts.
Alcohol 112 parts.
Mucilage of acacia 4 parts.
Dissolve the anilin green in the alco-
hol and then add the other ingredients.
Filter, after standing.
While most of the acacia will pre-
cipitate from the ink, enough will re-
main to make it sufficiently slow-
flowing.
Red Ink
I.
Eosin (or some other wa-
ter-soluble anilin red) . . 1 part.
Acacia 2 parts.
Water 97 parts.
Dissolve the dye in the water and in
this solution dissolve the acacia.
II.
Brazil wood 1 ounce.
Tin chloride 15 grains.
Dextrin 30 grains.
Boiling distilled water.. 1 pint.
III.
Cochineal 1 ounce.
Acacia 1 ounce.
Cream of tartar 2 ounces.
Alum % ounce.
Distilled water 1 pint.
Boil the first three ingredients in the
water for several minutes; filter, and
dissolve the alum in the filtrate.
IV.
Carmine 2 drams.
Caustic soda 4 drams.
Mucilage of acacia 1 ounce.
Water to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the caustic soda in a couple
of ounces of water; in this dissolve
the carmine; add the rest of the water
and then the mucilage.
Red Drawing Ink
Formerly red inks were made of car-
mine or vegetable colors, but in this
day of synthetics they are more fre-
quently solutions of anilin dyes. Dye
dealers will give information as to the
best brands to use for any given pur-
pose; or experiments may be made
with package or other dyes. Fuchsin
dissolved in a solution of white shellac
in borax water makes a good drawing
ink. A heavy-bodied drawing ink may
be made by suspending very fine ver-
milion in a solution of acacia. The
following formulas for red draughting
inks yield preparations which are said
to be permanent in color:
I.
Carmine 1 gramme.
Solution of ammonium
acetate 15 grammes.
Distilled water 15 grammes.
Mix the water and the solution, and
triturate the carmine with this liquid.
Set aside for twelve hours. Filter the
solution and thicken it with pure sugar
syrup.
II.
Carmine, finely powdered 6 parts.
Solution of sodium silicate 75 parts.
Distilled water 675 parts.
Triturate the pigment with the
water-glass; gradually add the water;
set aside for several days, and decant
the fluid ink.
INKS, GLUES, PASTES AND CEMENTS
199
in.
Carmine 5 parts.
Sodium silicate 5 parts.
Solution of sodium silicate enough.
Ink Powders or Tablets
Black.
I. •
Methyl violet 16 grains.
Bengal green 20 grains.
Bismarck brown 12 grains.
Acacia 80 grains.
The quantities here given will make
with a pint of water a very good copy-
ing ink, which is not sufficiently lasting
to do for keeping records.
II.
Galls 84 parts.
Madder 6 parts.
Ferrous sulphate 11 parts.
Ferrous acetate 4 parts.
Indigo carmine 1 part.
Exhaust the galls and the madder
by percolation with hot water. In the
percolate dissolve the iron salts and
indigo carmine; and then evaporate to
dryness.
The addition of a small amount of
acacia makes the ink flow more
evenly.
Blue.
For a blue ink powder we assume
that what is known in the trade as
soluble blue (an iron salt) would serve
the purpose, since it is stated that this
chemical dissolved in water gives the
most permanent blue ink known.
Red.
Likewise, a water-soluble red anilin
dye of the right hue should answer
for making red ink.
Ink for Writing on Celluloid
Tannic acid 10 parts.
Ferric chloride, dry 10 parts.
Acetone 100 parts.
Dissolve the tannic acid and the fer-
ric salt separately, each in 50 parts of
acetone, and mix the solutions.
Fluoride Ink
Ammonium fluoride, barium sulphate
and an acid are the usual components
of these liquids or semi-liquids. Speci-
men formulas follow:
I.
Barium sulphate 3 parts.
Ammonium fluoride 1 part.
Sulphuric acid enough.
The salts are mixed with enough acid
to bring the mixture to the consistency
of rich milk.
The mixture should be made in a
lead receptacle and kept in guttapercha
bottles.
II.
Ammonium fluoride 1 part.
Barium sulphate 1 part.
Calcium fluoride 1 part.
Hydrofluoric acid, fuming, enough.
The first three ingredients are inti-
mately mixed in a porcelain mortar,
the mixture transferred to a lead dish
and enough fuming hydrofluoric acid
stirred into it to give the desired con-
sistency. This 'ink" may be used with
a steel pen.
In experimenting with fluorine com-
pounds their effect upon the skin and
mucous membrane should be taken
into consideration; hydrofluoric acid
produces severe burns, which are diffi-
cult to heal.
Record Inks.
Any finely divided, non-fading color
may be used as the pigment; petro-
latum is the best vehicle, and wax the
best corrigent. In order to make the
ribbon last a long time with one inking
as much pigment as feasible should be
used. To make black record ink: Take
some petrolatum, melt it on a slow fire
or water bath and incorporate by con-
stant stirring as much lampblack as
it will take up without becoming gran-
ular. Take it from the fire and allow
it to cool. The ink is now practically
finished, except if not entirely suitable
on trial it may be improved by adding
the corrigent wax in small quantity.
The ribbon should oe charged with a
very thin, evenly divided amount of
ink. Hence the necessity of a diluent
— -in this instance a mixture of equal
parts of benzin and oil of turpentine.
In this mixture incorporate a sufficient
amount of the solid ink by vigorous
agitation to make a thin paint. Try
the ink on the extremity of the ribbon:
if too soft add a little wax to make
it harder: if too pale add more color-
ing matter; if too hard add more petro-
latum. If carefully applied to the rib-
bon and the excess brushed off the
result will be satisfactory.
On the same principle other colors
may be made into ink; but for delicate
colors white petrolatum and bleached
wax should be the vehicle and corri-
gent respectively.
The various printing inks may be
used if properly corrected. They re-
quire the addition of petrolatum to
make them non-drying on the ribbon,
and of some wax if they are found to
be too soft. Where printing inks are
available they will be found to give
excellent results if thus modified, as
the pigment is well milled and finely
divided. Even black cosmetic may be
made to answer by the addition of
some lampblack to the solution in the
mixture of benin and oil of turpentine.
Copying Inks.
For copying inks anilin colors form
the pigment; a mixture of about 3
l!00
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
parts of water and 1 part of glycerin,
the vehicle; transparent soap (about ^4
part), the corrigent; stronger alcohol
(about 6 parts), the solvent. The de-
sired anilin color will easily dissolve in
the hot vehicle, soap will give the ink
the necessary body and counteract the
hygroscopic tendency of the glycerin,
and in the stronger alcohol the ink will
readily dissolve, so that it can be ap-
plied in a finely divided state to the
ribbon, where the evaporation of the
alcohol will leave it in a thin film.
After the ink is made and tried, if
too soft, add a little more soap; if too
hard, a little more glycerin; if too
pale, a little more pigment. Printers'
copying ink can be utilized here like-
wise.
Blue Stencil Ink
Shellac 2 ounces.
Borax 1% ounces.
Water 10 ounces.
Prussian blue 1 ounce.
China clay % ounce.
Powdered acacia % ounce.
Boil together the shellac, borax and
water until the volume of the solution
is reduced to 10 ounces. Rub the
other three ingredients together, and
add the liquid. At first the liquid
should be added in small portions at a
time.
The resultant ink may be preserved
by the addition of a little salicylic acid
or by rubbing with the three latter in-
gredients a small portion of methyl
salicylate or other suitable preserva-
tive.
vent. The elements will differ with
the kind of ink desired, whether per-
manent or copying.
Liquid India Ink
India ink consists of a special kind
of lampblack beaten into solid form
with a weak solution of fine white glue
or gelatin. Sometimes a little perfume
or preservative is added. It is said that
the Chinese, to obtain their lampblack
for this purpose, incompletely burn a
mixture of colza, sesame or other fixed
oil, with varnish and lard. The history
and technic of the process is rather
fully described in an interesting little
volume entitled, "Inks. Their Composi-
tion and Manufacture." published by
Charles Griffith & Co., Exeter street,
Strand. London. Ordinary lampblack
may be purified for use in making india
ink by washing with caustic soda.
To liquefy india ink, it should be well
rubbed wth water. Perhaps the addi-
tion of a small proportion of gum arabic
would make the ink flow from the pen
more evenly.
Inking Typewriter Ribbons
The constituents of an ink for type-
writer ribbons may be broadly divided
into four elements: 1, the pigment; 2,
the vehicle; 3, the corrigent; 4. the sol-
Quick-Drying Printing Inks
For use on roll paper printing ma»-
chines, inks made according to the ap-
pended formulas might serve:
I.
Ultramarine 1 ounce.
Linseed oil 1 ounce.
Olive oil enough.
Reduce the ultramarine to an im-
palpable powder; triturate with the
linseed oil and about 2 ounces of olive
oil, and add enough olive oil to pro-
duce the proper consistency.
II.
Oil-soluble anilin blue.. 1 ounce.
Crude oleic acid 1 ounce.
Castor oil 8 to 10 ounces.
Make a solution. ,
III.
Paris blue 10 parts.
Ultramarine 20 parts.
Borax 5 parts.
Shellac 5 parts.
Alcohol 30 parts.
Water enough.
Dissolve the shellac in the alcohol
and the borax in 40 parts of water;
mix the two solutions. Mix the pig-
ments intimately, reducing them to the
finest state of division; triturate or
levigate the mixed pigments with the
borax-shellac liquid, adding more
water if necessary. The addition of a
little glycerin may be necessary in a
dry climate.
Ink for Writing on Metal
I.
Shellac (or rosin) 20 parts.
Alcohol 150 parts.
Borax 35 parts.
Water 250 parts.
Water-soluble dye to color.
Dissolve the shellac (or rosin) in the
alcohol, the borax in the water and
pour the shellac solution slowly into
that of the borax. Then add the dye,
previously dissolved in a little water.
II.
Bleached shellac 2 parts.
Venice turpentine 1 part.
Oil of turpentine 3 parts.
Lampblack 1 part.
Melt the first three ingredients to-
gether over a water-bath, and then
stir in the lampblack, incorporruinq
thoroughly.
A subscriber writes:
The simplest anri best ink to use is a solu-
tion of purple anilin in tincture of benzoin.
It does not corrode the metal, nor does it
affect the polish.
I have used it for years in marking cutlery.
After a sale is made a drop of alcohol on a
rag will wipe off the mark. Purple makes
INKS, GLUES, PASTES AND CEMENTS
201
the best color, as it is easily read. Another
little tip as to marking cutlery— I always mark
the stock number on the article, as cutlery
is usually sold from display boards; this makes
it easy to replace an article sold without root-
ing' through a lot of boxes to find number
wanted.
Use a fine pen. A good point about the ink
is, it dries quickly.
As a pigment, zinc oxide will do for
white; chrome yellow for yellow; Vene-
tian red or vermilion for red; prussian
blue for blue; ultramarine and chrome
yellow for green, etc.
Stamping Ink
One should be able to make a satis-
factory ink for use with steel dies by
experimenting with some of the fol-
lowing formulas:
I.
Oleic acid, purified 5 parts.
Castor oil 55 parts.
Oil-soluble anilin black.. 3 parts.
By using other anilins. red, blue, vio-
let, etc., inks may be produced, al-
though as the tinctorial power of some
of these colors is greater than that of
the* black dye, suitable allowance must
be made in deciding upon the propor-
tions.
II.
Dissolve 1 part of asphalt in 4 parts
of oil of turpentine and add enough
lampblack to bring the solution to the
proper consistency.
III.
Copaiba 9 ounces.
Lampblack 3 ounces.
Indigo 3 drams.
Prussian blue 5 drams.
Indian red % ounce.
Dried yellow soap 3 ounces.
IV.
Heat 100 parts of olein to 80 degrees
C. and dissolve in it 1 part of oil-solu-
ble anilin black.
Upon seeing the foregoing note, G. F.
Dunbar wrote:
A very satisfactory stamping ink may be
made by grinding anilin colors with very thin
colorless varnish, and reducing with oil of
turpentine if necessary. I believe there is a
concern in Philadelphia which makes a var-
nish expressly for this purpose.
Light Colored Inks for Stamping on
Leather
I.
Oil - soluble anilin
color 90 grains.
Zinc oxide 1 to 3 ounces.
Crude oleic acid.... 5 drams.
Boiled linseed oil... 1 pint.
II.
Shellac 2 ounces.
Borax 2 ounces.
Water 24 ounces.
Acacia 2 ounces.
Pigment enough.
Mix the first three and boil until so-
lution is effected; add the acacia and
enough pigment to bring to the proper
■consistency.
Show Card Ink
Black.
I.
Brown shellac 4 drams.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Borax 7 drams.
Distilled water 6 ounces.
"Water-soluble nigrosin . . 12 grains.
Dissolve the shellac in the alcohol,
and the borax in the water with the
aid of heat. Pour the alcoholic solu-
tion slowly into the aqueous solution,
stirring constantly. When cool dis-
solve in the liquid the nigrosin.
A more intensely-black ink might
result from the addition of a little
lampblack or india ink in the fore-
going.
II.
Ferric chloride 10 parts.
Tannin 15 parts.
Acetone 100 parts.
Dissolve each of the solids in a por-
tion of the fluid and mix the two
solutions.
III.
Nigrosin 1 part.
Water 14 parts.
Glycerin 4 parts.
IV.
Asphaltum 3 ounces.
Venice turpentine 1 ounce.
Lamp black Vz ounce.
Oil of turpentine 8 ounces.
Red.
I.
Rosanlin acetate 2 parts.
Alcohol 1 part.
Water 10 parts.
III.
Bordeaux red 3 parts.
Alcohol 2 parts.
Water 20 parts.
Glycerin 1 part.
Violet and Blue.
Anilin violet or blue
( 1 RB) 1 ounce.
Hot water 7 ounces.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Glycerin 2 drams.
Ether 5 drops.
Phenol 1 drop.
Dissolve the anilin in the hot water,
allow this to cool, then add the other
things.
Other Colors.
Shellac, borax, gum arabic, of each
equal parts; pigment, water, of each,
a sufficient quantity. Boil the shellac
and borax together with sufficient
water to effect solution; then add the
202
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
acacia and sufficient pigment to give
the desired color.
The thickness of the ink is regu-
lated b57 the amount of water used.
The regular water- colors in tubes
will probably be the best pigments.
It might be worth while to experiment
with water-soluble anilin colors of the
desired shade.
Black Indelible Ink
To undertake the making of indelible
ink by most of the formulas published
is extremely dangerous. The formulas
referred to direct silver nitrate and am-
monia water, with or without caustic
soda, or sodium carbonate. In the use
of one such formula frequent explo-
sions have occurred, the accident being
due to the formation of silver nitride.
This compound may be produced by
ammonia alone: perhaps by other al-
kalies alone. All such formulas are
dangerous; none should be used. The
following are not open to this objec-
tion:
I.
Grind 1.75 grammes of anilin black
well with 60 drops of strong hydro-
chloric acid and 42 grammes of alcohol.
Dilute the liquid thus obtained with a
hot solution of 2.5 grammes of gum
arabic in 170 grammes of water.
II.
Extract of logwood 1 ounce.
Potassium dichromate... 85 grains.
Hydrochloric acid 190 minims.
Oil of mirbane to perfume.
Boiling water 16 ounces.
Dissolve the extract of logwood in
15 ounces of water, dissolve the potas-
sium salt in the remainder, to which
the acid has been a:lded; mix the two
solutions.
HI.
This formula is for an ink to be used
in marking linens which are to be
bleached with chlorine:
Coal tar 20 ounces.
Benzol 25 ounces.
Lampblack 3 ounces.
Mix well. The liquid is very inflam-
mable.
IV.
Powdered sugar 40 grammes.
Lamp black 10 grammes.
Manganese sulphate.. 20 grammes.
Water 10 grammes.
The mixture is imprinted upon the
cloth with a rubber stamp and the
marked fabric is dipped into diluted
alkali and then washed with consider-
able water.
V.
Japan black. M. B. G.. 25: malachite
green. 2; anilin, 73. Dissolve with aid
of warmth.
■This ink writes well, becomes fixed
in the fabric in a few hours without
heating, so that it resists washing. It
does not burn holes in the linen, and
does not become thick.
An Acid-Resisting Ink
Experiments might be made with
liquid india ink, which may be made
by dissolving shellac in a hot. aqueous
solution of borax, and grinding the
india ink in this. Ordinary lampblack
may be used instead of india ink, but,
of course, is not so good.
Red Indelible Ink
I.
Dilute fresh egg albumin with an
equal weight of water; stir with a
glass rod until the mixture foams, and
filter it through linen. Stir the filtrate
well. Add levigated vermilion in small
portions to the filtrate with constant
trituration until a thick liquid^ is
formed.
The desired marking is done with a
clean gold or quill pen and the reverse
side of the fabric is then touched with
a hot iron, which coagulates the albu-
min, fixing the pigment.
II.
It is said that by proceeding accord-
ing to the following formula an in-
tense purple-red color may be pro-
duced on fabrics, which is indelible in
the customary sense of the word:
a. Sodium carbonate 3 drams.
Gum arabic '. 3 drams.
Water 12 drams.
b. Platinic chloride 1 dram.
Distilled water 2 ounces.
c. Stannous chloride 1 dram.
Distilled water 4 drams.
Moisten the fabric to be written upon
with a and rub a warm iron over it un-
til dry; then write with b, and, when
dry, moisten with c.
A very rich purple color — the purple
of Cassius — may be produced by sub-
stituting a solution of gold chloride for
the platinic chloride in the above for-
mula.
After it has been marked with in-
delible ink the fabric may be held in
the jet of steam issuing from a kettle
of boiling water, instead of being sub-
jected to the heat of a hot iron, which
may scorch it.
Ink for Writing on Photographs
Iodine 1 gramme.
Potassium iodide 10 grammes.
Mucilage of acacia. ... 2 grammes.
Water 35 mils.
Ink for Writing on Glass
Powdered india ink 1 part.
Solution of sodium silicate 2 parts.
INKS. GLUES, PASTES AND CEMENTS
203
Invisible and Sympathetic Inks
A solution of mereurous nitrate used
with a quill, on ordinary white paper,
when dry, produces marks which are
invisible. A small quantity of strong
solution of ammonia is placed in the
bottom of a large cylindrical glass
jar, which thus becomes filled with
ammonia gas in a suitably moist con-
dition. On placing the paper with the
invisible marks inside the jar a few
seconds and then withdrawing it, it
will be found that the marks come out
in distinct and permanent black.
A sympathetic ink is one that be-
comes visible and then vanishes again
as required. To meet this require-
ment, use a fairly strong solution of
phenolphthalein. Writing with such
a solution on ordinary white paper is
quite invisible when dry, but when
placed for a few seconds in the jar
above mentioned the writing becomes
a beautiful pink color, which fades
as the ammonia evaporates. By
breathing upon the paper the color
disappears almost immediately.
There are many sympathetic inks
which become visible on being
warmed, and among these none is
more satisfactory than lemon juice
fortified by the addition of an extra
amount of citric acid.
Ink Invisible When First Used
An inquirer wants a formula for an
ink that is invisible wdien first used,
but which will become visible a few
minutes later. A solution of silver ni-
trate possesses the desired property.
We suggest the following formula: .
Silver nitrate 5 grains.
Powdered acacia 10 grains.
Distilled water, to make. 1 ounce.
The "ink"' should be kept in a dark
bottle and used with a glass or quill
pen.
From a little monograph on inks, by
W. W. Smith, the following informa-
tion is given. The language is not al-
together pharmaceutical. or even
grammatical, but the facts, and not
the medium through which they are
conveyed, are the important thing,
and these are given as found:
1. Sulphate of copper and sal-am-
moniac, equal parts, dissolved in wa-
ter, writes colorless, but turns yellow
when heated.
2. Onion juice like the last.
3. A weak infusion of galls turns
black when moistened with weak cop-
eras water.
4. A weak solution of sulphate of
iron turns blue when moistened with
a weak solution of prus-^iate of pot-
ash, or black with infusion of galls.
5. Solution of acetate of cobalt, to
which a little nitrate has been added,
becomes rose color when heated, and
disappears on coolins.
6. New milk. written on white
paper, is made legible by sprinkling
with coal dust or soot.
7. Sulphuric acid, 1 part; water. 20
parts; mix together; write with a quill
pen, which writing can be read only
after heating it.
8. Dissolve nitrate of bismuth in
water: write with the solution, which
will be invisible when dry, and visible
again when immersed in water.
9. Write with a solution of ferrocya-
nide of potassium; develop by pressing
over the dry invisible characters a
piece of blotting paper moistened with
a solution of iron sulphate.
10. Write with pure dilute tincture of
iron; develop with a blotter moistened
with strong tea.
11. A weak infusion of galls is turned
black by sulphate of iron (copperas).
12. Reversing the above, writing with
copperas turns black by moistening
with infusion of galls.
Blue Sympathetic Inks,
Writing with copperas turns blue it"
wetted with a solution of prussiate of
potassa.
Xitrate of cobalt turns blue on being
wetted with a weak solution of oxalic
acid.
Rice water or a solution of boiled
starch turns blue in a solution of iodine
in weak spirit.
Sympathetic Inks Developed by Heat
There are a number of colorless sub-
stances that may be used as inks
which are developed by the application
of heat only.
Lemon juice, a very weak solution of
either aqua fortis, oil of vitriol, com-
mon salt or saltpeter, will turn yellow
or brown on exposure to the fire. .
A weak solution of chloride of cobalt
and chloride of nickel is turned a beau-
tiful green by heat.
A solution of chloride, or nitro-muri-
ate of cobalt turns green when heated,
and disappears on cooling.
A dilute solution of chloride of cop-
per becomes a fine yellow at moderate
heat, and disappears on cooling.
A solution of acetate of cobalt, with
a little nitrate added to it. turns rose-
colored by heat, and disappears again
when cold.
These last, which disappear again on
cooling, are the best sympathetic inks
for purposes of correspondence, as the
others are more or less indelible when
once developed.
To Make a Hectograph
Hectograph pads may be made by
melting together 1 part of good clean
glue, 2 parts of water and 4 parts of
glycerin (all by weight), evaporating
some of the water, and adding more
glue or glycerin if the season or the
climate requires a modification of the
204
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
original formula. The mass, when of
proper consistency, which may be as-
certained by cooling a small portion,
should be poured into a shallow pan
and allowed to set. If the mixture is
not clear it should be strained; and air
bubbles should be removed by skim-
ming the surface with a piece of card-
board.
Other formulas for making this sim-
ple and useful manifolder are:
I.
Gelatin 100 parts.
Water 375 parts.
Glycerin 375 parts.
Kaolin (in fine powder) 50 parts.
Soak the gelatin over night in the
water, and the next day, after pouring
off any water remaining unabsorbed by
the gelatin, add the jelly to the glyc-
erin previously heated to about 200 de-
grees F. on a salt water bath. When
the gelatin has dissolved in the glyc-
erin add the kaolin, heating on a salt
water bath until a sample taken from
the mass and cooled has the proper
plasticity.
II.
Glycerin 12 ounces.
Gelatin 2 ounces.
Water 7% ounces.
Sugar 2 ounces.
III.
Gelatin 15 ounces.
Water 10 ounces.
Dextrin 1% ounces.
Sugar 2 ounces.
Glycerin 15 ounces.
Zinc oxide 1% ounces.
The writing to be copied by means of
the hectograph is done on good paper
with an anilin ink. Formulas for suit-
able ones are appended. The purple
ink is most frequently used, we think;
it is said that more copies may be ob-
tained from writing done with it than
with other kinds.
Hectograph Inks.
Appended are some recipes for hec-
tograph inks:
Black.
Methyl voilet 10 parts.
Xigrosin 20 parts.
Glycerin 30 parts.
Gum arabic 5 parts.
Alcohol 60 parts.
Purple.
Methyl violet 2 parts.
Alcohol 2 parts.
Sugar 1 part.
Glycerin 4 parts.
Water 24 parts.
Dissolve the violet in the alcohol
mixed with the glycerin; dissolve the
sugar in the water; mix the two solu-
tions.
Blue.
Resorcin blue M 10 parts.
Dilute acetic acid 1 part.
Water S5 parts.
Glycerin 4 parts.
Alcohol 10 parts.
Dissolve by aid of heat.
Red.
Fuchsin 10 parts.
Alcohol 10 parts.
Glycerin 10 parts.
Water 50 parts.
Green.
Anilin green, water soluble. 15 parts.
Glycerin 10 parts.
Water . '. 50 parts.
Alcohol 10 parts.
The writing is allowed to dry with-
out blotting. The pad having been
moistened with clean water the paper
is placed on it, face inward, of course,
and rubbed gently but firmly over
every portion, care being taken to pre-
vent it from changing position. A
roller is useful here. The paper is al-
lowed to remain on the pad for from
two to five minutes, and is then care-
fully removed. Copies are now taken
by pressing dry paper on this surface
and removing immediately. The oper-
ation should be carried out with as lit-
tle interruption as possible. It is said
that the distinctness and sharpness of
hectograph prints may be materially
heightened by wetting the paper upon
which the prints are to be made with
alcohol and removing the excess by
blotting paper.
After using the pad the ink should
be removed from the surface imme-
diately with a soft sponge and warm
water. The pad should then be well
dried, when it will be ready for another
operation. It may be used a great
many times if properly manipulated.
Ink Erasers
A.
Citric acid , 2 ounces.
Water 1 pint.
Saturated aqueous so-
lution of borax 3 or 4 ounces.
Dissolve the acid in the water and
add the borax solution.
B.
Chlorinated lime G ounces.
Water 1 pint.
Saturated solution of
borax 3 or 4 ounces.
Mix the lime and water, shake well.
set aside for a week in a well-stoppered
bottle, decant the clear liquid, and add
the .borax solution.
This eraser is used by saturating the
spot with A, removing the excess of
the liquid with a blotter, and then ap-
plying B. When the spot has disap-
peared, apply the blotter and wash the
spot by the alternate use of clear water
and blotting paper.
A single solution eraser may be made
thus:
1XKS, GLUES, PASTES AND CEMEXTS
205
Take 01" chlorinated lime 4 ounces,
thoroughly pulverized, and 2 pints of
distilled water. {Shake well and set the
mixture aside for 24 hours; then strain
through cotton cloth, after which add
- ounces of acetic acid to each pint of
the strained water.
that a high-grade dextrin does not give
:•- good result's as one that contains
some unchanged starch.
Ink for Rubber Stamp Pad
Anilin violet 1 part.
Glycerin 3 parts.
Alcohol 4 parts.
Gum arabic 3 parts.
Water 16 parts.
Marking Paste for Laundry Use
Copper sulphate 2 parts.
Anilin hydrochloride 3 parts.
Dextrin 1 part.
Glycerin to make apaste.
Mix well and put up in- tin boxes.
Office Adhesive
Russian glue 10 pounds.
Brazilian isinglass 10 ounces.
Liquid glucose % gallon.
Acetic acid 18 pounds.
Distilled water 1% gallons.
Soften the glue and isinglass in the
water overnight, then heat on a water
bath with the acetic acid and glucose
until it is homogeneous.
Less- water may be used if desired.
Syndetickon
Sugar 6 ounces.
Water 18 ounces.
Dissolve by boiling and add, with
constant stirring, to the hot solution
Sifted slaked lime 1% ounces.
Set aside for a few days to settle and
decant the clear solution. In it soak
Gelatin 6 ounces.
for twenty-four hours, then heat on a
water bath until dissolved.
Dextrin Paste.
A strong aqueous solution of reason-
ably pure dextrin forms a cheap muci-
lage. Alcohol is usually added when
the mucilage is to be used for gumming
envelopes or postage stamps, in order
to facilitate the drying, and acetic acid
is employed to increase the mobility of
the fluid. A working formula follows:
Brown dextrin 1 pound.
Acetic acid 4 ounces.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Water, to make 2 pints.
Dissolve the dextrin in 1 pint of boil-
ing water, strain through Canton flan-
nel, add the acetic acid and when near-
ly cold add the alcohol and the r<
the water, stirrine: thoroughly.
In our experience, we have found
Library Paste.
Tragacanth in powder... 20 parts.
"White dextrin 10 parts.
Wheat flour 60 parts.
Glycerin 10 parts.
Cold water 40 parts.
Salicylic acid 3 parts.
Boiling water 400 parts.
Over the tragacanth pour 160 parts
of boiling water, stir well and set aside.
Mix the wheat flour and the dextrin
with the cold water, stir in well and
then add the mixture to the tragacanth.
Pour into the batter thus formed the
rest of the boiling water, stirring con-
stantly while doing so. Rub up the
acid with the glycerin and add to the
batter; put the mixture on the fire,
bring to a boil under constant stirring,
and let cook for five or six minutes.
Let cool and the paste is ready.
II.
Gelatin 50 grains.
Water 10 ounces.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves 1 dram.
Wheat starch enough.
Rice starch enough.
Swell the gelatin in the water for a
day, and heat gradually until solution
is effected. Allow the solution to cool
to a little below 70 degrees F., and stir
in enough of the starches, mixed in
the proportion of 2 parts of wheat
starch to 1 part of rice starch to pro-
duce a thin batter. Heat slowly in a
double boiler until the mass thickens
and continue the heating until the bulk
is reduced about one-sixth, stirring
constantly. Remove from the heat and
stir in slowly the oil dissolved in the
alcohol.
nr.
Gelatin 4 ounces.
Water 2 pints.
Flour paste 2 pounds.
Solution of sodium sili-
cate 1 ounce.
Oil of cloves 2 drams.
Soak the gelatin in 1 pint of water
until softened, then dissolve with the
aid of a gentle heat. While hot pour
in the paste with the mixed silicate
and stir, while the mixture cools, using
a wooden paddle. When cold beat in
the oil.
Solid Mucilage.
Gelatin 40 grammes.
Acacia 60 grammes.
Tragacanth 10 grammes.
Glycerin 20 grammes.
Oil of wintergreen 3 drops.
Water 2<»0 mils.
206
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Soften the gelatin in 80 mils of the
water, then add the gums, glycerin and
the remainder of the water, and heat
on a water-bath until a homogeneous
creamy mass is formed, a drop of
which becomes firm on cooling. Re-
move from the heat, add the oil, and
when the mass is cool cut it into cakes
pf convenient size and shape.
A Paste That Will Keep.
Alum 1 dram.
Water 2 pints.
Powdered rosin 30 grains.
Spirit of cloves 30 minims.
Flour enough.
Dissolve the alum in the water and
bring to a boil. Stir in enough flour,
with which the rosin previously has
been well mixed, to make a creamy
paste, and to this add the antiseptic.
Pour the paste into a crock and keep
in a cool place. To use, dissolve a
chunk in enough hot water to make a
paste of the proper consistence.
Marine Glue.
Cabinet makers' glue 17 parts.
Water 23 parts.
Litharge 2 parts.
Acetic acid 6 parts.
Raw linseed oil 8 parts.
Lead sulphate 6 parts.
Soak the glue in the water until it is
soft, then melt it by the aid of heat,
stirring in the acid. In another vessel
heat the oil and litharge together for
10 or 15 minutes, then mix the two hot
liquids and stir in the pigment.
Liquid Cement
Gelatin 100 parts.
"Water 100 parts.
Zinc chloride 1 part.
Hydrochloride acid enough.
Heat the gelatin with the water on
a water-bath until the mixture be-
comes homogeneous. Add the zinc
chloride and continue the heat until
a portion of the mixture does not set'
solid when allowed to cool. Some-
times a little more zinc chloride is re-
quired. If the liquid is alkaline it
must be neutralized with hydrochloric
acid.
Liquid Glue
I.
Slaked lime 5 grammes.
Sugar 200 grammes.
Glue enough.
Water enough.,
Mix the lime intimately with the
sugar and add enough water to make
GOO mils. Heat the mixture to about
65° C. and maintain this temperature
for about three hours, stirring the
mixture occasionally. Allow the mix-
ture to cool and settle; decant as
much liquid as possible, and in this
liquid dissolve glue in the proportion
of 1 to 5.
II.
Dissolve 1 ounce of good glue (or
gelatin) in 3 ounces of hot water and
V2 ounce of glycerin; add 1 ounce
each of acetic acid and alcohol. This
makes a smooth adhesive, the use of
which is not likely to make paper
wrinkle.
III.
Glue 200 parts.
Diluted acetic acid 400 parts.
Alcohol 25 parts.
Alum 5 parts.
Dissolve the glue in the acid by the
aid of heat, and to the solution add
the alum and alcohol.
Waterproof Glue
I.
A solution of 20 grammes of san-
darac, 20 grammes of turpentine and
20 grammes of mastic in 250 mils, of
alcohol is poured into an equal vol-
ume of a strong hot solution of glue
and isinglass.
II.
A waterproof glue which is not mis-
cible with water is obtained by heat-
ing on a water-bath 100 parts of gela-
tin, 10 parts of glue, 25 parts of al-
cohol, 2 parts of alum and an excess
of acetic acid for 6 hours, replacing
from time to time the acetic acid lost
by evaporation. The resulting mass
is then rubbed with acetic acid into
a thin syrup.
III.
Macerate 1 to 2 ounces of caout-
chouc, cut into small pieces, in 16 fluid
ounces of benzol (not benzin), pro-
moting solution by the application of
heat and by agitation. The heat
should not be applied by means of an
open flame, on account of the danger
of taking fire, but by a hot-water coil.
To the solution when formed, which
should have the consistence of thick
cream, add 30 ounces of powdered
shellac, and heat the mixture with
constant stirring until complete fu-
sion and combination have been ef-
fected. Pour this mixture while hot
on plates of metal, so that it may
cool in sheets like leather. In using
this cement, put some of it into an
iron vessel, heat to 120° C, and apply
with a brush to the surface to be
joined.
IV.
Glue 5 av. ounces.
Water 4% fluid ounces.
Acetic acid 1 fluid ounce.
Ammonium dichro-
mate iy2 drams.
INKS, GLUES, PASTES AND CEMENTS
207
Soak the glue in 4 fluid ounces of
water until soft, then heat on a wa-
terbath until dissolved; incorporate
the acetic acid, transfer the solution
to a dark-amber-colored bottle, and
then add the dichromate dissolved in
the remainder of the water.
If an amber bottle is not at hand,
the mixture may be kept in an ordi-
nary bottle in a dark place. In using,
expose to a strong light, which makes
the glue insoluble.
V.
It is said that liquid glue made by
dissolving common white glue in
skim -milk is waterproof.
VI.
If the layer of glue can be exposed
to the action of light while setting,
any ordinary liquid glue may be made
waterproof by dissolving in it 1 or 2
per cent, of potassium dichromate.
VII.
Guttapercha 1 part.
Benzin enough.
Shellac 2 parts.
VIII.
Softened glue 6 parts.
Isinglass 1 part.
Diluted alcohol enough.
Oil varnish a few drops.
Mix the glue which has been soft-
ened in water, with the isinglass, and
dissolve in the diluted alcohol with
the aid of a gentle heat. When cool
add the varnish, and strain.
Belt Glue
Soak 50 parts of gelatin in water,
pour off the excess of water, and heat
on a water-bath. With good stirring
add 5 parts of glycerin, 10 parts of oil
of turpentine, and 5 parts of linseed
oil varnish. The ingredients are to
be added in the order named, and the
parts should be weighed rather than
measured.
This glue is to be thinned with wa-
ter as necessary, and applied to the
two ends of the belt to be united.
Pressure is then applied for 24 hours;
when the cement is dry and the belt
ivadv for use.
Glue to Form Paper Pads
For glue to bind the edges of paper
so as to form pads the following for-
mulas have been published:
I.
Glue 3y2 ounces.
Glycerin 8 ounces.
Water enough.
Pour upon the glue more than enough
water to cover it and let it stand for
several hours, then decant the greater
portion of the water; apply heat until
the glue is dissolved and add the
glycerin. If the mixture is too thick,
add more water.
II.
Glue 6 ounces.
Alum 30 grains.
Acetic acid % ounce.
Alcohol 1% ounces.
Water 6 y2 ounces.
Mix all but the alcohol, digest on a
water bath until the glue is dissolved,
allow to cool and add the alcohol.
Leather Cement
Gutta percha raspings. ... 1 ounce.
Carbon disulphide 5 ounces.
Dissolve and spread a portion of the
solution on each of the two pieces of
leather to be united. After a few min-
utes, when the disulphide has evapo-
rated, the leather is to be heated over
a gas flame and the parts are to be
stuck together and pressed with a
warm iron.
It should be remembered that carbon
disulphide is dangerously inflammable.
II.
Gutta-percha shreds 20 parts.
Asphalt 20 parts.
Carbon disulphide 50 parts.
Oil of turpentine 10 parts.
Dissolve the shreds of gutta percha in
the carbon disulphide and oil of tur-
pentine. To this solution add the as-
phalt in powder and set the whole
away for several days until the asphalt
is dissolved.
The cement should be of about the
consistency of honey, and if thinner
than this should be left in an open ves-
sel until evaporation has made it of
the proper consistency. Articles to be
patched with this cement should first
be washed with benzin.
Both the carbon disulphide and the
benzin should be kept away from fire.
III.
Soak for one day 1 pound of com-
mon «glue in enough water to cover it.
At the same time soak 1 pound of
isinglass in stale ale. Then mix the
two and heat gradually until the boil-
ing point is reached. At this point add
a little tannin and continue the boiling
for an hour. Water may be added if
the mixture is too thick at any time
during the making.
When this cement is applied the
leather joined should be kept under
pressure for not less than twelve hours.
Steam-Proof Mucilage for Envelopes
A paste which is said to be proof
against the softening powers of hot
water or steam may be made by soften-
ing a good quality of glue in sufficient
water to cover it; then straining off
the water and melting the glue at a
moderate heat in sufficient linseed oil to
208
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
make the mixture of the proper con-
sistency.
Cement for Celluloid Motion Picture
Films
I.
Shellac 1 part.
Camphor 1 part.
Alcohol 4 parts.
Dissolve the camphor in the alcohol
and in this solution dissolve the
shellac.
II.
Celluloid scraps 5 parts.
Ether 3 parts.
Amyl acetate 3 parts.
Acetone 6 parts.
See caution below as to inflammabil-
ity.
III.
Proxylin 5 parts.
Oil of cloves 2 parts.
Amyl acetate -'5 parts.
Benzol 20 parts.
Acetone, to make 100 parts.
Dissolve the pryoxylin in 50 parts of
the acetone; add the oil of cloves,
the amyl acetate and the benzol, and
make up to the required volume with
acetone.
The last two products are very in-
flammable and should be kept remote
from a flame; the same precaution is
necessary as to their ingredients.
To obtain satisfactory results the
"glued" portions of the film should be
kept under pressure from the moment
of attachment until thoroughly dry.
For this purpose an ordinary letter
press might be utilized.
Glue for Celluloid
To mend broken celluloid articles,
mix 3 parts of alcohol and 4 parts of
ether, and apply to the broken edges
of the article. Press the two parts to-
gether and leave them for twenty-four
hours.
To Affix Paper to Glass
i.
Gelatin 63 ounces.
Acetic acid 4 ounces.
Alum 30 grains.
Water 2 ounces.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Heat all together, except the alcohol,
for half a day, strain and add the
spirit.
II.
Russian isinglass, in
shreds 1 ounce.
Water 2 ounces.
Salicylic acid 10 grains.
Acetic acid 1 ounce.
Place the isinglass and water in a
double boiler and gradually heat until
the water in the boiler boils, stirring
the mass until the .solution is effected.
Then add the acids.
HI.
Dextrin 4 ounces.
Acetic acid 1 ounce.
Water 5 ounces.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Rub the first three ingredients to-
gether until a smooth paste is obtained,
and then add the spirit.
IV.
Dextrin 4 ounces.
Borax V2 ounce.
Glucose % ounce.
Water 4 ounces.
Dissolve the borax in the water by
the aid of a gentle heat, then add the
dextrin and glucose, continuing the
heat until solution is effected.
V.
Acacia 120 grammes.
Tragacanth 30 grammes.
Water 500 mils.
Glycerin 150 grammes.
Oil of thyme 2 mils.
Dissolve the acacia in 250 mils of
water. Mix the tragacanth with the
rest of the water, and, after it has
stood for several hours, shake the
tragacanth mixture until it froths; mix
it with the acacia solution. Strain
through linen, and add the glycerin
previously mixed with the oil.
Waterproof Cement
Coal tar 12 parts.
India rubber 1 part.
Powdered shellac 20 parts.
Heat the tar and the rubber gently
together; when homogeneous, incorpo-
rate the shellac. Pour the mass on a
flat surface to cool. For use the cement
is heated to about 250 degrees F.
To Fasten Pestle Handles
A satisfactory cement for fastening
wooden handles in wedgwood pestles is
made by adding to glycerin enough
finely powdered and sifted litharge to
make a soft paste. Clean the cavity in
the pestle, partly fill it with the cement
and force in the handle.
Other cements for this purpose con-
sist of plaster of paris made into a
thin paste with water; equal parts of
plaster of paris and rosin, mixed by the
aid of heat; plaster of paris, sand and
water: melted sealing wax; melted
shellac; shellac and gutta percha.
melted together; gutta percha, shellac
and rosin, melted together.
If the wooden handle does not fit
tightly into the head, a bit of twine or
rubber adhesive plaster might be
wrapped around it.
In using any of the cements which
need heat for their application, the
INKS, GLUES, PASTES AND CEMENTS
209
head of the pestle should be warmed
before pouring the cement into it.
After the cement has been applied,
the pestle should be laid aside in a
warm place, under pressure, for a week
or two.
Metal Cement
Casein 4 parts.
Slaked lime 5 parts.
Sand 20 parts.
Water enough.
Cement for Broken Glass or Porcelain
I.
Sandarac 30 grammes.
Mastic 30 grammes.
Oil of turpentine 30 mils.
Isinglass enough.
Glue enough.
Water enough.
Alcohol (90 per cent.). 500 mils.
Dissolve the resins in the alcohol and
add the oil of turpentine. Make about
500 mils of a rather strong solution of
glue in hot water and add to it a quan-
tity of isinglass equivalent to the
amount of glue used. Heat this mix-
ture slowly until it begins to boil. Pour
the hot liquid slowly into the alcoholic
mixture, stirring constantly, until a
paste, thin enough to strain through
muslin, is formed.
II.
A waterproof glue can be made by
mixing with common glue 1 part of
acid calcium chromate in solution, to 5
parts of the glue. An adhesive made in
this manner is insoluble in water after
exposure to light, and can be used for
mending glass objects likely to be ex-
posed in hot water. It is necessary, to
effect this end, that the fractured ob-
jects be exposed to strong light for
some time.
It is said that the acid calcium chro-
mate is much better than the more gen-
erally used potassium dichromate. The
glue, when mixed, must lie kept in the
dark.
III.
Isinglass 25 parts.
Ammoniac 2 parts.
Mastic 1 part.
Alcohol 5 parts.
Water enough.
Soak the isinglass in water all night
and then suspend it in a cloth until all
superfluous water has drained off.
Then put it into a suitable flask and
heat on a water bath until it becomes
fluid. Dissolve the gums in the alcohol
and add this solution to the soft isin-
glass, which has been removed from
the water bath and allowed to cool to
about 160 degrees F., and mix all thor-
oughly together.
Cement for Iron
I.
Probably stove putty composed of
equal parts of iron filings, wood ashes
and salt and made into a paste with
water might answer.
II.
Powdered iron 17 ounces.
Sublimed sulphur 2 ounces.
Ammonium chloride 1 ounce.
The ingredients are rubbed with suf-
ficient water to form a thick mass, and
applied to the parts, previously well
cleansed. After eight days the luting
becomes as hard as iron.
• III.
Manganese dioxide 1 ounce.
Clay, dry 4 ounces.
Borax, powdered 5 ounces.
Mix well. In using mix enough water
to form a paste and press in cracks.
Useful for mending cracks in stoves.
Magnesium Cement
A magnesium cement for mending
meerschaum is made by dissolving 1
part of casein in 6 parts of solution of
sodium silicate and stirring in suffi-
cient magnesium oxide to produce a
soft, pasty mass. This cement must be
freshly prepared.
A somewhat different preparation has
the following formula:
Magnesium oxide 2parts.
Magnesium chloride 1 part.
Water to make a soft paste.
Acid-Resisting Cement
Solution of sodium silicate 12 parts.
Glycerin 2 parts.
Red lead 7 parts.
Sifted cinders 20 parts.
Mix the solution of sodium silicate
with the glycerin and incorporate the
other ingredients.
The cement soon hardens and, when
heated to 212 degrees F.. unites with
brick or concrete to form a strong,
acid-proof joint.
Knife Handle Cement
Rosin 4 parts.
Beeswax 1 part.
Plaster of paris 1 part.
Melt together and fix the handles
while warm.
Cement, Brass to Glass
Knead resin soap with one-half its
weight of plaster of paris.
Cement, Copper to Sandstone
Take 7 parts of white lead, 6 parts of
litharge, 6 parts of bole and 4 parts of
broken j/lass, and rub up with 4 parts
of linseed oil varnish.
210
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
General Adhesive
Below is a formula for an adhesive
for wood, glass, cardboard and all ar-
ticles of a metallic or mineral char-
acter:
Boiled linseed oil 20 parts.
Glue 20 parts.
Slaked lime 15 parts.
Powdered rosin 5 parts.
Alum 5 parts.
Acetic acid 5 parts.
Melt the glue with the acetic acid,
add the alum, lime, rosin and oil in
the order named. Stir all together and
use like any other glue.
Spirit Gum
This adjunct of the buskin and wig
is as variously constituted as is the
cream used in removing it from the
face. In its simpler forms spirit gum
is a (1) solution of mastic in ether, (2)
a solution of mastic in alcohol, (3) a
solution of sandarac in ether, (4) a so-
lution of shellac in alcohol, (5) any one
of these "gums" in any one of the
solvents.
Waterproofing Portland Cement.
We believe that mixtures of calcium
sulphate and a soluble sulphate or
soluble silicate are used for this pur-
pose. A similar process which we have
seen described consists in adding 1
per cent, of powdered alum to the
mixed cement and sand, and using 1
per cent, of common yellow soap in
the mixing water. Some processes for
waterproofing Portland cement are
patented.
Practical men say that brushing
over the surface several times with a
saturated solution of zinc sulphate
and painting over all with a good
heavy paint is better than waterproof-
ing the cement before use.
A coating for cement work is made
of—
Quicklime 1 bushel.
Sodium chloride 8 pounds.
Rice flour S pounds.
Whiting 2 pounds.
White glue 2 pounds.
Hot water enough.
Slake the lime with enough hot water
to make a thin paste; add the salt dis-
solved in a minimum of hot water and
the flour made into a thin paste with
more hot water; and then add the
glue. .Mix the whiting with 10 gallons
of hot water; stir into the other solu-
tion; and set aside for a week.
This mixture is to be heated to boil-
ing when it is to be applied.
Cement for Wooden Vessels
Cracks in barrels, tubs, tanks, or
other wooden vessels may be filled with
a preparation made as follows:
Lard 6 pounds.
Common salt 4 pounds.
Beeswax 3% pounds.
Sifted wood ashes 4 pounds.
Melt the wax with the lard over a
gentle heat;' add the salt and mix thor-
oughly, then stir in the ashes. Apply
hot.
Pasting Labels on Tin
I.
Powdered starch, best. .iy2 ounces.
Powdered acacia." 2 ounces.
Granulated sugar % ounce.
Alum 40 grains.
Water y2 pint.
Dissolve the alum and the acacia in
the water, add the sugar and starch
and heat in a water-bath until quite
clear. To prevent souring add a small
quantity of some antiseptic.
Charles T. Heseltine uses an ordi-
nary dextrin paste and puts a coat of
shellac on the tin before applying the
pasted label. We can vouch for the
efficacy of this method, having used
it many years ago.
Another druggist writes that he
adds a little tartaric acid to the paste
just before using.
Still another sandpapers the surface
of the tin before pasting on the label.
Charles T. Kutteroff uses solution of
sodium silicate as the adhesive,
which he finds as effective on iron and
wood as on tin.
II.
Rye (or wheat) flour.... 8 ounces.
Powdered acacia 1 ounce.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Oil of cloves 40 drops.
Water 1 y2 pints.
Rub the flour and acacia with 8
ounces of water to a smooth paste;
strain through cheese cloth; heat the
remainder of the water to boiling, mix
and continue to heat until as thick as
desired; when nearly cold add the re-
maining ingredients.
III.
Moisten the back of the label with
some glycerin on the tip of a finger
and then immediately apply the paste
in the usual manner.
For Lacquered Tin
Wheat flour 2 to 4 ounces.
Corn starch 2 drams.
Powdered alum 2 drams.
Phenol (86.4%) 1 dram.
Clarified honey 1 to 2 ounces.
Balsam of fir 1 ounce.
Water S ounces.
Mix the solids with the water and
heat the mixture on a water-bath until
a stiff paste results. Then add the
phenol, and the honey, and after mix-
ing well, slowly pour in the balsam of
fir and stir until it is thoroughly dis-
tributed. In place of balsam of fir. 2
INKS, GLUES, PASTES AND CEMENTS
I'll
ounces of imitation Venice turpentine
can be used.
For Unlacquered Tin.
The following method has been rec-
ommended for unlacquered ware: Wipe
off as much of the grease from the can
as possible; then apply to label a paste
made as follows: Get 8 ounces of solu-
tion of sodium silicate, the heavy,
thick and cloudy kind (the clear trans-
parent sort is no good), and add 1-3
ounce of solution of potassa (1 in 10)
and 1 ounce of glycerin. Mix these
well together. The silicate may thicken
when the glycerin is added, but with
constant stirring it will thin out; then
if too thick, add enough boiling water
to thin. One-half to one ounce is
usually enough.
To Paste Labels on Wood
An old household recipe is as fol-
lows,:
To 1 pint of best wheaten flour add
rosin, very finely powdered, about 2
large spoonfuls; of alum, 1 spoonful in
powder; mix them all well together, put
them into a pan and add by degrees
soft or rain water, carefully stirring it
until it is of the consistence of the
thinnest cream; put it into a sauce pan
over a clear fire, keeping it constantly
stirred that it may not get lumpy.
When it is of stiff consistence, so that
the spoon will stand upright in it, it is
done enough. Be careful to stir it well
from the bottom, for it will burn if not
well attended to.
Rubber Tire Cement
Cements for thin rubber fabric, such
as the inner tubes of vehicle tires, are
usually simple solutions of gutta-
percha or scrap unvulcanized rubber in
carbon disulphide or benzol; sometimes
a little rosin or shellac is added. The
following formulas are typical:
I.
Gutta-percha % av. oz.
Rosin 40 grains.
Carbon disulphide 8 ounces.
II.
Scrap rubber % ounce.
Rosin Vs ounce.
Beeswax % ounce.
Carbon disulphide 8 ounces.
Digest the rubber in 4 ounces of the
carbon disulphide for twenty-four
hours; add the rosin, finely powdered,
and lastly the beeswax mixed with the
rest of the solvent.
For cuts or rips in outer tires, a
heavier cement is necessary, the fol-
lowing being a typical formula:
Gutta-percha 2 ounces.
Caoutchouc 4 ounces.
Isinglass 1 ounce.
Carbon disulphide 1 pint.
In handling carbon disulphide, ben-
zol or benzin, or preparations contain-
ing any of them, the fact that they are
extremely inflammable should be borne
in mind.
A solution of gutta percha was rec-
ognized in the 1880 Pharmacopoeia;
the formula may be found in the ap-
pendix to the National Formulary.
Rubber Cement
Pieces of rubber may be united by
means of the pasty mass obtained by
dissolving pure rubber in ether, ben-
zin, carbon disulphide, or oil of tur-
pentine. However, it is difficult to dis-
solve rubber satisfactorily on a small
scale, and dangerous to handle most of
its solvents, and as the cement may be
bought ready made at a low price, we
do not advise promiscuous experiments
in making it. Those who wish to try
it will probably succeed best by cut-
ting pure, unvulcanized rubber into
very thin slices, boiling it in water so
as to soften and expand it, and then
digesting it in benzin or hot oil of tur-
pentine. Several days are required to
effect the solution. When this cement
is , used for uniting pieces of rubber,
the surfaces which are to be joined
must be fresh; they should, therefore,
either be pared with a knife or rasped
with a file. They may then be coated
with the cement, pressed firmly to-
gether, and exposed to a gentle heat
for a few days.
Here is another formula, or a modi-
fication of the first one: Virgin rubber
is cut with a wet knife into the thin-
nest possible slices, which are then
divided by shears into threads as fine
as small twine. A small quantity of
the shreds (say 1/10 of the capacity of
the bottle) is then put into a wide-
mouthed bottle .and the latter is three-
fourths filled with benzin of good qual-
ity, free from kerosene. The rubber al-
most immediately commences to swell,
and, in a few days, if often shaken,
it will assume the consistency of
honey. Should it be inclined to remain
in undissolved lumps, more benzin
must be added. Thinness may be cor-
rected by adding more rubber. A piece
of solid rubber no larger than a wal-
nut will make a pint of the cement.
It dries in a few minutes, and, by using
three coats in the usual manner,
leather straps, patches, rubber soles,
backs of books, etc., may be joined
with great firmness.
Two more formulas are appended:
I.
Gutta-percha 20 grammes.
Caoutchouc 40 grammes.
Isinglass 10 grammes.
Carbon disulphide... .160 grammes.
II.
Caoutchouc 4 grammes.
Rosin 8 grammes.
212
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Japan wax 6 grammes.
Benzin 16 grammes.
Filler for Pneumatic Tires
Sheet glue 1 pound
Molasses 3 pints.
Hot water enough.
Soften the glue in hot water in the
usual manner, using enough water to
produce a rather thick fluid. While the
mixture is warm, add the molasses and
mix thoroughly.
This mixture is injected into the tire
through the valve stem and forms a
jelly-like cushion.
Another preparation used in the
same manner and for the same pur-
pose is a mixture of glycerin and gela-
tinous silica. The manufacture of this
preparation is protected by letters
patent.
hours and renders the joints of wooden
cisterns and casks air- and water-
tight.
Moisture-Resisting Cement
Thoroughly mix 8 parts of melted
glue, of the consistence used by car-
penters, with 4 parts of linseed oil
boiled into varnish with litharge. This
cement hardens in about forty-eight
Slide Paste for Moving Picture Show
Advertising
Powdered acacia y2 dram.
Prepared chalk 1 ounce.
Water 4 drams.
Triturate the acacia with the water
until it is entirely dissolved, then add
the prepared chalk and reduce the
mixture to a uniform paste.
W. C. Lane, author of this recipe,
says:
This paste when applied to a plain glass
slide with a camel's hair brush and allowed
to dry makes a perfectly opaque background,
and any writing that is desired may be cut
in with a sharp-pointed instrument, as a
slate pencil. When projected on the screen
the letters appear white against a black field.
The moving picture people usually use for
this purpose undeveloped photographic plates.
These can be used only once and are costly.
By using this paste the same glass can be
re-lettered over and over again at a trifling
cost, as the above amount of paste will cover
a great surface. The above formula was
worked out in response to many calls for
such a preparation. We charge 25 cents for
the quantity specified in the formula.
CHAPTER XIII.
VETERINARY RECIPES
Horse, Cattle, Dog, Sheep and Hog Remedie
Chickens and Birds.
{'reparations for
Always, consult the Index tvhen using this book-
Some Diseases of Horses.
There are many books and pamphlets
on veterinary subjects issued by the
United States Government, some of
which are sent free for the asking and
others of which are sold for a nominal
price. One such book is called "Dis-
eases of the Horse."
Heaves.
Speaking of heaves, this book
says: "When the disease is established
there is no cure for it." It goes on to
tell what should be done in the way of
feeding and other attention for horses
suffering from this trouble, and also ex-
poses some of the tricks of horsemen
who try to conceal the disease when it
is present in any of their animals. We
quote a few passages:
Proper attention paid to the diet will relieve
the distressing: symptoms to a certain extent,
but they will undoubtedly reappear in their in-
tensity the first time the animal overloads the
stomach or is allowed food of bad quality.
Clover hay or bulky food which contains but
little nutriment have much to do with the
cause of the disease, and therefore should be
entirely omitted when the animal is affected,
hs well as before. It has been asserted that
the disease is unknown where- clover hay is
never used. The diet should be confined to
food of the best quality and in the smallest
quantity. The bad effect of moldy or dusty
hay, fodder, or food of any kind can not be
over-estimated. A small quantity of the best
hay once a day is sufficient. This should be
cut and dampened. The animal should in-
variably be watered before feeding; never
directly after a meal. The animal should not
be worked immediately after a meal. Bxer-
tion, when the stomach is full, invariably
aggravates the symptoms. Turning on pas-
ture gives relief. Carrots, potatoes or tur-
nips chopped and mixed with oats or corn
are a good diet. Half a pint to a pint of
thick, dark molasses with each feed is useful.
Arsenic is efficacious in palliating the symp-
toms. It is best administered in the form of
the solution of arsenic, as Fowler's solution or
as the white powdered arsenious acid. Of the
former the dose is 1 ounce to the drinking
water three times daily. Of the latter one
may give 3 grains in each feed. These quan-
tities may be cautiously increased as the ani-
mal becomes accustomed to the drug. If the
bowels do not act regularly, a pint of raw lin-
seed oil may be given once or twice a month,
or a handful of Glauber's salt may be given
in the feed twice daily, so long as necessary.
It must, however, be borne in mind that all
medical treatment is of secondary considera-
tion: careful attention paid to the diet is of
greatest importarce. Broken-winded animals
should not be used for breeding purposes. A
predisposition to the disease may be inl.
Spavin.
The same book, under the head of
"Spavin," says: "Serious in its incep-
tion, serious in its progress, it is an ail-
ment which, when once established, be-
comes a fixed condition which there is
no known means of dislodging." The
writer goes on to describe rather fully,
yet plainly and succinctly, the cause,
symptoms, prognosis and treatment of
the trouble. Under the latter lead he
puts rest first and foremost, stating
most emphatically that it is essential:
"less than a month's quiet ought not to
be thought of — the longer the bettor.'
Continuing, he says:
Good results may also be expected from
applications. The various lotions which cool
the parts, the astringents which lower the
tension of the blood vessels, the tepid fomen-
tations which accelerate the circulation in the
engorged capillaries, the liniments of various
compositions, the stimulants, the opiate ano-
dynes, the sedative preparations of aconite,
the alternative frictions of iodine — all these are
recommended and prescribed by one or another.
We prefer counter-irritants, for the simple
reason, among many others, that they tend by
the promptness of their action to prevent the
formation of the bony deposits. The lameness
will often yield to the blistering action of can-
tharides, in the form of ointment or liniment,
and to the alterative preparations of iodine or
mercury. And if the owner of a "spavined''
horse really succeeds in removing the lame-
ness, he has accomplished all that he is justi-
fied in hoping for; beyond this let him be well
persuaded that a "cure" is impossible.
For this reason, moreover, he will do well
to be on his guard against the patented
"cures" which the traveling horse doctor may
urge upon him, and withhold his faith from
the circular of the agent who will deluge him
with references and certificates. It is
sible that nostrums may in some exceptional
Instances prove serviceable, but the greater
number of them are capable of producing only
injurious effects. The removal of the bony
tumor can not be accomplished by any such
means, and if a trial of these unknown com-
pounds should be followed by complications
no worse than the establishment of one or
more ugly, hairless cicatrices, it will be well
for both the horse and his owner.
In conclusion the writer gives some
points on the use of the cautery for the
relief of the trouble under discussion,
and adds some suggestions concerning
other surgical operations, but says that
these belong to the peculiar domain of
the veterinary practioner.
213
214
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Heaves in Horses.
The following remedy is reported to
have been used with success in a num-
ber of chronic cases:
Lobelia leaf 2 ounces.
Skunk cabbage 1 ounce.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Elecampane 4 ounces.
Mix and divide into 2-dram powders,
one to be given night and morning,
mixed with the food.
Long-continued treatment and good
care are essential. As in the case of
asthma, it is difficult to effect more
than a temporary relief in chronic
cases.
As a remedy for heaves "Veterinary
Counter Practice" gives the following
formula:
Canada balsam 4 ounces.
Copaiba 4 ounces.
Calcined magnesia enough.
Make into y2 -ounce balls and give
one night and morning for eight days.
Absorbent Liniment for Horses.
Spirit of camphor 1 pint.
Tincture of capsicum
and myrrh 12 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 12 ounces.
Linseed oil 4 ounces.
Crude petroleum 24 ounces.
Oil of amber 2 ounces.
Oil of origanum 3 ounces.
Barbadoes tar iy2 ounces.
Resorption Liniment for Horses
Crystal of iodine, 1 dram; as much
ether as is necessary to dissolve. This
solution added to an equal quantity of
flexible collodion makes an irritant
that will often induce the resorption
of carneous or osseous enlargements
when all other means have failed, says
the Missouri Valley Veterinary Bul-
letin. Shave off the hair and apply
with a small brush, allowing to dry
as applied; nothing else equal to it for
sealing up an open but non- or only
slightly-infected joint. It stops the
flow of synovia and is a counter
irritant.
Applications for Spavin
I.
Camphor 4 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 6 ounces.
Oil of wormwood 2 ounces.
Tincture of iodine 4 ounces.
Corrosive mercuric chlo-
ride 30 grains.
II.
Corrosive mercuric chlo-
ride 10 grains.
Tincture of arnica 2 ounces.
Oil of peppermint 2 ounces.
Tincture of iodine 1 pint.
III.
Tincture of iodine 4 parts.
Tincture of myrrh 4 parts.
Oil of turpentine 6 parts.
Tincture of cantharides... 2 parts.
Alcohol 4 parts.
Caustic Balsam
Sulphuric acid , . . 1 oz. av.
Croton oil 1 fl. oz.
Corrosive mercuric chlo-
ride 60 grains.
Oil of turpentine 6 fl. ozs.
Camphor Y2 oz. av.
Cottonseed oil 8 fl. ozs.
Mix the oils of turpentine and cro-
ton, add the corrosive sublimate in fine
powder and the camphor, and dis-
solve; then add, a little at a time, the
sulphuric acid, taking care that the
mixture does not become too hot and,
when all has been added and the mix-
ture has become cool, add the cotton-
seed oil, and mix them thoroughly.
This is used for sprains, ringbones,
strains, swellings, puffs, etc.
Veterinary Caustic Balsam and
Absorbent
Linseed oil 5 gallons.
. Oil of turpentine 30 ounces.
Commercial sulphuric
acid 1 V2 ounces;
Oil of tar GY2 ounces.
Cantharides oil (see be-
low) 27 ounces.
Oil of origanum 1 ounce.
Croton oil 10 ounces.
Mix the linseed oil with 20 ounces
of oil of turpentine in a stoneware or
enameled iron dish: add the acid
slowly and cautiously and allow the
mixture to clear. Then add the re-
mainder of the oil of turpentine and
the other ingredients in the order
given. Cover the vessel with a sheet
of glass and set it in the sunlight for
about three days; stir occasionally.
Finally decant the clear solution and
bottle it.
If desired, the preparation may be
colored with an oil-soluble acid-proof
color.
Cantharides Oil.
This ingredient of the caustic bal-
sam is made by digesting cantharides
in oil of turpentine in the proportion
of 1 to 16.
Smith's Wonder Worker
T. S. Newby says that this is a lini-
ment, very popular with drivers and
trainers for the turf, for which he of-
fers the following formula:
Compound tincture of
iodine 2 ounces. .
Tincture of arnica 2 ounces.
VETERINARY RECIPES
215
Camphor 2 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 2 ounces.
Hamamelis water 3 ounces.
Alcohol 7 ounces.
Veterinary Blistering Agents
A blistering agent much esteemed
by veterinary surgeons is red mercuric
iodide, which may be applied mixed
with seven times its weight of lard.
For a liquid Mister try —
Powdered cantharides. . . 1 ounce.
Ether 1 ounce.
Alcohol 8 ounces.
Oil of origanum % ounce.
Pour the ether over the cantharides
and let them stand for a day in a
closed vessel. Then add the other in-
gredients, macerate for eight days,
and filter.
A third recipe is for a blister in
paste form, so —
Mercury % ounce.
Iodine % ounce.
Corrosive mercuric
chloride \i ounce.
Lard enough.
Make a paste.
This prescription is not quite as
weird as it appears at first. In fact,
except that the amount of iodine is
smaller than it might be, there is
little to criticise from the pharmaceuti-
cal standpoint. When mercury and
iodine are triturated along with a
small amount of alcohol, a mixture of
the iodides of mercury is produced. In
the proportion of the two elements in
200 parts of mercury to 254 parts of
iodine, red mercuric iodide will be the
product, and this chemical rubbed up
with lard, either with or without cor-
rosive sublimate, makes a blistering
salve used rather largely in veteri-
nary practice. In the proportions di-
rected in the prescription a green or
yellow ( mercurous) iodide will be pro-
duced, but when this is rubbed with
the corrosive sublimate a change in
color to red will indicate the formation
of mercuric iodide.
In short, the finished prescription is
apt to contain a mixture of mercurous
and mercuric iodides.
Sweating Liniment.
Sweating liniments are mixtures ex-
ploited for the reduction of splints,
ringbones and similar enlargements on
horses. They are directed to be ap-
plied with friction until moisture ex-
udes; discontinued for several days and
again applied.
Here are a few typical formulas:
I.
Oil of turpentine 36 ounces.
Camphor 5 ounces.
Acetic acid 7% ounces.
Yolk of 9 eggs.
Rapeseed oil 20 ouncest
Water 24 ounces.
II.
Mercury bichloride 1 dram.
Alcohol 2 ounces.
111.
Camphor iy2 ounces.
Soft soap 5 ounces.
Oil of rosemary 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 3 ounces.
Alcohol 20 ounces.
Water 7 ounces.
Veterinary Embrocation.
I.
Oil of origanum 1 ounce.
Liniment of soft soap.. 3 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 4 ounces.
Ammonia water 4 ounces.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Camphor tincture of
benzoin 1 ounce.
II.
Soap liniment 4 ounces.
Oil of origanum 4 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 4 ounces.
Linseed oil 4 ounces.
Farmers' Stock Liniment.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Phenol 1 ounce.
Oil of origanum 2 ounces.
Pine tar 2 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 10 ounces.
Kerosene 2 ounces.
Fish oil 16 ounces.
This is a good all-around stock lini-
ment.
Gall Cure.
In the treatment of the equine abra-
sions popularly known as galls the
most essential thing is to remove the
cause, usually ill-fitting harness, and to
permit the animal to rest a few days
until the healing is progressing well.
To hasten the healing, resort is usually
had to an ointment, a wash, or a pow-
der, the adaptability of each sort be-
ing considered. A successful veterin-
arian of our acquaintance tabooed all
ointments in the treatment of galls of
any nature. His prescription was a
mixture of alcohol, zinc sulphate and
lead acetate, the composition varying
with the nature of the gall. The fol-
lowing preparation is typical:
Zinc sulphate V2 ounce.
Lead acetate % ounce.
Alcohol 1 pint.
In "Diseases of the Horse," published
by the United States Department of
Agriculture, are mentioned as remedies
for simple galls (1) alcohol, 1 pint,
shaken with the whites of 2 eggs: (2)
a solution of silver nitrate, 10 grains to
216
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
the ounce of water; (3.) lead acetate or
zinc sulphate, 20 grains to the ounce of
water; and (4) phenol, 1 part, glycerin,
15 parts.
A correspondent offered some four
years ago the following as a first-class
gall cure of the polymerous ointment
type:
Zinz oxide 1 ounce.
Dried alum 1 ounce.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Phenol Ms ounce.
Calomel % ounce.
Bismuth subgallaie .... % ounce.
Benzoinated lard 4 ounces.
Petrolatum 12 ounces.
Mix the powders well together and
reduce them to a smooth paste with
the camphor, previously dissolved in
the phenol. If desirable to make the
paste perfectly smooth, a little castor
oil may be used. Now add the lard
and petrolatum, and mix well. In warm
weather 2 ounces of the petrolatum
should be replaced by wax.
A simpler ointment eonsis.ts of —
Lead acetate 1 ounce.
Boric acid 1 ounce.
Ointment of zinc oxide. . 4 ounces.
Lard 12 ounces.
Some galls, particularly those cov-
ering a large area, but not extending
very deep into the tissues, respond less
rapidly to treatment with a fatty med-
icament than to the application of an
astringent powder. The following for-
mula is for such a powder.
Powdered quicklime 1 part.
Powdered charcoal 1 part.
Powdered naphthalene 1 part.
Huflederkitt (Hoof Putty).
I.
Guttapercha 2 parts.
Ammonaic 1 part.
Soot enough.
Melt the first two ingredients to-
gether; stir in enough soot to color,
and pour while warm into the cracks,
which should have been well cleaned.
II.
Turpentine 3 parts.
Ammoniac 4 parts.
Guttapercha 4 parts.
Melt together at a gentle heat and
apply as directed under the first for-
mula.
Veterinary Worm Powder
I.
Santonica 1 ounce.
Iron sulphate, dried V2 dram.
Powdered licorice 4 drams.
Powdered ginger 2 drams.
One such powder is to be given to a
horse or cow, and followed next day
with a full dose of sodium sulphate, say
% pound. The dose is to be repeated
once after three days.
II.
L. H. Howard contributes the fol-
lowing formula for a remedy which
he says has been successfully used for
worms in horses:
Powdered rosin 1 part.
Powdered bloodroot 1 part.
Powdered saltpeter 1 part.
The ingredients are to be intimately
mixed; and a tablespoonful is given to
the animal every other day, mixed with
chopped food.
A Veterinary Lice Powder
Tobacco stems 2 pounds.
Crude carbolic acid 1 pint.
Neatsfoot oil 4 pints).
Crude petroleum, to
make 1 gallon
Digest the tobacco stems in a mix-
ture of the oils for ten days; strain and
mix with the carbolic acid (so-called).
When applying this preparation take
the animal out of the stable and begin
the application at the ears, and finish
at the feet.
A Veterinary Vermifuge
Areca nut should be kept whole,
powdered as needed and given with a
dose of flaxseed meal in doses of 1
ounce, for a horse. For dogs give 1 to
2 drams moistened with a little oil of
turpentine, and next day give a dose of
castor oil.
Scotch Horse Powder
Peruvian bark 2 ounces.
Hydrastis 2 ounces.
Sassafras 2 ounces.
Fenugreek 2 ounces.
Capsicum 2 ounces.
Black antimony 2 ounces.
Lobelia seed % ounce.
Ginger 8 ounces.
Oil of amber 1 ounce.
Oil of juniper 2 ounces.
Spirit of nitrous ether. . 2 ounces.
Haarlem oil 2 vials.
Mix the powders thoroughly and pass
them through a sieve. Mix the liquids
and gradually incorporate them with
the powder.
Keep the product in a glass con-
tainer, and transfer portions of it to
tin boxes, for retail.
The directions should read somewhat
like this: The usual dose is one table -
spoonful. This should be wrapped in
tissue paper and placed far back on the
horse's tongue, and washed down with
a little water. It has a powerful di-
metic and anti-spasmodic action, and
usually proves efficacious when given
to a horse taken suddenly or violently
ill. — Mary E. Doyle.
In place of the spirit of nitrous ether,
it seems that the same quantity of
VETERINARY RECIPES
211
potassium nitrate would be preferable
from the standpoint of permanence.
Tonic Cattle Spice
Seed cake 12 pounds.
Salt 24 ounces.
Powdered gentian 8 ounces.
Powdered licorice 8 ounces.
Powdered ginger 4 ounces.
Powdered black pepper. 1 ounce.
Powdered fenugreek ... 3 ounces.
The seed cake is a mixture of cot-
tonseed cake and linseed cake con-
taining from 8 to 10 per cent, of oil.
Magoffin's Horse and Cattle Powder
Here is a formula for a horse pow-
der which came into my possession
March 4, 1856. along with other assets
of a drug business. In 1871, when the
epizootic was so bad among the horses
in Southern Ohio, I changed and ma-
terially improved the formula by the
addition of asafetida. I have had a
grand retail trade for it.
Powdered copperas 5 pounds.
Powdered rosin 5 pounds.
Powdered sulphur 5 pounds.
Powdered saltpeter S pounds.
Ground oil cake 10 pounds.
Powdered asafetida 3 pounds.
Powdered alum 3 pounds.
Mix carefully by means of seive.
Directions: — Give a horse a heaping
spoonful every morning in wet oats, or
provender, for six or eight mornings;
afterward; the same every other day
for a few days. The same dose for a
hog or cow, and double the quantity for
an ox.
There is no disease among horses
and cattle in which this valuable pow-
der may not be used with profit. — A. E.
Magoffin.
Spring Tonics for Live Stock
In Farmer's Bulletin 430 of the
United States Department of Agricul-
ture, the following formula is given
for a condimental stock food, with the
statement that it has the recommenda-
tion of the Vermont and Maine experi-
ment stations:
Ground gentian 1 pound.
Ground ginger % pound.
Powdered saltpeter ^4 pound.
Powdered iron sulphate. % pound.
One tablespoonful to be given in the
feed once daily for ten days and for
ten more days after an interval of
three days.
The Iowa station suggests the fol-
lowing formula for a cattle condiment,
which, the director naively remarks,
will not take the place of common
sense and intelligence in the feeding
of domestic animals:
Fenugreek S pounds.
Ginger 8 pounds.
Gentian 8 pounds.
Sulphur 8 pounds.
Saltpeter 8 pounds.
Rosin 8 pounds.
Cayenne pepper 4 pounds.
Flaxseed meal 44 pounds.
Wood charcoal 20 pounds.
Common salt 20 pounds.
Wheat bran 100 pounds.
Stock Powders
Why a horse or a cow should need
fenugreek and "black antimony" rather
than green grass and plenty of ambling
space does not seem quite clear. No
more apparent is the superiority of
sulphur and saltpeter over hygienic
stabling as a prophylactic. However,
the horse owner who sticks to the faith
of his forbears in matters of veter-
inary medicine may be satisfactorily
served with a powder made in accord-
ance with the formula below:
Sassafras y2 pound.
Ginger 1 pound.
Fenugreek l pound.
Gentian 1 pound.
Copperas Vz pound.
Saltpeter Y2 pound.
Aloes % pound.
Cascara : % pouni.
Veterinary White Liniment
White castile soap.... 6 lbs. 4 ozs.
Water 7 gallons.
Stronger ammonia
water 6 pints.
Camphor 3 lbs. 4 ozs.
Ammonium carbonate 3 lbs. 4 ozs.
Oil of turpentine 2 gallons.
Oil of origanum 12 ounces.
Dissolve the camphor in the oil of
turpentine and add the oil of origa-
num. Dissolve the soap and then the
ammonium carbonate in the water,
which has been warmed; add the am-
monia water. Pour the aqueous solu-
tion into the oily one little by little,
with thorough agitation.
All-Round Veterinary Liniment
Iodine .* 3 ounces.
Camphor 8 ounces.
Oil of origanum 2 ounces.
Oil of turpentine...... 4 ounces.
Alcohol 5 gallons.
Veterinary White Oil
Olive oil 8 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 2 ounces.
For Galls on Horses
A successful veterinarian of our ac-
quaintance tabooed all polymerous gall
ointments; in fact, would never U36
21S
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
any oily or. greasy application upon
the various equine abrasions popularly
classified as galls. His prescription
was an alcoholic solution of equal
parts of zinc sulphate and lead ace-
tate, the concentration varying with
the nature of the gall.
There are, however, in wide use gall
ointments, a typical formula being:
Zinc oxide 1 ounce.
Lead acetate 1 % ounces.
Gallic acid *4 ounce.
Boric acid 1 ounce.
Phenol % ounce.
Yellow wax 4 ounces.
Petrolatum 12 ounces.
Melt the wax and incorporate it with
the petrolatum; melt the phenol and
add it to the base; and incorporate
the other solids, previously reduced to
a fine powder and mixed. Should a
green ointment be desirable, % ounce
of verdigris may be added.
Gall Powder.
I.
Powdered camphor 1 ounce.
Prepared chalk 6 ounces.
Burnt alum 4 ounces.
Put up in \i -pound round paper
boxes- with sprinkler top.
II.
Dried alum 3 ounces.
Phenol % ounce.
Powdered camphor 1% ounces.
Boric acid 11 ounces.
Triturate the phenol with a portion
of the boric acid; triturate the cam-
phor with the alum and the rest of the
boric acid. Mix the two powders in-
timately.
A cheaper powder may be prepared
by diluting this mixture with a suffi-
cient quantity of precipitated chalk.
"Cure" for Colic in Horses
Permit us first to quote from "Dis-
eases of the Horse," a publication of
the L'nited States Department of Ag-
riculture, which may be obtained in
cloth binding for 60 cents. Referring
to colic, the authors of the chapter on
diseases of the digestive organs say:
The disease of the horse that is most fre-
quently met with is what .is termed "colic,"
and many are the remedies that are reported
to he "sure cures" fon the disease. Let us
discover, then, what the word "colic" means.
This term is applied loosely to almost all dis-
eases of the organs of the abdomen that are
accompanied by pain. If the horse evinces
abdominal pain, he is likely to be put down
as suffering from colic, no matter whether the
difficulty be a cramp of the bowel, an internal
hernia, overloading of the stomach, or a pain-
ful disease of the bladder or liver. Since
these conditions differ so much in their causa-
tion and their nature, it is manifestly absurd
to treat them all alike and to expect the
same drugs or procedures to relieve them all.
Therefore it is important that the various dis-
eased states that are so roughly classed to-
gether as colic shall so far as possible be
separated and individualized in order that ap-
propriate treatments may be prescribed.
The subject is continued with a de-
scription of engorgement, obstructive,
tympanitic, spasmodic, and worm col-
ics, their symptoms and treatment.
Engorgement colic is usually fatal. In
the other forms the indicated remedies
are such as will overcome the flatu-
lence, ease the pain, and excite excre-
tory movements. A combination of
carminatives and anodynes is gener-
ally the first-aid medicament, to be
followed with an aloes ball, a saline
draught, or an enema. Typical for-
mulas for the emergency remedies are
as follows:
I.
Compound spirit of ether V2 ounce.
Tincture of opium % ounce.
Infusion of anthemis... 1 quart.
II.
Tincture of opium 1 ounce.
Tincture of ginger 1 ounce.
Spirit of nitrous ether.... 1 ounce.
Chloroform 1 ounce.
III.
Ether 1% ounces.
Tincture of opium iy2 ounces.
Linseed oil S ounces.
Sheep Dip Recipes
I.
Arsenic trioxide S pounds.
Sodium hydroxide 4% pounds.
Stockholm tar 2% gallons.
Tallow 8 pounds.
Water 400 gallons.
Two pounds of the caustic soda are
dissolved in 2% gallons of water in a
5-gallon vessel; the solution is heated
to boiling and the arsenic added grad-
ually. The heat being continued, cold
water is added in small quantities
until the vessel is full, whereupon the
heating is stopped. In a tank capable
of containing the finished product. 100
gallons of water are heated to boiling,
the remainder of the caustic soda is
dissolved in this; the tallow is added,
and while the solution boils briskly
the tar is introduced in a thin stream
with constant stirring. When the
boiling has continued for thirty -or
forty minutes the arsenic solution is
added, and. without removing the
heat, enough water is run in to pro-
duce the required volume.
II.
In "Veterinary Counter Practice" it
is stated that the so-called "non-
poisonous" dips are effectively repre-
sented by any of the "soluble cresols,"
1 gallon to 50 gallons of water. The
"soluble cresol" of the French Codex
is a mixture of equal parts of cresol
and solution of caustic soda (specific
gravity 1.332 at 15 degrees C).
Apparently the compound solution
of cresol of the United States Phar-
macopoeia might well be studied in
VETERINARY RECIPES
219
this connection, but such preparations
are nut non-poisonous.
III.
Liquefied phenol (97%). 60 ounces.
Good soft soap 5 pounds.
Water to make 100 gallons.
Dissolve the soap in the phenol with
the aid of a gentle heat, and mix with
enough water to make 100 imperial
gallons.
IV.
Crude carbolic acid 3 pounds.
Caustic lime 2 pounds.
Caustic potash 2 pounds.
Soft soap 6 pounds.
Water TO gallons.
V.
Soap 1 pound.
Crude qarbolic acid 1 pint.
Water 50 gallons.
Dissolve the soap in a gallon or more
of boiling water, add the acid, and stir
thoroughly. Finally add the remainder
of the water.
Zundel's Carbolic Dip
Crude carbolic acid 2 pounds.
Caustic lime 2 pounds.
Caustic potash 2 pounds.
Soft soap 6 pounds.
Water 70 gallons.
The arsenical type, because of its
markedly poisonous character. is
scarcely fit for general sale, and in
this country, those of the cresol type
are the ones generally used.
The United States Department of
Agriculture has issued a booklet on
the "Animal Parasites of Sheep,'' in
which formulas for various dips — a
coal-tar dip included — are given.
Doubtless a copy of this booklet may
be obtained from the Secretary of
Agriculture.
To Keep Flies from Stock
Cover a few walnut leaves with
water and allow them to stand over
night, then boil for fifteen minutes.
When the decoction is cold, sponge the
animal with it.
Smartweed may be used in the same
way, or it may be rubbed on the ani-
mal while green.
A mixture of camphor, oil of turpen-
tine and asafetida is said to keep flies
away from the head of sheep.
A few formulas follow:
I.
Rancid lard 1 pound.
Kerosene 8 ounces.
II.
Fish oil 3 parts.
Kerosene 1 part.
III.
Crude cottonseed oil 2 parts.
Pine tar 1 part.
IV.
. Fish oil 10 parts.
Crude carbolic acid 1 part.
V.
An oil for spraying on cattle and
horses to drive flies away from them,
which may be sold for $1 a gallon, is
made by mixing —
Synthetic oil of sassafras 4 ounces.
Crude castor (or lard, or
neatsfoot) oil 2 pints.
Crude petroleum to make 1 gallon.
VI.
Phenol l dram.
Oil of pennyroyal 2 drams.
Spirit of camphor 2 ounces.
Oil of tar 4 ounces.
Glycerin 2 ounces.
Lard oil 4 ounces.
VII.
Compound solution of
cresol 1 dram.
Olive oil (or other suit-
able vehicle) 1 Quart.
Rub on the animal with a cloth.
VIII.
Oil of cloves 3 parts.
Oil of bay 5 parts.
Tincture of eucalyptus. ... 5 parts.
Alcohol 150 parts.
Water 200 parts.
Use as a spray. (Rather too expen-
sive for general use.)
IX.
The United States Department of
Agriculture publishes five formulas for
sprays to protect cattle from flies, and
the South Dakota experiment station
reports the following to be the best of
these:
Fish oil 100 parts.
Oil of tar 50 parts.
Crude carbolic acid 1 part.
Mange in Animals
The disease of animals known as
mange is produced by the attacks of
minute insects which cause itching, ac-
companied by scurfiness of the skin
and baldness. There are at least two
species of these insects, one producing,
in the case of dogs, a generally spread
mange, and the other a localized one
affecting the back.
The first may be killed by an appli-
cation of sulphur ointment. A lotion
of equal parts of oil of tar, oil of tur-
pentine and olive oil is also recom-
mended, but must be used with cau-
tion on account of its irritating prop-
erties; only a small portion of the
surface should lie treated at a time
and the application should not be re-
peated oftener than once in two days.
The second parasite may be de-
stroyed by the lotion mentioned, it is
said; probably the sulphur ointment
220
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
would also answer. Eggs of the para-
site remain unaffected by the treat-
ment, and eventual hatching brings
about a recurrence of the trouble,
which, of course, should be watched
for. Some formulas follow:
Mange Ointment.
Yellow mercurous iodide 10 grains.
Salicylic acid % ounce.
Sublimed sulphur 3 ounces.
Pine tar 3 ounces.
Coal tar, washed % ounce.
Sturgeon oil.... to make 2 pints.
Shake well and apply at night; wash
off in the morning.
II.
Liquid storax 5 mils.
Tincture of green soap... 15 mils.
Oil of birch tar 1 mil.
Solution of potassium hy-
droxide 5 mils.
Alcohol to make 100 mils.
Mix and after two days filter.
This is to be applied twice a week
after washing.
III.
Sublimed sulphur 2 ounces.
Solution of coal tar (B.P.) 4 ounces.
Water to make 8 ounces.
With these tar and sulphur com-
pounds, says the Chemist and Drug-
gist, it is usual to dress only about
one-third of the body each day, and
the application should not be repeated
until a week has elapsed. The addi-
tion of powdered hellebore, which is
occasionally found, is not to be recom-
mended, as the animal is apt to ab-
sorb the poison through the skin,
which is usually broken on account of
the irritation of disease causes.
Filler for Poultry and Stock Powders
Ship-stuff, bran, linseed meal and
cotton -seed meal are among the fillers
used, singly or in combination, by
makers of poultry and stock powders.
Veterinary Medicaments
Wherever man is, there will be
found some of his animal friends, and
wherever the latter are. there will
remedies be in demand at some time
or other, or all the time.
The recipes which follow are pre-
scriptions of veterinary surgeons, and.
so far as we know, were first published
in The Druggists Circular, although
the remedies had long been used quite
successfully:
Veterinary Embrocations.
I.
White of 3 eggs.
Pyroligneous acid 5 ounces.
Water 5 ounces.
Oil of turpentine % ounce.
Alcohol 6 ounces,
II.
Spirit of camphor 1 pint.
Tincture of capsicum
and myrrh 12 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 12 ounces.
Linseed oil 4 ounces.
Oil of stone (crude
petroleum) 1% pints.
Oil of amber 2 ounces.
Oil of origanum 3 ounces.
Barbadoes tar 1% ounces.
" Spavin and Ring Bone Liniment.
Corrosive mercuric chlo-
ride 10 grains.
Tincture of arnica 2 ounces.
Oil of peppermint 2 ounces.
Tincture of iodine 1 pint.
Canine Distemper Cure
Fluidextract of buck-
thorn 1 ounce.
Tincture of ginger % ounce.
Syrup of poppies. 2 ounces.
Syrup 1 ounce.
Cod liver oil. ...to make Bounces.
Give a dessertspoonful three times
a day.
The Druggists Circular has more
than intimated on several occasions
that it had little confidence in the
ability of a "condition powder" to
make a sick horse well or of an "egg-
producing" food to make hens lay.
Still, there is a demand for these
things, and H. C. Bradford, in Merck's
Report, says: "I do not believe a bet-
ter condition powder can be gotten up
than the one I give here. It certainly
satisfied my customers, and I had
many who used many other brands,
and were thus competent to determine
their respective value." His formula
follows:
Condition Powder
Fenugreek 5 parts.
Sulphur 5 parts.
Resin 5 parts.
Flaxseed meal 5 parts.
Epsom salt 5 parts.
Ginger 4 parts.
Gentian 4 parts.
Copperas 4 parts.
Sodium bicarbonate 4 parts.
Black antimony 2 parts.
Sodium chloride 2 parts.
Potassium nitrate 1 part.
All are to be in fine powder, and well
mixed. Mr. Bradford continues:
"This will cost about 6 cents per
pound to manufacture. Commercial
grades only need to be used. It is
equally effective for horses, cattle.
sheep and swine. It can be used for
poultry also, but for this purpose it is
much improved by the addition of 1
ounce of powdered capsicum to each
pound of powder. Tims fortified, it is
a first-class 'egg-making' food, and
VETERINARY RECIPES
221
may be sold as such with perfect sat-
isfaction. The ordinary dose is a
tablespoonful once or twice daily, and
this quantity is about right for a
dozen hens."
In the same article are other 'formu-
las for veterinary preparations, some
of which are given below, the direc-
tions and comments, as well as the
formulas themselves being by Mr.
Bradford:
Liniment
Camphor y2 ounce.
Tincture of iodine jounce. «*
Tincture of capsicum... 1 ounce.
Aromatic spirit of am-
monia 1 ounce.
Tincture of opium 1 ounce.
Oil of turpentine 4 ounces.
Alcohol to make 2 pints.
Mix, putting in the oil of turpentine
last of all.
Direct it to be rubbed well into the
affected parts, once or twice a day.
This liniment is excellent for sprains,
stiffness, sore muscles from hard
work, and sweeny, big shoulder, fis-
tula, etc., and, in fact, anywhere that
a strong, penetrating liniment is use-
ful. It is not suited for wire cuts and
other wounds, however.
Barbed Wire Healing Oil
Crude carbolic acid 4 ounces.
Pine tar 4 ounces.
Oil of spike 4 ounces.
Cheap lubricating oil, to
make 4 pints.
The lubricating oil here mentioned
may be any that happens to be on
hand, but the best is the heavy, stiff,
cheap "black oil," which may be pur-
chased at about 10 cents a gallon.
This oil is a good healing agent of it-
self, and is also a good disinfectant
and insecticide. It is largely used for
this latter purpose, and with very
satisfactory results.
Colic Cure
Colic primarily comes from indiges-
tion or constipation, or both. The first
thing to do is to relieve the pain, the
next to cause an evacuation of the
bowels. For the pain, give the fol-
lowing as a drink in a quart of hot
water:
Tincture of opium 1 ounce.
Tincture of ginger 1 ounce.
Sweet spirit of niter 1 ounce.
Chloroform 1 ounce.
This is a full dose for a large horse.
For a small horse or a slight attack
less may be given.
The best purgative to use in colic is
a pint of castor oil or a quart of lin-
seed oil. A dram of oil of turpentine
should be given also.
Gall Ointment.
Zinc oxide 1 ounce.
Burnt alum 1 ounce.
Camphor 1 ounce.
Phenol y2 ounce.
Calomel % ounce.
Bismuth subgallate % ounce.
1 Benzoinated lard 4 ounces.
Petrolatum 12 ounces.
Mix the powders well together and
reduce them to a smooth paste with
the camphor, previously dissolved in
the phenol. If desirable to make the
paste perfectly smooth, a little castor
oil may be used. Now add the lard and
petrolatum and mix well. In warm
weather 2 ounces of the petrolatum
should be replaced by wax.
This is said to be not only a first-
class gall cure, but a most excellent
healing ointment. Galls, so called, that
is, where a large area of skin is rubbed
off, but with little damage to the lower
tissue, leaving a raw surface covered
with bloody serum, are not treated in
the best manner with an ointment.
Those cases need a powder, and it is
astonishing how quickly they will heal
if the proper powder is applied. The
following one will give results which
will easily justify its being called the
proper one:
Healing Powder.
Zinc oxide 1 ounce.
Calomel 1 ounce.
Bismuth subgallate 1 ounce.
Burnt alum 4 ounces.
Boric acid 16 ounces.
Acetanilide 1 ounce.
All in very fine powder. Mix well
and sift.
This powder is excellent for galls as
mentioned above, and is also a most
excellent dry dressing for surface
wounds. Especially deep or punc-
tured ones, require very careful cleans-
ing with bichloride or other anti-
septic solution before it is applied.
Were this not done, the powder would
heal the surface and leave the bottom
contaminated and unhealed, with the
probable result later of a very deep,
dangerous, sloughing putrid ulcer, or
even worse. On the other hand, the
"barb-wire healing oil" will at once
penetrate to the bottom of the wound
and render it aseptic throughout. Use
of the "healing powder" should be con-
fined to skin abrasions and shallow or
gaping wounds. In these it has no su-
perior and will heal them quicker than
anything known.
Here follows a formula contributed
to the Bulletin of Pharmacy by Frank
Farrington. who is unstinting in his
praise of its efficacy:
For Thoroughpin or Bog Spavin.
Tincture of iodine 2 ounces.
Spirit of camphor 1 ounce.
Ammonia water 1 ounce.
Oil of turpentine 1 ounce.
Tincture of arnica 2 ounces.
Olive oil 1 ounce.
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
To be rubbed on the affected part
twice a day.
The Chemist and Druggist vouches
for the following:
Alterative Powder for Cattle.
Potassium nitrate 1 ounce.
Black antimony sulphide.. 1 ounce.
Resin 1 ounce.
Sulphur 2 ounces.
Mix and divide into eight powders.
Calf Meal, or Milk Substitute.
Freshly ground flaxseed. . . 1 part.
Barley meal 2 parts.
Wheat meal 2 parts.
A small quantity is to be made into
a thin paste with cold water, then boil-
ing water is to be poured upon it.
Cracked Heels Ointment.
Zinc oxide 1 dram.
Phenol 10 grains.
Lard 1 ounce.
Mange Smear.
Black sulphur 2 drams.
Oil of cade 2 drams.
Spirit of tar 1 ounce.
Dog Medicines.
The Chemist and Druggist gives the
following formulas for dog medicine:
For Worms.
Thymol 2 grains.
Castile soap to make a pill.
This pill is for a small dog. One such
is to be given daily for two or there
days, followed by a mild purgative. For
a larger dog the dose should be
doubled.
As a good anthelmintic for all kinds
of worms in dogs there is nothing to
equal areca nuts and santonin, with or
without male fern, as in the following
pill for a small or lap dog:
Freshly powdered areca
nuts 5 grains.
Powdered jalap 2 grains.
Santonin 1 grain.
Extract of male fern, to make a pill.
This is to be given when the dog is
fasting..
For a larger dog the dose should be
increased.
Condition Pills.
Reduced iron 6 grains.
Quinine sulphate 6 grains.
Strychnine sulphate.. . .1/10 grain.
Extract of gentian enough.
Make twelve pills.
Dose: One to three pills three times a
day.
Mange Lotion.
Black sulphur 1 pound.
Stockholm tar 2 ounces.
Heavy petroleum enough.
Mix the tar with the sulphur, and
add heavy petroleum to make the lotion
of the consistence of cream.
Hog Cholera
This, like a great many other dis-
eases, of which smallpox is the best-
known type and to which typhoid fever
is a comparatively recent addition, is
more easily prevented by immunization
than cured by drugs. The United States
Department of Agriculture issues in-
formation on the subject which all
druggists should have. One of its for-
mulas:—
Wood charcoal 4 ounces.
Sulphur 4 ounces.
Sodium sulphate 4 ounces.
Black antimony 4 ounces.
Sodium chloride 8 ounces.
Sodium bicarbonate 8 ounces.
Sodium hyposulphite. ... 8 ounces.
Reduce to a powder and mix well.
A large tablespoonful for each 2U0
pounds of animal should be given once
daily with food.
This is recommended by the United
States Department of Agriculture. It is
said even to be a preventive of hog
cholera.
For Hog and Chicken Cholera.
The following are the United States
patent office specifications for a medi-
cine for the cure of hog and chicken
cholera, the patent being granted in
1871: —
To 5 gallons of water add 5 pounds
of blackberry root. Let this boil thor-
oughly for one hour, after which take
out the roots, and while the water is
boiling add one half pound of bruised
allspice. 1 ounce of tincture of iron. 1
ounce of asafetida and one -half ounce
of camphor. Let it continue to boil
about twenty minutes, then strain
through a fine sieve and then reduce
the liquid by boiling to 1 gallon, which,
when cooled, may be bottled for use.
In administering to hogs, for every
dozen hogs take 5 gallons of scalded
bran slop and add 4 ounces of the medi-
cine. This should be given every morn-
ing while threatened with the disease
or while actually sick.
In administering to chickens or other
fowl, for every dozen take 2 quarts of
cornmeal, one-half pint of lard and 3
tablespoonfuls of medicine.
Wo
rms in
igs
On this subject "Veterinary Counter
Practice" says: —
It docs not always pay to keep pigs, and
never does to keep worms. If any are no-
ticed, measures should be taken at once to
get rid of them, as they multiply with
astounding rapidity. If a pig does not re-
spond to the rat. on he is receiving, and
shows no sign of illness, he may justly be
suspected of worms, and suitable remedies
prescribed. These are santonin, powdered
glass, dolichos (cowage), buchu, salt, tur-
pentine, areca nut and ol. rilici maris. It is
most difficult to lay down the dose for ani-
mals varying from two pounds to two hun-
dredweight, but we have found a fairly
VETERINARY RECITES
practical working scale by estimating the
pig s weight to that of the human child or
adult, and giving proportional d
For Mange on Swine
Sulphur 4 ounces.
Linseed oil 1 pint.
Camphor % ounce.
Li
ice on
Fowls
Nathan Banks, of the Bureau of
Entomology of the United States De-
partment of Agriculture, has prepared
a bulletin on this subject from which
liberal quotations are made. Refer-
ring to mites. Mr. Banks says: —
Cleanliness and sunlight are the best means
of preventing an abundance of mites. A
chicken house cannot be kept too clean. It
should be cleaned out every few weeks at least,
and It is a great advantage to have the nests
and roosts so built that they can be removed
and washed in some cleansing liquid.
A treatment much in favor is that of white-
washing the inside of the house. If this is
done, about 4 ounces of crude carbolic acid
should be added to each gallon of whitewash.
Like all other treatments, this should be re-
peated in three or four days, to destroy the
young which have hatched since the first ap-
plication.
In cleaning the henhouse it is useful also to
scatter a mixture of 3 parts of dry air-slaked
lime and 1 part of sulphur. The doors and
windows should be closed and the mixture
thrown up to the roof till the air is filled with
it. It will then settle upon everything, the sul-
phur killing many mites and the lime aiding
in drying the droppings. Setting hens need not
be disturbed.
But the best remedy against the "chicken
mite" is to spray with kerosene emulsion. To
make this, shave one-half pound of hard soap
into 1 gallon of soft water and boil the mix-
ture until the soap is dissolved. Then remove
it to a safe distance from the fire and stir into
it at once, while still hot, 2 gallons of kerosene
or coal oil. The result is a thick, creamy
emulsion. Dilute this stock mixture with 10
parts of soft water, and apply as a spray or
with a brush, being careful to work it into all
cracks, crevices and joints of the building.
Two or three applications on the same day are
necessary to obtain the best results, and this
treatment should be repeated in three or four
days to kill the young mites which will have
hatched since the first application.
Lice are said to be more numerous
than mites, but. as they do not suck
blood, less injurious. "Dampness,
filth, and warm weather favor the in-
crease of the lice, and a setting hen
in a foul nest is their paradise," writes
the author of the pamphlet. Contin-
uing, he says: —
Many people who keep a few hens consider
the infestation by lice a natural state of affairs,
and so long as the lice are not so excessively
numerous as to interfere seriously in egg pro-
duction no attempts are made to exterminate
them. Lice, however, are readily killed by a
number of substances, although there is more
or less difficulty in getting at them. Hidden
among the feathers or close against the body
the parasites are secure against any remedy
unless it be applied very thoroughly. Moreover,
one application is not enough. AVhat will kill
the lice may not affect the eggs or "nits," so
it is necessary to repeat within a few days any
method of treatment that may be used.
Carbolic acid, tobacco, sulphur, naphthaline,
or any oily substance will kill the lice if it
touches them.
Carbolic acid must be used with great care,
for it is a burning poison. It is usea mixed
with lime or kerosene. To make the lime mix-
ture, stir 2 ounces of 90 per cent, carbolic acid
in 1 pint of cold water, sprinkle* it in a half
bushel of lime, and leave the lime to air slake.
This can be sprinkled anywhere about the hen-
house, but is most effective if put in the nests
and mixed with the dust in the "wallow." If
kerosene is used, take 2 ounces of carbolic acid
to 1 gallon of kerosene, stir it thoroughly, and
paint the mixture upon the roosts and nests,
keeping the poultry out of the house till the
mixture is dry.
Tobacco is used as an infusion, made by
pouring hot water on tobacco stems. The hens
are dipped into the liquid thus made. This is
not a pleasant method to practice, and care
should be taken to prevent the fowls from
taking cold. Tobacco dust is the basis of
various powders which are advertised to be
used against lice. Their value depends largely
upon the strength and freshness of the com-
ponents. They are often used successfully,
although frequently they are expensive.
Sulphur mixed with air-slaked lime, 10 pounds
of sulphur to a half bushel of lime, is often
used against lice. This may be scattered every-
where in the house, or mixed in the dust
wallow. Sulphur can also be used in fumiga-
tion. To avoid danger from fire, the sulphur or
sulphur candle should be put on an old tin can
or something similar, and this placed in the
middle of a pan of wet ashes or earth. Light
the candle and shut the house tightly for sev-
eral hours; then air it well before allowing the
hens to enter.
Kerosene may be used in conjunction with
naphthaline. Dissolve in kerosene all the flake
naphthaline it will take, and paint the roosts
and nests with this saturated solution every
week or so for a few months. Sawdust wet
with this liquid may be placed in the nest, but
should be put beneath the straw, so that the
eggs will not rest upon it. Naphthaline is not
poisonous, however, and may be handled with-
out danger.
Chicken Lice Powder
Powders, as we understand the mat-
ter, do not kill lice; but simply make
them vacate the places to which the
application is made. For this purpose
many powders are serviceable, includ-
ing the well-known pyrethrum, sul-
phur, tobacco, wood-ashes, and naph-
thalene. The addition of some pun-
gently aromatic oil, as sassafras, may
add to the powders' efficacy.
Any of these powders to be of most
service, should be used abundantly
and frequently, not only on the fowls
themselves, but in their nests and the
places in which they wallow, on their
roosts, and all about their houses. Of
course, cleanliness is a great aid to
the protection of fowls from lice.
A powder made according to the
following formula, freely strewn
about the nests, will rid them of ob-
jectionable insects: —
Crude carbolic acid 1 pint.
Carbon disulphide 1 ounce.
Oil of tar 1 ounce.
Coal oil 4 ounces.
Sawdust enough.
Mix the liquids and add as much
sawdust as the mixture will saturate.
224
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Roup Pills for Poultry
Calomel 1 dram.
Antimonial powder 1 dram.
Powdered licorice 1 dram.
Copaiba enough.
Make 6*) pills, and give one night
and morning.
Gape Remedy
Take a wooden box, a little big-
ger than a biscuit-tin, and divide it in
two by means of a piece of wire net-
ting. " Now. place half an ordinary
brick, made very hot, on one side of
wire netting and the chicks on the
other. Cover the whole box with a
cloth, and then insert under the cloth
a tablespoon with a teaspoonful of
phenol in it. Now. pour the liquid on the
hot brick and withdraw the spoon.
The fumes will cure the chicks in two
minutes. Take out the chicks just be-
fore they are apparently suffocated.
If the chicks are not cured, keep them
in the fumes longer.
Be careful to keep the hands and
face away from the liquid when it is
poured on to the brick, as it will blis-
ter the skin.
Douglass' Mixture
This preparation which has long en-
joyed popularity as a tonic for birds,
particularly during the moulting pe-
riod, is made as follows:
Iron sulphate 120 grains.
Diluted sulphuric acid. 15 drops.
Water 8 ounces.
Dissolve the sulphate in the water,
and add the acid.
A teaspoonful of this mixture is to
be added to each quart of the drink-
ing water of the birds.
Chicken Pills
Fierrous sulphate 1 grain.
Calcium sulphate 5 grains.
Quinine sulphate 1 grain.
Make 1 pill.
Three such pills are given each day.
Chicken Tonic
In Britain the agricultural officials
and experts are testing their theory
that the addition of mineral salts to
the food of chicks lessens the mor-
tality and increases their development.
According to the Journal of the board
of agriculture this is the best mix-
ture:
Sodium chloride 30 parts.
Sodium phosphate 9 parts.
Calcium fluoride 1 part.
Ferrous sulphate 1 part.
Bone-ash 30 parts.
Chalk 14 parts.
Magnesium sulphate 10 parts.
Charcoal 2 parts.
Sublimed sulphur 3 parts.
Poultry Spice
Powdered capsicum 2 ounces.
Powdered fenugreek 4 ounces.
Powdered gentian 4 ounces.
Powdered licorice 4 ounces.
Powdered chalk 4 ounces.
Hirtz's Inhalation
Beechwood creosote.. 25 grammes.
Tincture of benzoin. 20 grammes.
Eucalyptol 10 grammes.
Thymol 20 grammes.
Gomenol 20 grammes.
Alcohol . . .-> 200 grammes,
Two tablespoonfuls of this mixture
are used with a quart of boiling
water.
"Red Albumin" for Hens
This is said to consist of ground
oyster shells, red oxide of iron, and a
small quantity of red pepper.
Limbemeck in Fowls
A reader says that limberneck is
caused by fowls eating putrid meat,
which paralyzes the muscles of the
neck. His remedy is:
Fill the crop with warm wafer by
pouring down the mouth of the fowl,
hold the fowl by legs, and gently with
the hand force out the contents of
crop through the mouth, or else give
5 grains of calomel or a tablespoonful
of saturated solution of epsom salt.
Take your choice of cures, as any one
of them will do the work.
W. R. White says that kerosene en-
joys some reputation as a remedy for
limberneck in fowls.
Chicken Lice Killer
Gas tar 12 ounces.
Sodium hydroxide 2 ounces.
Sulphur 4 ounces.
Rosin 2 ounces.
Water 1 gallon.
Boil the tar with the soda and some
of the water; add the rosin; after dis-
solving, add the sulphur and the bal-
ance of the water.
Poultry Powder
An owner, whose chickens are per-
haps too fat, or, maybe, not fat
enough, to lay the desired number of
eggs, may be pleased with the fol-
lowing "egg-producer"; while it may
not appeal half so much to the chick-
ens as would a run among the neigh-
bors' garden truck, it is less danger-
ous:
VETERINARY RECIPES
225
Charcoal 1 pound.
Capsicum 1 pound.
Ginger 1 pound.
Sodium sulphate 1 pound.
Sodium phosphate % pound.
Spanish brown % pound.
Bone meal 10 pounds.
Middlings 10 pounds.
Any stock or poultry powder may be
"filled" with middlings, ground oil
cake, corn meal or cracked oats to the
desired cost; but a "strong" powder
with a small dose will appeal more
strongly to the user when he has been
told that he can "fill" it himself at a
large saving.
Poultry Insect Powder
Naphthalene 32 ounces.
Snuff 8 ounces.
Sulphur 8 ounces.
Insect powder 6 ounces.
Borax . . .' 4 ounces.
Oil of cedar 2 ounces.
Sifted bran 2 pounds.
Mix the oil with the bran, add the
other ingredients, and finally sift.
The bran, says Pharmaceutical
Notes, from which the foregoing is
taken, is used as a filler and may be
replaced by other substances. The
powder is put up in tins with sprink-
ler tops.
Poultry Food
In such preparations the idea is to
supply lime and a tonic appetizer.
Ground bone or oyster or egg shells
furnish the former, and for the latter
black or red pepper, ginger or mus-
tard are used, with or without iron
sulphate.
A few formulas for such tonic foods
— which we offer for what they are
worth, as we believe that hens, like
people, need something more than
food and medicine when they lan-
guish— are given below:
I.
Black pepper 1 part.
Fenugreek 2 parts.
Silver sand 2 parts.
Calcium phosphate 4 parts.
Iron sulphate 4 parts.
Capsicum 4 parts.
Dog biscuits or lentils 6 parts.
II.
Oyster shells, in coarse
powder 56 parts.
Calcium phosphate 8 parts.
Black pepper 8 parts.
•Capsicum 1 part.
Venetian red 1 part.
A teaspoonful or more should be
mixed with a quart of the regular
food.
III.
Ground oyster shells. .. .8 pounds.
Dried sodium sulphate. .4 pounds.
Dried iron sulphate 4 pounds.
Ground gentian 4 pounds.
Ground cumin 4 pounds.
Ground capsicum 1 pounds.
This recipe is a typical one, recom-
mended by poultrymen for increasing
the egg-laying power of hens. It is
given by mixing about a tablespoonful
of it with sufficient food for twenty
hens.
IV.
Iron sulphate 1 pound.
Bone meal 10 pounds.
Oat meal 20 pounds.
Ground shell 20 pounds.
Glauber salt 2 pounds.
A teaspoonful is enough for eight
hens. It should be used thrice a week.
V.
Gentian 1 dram.
Capsicum 1 dram.
Fenugreek 1 dram.
Black antimony 2 drams.
Licorice 6 ounces.
Reduce all the ingredients to powder
and mix thoroughly.
Put a tablespoonful in the food for
two or three dozen times, every day
or two.
Bird Preparations
Tonics
I.
Terebene 1 dram.
Brandy 1 ounce.
Syrup of wild cherry- ... 1 ounce.
Syrup of the phosphates
of iron, quinine and
strychnine 1 ounce.
Simple syrup, to make.. 8 ounces.
This syrup may be colored with
cochineal, and should bear a shake
label. It is recommended as a tonic
for canaries suffering with pulmonary
diseases. It is administered by putting
10 or 12 drops in the bird's cup of
water. However, the bird should not
be entirely deprived of pure drinking
water.
II.
Powdered capsicum. .0.25 gramme.
Powdered gentian. . .0.75 gramme.
Ferric hydroxide. . . .3.00 grammes.
Powdered sugar 3.00 grammes.
Honey, to make a mass.
Make 24 pills, and leave one in the
cage daily.
III.
Iron sulphate % ounce.
Diluted sulphuric acid. . . % dram.
"Water, to make 20 ounces.
A tablespoonful of this mixture is to
be added to each quart of the drinking
water.
Bird Manna
I.
Sweet almonds 8 ounces.
Vheat flour 16 ounces.
226
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Capsicum % ounce.
Yolk of eggs enough.
Honey enough.
Blanch the almonds, reduce them to
a smooth paste and add the flour, cap-
sicum and enough yolk of eggs and
honey to form a mass which may be
worked into small cakes.
II.
Sweet almonds,
blanched S ounces.
Pea meal 16 ounces.
Butter (unsalted) lYs ounces.
Honey enough.
Work into a stiff paste and force
through a sieve or colander to form
into granules. Egg yolks may be
added if desired.
Asthma Remedy for Canary Birds
Tincture of capsicum.. 5 drams.
Spirit of chloroform... 90 minims.
Iron citrate 45 grains.
Fennel water 3 Ms ounces.
Mix and dissolve.
Give a few drops on a lump of sugar
once daily.
Canary Bird Food
Yolk of egg, dried 2 parts.
Poppy heads, in coarse
powder 1 part.
Cuttlefish bone, in coarse
powder 1 part.
Granulated sugar 2 parts.
Soda crackers, powdered.. 8 parts.
For Constipation of Birds
Fluidextract of senna. ... 2 drams.
Syrup of manna 1 ounce.
Fennel water, to make.. 4 ounces.
Give a few drops of the liquid on a
lump of sugar once daily.
Tonic Pills for Pigeons and Poultry
I.
Red cinchona bark 1 grain.
Extract of calumba 60 grains.
Extract of chamomile. . . 60 grains.
Extract of gentian 60 grains.
Mix. Dose 4 to 12 grains.
II.
Ferrous sulphate 60 grains.
Extract of jaborandi. ... 1 grain.
Mix. Dose 2 to 6 grains.
Mixed Bird Seed
Mustard and maw seed,
of each 1 part.
Hemp and rape seed, of
each 4 parts.
Canary seed -. . . 32 parts.
Mocking Bird Food
Three Meals
Corn meal , . 2 parts.
Poppy seed meal 1 part.
Pea meal 2 parts.
Fry in a little lard, guarding against
burning.
Hemp Seed Food.
Hemp Seed 16 ounces.
Rape seed S ounces.
Crackers S ounces.
Rice 2 ounces.
Corn meal 2 ounces.
Lard oil 2 ounces.
Reduce the solids to a coarse powder,
mix well and work in the oil.
A little capsicum may be incorpo-
rated in this.
Heart and Eggs
Ox heart, dried 2 ounces.
Poppy seed meal 2 ounces.
Crackers 2 ounces.
Ants' eggs, dried 2 ounces.
Hemp seed 1 ounce.
Corn meal 1 ounce.
Lard 1 ounce.
Proceed as in the foregoing.
The ox heart is prepared by boiling
it well in water, chopping fine and
drying in an oven until crisp. This
food, when given to the birds, should
be mixed with an equal quantity of
grated carrots.
CHAPTER XIV
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
How to Figure Profit— Cost Marks — Trade-Marks and Copyrights —
Shoe Dressings — Sweeping Powders — Polishing Cloths — Window
Cleaners — Anti-Freeze Mixtures — Disinfectants — Cough Candy —
Water-and Fireproofing of Materials, etc., etc.
Always Consult the Index When Using This Book
An Improved System for Marking
Merchandise
By this system the source of the
supply and the date of purchase are
shown at a glance, no complicated
system of books or cards being needed
at all. It was described in The Drug-
gists Circular by Dr. Byron E. Daw-
son, who said, in part :
It is regrettable that some mer-
chants think such marking is burden-
some, as others do that it is necessary
to mark goods at all. To such this
system will not appeal; but to the
careful, systematic, particular individ-
ual its simplicity and great value be-
come quickly apparent, and upon trial
its continued use is assured.
Dating Goods
The system consists in placing upon
each article or package or container
a number suggestive of the date of
the invoice in which it was billed. For
instance, the date December 25, 1913,
will by many be written 12-25-13, and
February 22, 1914, will likewise be
written 2-22-14. Now, if the hyphens
be eliminated we have 122513 and
22214. respectively, which numbers, as
dates, are as intelligible to those who
have been let into the secret as if
hyphenated. "When the date is earlier
than the tenth of the month a cipher
must be written at the left of the day
of the month, thus. 110113 for Novem-
ber 1, 1913, to distinguish it from
11113 for January 11, 1913. A simple
rule: two figures for the year and two
figures for the day of the month.
Marking as to Source
Now let this number be preceded by
the initials of the firm billing the ar-
ticle, and the system is complete.
Thus. McKR30213 instantly informs
the dealer that the article on which it
is placed was billed by McKesson &
Robbins, March 2, 1913: MC12009,
billed by Merck & Co., January 20,
1909; SC12111. bv Schieffelin & Co.,
Januarv 21. 1911; Dirl02110. billed di-
rect by the manufacturer (name on
the label). October 21. 1910.
Mfg50113 indicates that the article
was manufactured or finished May 1,
1913. The date when a prescription
was filled, or when a copy is given.
may be thus noted on the margin, and
a history of every prescription thus
be preserved. A notation of the
weight of an article on different dates,
to record loss of substance, as of cam-
phor, may be made by the use of this
system, or a note on the physical con-
dition of any galenical product at any
time. By writing the purchase or
manufacturing dates on the back label
on a shelf bottle, together with the
cost, each time the bottle is refilled,
one may have a perfect record of the
advances and declines in the price of
the article. The date of the receipt of
a catalogue may be noted by writing
this date number on the front cover
page. These suggestions may give rise
to other possibilities of such a mark-
ing system, the use of which may be
still further elaborated by each man
using it.
A Baffling Costmark.
The compound word "iron-sulphate"
admirably lends itself for use as a
model costmark, thus:
iron sulphate
1234 567890br
It is a word not generally used by the
laity. Besides ten letters necessary to
represent the ten digits, it contains one
— t — for use as a "blind." and one — e —
for use as a "repeater." The "blind"
may be used or not. at the merchant's
option. It is to be placed at the left of
the costmark proper and made part of
it. Like a cipher similarly placed in a
number, it has no value. The "re-
peater" has a changing value. It is al-
ways to be used in the place of, and
instead of. the second letter when any
letter is to be used twice, as. tsa for
550, toeo for 333, tre for 22. The letter
e as a "repeater" is a particularly for-
tunate choice, for the reason that it is
used oftener than any other letter in
227
228
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
the English alphabet. It is better to
use some other letters ,than r for "re-
peat" or 6 for "blind." as is usually
done.
In marking articles bought or sold
by the pound, dealers usually add the
.abbreviation 7b. or a double cross after
the costmark. Now, instead, let the
double cross be reduced to a single
cross, which at once becomes the plain
letter x. Let x be used exclusively as
the pound sign. Let it be joined to
the costmark on the right and be made
part of it. An article which costs 21
cents per pound will be marked trix.
Let x also stand for pint, and let it be
used interchangeably by druggists.
It has been my custom also to use
the letter x arbitrarily for each, instead
of the word each, when pricing writing
tablets, papeterie, fountain pens, tooth
brushes, and all articles bought or sold
singly. This saves the multiplication
of characters. In this way thisx means
$1.65 per pound, per pint, or each, de-
pending upon the article on which it
is found.
The sign of the apothecaries' ounce
is often called z. Let z stand instead
for avoirdupois ounce since all com-
mercial transactions are conducted on
the avoirdupois scale, and d for either
dram or Vs ounce. We then have tlsz,
meaning 75 cents an ounce, and tued,
66 cents an % ounce. Arbitrarily, z
(part of dozen) may also be used as
the abbreviation for dozen, as tirsz,
$1.25 per doz. Likewise, z may be used
for fluid ounce.
Similarly, g becomes the abbrevia-
tion for gallon, or gross, or grain; y
for yard, and / for foot. We may bor-
row from the Roman notation m for
1,000, and c for 100. There is no need
for other letters denoting numerical
count as all other quantities should
be calculated to the basis of the 100 or
1,000 cost, although d may be used for
500 if desired. Pills and tablets should
be marked as costing so much a hun-
dred or a thousand. Similarly, also,
should fractions of a pound or pint be
calculated to the cost basis of pound
or pint, or ounce, or both, for conveni-
ence. Thus, a fluidextract which cost
35 cents a \i pound should be marked
tinax, $1.40 a pound, or thz, 9 cents an
ounce, or both. In case of heavy chem-
icals in and c may be used to denote
1 000 or 100 pounds, or ounces, where
a fraction of a cent is involved, as,
tnrsc or tnrscx, $4.25 per 100 pounds;
or tolsamz, $39.50. per 1,000 ounces.
Let one of these letters, as the occa-
sion may require, always be joined to
the costmark on the right, to indicate
the unit. This does away with the spe-
cial mark for quantity everywhere.
Just a Bookkeeper's Check.
For price marking proprietaries
bought on the two-four-and-eight basis.
I adopted a bookkeeper's check, repre-
sented in this text by the letter v —
placing the retail price below it. This
mark is placed on every article sold at
50 per cent, above the cost, regardless
of the price. It is merely a mark of
certification, indicating that the retail
mark is correct, and the cost is right.
It places all right-priced goods in the
same class. Without acquainting clerks
with the costmark they may be advised
to give preference to the sale of articles
bearing this mark. The following ex-
amples explain its use:
v v v v v v
Retail price. 10 15 25 35 50 1.75
Jobbing price 80 1.20 2.00 2.80 4.00 14.00
Thus it may be seen that whatever
word is chosen for a costmark it should
not contain the letters x, z, g, y, f, m,
c, (I, or v, as the model costmark does
not. But, as a matter of fact, any letter
not in the model costmark may be used
occasionally as a "blind," or even as a
"repeater." However, the compound
word "iron-sulphate" is good selection
and its use is recommended.
Comment from Outside.
Upon reading Dr. Dawson's article,
M. J. Fadgen wrote:
Dr. Dawson's system is an ideal one
f"r the druggist opening a new store.
I take my hat off to the Doctor.
Unfortunately, however, it is ex-
tremely inconvenient, if not impossible,
for many of us to change our costmarks
under certain conditions. Such was the
case with me, and, necessity being the
mother of invention, I have evolved a
system which would be extremely diffi-
culfc for the uninitiated to solve and at
the same time one which is easily mas-
tered by the user. Its only point of
advantage over Dr. Dawson's is that it
permits the retention of the existing
mark.
The store I purchased some years
ag<-> was an old-established one in which
some tens of thousands of prescriptions
were on file. My predecessor had
marked the price of all prescriptions
with his costmark. It would be folly
to attempt to remark such a collection,
and still it was necessary to decipher
the price of any renewal. I found the
price mark was the common property
of the neighborhood. When I put in
a line of new goods I found some
secrecy was imperative. This is my
system- I used two costmarks. The
old one was:
Sutherland
12 34567890
I adopted another —
cheap d r u g s
12345 67S90
Whenever the new costmark was
used it was prefixed by the letter n;
if I used the old, I either prefixed the
letter o or left it without a key letter.
This proved a most effective damper on
the former wiseacres. The same article
could be marked in a variety of
manners, proving most puzzling to the
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
229
uninitiated. but readily deciphered if
the key was but known.
I also use the letters aSj y, z, which
serve a similar purpose to the three
letters used by Doctor Dawson. The x
stands for one pint, or one dozen. As
a pound and a pint are more than an
ounce. I believe it is more consistent
to use x for the dozen mark than z,
which the Doctor uses. The y is the
repeater, and z stands for ounce or
each.
To give an example: In using my
system an article costing 17 cents could
be marked s 1, osl, or n c r, or with
all three marks; an article costing 11
cents could be marked s y, osy, or
n c y, or with all three.
It is not difficult to remember two
costmarks, especially when a key letter
is used, showing the system.
Comment from Inside.
[It seems to us that if both the old
and the new costmark were used on
the same packages, the "wiseacres"
would not only learn the cost of the
goods through the old mark, but would
use the old mark as a key to the new,
and so soon know the new also.]
Trade- Marks and Copyrights.
A bulletin. United States Statutes
Concerning the Registration of Trade-
Marks, With the Rules of the Patent
Office Relating Thereto, issued by the
government, states that "An applica-
tion for the registration of a trade-
mark must be made to the Commis-
sioner of Patents and must be signed
by the applicant."
A complete application comprises a
petition, requesting registration; a
statement specifying the name, domi-
cile, location and citizenship of the
party applying; the class of merchan-
dise, a description of the goods, etc.,
etc.; a declaration; a drawing of the
trade-mark; five specimens of the
trade-mark; and a fee of $10.
The bulletin referred to above tells
how these various forms should be made
out and gives other information that
should be in the hands of anyone in-
tending to apply for the registration of
a trade-mark. The bulletin can, no
doubt, be secured through the Superin-
tendent of Documents at Washington.
D. C, or through the Commissioner of
Patents himself.
A certificate of registration remains
in force for twenty years, unless it has
been previously registered in a foreign
country, in which case it ceases to be
in force on the day on which the trade-
mark ceases to be protected in the
foreign country. A certificate of regis-
tration may be renewed for twenty-
year periods.
Trade-marks are not subject to
copyright registration under the copy-
right law and decisions of the courts.
It is advisable to secure trade-mark
rather than copyright protection of la-
bels, because the former gives better
protection in foreign countries.
How to Figure Profits
There has been much discussion as
to the proper method of figuring
profits, some maintaining that the
cost of the merchandise should be
used as the base for all calculations,
while others insist that profits should
be figured from the selling price or
sales cost. Such institutions as the
National Association of Credit Men,
Burroughs Adding Machine Co., the
National Implement and Vehicle As-
sociations, and the Harvard System
of Accounts have announced them-
selves in favor of the latter method.
Under the chapter heading, "Figure
Percentages from Selling Price," D.
Charles O'Connor, in his Treatise on
Commercial Pharmacy, cites the fol-
lowing concrete instance as showing
the advantage of figuring profits from
the selling price:
Both percentages should be figured
from the same base, the selling price.
Take this case, for instance. You get
an "inside deal" on a lot of sponges
that cost you 60 cents each, retailing
regularly at $1.25. You say, "I will
have a sale on these, put them in the
Avindow and run them off in a few
days and make 25 per cent, on them."
So you mark them at 25 per cent,
above cost or 75 cents each. Noav
let us see if you made 25 per cent, on
them. Your percentage expense is 25
per cent., so 25 per cent, of 75 cents
is 18% cents, which added to the cost,
60 cents, amounts to 78% cents. As
the sponge sold for 75 cents you actu-
ally lost 3% cents on each sponge sold.
The difference between the cost, 60
cents, and the selling price. 75 cents,
is 15 cents, the gross profit, and this
figure is 20 per cent, of the selling
price, 75 cents. If you had eA'en said:
"I don't care to make any money on
this deal, all I want to do is to break
even," but you don't do even that, as
the gross profit is 20 per cent, and
your percentage expense is 25 per
cent., so you actually lose 5 per cent.,
as 3% cents, the money loss, is 5 per
cent, of 75 cents, the selling price.
Dressings for Black Shoes
Pastes.
I.
Soap 12 parts.
Potassium carbonate.... 6 parts.
Beeswax 50 parts.
Water 200 parts.
Bone-black . 100 parts.
Powdered sugar 15 parts.
Powdered acacia 6 parts.
Mix the soap, potassium carbonate,
Avax and water and boil together until
a smooth paste is obtained; then add
230
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
the other ingredients, mix thoroughly,
remove from the source of heat, and
while hot pour into boxes.
II.
Tragacanth 1 ounce.
Neatsf oot oil 2 ounces.
Bone-black 4 ounces.
Prussian blue 1 ounce.
Sugar 4 ounces.
Water 4 ounces.
Allow the tragacanth to soften in the
water and add the other ingredients.
III.
Acacia 2 ounces.
Sugar 1 ounce.
Bone-black 1 ounce.
Water enough.
Saponaceous Polishing Paste.
Soap 20 parts.
Starch 10 parts.
Galls 10 parts.
Iron sulphate 10 parts.
Syrup 60 parts.
Bone-black 30 parts.
The first four ingredients are to be
boiled together for an hour and the
liquid then strained. While the solu-
tion is still warm, the other two are
to be stirred in.
Casein Paste.
Shoe polish may be made to give a
greatly improved gloss by the addi-
tion of a solution of casein, prepared by
boiling that article in water with borax
or soda. At the same time the addition
of iron resinate imparts the property
of staining the leather a deep black,
instead of merely forming a black
coating.
The iron resinate is prepared by add-
ing an aqueous solution of green vitriol
(ferrous sulphate) to a resin soap ob-
tained by boiling resin with soda. The
other ingredients of the polish are as
usual: Ivory black, syrup or dextrose,
fat or oil. • A blue-black sheen may be
imparted to fine polish by addition of a
little Paris blue dissolved in water.
The following is a typical recipe for
these polishes:
Casein 32 parts.
Soda crystals 12 parts.
Water 96 parts.
By weight, dissolved and mixed with —
Ivory black 290 parts.
Dextrose 150 parts.
Olive oil 25 parts.
Iron resinate 10 parts.
This should be further mixed with
10 parts of "soluble blue" dissolved in
10 parts of water, the whole being well
stirred.
In Collapsible Tubes.
Ozokerite 5% ounces.
Ceresin 2 pounds.
Carnauba wax 5% ounces.
Beeswax 1% ounces.
Oil of turpentine 4 pints.
Lamp black 2 pounds.
Black anilin dye 30 grains.
Perfume enough.
Liquids.
I.
Indigo 2 drams.
Tragacanth 2 drams.
Glue 4 ounces.
Logwood 8 ounces.
Glycerin 3 ounces.
Water 1 pint.
Diluted acetic acid 2 pints.
Boil all together and strain.
II.
Shellac 2 ounces.
Nigrosin (spirit-soluble) . . 1 dram.
Lampblack 2 ounces.
Castor oil 2 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 1 ounce.
Alcohol, to make 1 pint.
Dissolve the resin and the dye in 8
ounces of alcohol. Mix the oils and
the lampblack thoroughly. Mix the two
liquids and add enough alcohol to make
one pint.
III.
Extract of logwood 1 part.
Nutgalls 30 parts.
Ferrous sulphate 8 parts.
Acacia 8 parts.
Sugar 100 parts.
Molasses 80 parts.
Alcohol 50 parts.
Shellac 2 to 4 parts.
Soluble indigo 2 parts.
Water 500 parts.
Boil the extract of logwood and the
nutgalls in the water for fifteen min-
utes, express the liquid and dissolve in
it the ferrous sulphate. Let this stand
for twenty-four hours, decant the su-
pernatant liquid, and in it dissolve the
sugar and the acacia with the aid of a
gentle heat. When cool, dissolve the
indigo in the liquid and strain, and
add the molasses. Dissolve the shellac
in the alcohol and add the solution j
thus formed to the aqueous fluid.
Turpentine Shoe Polishes.
Oil of turpentine 66 parts.
Yellow wax m. . . 18 parts.
Spermaceti 6 parts.
Asphaltum varnish 5 parts.
Borax 1 part.
Lampblack 5 parts.
Prussian blue 2 parts.
Nigrosin 1 in 80.
Melt the wax and stir in the borax.
In another vessel melt the spermaceti,
and while it is warm stir in the
asphaltum varnish, previously mixed
with the oil of turpentine. To this
add a portion of the wax and borax
mixture, with a vigorous stirring, re-
serving a portion to be rubbed with
the pigments, which then is to be
added.
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
231
Self-Shining Dressing for Women's
Shoes
Sandarac - drams.
Gum thus 4 drams.
Shellac 12 drams.
Oil of turpentine 4 drams.
Lamp black 1 ounce.
Alcohol 6 ounces.
Dissolve the resins in the alcohol and
add the oil and pigment. The blackness
of the dressing may be intensified by
the addition of a small quantity of
nigrosin, or 1 dram of the anilin dye
may be made to take the place of the
lamp black entirely.
Patent Leather Polish
Shellac 4 ounces.
Sandarac 1 ounce.
Glycerin 6 drams.
Castor oil 1 ounce.
Nigrosin (.spirit-soluble) 4 drams.
Methyl blue 40 grains.
Alcohol to make 2 pints.
Shoe Cream, Any Color .
I.
Beeswax 10 parts.
( >zokerite 10 parts.
Carnauba wax 5 parts.
Melt and mix with —
Castor oil 5 parts.
Oil of turpentine 100 parts.
Color with a fat-soluble anilin dye.
The castor oil may be replaced by 10
parts of glycerin.
II.
To produce a cheap cream dissolve
3,000 grammes of crystallized sodium
cai bonate in 30 liters of water; add
300 grammes of Marseilles soap; heat
the mass to boiling. When solution has
taken place add rosin 400 grammes,
yellow wax 2,500 grammes and car-
nauba wax 1,500 grammes and heat the
mixture until uniform. Then add 500
grammes of potassium bitartrate in
small portions, remove the mixture
from the bath, add 2,500 grammes of
oil of turpentine and stir until a viscid
liquid is obtained. For coloring yellow,
oil-soluble chrysanilin is used; oil-sol-
uble Bismarck brown is employed for
brown coloring, and nigrosin to pro-
duce a black color.
Casein Shoe Cream
Casein possesses the property of fur-
nishing with thick turpentine a shining
compound suitable for various pur-
poses, especially polishing. To make a
shoe polish, 4 parts of galipot (crude
Burgundy pitch) are melted, strained
through a sieve and boiled with 3
parts of water and 2 of caustic soda
lye (density 37 deg. B.) until a film
has formed on the. surface, whereupon
another 1 part of the soda lye and 50
to 60 parts of warm water are added;
1 5 parts of soda crystals are dissolved
in the liquid and 10 parts of powdered
casein are stirred in until dissolved.
This is followed by 10 parts of gray
carnauba wax, and the whole is boiled
until homogeneous. If a cooled sam-
ple be found too stiff, a little water is
added. An anilin dye that is fast to
alkali may be used for coloring.
Modern Shoe Dressing
In the Journal of the Society of
Chemical Industry has appeared a com-
prehensive treatise on the manufacture
of shoe dressings and polishes, by J. T.
Donald. Some of the descriptions of
typical dressings are appended: —
Liquid, French, or Ladies' Shoe Dressing
This is essentially a colored solution of
shellac in water, dissolved with the aid of
borax or an alkali. Nigros n is the usual
color in black dressing. A little glycerin is
generally added to prevent hardening and
cracking of the leather.
Gun-Metal Dressing
This is prepared by adding a solution of
soap to the liquid dressing described above.
Patent Leather Dressing
The liquid enamel or paint first applied is
a solution of gun-cotton in amyl acetate,
colored with a spirit-soluble black dye. The
finishing polish is olive oil. cottonseed oil,
petrolatum, or a mixture of beeswax and oil
of turpentine.
Suede Dressing
The cleansing dressing for nappy, ooze,
suede or castor leather is s'mply alcohol
with a dye of the desired shade, that is
insoluble in water.
AVhite Leather Dressings
These are usually pipe-clay, or, better, a
mixture of pipe-clay and light magnesium
carbonate, sometimes made into a cake with
tragacanth mucilage. Another sort is a sus-
pension of zinc oxide in a light mucilage.
This kind is better adapted for use on
smooth finished leather.
For Colored Shoes
For colored canvas or leather shoes, dress-
ings like the foregoing are tinted with
ocher, umber or other pigment.
Friction Polishes
Carnauba wax is the basis of the best
modern friction polishes. Candelilla wax
may be substituted for the cheaper qual-
ities nf polishes. The wax is boih-d until
emulsifii ■! with a solution of borax. The
roduct is known as "white stock." If a
paste is required, the "white stock" is mixed
with a sufficiency of hot, strong solution
of common yellow soap and tinted with ni-
grosin. A soft paste is thus obtained. If a
liquid is required, the best castile soap is
used, as this does not gelatinize on cooling.
With moderate friction, the hard waxes held
op the leather by the soap give a fine polish.
Another method is to melt carnauba or can-
delilla wax, or a mixture of these, with para-
ffin, or beeswax in hot oil of turpentine, and
mix with very finely powdered animal black.
A firm paste' is thus obtained, which easily
spreads. When this is poured into boxes it
must be quickly cooled, or separation of the
waxes may occur. Beeswax gives a tough-
ness and lack of shortness to the paste, with
a smooth finish, which cannot be obtained
without it. For tan leather polish the basis
js th.- same, but brown or yellow dyes are
us. rl instead of nigrosin.
232
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Moorhof s Bone Wax
Iodoform 20 parts.
Spermaceti 40 parts.
Sesame oil 40 parts.
Heat the ingredeints together slowly
to 100 deg. C, and allow the mixture to
cool while stirring. For vise as a bone
plug it is heated to 50 deg.
Tan Shoe Dressing
I.
Oil of turpentine 40 grammes.
Yellow wax 80 grammes.
Petrolatum 80 grammes.
Castor oil 20 grammes.
Powdered turmeric... 30 grammes.
Linseed oil 20 grammes.
Dissolve the wax in the oil of tur-
pentine, then add the petrolatum and
the castor oil. Mix the turmeric with
the linseed oil and add the mixture to
the other ingredients.
II.
Yellow wax 50 grammes.
Oil of turpentine. . . . 100 grammes.
Soap 5 grammes.
Powdered turmeric. 10 grammes.
Water 100 grammes.
Dissolve the yellow wax in the oil
of turpentine. Boil the turmeric with
the water and then add the soap and,
when a more or less uniform fluid is
obtained, mix it with the turpentine
solution.
III.
Yellow wax 90 grammes.
Oil of turpentine.... 200 grammes.
Soap 10 grammes.
Boiling water 200 grammes.
Dissolve the yellow wax in the oil of
turpentine by warming on a water-
bath, exercising great caution to pre-
vent the oil from catching fire. When
dissolved, transfer to a warm mortar
and add the soap, previously dissolved
in boiling water, and triturate until a
creamv mass results.
Cleansers for White Buckskin Shoes
I.
Powdered oxgall 1 part.
Powdered tallow soap. ... 2 parts.
Fuller's earth, white 7 parts.
This is applied to the dampened
shoe and rubbed in to form a complete
coating. When perfectly dry it is
brushed off with a stiff brush.
II.
White bole 600 grammes.
Oatmeal (not "rolled
oats") 300 grammes.
Powdered soap 75 grammes.
I lorax 150 grammes.
Ammonium chloride. 25 grammes.
This is employed ;is directed under
the ,-ibove formula.
Dressings for White Shoes
1 'ipe clay 1 pound.
Spanish white y2 pound.
Precipitated chalk 10 ounces.
Powdered tragacanth.. . 2 drams.
Phenol 2 drams.
Oil of verbena 30 drops.
Water -. enough.
The powders are intimately mixed
and then made into a thick cream
with water, to the first portions of
which the phenol and the oil have
been added.
The only good done by the phenol is
as a preservative. Perhaps salicylic
acid or something of that kind would
answer just as well and at the same
time be free from some of the objec-
tions which may be urged against
phenol.
A Good Whitener
A good whitener which will not rub
off may be made by adding to muci-
lage of tragacanth enough of fine
quality of whiting (paris white), or
prepared chalk, to produce a paste of
the desired consistency. About 1 per
cent, of salicylic acid should be added
to the mucilage as a preservative;
and any desired odorous oil may be
added as a perfume.
To Blacken Tan Shoes
First wash the shoes with oil of
turpentine, then with alcohol, and
finally with warm water -and soap.
When they have dried, paint with the
following, giving them two coats:
Powdered galls 2 ounces.
Copperas 1 ounce.
Copper sulphate 30 grains.
Acacia 1 dram.
Boiling water 2 pints.
Triturate all the solids together;
pour the boiling water over them; let
the mixture stand for a week, and
strain.
When the second coat is dry the
shoes are ready to be polished.
Harness Dressing
I.
Neatsfood oil % gallon.
Fish oil V2 gallon.
Lamp black 1 ounce.
Oil of turpentine enough.
Mix the lampblack with a small
quantity of turpentine, then mix with
the oils. Put up in empty malt bottles
or bottles of this nature.
II.
Isinglass 1 pound.
Indigo 1 pound.
Logwood 4 pounds.
Glue 5. pounds.
Vinegar r 1 gallon.
Boil all together until the glue is
dissolved, then strain and bottle.
MISCELLANEOUS INF< >U.\I ATX i.N
233
III.
Neatsfooi oil 1 gallon.
Bayberry tallow 2 pounds.
Beeswax 2 pounds.
Beef tallow 2 pounds.
Castor oil 1 quart.
Lampblack 1 ounce.
Peppering Harness Oil
Harness oil should be flavored with
black pepper, to keep rats from gnaw-
ing the leather to which it is applied.
A heaping teaspoonful of finely-ground
pepper to the pint of oil is about the
right proportion.
Sweeping Powder
The powder, is hardwood sawdust,
treated with some liquid petroleum
preparation or crude oil, and colored
with an anilin dye. Sometimes cre-
sol solution is used on the powder.
For home use, ordinary sawdust,
moistened with water, is about as
efficacious as anything else in this
line. A sweeping brush made of
bristles raises less dust than an ordi-
nary broom.
While not so efficacious as the prep-
arations containing oil, the following
mixture will be found suitable for
most uses :
Calcium chloride 1 ounce.
Sea salt 5 pounds.
Bran, to make 15 pounds.
The following is perhaps the safest
of the oil -containing mixtures:
Heavy paraffin oil 12 pounds.
Portland cement S8 pounds.
Mix thoroughly until the mass first
formed breaks up into a granular
powder.
Waterproof Dressing for Leather
Cylinder oil ... 1 pint.
Carnauba wax 3 ounces.
Tallow 3 ounces.
Molasses 3 ounces.
Dustless Dusters
A reader of The Druggists Circular
wrote that he had made very satisfac-
tory dustless dusters by taking black or
navy-blue cheesecloth, soaking it
thoroughly in crude petroleum, wring-
ing it thoroughly, and afterward re-
peatedly washing it, using hot water,
until the washings no longer showed
any free oil. Made in this way. he
said, the "dusters" cost about 7 cents
each, and were ideal. His had been
in use four months and had been
washed often, and were just then
ready for another treatment with oil.
II.
Some time prior to the receipt of
the note just above referred to, an-
other reader sent the following re-
cipe for making oiled dust cloths:
Saturate a suitable piece of cloth
with kerosene and lay it aside until
the surplus oil has evaporated. Rub
it on a wooden surface until it no
longer leaves a streak, and it is ready
for use. This cloth should be well
shaken after each use, and re-oiled
about once a month.
III.
From another source we take the
next formula: Mix 30 parts of paraf-
fin with 10 parts of double -refined
rapeseed oil, heat moderately, and stir
into it 1 part of melted benzoin. Sat-
urate the cloth with the liquid, wring
it well and dry in a shady place.
Polishing Cloths
I.
Polishing cloths usually consist of
a piece of flannel which is coated on
one side with wax holding some tritTy
agent which is hard enough to polish
but fine enough not to scratch. The
making of such cloths is beset by
some technical difficulties; that is. if
they are to be made attractive. The
formula is simple enough, but putting
the things together properly is an art.
Only enough wax is needed to hold
the polishing agent on the cloth. A
mixture of ceresin and infusorial
earth, or ceresin and tripoli, would
make a good base, only enough of the
ceresin being used to make a firm
mass when cold. The earth should be
sifted into the melted wax and stirred
until it sets. The coating of the cloth
is a technical operation that probably
requires special machinery. The mix-
ture must be put on warm and spread
smoothly and evenly. If too hot it
will strain through, and if cold it will
not adhere. We are unable to suggest
a method for doing this work by hand
that would be likely to prove satis-
factory, and doubt whether it is prac-
ticable to make such cloths as these
on a small scale.
II.
In a mixture of 1 quart of gasoline,
'.• pound of whiting and % ounce of
oleic acid, soak woolen cloths, and dry
them in the air and shake.
The operation should, of cours<
conducted out of the reach of fire or
flame, on account of the extreme in-
flammability of gasoline.
II
Jewelers' rouge 1 part.
Castile soap 2 parts.
Water to dissolve.
Dissolve the soap in water and thor-
oughly mix in the powder; soak the
234
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
cloths in square pieces in the solution,
wring out, and dry.
m.
Prepared chalk 16 parts.
White bole 1 part.
Armenian bole 1 part.
Water to make a thick paste.
Dip flannel rags into a solution of
20 parts of dextrin and 30 parts of
oxalic acid in 20 parts of logwood de-
coction, wring them gently, and sift
over them a mixture of finely pow-
dered tripoli and whiting. The moist
rags are then hung up to dry.
The Complete Window Cleaner
If you would have the plate glass
shiningly immaculate as the shirt-
front of an aldermanic toastmaster,
see to it that your kit contains these
things or implements, to wit: A mus-
lin bag, so big as to contain comfort-
ably a pint of bran and an equal meas-
ure of lampblack — it must be well
seamed that it does not leak; two or
several sections of an old felt hat, soft-
ened by much wear and cleansed with
soap and boiling water; a piece of
light-weight woolen cloth some 20
inches square or more; another piece
of similar cloth of heavier texture; a
hank or two of clean cotton waste; a
piece of very soft "shammy" leather,
and a quantity of elbow grease.
And thus you will employ each:
The first, that is the bag containing
the bran and lampblack, you will use
primarily to remove from the glass the
"bloom" of smoke and soot.
Secondly, you will use the lighter
piece of woolen cloth to brush off the
particles escaped from the bran bag.
The next step will be to go over the
entire glass with a piece of the felt
well saturated with water, which may
be warmed against the rigors of wintry
months.
Then you will rub weightily and
thoroughly with the cotton waste and
dry with the second woolen cloth.
Finally, you will impart a sparkling
brilliancy to the pane with elbow
grease and the soft leather. And the
passerby will pause to admire and per-
chance to purchase.
Window-Polishing Paste
Castile soap 2 ounces.
Boiling water 3 ounces.
Dissolve and add the following; in
fine powder:
Precipitated chalk 4 ounces.
French chalk 3 ounces.
Tripoli 2 ounces.
Mix and reduce with water to the
consistency desired.
Washing the Window-
Strange as it may seem there is a
right and wrong way to wash windows,
and as this operation is usually
dreaded, says a writer in the Commer-
cial Reporter, the following method
will doubtless be appreciated, as it
saves both time and labor: Choose a
dull day, or at least a time when the
sun is not shining on the windows, for
when the sun shines on the glass it
causes it to dry streaked, no matter
how much it is rubbed. Take a
painters' brush and dust them inside
and out, washing all the woodwork in-
side before touching the glass. The
latter must be washed slowly in warm
water and ammonia — do not use soap.
Use a small cloth with a pointed stick
to get the dust out of the corners; wipe
dry with a soft piece of cotton cloth —
do not use linen as it makes the glass
linty when dry. Polish with tissue
paper or old newspaper. You will find
that this can be done in half the time
taken when soap is used, and the re-
sult will be brighter windows.
Pencils for Writing on Windows
Pencils for writing on glass, porce-
lain, metal, etc., may be made by in-
corporating1 talc in melted wax, adding
the desired pigment, as lampblack,
zinc white, chrome yellow, vermilion,
etc., and rolling, as a pill mass is
rolled, to form into the desired shape.
About equal parts of wax and talc
may be used.
Removing Scratches from Glass
While it is difficult to remove deep
scratches, slight ones that have made
show-case tops somewhat opaque may
be polished out and the transparency
of the glass restored by rubbing the
parts with jewelers' rouge wet with
water on a piece of soft chamois skin
or leather. If the scratches are deep,
however, they must be ground out
with washed flour of emery and water,
as is done by opticians in grinding eye
glasses, and then the spot is polished
with rouge, as described for slight
scratches. To do this by hand is
rather tedious — and where there is
much of this sort of work a buff wheel
made of wood and run by a little motor
will save time and labor, and fine
pumice stone and water should be used
instead of rouge.
To Remove Enamel Letters from Glass
Oil of turpentine or solution of oxalic
acid applied to the top of the charac-
ters and allowed to soak down through
the cement will remove them.
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
235
Separating Wool and Cotton
T. M. Smith, replying in the Chemist
and Druggist to a query on this sub-
ject, says: "Boil cloth in a strong
solution of caustic soda in water for
a minute or so, when the soda will
dissolve out the wool and leave the
cotton in the form of a skeleton. Real
'Scotch tweed' completely dissolves."
Transfer Paper
This special paper is prepared by
coating one surface of white paper
with a suitable compound., usually
zinc oxide mixed with a little starch
and enough glue to make it adhere.
After drying it is passed between
calender rolls under great pressure.
All brands of this paper found in the
trade are not equally good for trans-
ferring purposes.
Anti-Freeze Mixture for Automobile
Radiators
Requests for anti-freeze mixture
formulas reach us every year, and
we are reprinting here an item which
appeared originally in the New York
Tribune, and later, in January, 1918, in
The. Druggists Circular. The article
follows :
The first method given, the use of
an anti-freezing solution, is, perhaps
the best for all-round purposes, al-
though there are some who do not
favor its use. Calcium chloride, alco-
hol and glycerin are non-freezing ele-
ments. In using calcium chloride the
commercial form should be avoided,
as it contains acid. Crystalized cal-
cium chloride contains about 50 per
cent, of water of crystalization and
dissolves in about half its weight of
cold water: consequently, eight
pounds dissolved in one-half gallon of
water will obtain one gallon of the
saturated solution.
The alcohol solution is favored by
many because it is easily obtained and
prepared. An alcohol solution may
be made with either wood or denat-
ured alcohol . . . [The danger of
using- wood alcohol should be borne in
mind, even its vapors having been
known to cause blindness.]
Alcohol and glycerin is a combina-
tion that is liked by some because of
the low boiling point of the latter. The
disadvantage of using glycerin is that
it attacks the rubber hose of the*Cir-
culating system, causing the piles of
fabric to disintegrate. Another factor
mitigating against its use is the cost.
Whenever used it generally means re-
newing the hose in the spring.
In the use of calcium chloride, and
when employing other than the chem-
ically pure article, one must guard
against the action of acid. This may
2 pounds
3 pounds
4 pounds
5 pounds
Perct.
Alcohol 5
Alcohol 15
Alcohol 20
Alcohol 30
Alcohol 35
Per ct.
Glycerin 10
Glycerin 30
Glycerin 40
Glycerin 48
Glycerin 54
Glycerin 58
Perct.
Alcohol -glycerin. .15
Alcohol - glycerin . .20
Alcohol-glycerin. .25
Alcohol -glycerin. .27
Alcohol-glycerin. .29
Alcohol-glycerin. .30
Alcohol-glycerin. .32
Alcohol-glycerin. .40
Anti- Freezing Solutions
Calcium Chloride
1 gallon water
1 gallon water
1 gallon water
1 gallon water
Alcohol
Per ct.
Water 95
Water 85
Water SO
"Water 70
Water 65
Glycerin
Per ct.
Water 90
Water 70
Water 60
Water 52
Water 4*.
Water 4 2
A Icohol-Clpcerin
Per ct.
Water. .85
Water . . 80
Water. .7."
Water. .73
"Water. .71
Water. .70
Water.. 68
Water. .66
F.
Freezing
point
18°
Freezing
point
1.5°
Freezing
point
—17°
Freezing
point
—39°
F.
Freezing
point
25°
Freezing
point
11°
Freezing
point
5°
Freezing
point
—5°
Freezing
point
—16°
F.
Freezing
point
28°
Freezing
point
15°
Freezing
point
5°
Freezing
point
0°
Freezing
point
—5°
Freezing
point
—10°
F.
Freezing
point
20°
Freezing
point
16°
Freezing
point
8°
Freezing
point
5°
Freezing
point
0°
Freezing
point
5°
Freezing
point
—15°
Freezing
point
—23°
236
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
be neutralized by gradually adding
ammonia or soda ash until blue litmus
paper no longer turns red when
dipped in the solution.
With the alcohol solution one must
expect it to give off an odor when
heated and to boil readily when the
thermometer registers above the freez-
ing mark, or in mild weather. Be-
cause of these factors and the tend-
ency of the alcohol to evaporate read-
ily, thus lowering the freezing point
of the fluid, many object to the solu-
tion. If one employs alcohol it is ad-
visable to purchase and use a hy-
drometer graduated to read below
1,000. They indicate to the user the
strength of the solution which should
be maintained according to the re-
quirements of the locality. —
It is well to avoid the practice of
using any anti-freezing solution until
the radiator and other components of*
the cooling system are inspected forv
leaks, for the alcohol will escape
thu^igh openings where water will not
pa^r It is also important that all
"fur," scale or other deposits be dis-
placed from the radiator, matter gen-
erally deposited through the use of
hard water.
Camphor 20 grammes.
Chlorinated lime 50 grammes.
Alcohol 50 grammes.
Oil of eucalyptus 1 gramme.
Oil of cloves 1 gramme.
Water 58 grammes.
Mix in a capacious vessel kept cool.
Liquid for Room Deodorizing
• 1.
Eucalyptus oil 20 grammes.
Lavender oil 10 grammes.
Rosemary oil 10 grammes.
Formol 10 grammes.
Vaporize one leaspoonful mixed
with one tumbler of hot water.
II.
Eucalyptol 10 parts.
Oil of thyme 5 parts.
Oil of lemon 5 parts.
Oil of lavender 5 parts.
Alcohol 110 parts.
Spray about by means of an atom-
izer.
III.
Guaiacol 10 mils.
Eucalyptol 10 mils.
Menthol 5 grammes.
Thymol 2 grammes.
Oil of gaultheria 30 mils.
Oil of peppermint,
to make 75 mils.
Use by means of an atomizer.
We suggest that the recipe be im-
proved by using as diluent pine needle
oil. We have obtained excellent re-
sults in room deodorizing by keeping
on the steam radiator a can of water
into which pine needle oil was poured
from time to time.
IV.
According to the Bulletin General
de Therapie a few drops of the fol-
lowing mixture placed on a plate in a
room will effectively deodorize the at-
mosphere:
Deodorizing Spray for Theatres
In the Pharmaceutical Journal the
following suggestions as to preparing
a cheap deodorizing spraying fluid for
moving picture theatres are given :
We have on various occasions re-
ferred to spray liquids used at such
places, but so far we have been un-
able to give a working formula. There
are evidently many different kinds in
use. In some cases terpineol is the
odorous principle, and it seems to be
suspended in water in sufficient quan-
tity just to make a milky liquid. An
alcoholic solution of terpineol, in any
desired quantity, could be added to a
pailful of water and worked into a
kind of emulsion by means of a fine
rose syringe. If you wished to add an
antiseptic, thymol would be a suita-
ble substance to use; it is soluble in
water to the extent of 1 in 1,500, and
might conveniently be dissolved in the
alcoholic terpineol solution. As
cheapness must be largely an impor-
tant consideration, it seems very
likely that such substances as those
named, as well as various mixtures
of essential oils, are simply dissolved
in a convenient quantity of alcohol,
and so much of the liquid worked into
a can of water for immediate use with
the syringe.
In the article particular emphasis
is laid upon the necessity of providing
adequate ventilation of the hall, with-
out which all attempts to improve the
air are little short of worthless.
Two formulas from other sources
are appended:
I.
Oil of lavender 4 ounces.
Oil of bergamot 2 ounces.
Oil of peppermint 10 minims.
Oil of cloves 1 dram.
Benzoic acid 1 dram.
Alcohol 18 ounce.-.
Use 24 ounces in perfuming a good-
sized theatre.
II.
Oil of lavender 2 ounces.
Oil of rose geranium .... 1 ounce.
Oil of bergamot V2 ounce.
Formaldehyde solution (37
per cent.) 1 ounce.
Alcohol, to make. ..... .16 ounces.
This is generally employed in the
proportion of 1 ounce to 40 ounces of
water.
While the small proportion of for-
maldehyde directed in this formula
might not prove objectionable, still as
MISCELLAX EO U S INFORM ATI ( ) X
287
formaldehyde is an irritant to the eyes
and mucous membrane, it would be
better to ventilate .the room thorough-
Eter using it and before admitting
the spectators.
Perfumed Disinfectant
Practically all real disinfectants are
either poisonous or possess distinctive
odors that are not considered agree-
able. The following recipes give
products that are pleasant enough, but
which are of little value as disinfec-
tants:
I.
Eucalyptol 10 parts.
Thymol • 10 parts.
Alcohol 1000 parts.
Oil of cinnamon 1 part.
Sulphur dioxide enough.
The alcohol is saturated with sul-
phur dioxide, and the aromatics are
then added.
II.
Guaiac 10 pa'rts.
Eucalyptol • 8 parts.
Phenol 6 parts.
Thymol 2 parts.
Menthol 4 parts.
Oil of clove 1 part.
Alcohol 170 parts.
III.
Cheap German cologne is a suitable
perfume to mix with some of the more
popular so-called disinfectants for use
as a deodorizing moving picture thea-
tre spray.
Hys
•gienic Laboratory Pine Oil Dis-
infectant
The hygienic laboratory of the
United States Public Health Service
has given out a method for preparing
a liquid disinfectant that is cheap,
efficient and readily compounded from
materials obtainable on the market,
the chief ingredient being pine oil. The
latter is described as probably a mix-
ture of many essential oils of the ter-
pinol family, having an amber color,
a characteristic odor of pine, and being
perfectly clear, transparent and free
from considerable sediment. The pine
oil should be freshly distilled when pur-
chased, as it has been found that its
germicidal power grows less on stand-
ing. The germicidal power of an old
oil may be brought back to its original
degree by redistillation.
The oil here described can be pur-
chased from concerns manufacturing
wood turpentine by the steam or sol-
vent process.
The liquid disinfectant may be made
as follows: The pine oil, 2,500 grammes
or 5.5 pounds, is heated together with
1,000 grammes or 2.2 pounds of good
strained North Carolina grade E, rosin
in a covered enameled ware pail until
the rosin is all dissolved. The mixture
is cooled to SO" ('. and 500 grammes or
1.1 pounds of a 25 per cent, solution
of sodium hydroxide (commercial lye)
are added and the liquid is violently
stirred for at least ten minutes, pre-
ferably with a rotary egg beater. Suffi-
cient water is then added to make the
mixture measure 3.75 liters or 1 gallon.
The preparation is then cooled quickly
by placing the pail in cold water. It is
stored in glass or metal containers
until used.
The cost of the materials in the
quantities given above is 41.5 cents.
The finished product, according to
the chemists of the hygienic labora-
tory, is a dark reddish-brown liquid,
rather thick and oily in appearance
and free from turbidity or cloudiness.
It makes a perfectly white emulsion,
much resembling milk when added to
water. If the dilution water is at a*
temperature of less than 30° C. the
emulsion will last for weeks. If hot
water is used, a layer of oil eventually
forms on the surface. The germicidal
power of the disinfectant remains
practically constant #for about two
months. After that, a noticeable
deterioration occurs. Samples four
months old show a phenol co-efficient
of about 3.5. The pine oil itself is more
stable than the emulsified product. It
is well to buy only a few months' sup-
ply of the oil at a time, and to make
up only enough disinfectant for a
month's use.
This disinfectant may be used
wherever the ordinary coal-tar com-
pounds are used. It has a much more
pleasing odor than the coal-tar com-
pounds, and can be used where these
products, on account of their odor are
not practical. It will not attack fabrics
or metals and is recommended for the
disinfection of all articles used in the
care of contagious diseases.
Antiseptic Naphthol Solution
J. C. Dills writes to The Druggists
Circular:
Another preparation that we have is a 15
per cent, solution of alpha-naphthol in glyc-
erin, to which is added 5 per cent, of sodium
hydroxide. We have had it tested by a re-
liable bacteriologist, who reports it to 1»- of
the same germicidal power as the official
liquefied phenol. This solution is non-poison-
ous except in very large doses, it makes a
clear solution in all kinds of hard water, and
does not affect surgical instruments in any
way. It keeps well in brown glass bottles.
but darkens when exposed to the light. Our
physicians are well satisfied with it, particu-
larly in antiseptic washes and in cases in
which it is dangerous to put into the ha nils
of ignorant patients such things as phenol.
cresol, corrosive mercuric chloride, and othei
poisonous antiseptics.
We have no adverse reports concerning the
preparation up to date: in fact, it seems,
within reasonable bounds, to be the most sat-
isfactory antiseptic and germicide of which
we have any knowledge. Adding a few drops
of phenolphthalein test solution gives it a
fine ruby color and distinguishes its solutions
from "drinkables."
23S
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Fumigating Pastilles.
Below is reprinted a formula which
should prove satisfactory:
Benzoin 125.0 grammes.
Cascarilla 125.0 grammes.
Myrrh 41.5 grammes.
Charcoal 750.0 grammes.
Oil of nutmeg 25.0 grammes.
Oil of clove 25.0 grammes.
Potassium nitrate. . 66.5 grammes.
Mucilage of traga-
canth enough.
The first four ingredients, in mod-
erately fine powder, are carefully mixed
with the potassium nitrate; the oils
are then added, and enough mucilage
of tragacanth gradually incorporated
to form a plastic mass. This is rolled
into the desired shape, divided and
dried.
A somewhat more complex formula
— which may be considerably pruned
to suit the ideas of the manufacturer —
as given by Dieterich, follows:
Potassium nitrate 375 grains.
Water 25 ounces.
Powdered wood char-
coal 30 ounces.
Powdered tragacanth.. 375 grains.
Storax 300 grains.
Benzoin 300 grains.
Vanillin 8 grains.
Coumarin 3 grains.
Musk 3 grains.
Civet 1 V2 grains.
Oil of rose 20 drops.
Oil of bergamot 15 drops.
Oil of ylang ylang.... 10 drops.
Oil of rhodium 10 drops.
Oil of sandalwood 5 (Jrops.
Oil of cinnamon 5 drops.
Oil of orris 1 drop.
Oil of cascarilla 1 drop.
Saturate the charcoal with the po-
tassium nitrate dissolved in the water,
dry the mass, powder, add the other
ingredients and mix thoroughly. Beat
the mixture to a plastic mass with the
addition of sufficient mucilage of traga-
canth containing 2 per cent, of salt-
peter in solution and form into cone-
shaped pastilles. In order that the
storax may be evenly distributed
throughout the mass, it may be pre-
viously dissolved in a small amount
of acetic ether.
Incense Powder
Sandal -wood, which is the base of
many incense powders, is a regular
article of commerce and may be ob-
tained through the' usual channels.
Doubtless the wholesale houses would
supply it with added perfume if re-
quested, but perhaps no two houses
would add exactly the same perfume.
Wood smoke is objectionable in an
incense powder, and so some makers
omit the wood and use charcoal in-
stead.
Two formulas for incense powders
follow, in one of which sandal wood is
called for and in the other charcoal:
I.
Sandal wood, ground. . . 2 ounces.
Benzoin . 3 ounces.
Tolu % ounce.
Oil of sandal 15 minims.
Oil of cassia 15 minims.
Oil of cloves 15 minims.
Potassium nitrate 1% ounces.
II.
Willow charcoal 4 ounces.
Benzoic acid 3 ounces.
Oil of thyme 15 minims.
Oil of caraway 15 minims.
Oil of rose 15 minims.
Oil of lavender 15 minims.
Oil of cloves 15 minims.
Oil of sandal 15 minims.
Potassium nitrate 3 ounces.
By the use of mucilage of tragacanth
these powders may be made into pas-
tilles.
Removing Tattoo Marks
India ink, with which tattooing is
usually done, generally consists of finely
divided charcoal, which cannot be
brought into solution. Other pigments
are sometimes used which are soluble,
it is true, but not in any agent which
could be applied to the skin; nor could
such an agent, if it existed, penetrate
deep enough to reach the^particles un-
less possibly by surgical procedure.
The only known method of obliterating
tattoo marks is to take away with them
the skin in which they are imbedded.
This has been accomplished by the ap-
plication of an electric current, by use
of caustics and in other ways.
When the destruction of the true skin
has been accomplished, it becomes a
foreign body, and if the destruction has
extended to a sufficient depth, the other
foreign body, the coloring matter which
has been tattooed in, may be expected
to be cast off with it.
Pepsin and papain have been proposed
as applications to remove the cuticle.
A glycerole of either is tattooed into
the skin over the disfigured part, and it
is said that the operation has proved
successful. Ohmann-Dumesnil recom-
mends papain, 5; water, 25; glycerin,
75; diluted hydrochloric acid, 1. Rub
the papain with the water and the
hydrochloric acid, allow the mixture to
stand for an hour, add the glycerin, let
it stand for three hours, and filter.
Salicylic acid massed with glycerin to
the consistence of dough applied over
the marks with a compress and strips
of adhesive plaster, and allowed to re-
main in contact for a week, has been
recommended. After the first dressing
with this preparation the epidermis
over the marks is removed, and a fresh
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
239
application of the salicylic paste is
made. It is said that usually the second
application removes the marks, but
sometimes it is necessary to make a
third.
A physician has communicated the
following to The Druggists Circular:
Apply a highly concentrated tannin
solution to the tattooed places and treat
them with a tattooing needle as the tat-
tooer does. Next vigorously rub the
places with a lunar caustic stick and
allow the silver nitrate to act for some
time until the tattooed portions have
turned entirely black. Then take off by
dabbing. At first a silver tannate forms
on the upper layers of the skin, which
dyes the tattooing black; with slight
symptoms of inflammation, a scurf en-
sues, which comes off after fourteen or
sixteen days, leaving behind a reddish
scar. The latter assumes the natural
color of the skin after some time. The
process is said to have good results.
It is scarcely necessary to say that
suppuration is likely to follow any of
the treatments mentioned, and that all
carry with them the risk of scarring.
In view of this it becomes apparent
that such operations should be under-
taken only by a surgeon skilled in der-
matological practice. Not only might
an amateur cause the patient suffering
without success in removing the marks,
but might add another disfigurement to
the one already existing and get him-
self into serious difficulties.
Chilblains
L. H. H., New Jersey. — It has been
said that "those who suffer from chil-
blains are a distinct class of the com-
munity," having but poor circulation
Qr possessing blood that is deficient in
some important constituent. It is said
that calcium chloride has been admin-
istered internally with marked success
in certain cases, and that the admini-
stration of tablets of ferrous carbonate
and arsenic, the latter in one-fortieth
grain doses, has relieved some cases of
long standing, but medical treatment,
of course, is a problem for the physi-
cian rather than the pharmacist.
The following formula may be em-
ployed in preparing an external appli-
cation intended to give temporary re-
lief:
Phenol 6 grains.
Liniment of belladonna. . . 2 drams.
Liniment of aconite, B. P. 1 dram.
Flexible collodion 1 ounce.
To be painted on the parts each
evening.
Solidified Alcohol
In The Druggists Circular for May,
1916. page 271. appears the formula
for thie preparation offered for use in
the proposed Amyerican Pharmaceuti-
cal Association Recipe Book.
Alcohol 1000.0 mils.
Stearic acid 60.0 grammes.
Sodium hydroxide. 13.5 grammes.
Dissolve the stearic acid in 500 mils
of the alcohol. Dissolve the sodium
hydroxide in 500 mils of the alcohol.
Warm each solution to 60° C. Mix
them and pour into suitable contain-
ers which have previously been
warmed to 60° C. and allow to solidify.
Denatured alcohol or wood alcohol
may be used in place of alcohol to
make a cheaper product, and the mix-
ture may be colored, if desired, by
the addition of suitable coloring ma-
terial.
On account of the dangers in the
fumes of wood alcohol, we think its
use as a fuel by the public should not
be encouraged.
In The Druggists Circular for April,
1916, page 203, we quote the New
Hampshire Board of Health as having
said that "the addition of as little as
3 per cent, of soap to alcohol will
thicken it to a jellylike consistency."
The same authority found that the
price of a so-called solid alcohol on
the market was at the rate of $1 per
quart of denatured alcohol, the retail
market price of denatured alcohol be-
ing about 25 cents a quart.
Still quoting from that almost in-
exhaustable storehouse of pharmaceu-
tical information, The Druggists Cir-
cular, we offer (with a few typograph-
ical changes), a note which appeared
in its issue for November, 1915, page
724:
Heat 1,000 parts of denatured alco-
hol (90 per cent.) in a flask of double
the capacity necessary to hold the li-
quid, on a water-bath to about 60° C,
and then mix with 28 to 30 parts of
well-dried rasped castile soap and 2
parts of shellac. After repeated shak-
ing, complete solution will take place.
The solution is put, while still warm,
into metallic vessels, which are to be
closed up at once and the mixture al-
lowed to cool therein. The admixture
of shellac effects a better preservation
and also prevents the evaporation of
the alcohol. When the solidified spirit
burns the soap remains behind.
Prof. E. V. Howell, of Chapel Hill,
N. C. informed us that hexamethyl-
enamine was an excellent fuel for use
instead of solidified alcohol, and we
have published a note on the subject
in The Druggists Circular. Emery
W. Thurston, California, states that a
half-gramme tablet of "hexy" will
burn for about three and a half min-
utes and give an intense heat. At the
Atlantic City meeting of the American
Pharmaceutical Association Professor
Howell had something to say on the
subject of hexamethvlenamine as a
fuel.
240
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA ROOK
Freezing Mixtures
The degrees are given according to
Fahrenheit.
1. Ammonium nitrate, 1 part, water
1 part, reduces temperature to 4 de-
grees.
2. Ammonium chloride 5 parts, po-
tassium nitrate 5 parts, water 16
parts, reduces temperature to 10 de-
grees.
3. Ammonium chloride 5 parts, po-
tassium nitrate 5 parts, sodium sul-
phate 8 parts, water 16 parts, reduces
temperature to 4 degrees.
4. Sodium nitrate 3 parts, diluted
nitric acid 2 parts, reduces tempera-
ture to 3 degrees.
5. Ammonium nitrate 1 part, sodium
carbonate 1 part, water 1 part, re-
duces temperature to 7 degrees.
6. Sodium phosphate 9 parts, dilut-
ed nitric acid 4 parts, reduces tem-
perature to 12 degrees.
7. Sodium sulphate 5 parts, diluted
sulphuric acid 4 parts, reduces tem-
perature to 3 degrees.
8. Sodium sulphate 6 parts, ammon-
ium chloride 4 parts, potassium ni-
trate 2 parts, diluted nitric acid 4
parts, reduces temperature to ■ — 10 de-
grees.
9. Sodium sulphate 6 parts, ammon-
ium nitrate 5 parts, diluted nitric acid
4 parts, reduces temperature to — 10
degrees.
10. Snow or crushed ice 5 parts,
sodium chloride, 2 parts, ammonium
chloride 1 part, reduces temperature
to — 12 degrees.
11. Snow or crushed ice 21 parts,
sodium chloride 10 parts, ammonium
chloride 5 parts, potassium nitrate 5
parts, reduces temperature to — 18
degrees.
12. Snow or crushed ice 12 parts, so-
dium chloride 2 parts, ammonium ni-
trate 5 parts, reduces temperature to
— 25 degrees.
13. Snow 3 parts, diluted sulphuric
acid 2 parts, reduces temperature to
— 23 degrees.
14. Snow 8 parts, diluted hydro-
chloric acid 5 parts, reduces tempera-
ture to — 27 degrees.
15. Snow 7 parts, diluted nitric acid
4 parts, reduces temperature to — 30
degrees.
] 6. Snow 4 parts, calcium chloride
,") parts, reduces temperature to — 40
degrees.
17. Snow 2 parts, cryst, calcium
chloride 3 parts, reduces temperature
to — 50 degrees.
18. Snow 3 parts, potash 4 parts,
reduces temperature to — 51 degrees.
Softening Dry Cigars
The following ideas have been ad-
vanced by subscribers:
"I do not attempt to get along with-
out a hygrometer. I place a brick in
the lower part of the case to servt
base for a small alcohol stove. Tl
small pan of water is placed over the
lighted stove, and as the water rises in
temperature the vapor rises and covers
the glass of the case as if it were
frosted. When this stage is reached I
extinguish the flame and leaver the
cigars to do the rest. They absorb the
moisture in about ten minutes, leaving
the glass clear again and not streaked.
By following this method I am able to
keep the cigars at any desired stage of
moisture and at little inconvenience."
Here is an easier way to moisten
those Kansas stogies. "Put a 1 -pound
ointment jar in the cigar case. Fill it
half full of water. Shove in an electric
bulb and turn on the 'juice.'
"See that you keep water in the jar.
and turn off the "juice' when moist
enough. But in case 'juice' is not avail-
able, take a few soft bricks, soak them
in water (to which a little glycerin may
be added), and distribute about the
cigar case and you will have no kick
on dry cigars. Rut keep your bricks
moist and watch your cigars. When
the weather is hot and dry the bricks
must be moistened oftener than when
there is much humidity, and in the
winter months, with artificial heat,
your cigar case needs attention the
most. I always put two or three blot-
ters under the brick to absorb surplus
moisture."
Drug Store Sinks
In a discussion of the drug store sink
carried on through The Druggists Cir-
cular, various kinds were suggested.
One man thought a metal sink with a
rubber mat on its bottom the right
thing, but the final word was con-
tributed by a druggist who said that
artificial stone washtubs served the
purpose ideally.
China Painting
The oil for china painting (usually
called the medium) consists of copaiba
thinned to the consistency of glycerin
with oil of lavender and oil of cloves.
The so-called "thick oil" or "fat oil"
medium is oil of turpentine which has
been exposed to the air in an open ves-
sel for some months until it has
come thick.
As to pigments, the gold paint may
be prepared as follows:
Dissolve in a weighed capsule any
convenient quantity of pure gold in
nitro-hydrochloric acid and add to the
solution sufficient uranium oxide to
give the solution a rich brown color.
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
241
Evaporate the liquid to dryne^^on a
sand bath, cool the capsule and weigh.
Then to the residue so ascertained
and counted as one part, add:
Sulphur 1 part.
Damar resin 2 parts.
Turpentine oil 6 parts.
With due precautions against the
mixture inflaming, heat it over a quick
fire, with constant agitation, until it
becomes homogeneous and acquires a
fine reddish-brown color. Add while
still hot sufficient rosemary oil to give
it the consistency of a thick syrup.
Finally, for every 100 parts of the gold
originally used, add 35 parts of bis-
muth flux (bismuth trioxide, or bis-
muthous oxide, obtained by gently
igniting basic bismuth nitrate) and let
cool.
Some of the colors used are anti-
mony oxide. Naples yellow, barium
ehromate. lead chromate. silver chlo-
ride and chromic oxide.
Transferring Designs to Glass
Coat the glass with damar varnish
or with Canada balsam mixed with an
equal volume of oil of turpentine, and
let it dry until very sticky, which takes
half a day or more. The picture to be
transferred should be well soaked in
soft water and carefully laid upon the
painted glass after removing the sur-
plus water with blotting paper and
pressing upon it so that no air bubbles
or drops of water are seen underneath.
The picture should then dry a whole
day before it is touched. Then, with
wetted fingers rub off the paper on the
back. If this be skillfully done, almost
the whole of the paper can be removed,
leaving the ink upon the varnish. This
accomplished, another coat of varnish
should be added.
The same method could lie used with
china instead of glass.
Paint for Signs on Paper
Dissolve 1 part of shellac in 3 parts
of 95 per cent, alcohol and mix in the
appropriate color. Thin with alcohol
if the varnish becomes too thick.
We have found no better material
for making black lettered charts than
ordinary asphalt varnish applied with
a camel's hair brush.
Fixative for Pencil Drawings
Floating the drawing on skimmed
milk has been found efficacious. An-
other fixative is made of —
Shellac 4 parts.
Sandarac 2 parts.
Alcohol 94 parts.
In applying this, care should be used
to see that the drawing is not smeared
.vith a brush.
Dry Cell Batteries
In the so-called dry batteries the
exciting substance is a paste instead
of a fluid — some moisture being neces-
sary to cause the interaction. The
composition of the paste used in many
makes of batteries is a trade secret.
A typical dry cell consists of a con-
taining vessel of zinc, which forms the
positive element; a cylinder of car-
bon, which is the negative element,
and a paste, filling the space between
them, made of:
Zinc oxide 1 part .
Ammonium chloride 1 part.
Plaster of paris 3 parts.
Zinc chloride 1 part.
Water 2 parts.
Transferring Printed Pictures to
Paper
I.
Prepare a liquid by dissolving 1%
drams of common yellow soap in 1
pint of hot watei\ and, when nearly
cold, add 3% ounces of oil of turpen-
tine and then shake thoroughly to-
gether.
II.
Make a solution by dissolving V-±
ounce of soft soap and 2 drams of
potassium carbonate in 16 ounces of
distilled water.
The fluids are used to thoroughly
wet the print, which is then spread
face down on the damp paper on
which the transfer is to be made. The
two sheets are then placed between
thicker paper and pressure applied
either with a letter press or by rub-
bing with a blunt instrument like the
bowl of a spoon.
Painting Signs on Muslin
The paint must not strike through,
therefore the fabric requires sizing
with a solution of gelatin or pale sheet
glue, to which a few drops of glycerin
may be added for each half-pint of
solution. Some of the liquid glues on
the market, thinned with a little water
and vinegar are excellent for sizing.
The oil paint used for lettering
must be ground as stiff as possible,
and is reduced with a small quantity
of drying japan and varnish (or when
quick drying is not required with
boiled linseed oil and drier) to a soft
paste, which is then thinned to stout
painting consistence with oil of tur-
pentine or benzin, so that after ap-
plication with the brush it will dry
semi-flat. This paint will not run.
When the letters are to stand ex-
posure to the weather and gloss is de-
sirable, the stiff-ground oil color is re-
duced somewhat with boiled oil, in
which has been melted pure beeswax
J42
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
at the rate of 1 pound to 1 gallon of
the oil. This also tends to keep the
color from running after thinning
with benzin or "turps," but lettering
color must always be held stout. Ben-
zin should never be used in a room
where there is an open flame.
ition
Good Machine Oil
I was informed some years ago that
3-in-l oil consisted of three parts of
sperm oil and one part of kerosene.
Whether this is correct or not, the
two oils mixed in that proportion
made one of the best machine oils that
can be had. — T. W. Norwood.
Transparent Coating for Silverware
Bleached shellac 2 ounces.
Camphor Vi ounce.
Alcohol 16 ounces.
We suspect, however, that many
modern metal coatings are celluloid
varnishes. A satisfactory one may be
made by dissolving 1 ounce of shred-
ded celluloid in 10 ounces of acetone
and 10 ounces of amyl acetate. The
solution is effected rather slowly, so
it is best to cork the container tightly
and allow the mixture to stand sev-
eral days.
Tinting Wax Figures
In tinting wax images, notably in
making wax flowers and fruit, the pig-
ments are employed by mixing with
the melted wax, by painting on with
a brush after mixing with the proper
"size," or even by dusting the dry
color on the molded object. The dry
colors suggested are prussian blue, ul-
tramarine blue, carmine, chrome yel-
low, rose pink, purple, scarlet pow-
der, and chrome green numbers 1 and
2. Most of these are poisonous.
Solution of Iodine for Skin Sterilization
Dalangre (Presse med) suggests the
following formula for a stable solution
of iodine, which, he says, applied
thrice, .renders the skin perfectly ster-
ile, without exerting any caustic ac-
tion:
Iodine 45 grains.
Sodium borate 45 grains.
Alcohol 1 ounce.
Ether 1 ounce.
Chloroform 1 ounce.
The sodium borate does not go into
solution.
Haines' Solution
I.
Copper sulphate 2 grammes.
Glycerin 15 grammes.
Distilled water 15 grammes.
Solution of potassium
hydroxide (5 per
cent.) 150 grammes.
II.
Copper sulphate 2 grammes.
Glycerin 20 grammes.
Potassa 9 grammes.
Water 175 grammes.
Boil 4 mils of the solution and add
6 to 10 drops (not more) of urine, and
boil again. If sugar is present a yel-
low or yellowish-red precipitate forms.
Harrington's Solution
Corrosive mercuric
chloride 16 grains.
Hydrochloric acid 2 k> ounces.
Water 12% ounces.
Alcohol 27 ounces.
Glegg's Nasal Lotion
In the Practitioner, Dr. W. Glegg
gives the following formula for his
nasal lotion:
Sodium chloride 6 drams.
Sodium sulphate 2 drams.
Sodium phosphate 2 drams.
Sugar 14 drams.
Thymol 3 grains.
Menthol 3 grains.
Water, to make 6 ounces.
British Oil
Crude petroleum 35 mils.
Barbadoes tar 105 mils.
Crude oil of amber 140 mils.
Oil of juniper 140 mils.
Linseed oil '280 mils.
Oil of turpentine enough.
To make 1000 mils.
Mix them.
A New Antiseptic
The Revista Central Farmaceutico
Uruguayo gives the following formula
for a new antiseptic solution:
Sodium iodide 3 grammes.
Hydrogen dioxide
solution 100 grammes.
Distilled water 100 grammes.
This antiseptic, it is said, has an
advantage over others in that its ac-
tion is not superficial alone. The
dioxide acts on the albuminoids of the
tissues and the iodine being in a semi-
colloidal state can therefore adhere
more intimately to these than when
in simple solution.
Grease-Proof Boxes
The following is the composition of
a preparation used for painting the
interior of cardboard or wooden boxes
to make them grease-proof:
MISCELLANEOUS INFORM ATIOX
243
Fish glue 1 pound.
Rosin % ounce.
Litharge % ounce.
Glycerin % ounce.
Kaolin % ounce.
Water 40 ounces.
Boil the glycerin, litharge and part
of the water together to dissolve, then
mix in the other ingredients.
The liquid is applied to the inside of
the boxes with a brush and allowed
to dry, the application to be repeated
if necessary.
Lees' Antiseptic Inhalation
Creosote 2 drams.
Phenol 2 drams.
Tincture of iodine 1 dram.
Spirit of ether 1 dram.
Spirit of chloroform 2 drams.
Blair's Inhalation
Menthol 5 grains.
Thymol 5 grains.
Oil of eucalyptus 2 ounces.
Oil of Sylvester pine 3 ounces.
Lotion for Ivy Poisoning
Sodium bicarbonate 1 dram.
Sodium sulphite 1 dram.
Glycerin 2 drams.
Fluidextract of grindelia.l ounce.
Water, to make 4 ounces.
Apply with a soft brush two or
three times a day.
Dyeing Ivory Billiard Balls
First, wash the balls in a solution
of sodium carbonate: then plunge
them for a few seconds in a bath of
equal parts of water and nitric acid.
Next, rinse them well, preferably in
running water, and leave them in an
alcoholic solution of fuchsin until the
required color has been imparted.
If the fuchsin hue is too pronounced,
this process for giving a less fiery
one may be found useful: After
cleansing and rinsing as above direct-
ed, leave the balls for a few moments
in a 2 per cent, solution of tin chlo-
ride, after which boil them in a solu-
tion of logwood. The final color is
produced by leaving the balls in a
solution of potassium carbonate.
Easter Egg Dyes
Herewith are several formulas for
dyes suitable for Easter eggs. These
are taken from Pharmaceutical Form-
ulas, where it is stated that the
amounts directed in each formula
should be put into 20 packets, and
that each packet will then contain
enough dye, when dissolved in a half
pint of boiling water, to color a dozen
eggs. After the eggs have been im-
mersed in the solution and allov
dry, they should be polished with a
little olive oil. The weights are in the
apothecaries' system.
Blue
Marine blue 1 dram.
Citric acid 10 drams.
Dextrin 2 ounc s.
Chocolate Brown
Vesuvin 1 oun. • .
Citric acid 10 drams.
Dextrin i 0ui
Green
Brilliant green % ounce.
Citric acid 5 drams.
Dextrin 2 oun- s
Orange
Azo orange 2y2 drams.
Citric acid 5 drams. '
Dextrin 2\2 oum -
Rose
Eosin 75 grains.
Dextrin 3 ounc
Violet
Methyl violet l dram.
Citric acid 5 drams.
Dextrin 2% ounces.
Yellow
Naphthol yellow y2 ounc- .
Citric acid 10 drams.
Dextrin 2 Y2 ounces.
Red
Diamond fuchsin 1 dram.
Citric acid 5 drams.
Dextrin 2% oun- -
Floor Oil
The following formulas may be used
in preparing dust-absorbing floor oils:
suitable for use in factories, stores,
offices, etc.:
I.
Yellow petrolatum oil. .1000 parts.
Linseed oil 1000 parts.
II.
Rape seed oil W00 parts.
Linseed oil 1500 parts.
III.
Yellow petrolatum oil. .1000 parts.
Rape seed oil 500 parts.
Linseed oil 2000 parts.
It should be remembered that any
article dropped on a floor treated with
any of the above described oils is apt
to be soiled or ruined.
Styptic Pencils
We understand that these pencils
are made of alum by fusion. Some
skill is required to get the alum to
just the proper consistency, a little
added water to replace that driven off
244
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
by the heat being necessary. When
the liquid is ready it is poured into
moulds to harden.
Objections have been raised by hy-
gienists to the use of a "public" styp-
tic pencil, and their use is forbidden
jn some places. It is easy to conceive
of disease being spread by the touch-
ing of a cut on one man's face with
any article which has been in contact
with the blood of another.
The present-day demand is for an
alum pencil that is transparent, that
is, one in which there is still enough
water of crystallization to make a
"clear" crystalline point. To obtain a
product of this character means very
careful manipulation and the opera-
tion is usually successful only when
large quantities of alum are molded
at one time.
may be regulated by changing the rel-
ative quantities.
Zinc Soluble in Castor -Oil
It is said that zinc is appreciably
soluble in castor oil; hence the oil
should never be stored in a zinc
vessel.
Stove Polish
The best stove polish is finely pow-
dered "fatty" graphite made into a
paste with water. In some types the
graphite is thinned out with petroleum
distillate, but these are practically ta-
booed because of their dangerously in-
flammable character. Another type
consists of mixtures of graphite and
lampblack, with oil of turpentine, cere-
sin and Japan wax. but we will not give
the formula, since it, too, is apt to catch
fire when rubbed on the stove. A safe
liquid polish is the following:
Solution of sodium silicate 1 part.
Water 2 parts.
Lampblack enough.
How to Mix Plaster of Paris
In mixing plaster of paris, says Ma-
chinery, do not pour the water on the
plaster, but turn the plaster gradually
into the water, spreading it about in
shaking it in and not stirring until
all the plaster has been added. If
mixed in this manner, a smooth cream
or thin dough without lumps will re-
sult. The proper quantity of gypsum
is usually enough to peep out over the
surface of the water over the greater
part of the area; that is, about equal
volumes of each ingredient. The addi-
tion of glue water to the mixture re-
tards setting.
To Regulate the Setting of Plaster
To make plaster of paris set quickly.
mix it with water in which a little
potassium sulphate has been dissolved.
To make it act slowly, mix it with
fine slaked lime. The time of setting-
Whitewash
Lime, freshly burnt 17 parts.
Plaster of paris 7 parts.
Curds, freshly precipi-
tated S parts.
Water enough.
Slake the lime by sprinkling and dip-
ping and with it mix the curd, using
a thin wooden paddle for the purpose,
and working it thoroughly in. Now add
the plaster and mix all together, using
a little water from time to time and
grinding the mass on a slab or in a
mill until of the consistence of cream.
When well ground thin down with
water and apply at once. In a short
time the mass hardens, and hence only
enough for present use should be pre-
pared.
Apply with a brush as ordinary
whitewash is applied.
Stick Salve, or Roll Turpentine
Yellow wax 1 pound.
Resin 4 pounds.
Linseed oil 4 ounces.
Oil of turpentine 4 ounces.
Make into sticks weighing about %
ounce each.
Antiseptic Glove Lubricant
Tragacanth 1 ounce.
Boric acid 4 drams.
Formaldehyde solution.. 1 dram.
Oil of gaultheria 5 drops..
Oil of rose geranium .... 3 drops.
Alcohol 4 ounces.
Water 24 ounces.
Soften the tragacanth in the water,
in which the boric acid has previously
been dissolved. Dissolve the oils in the
alcohol, and add this solution, portion
by portion, to the mucilage of traga-
canth. shaking the mixture after each
addition. Then, lastly, add the for-
maldehyde solution.
Dobell-Pynchon
Sodium borate 26? grammes.
Sodium bicarbonate. 26 grammes.
Antiseptic solution
U. S. P. .' 1000 mils.
Glycerin 3000 mils.
Mix the two salts with the antiseptic
"solution and add the glycerin in small
portions, allowing the reaction to sub-
side before adding the next portion.
Strain the finished product through
cotton.
Moldable Splints
Dissolve 1 pound of shellac and 1
dram of borax in 1 Vs pints of alcohol.
Apply the solution to one side of an
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
245
old woolen cloth with a brush. Allow
this to dry thoroughly before a hot
tire, to do which requires about an
hour. Then apply a second coat on
the same side and dry as before. If
a stronger piece is desired apply the
mixture on one side of each of two
pieces that have been previously pre-
pared, dry, and place them together
and press with a hot iron, when they
will unite and become as one piece.
Always be sure to dry out all the alco-
hol. To temper the cloth for use. hold
lief ore a hot fire until it becomes soft,
then apply. It will adapt itself to the
shape of the limb at once. Cold air
or cold water will make it set quickly.
Medicated Baths
Considerable information on this sub-
ject may be obtained from the more
comprehensive works on dermatology
and hydrotherapy.
The seventh (1905) edition of the
Spanish Pharmacopoeia contains for-
mulas for an alakaline 'bath, an aro-
matic bath, a sea-water bath, a gela-
tined bath, and two sulphurated baths.
The formulas for the sulphurated
baths follow:
Bano-Sulfuroso.
Balneum Sulphurosum.
I.
Sulphurated potassa. 70 grammes.
"Water 700 grammes.
Dissolve and add to a bath of 250
liters of water.
II.
Sodium sulphide .... 50 grammes.
"Water 200 grammes.
For a bath of 250 liters. This bath
closely imitates the natural.
In the British Pharmaceutical Codex
(1911) are formulas for an acid bath, a
boric acid bath, an alkaline bath, two
effervescent baths, an effervescent for-
mic bath, a bran bath, a mustard bath,
a salt bath, a sulphurated bath, a sul-
phur bath and a creosote vapor bath.
A few of these formulas are appended
(the proportions are those of the fin-
ished bath).
Balneum Effervecens, B. P. C.
Effervescent Bath.
I.
Sodium bicarbonate ... 15 ounces.
Sodium acid sulphate.. 7% ounces.
Water 30 gallons.
Dissolve the sodium bicarbonate in
the water, and add the sodium acid
sulphate, in lumps or cakes, to the so-
lution.
II.
Sodium bicarbonate ... 15 ounces.
Sodium acid sulphate. .7% ounces.
Sodium chloride 50 ounces.
Calcium chloride . . .'. ..7% ounces.
Water, to make 30 gallons.
ounces.
gallons.
P. C.
ounces.
ounces.
Balneum Sulphuratum, B. P. C.
Sulphurated Bath.
Sulphurated potassa... 8
Water, to make 30
Dissolve.
Balneum Sulphuris, B.
Sulphur Bath.
Sodium acid sulphate.. 5
Sodium thiosulphate. in
crystals 5
Water, to make 30 gallons.
Dissolve the salts separately, each in
40 ounces of the water, mix the two
solutions and pour into the remainder
of the water.
Coloring Electric Bulbs
From a previous issue of The Drug-
gists Circular we quote:
Electric light globes may be colored
for temporary use by coating them
with a varnish or with flexible collo-
dion that has been tinted with the ap-
propriate anilin dye. A special var-
nish that has been suggested is:
Sandarac 20 parts.
Mastic 10 parts.
Ether . . 20 parts.
Benzin 14 parts.
The anilin dyes that may be used
to advantage are anilin magenta,
malachite green or methyl green and
methylene blue or methvl blue.
But, after all, why go to the trouble
to make such colored globes and that
with results that will be decidedly
amateurish, when any electrical goods
house will furnish permanent and
beautiful globes of colored glass? And
it should also be mentioned that as the
globes become quite hot there is a risk
of a collodion or varnish coating tak-
ing fire; there is also much danger in
handling the solvents named in the
foregoing formula, on account of their
inflammability.
Frosting Glass
C. "W. Wrightman, Texas, has been
kind enough to send us his process for
frosting electric light globes. It fol-
lows:
"Dip the globe in a solution of liquid
glass, then, with a quick, downward
movement, shake the surplus liquid
from the globe. Then, while the globe
is still moist, sprinkle over it fine 'dia-
mond dust.' When the globe is dry
the surplus dust may be removed from
it with a stiff brush. This gives a
brilliant, crystal frost."
Hien Fong Tincture
Hager gives an analysis of Schoep-
fer's Hien Fong tincture according to
which it is a weak hydro-alcoholic
tincture of dried laurel berries and
246
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
laurel leaves, containing also 8 per
centf of ether, 1.5 per cent, of cam-
phor, 1 per cent, of oil of mentha
crispa. 1.5 per cent, of oil of pepper-
mint, and 0.25 per cent, each of the
oils of anise, fennel, lavender and rose-
mary.
Improving Lime Liniment
Heckman (Medical. World) says that
the addition of 75 grains of thymol to
the pint of carron oil increases the
efficiency of the oil as an application
to burns.
Cough Candy
Candy-making is an art in itself, and
one in which few pharmacists are pre-
pared, with respect to training or
equipment, to engage. Below are
reprinted from The Druggists Circular
formulas for a number of different
kinds of cough candy: those who want
the best results from their use are ad-
vised to collaborate with a professional
candy-maker:
Menthol Rock Candy
Suear. crystal A -. 20 pounds.
Cream of tartar 2 drams.
Menthol -1 drams.
Water ; . . enough.
Put the sugar in a suitable kettle; add the
cream of tartar and ." pints of water. Set the
kettle on the fire and stir the batch until it
comes to a boil. With a little water wash
down the sides of the kettle, and cook the
batch to 340* F. Pour the mass on an oiled
slab: let it cool a little, and work in the
menthol by folding the mass over and over.
Work the mass into a long round strip; pull
into sticks, and cut into half-inch pieces.
Aniseed Drops
Sugar, crystal A 5 pounds.
Water 22 ounces.
Cream of tartar 40 grains.
Oil of anise 40 minims.
Red color enough.
Put the sugar in a suitable container; add
the water and the cream of tartar. Cook to
33.".° F. : pour out on an oiled slab: as it cools
add the oil of anise and the color; fold over
until cool enough to handle, then work thor-
oughly and stamp into "drops."
Wild Cherry Drops
Sugar, crystal A 4 pounds.
Water 1 pint.
Cream of tartar 24 grains.
Extract of bitter almond 3 drams.
Powdered orris 3 drams.
R<rd color enough.
Cook the sugar, water and cream of tartar
to 335° F. Pour out on an oiled slab; let it
cool a little; add the extract, the orris and
the color. When cool enough, work thorough-
ly, and stamp into "drops."
Licorice Drops
Sugar 12% pounds.
Water 3 pints.
Cream of tartar 1 dram.
Powdered extract of licorice.. 1 ounce.
Oil of wintergreen 30 minims.
Oil of anise 20 minims.
Powdered charcoal 1 dram.
Cook the sugar, water and cream of tartar
to 340° F. ; pour out on an oiled slab; add the
other ingredients, and fold and knead until
well mixed; then stamp into "drops."
Hoarhound Drops
Sugar 20 pounds.
Hoarhound 2 ounces.
Water 8 pints.
Cream of tartar 90 grains.
Boil the hoarhound with 3 pints of water
until reduced to 1 pint, and squeeze through
muslin. Cook the sugar with o pints of wa-
ter and the cream of tartar, to 33o° F. ; add
slowly the infusion of hoarhound and cook the
batch to 340°. Pour out on an oiled slab, fold
over the edges as it cools and when cool
enough stamp into tablets.
Old-Fashioned Cough Candy
Canada snake-root 1 ounce.
Pectoral species, N. F 2 ounces.
Sugar 12 pounds.
Molasses 8 ounces.
Oil of wintergreen 10 minims.
Oil of sassafras 10 minims.
Oil of anise 10 minims.
Water enough.
Make a decoction of the herbs with 4 pints
of water, and strain. Cook the sugar, the
molasses and a little water until it forms a
homogeneous mass; slowly stir in the decoc-
tion, and cook the batch to 310" F. Pour the
mass on an oiled slab; and as it cools, incor-
porate the oils. Finally cut into drops of the
desired size.
Hoarhound Candy
Decoction of hoarhound (2
ounces to 1 pint) 10 ounces.
Brown sugar 7 pounds.
Wa ter 2V» pints.
Boil to feather (a confectioners' term, indi-
cating a state reached by sugar in boiling just
before it begins to candy or grain). Stir the
mass against the sides of the pan with a
spatula for two or three minutes; then mix
the whole together and pour into tin frames.
Peppermint Cough Candy
White sugar 7 pounds.
Tartaric acid % ounce.
Oil of anise 2 drams.
Oil of peppermint 1 dram.
Water 3 pints.
Saffron color enough.
Boil to crack (about 252° F.) and pull. The
pulling process makes the candy look like
satin. It is formed into rods and cut up to
cushion-shaped pieces with scissors.
Clear Lime Mint Drops
Crystal A sugar.... 2 pounds.
Cream of tartar.... 1 teaspoonful.
Tartaric acid 2 ounces.
Oil of lime 1 ounce.
Oil of peppermint ...% ounce.
Chlorophyl enough.
Mix the sugar, the cream of tartar
and the water in a suitable pan. Put
the pan on the fire and stir the batch
until the sugar is dissolved; cook to
335° F.; pour the batch out on a
greased marble slab and allow it to
cool. Work in the color, the acid, and
the oils. Fold the batch over and over
again until it becomes homogeneous in
color and is cool. Cut into drops of the
required size.
Everton Toffee
Sugar 4 pounds.
Water 3 cupfuls.
Cream of tartar. . . % teaspoonful.
Butter 2 ounces.
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
•247
Put the water, sugar and cream of
tartar into a pan and stir until they
boil, but no longer. Add the butter
after the other comes off the fire, but
do not stir it in.
Blue Stains for Bacteria
Roux's Stain
(a)
Violet dahlia 1 gramme.
Absolute alcohol 10 grammes.
Distilled wate r to
make 100 grammes.
(b)
Methyl green 2 grammes.
Absolute alcohol 20 grammes.
Distilled wate r to '
make 200 grammes.
Prepare the solutions separately by
rubbing the dyestuff in a mortar with
the alcohol, gradually adding the
water. Let each liquid stand for 24
hours; then mix the two; filter and
store in a well-stoppered bottle.
Kuehne's Stain
Alcoholic solution of
methylene blue 30 mils.
Aqueous solution of am-
monium carbonate (1 per
cent) 100 mils.
Filter before using.
Black Eye Lotion
Potassium nitrate 1 part.
Ammonium chloride 2 parts.
Aromatic vinegar 16 parts.
Water, to make 240 parts.
Howell's Artificial Serum
Sodium chloride. . 7.00 grammes.
Calcium chloride. 0.26 grammes.
Potassium chlo-
ride 0.30 gramme.
Sod ium bicarbo-
nate . . .' 0.20 gramme.
Sterilized distilled
water 1,000.00 mils.
Druew's Paste
Salicylic acid 2 grammes.
Pyrogallol 4 grammes.
Purified wood-tar 4 grammes.
Zinc oxide 4 grammes.
Soft soap 5 grammes.
Anhydrous wool-fat... 5 grammes.
Darier's Lopon
Acetic acid 10 to 20 grammes.
Spirit of camphor 250 grammes.
Cherry - laurel
water 250 grammes.
Glycerin 500 grammes.
Magnesium Flashlights
I.
Metallic magnesium in coarse pow-
der or thin ribbons. If ribbon is used,
it should be free from rust or tarnish,
and beaten very thin at the end to be
ignited.
II.
Magnesium powder blown into an
alcohol flame by means of a special
apparatus.
III.
Metallic magnesium 4 drams.
Potassium chlorate 1 dram.
Manganese dioxide % dram.
IV.
Metallic magnesium .... 6 drams.
Potassium chlorate 1% ounces.
Antimony sulphide 2 drams.
V.
Metallic magnesium 2 drams.
Potassium permanganate . .2 drams.
Barium dioxide 1 dram.
In handling the chlorates and per-
manganates it is well to bear in mind
the fact that they are explosive at
times, especially when in combination.
The powders in which they occur
should be rubbed, if at all, on a sheet
of paper with a wooden spatula in an
open place.
Drilling Holes in Glass
Make a solution of 1 ounce of cam-
phor, iy2 ounces of spirit of turpen-
tine and 3 drams of ether. Keep the
end of the drilling tool wet with this
fluid. The sharp corner of a freshly
broken point of a file is one of the best
drilling tools for this purpose.
To Prevent Waste at the Bung
To pour liquids from the bung holes
of barrels and kegs without spilling,
use the wooden pieces that are sup-
plied at each end of a roll of paper. —
C. T. HeSeltine.
Embalming Fluid
Thymol 15 grains.
Alcohol y2 ounce.
Glycerin 10 ounces.
Water 5 ounces.
A formula for embalming fluid ap-
proved by a committee of the National
Funeral Directors' Association of the
United States is as. follows:
Solution of formalde-
hyde 11 pounds.
Glycerin 4 pounds.
Sodium borate 2% pounds.
Boric acid 1 pound.
Potassium nitrate 2% pounds.
Solution of eosin (1%) . . 1 ounce.
Water, to make 1ft gallons.
248
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
The sodium borate, boric acid and
potassium nitrate are dissolved in six
gallons of water; the glycerin is added,
then the solution of formaldehyde and
lastly the solution of eosin and the
necessary amount of water.
be able to "translate" it into modern
chemical language. We might add.
however, that mealed powder is very
fine, dust-like gunpowder.
Colored Lights for Theatrical Purposes
These fires serve to illuminate, hence
intensity of light with as little smoke
as possible is aimed at. In the prepa-
ration of such mixtures the ingredients,
which should be perfectly dry, must be
reduced separately by grinding in a
mortar or otherwise to very fine pow-
ders, and then thoroughly mixed to-
gether on sheets of paper with the
hands or by means of cardboard or
horn spatulas. The mixtures are best
packed in capsules or tubes about 1
inch in diameter and from 6 to 12
inches long, made of stiff writing
paper. Greater regularity in burning
is secured by moistening the mixtures
with a little whiskey, packing them
firmly down in the cases by means of a
wooden cylinder, and then drying. To
facilitate ignition a small quantity of
a powder composed of mealed (very
fine, dust -like) powder, 16 parts; nitre,
2 parts; sulphur, 1 part, and charcoal,
•k part, loosely twisted in thin paper, is
inserted in the top.
White Light.
Saltpeter 4 ounces.
Sulphur 1 ounce.
Black sulphide of anti-
mony 1 ounce.
Green Light,
Chlorate of baryta 2 ounces.
Nitrate of baryta 3 ounces.
Sulphur 1 ounce.
Pink Light.
Chlorate of potash 12 ounces.
Saltpeter 5 ounces.
Milk sugar 4 ounces.
Oxalate of strontia 1 ounce.
Yellow Light.
Chlorate of potash 4 ounces.
Sulphide of antimony.... 2 ounces.
Sulphur 2 ounces.
Oxalate of soda 1 ounce.
Red Light.
Nitrate of strontia 25 ounces.
Chlorate of potash 15 ounces.
Sulphur 13 ounces.
Black sulphide of anti-
mony 4 ounces.
Mastic 1 ounce.
Blue Light.
Chlorate of potash 3 ounces.
Sulphur 1 ounce.
Ammonio-sulphate of
copper 1 ounce.
The nomenclature is a little "old-
timey," but we reproduce it just as it
appears in the Scientific American Cy-
clopedia, believing that our readers will
To Waterproof Tents
Linen, drill and other fabrics may
be rendered waterproof by coating
both sides with a chromatized solu-
tion of gelatin containing about 10
per cent, of glycerin. The following
formula may be adapted to most
uses:
Potassium dichromate. . . 2 parts.
Gelatin 10 parts.
Glycerin 10 parts.
Water 100 parts.
Soften the gelatin in about one-
fourth of the water; add the glycerin
and 50 parts of water and shake until
dissolved. Dissolve the potassium di-
chromate in the remaining water, and
mix the solutions. This mixture must
be protected from light, and applied
away from actinic light. After the
cloth has been coated it should be
hung up in the sun for an hour or
two to "set" the chromatized gelatin.
Otto Raubenheimer writes:
Some time ago one of my customers wanted
a preparation to render a tent waterproof. I
solved the question promptly and economically
by selling him the moist precipitate, in the
form of a magma, which is formed in the
preparation of 3u row's solution. I might re-
mind your readers that Burow's solution, or
liquor alumini aeetatis crudus, is prepared by
the mutual decomposition of aqueous solutions
of lead acetate and alum. The precipitate of
lead sulphate, which is usually thrown away.
T sold to my customer, and I advised him to
paint it on both sides of the canvas, and I was
informed that it mad-'; the same waterproof.
A three-ply formula is as follows:
a. Gelatin 5 parts.
Rain water 300 parts.
b. Alum 10 parts.
Water 300 parts.
c. Rosin soap 5 parts.
Hot water 300 parts.
Mix equal portions of a. b and c
and apply with a soft brush.
Waterproofing Fabrics with Rubber
Cravenette is made by saturating
cloth with viscose. The general prob-
lem of waterproofing fabrics is an art
in itself.
I.
Heat 1 pound of boiled linseed oil
in a capacious vessel until it fumes
strongly, then add gradually 1 ounce
of rubber in small lumps, letting each
lump fuse in* the mass before adding
another one.
This gives a sticky mass which is
diluted with oil of turpentine until it
is of proper consistency for spreading
with a brush.
MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
249
II.
Dissolve 1 pound of rubber in 1
pound of oil of turpentine and 2
pounds of petroleum by heating on a
water-bath. When solution is com-
plete add 4V2 pounds of linseed oil.
Waterproofing Silk Banjo Strings and
Fishing Lines
Perhaps silk banjo strings could be
waterproofed in the manner in which
silk fishing lines are protected from
moisture. This consists in placing the
line in a loose coil in a suitable ves-
sel, pouring over the line enough
boiled linseed oil to cover it. placing
the vessel under the bell of an air
pump, exhausting the air, and allow-
ing the apparatus to remain so for
several hours. The line is then taken
out and stretched for drying in a pro-
tected place. Sometimes the oiled line
is varnished by dipping it in a thin
solution of copal resin in oil of tur-
pentine.
To Make Paper and Pasteboard
Waterproof
Take ordinary paper, pasteboard, or
cardboard, and if it is intended for
maps, manuscripts, drawings, or per-
manent prints, paint it with celluloid
varnish. The surface which this pro-
duces will turn out to be washable,
smooth, durable, and waterproof. Maps
used in geographic, geodetic, and ma-
rine surveys are usually so treated.
Almost any kind of manuscript or
painting which is passed around a
great deal, subject to moisture and
use, should be coated with this var-
nish.
The paper or cards may be dipped
into the varnish, or it may be applied
with a large brush. In any case, it
quickly dries by evaporation in the
air. No warping occurs and the dura-
bility of any paper-board thus var-
nished is usually doubled. Nor is the
elasticity and bending qualities of the
paper injured in the slightest degree.
This varnish is very easily made; it
is merely a matter of dissolving cel-
luloid in the compound called amyl
acetate. An old discarded roll of films
from a camera can be cleaned and
used for the celluloid. Slice this up
with scissors and shake up the bits in
the amyl acetate. A tumblerful of the
latter and a tablespoonful of cut-up
celluloid will do. Then add as much
alcohol as you have of the solution.
Add the alcohol slowly so that you can
stop the moment any of the celluloid
is thrown out of the liquid.
It is now ready to dry quickly, so it
must be kept carefully closed and pro-
tected from evaporation.
The varnish is very inflammable.
Waterproofing Cloth
I.
Dissolve 1 pound of sugar of lead in
1 gallon of soft water, not in a me-
tallic vessel; dissolve 1 pound of alum
in another vessel, non-metallic, in one
gallon of salt water; mix the solu-
tions. Then at once put in the cloth
or garment and let it become thor-
oughly saturated or soaked; when this
has been effected take it out and hang
over a line to dry, without wringing
and without washing through other
water.
It is said that this formula is hun-
dreds of years old. This also makes
the cloth, to a certain extent, fire-
proof, useful for tents, etc.
II.
One pound of sugar of lead, and 1
pound of zinc sulphate "are dissolved
in 2 gallons of water. The garment to
be water -proofed is then dipped into
this and worked about until thoroughly
soaked. The garment is then wrung
out, and when about half dry is rinsed
in several separate lots of clean water;
then entirely dried, and ironed back
into its original shape.
III.
Cloth, according to an old authority,
may be rendered waterproof by brush-
ing it over with a solution of gelatin,
and when dry, with an infusion of nut-
galls. The latter brushing changes the
gelatinous mass into a sort of leather.
Presumably this brushing should be on
the wrong side of the cloth.
IV.
Another method consists of rubbing
the under side with a lump of bees-
wax until the surface presents a uni-
form white or grayish appearance.
This method it is said renders the
cloth practically waterproof, although
still leaving it porous as to air.
V.
Another plan is to cause aluminum
stearate to form in the fiber of the
cloth, which may readily be done by
immersing the latter in a solution of
aluminum sulphate in water (1 in 10)
and without allowing it to dry passing
it through a solution of soap made
from soda and tallow or similar fat, in
hot water. Reaction between the
aluminum sulphate and the soap pro-
duces aluminum stearate and sodium
sulphate. The former is insoluble and
remains in the fiber; the latter is re-
moved by subsequently rinsing the
fabric in water.
VI.
Here is a formula giving in detail a
process involving the same principle:
Soap 2 ounces.
Glue 4 ounces.
Water 1 gallon.
Make a solution by the aid of heat
and boil the cloth in this liquid for an
250
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
hour or more, the time required de-
pending upon the kind of fiber and
the thickness of the cloth. When
properly saturated, wring the ex-
cess of liquid out, expose the cloth to
the air until it is nearly dry, and then
let it soak for from five to twelve
hours in the following solution:
Alum 13 ounces.
Salt 15 ounces.
Water 1 gallon.
Finally, wring the cloth out, rinse it
in clean water, and dry at a tempera-
ture of about 80° F.
VII.
Another one not entirely different is
this: Brush over the cloth with a so-
lution of gelatin, alum and soap; or
first with a solution of soap and then
with a solution of alum.
VIII.
Brush first with glue and subse-
quently with infusion of catechu.
IX.
Varnish the wrong side of the goods
with a solution of India rubber.
X.
a. Alum 4 pounds.
Bluestone 3 pounds.
Water 5 gallons.
b. Resin soap 2 pounds.
Hot water 5 gallons.
Soak the canvas in solution "a," dry
slightly; pass it through solution "b"
several times, and stretch to dry.
Dissolve the first salt in 1% pints of
water and the second in the remain-
der, and then mix the two solutions.
The cloth should be thoroughly wet-
ted in this solution, wrung and dried.
Fireproofing Muslin
Ammonium sulphate. 16 grammes.
Ammonium carbonate 5 grammes.
Sodium borate 4 grammes.
Boric acid 6 grammes.
Starch 4 grammes.
Water 200 grammes.
Soften the starch in 40 grammes of
hot water; dissolve the solids in the
rest of the water, and stir in the
starch mixture. Heat the solution to
86° F. and immerse the cloth. When
the cloth has been saturated it is
hung up to dry, and then pressed with
a hot iron.
The most widely used preparations
are solutions of sodium tungstate.
Protecting Cloth from the Effects of
Heat
Sodium tungstate lpound.
Sodium phosphate 2 *£ ounces.
Water 2 % pints.
Coating for Oil-Skins
A water-repellent coating can be
made by boiling China wood oil at a
temperature of not over 280° F. for
from three to four hours, then taking
the kettle from the fire and allowing
the oil to cool to somewhere between
135° and 140° F., thinning it with one-
fifth its volume of oil of turpentine
that has been heated on a water-bath
or by steam to at least 120° F.
This mixture will give a film that
will dry in less than forty-eight hours,
and yet is very elastic. It may be ap-
plied with a brush or the fabric may
be dipped in the liquid.
II.
Another waterproofing is made by
mixing 15 parts, by weight, of litharge
with 15 parts of boiled linseed oil in
which had been dissolved with the aid
of heat 1 part of yellow beeswax.
When the mixture has stood for about
twenty-four hours the liquid is de-
canted. It should be applied with a
brush.
Fireproofing Cloth.
At the Eighth International Congress
of Applied Chemistry, held in 191:.',
William Henry Perkins, of Manchester,
England, delivered a general lecture
on "The Permanent Fireproofing of
Cotton Goods." This lecture may be
found in Volume XXVIII of the
Transactions of that body, pages 119 to
134- In one of the processes described
by the distinguished chemist the
material is saturated with sodium
stannate solution 45 c Tw., then pressed
out well and dried between hot copper
rollers. When dry the fabrics are
dipped into ammonium sulphate solu-
tion. 15° Tw., wrung out again and
dried. Besides tin oxide the fabrics
then contain sodium sulphate which
can be removed by washing. It is
claimed that fabrics treated by this
process are completely fireproof, and
retain this property even when washed
with soap.
The figures refer to degrees on the
Twaddell specific gravity scale, on
which 45 equals a specific gravity of
1.225 and 15 equals a specific gravity
of 1.075.
INDEX
A
ABC Liniment 11
Acamulsa 7
Acetanilid elixir, compound 5
solution of, compound 22
Acetone collodion 20
Alcohol, solidified 239
Alcoholic percentages, calculating. 30
Alcoholometer, how to vise 33
Alkaloidal solutions, keeping 37
Almond bleaching cream 65
cold cream, how to make 64
cream 78
lotion 79
meal 92
paste for hands 92
Almonds, milk of 77
Alpine jelly 72
Amandine 77
Ammonia, aromatic solution of. ... 97
borated, clear.*. 96
borated, cloudy 96
cloudy, toilet 96
liquid, for bath 96
toilet 98
violet, toilet . 95
Ampuls, dispensing in 39
Analgesic balm 11
Anti -freeze mixtures for auto-
mobile radiators 235
Anti-kink, pomade 116
Antiseptic solutions 20
Ants, to destroy 165-167
Aspirin and quinine, incompatibil-
ity of 35
elixir of 6
Automobile polish 189
radiators, anti-freeze mixtures
for 235
B
Bacteria, stains for 247
Baking powder 185
Baldness, some notes concerning.. Ill
treatment of 112
Balm, analgesic 11
pain 12
Bandoline 115
Barbed wire healing oil 221
Barbers, lotion for 74
Barrel, to find the capacity of 33
Bath powder 97
powder, pine woods 98
tablets 97-98
salt, acid 98
salt, alkaline 98
salt, sea 98
Baths medicated 245
Batteries, dry cell.. 241
Baume, degrees 33
Bay rum 118
rum, coloring 119
Bed bugs, to destroy 157-158
Benzin jelly 146
Benzoin, modified compound tinc-
ture of 25
toilet lotions 75
Benzoinated lard, preparing 36
Billiard balls, dyeing 243
Bird medicines 225
seed 226
Bismuth liquid, diagnostic 13
paste, Beck's 13
Bismuthated petrolatum 14
Blackboard paint 193
Black eye lotion 247
Blair's inhalation 243
Bleach, face, for colored persons.. 83
Blistering agents, veterinary 215
Blood stains, removing 146
Bluing, laundry 139
Boat varnish 190
Bone marrow, red, glycerite of . . . . 24
Bordeaux mixture 170
Boro-thymol solution 21
Bottle capping mixture 36
capping with paraffin and gel-
atin 35
Bottles, small, keeping track of... 35
show, colors for 45
to prevent "walking'' of 35
Boxes, grease-proof 242
prescription, labeling 34
Breath cachous 108
fetor, for 109
Brilliantine 115
British oil 242
Bulbs, coloring electric 245
Burnett's hemlock liniment 11
Butter color 186
C
Cacao emulsion of castor oil 8
Cade, oil of. emulsion of 10
Calamine lotion 21
Califacient liniment 11
Camphor ice 53
ice, glycerinated 72
pills 15
Candy, cough 246
Cantharidin collodion 21
Capsules, dispensing liquids in.... 34
ordinary, for liquids 40
soft, dispensing oils in 40
Caramel, preparation of 188
Carbon tetrachloride soap 144
Carmelite spirit 17
Carpet cleaner 147
Carron oil suggestion, A 34
Cascara mixtures, compound 13
Casein, making- and buying 49
massage creams 54
Castile soap, home-made 134
Castor oil, cacao emulsion of 8
oil, coffee electuary of 21
oil, disguising odor and taste of. 42
oil jelly 39
Cathartic pill, improved 16
Caustic balsam 214
Celery, iron and kol acompound.. 21
Cement, for broken glass or porc-
elain 209
for iron 209
for motion picture films 207
251
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Cement, leather 207
liquid 206
rubber tire 211
Cerate, ivorine 53
Queen Victoria's hand 72
Chapped skin, lotion for 77
Chapping, cream to prevent 72
Chicken lice powder 223
Chilblains, treating 239
China painting 240
Chloroform, emulsion of S
Choavia. compound elixir of 22
compound syrup of 22
Cigars, softening dry 240
Cleaning and renovating processes.
141-154
Clegg's nasal lotion 242
Cloth, waterproofing 249
Clothing, removing grease spots
from 141
removing stains from 142
Coal tar and other oils, emulsions
of 9
Cockroaches, to destroy 163-164
Cod liver extract, wine of 19
liver oil, chocolate emulsion of. 8
liver oil. ferruginous 23
liver oil, improved emulsion of. 9
liver oil in jelly form 21
liver oil, to disguise taste of. . 23
Cold cream, theatrical 67
Colic in horses, "cure" for 218
Collodion, antiseptic flexible 20
styptic 26
Cologne German 126
headache 126
vinegar 75
water 126
Color, red, for cosmetics 86
vegetable, green, for oils 43
Coloring electric bulbs 245
for toilet lotion 82
hair oil red 115
petrolatum 44
Colors for show bottles 45
Copaiba, emulsion of 9
Cork, removing from bottle 35
Corn and wart removers 95
salve, ammonium chloride 94
Corns, what they are and how to
treat them 94
Cosmetic lotion, a British 74
Cosmetics, red color for 86
Costmarks 227
Cost price, marking 227
Cottage cheese, making 56
Cottonseed oil, emulsion of 9
C6ugh candy 246 .
Court plaster, liquid 24
Cream, a good selling toilet 68
almond ' 78
almond, how to make 64
bath. La Rouche 54
bleaching, almond 65
casein or rolling 64
cold 70
cold, cocoa butter 51
cold, "every day" 51
cold, filling tubes with 69
cold, greasy, how to make.... 63
cold, lanolin 69
cold, lanolin 70
cold, make-up 51
Cream, cold, oxygenated 51
pacific wrinkle 54
cold, pearly 69
cold, permanent 70
cold, pushing own make 69
cold, separation of water from. 71
cold, theatrical 51
face, in brick form 72
face, molded 7 1
glycerin 6.i
greaseless. pearly and fluffy
appearance of 71
honey and almond vanishing. . 68
massage, cocoa butter trick.. . 54
massage, cottage cheese 57
Queen Draga's complexion and
pimple 54
quince seed, peroxide 65
quinto 74
rolling massage, how to make. 63
rolling, how to make a 68
rose-almond 6S
skin, a good 66
stearin 69
stearin and glycerin 6s
toilet, camphor 81
toilet, cucumber 52
toilet, how to make 62
toilet, in brick form 53
toilet, odor for a 70
toilet, petroleum oil 81
toilet satin 51
toilet, vanishing 64
Creams, massage, coloring 71
toilet, making and selling 4!<
toilet, methods of making 49
toilet, perfumes for 60
toilet, putting fluffiness into... 59
toilet, relative merits of differ-
ent types 49
toilet, stearin 57
toilet, summer 71
Creosote carbonate, pink coloration
of emulsion of 44
Cremules 22
Cucumber juice 52
toilet preparations 80
Cudbear coloring 44
Culinary recipes 173-188
Curry powder 184
Cuticle ice 9i
D
Darier's lotion 247
Decolorizing various liquids 44
Dental cream 66
enamel 110
mummifying paste 110
preparations 99-110
soap 10S
Dentifrice, liquid 6K
liquid, containing salol 105
Deodorizing rooms, preparations
for 236
Depilatories 90
Dermatologic formulas 14
Desk stain, laboratory 192
Dispensing fees in Austria 29
Dobell-Pynchon 244
Dog medicines 222
Druew's paste 247
Dry .cell batteries 241
Dustless dusters 233
INDEX
253
E
Easter egg dyes 243
Eau dentifrice 105
Egg dyes, Easter 243
Eggs, preserving 1ST
Elixir aeetanilid. compound 5
aromatic 5
aromatic, red 6
creosote and heroin 6
glycerophosphates, comp 0
lactated pepsin 6
of aspirin 6
of choavia. comp 22
orange flowers, comp 7
pepsin, bismuth and strychnine 7
phenolphthalein 7
saw palmetto and santal comp. 7
Elm bark tto preserve lai'd 37
Embalming fluid 247
Emulgden or emulsite 8
Emulsion, chloroform 8
chocolate, of cod liver oil 8
coal tar and other oils 9
cocoa, of castor oil 8
copaiba 9
compound turpentine 8
cottonseed oil 9
fat. for diabetes 9
iodoform 9
improved, of cod liver oil.- 9
liquid petrolatum 9
malted, with cod liver oil and
hypophosphites 11
oil of cade 10
oil of eucalyptus 10
paraldehyde 10
Thompson's, of linseed oil 10
tragacanth. of fixed oil 11
Emulsions, making 10
Emulsite or emulgden 8
Enema nutritive 26
Epsom salt, disguising taste of . . . . 43
Eucalyptol spray, compound 21
Eucalyptus, oil of. emulsion of. ... !-0
Eucerin as a cold cream base 73
Excipient powder, general, for pills 16
Excipients, pill 18
Extracts flavoring, making and
selling 173
flavoring, various 177-162
solid, keeping 37
Eye-brow pencils 87
F
Face powder, invisible 82
Feet, perspiring, applications for. . 93
sweating 92
Ferric acetate, ethereal tincture of. 23
Ferrous iodide, syrup of 19
Fertilizers for flowers and herbs.. 172
Fig syrup 19
Fireproofing various materials.... 250
Fixative for pencil drawings 241
Fixed oil, tragacanth emulsion of . . 11
Flashlights, magnesium 247
Flavoring extracts, making and
selling 173
Fleas, to destroy 162
Flies, to destroy 155-157
to keep from stock 219
Floor oil 243
paint, colored 189
wax 190
Florida water 97
Fluidglycerates 44
Foot cream 93
powder 93
Formula calculation helps 33
Freckle removers 72-73
Freezing mixtures 240
Fumigating pastilles 238
Furniture cleaner and polisher.... 190
polish 191
*
G
Galenicals, preservation of 37
Gall cure 215
Gasoline, "non-explosive" 40
Glass, drilling holes in 247
frosting 245
removing scratches from 234
transferring designs to 241
Globes, electric, coloring 245
show, colors for 45
Glove cleaner 147
lubricant, antiseptic 244
Glycerin as a foot application 93
balm 65
cream 69
solubilities in 32
Olycerite of pepsin stronger 7
of iron chloride 24
of red bone marrow 24
Glue, liquid 206
waterproof 206
Gold plating mixture 196
Gray oil 2 4
Grease eradicators 143
proof boxes 242
spots, removing from clothing. 141
Gums, for inflammation of 108
H
Haines' solution 242
Hair curling cream 119
dressing, perfume for 119
dyes 119
dyes, walnut 120
oil, coloring, red 115
oil. perfumed 115
preparations, some notes con-
cerning Ill
to straighten kinky 116
tonic, crude oil 112
tonic, foaming 114
tonic. Herpicide style 113
tonic, quinine 113
tonic, resorcinol 114-115
tonic, sage 113
tonic, sage and sulphur 113
tonic, value of a 112
Hand and toilet lotion 76
Hands, lotion for laborers' 82
Harness dressing 232
Harrington's solution 242
Heaves in horses 213
Hectograph mass, how to make. . . . 203
Hien Tons: tincture 245
Hog cholera 222
Honey and almond lotion T f •
and glycerin jelly 71
Howell's artificial serum 247
Horehound. syrup of 19
Horses, some diseases of 213
Hydrated chloral, suppositories of. 18
Hydrogen dioxide, explosion of
solution of 34
Hydrometers 33
254
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Hypodermic tablets and tablet tri-
turates 39
I
Ichthyol in suppositories 18
Incense powder 238
Inhalant, simple 22
Ink, acid resisting 202
black 197
black, indelible 202
blue stencil 200
eradicator 149
erasers 204
fluoride 199
for stamping on leather 201
for writing on metal 200
green 198
hectograph 204
liquid India 200
mimeograph 198
powders or tablets 199
quick drying printing 200
record 199
red 198
red, drawing 198
red, indelible 202
show card 201
spots, removing from clothing. 148
stains, removing 149-150
stamp pad 205
stamping 201
Inks, invisible and sympathetic... 203
Insecticides 165
Iodoform, emulsion of 9
to remove odor of 41
Iodoglycerole 104
Iron chloride, glycerite of 24
Itch ointment ." 14
Ivory, to bleach, clean and repolish. 152
Ivy poisoning, lotion for 243
J
Jacob's oil 11
Jacobi's gargle 25
K
Katapyrine 101
Kerosene, rendering uninflammable 40
various uses for 41
Kieselguhr as a filtering medium.. 43
Kolynos 101
L
Labeling a proprietary remedy.... 43
prescription boxes 34
Labels, pasting to tin 210
varnish for 47
waterproofing 48
Lanolin cold cream 69
toilet 81
Lard, benzoinated, preparing 36
elm bark to preserve 37
renovating 37
Larkspur, compound tincture of... 161
Laundry blue 139
Lavender water 98
Lee's' inhalation 243
Lemon extract 175
Lice on fowls 223
to destroy 161-162
.Lights, colored, for theatrical pur-
poses 248
Lilac perfume for toilet cream.... 62
Lime liniment, improving 246
Liniment, ABC 11
a hot 12
Burnett's hemlock 11
califacient 11
Dr. Thompson's 12
good all-around 11
household ll
lime, improving 246
Mott's anodyne ll
phenol, compound ll
polar bear 12
solidified 12
Liniments, pain expelling 12
Linseed oil, Thompson's emulsion
of 10
Liquid galenicals, receivers for 38
Lozenge bases, B. P. C ' 12
Lozenges, laxative 12
Lubricating jelly 25
Luminous paint 192
M
Maceration and decantation de-
vice, a 39
Machine oil, a good 242
Magoffin's cream balm 75
Malt extract as a healing cream.. 72
Mandl's solution 25
Mange in animals 219
Manufacturer need not be regis-
tered pharmacist 43
Marble cleaning and polishing. . . . 151
Massage cream, cocoa butter brick. 54
creams, casein 54
creams, coloring 71
face, liquid 78
Melting points, determining 36
Menthol lotion, after shave 74
pencils 25
Mercuric iodide, red, hypodermi-
cally 26
Mercury, intramuscular injection
of 24
Metal polishes 194
Metric weighing and old-time pric-
ing 31
Mice, to destroy 167-170
Mildew spots, removing 146
Milk, fermented 185
of roses 79
Mineral oil, flavoring 42
Moles, to destroy 170
Mortars, to clean 39
Mosquito bites, applications for... 160
Mosquitoes, protection from. .. .158-159
Moth preventives 164
Mott's anodyne liniment 11
Mouth wash, acid, mild 104
wash, alkaline 103
wash, alkaline 104
wash, encalymol 106
wash, hydrogen dioxide 105
wash, mint-leaf 107
wash, myrrh 107
wash, peppermint 107
wash, phenol 104
wash, zinc chloride 106
Mouth washes, antiseptic 103
washes, various 106
Mucilage, solid 205
Mustard, table 184
INDEX
255
N
Nail bleach 91
enamel, liquid 90
polishing powders, pastes, etc. 91
Nails, ointments for brittle 91
Naphthol solution, antiseptic 237
Nickel plating mixture 196
Normal salt solution 25
O
Oak stain for wood 190
Oatmeal, toilet, hand 92
Odol 106
Odontalgine 109
Odontalgic balsams 108
Oil-skins, coating for 250
Oils, green vegetable color for 43
Ointment base, ideal 14
of zinc oxide 14
Opening a tin ointment box 43
Ostrich feathers, bleaching 151
Ox-para 106
P
Pain balm 12
Paint for signs on paper 241
luminous 192
remover 193
removing from silk 144
Paints, face, theatrical 87
Paper charts, renovating 153
Paraffin, toilet . 67
Paraldehyde, emulsion of 10
Paste, library 205
Pastilles, fumigating 236
medicated. B. P. C 15
phenolphthalein 15
tamarind, comp 15
throat, mentholated 15
Pediculus capitis, lotions for 161
Pencils, eye-brow 87
Pepsin, lactated. elixir of 6
stronger glycerite of 7
Percentage solutions 31
Perfumes and toilet waters. .. .121-129
fixatives in 125
for toilet creams 60
"frozen*' 125
manufacture of 121
synthetic 124
various odors 121-129
Permanganate pencils 26
Perspiration cream 54
deodorants, liquid 89
for excessive 89
powders and pastes 88
preventing 88
stain remover 147
Perspiring feet, application for. ... 93
Pastle handles, to fasten 208
Petrolatum bismuthated 14
coloring 44
liquid, emulsion of 9
Petroleum oil creams 81
oils, deblooming 40
Phenol liniment, compound 11
liquified, to prevent re-crystal-
lization 41
to decolorize reddened 42
Phenolphthalein, laxative syrup of. 18
Photographic stains, to remove.... 154
Piano polish 189
Picric acid stains, to remove 154
Pigs, worms in 222
Pine oil disinfectant 237
Pill, cathartic, improved 16
excipients 16
Pills, camphor 15
of creosote and balsam of tolu . 16
preventing hardening of 17
Plaster of paris. how to mix 244
Plate, hot, the 34
Polishes, metal 194
Polishing cloths 233
Pomade, bear grease 114
ordinary 116
Pomades 116
Potassium chlorate tooth paste.... 100
Pot-Pourri 129
Poultry medicines 223-224
Powder, baby 85
a new mobile face 83
face, a sweet scented 85
face, all-the-year 83
face, coloring for 85
face, in cake form 84
invisible face 82
liquid face 83
perspiration 88
" rice toilet 82
talcum, perfume for 85
talcum, toilet 85
Powders, toilet 84
Prescription price schedule (Cali-
fornia) 29
on price schedule (Gordon) ... 28
on price schedule (N. A. R. D.) 27
price schedule (Ruddiman) ... 29
prices in Canada 29
Prescriptions, percentages of vari-
ous kinds of 30
Preservation of galenicals 37
Prices, per pound and ounce 31
Profit, how to figure 229
Pyorrhea, dentifrices, for 104
Q
Quince seed peroxide cream 65
seed toilet lotion, a 74
Quinine, disguising taste of 42
with acetylsalicylic acid, in-
compatibility of 35
R
Rats, to destroy 167-170
Red Cross, use of, for commercial
' purposes 35
Resorcinol preparations, darkening
of 44
Rice toilet powder 82
Root beer extract 182
Rose perfume for toilet cream.... 61
water, glycerin and tincture of
benzoin 76
Rouge in cake form 86
liquid 86
solid 86
Rubber tire cement 211
Rub -down for athletes 12
Rubifoam type dentifrice 107
Rust, removing, from metals. . .194-195
S
Sachet powders 128
Salicylic acid, solubility of, in fatty
oils 32
256
THE DRUGGISTS CIRCULAR FORMULA BOOK
Salol, liquid dentifrice containing. 105
Salt solution, normal 25
Saratoga ointment 14
Scarlet red salve 15
Sea salt de luxe 96
Sen-Sen flavor 10S
Shampoo, dry i 117
egg H7
jelly, transparent 116
liquid US.
perfume for a dry 118
powder 67
powder 117
tar , 117
Shaving creams 135-136
lotion, menthol 74
soaps 135-136
Sheep dip recipes 218
Shoe cream, any color 231
dressings, modern 231
dressing, tan 232
Shoes, black dressing for 22!i
cleaners for white buckskin... 232
tan, to blacken 232
white, dressing for 232
Show bottles, colors for 45
Signs, painting on muslin 241
Silk, removing stains from 144
Silver nitrate stains, to remove. . . . 154
polishes 195-196
Silverware, transparent coating for 242
"Skin foods" 52
Skin whitener 72
Smelling salts 129
Soap, Castile, home-made 134
dental 108
floating 137
hand, mechanics" 138
liquid 131
liquid toilet 132
making 130
proportion of. in tooth wash... 108
shaving 135-136
soft 130
surgeons' grit 138
technical 137
tincture of white 134
Soaps, clothes cleaning 145
and laundry requisites 130-140
liquid 131-134
varieties of toilet 130
Sodium phosphate, lemon flavored
solution of 22
Solubilities in glycerin 32
table of 32
Solution, effect of. on temperature. 32
Solutions, antiseptic 20
percentage 31
Sozodont type mouth wash 107
Spavin in horses 213
Spices, mixed 188
Spirit mini 210
of nitrous ether, discolored.... 44
Spiritus ophthalmicus. Mittendorf. 17
Splints, moldable 244
Sprays for plants and trees 170-171
Stains, removing from clothing. 142-154
Starch, perfuming 87
Stearate lotion, a 74
Stearin and glycerin cream 68
cream 69
toilet creams 57
Sterilization of vials 34
Stick salve or roll turpentine 244
Stock powders. 217
Stove polish 244
Straw hats, renovating 150
Styptic collodion 26
pencils 243
Sunburn lotions 72
Suppositories, making 18
of glycerin and cocoa butter... 17
of glycerin and gelatin 18
of hydrated chloral 18
Sweating" feet 92
Swedish bitters 25
Sweeping powder 233
Syrup, making and keeping 18
of ferrous iodide 19
of figs 19
of horehound 19
of sarsaparilla. clover and bur-
dock, comp IS
phenolphthalein laxative 18
soluble, of Indian cannabis.... 19
T
Tablet triturates and hypo, tablets. 39
triturates, making 38
Tablets, compressed, coating 38
Tamarind pastilles, comp 15
Tanned skin, softening 74
Tar shampoo 117
Tattoo marks removing 238
Temperature changes when certain
salts dissolve 32
Tents, to waterproof 248
Test tubes, severing 35
Theatrical cold cream 51
cold cream 67
face paints 87
Thermometer readings, to convert. 32
Thompson's, Dr., liniment 12
emulsion of linseed oil 10
Toffee. Everton 246
Toilet creams, making and selling. 49
lotion, coloring for 82
preparations 49-98
preparations, how to sell 65
preparations, manufacture of,
by retail druggist 64
soaps, varieties of 130
waters 127-128
Tooth paste a real 102
paste, cherry 101
paste, flavor for 103
paste, non-hardening 101
paste, peroxide 101
paste, potassium chlorate. . .\. . . 100
powder, a modern 66
powder, carbolated 100
powder, foam for 100
powder, old fashioned 99
powder, peroxide 99
powders and pastes 99-100
wash, Caldwell's 105
wash, green soap 105
wash, soap in 108
Toothache drops 109
gum 109
oil 109
remedies 110
wax 109
Transfer paper 235
Transferring designs to glass 241
Trojanka 26
INDEX
257
Turpentine, compound emulsion of. 8
Typewriter ribbons, inking 200
V
Vanilla extract 173-180
Varnish, automobile and piano.... 189
boat 190
for labels : 47
waterproof 189
Varnished surface, reviver for 189
Varnishes and polishes 189
Verbena water 97
Veterinary recipes 213-226
Vials, prescription, sterilization of. 34
Vinegar, aromatic English 98
Vinegar, pickling 183
Violet alcohol 75
ammonia 95
perfume for toilet cream 62
witchhazel 97
varnish 189
W
Water, Florida 97
lavender 98
softener, perfumed 98
toilet 127-128
verbena 97
Waters, aromatic, making 38
Wall paper, to clean 153
Wart and corn removers 95
Warts, treatment of 92
Washing fluid 140
powders 140
Waterproofing labels 48
various materials 248
Wax figures, tinting 242
for dark and light colored
woods 190
Weeds, to kill 172
Whitewash, how to mix 244
Window cleaner, the complete 234
washing the 23 4
Windows, pencils for writing on.. 234
Wine of cod liver extract 19
Witchhazel cream jelly 71
snow 75
toilet lotion 75
toilet salve 82
Wood fixtures, cheap stains for. . . . 192
to preserve and polish 190
Wool and cotton, separating 235
Y
Yeast, manufacture of 186
Z
Zinc oxide, ointment of 14
soluble in castor oil 244
LIB
WEST VI
RSixy
M
22
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11